Skip to main content

Full text of "Xenophon's expedition of Cyrus, with English notes ..."

See other formats


Google 


This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 
to make the world’s books discoverable online. 


It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that’s often difficult to discover. 


Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book’s long journey from the 
publisher to a library and finally to you. 


Usage guidelines 


Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 


We also ask that you: 


+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 


+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google’s system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 


+ Maintain attribution The Google “watermark” you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 


+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can’t offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book’s appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe. 


About Google Book Search 


Google’s mission is to organize the world’s information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world’s books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 


atthtto: //books.gqoogle.com/ 





SX9. 2/2 





HARVARD 
COLLEGE 
LIBRARY 


. 
¢ 

ν . 
“e 
‘ 
3 
" 
e 

t 
.Ψ 
. t 


“ὦ pegs Ft me δ 


« 
« 
% . 
me Le ἤωνῳ “γ᾽ ‘eye “ δι" Oee "κα ὑσὶ OPE: NS 
bd Ἂ κω “Pe fe . . 
΄ ia 
. 
“ 
. 
- 
4 
Ὁ 
. 
: 
a 
3 
® 
1 
a 
2 
. 
- 
-- 
» 
, a 
. ᾿ 
. 
: 
. ΠῚ 
-» . 
“ 
ee. 
Π 
᾿ 


we merge 4 ae ae oe 


=e 


τς 


+ twee? eo-e RO ad Sada ial lis | 
ett eee” Mee 


. 
." 5» 8 ωὧε."».. α 


-. atte 


* 
. 
. 
- 
. 
. 
-.- 
δ 
. 
. 
- 
. 
Π 
= 
: 
? . . " 
: 
ἢ 
‘ 
. Π Ῥ 
e 
.-- 5 : 
.“. 
Θ 
“se 


-- --- oe 






1 
| 
t 
' 
i 
Ι 
με gis ᾿ ͵ med 
ides 
My ‘ 
f ΣΝ 
Muth abs | 
' 
2 Ι 
x ““- 
] 
0's : 
1 
: 
Ι 


Pa) tad he 


| 


Ceackain Wi antain ἢ 


- 
A ° dee 
Elav ad Gate 







e aged t ‘ 


A 


ΔΙ κε 7! 4" 







; alt Glee 
? yy » 


1) 


™~ 
εἶν 


ι 


μ᾽ 


See a a Se dae | 


.-"-- -- 


ι 
H 
Ι 
i 
1 
τεῦ ar - Vers τωα 
a) 


~\ 






| . 


—i: 
eS 


iu 


. Ὲ ι 
— eee τὶ 
3 


= 
.- 


- 
~ 
- 
we 


epee Ore 


ΞΕΝΟΦΏΝΤΟΣ 


ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ KYPOY. 


᾿ XENOPHON’S 


EXPEDITION OF CYRUS. 


wits 
ENGLISH NOTES, 
paxPARED 
FOR THE USE OF SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES, 
WITH 


A LIFE OF THE AUTHOR, - 


BY 


2 


CHARLES DEXTER CLEVELAND, 


PROFESSOR OF THE LATIN LANGUAGE AND LITEQATURE IN ant, 
UNIVERSITY OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK. 


BOSTON: 
BENJAMIN B. MUSSEY. 
1844. 


Cop AF τώ. 


Gx9, 2) &) 
[8s Mr le 


he Z, feroff lea ἐ alin 


of Pluatnwafhecy, S4en- 


DISTRICT OF MASSACHUSETTS, ro wit: 
District Cierx’s OFFICE. 


BE it remembered, that on the seventeenth day of April, A. D. 1830, and in the 
Gfty-fourth year of the Independence of the United States of America, Hilliard, 
Gray, Little, & Wilkins, of the said district, have deposited in this office the 
title of a book, the right whereof they claim as proprietors in the words following, 
to wit: --- 


S ΞἘξινοφῶνφος ᾿Ανάθδασις "Κύρου. --. Xenophon’s Expedition of Cyrus, with 
English Notes, prepared for the Use of Schools and Colleges, with a Life of the 
Pier by Charles Dexter Cleveland, Professor of Languages in Dickinson Col- 
e Θ. Ξ 

n conformity to the act of the Congress of the United States, entitled, “ An 
act for the encouragement of learning, by securing the copies of maps, charts, 
and books, to the authors and proprietors of such copies during the times therein 
mentioned :? and also to an act, entitled, ‘“‘ An act supplementary to an act, enti- 
tled, ‘An act for the encouragement of learning, by securing the copies of maps, 
charts, and beoks, to the authors and proprietors of such copies during the times 
therein mentioned ;? and extending the benefits thereof to the arts of designing, 
engraving, and etching historical and other prints.”? 

JNO. W. DAVIS, 
Clerk of the District of Massachusetts 







HAT. BT) 
UNIV 28ITY! 
LIBRARY ὦ 





THE LIFE OF XENOPHON. 


ΧΈΝΟΡΗΟΝ the son of Gryllus, an Athenian, was born about 
four hundred and fifty years before the Christian era. The pre- 
cise period of his birth, however, cannot be satisfactorily ascer- 
tained. In early life, while walking through the streets of Athens, 
he was met by Socrates, the philosopher, who stopped him, and 
asked, where the best provisions could be found. Upon Xeno- 
phon’s telling him immediately, Socrates again asked, where the 
best and wisest men could be found. At this Xenophon hesi- 
tated, when the philosopher said to him, Ἕπου τοίνυν, καὶ 
μάνϑανε, ἢ “Then follow me, and learn.” This simple inci- 
dent seemed to give a direction to his thoughts, to his studies, 
and to his whole future life. Thenceforth he became a most 
devoted and faithful disciple of Socrates. He was the first who 
committed to writing the sayings and principles of his great 
master, and his account of him, styled “The Memorabilia,” is 
among the most pleasing, instructive, and valuable writings 
which have been left us by antiquity. 


During the Peloponnesian war Xenophon, when about twen- 
ty-six years of age, entered into the service of his country, and 
was at the ‘battle before Delium, between the Athenians and 
Beotians, The Athenians having been defeated, Xenophon, in 
the retreat, was unhorsed and thrown down; but Socrates, 
whose horse had been killed under him, and who was fighting 


* Diogenes Laertius. 


of Plutawsifteccy, Sten- 


DISTRICT OF MASSACHUSETTS, ro wit: 
District CLEerKk’s OFFICE. 


BE it remembered, that on the seventeenth day of April, A. D. 1830, and in the 
Gfty-fourth year of the Independence of the United States of America, Hilliard, 
Gray, Little, & Wilkins, of the said district, have deposited in this office the 
title of a book, the right whereof they claim as proprietors in the words following, 
to wit:—~ 

"6 Ξξινοφῶνφτος ᾿Ανάδασις Kupov. — Xenophon’s Expedition of Cyrus, with 
English Notes, prepared for the Use of Schools and Colleges, with a Life of the 
oe by Charles Dexter Cleveland, Professor of Languages in Dickinson Col- 
ege.’ : 

In conformity to the act of the Congress of the United States, entitled, “ An 
act for the encouragement of learning, by securing the copies of maps, charts, 
and books, to the authors and proprietors of such copies during the times therein 
mentioned :*? and also to an act, entitled, “‘ An act supplementary to an act, enti- 
tled, ‘An act for the encouragement of learning, by securing the copies of maps, 
charts, and beoks, to the authors and proprietors of such copies during the times 
therein mentioned ;’ and extending the benefits thereof to the arts of designing, 
engraving, and etching historical and other prints.”? 

JNO. W. DAVIS, 
Clerk of the District of Massachusetts 







ΗΔ. εἰ ΙΝ 
UNiN XSITY: 
LIBRARY ; 


at 





THE LIFE OF XENOPHON. 


ΧΈΝΟΡΗΟΝ the son of Gryllus, an Athenian, was born about 
four hundred and fifty years before the Christian era. The pre- 
cise period of his birth, however, cannot be satisfactorily ascer- 
tained. In early life, while walking through the streets of Athens, 
he was met by Socrates, the philosopher, who stopped him, and 
asked, where the best provisions could be found. Upon Xeno- 
phon’s telling him immediately, Socrates again asked, where the 
best and wisest men could be found. At this Xenophon hesi- 
tated, when the philosopher said to him, Ἕπου τοίνυν, καὶ 
pordave,* “Then follow me, and learn.” This simple mci- 
dent seemed to give a direction to his thoughts, to his studies, 
and to his whole future life. Thenceforth he became a most 
devoted and faithful disciple of Socrates. He was the first who 
committed to writing the sayings and principles of his great 
master, and his account of him, styled “The Memorabilia,” is 
among the most pleasing, instructive, and valuable writings 
which have been left us by antiquity. 


During the Peloponnesian war Xenophon, when about twen- 
ty-six years of age, entered into the service of his country, and 
was at the battle before Delium, between the Athenians and 
Beotians. The Athenians having been defeated, Xenophon, in 
the retreat, was unhorsed and thrown down; but Socrates, 
whose horse had been killed under him, and who was fighting 


* Diogenes Laertius. 


lv LIFE OF XENOPHON. 


on foot, came immediately to his assistance, and helped him 
from the field.* So inauspicious was the commencement of a 
~ military career, which, in after time, covered him with imperish- 
able laurels. 


The cause of Xenophon’s enlisting in the service of the 
younger Cyrus was as follows. He had a particular friend, by 
the name of Proxenus, who was at the court of Cyrus, when he 
was meditating the expedition against his brother. Being de- 
sirous of gaining as many auxiliary troops as possible, Cyrus 
requested Proxenus to exert his influence to this effect. Prox- 
enus, therefore, wrote to Xenophon, with whom he had formerly 
been on the most intimate terms of hospitality, and requested 
him to come into Asia, and connect himself with the fortunes of 
Cyrus, assuring him that he would gain thereby the favor of a 
most powerful friend, and a renown far greater than he could 
expect ever to acquire at Athens. Xenophon, upon the receipt 
of this letter, showed it to Socrates, and asked his advice. The 





* Although this incident is related by Diogenes Laertius and 
Strabo, yet Mitchell, in the “ Preliminary Discourse ” to his Aris- 
tophanes, does not hesitate to say, that it could not have occurred. 
But it is not a little remarkable that he grounds his denial of it on 
what is now generally rejected as a spurious reading. His words 
are, “ This expedition is settled by chronologists as taking place 
just twenty-one years after the battle of Delium, and Xenophon 
calls himself at the time a young man (véavisxog).” The passage 
referred to, is in Book ii. Chap. 1, the speech to Phalinus. 
Weiske, Schneider, Bornemann, and Dindorf, however, read 
Θεόπομπος instead of Ξενοφῶν; on the authority of the best manu- 
scripts. Schneider remarks on γεανέσχε, a few lines below, “ Ex 
hoc etatis indicio, comparato cum loco altero infra (Book iii. 
Chap. 1.), annos etatis Xenophontis colligere conatus est Zeune, 
cujus tamen rationes non bene procedunt. Nunc vero Xenophonti 
Theopompus successit, et tota illa argumentatio concidit.” We shall 
therefore continue to believe the early Greek historians, in their 
accounts of this incident in our author’s life. 


LIFE OF XENOPHON. Vv 


philosopher advised him to go to Delphi,* and consult the ora- 
cle. Accordingly Xenophon repaired thither, but did not inquire 
of Apollo whether it would be expedient for him to undertake 
the journey, but, to which of the deities he should offer sacrifi- 
ces for his future success, Socrates, therefore, blamed him, on 
his return, because he had asked the direction of Apollo, not 
upon his going into Asia, but upon his duty before going, as if 
he had previously decided upon the step. However, he directed 
him to follow the injunctions of the oracle. Having sacrificed - 
accordingly, Xenophon set sail for Asia, and arrived at Sardis, 
where he found Proxenus and Cyrus ready for the expedition. 
He entered the service of the latter not as an officer, but as a 
private soldier, and so conducted himself as to gain immediate- 
ly the esteem and confidence of Cyrus, whieh, ever after, he 
continued to preserve. 


The events connected with the two succeeding years of our 
author’s life, which are minutely detailed in the Anabasis, are 
eminently interesting. In those two years he reaped the 
proudest honors, — honors which the most victorious general ¢ 
the world has seen, well might envy. To have entered the ter- 
ritory of a powerful foreign monarch ; to have subdued him battle 
after battle ; to have pushed a conquering career to the farthest 
confines of his empire, were indeed splendid achievements for a 
- youthful king. But the army of Alexander was comparatively 
a numerous one. The country through which he marched pre- — 
sented few obstacles. He conquered as he went. He left no 
enemy in his rear. But he lived not to see again his native 
land. Subduing all but himself, he died at last, a prey to his 
own evil passions, ingloriously at Babylon. 


But to have acccmpanied a young and ambitious prince in an 
expedition to dethrone the King of Persia; to have had that 
prince defeated and slain; to have been treacherously deserted 
by those allies who had implored the aid of Greece; to have 

* B. ii. c. 1. t Alexander the Great 
a*® 


vl LIFE OF XENOPHON. 


found himself thus situated, in the heart of an enemy’s country 
near the very gates of Babylon, at the head of a very smal 
band, with nothing left them but their courage and their arms 
to have conducted this small band, with enemies hovering ΟἹ 
every side, through the midst of tribes barbarous and powerful 
through regions trackless and unexplored, across rivers deep 
and rapid, over mountains covered with perpetual snow ; to have 
led such a band, through such difficulties, safe to their native 
shores; and then to have retired, a philosopher, to instruct 
mankind by his writings, and to have rivalled even his sword 
with his pen,—such are the merits and such is the fame of 
Xenophon. 


As Cyrus had. assisted the Lacedemonians against the 
Athenians, in the Peloponnesian war, Xenophon, during his 
absence, was banished by his countrymen, for having joined 
the forces of that prince against his brother. But it may be 
doubted whether the lustre of any character could be tarnished 
by the censure of that people, who, on one day, condemned the 
virtuous and gifted Socrates to drink the hemlock, and, on the 
next, raised a splendid monument to his memory. 


After he had thus successfully conducted the celebrated Re- 
treat of the Ten Thousand, Xenophon connected himself with 
Agesilaus, who had been sent by the Lacedemonians into Asia 
to carry on the war against the Persian king. But Agesilaus 
did not long remain in Asia. He was soon recalled by his 
countrymen, to assist them in repelling the attacks of the The- 
bans and their allies. Xenophon accompanied him, and was 
present at the battle of Coronea,in which the Thebans were 
defeated. As a reward for his distinguished services the Lace- 
dzmonians presented Xenophon with an estate delightfully 
situated at Scillus,* near Olympia, whither he retired with his 

“ <It is difficult to imagine a more rational or more delightful 
life, than a few words of Diogenes Laeértius describe Xenophon 
as leading ia that ‘ loop-hole of retreat.” Tovurtev dev διετέλει 
κυνηγετῶν, καὶ τοὺς φίλους ἑστιῶν», καὶ τὰς ἱστορίας συγγρά-- 


we 


LIFE OF XENOPHON. Vl 


wife and two sons. Before Xenophon left Asia * he deposited 
some money in the hands of Megabysus, the keeper of the 
temple of Diana, with directions, if he should fall in battle, to 
dedicate it to the goddess, but restore it to him if he should 
survive. Megabysus, therefore, coming to Olympia to see the 
games, called upon Xenophon and returned him the money. 
With this he built an elegant temple to Diana, near Scillus. 
From this retirement, however, Xenophon was soon driven by 
the Eleans, who made war upon the Lacedemonians. He then 
went, with his family, to Corinth, where he passed the rest of 
his life. 


While he was at Corinth, the Thebans united with their allies 
to subdue the Lacedemonians. The Athenians determined to 
assist the latter, and Xenophon sent his two sons, Diodorus and 
Gryllus, to the aid of his countrymen. At the great battle of 
Mantinea (A. C. 363), both these sons were present. The for- 
mer did not distinguish himself, but safely survived the conflict. 
But Gryllus, eager for military fame, rushed into the hottest of 
the battle, killed Epaminondas, the Theban general, with his 
own hand, and was instantly cut to pieces by the surrounding 
enemy. When the news of his son’s death reached him, 
Xenophon was devotedly engagedin sacrificing. He immedi- 
ately laid aside the garland with which he was crowned, and 
inquired into the particulars of his son’s death. When he was 
told that he had fallen bravely, in the midst of the enemy, 
having killed Epaminondas with his own hand, he resumed the 
garland and continued the sacrifice, saying briefly, "Hos 
ϑνητὸν γεγεννηκώς, “1 KNEW THAT.I HAD BEGOT A MORTAL.” 
But his own end was nearat hand. In three years from this 
battle, in the first year of the 105th Olympiad (A. C. 360), he 





φων. Books, study, composition, the healthy sports of the field, 
and the enjoyments of social recreation ;— nothing seems wanting 
to the picture, which our imaginations are accustomed to draw of 
an accomplished heathen philosopher.” Mitchell. 

* B.v.c. 3. 


Vili LIFE OF XENOPHON. 


departed this life at Corinth, in the full possession of his χα 
powers. 


Thus died Xenophon, im the ninety-first year of his age. 
a philosopher, as an historian, as a general, and as a ma 
united qualities which sre rarely found in the same indivi 
His manners and personal appearance are described by Laé 
in one short but comprehensive sentence, αἰδήμων δὲ 


εὐειδέστατος εἰς ὑπερθολήν, “ modest in deportment, and be: 
ful in person to a remarkable degree.” 


As a philosopher he was strictly of the Socratic s 
Strongly attached to his illustrious master, to him also he 
came particularly endeared. Endeavouring to follow in pract 
the precepts which he had learned from his lips, he disdained 
waste his time upon mere verbal quibbles and useless disput: 
striving only to be practical; to do good to his fellow men; 
instil into them the purest principles of morality ; to inculca 
a most profound reverence for the gods; in short, to make hin 
self the worthy disciple of him who was said to have “ broug] 
down philosophy from heaven to earth.” 


As a writer he has universally been held up asa model fo 
purity, elegance, and ease. By some of his contemporaries, he 
was styled “The Attic Muse,” by others, “The Athenian Bee.’ 
He has the happy faculty of varying his style according to the 
subjects he may be discussing ; so that in philosophy, history, 
politics, and personal narrative, he appears’ equally athome. If 
ineither of these departments he excels, it is in historical 
narration. Had he written nothing else, the “ Anabasis ” alone 
would have fixed him, as one of the most brilliant stars in that 
lustrous constellation which blazed upon Greece in her earlier 


days, and whose beams, undiminished in lustre, have steadily 
illumined all after time. 


But if the “ Anabasis” of Xenophon has done so much to 
dustinguish him as a writer, it has done no less to exalt him as a 


LIFE OF XENOPHON. 1X 


general. His knowledge of human nature, and of those latent 
springs by the touch of which the human heart is moved, is as 
remarkable, as the moral influence which he exerts uver his 
soldiers is unbounded. They love him for his virtues, and 
obey him for his superior wisdom and courage. His presence 
of mind seems never to forsake him. He never appears at a loss 
either what tosay or do. Is the rear of the army annoyed by 
the cavalry of the enemy, against which the heavy-armed men 
cannot act? Immediately his genius suggests a plan, and his en- 
ergy executes it, by which the horse of the enemy are kept at 
a distance, and the army secured.* Are the soldiers, after the 
battle, deploring their situation, in the midst of a desert and 
hostile land?+ Xenophon addresses them ina most animated 
and spirit-stirring harangue, and, by contrasting their own supe- 
rior discipline with the unmanageable multitude of the king, by 
reminding them of the deeds of their ancestors, of the immortal 
honors they gained upon the piains of Marathon, and by every 
allusion which would be of thrilling power to a Grecian breast, 
prepares them to resist the foe, and to overcome every obstacle 
which may oppose their retreat. Are many of the army, when 
dragging their way over the rugged mountains and amid the 
deep snows of Armenia, disposed to give up in despair? Γ 
Xenophon revives their drooping spirits, by bringing to their 
minds the fertile shores and the delicious climate of Greece, 
and their beloved wives and children and kindred awaiting their 
return. Do the soldiers, exasperated by pledges repeatedly 
violated, rush into the midst of a Grecian city, and commence a 
universal plunder? Instantly Xenophon appears among them, 
calls them to arms, demonstrates to them their rashness and ° 
folly, calms their minds, and conducts them out pacified, and 
perfectly submissive to his will; thus displaying the greatest of 
all oratorical power, that of calming the stormy passions of an 
infuriated soldiery. § 

Finally, it is as a man that Xenophon excites our fondest 
adiniration, our warmest, esteem. By his unaffected modesty 





*B.iii.c.3. t+ B. iii. 6. 2. ἐ B. iv. c. 5. § B. vii.c. 1. 


x LIFE OF XENOPHON. 


and urbanity he gains the one; by his firm principles, mc 
and religious, he commands the other. His intinacy with S 
rates, the testimony of his contemporaries, and the sentime 
which pervade the whole of his writings, attest his great mo 
worth. That he was temperate, appears evident from 
often-repeated maxim, “It is pleasant, when hungry, to ε 
herbs; when thirsty, to drink water.” That he was benev 
lent, may be seen from his distributing among his soldiers ma. 
valuable presents which were made to himself. That he w 
a faithful friend, we have abundant evidence in the charact 
and permanency of all his friendships, but particularly in | 
eulogium of Agesilaus, and his defence of his master, Socrate 
That he was honest, is clear from his publishing the writings | 
Thucydides as he did, when he might easily, and without tl 
least suspicion, have given them to the world as his own. 


But were we desired to name the most prominent trait in hi 
character, we should say it was his reverence for the gods of hi 
country. He does nothing, he attempts nothing, without firs 
appealing to them. Is he desirous of going into Asia to joi 
the forces of Cyrus? He first repairs to the oracle of Apollo, t 
learn the mind and purposes of the deity.* Do the soldiers 
nearly destitute of provisions,} importune him to lead them ou 
to obtain supplies? He steadily and constantly refuses, so long 
as the victims appear unfavorable. Does the army unanimously 
elect him their sole general? { Grateful for the honor, and 
ambitious to signalize, still more, both himself and his country ; 
yet feeling the weight of responsibility that would be consc- 
" quent upon his accepting so high a trust, he offers up solemn 
sacrifices to Jupiter, to ascertain his duty, and immediately 
declines the proffered honor, when the omens do not seem 
clearly to signify the expediency of his assuming it. Is he 
about to enter into a solemn treaty of peace with the enemy ? 
In the presence of all, he first calls upon the gods, the guardi- 
ans of friendship and the avengers of perjury, to witness their 


* B. iii. o. 1. { 8. vi.c.1. t 8. νἱ. ο. 2. 


LIFE OF XENOPHON. xi 


mutual oaths of fidelity, and imprecates, upon the head of the 
faithless and the treacherous, the vengeance of Him, “ who per- 
Σ vades all space, who governs all,” and from whom “no swift- 

mess can save, no darkness hide, no strong place defend.” * 


But in order to form a correct judgment, of one’s piety, we 
must try him by no false standard. Though we venerate Xen- 
ophon as a philosopher, we must bear in mind that he was but a 
heathen philosopher ; though he deserves our highest praise for 
making the best use of the only light he had, we must not for- 
get that it was but the glimmering light of Nature, and that 
neither he, nor his still more gifted compeer, the Master of the 
Academy, had any faint perceptions of the spirit of that pre- 
cept, which is the foundation of Christian ethics and shines on 
every page of Revelation, “ Do unto others as you would wish 
others to do unto you.” 





* B. ii. c. 5. 


CONTENTS. 





BOOK FIRST. 





CHAPTER I. 


Cyrus the younger, being accused of meditating the destruction 
of his brother Artaxerxes, who had succeeded to the throne, 18 
nearly subjected to the punishment of treason; but, through the 
entreaties of his mother, he is sent back to the government of 
his own province, of which he was satrap. Here he secretly pre- 
pares to make war against his sovereign, and assembles an army, 
partly composed of Greek troops which his friends collect for 
him, as though a very different expedition were intended. . 


CHAPTER II. 


Cyrus sets out from Sardis, and marches through various countries, 
Lydia, Phrygia, Cappadocia, ἄς. Tissaphernes, in the mean 
time, hastens to the king, to inform him of Cyrus’ movements. 
Epyaxa, the wife of the king of Cilicia, visits Cyrus. At her 
request the army is reviewed. The evolutions of the Greek in- 
fantry strike great terror into the queen, and into all the barba- 
rians present at the review. Having reached Tarsus, Cyrus 
summons to his presence Syennesis, the Cilician king. At first 
he declines going; but, at length, yielding to the entreaties of 
his wife, he trusts himself within the power of Cyrus, and 
assists him with sums of money. . ° . . . 

5 


xiv CONTENTS, 


CHAPTER ΠῚ. 


Cyrus is compelled to remain at Tarsus twenty days, in consequence 
of a mutiny among the Grecks, who, suspecting that the ex- 
pedition was against the king, nearly stone Clearchus to death, 
who endeavoured to urge them to proceed. A deputation is 
sent to question Cyrus on the design of the expedition. He 
replies, that he was leading them against a certain Abrocomas, 
and promises them additional pay. The Greeks, therefore, 
determine to march onward with him. . . . . 


CHAPTER IV. 


As soon as the army reach Issus, the last city in Cilicia, they are 
joined by the fleet. They then pass the defiles, and proceed 
through Syria. While they are at Myriandrus, two of the 
generals, Xenias and Pasion, secretly leave the army, and sail 
away with all their effects. But from the mildness of Cyrus, on 
the occasion, the soldiers become more attached to him. As 
soon as they reach Thapsacus, Cyrus opens to them his design. 
At first the-soldiers are indignant at the deception ; but, excited by 
promises, they all cross the Euphrates, Menon displaying his crafty 
character, by gaining to himself without risk the entire credit of 
setting the example. . . . . . . . 


CHAPTER V. 


After passing the Euphrates Cyrus continues his march, keeping this 
river upon the right. The journey, however, is impeded, in con- 
sequence of the badness of the roads and the difficulty of ob- 
taining provisions. As soon as the army enters the country 
opposite the eity Charmande, the soldiers cross the river upon 
rafts made of skins stuffed with hay, and obtain supplies. A 
dangerous quarrel arises among the Greeks, in which the sol- 
diers of the opposite factions come to blows; but Cyrus, by a 
seasonable address, quells the tumult, and calms their animosity. 


CHAPTER VI. 


Orontes, a Persian nobleman, who, twice before, had acted treach- 
erously towards Cyrus, and had been received into favor, now for 


CONTENTS. 


the third time endeavours to desert to the king. But his plans are 
discovered, he himself is apprehended, and, being convicted on the 
judgment of Clearchus and others, is condemned to death and 
executed. . . . . . . . . . 


CHAPTER VII. 


Cyrus, after having marched a short distance through Babylonia, 
suspecting that the army of the king was near, draws up his forces 
at midnizht, and reviews them, promising the Greeks magnificent 
presents, if victorious. The army then, drawn up in order of 
battle, cross the large trench, which the king had cut through the 
plain. As Artaxerxes does not appear, Cyrus thinks he has given 
up the design of fighting, and therefore marches with little circum- 
spection, and order. . . . . . . . 


CHAPTER VIII. 


At length Artaxerxes approaches, unexpectedly, with his army drawn 
up in order of battle. All the troops of Cyrus, therefore, Loth 
Greeks and Persians, are thrown into confusion, and immediately 
hurry to their arms. They soon, however, form tke line of battle. 
The Greeks, who form the right wing next to the Euphrates, easily 
rout the Barbarians opposed to them. Cyrus, attended by a few 
faithful friends, fights too eagerly, and, attacking the king in per- 
son, is himself slain. ‘ é ° ° ° ° e 


CHAPTER IX. 
The Character of Cyrus. . ὃ . . . . . 


CHAPTER Χ. 


The king, in his pursuit of Arizeus, takes possession of the camp of 
Cyrus, and plunders it. Then, having collected together his for- 
ces, he returns to march against the Greeks, who had conquered 
the wing of the enemy opposed to them. But he is a second time 
put to flight by the Greeks, who, having recovered their lust bag- 
g2ge, return to their own camp. . . . . 


BOOK SECOND. 


CHAPTER 1. 


The Greeks receive intelligence of the death of Cyrus, and of the 
design of Arizeus to return to Ionia. Clearchus endeavours to 
divert him from this intention, and promises him the empire of 
Persia. Artaxerxes first orders the Greeks to deliver up their 
arms, which they manfully refuse to do. Then he promises peace, 
if they remain where they are, but threatens war if they depart ; to 
which the Greeks reply, “ Tell the king that we agree to his 
sentiment, — peace if we remain, war if we depart.” . 


CHAPTER II. 


The Greeks repair to Arizeus, who invited them to join him, having 
refused to be made king. After a solemn league had been made 
between them, and mutual pledges of fidelity had been given, they 
consult concerning their return. Arizus advises a different route 
from the one by which they had come, in order to obtain a better 
supply of provisions. Early in the morning they commence their 
march, and towards evening they draw near the suburbs of Babylon, 
where they perceive marks of the king’s camp. As his soldiers 
are much fatigued, Clearchus does not lead them against the enemy, 
neither does he appear to decline an engagement. The army, 
during their encampment at night, are somewhat alarmed, but are 
soon quieted by a stratagem of Clearchus. . . . 


CHAPTER III. 


The king, alarmed at the unexpected approach of the Greeks, sends 
ambassadors to effect ἃ treaty of peace. The Greeks reply, with 
great coolness, that it was rather necessary for them to fight, as 
they had nothing on which they could dine. Therefore, at the 
command of the king, in order that they may conclude the treaty, 
they are led into villages abounding in provisions. After three 
days Tissaphernes is sent to ask them why they had taken arms 
against the king. Clearchus replies with freedom andtruth. Tissa- 


pherazes, when he had reported the answer to the king, after three 
days makes a treaty with them, on the condition that the Persians 
lead them back faithfully to their own country, and afford them pro- 
visions, which the Greeks may buy ree or take without lay- 
ing waste the country. ° . . . ° 


CHAPTER IV. 


While the Greeks are awaiting the arrival of Tissaphernes from the 
king, Arizeus is suspected of treachery, Therefore when Tissa- 
phernes, who is to conduct the journey, arrives with his forees, the 
Greeks, having no confidence in his integrity, march by them- 
selves, and pitch their camp at a considerable distance from that of 
the Barbarians.* In this manner the march is conducted. Soon 
they pass two canals, and arrive at Sitace, acity upon the banks of 
the Tigris. Then, apprehensive of treachery on the part of the 
Persians, the Greeks cross the Tigris, and after that the Physcus, 
on the other side of which was the city Opis. Here they meet a 
brother of Artaxerxes, advancing with an army to his assistance. 
Clearchus marches his soldiers, so as to display them to the great. 
est advantage. The Persians are struck with their number and 
appearance. After six days’ march they reach some villages be- 
longing to Parysatis, which Tissaphernes permits them to plunder. 
After five days’ march they arrive at the river Zabatus. . ° 


CHAPTER V. 


The Greeks remain at the villages of Parysatis three days. Their 
suspicion of treachery on the part of the Persians increases. 
Clearchus, in a conversation with Tissaphernes, tells him that the 
Persians have no cause to fear the Greeks, for they had confirmed 
the treaty with a solemn oath ; and that the fidelity of each would 
benefit the other. Tissaphernes, on the other hand, makes similar 
assurances, saying that it would be folly for the king, possessed of 
such vast resources, to resort to fraud, especially when he needed 
the friendship of tae Greeks. By the conversation and manner of 
Tissaphernes, Clearchus is deceived. On the next day Clearchus, 
with four generals and twenty captains, goes to the camp of Tis- 





> © The Greeks called all people but themselves, of BapCagen 
B® 


xviii CONTENTS. 
saphernes (agreeably to his request) in order to learn who they 
were that had been raising suspicions in either army, of the other's 
fidelity. While they are in the camp, on a given signal, the Per. 
sian cavalry rush in upon them and seize them. The Greeks are 
then ordered to deliver up their arms, but they return a most re- 
proachful answer. . . ° . . . . ᾿ 


CHAPTER VL 
᾿ Ν 


‘The eharacters of the generals who were put to death are described. 
CLEaSRCHUS is represented as perfectly skilled in military af- 
fairs; ready to meet danger; prompt in procuring suppties for 
the soldiers; so rcid in his military discipline, that the soldiers, 
while they loved him, feared him more than the enemy; and, final- 
ly, as one born to command rather than obey. PROXENUS is 
described as one who had been ambitious of fame even from a child. 
Hence, that he might, by honorable means, obtain glory and 
wealth, he entered the service of Cyrus. His disposition was so 
mild, that he stood more in awe of the soldiers than they of him ; 
whence he was much beloved by the good, while the bad took ad- 
vantage of his kindness and good nature. On the other hand, 
MENO was one of the most depraved of men. Avaricious, per- 
fidious, fraudulent, he plotted against his friends more than his ene- 
mies. Whoever was inferior to him in any species of vice, was 
despised by him as ignorant and stupid, while he never failed to 
slander every good man. He was not put to death with the other 
generals, on account of his having betrayed them; but afterwards - 
he suffered, as he deserved, a most severe death. AGIAS and 
SOCRATES are spoken well of, both as soldiers and friends. . 


BOOK THIRD. 


CHAPTER I. 


Much confusion and dejection prevails in the Grecian army thus de~ 
prived of its leaders. Xenophon relates, in a few words, the man- 
ner in which he came to serve under Cyrus. He has a remarkable 


CONTENTS. 
« 


dream, from which he arouses himself early in the morning, and 
assembles the officers of the army, to consult for the general good. 
When they are assembled he exhorts them to be of good courage, 
and to elect generals in the place of those who have been put to 
death, declaring it as his opinion that, if the king appeared, they 
should give him battle. One Apollonides, opposing this advice, is 
ejected from his place. Xenophon harangues the officers and 
soldiers, in an eloquent and manly speech, which is approved by all ; 
when immediately new generals are elected. . . . . 


CHAPTER II. 


The soldiers being called together about day-break, Chirisophus first 
speaks, exhorting them either to conquer bravely or die gloriously. 
Then Cieanor, who dwells chiefly upon the perjury of the king and 
the treachery of Tissaphernes and Arizeus. Lastly, Xenophon, 
clad in rich armour, rises and harangues the troops. First he 
raises the spirits of the men, by tellimg them, that they would have 
the favor and protection of the gods, while the Persians must be 
subject to the divine wrath for their perjury ; that in days long past 
superior courage had overcome the great forces of Darius and 
Xerxes; that they themselves had just defeated Artaxerxes ; 
that they should now fight with as much firmness for safety as they 
had done for empire. Then he removes every obstacle which seems 
to oppose them, — their not having Tissaphernes for a guide, — the 
king’s not furnishing them provisions, — the deep rivers they have 
to pass, —- by saying that they might easily, if they wished, remain 
and settle in the king’s territory. Finally, he points out the 
method of conducting their journey, and of preparing for battle: de- 
claring that every thing must be left, which is not absolutely neces- 
sary; that the generals must be more vigilant, the soldiers more 
obedient; and that every thing should be done without delay. 
The sentiments of Xenophon are approved, and generals are chosen 
to superintend the particular parts of the army. . . . 


CHAPTER III. 


When the Greeks are about to march, Mithridates approaches with 
thirty horse, and desires a consultation, professing to be friendly to 


xx CONTENTS. 
a 


them. When the Greeks reply that they were going home, he 
tries to convince them that this is not possible, unless they have the 
permisson of the king. But they determine never again to enter 
into any alliance with him. After they have passed the river Zaba- 
tus, Mithridates returns with two hundred horse, and four lundred 
light-armed soldiers, and attacks the rear of the Greeks, who are 
somewhat molested. As soon, however, as they reach some vil- 
layres, at the instigation of Xenophon, companies of slingers and 
horsemen are equipped, in order to keep off the enemy. ς- ° 


CHAPTER IV. 


On the next day, Mithridates, with a larger number of forces, attacks 
the Greeks, but is easily repulsed by their slingers and horsemen, 
though not without the loss of many men. ‘The Greeks then 
reach the Tigris, and pitch their camp at Larissa. On the follow- 
ing day they arrive at “Mespila, but on the next they are attacked 
by Tissaphernes, who is driven back. They remain encamped 
three cays, and during this time change the form of their army. 
They then make four days’ marches, and on the fifth day begin to 
ascend the hills, but are harassed by the enemy until they reach 
some villages. Having remained here three days, to take care of 
their wounded and procure supplies, on the fourth they take up 
their march, but by an attack of the enemy they are compelled to 
return into the village. After the departure of the enemy, towards 
evening, they leave the village, and gain so much this night, that 
the enemy do not overtake them till the fourth day. The Persians 
then seize upon the hills and narrow passes, but, by the activity and 
bravery of Xenophon, they are driven from their ground. . ° 


CHAPTER V. 


Towards evening the enemy suddenly return, cut off a few Greeks, 
who were in the plains for provisions, and burn the villages. After 
they have been driven back, the Grecian generals consult upon the 
most expedient route; for on one side was the Tigris, which could 
not be passed without a bridge, and on the other the stecp moun- 
tains of the Carduchi. A certain Rhodian proposes a plan for 
crossing the river, which is rejected. On the next day they re- 


CONTENTS. 


trace their steps a little, and having made every inquiry, as to the 
nature and situation of the country, of some captives whom they 
took, they determined to march over the mountains. . ° ° 


BOOK FOURTH. 





CHAPTER L 


Early the next day the Greeks enter the territory of the Carduchi- 
ans, and consume the whole day in ascending and descending the 
hills. They are considerably harassed by the barbarians. On the 
following day they leave most of their sumpter-horses ard slaves, 
that their march may not be impeded, and proceed over the moun- 
tains, but are much molested. A severe storm arises, but in con- 
sequence of a dearth of provisions in the army they march on w.th 
all possible expedition. The enemy follow them, and attack their 
rear. ‘Towards evening they reach an eminence which is entirely 
beseiged by the Barbarians. They then question two captives, 
acquainted with the country, whether there was any other road. 
One of them affecting ignorance, they cut him in pieces before the 
eyes of the other, who, fearing the same fate, promises to lead them 
by a circuitous and more convenient path. . . . . 


CHAPTER II. 


At night two thousand soldiers, under the direction of the guide, are 
gent to occupy the heights in another direction. They rcut the 
Barbarians ih the morning, and thus enable the rest of the troops 
to march on. Xenophon, with the baggage and rear of the army, 
takes a road a little distant from the others, as the most convenient 
for the horses. But although he acts with great prudence and 
Courage, some of his men are killed. At length, after being much 
harassed by the enemy, the Greeks take their way over the moun- 
tains, and reach some settlements, where they find an abundance of 
Povisions and enjoy repose. Ὁ ὁ wl lt 


CHAPTER III. 


At length, after a most toilsome and perilous march of seven days 
over the mountains, the Greeks arrive at the river Centrites, 
where they halt for repose. Here new difficulties are presented 
to them. Three obstacles seem to prevent their crossing 
the river,—the great number of Barbarians on the other 
side, —- the depth and rapidity of the stream,—and the enemy 
who were pressing hard upon their reaz. But encouraged by Xeno- 
phon’s dream, the army crosses by a ford, and the skilful man- 
agement of Xenophon crowns the whole with complete success. . 


CHAPTER IV. 


After the passage of the Centrites the Greeks march through Ar- 
menia, and soon reach the sources of the Tigris. Ina few days 
they arrive at the river Teleboas, in western Armenia. Here they 
enter into a friendly alliance with Teribazus, the governor of the 
country, at his request. Notwithstanding his oath of fidelity Teri- 
bazus follows the Greeks, with a large force, and lays snares for 
their destruction. Wherefore they leave the villages where they 
were encamped, and pass the night in the open fields during a heavy 
fall of snow. . . . . . . . Ξ 


CHAPTER V. 


In order that the enemy may not again overtake them, the Greeks 
depart the next day. For many days the army suffer much from 
the great severity of the weather, and the depth of the snow, as 
the Barbarians are continually annoying them. At length they 
reach some villages, where they find provisions in great plenty. 
Here they remain seven days. . . . . ° ° 


CHAPTER VI. 


On the eighth day after their encampment the Greeks take up their 
march, with the xapdexns for their guide, who, on the third day, 
secretly leaves the army, having been badly treated by Chiriso- 
phus. The Greeks then continue their journey without a guide, 
and on the seventh day reach the river Phasis. After two days 


erm 


ἈΝ 


more they arrive at the mountains inhabited by the Chalybians, 
Taochians, and Phasians. The Barbarians oppose the progress of 
the Greeks. A council is held, By the advice of Kenophona se- 
lect number of soldiers are sent privately, by night, to the tops of 
those mountains on which the enemy are not stationed, in order to 
fall upon them early in the morning. All this is done. The enemy 
are routed; the Greeks pass the mountains, descend into fertile 
plains, and arrive at some villages in which are all kinds of provi- 
sions in plenty. . . . ° . . . . . 


CHAPTER VII. 


The Greeks suffer somewhat from the want of supplies (the Tao- 


chians having carried all their provisions isto the fortifications), un- 
til, by the advice and bravery of Kenophon, some of the castles are 
attacked and taken, when the soldiers supply all their wants. The 
Greeks carry with them sufficient to last them seven days, during. 
their march through the territory of the Chalybians, who are re- 
presented as the bravest of ali the Barbarians. Then they arrive 
at the river Harpasus, and, after a journey of four days through the 
territory of the Scythiaus, they reach some villages where they re- 
main four days. The governor of this region affords them a 
guide, who, in five days, leads them te the summit of mount The- 
che, from which they espy the sea. With exulting shouts they 
exclaim “ The sea, the sea,” and throwing together a large heap of 
stones as a trophy, they crown it with offerings to the gods. The 
guide then takes his leave, laden with valuable presents. -. . 


CHAPTER VIIL 


Having marched through the provinces of the Macronians, with whom 


they entered into a treaty of peace, in six days the Greeks arrive 
at the Colchian Mountains. Here they are opposed by the inhabi- 
tants, who are soon routed, when the army again reach some fer- 
tle villages. In two days they arrive at Trapezus, a city of the 
Greeks, on the borders of the Euxine sea. Here they remain 
thirty days, during which time they go out into the neighbouring 
country to preecure supplies. In the mean time they offer solemn 
sacrifices to the gods for their safe return, and celebrate festive 
games and entertainments. . . . ᾿ ° e . 


110 


114 


118 


xxiv CONTENTSe 


BOOK FIFTH. 


CHAPTER 1. 


A consultation is held upon the best manner of prosecuting the rest 
of the journey. Antileon proposes to go by sea, which all approve. 
Chirisophus is sent in quest of ships. In the mean time Xeno- 
phon harangues the troops upon the manner of employing their 
time. He remarks that in procuring supplies from an enemy's 
country great caution must be used; that they should go out in 
large bodies, but leave enough behind to guard the camp ; — that 
the ships which sail by the port should be stopped, and brought in 
for their use ; — and that, lest they should not have ships enough, 
the towns upon the sea-coast should be instructed to repair their 
roads. ‘The soldiers approve all his remarks excepting those upon 
the mending of the roads, for they dread to go any more by land. 
Dexippus is sent to procure ships, but sails away. Polycrates 
is then sent, who faithfully discharges his duty. .  . ; 


CHAPTER II. 


The Greeks begin to be in want of provisions, and therefore prepare 
for an excursion. A part of the army is led against the Drile, 
a most warlike nation, inhabiting a rough and mountainous country. 
At first the Greeks take but littie booty, as the inhabitants burn 
every thing and quit their homes. At length they reach a city 
strongly fortified, in which all the enemy, with their effects, were 
collected. The assault is made upon the city, which is taken, but 
the citadel is impregnable. The situation of the Greeks within the 
city is perilous, but at length they return in safety to their camp. 


CHAPTER III. 


When the Greeks could not any longer wait for the arrival of Chi- 
risophus, in consequence of the scarcity of provisions, they put on 
board some vessels the feeble and sick, together with the women 
and children, while they themselves march over land to Cerasus, 


CONTENTS, xxv 


The army is reviewed. The money received from the sale of the 
captives is divided among the soldiers. The tenth part, however, is 
consecrated to Apollo and Diana. Xenophon, particularly, erects 
a splendid temple and altar, in after time, in honor of the goddess. 130 


CHAPTER IV. 


When the Greeks reach the territory of the Mosynceci, the people 
make a stand against them, and endeavour to prevent their passing. 
The Greeks enter into an alliance with another nation at enmity 
with the former. But these allies are soon defeated. On the next 
day Xenophon himself, after he had animated his troops, attacks 
the enemy and puts them to flight. Two castles are ‘burnt, to- 
gether with the soldiers in them; the capital of the kingdom is 
taken, and some other places are either assaulted or taken into 
alliance. The chapter closes with a description of the manners of 
the Mosyneeci. . ° ° . . . . ° . 182 


CHAPTER V. 


In eight days the Greeks arrive at the boundaries of the Tibareni, 
with whom, by the advice of the soothsayers, they make a treaty, 
and in two days reach the city Cotyora. Here they remaiy forty- 
five days, and collect their supplies partly from Paphlagonia and 
partly from the Cotyorensian territory, which they plunder. The 
Sinopeans send ambassadors to the Grecians, complaining of their 
injuries against the Cotyorensians, and threatening revenge. Xeno- 
phon replies to them with great firmness, and thus effects a 
change in their feelings and tone of address. . . . 186 


CHAPTER VI. 


Agreesbly to the advice of an ambassador of the Sinopeans, the 
Greeks conclude to go by sea, instead of marching through Paphla- 
gcenia. Xenophon proposes to found a city on the Euxine, which 
Proposition the sacrifices favor. But his plans are opposed by the 
deceit and falsehuod of the soothsayer, by the envy of some of 
the generals, and by the empty promises of the Heracleotes. 
Therefore he yields this point, and advises that they should all de- 
part together, contrary to the desire of Silanus. The Heracleote 

σ 


xuvi | CONTENTS. 


send ships, but no stipendiary rewards to the soldiers. In conse- 
quence of this, those generals who had excited the hopes of the 
soldiers begin to fear, and say to Xenophon that they are now ready 
to adopt his course and settle en the Euxine. When Xenophor 
refuses to make the proposition to the seldiers, the generals them- 
selves undertake to bring the subordinate officers over to their 
Opinions, . . ° ὃ . ° ° . : ok 


CHAPTER VII. 


When the soldiers reject the plan of going to the Phasis, Neon, the 
Lacedzemonian,. accuses Nenephon as the author of ἢ. There be- 
ing some apprehension that the soldiers may take violent measures, 
Xenophon rises to address them. _‘First he shows the folly of the 
charge. ‘Then he complains to them of the increasing laxity of 
their discipline, and proves it by adducing their cruel treatment 
towards the ambassadors of the Colchians, and the commissaries. of 
the army. Should this evil increase he fears lest the whole army 
should become hateful both to gods and men. Influenced by this 
speech, the soldiers determme, that the authors of the columnies 
shall be brought to trial, and that if any, hereafter, shall be found 
guilty of such offences, they shall be severely punished. At the 
direction of Xenophon the army is purified. .. ° . . 14 


CHAPTER VIII, 


When the generals are called to answer for their past epnduct, agree- 
ably to the decree of the soldiers, some accuse Xenonhon of im- 
proper severity and of cruelly beating them. But he easily refutes 
this accusation, saying, that he had sometimes indeed resorted to 
stripes, but that it was through necessity, and for the safety of 
those very persons who now accuse him, and that he never struck 
any one from mere wantonness or anger. οὶ ° o ..28 


BOOK SIXTH. 


CHAPTER L : 

The Paphlagonians send ambassadors to the Greeks, to propose terms 
of amity, which are agreed to. While they are in the camp, the 
Greeks entertain them with exhibitions of dancing after the custom 
of their country. After the departure of the embassy the army 
sails from Cotyora, with a fair wind, and soon arrives at the port 
Harmene. Here the Greeks stay five days, and determine to elect 
a general who shall have the sole direction of the expedition. Xe- 
nophon is chosen, but, as the sacrifices which he purposely offers 
are unfavorable, he declines. Chirisophus the Lacedzemonian is 
then elected. . . . ° . . . . . 164 


CHAPTER IL 


The whole army sets sail.for Heraclea, under the direction of Chiriso- 
phus. There a sedition arises. The army is divided into three 
parts. The first division, which is the greatest, consists of Arcadi- 
ans and Achaians, who elect for themselves ten generals. The 
second division is commanded by Chirisophus, and the third by 
Xenophon. . - . ‘ . . . . . . 159 


CHAPTER III. 


“Whe Arcadians, eager for plunder, first set sail, and reach the port 
Calpe. Thence they march into the country, attack the Bithyni- 
ans, and ubtain some booty. Soon, however, they are besieged 
by the enemy, upon a hill, and are in great danger of being taken. 
As soon as Xenophon hears this, he marches to the assistance of 
the Greeks, and, when at a great distance, builds large fires upon 
an eminence ; by which the enemy ure frightened, and the siege is 
raised. On the next day Xenophon overtakes the Arcadians at 
Calpe, where Chirisophus had just before arrived with his troops, so 
that the three divisions of the army are now there together. -' 168 


sarviti CoerrEsrEs, 


CHAPTER IV. 


A description of the port of Calpe. The productions of the country 
are enumerated. The soldiers are unwilling to pitch their camp in 
any of the neighbouring villages, suspecting that there is a design 
to use their services in building a city. They therefore encamp 
near the shore. After the third day a resolution is passed that 
whoever should use his influence to separate the army, should be 
capitally punished. Neon succeeds Chirisophus in the chief com- 
mand. ‘They are in want of provisions, but the victims, at every 
sacnifice offered, are not favorable to their going out to get sup- 
plies. Neon, however, leads out two thousand men. But the 
cavalry of Pharnabazus attack them, and kill five hundred. The 
rest retreat to a mountain. The news is brought to Xenophon, 
who goes to their relief and brings them back to the camp. . . 16 


CHAPTER ΜΡ’: 


The Greeks in order to be safe from attack, pitch their camp ina 
strong place and fortify it. Xenophon as soon as he has offered sa- 
crifices, which prove favorable, leads out the army, drawn up in or- 
der of battle, after he has left a guard behind to defend the camp. 
They soon meet with the bodies of those soldiers who were killed in 
battle the day before, and bury them. The enemy are discovered 
upon a hill, prepared for an engagement. The Greeks march 
against them, but are stopped by a deep valley. Animated hy an 
address from Xenophon they cross the valley, engaye with the 
Barbarians, and put them to flight. . . . . 12 


CHAPTER VIL 


The Greeks now collect provisions from every part of the Bithynian 
territory. Cleander, the Spartan magistrate, arrives with two gal- 
leys. By the duplicity and dishonesty of Dexippus, he becomes 
alienated from the Grecian army. Xenophon is assiduous to ef- 
fect a reconciliation, and succeeds. But Cleander, having offered 
many sacrifices which were unfavorable, declines taking the com- 
mand of the army. They therefore march, with their former gen- 
erals, through Bithynia, and, with great booty, soon reach the city 
of Chrysopolis. . . . ὁ . ° ὁ . 1 


BOOK SEVENTH. 


CHAPTER I. 


Anaxibius, the admiral of the Lacedzmonian fleet, being influenced 
by the promises of Pharnabazus, prevails upon the Greeks, by pro- 
mising them money, to cross over ‘to Byzantium. He then de- 
ceives them again, so as to effect their removal from thecity. The 
inhabitants shut the gates upon the army. The soldiers break 
through them, however, but are at length pacified by Xenophon, 
who prevails upon them to leave Byzantium. Coeratades offers 
himself to the Greeks as their general, and is accepted, but in a 
few days he abdicates the command. . . τὸ . 180 


CHAPTER II. 


The Grecian generals disagree about a plan of operations, and many 
of the soldiers leave the army, four hundred of whom are sold as 
slaves by Aristarchus, the governor of Byzantium. He also lays 
snares for Xenophon, who, with a select number of men, goes to 
Seuthes to learn on what terms he will employ, in his service, the 
Grecian army. . . . . . . . ° 186 


CHAPTER III. 


All the Greeks, except Neon, are pleased with the propositions of 
Seuthes, and march to meet him. A treaty is ratified between the two 
parties, and the Grecian army is entertained after the Thracian 
custom. Seuthes consults with the Greeks about undertaking an 
expedition. In the night they all march out against the enemy, 
whom, on the next day, they find unprepared, and easily vanquish. 
They obtain large supplies of slaves and cattle. . . 191 


CHAPTER IV. 


Seuthes burns the villages of the enemy. He then, in company with 
the Greeks, encamps in the plain of the Thynians. There is a 
ο" 


xxx. CONTENTS. 


great fall of snow, and the weather is very severe. The Greeks 
therefore go into the houses of the village. The Barbarians fly to 
the mountains, but pretend that they will enter into an alliance with 
Seuthes. At night they leave the hills, and come down and attack 
the Greeks who were quartered in their houses. They are at length 
put to fligkt, and commit themselves and their effects to the mercy 
of Seuthes. . . . . . . . ° ° 19 


CHAPTER V. 


Heraclides, “aving sold the booty, returns, but does not give the sol- 
diers their fuli ,sv. Whereupon he is reprimanded by Xenophon, 
who orders that ever, thing which was set apart for himself should 
be distributed to the other generals, The faithless Heraclides then 
endeavours, not only to defame Xenophon before Seuthes, but to 
deprive him of the command of the army. But in vain: all the 
other venerals refuse to act without him. Seuthes then earnestly 
desires the Greeks to assist him in an expedition against the inhabi- 
tants of the coast of Salmydessus, who enrich themselves by plun- 
dering the wrecks of vessels. The Greeks assent, but receive no- 
thing which Seuthes had promised. Then the soldiers are angry 
with Xenophon, and Seuthes himself avoids all intercourse with him. 2C 


CHAPTER VI. 


The Lacedzmonians invite the Greeks to assist them in a war against 
Tissaphernes. Neither Seuthes nor the Greeks are averse to the 
plan. Then a certain Arcadian accuses Xenophon as. being 
the cause of the soldiers not receiving their full pay, and 
thinks that he should be punished. Xenophon defeuds himself in 
a powerful and eloquent address to the troops. He shows first, that 
the Greeks assisted Seuthes voluntarily, and that, so far from his 
preventing their receiving the monthly stipulation, he himself re- 
ceived comparatively nothing. He tells them that they ought not 
to complain, since, without Seuthes, they would not have been able 
to subsist througl: the winter, and concludes with saying, that they 
have not acted yratefully towards him for kindnesses they have re- 
ceived, and that they have been equally unmindful of their former 
promises of fidelity. Xenophon is defended by Charminus the 


CONTENTs. xxxi 
Spartan, and Polycrates the Athenian. Seuthes then requests 
Xenophon to remain with him, with a thousand svldiers. But 
Xenophon, having offered sacrifices, determines to depart with the 
army. . . . . . . . ° ° 204 


CHAPTER VII. 


The Greeks plunder the villages upon the cuast. Medosades, together 
with an ambassador from Medocus, king of Thrace, comes to Xeno-~ 
phon, and orders him to leave the coast. Xenophon reproaches 
them with ingratitude, and directs tl.em to go to the ambassadors of 
the Spartans. These reply that they would depart with the forces, 
Xenophon, at the request of Medosades, is sent to Seuthes to de- 
mand pay for the soldiers. By many arguments he endeavours to 
convince him, that it would be much better for him to fulfill his pro- 
mises, and he succeeds. Xenophon gives what he receives to the 
Spartans, to be distributed among the soldiers, . Ὁ © 310 


CHAPTER VIII. 


After the army had crossed over the Lampsacus, in Asia, Euclides, the 
soothsayer, advises Xenophon to sacrifice to Jupiter, which he does 
on the following day. Then, after passing through various places, 
the army reaches Pergamus in Lydia. Hellas, the mother of Gon- 
gylus and Gorgion, persuades Xenophon to attack Asidates. This 
he does, but the first onset is not successful, The next day the 
charge is renewed, and with success. Then he returns to Perga- 
tus, and, after having, at the request of all, taken a large part of 
the booty, delivers the army up to Thimbson. A summary of the 
routeand of the distance marched in the expedition and retreat. . 228 


- 


XXXil 


TABLE I. 


MARCHES, DISTANCES, AND HALTS OF CYRUS AND THE 
TEN THOUSANT. 


Number 
of 


Names of Places. Marches.| 22088- | days. 








row Sardis to the Meander River . 


At the Cilician Pass near Tyana . 
Through it,to Tarsus . . . 


3 

Colosse ‘ ‘ ‘ a : 1 8 7 
(Celene . . {418 20 30 

Pelte . «© . « « ὁ 2 10 3 
Forum of the Ceramians. . . 2 12 
Caystrus . . .« «© ὁ 3 30 5 
Thymbrium . . . ε΄. 2 10 
Tyrigum . . 6 © .« . 2 10 3 
Iconium . a ee ‘ ‘ 3 20 3 
Through Lycaonia Ὁ. . . 5 30 . 
Dana(Tyana). . . . . 4 25 

4 20 

2 

1 

2 





. | cE SG REED TT, RBA ας. -“ὦ- AER SN LSP A a EE ED 
’ 


Pharus(Sarus)River . . . 10 
Pyramus River S$ τῶ ὧν ὦ ὅ 
Issus 2. 0 «© «6 15 3 
SyrianGates . . . . ὁ 5 
yriandrus . . . . . ὃ 7 
Daradax River ὃ ὦ we «ἢ 50 
Thapsacus Sr  ἃ 15 5 
Araxes River a ne a ae 50 3 
Corsote ΞΕ 3 


The Pyle ὃ . : . . 


Through Babylonia to the field of bat- 
tle at Cunaxa, 


pat bet μα 9 9 OR CO 09 CO et es 





* Thought to be transposed in the text, and that the distances and marches 
touching these two places should be interchanged. 


ΧΧΧΙΗ͂ 


TABLE IL. 


MARCHES, DISTANCES, AND HALTS OF THE GREEES ALONE. 











- | dopa. 


: 


Namea of Places, 


Returned to the former se 3 at night 
With Ariwus, northward . ' τᾷ 
Truce Villages . . j 
To the Wall of Media» : Ἂ : 
Sitace . i ᾿ " " Γ 
Opis , Ζῶ ἡ ΤΑ 
Zabatus River . 
To the Carduchian Mountains . ‘ 
|Centrites River . ὦ - ; 





















8 


nas 88a 


Villages where the had the first snow 
Halt and attack of Teribasus’ camp . 
To the Pass : Ne ‘ 
Eastern Euphrates . ‘ : 
Through the snow . . 
To the Villages of refreshment ‘ 
|The Army came in the next day . 
With the head man of the villa 
To the river Phasis (the 4razes, 
The fortified post of the Taochians, ὅλο, 
Taochians’ country . 
Chalybians and to the Harpasus River 
Saale the Scythinians’ country 
Sate city . 

unt Theches (first view of the sea) 

Through the Macronian country’ 

Sickness, occasioned by the honey 
To Trapezus “ol ee 
To Cerasus 
Warfare with the Mosyneecians ‘ 
Through the country * . 
|Chalybians ‘ . ‘toe 
' Tibarenians, to Cotyora. ia 


Dene RAEI ὦ σι μὰ ete Wee Pw αὶ μαὶ μαὶ 







* No distance given. 

t In the snow twenty-three days. 

} Wandering all this time. 

ὁ The only time that the distance is mentioned in the snow 
| All this part appears to be confused or transposed. 


ZENOG@GRNTOST 
KrPOT ANABAZERZ 


BIBAION IIPQTON. 





Κεφάλαιον a’. 


ΔΑΡΕΤΙΟΥ͂ καὶ Παρυσάτιδος γίγνονται παῖδες δύο" 
> ’ ᾿ : - 3 
πρεσβύτερος μὲν Αρταξέρξης, νεώτερος δὲ Κῦρος. Ἐπεὶ δὲ 
> 9 » =~ ͵ 
ἡσϑένει Δαρεῖος, καὶ ὑπώπτευε τελευτὴν τοῦ Biov, ἐβου- 
-. > ~ ε 8 τ 
dito of τὼ παῖδε ἀμφοτέρω παρεῖναι. Ὃ μὲν οὖν πρε- 
σ- 2 - 
ὃ σβύτερος παρὼν ἐτύγχανε" Κῦρον δὲ μεταπέμπεται ἀπὸ τῆς 
2 ~ v 3 , 2 
ἀρχῆς, ἧς αὐτὸν σατράπην énoinas, καὶ στρατηγὸν δὲ av- 
, - 3 
τὸν ἀπέδειξε πάντων, ὅσοι εἰς Καστωλοῦ πεδίον αϑροίζον- 
τ bad , 
ται. ᾿Αναβαῖΐνει οὖν ὃ Κῦρος, λαβὼν Τισσαφέρνην ὡς φί- 
- . 4 », , Ld 
lov καὶ τῶν “Eldyvow δὲ ἔχων ὁπλίτας ἀνέβη τριακοσίους, 
10 ἄρχοντα δὲ αὐτῶν Ξενίαν Παῤῥάσιον. 
᾿βπειδὴ δὲ ἐτελεύτησε Δαρεῖος, καὶ κατέστη εἰς τὴν βα-- 
σιλείαν ᾿Αρταξέρξης, Τισσαφέρνης διαβάλλει τὸν Κῦρον πρὸς 
τὸν ἀδελφόν, ὡς ἐπιβουλεύοι αὐτῷ. Ὃ δὲ πεἰίϑεταὶ te xat 
- > ew 4 [2 
συλλαμβάνει Κῦρον, ὡς ἀποκτενῶν᾽ ἡ δὲ μήτηρ, ἐξκιτη- 
W¢g Sas > a 2 ’ .λ ᾽ 4 8 > ’ Ὅ δ᾽ ς 
ἀμένη αὐτὸν, ἀποπέμπει παλιν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχῆν. ὡς 
2. ὦ. φ , 3 φ ’ .ω ’ 
ἀπῆλϑε κινδυνεύσας καὶ ατιμασϑεῖς, βουλεύεται, ὁπὼς μήη-- 
~ - 3 2 
mote ἔτι ἔσται ἐπὶ τῷ ἀδελφῷ, ald, ἣν δύνηται, βασιλεύ-- 
2 3 [2 ἢ e € o ε - Φ 
σει uvt ἐκεῖΐνουι Παρύσατις μὲν δὴ ἡ μήτηρ ὑπῆρχε τῷ 
. - 3 - 2 
Κύρῳ, φιλοῦσα αὐτὸν μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν βασιλεύοντα ‘Agratio- 
φὶὲ ω > » - “Ὁ 4 ᾿ e > » 
ἔην. Οςτις δ᾽ ἀφικνοῖτο τῶν παρὰ βασιλέως πρὸς autor, 


2 ZENO®NNTOZ [B6. A 
ΓΔ 


πάντας οὕτω διατιϑεὶς ἀπεπέμπετο, act’ ξαυτῷ μᾶλλον 
φίλους εἶναι ἢ βασιλεῖ. Καὶ τῶν παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ δὲ βαρβά- 
ρων ἐπεμελεῖτο, ὡς πολεμεῖν τὸ ἱκανοὶ εἴησαν, καὶ εὐνοϊκῶς 
ἔχοιεν αὐτῷ. Ἰὴν δὲ Ἑλληνικὴν δύναμιν ἤϑροιζεν, ὡς μά- 
λιστα ἐδύνατο ἐπικρυπτόμενος, ὅπως ὅτι ἀπαρασκευότατον 
λάβοι βασιλέα. Ὧδε οὖν ἐποιεῖτο τὴν συλλογήν᾽" ὅπόσας 
εἶχε φυλακὰς ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι, παρήγγειλε τοῖς φρουράρχοις 
ἑκάστοις, λαμβάνειν ἄνδρας Πελοποννησίους ὅτι πλείστους 
καὶ βελτίστους, ὡς ἐπιβουλεύοντος Τισσαφέρνους ταῖς πό- 
λεσι. Καὶ γὰρ ἤσαν of Ἰωνικαὶ πόλεις Τισσαφέρνους τὸ τ 
ἀρχαῖον, ἐκ βασιλέως δεδομέναι" τότε δ᾽ ἀφεστήκεσαν πρὸς 
Κῦρον πᾶσαι, πλὴν Μιλήτου" ἐν Μιλήτῳ δὲ Τισσαφέρνης, 
προαισϑόμενος τὰ αὐτὰ ταῦτα βουλευομένους [ἀποστῆναι 
πρὸς Κῦρον,] τοὺς μὲν αὐτῶν ἀπέκτεινε, τοὺς δ᾽ ἐξέβαλεν. 
Ὃ δὲ Κῦρος, ὑπολαβὼν τοὺς φεύγοντας, συλλέξας στράτευ- 18 
μα, ἐπολιόρκει Μίλητον καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ ϑάλατταν, 
καὶ ἐπειρᾶτο κατάγειν τοὺς ἐκπεπτωκότας. Καὶ αὕτη αὖ 
ἄλλη πρόφασις ἦν αὐτῷ τοῦ ἀϑροίζειν στράτευμα. Πρὸς 
δὲ βασιλέα πέμπων, ἠξίου, ἀδελφὸς ὧν αὐτοῦ, δοϑῆναϊ οἱ 
ταῦτας τὰς πόλεις μᾶλλον ἢ Τισσαφέρνην ἄρχειν αὐτῶν" “0 
καὶ ἡ μήτηρ συνέπραττεν αὐτῷ ταῦτα, ὥςτε βασιλεὺς τῆς 
μὲν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐπιβουλῆς οὐκ ἠσϑάνετο, Τισσαφέρνει δὲ 
ἐνόμιζε πολεμοῦντα αὐτὸν ἀμφὶ τὰ στρατεύματα δαπανᾶν" 
ὥςτε οὐδὲν ἤχϑετο αὐτῶν πολεμούντων" καὶ γὰρ ὃ Κῦρος 
ἀπέπεμπε τοὺς γιγνομένους δασμοὺς βασιλεῖ ἐκ τῶν πόλε- 35 
ὦν, ὧν Τισσαφέρνης ἐτύγχανεν ἔχων. 

Ἄλλο δὲ στράτευμα συνελέγετο αὐτῷ ἐν Χεῤῥονήσῳ τῇ 
καταντιπέρας ᾿Αβύδου, τόνδε τὸν τρόπον. Κλέαρχος ἦν 
«Δακεδαιμόνιος, φυγάς᾽ τούτῳ συγγενόμενος ὃ Κῦρος, nya- 
σϑη τὸ αὑτόν, καὶ δίδωσιν αὐτῷ μυρίους δαρεικούς., Ὃ δὲ 80 
λαβὼν τὸ χρυσίον, στράτευμα συνέλεξεν ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν 
χρημάτων, καὶ ἐπολέμει, ἐκ Χεῤῥονήσον δρμώμενος, τοῖς 
Θρᾳξὶ τοῖς ὑπὲρ ᾿Ἑλλήςποντον οἰκοῦσι, καὶ ὠφέλει τοὺς 


Keg. 6΄.} KTPOT ANABASITS. 3 


L- > τῷ LY , ᾿ > ν > e 
Elinvac’ wets καὶ χρήματα συνεβαάλλοντο avim εἰς τὴν 
8 nd tad e c¢,, ΝΥ ld “ 
τροφὴν τῶν στρατιωτῶν at λληςποντικαὶ πολεις ἑκοῦσαι. 
~ 2 3 [ἡ ’ 24 ἢ 3. ὦ 3 ¢ 
Τοῦτο ὃ αὖ οὕτω τρεφόμενον ἐλάνϑανεν αὐτῷ τὸ στρα-- 
3 4 ε ’ an > 
τευμα. Agiotinmnos δὲ 0 Θετταλὸς ἐτύγχανε ξέγος ὧν αὖ- 
- - , 3 bod 
δ τῷ, καὶ πιεζόμενος ὑπὸ τῶν οἴκοι ἀντιστασιωτῶν, ἔρχεται 
, e ~ Q > ow > 4 3 ¢ , 
πρὸς τὸν Κῦρον, καὶ αἰτεῖ αὐτὸν εἰς διοχιλίους ξένους καὶ 
oo - ᾿ a} ~ 
τριῶν μηνῶν μισϑόν, ἐς οὕτω περιγενησόμενος ἂν τῶν 
32 κ᾿ - > κῳ 
ἀντιστασιωτῶν. Ὃ δὲ Κῦρος δίδωσιν αὐτῷ εἰς τετρακις- 
9 Ἃ by “Ὁ fee Ἃ ὃ ~ 2 Lad e 
χιλίους, καὶ ἕξ μηνῶν μισϑον᾽ καὶ δεῖται αὐτοῦ, py 
-νὝὙ >? 3 
10 πρόσϑεν καταλῦσαι πρὸς τοὺς αἀντιστασιώτας, πρὶν ἂν αὖ- 
τῷ συμβουλεύσηται. Οὕτω δὲ αὖ τὸ ἐν Θετταλίᾳ ἐλάνϑα- 
3 C oe a fe 4 8 ld 
γεν αὑτῷ τρεφόμενον στρατευμα. Πρόξενον δὲ tov Bow 
t, » > « > 9 ld >” φ 
τιον, ξένον ovta αὑτῷ, ἐκέλευσε λαβοντὰ ἀνδρας οτι πλεῖ- 
στους παραγενέσϑαι, ὡς ἐπὶ Πεισίδας βουλόμενος στρατεύ-- 
ιδεσϑαι, ὡς πράγματα παρεχόντων [τῶν] Πεισιδῶν τῇ ξαυ-- 
’ ρᾶαγμ ρὲ | 
- - 3 ’ , 
tov ywor. Zopalvetoy δὲ τὸν Στυμφαλιον, καὶ Σωκράτην 
+ 9 , εἰ » \ , ’ » 
τὸν ἄχαιον, ξένους ὄντας καὶ τούτους, ἐκέλευσεν avdoas λα- 
“ ε 
βόντας ἐλϑεῖν ott πλείστους, ὡς πολεμήσων Τισσαφέρνει 
σὺν τοῖς φυγάσι τῶν Μιλησίων. Kat ἐποίουν οὕτως 
7 
30 ovtot. 


Κεφάλαιον β΄. 


> > see > « ’ ” e 4 
Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐδόκει αὐτῷ ἤδη πορεύεσθαι ἄγω, τὴν μὲν 
Ld ον € ’ “Ψἦ 

πρόφασιν ἐποιεῖτο, ὡς Πεισίδας βουλόμενος ἐκβαλεῖν παν- 
Ld - ’ 5 XY > ’ ε » δ , 0 
τάπασι»ν ἐκ τῆς χώρας᾽ καὶ adgoite ὡς ἐπὶ τούτους τό 
τε βαρβαρικὸν καὶ τὸ Ἑλληνικὸν ἐνταῦϑα στράτευμα" καὶ 
° - τ - 
86 παραγγέλλει τῷ τὸ Κλεάρχῳ, λαβόντι ἥκειν ὅσον nv αὐτῷ 
σιράτευμα᾽ καὶ τῷ ᾿Αριστίππῳ συναλλαγέντι πρὸς τοὺς 
οἴχοι, ἀποπέμψαι πρὸς ἑαντὸν ὃ εἶχε στράτευμα" καὶ z6- 

- 3 td « > « 4 @ αν i 
vig τῷ Αρκάδι, ὃς αὐτῷ προειστήκει τοῦ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι 
ζω « [ὦ ’ ᾿ 3° a € ? 
ξενικοῦ, nxew παρήγγειλε, λαβοντα τοὺς ἄνδρας, πλὴν ono- 

τ : 3 
80 σοι ἱκανοὶ σαν tag ἀκροπόλεις φυλάττειν. κάλεσε δὲ 
lad ’ 

καὶ τοὺς Milntoy πολιορκοῦντας, καὶ τοὺς φυγάδας éxé- 


4 ZENO®NQNTOZ [8ι6. 4’ 


λευσε σὺν αὐτῷ στρατεύεσθαι, ὅποσχόμενος αὐτοῖς, 2% κα- 
λῶς καταπράξειεν ἐφ ἃ ἐστρατεύετο, μὴ πρόσϑεν παύσα- ὁ 
σϑαι, πρὶν αὐτοὺς καταγάγοι οἴκαδε. Οἱ δὲ ἡδέως énel- 
Yovro’ ἐπίστενον γὰρ αὐτῷ καὶ λαβόντες τὰ ὅπλα, πα- 
φῆσαν εἰς Σάρδεις. Ξενίας μὲν δὴ τοὺς ἐκ τῶν πόλεων λα- ὃ 
βὼν παρεγένετο εἰς Σάρδεις, ὁπλίτας εἰς τετρακιςχιλίους " 
Ἡρύξενος δὲ παρῆν, ἔχων ὁπλίτας μὲν εἰς πεντακοσίους καὶ 
χιλίους) γυμνήτας δὲ πενταχοσίους" Σοφαΐνετος δὲ ὃ Στυμ- 
φώλιος, ὁπλίτας ἔχων χιλίους" Σωκράτης δὲ 0 ᾿ἀχαιός, ὃ- 
πλίτας ἔχων ὡς πεντακοσίους" Πασίων δὲ ὃ Meyayets εἰς 19 
τριακοσίους μὲν ὁπλίτας, τριακοσίους δὲ πελταστὰς ἔχων 
παρεγένετο ny δὲ καὶ οὗτος καὶ ὃ Σωχράτης τῶν ἀμφὶ 
Milntov στρατευομένων. Οὗτοι μὲν εἰς Σάρδεις αὐτῷ a- 
φίκοντο. Τισσαφέρνης δὲ, χατανοήσας ταῦτα, καὶ μείζονα 
ἡγησάμενος εἶναι ἢ ὡς ἐπὶ Πεισίδας τὴν παραάσκευην, πο- Ἰδ 
ρεύεται ὡς βασιλέα, 7 ἐδύνατο τάχιστα, ἱππέας ἔχων ois 
πεντακοσίους. Καὶ βασιλεὺς μὲν δή, ἐπεὶ ἤκονσε παρὰ 
Τισσαφέρνους τὸν Κύρον στόλον, ἀντιπαρεσκευάζετο. 

Κῦρος δὲ ἔχων οὗς εἶπον, ὡρμᾶτο ἀπὸ Σάρδεων" καὶ 
ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Avdiug σταιϑμοὺς reels παρασάγχας εἶχο- 30 
σι καὶ δύο, ἐπὶ τὸν Maturdgoy ποταμόν. Τούτου τὸ εὖ- 
ρος δύο πλέϑρα᾽ γέφυρα δὲ ἐπὴν ἐζευγμένη πλοῖοις ἑπτά. 
Τοῦτον διαβὰς ἐξελαύνει διὰ Φρυγίας σταϑμὸν ἕνα παρα- 
᾿σάγγας ὀκτὼ εἰς Κολοῦσώς, πόλιν οἰκουμένην, εὐδαίμονα 
καὶ μεγάλην. νταῦϑα ἔμεινεν ἡμέρας ἑπτά" καὶ ἧκε 35 
Μένων ὃ Θετταλός, ἔχων ὅπλίτας χιλίους, καὶ πελταστὰς 
πεντακοσίους, Ζ4όλοπας καὶ Αἰνιᾶνας καὶ ᾿θλυνϑίους. "Ev- 
τεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει σταϑμοὺς τρεῖς παρασάχγας εἴκοσιν εἷς 
Κελαινάς, τῆς Φρυγίας πόλιν οἰκουμένην, μεγάλην καὶ ee 
δαίμοναιυ Ἐνταῦϑα Κύρῳ βαοίλεια ἣν καὶ παράδεισος 80 
μέγας, ἀγρίων ϑηρίων πλήρης, ἅ ἐκεῖνος ἐθήρευεν ἀπὸ 
ἵππου, ὁπότε γυμνάσαι βούλοιτο ἑαυτόν τὸ καὶ τοὺς ἵπ- 
mous. Διὰ μέσου δὲ τοῦ παραδείσου ῥεῖ ὃ Μαίανδρος πο- 


Keg. 6.1 ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIZ. 5 


tapos’ αἱ δὲ πηγαὶ αὐτοῦ εἰσὶν ἐκ τῶν βασιλείων" ῥεῖ δὲ 
καὶ διὰ τῆς Κελαινῶν πόλεως. Ἔστι δὲ καὶ μεγάλου βα- 
σιλέως βασίλεια ἐν Κελαιναῖς ἐρυμνὰ ἐπὶ ταῖς πηγαῖς τοῦ 
Μαρσύου ποταμοῦ, ὑπὸ τῇ ἀκροπόλει" ῥεῖ δὲ καὶ οὗτος 
8 διὰ τῆς πόλεως, καὶ ἐμβάλλει εἰς τὸν Maiurdooy’ τοῦ δὲ 
Μαρσύου τὸ εὖρός ἐστιν εἴκοσι καὶ πέντε ποδῶν. Ἐνταῦ- 
Sa λέγεται ᾿Απόλλων ἐκδεῖραι Μαρσύαν, νικήσας ἐρίζοντά 
οἱ περὶ σοφίας, καὶ τὸ δέρμα κρεμάσαι ἐν τῷ ἄντρῳ, ὅ- 
Sev αἵ πηγαί" διὰ δὲ τοῦτο ὃ ποταμὸς καλεῖται Magov- 
Was. Πνταῦϑα Ξέρξης, ὅτε ἐκ τῆς “Πλλάδος ἡττηϑεὶς τῇ μά- 
an ἀπεχώρει, λέγεται οἰχοδομῆσαι ταῦτα τὸ τὰ βαυίλεια, 
καὶ τὴν Κελαινῶν ἀκρόπολιν. ᾿Ενταῦϑα ἔμεινε Κῦρος ἡ- 
μέρας τριάκοντα καὶ ἧκε Κλέαρχος, 6 «Δακεδαιμόνιος, φυ- 
γάς, ἔχων ὁπλίτας χιλίους, καὶ πελταστὰς Θρᾷκας ὀκτακο- 
18 σίους, καὶ τοξότας Κρῆτας διακοσίους. ἍΜα δὲ καὶ Σωσί- 
ας παρῆν ὃ Συρακούσιος, ἔχων δπλίτας χιλίους, καὶ Σοφαΐ- 
γεῖος ὃ -Agxas, ἔχων ὁπλίτας χιλίους. Καὶ ἐνταῦϑα Κῦρος 
ἐξέτασιν καὶ ἀριϑμὸν τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐποίησεν ἐν τῷ παρα- 
δείσῳ, καὶ ἐγένοντο οἵ σύμπαντες, ὁπλῖται μὲν μύριοι καὶ 
30 χίλιοι, πελτασταὶ δὲ ἀμφὶ τοὺς διςχιλέους. 

Ἐντεῦθεν ἐξελαύνει σταϑμοὺς δύο παρασάγγας δέκα εἷς 
Πέλτας, πόλιν οἰκουμένην. ᾿δνταῦϑα ἔμεινεν ἡμέρας τρεῖς " 
ἐν αἷς Ξενίας ὃ ᾿Αρκὰς τὰ ύκαια ἔϑυσε, καὶ ἀγῶνα ἔϑη- 
xe* τὰ δὲ ἀϑλα ἦσαν στλεγγίδες χρυσαῖ" ἐϑεώρει δὲ τὸν 

δι ἀγῶνα καὶ Κῦρος. Ἐντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει atadpovs δύο πα- 
ρασάγγας δώδεκα sig Κεραμῶν ayogoy, πόλιν οἰκουμένην, 
ἐσχάτην πρὸς τῇ Μυσίᾳ χώρᾳ. Ἐντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει otad- 
μοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγγας τριάκοντα, εἰς Καὕστρου πεδίον, 
πόλιν οἰκουμένην. Ἐνταῦϑα ἔμεινεν ἡμέρας πέντε" καὶ 

80 τοῖς στρατιώταις ὠφείλετο μισϑὸς πλέον ἢ τριῶν μηνῶν" 
καὶ πολλάκις ἰόντες ἐπὶ tag ϑύρας ἀπήτουν. Ὃὧ δὲ ἐλπί- 
δας λέγων διῆγε, καὶ δῆλος ἣν ἀνιώμενος" οὐ γὰρ ἦν 
πρὸς τοῦ Κύρου τρόπου, ἔχοντα μὴ ἀποδιδόναι. 


1* 


6 ZENO®NNTOZ [B.6. 4 


᾿ἘἘνιαῦϑα ἀφικνεῖται Envata, ἡ Συεννέσιος γυνή, τοῦ 
Κιλίκων βασιλέως, παρὰ Κῦρον καὶ ἐλέγετο Κύρῳ δοῦναι 
χρήματα πολλάς, Τῇ δ᾽ οὖν στρατιᾷ τότε ἀπέδωχε Κῦρος 
μιυϑὸν τεττάρων μηνῶν. Εἶχε δὲ ἢ Κίλισσα καὶ φύλακας 
περὶ αὑτήν, Κίλικας καὶ ᾿Ασπενδίους᾽ ἐλέγετο δὲ καὶ συγ- | 
γενέσϑαι Κῦρον τῇ Κιλίσσῃ. Ἐντιῦϑεν ἐξελαύνεν σταϑ- 
μοὺς δύο παρασάγγας δέκα εἰς Θύμβριον, πόλιν οἰκουμέ- 
yy. ᾿νταῦϑα ἦν παρὰ τὴν δδὸν κρήνη ἡ Μίδου καλου- 
μένη, τοῦ Φρυγῶν βασιλέως" ἐφ᾽ ἡ λέγεται Midas τὸν 
Σάτυρον ϑηρεῦσαι, οἴνῳ κεράσας αὐτήν. Ἐντεῦϑεν ἐξε- 10 
λαύνει σταϑμοὺς δύο παρασάγγας δέκα εἰς Τυριαῖον, πύλιν 
οἰκουμένην" ἐνταῦϑα ἔμεινεν ἡμέρας τρεῖς. Καὶ λέγεται 
δεηϑῆναι ἡ Κίλισσα Κύρου, ἐπιδεῖξαε τὸ στράτευμα αὐτῇ" 
βουλόμενος οὖν ἐπιδεῖξαι, ἐξέτασιν ποιεῖται ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ 
τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων. ᾿Εκέλευσε δὲ τοὺς ἍἭλλη- ιὖ 
νας, ὡς νόμος αὑτοῖς εἰς μάχην, οὕτω ταχϑῆναι καὶ στῆ- 
vot, συντάξαι δὲ ἕκαστον τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ. Ετάχϑησαν οὖν 
ἐπὶ τειτάρων᾽ εἶχε δὲ τὸ μὲν δεξιὸν Μένων καὶ οἵ σὺν 
αὐτῷ᾽ τὸ δ᾽ εὐώνυμον, Κλέαρχος καὶ of ἐκείνου" τὸ δὲ 
μέσον, οἱ ἄλλοι στρατηγοί. ᾿Εϑεώρει οὖν ὃ Κῦρος πρῶτον 30 
μὲν τοὺς βαρβάρους" οὗ δὲ παρήλαυνον τεταγμένοι κατ᾽ 
ἴλας καὶ κατὰ τάξεις" εἶτα δὲ τοὺς Ἕλληνας, παρελαύνων 
ἐφ᾽. ἅρματος, καὶ ἡ Κίλισσα ἐφ᾽ ἁρμαμάξης. Εἶχον δὲ 
σαντες χράνη χαλκᾶ, καὶ χιτῶνας φοινικοῦς, καὶ κνημῖδας» 
καὶ τὰς ἀσπίδας ἐχκεκαϑαρμένας. Ἐπεὶ δὲ πάντας παρή- 3 
λασε, στήσας τὸ ἅρμα πρὸ τῆς φάλαγγος, πέμψας Πίγρη- 
ta τὸν ἑρμηνέα παρὰ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς τῶν ᾿Βλλήνων, ἐκέ- 
λευσε προβαλέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα, καὶ ἐπιχωρῆσαι ὅλην τὴν φα- 
λαγγα. Οἱ δὲ ταῦτα προεῖπον τοῖς στρατιώταις" καὶ ἐπεὶ 
ἐσάλπιγξε, προβαλλίμενοι τὰ ὅπλα ἐπήεσαν. Ἔκ δὲ τού- 80 
10U ϑᾶττον προϊόντων σὺν κραιγῆ, ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτομάτου 
δρόμος ἐγένετο τοῖς στρατιώταις ἐπὶ τὰς σκηνάς. Τῶν δὲ 
βαρβάρων φόβος πολὺς καὶ ἄλλοις, καὶ ἢ τὸ Κίλισσα ἔφυ-" 


Keg. 6’.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASI2. 7 


yew ἐκ τῆς ἁρμομάξης, καὶ οἱ ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς καταλιπόντες 
τὰ ὦνια ἔφυγον" οἱ δ᾽ Ἥλληνες σὺν γέλωτι ἐπὶ τὰς σκη-- 
vag ἦλθον. “I δὲ Κίλισσα, ἰδοῦσα τὴν λαμπρότητα καὶ 
τὴν τάξιν τοῦ στρατεύματος, ἐθαύμαζε. Κῦρος δὲ ἤσϑη, 
δ τὸν ἐκ τῶν Ἑλλήνων εἰς τοὺς βαρβάρους φόβον ἰδών. 
᾿Εντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει σταϑμοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγγας εἴκοσιν 
εἰς Ἰκόνιον, τῆς Φρυγίας πόλιν ἐσχάτην. Evtavde ἔμεινε 
τρεῖς ἡμέρας. ᾿Εντεῦϑεν διελαύνει διὰ τῆς Avxaovlas 
σταϑμοὺς πέντε παρασάγγας Tetaxorta. Ταύτην τὴν χὼ- 
10 ραν ἐπέτρεψε διαρπάσαι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, ὡς πολεμίαν οὖσαν. 
ντεῦϑεν ὃ Κῦρος τὴν Κίλισσαν εἰς Κιλικίαν ἀποπέμπει 
τὴν ταχίστην ὑδόν" καὶ συνέπεμψεν αὐτῇ στρατιώτας, οὕς 
Μένων εἶχε, καὶ αὐτόν [Μένωνα τὸν Θεσσαλόν.] Κῦρος δὲ 
μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἐξελαύνει διὰ Καππαδοχίας σταϑμοὺς τέτ-- 
9 ταραᾶς παρασάγγας εἴχοσι καὶ πέντε πρὸς Δάναν, πόλιν 
οἰκουμένην, μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα. Ῥνταῦϑα ἔμειναν 
ἡμέρας τρεῖς" ἐν ᾧ Κῦρος ἀπέκτεινεν ἄνδρα Πέρσην, Ms- 
γαφέρνην, φοινικιστὴν βασίλειον, καὶ ἕτερόν τινα τῶν ὑπάρ-- 
χων δυνάστην, αἰτιασάμενος ἐπιβουλεύειν αὐτῷ. ᾿Εντεῦϑεν 
% ἐπειρῶντο ἐςβάλλειν εἰς τὴν Κιλικίαν" ἡ δὲ εἰςβολὴ ἦν ὃ- 
δὸς ἁμαξιτός, ὀρϑία ἰσχυρῶς, καὶ ἀμήχανος εἰςελϑεῖν στρα-- 
τεύματι, εἴ τις ἐκώλυεν. Ελέγετο δὲ καὶ Συέννεσις εἶναι 
ἐπὶ τῶν ἄκρων, φυλάττων τὴν εἰςβολήν᾽ δι᾿ ὃ ἔμεινεν ἡμέ- 
ραν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ. Τὴ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ ἧκεν ἄγγελος λέγων, ὅτι 
% λελοιπὼς εἴη Συέννεσις τὰ ἄχρα, ἐπεὶ ἤσϑετο τό τε Μένωνος 
στράτευμα ὅτι ἤδη ἐν «Κιλικίᾳ εἴη εἴσω τῶν ὀρέων, καὶ ὅτι 
τριήρεις ἤχονε περιπλεούσας ἀπὸ Ἰωνίας εἰς Κιλικίαν, Τα- 
μὼν ἔχοντα τὰς “Δακεδαιμονίων καὶ αὐτοῦ Κύρου. Κῦρος 
δ᾽ οὖν ἀνέβη ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη, οὐδενὸς κωλύοντος, καὶ εἶδε τὰς 
Ὁ σκηνάς, οὗ ἐφύλαττον of Κίλικες. Ἐντεῦϑεν δὲ κατέβαινεν 
εἰς πεδίον μέγα, καλὸν καὶ ἐπίῤῥυτον, καὶ δένδρων παντο- 
δαπῶν ἔμπλεων καὶ ἀμπέλων" πολὺ δὲ καὶ σήσαμον καὶ 
μελίνην καὶ κέγχρον καὶ πυροὺς καὶ κριϑὰς φέρει. Ὄρος 


8 ΞΕΝΟΦΏΝΤΟΣ [Βι6.4 


> 3 a ε ’ 
δ᾽ αὐτὸ περιέχει οχυρὸν καὶ ὑψηλὸν πάντῃ ἐκ ϑαλάττης 
εἰς ϑαλαιταν. 
Καταβὰς δὲ διὰ τούτου τοῦ πεδίου, ἤλασε σταϑμοὺς τέσ- 
σαρας παρασάγγας πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν εἰς Ταρσούς, πόλιν 
“ῳ > an ~ 3 
τῆς Κιλικίας μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα. Evtavda ησαν τὰ | 
“Συεννέσιος βασίλεια, τοῦ Κιλίκων βασιλέως " διὰ μέσης δὲ 
" ς αν + , 
τῆς πόλεως ῥεῖ ποταμός, Κύδνος ὄνομα, evoos δύο πλέϑρων. 
Ταύτην τὴν πόλιν ἐξέλιπον ob ἐνοικοῦντες, μετὰ Συεννέσιος, 
> ’ 3 , 2% aad .‘ ‘ ε e - 3» 
εἰς χωρίον ὀχυρὸν ἐπὶ τὰ ὁρη᾽ πλὴν οἱ Ta χαπηλεῖα ἔχον»- 
τες ἔμειναν δὲ καὶ οἵ παρὰ τὴν ϑάλατταν οἰκοῦντες ἐν Σό- 10 
3 “ ϑιι ’ ’ 
λοις καὶ ἐν ἸΙσσοῖς. Envata δὲ, ἡ “Συεννέσιος γυνή, προ- 
᾿ ’ € ᾿ 3 , 3 ’ ει ἢ Cad 
τέρα Κύρου πέντε ἡμέρας εἰς Ταρσοὺ; ἀφίκετο᾽ ἐν δὲ τῇ 
ὑπερβολῇ τῶν ὀρέων τῶν εἰς τὸ πεδίον, δύο λόχοι τοῦ Mé- 
vwvog στρατεύματος ἀπώλοντο" οἱ μὲν ἔφασαν, agnator- 
, “ ς q ~ e e Π ¢€ ° 
τὰς τι καταχοπῆναι ὑπὸ THY Kidixwy, ob δὲ, ὑπολειφϑέντας I 
4 3 ° - ς ~ a »» ’ Fer a € 
καὶ οὐ δυναμένους εὑρεῖν to ἀλλο στράτευμα οὐδὲ τὰς o- 
᾽ 3 ’ ? ’ ΜΙ 3 4 r a 
δούς, εἶτα πλανομένους ἀπωλέσϑαι" noav δὲ οὗτοι ἑκατὸν 
~ 2 4 
ὁπλῖται. Οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι ἐπειδὴ ἤκον, τήν τὸ πύλιν τοὺς 
ry ᾽ Ἢ 4 . γῆ “- “ 
Ταρσοὺς διήρπασαν, διὰ τὸν οὁλεϑρον τῶν συστρατιωτῶν 
2 3 4v - : 
οργιζόμενοι, καὶ τὰ βασίλεια τὰ ἐν αὑτῇ. Κῦρος δὲ, ἐπεὶ 30 
εἰςήλασεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν, μετεπέμπετο Συέννεσιν πρὸς ἑαυτόν" 
a 3 νην ~ 
ὃ δὲ οὔτε πρότερον οὐδενί πω κρείττονε ἑαυτοῦ εἰς χεῖρας 
ἐλϑεῖν ἔφη, οὔτε τότε Κύρῳ ἰέναι ἤϑελε, πρὶν ἡ γυνὴ av- 
τὸν ἔπεισε, καὶ πίστεις ἔλαβες. Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἐπεὶ συνε- 
᾿ 3 ᾿ a 
γένοντο ἀλλήλοις, Συέννεσις μὲν Κύρῳ ἔδωκε χρήματα πολ- 36 
Ld - 3 - 
Aa εἰς τὴν στρατιᾶν, Κῦρος δ᾽ ἐκείνῳ δῶρα, ἃ νομίζεται 
4 “- ? 
παρὰ βασιλεῖ τίμια, ἵππον χρυσοχάλινον καὶ στρεπτὸν 
χρυσοῦν καὶ ψέλλια καὶ ἀκινάχην χρυσοῦν χαὶ στολὴν 
’ e 
Περσικήν, καὶ τὴν χώραν μηκέτι ἁρπαάζεσϑαι" τὰ δὲ ἡρ- 
, 3 [4 : >» td 2 ’ 
πασμένα ἀγδραποδα, ἣν που ἐντυγχάνωσιν, ἀπολαμβάνειν. 80 


% 


Keg. 7’. | ΚΥ͂ΡΟΥ ANABASIZ. 9 


Κεφάλαιον γ΄ 


᾿ἘΕνταῦϑ᾽ ἔμεινε Κῦρος καὶ ἡ στρατιὰ ἡμέρας εἴκοσιν" 
of γὰρ στρατιῶται οὐκ ἔφασαν ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω" ὑπώ- 
πτευον γὰρ ἤδη ἐπὶ βασιλέα ἰέναι" μισϑωϑῆναι δὲ οὐκ ἐπὶ 
[4 Σ᾿ «Ὁ a ’ ᾿ ε “Ὁ ’ 
τούτῳ ἔφασαν. Πρῶτος δὲ Κλέαρχος τοὺς αὑτοῦ στρατιώ--: 
δτας ἐθδιάζετο ἰέναι" of δὲ αὐτόν τε ἔθαλλον, καὶ τὰ ὑπο- 
ζύγια τὰ ἐκείνου, ἐπεὶ ἤρξατο προϊέναι. Κλέαρχος δὲ tote 
μὲν μικρὸν ἐξέφυγε τοῦ μὴ καταπετρωϑῆνγαι" ὕστερον δὲ, 
ἐπεὶ ἔγνω, ὅτι οὐ δυνήσεται βιάσασϑαι, συνήγαγεν ἐχκλη- 
σίαν τῶν αὑτοῦ στρατιωτῶν" καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἐδάκρυε 
10 πυλὺν χρόνον ἕστως ᾿ οἱ δὲ ὁρῶντες ἐθαύμαζον καὶ ἐσιώ- 
nov’ εἶτα ἔλεξε τοιάδε" ! 
“Ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, μή ϑαυμάξετε, ὅτι χαλεπῶς φέρω 
τοῖς παροῦσι πράγμασιν. Ἐμοὶ γὰρ Κῦρος ξένος ἐχέιϊετο, 
xal με, φεύγοντα éx τῆς πατρίδος, τά τε ἄλλα ἐτίμησε, 
a »” a. a > 8 e > > 4 
16 καὶ μυρίοις ἔδοκκε δαρεικους" οὖς ἐγὼ λαβὼν οὐκ εἷς τὸ 
ἔδιον κατεϑέμην ἐμοΐ, ἀλλ᾿ εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐδαπάνων. Καὶ πρῶ-- 
4 Ω 8 ~ ’ » © 2 -.- € 4 
τὸν μὲν πρὸς τοὺς Θρηκας & ολέμησα, καὶ vate τῆς El- 
λάδος ἐτιμωρούμην μεϑ᾽ ὑμῶ', ἐκ τῆς Χεῤῥονήσου αὐτοὺς 
ἐξελαύνων, βουλομένους ἀφαιμεῖσϑαι τοὺς ἐνοικοῦντας Ἵ11λ.- 
Ὄληνας τὴν γῆν. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ Κῦρος ἐκάλει, λαβὼν ὑμᾶς 
? e » ᾿ > > 2 3 4 
ἐπορευόμην, ἵνα, εἴ τι δέοιτο, ὠφελοίην αὐτὸν ἀνϑ ὧν 
3 . ~ ° 
εὖ ἔπαϑον ὑπὶ ἐκείνου. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ὑμεῖς ov βούλεσθε συμ- 
? > » r a ς μῷ ’ “Ὁ ” 
πορέύεσϑαι, avayxn δὴ μοι, ἢ ὑμᾶς προδόντα τῇ Krgov 
[ “δ bd 8 Ψ ° > ¢ w : 
φιλίᾳ χγρῆσϑαι, ἡ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ψευσάμενον MET υὑμὼν εἰ- 
Sy. Et μὲν δὴ δίκαια ποιήσω, οὐκ, oda" αἱρήσομαι δ᾽ 
1 ¢ ww . e Cw ε av ᾿ 9 .Y » 
oy ὑμᾶς, καὶ σὺν ὑμῖν ὁ τι ὧν δέη πείσομαι. Kat οὔ- 
mot ἐρεῖ οὐδεῖς, ὡς ἐγὼ Ἕλληνας ἀγαγὼν εἷς τοὺς βαρβά- 
ρους, προδοὺς τοὺς “Ἕλληνας, τὴν τῶν βαρβάρων φιλίαν εἷλό-- 
pny. ᾿Αλλὰ ἐπεὶ ὑμεῖς ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἐθέλετε πείϑεσϑθαι, οὐδὲ Ene- 
e 4 CC » e . @ n 9 9 
Mota, ἐγὼ σὺν υμῖν ἕψομαι, καὶ ὁ τι αν δέῃ πείαομαι, 


10 ΞΕΝΟΦΏΝΤΟΣ [8ι6.. 


ς»-Ὃ« 3 
Nopise γὰρ ὑμᾶς ἐμοὶ εἶναι καὶ πατρίδα καὶ φίλους καὶ 
, Cw , " τ o a τι 
συμμάχους, καὶ σὺν υμῖν μὲν av εἶναι τίμιος, ONLY ἂν ὦ 
ς we ? > 4 3 a e a μα . 72? "ἡ ry 
ὑμῶν δ᾽ ἐρημωϑ εὶς, οὐκ ἂν ἱκατὸς εἶναι οἶμαι, οὔτ ἂν φίλον 
3 ~ 2 a 24 - € ~ 3 ’ 
ὠφελῆσαι, οὔτ᾽ uy ἐχϑρὸν ἀλέξαυϑαι. Rg ἐμοῦ ovy ἰόντος, 
2 = e ᾿ 22 oe z < 
ὅπη ὧν καὶ ὑμεῖς, οὕτω THY γνώμην ἔχετε." 1ἽἋ1Ἃαὗτα εἶπεν * οἷ 
4 - «' 2 ~ » ’ 4 ε»ν - 3 ’ 
δὲ στρατιῶται, οἵ TE αὐτου EXELVOU, καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι, ταῦτα uxov- 
3 ᾿ ’ g 
σαντες, Ott οὐ φαΐη παρὰ βασιλέα πορεύεσθαι, ἐπήνεσαν᾽ 
a 
παρὰ δὲ Zeviov καὶ Πασίωνος πλείους ἢ διςχίλιοι, λαβόντες 
eo 4 . ’ , 4 
τὰ ὑπλα καὶ τὰ σκευοφόρα, ἐστρατοπεδευσανεο παρὰ Kis- 


’ - ἢ ’ 3 ~ 4 Υ ᾿ 
ἄρχῳ. Κῦρος δὲ τούτοις ἀπορῶν τε καὶ λυπούμενος, μετε- 

, ® ’ . € 3 ° a 3 
πέμπετο τὸν Κλέαρχον᾽ ὁ δ᾽ ἰέναι μὲν οὐκ ἢϑελε, λάϑρα δὲ 

« ~ e 3 nd ᾿ς ~~ ε 
τῶν στρατιωτῶν πέμπων αὐτῷ ἄγγελον, ἔλεγε ϑαρῥεῖν, ὡς 

’ , ΞἜ ᾿ 3 
καταστησομένων τούτων εἰς τὸ δέον᾽ μεταπέμπευϑαι ὃ 
᾿ »,Ἰ.ρς νυν a 3 »” δ. . a [ω] 
ἐκέλευεν αὐτόν" αὐτὸς δὲ οὐκ ἔφη ἰέναι. Mera δὲ ταῦτα 
a , )ς “Ὁ 
συναγαγὼν τοὺς μεϑ' ἑαυτοῦ στρατιώτας καὶ τοὺς προςεῖ-}ὶ 
> », ~ » , 
ϑόντας αὐτῷ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τὸν βουλόμενον, ἔλεξε τοιάδε" 
»Ἤ « ry [2 [ 

“Ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, τὰ μὲν δὴ Κύρου δῆλον ὕτι οὕτως 
ἔχει πρὸς ἡμᾶς, ὡςπερ τὰ ἡμέτερα πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ᾿ οὔτε γὰρ 
< ~ ° « 3 3 
ἡμεῖς ἔτι ἐκείνου στρατιῶται, ἐπεί ys οὐ συνεπόμεϑα αὐτῷ, 

~ ~ » , , ¢ 2 - 
οὔτε ἐκεῖνος ἡμῖν ἔτι μισϑι δότης. Ὅτι μέντοι ἀδικεῖσϑαι 2 
3 td = ὁ ε ᾿ 3 - 
νομίζει Up ἡμῶν, oda’ ὥς τὸ καὶ μεταπεμπομένον αὐτοῦ 
3 , ~ 4 ‘ ᾿ > , μὰ ᾿ 
οὐκ ἐθέλω ἐλϑεῖν, τὸ μὲν μέγιστον, αἰσχυνόμενος, OTL σύνοι- 
- ͵ 2.»,ὔ ° ᾿ 
δα ἐμαυτῷ πάντα ἐψευσμένος αὐτὸν ᾿ ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ δεδιώς, 
’ ~ [4 > 3 ad 
μὴ λαβών pe δίκην ἐπιϑῇ, ὧν νομίζει vm ἐμοῦ ηδικῆσϑαι. 
re ~ 2 «@ τ εἰς ’ oe? 2 ὦ 
Epot οὐν δοκεῖ οὐχ wou εἰναι ἡμὶν καϑεύδειν, οὐδ᾽ ἀμελεῖν 538 
«ε “ὦ > « 2 ® ’ εἰ ᾿ ~ e 
ἡμῶν αὑτῶν, ἀλλὰ βουλευεσϑαι, ὁ τι yon ποιεῖν ἐκ τούτων. 
Ἢ 3 Land ’ ~ 
Kat εἴτε μένομεν αὐτοῦ, σκεπτέον pos δοκεῖ εἶναι, ὅπως ὡς 
3 ~ 2 ᾿ 
ἀσφαλέστατα μένωμεν" εἴτε δὴ δοκεῖ ἀπιέναι, ὅπως ὡς 
3 , » ὃ 4“ Ὁ e ἤ che ᾿Ξ ww 
ἀσφαλέστατα ἄπιμεν, καὶ ὁπως ta ἐπιτηδεία ἕξομεν " ἄνευ 

‘ ’ » - » > , » Fer 
γὰρ TOUTWY οὔτε στρατηγοῦ οὔτε ἰδιώτου ὄφελος οὐδέν. 80 
ε 2 4 - .ι » δ» 3 
Ὁ δὲ ἀνὴρ πολλοῦ μὲν ἄξιος φίλος, ᾧ av φίλος ἢ χαλεπώ- 

2, ’ wa ’ 3 Pas , 
tates ὃ ἐχϑρὸς, @ av πολέμιος ἢ. "Et δὲ δύναμιν ἔχει καὶ 

4 ? Od 

πεζὴν καὶ ἱππικὴν καὶ ναυτικήν, ἣν πάντες ὁμοίως ὁρῶμέν 


Keg. γ΄. ΚΥΡΟΙ͂ ANABASIZ. 11 


9 ῳ 
τε καὶ ἐπιστάμεϑα᾽ καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲ πόῤῥω δοκοῦμέν μοι av- 
τοῦ καϑῆσϑαι᾽ ὥςτε ὥρα λέγειν ὃ τί τις γιγνώσκει ἄριστον 
~ ? eo 2 ᾽ 
εἶναι. Tavt εἰπων, ἐπαύσατο. 
ΓΝ Β ’ ᾽ Ξ ἢ ~ 92 ’ ᾿ 
Ex δὲ τουτου ανίσταντο, ot μὲν ἐκ τοῦ αὐτομάτου, λέξον»- 
ει , ὁ ε ‘ , © 3 » [ ’ 
δ τες, ἃ ἐγίγνωσκον" ob δὲ καὶ ua ἐκείνου ἐγκέλευστοι, ἐπι- 
. ° 3 od 
δεικνύντες, οἵα εἴη ἡ ἀπορία, ἄνευ τῆς Κύρου γνώμης καὶ 
’ 3 , τὰ ι 
μένειν καὶ ἀπιέναι. Εἷς δὲ δὴ εἶπε, προςποιούμενος σπεύ-- 
day ὡς τάχιστα πορεύεσθαι εἰς τὴν “Ελλάδα, “ στρατηγοὺς 
μὲν ἑλέσϑαι ἄλλους ὡς τάχιστα, εἰ μὴ βούλεται Κλέαρχος 
2 τ 4 
Wanaysy' τὰ δ᾽ ἐπιτήδεια ἀγοράξεσϑαι (ἡ δ᾽ ἀγορὰ ἣν ἐν τῷ 
βαρβαρικῷ στρατεύματι), καὶ συσκευάζεσθαι" ἐλϑόντας δὲ 
Κῦρον αἰτεῖν πλοῖα, ὡς ἀποπλέοιεν᾽ ἐὰν δὲ μὴ διδῷ ταῦτα, 
ε ’ oe ~ ε; ε e ; ~ ’ > -? 
ἡγεμόνα αἰτεῖν Κῦρον, ὅςτις ὡς διὰ φιλίας τῆς χώρας ana- 
ξει day δὲ μηδὲ ἡγεμόνα διδῷ, συντάττεσθαι τὴν ταχίστην" 
ἂν δὲ μηδὲ ἡγεμόνα διδῷ, συντάττεσθαι τὴν ταχίστη 
[ 4 , 8 » ce 
lb πέμψαι δὲ καὶ προκαταληψομένους τὰ ἄκρα, ὅπως μὴ 
- ld v 
φϑάσωσι μήτε ὃ Κῦρος, μήτε οἵ Κίλικες xatalaGortes, ὧν 
ry Ἢ ᾿ ’ » 2 ’ 42 [4 
πολλοὺς καὶ πολλὰ χρήματα ἔχομεν ἀγηρπακοτες. Outos 
lad ν᾽ , ~ ’ z ~ ὰ 
μὲν δὴ τοιαῦτα sins’ μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Κλέαρχος εἶπε τοσοῦτον 
“Ὡς μὲν στρατηγήσοντα ἐμὲ ταύτην τὴν στρατηγίαν μηδεὶς 
ς » ’ 4 8 2 lod 2 a 4 ~ 3 
Ὁ ὑμῶν λεγέτω " πολλὰ γὰρ ἐνορῶ, Oc ἃ ἐμοὶ τοῦτο οὐ ποιη- 
[ 4 ee a [2 
téov’ ὡς δὲ τῷ ἀνδρὶ, ὃν av ἕλησϑε, πείσομαι ἢ) δυνατὸν 
’ . τ’ ΕῚ - [{] Qa ” > ’ Cc 
μαλιστα " ἵνα εἰδῆτε, ott καὶ ἀρχεσϑαι ἐπίσταμαι, ὡς τις 
‘ - > ¢ 
καὶ ἄλλος μάλιστα ἀνθρώπων." Meta δὲ τοῦτον ἄλλος ἀνέ- 
& a a 27 - ᾿ “ > ~ [4 
στη) ἐπιδεικνὺς μὲν τὴν εὐήϑειαν τοῦ τὰ πλοῖα αἰτεῖν κελευ- 
%ortos, ὥςπερ πάλιν [τὸν] στόλον Κύρου μὴ ποιουμένου " 
ἐπιδεικνὺς δέ, “ ὡς εὔηϑες εἴη, ἡγεμόνα αἰτεῖν παρὰ τούτου, 
noes εἴη, ἥγεμ 
v i e 9 4 ~t ΚῚ ὃ t 4 Cd € ’ 
ᾧ λυμαινόμεϑα τὴν πρᾶξιν. Et δέ τι καὶ τῷ ἡγεμόνι πι- 
’ ον κῦ ὃ δῶ ; λύ Ν , » cw 
στεύσομεν, ᾧ av Κῦρος διδῷ, τί κωλύει, καὶ τὰ ἄκρα ἡμῖν 
κελεύειν Κῦρον λαμβάνειν; ᾿γὼ γὰρ ὀκνοίην μὲν 
meen Mucay προκατα αμβανειν; Eyo γὰρ bie On μὲ 
4 ~ a cw , ad ~ 
Nay εἰς ta πλοῖα ἐμβαίνειν, ἃ ἡμῖν δοίη, μη ἡμᾶς αὐταῖς 
a , ’ ὁ > A ~ ¢ , [2 
ταῖς τριήρεσι καταδύση " φοβοίμην δ᾽ ἂν τῷ ἠγέμονι, ᾧ 
[ar] δοίη, ἕπεσϑαι, μὴ ἡμᾶς ἀγάγῃ, ὅϑεν οὐχ οἷόν τε ἔσται 
αν] δοίη, ἕπεσϑαι, μὴ ἡμᾶς ἀγάγῃ, ὅϑεν οὐχ οἱ 
a 3 δ 3 a , ~ 
ἐξελϑεῖν " βουλοίμην δ᾽ ἂν, ἄκοντος ἀπιὼν Κύρου, λαϑεῖν 


12 ΞΈΝΟΦΟΩΝΤΟΣ [Διδ.. 


2 3 a ? 3 3 3 
αὐτὸν ἀπελϑών᾽" ὃ οὐ δυνατόν ἐστιν. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἔγωγε φημί, 
ταῦτα μὲν φλυαρίας sivac’ δοκεῖ δὲ μοι, ἄνδρας ἐλϑόντας 
πρὸς Κῦρον, οἵτινες ἐπιτήδειοι, σὺν Κλεάρχῳ, ἐρωτᾶν ἐκεῖ- 
, ’ ςυ - Η ν. >? ᾿ ε - τ 
vor, τί Buvdetar ἡμῖν χρησϑαι᾽ καὶ ἐὰν μὲν ἡ πρᾶξις 1 πα- 
ραπλησία, οἵαπερ καὶ πρόσϑεν ἐχρῆτο tots ξένοις, ἕπεσϑαι. 
καὶ ἡμᾶς, καὶ μὴ κακίους εἶναι τῶν πρόσϑεν τούτῳ συνανα- 
a a » ες Ὁ - > 
βάντων " ἐὰν δὲ μείζων ἡ πρᾶξις τῆς πρόσϑεν φαΐνηται, καὶ 
, , ᾿ , 3 - an ς«Ἡ « 
ἐπιπονωτέρα, καὶ ἐπικινδυνοτέρα, ἀξιοῦν, ἡ πείσαντα ἡμᾶς 
» awn , 4) ° 2 ’ Ξ εἴ 4 
ἄγειν, ἢ πεισϑέντα πρὸς φιλίαν ἀφιέναι" οὕτω γὰρ καὶ 
n > »ν ᾽ 9 
ἑπόμενοι ἂν φίλοι αὐτῷ καὶ πρόϑυμοι ἑποίμεϑα, καὶ ἀπίον-Ὶ 
2 - a > » . Ὁ >” ‘ ~ ᾿ 
τες, ἀυφαλῶς ἂν aniomev’ o τι δ᾽ ἂν πρὸς ταῦτα λέγῃ, 
> ~ “- ς. © - >? 3 a a “- ’ 
ἀπαγγεῖλαι δεῦρο" ἡμᾶς δ᾽ ἀκούσαντας πρὸς ταῦτα βουλευ- 
ν hal e »” ¢ 
soda.” “Ldok ταῦτα καὶ ἄνδρας ἑλόμενοι σὺν Κλεάρχῳ 
’ « 3 ᾽ ~ ΠῚ ’e 0 “Ὁ ε 
πέμπουσιν, οὗ ἡρωτων Κῦρον τὰ δόξαντα τὴ στρατιᾷ. Ὁ 
>? 5) 2 2 ᾽ ») 
δ᾽ ἀπεκρίνατο, “ote ἀκούοι Αβροκόμαν, ἐχϑρὸν ἄνδρα, ἐπὶ 18 
a .3 wo τ 2 ᾿ ὰ 
τῷ Lvggatn ποταμῷ εἶναι, ἀπέχοντα δώδεκα σταϑμούς 
4 - 3 })»ἅ» “ ’ νο a ἢ ιν» 
πρὸς τοῦτον OVY EDT βουλεσϑαι ἐλϑεῖν" καν μὲν ἢ ἐκεῖ, 
, ᾿ 9) » ἐ ’ ν > wl Ἂ , ᾽ «ε ΟῚ 
τὴν δίκην " ἔφη “χρηζειν ἐπιϑεῖναι avi’ ny δὲ pevyn, ἡμεῖς 
ἐκεῖ πρὸς ταῦτα βουλευσόμεϑα.᾽) ᾿Ακούσαντες δὲ ταῦτα οἵ 
e , 3 ’ ~ , wn . ς ’ ἢ 
αἵρετοῖΐ, ἀναγγέλλουσι τοῖς στρατιωταις. Tog δὲ ὑποψία μὲν 30 
3 ωὶ aA 4 ' μὴ . )γᾳ’ « " 
nv, ὁτι ayer πρὸς βασιλέα, ὁμως δὲ ἐδύκει ἕπεσϑαι" προςαι- 
ἀκα 4 4 -" ς ~ ς bad 
τοῦσι δὲ μισϑόν. Ὃ δὲ Κῦρος ὑπισχνεῖται ἡμιόλιον πᾶσι 
z 3 -“ ε 
δώσειν, οὗ πρότερυν ἔφερον, ἀντὶ δαρεικοῦ τρία ἡμιδαρεικὰ 
- -Ὁ >? ° »Ἢ 3 3 
τοῦ μηνὸς τῷ στρατιώτῃ ὅτι δ᾽ ἐπὶ βασιλέα ἀγοι, ovd ἐν- 
~7,3 »» 2 4 > ° ’ ~ ΩΣ 
ταῦϑ' ἤκουεν οὐδεὶς ἐν τῷ TUTE φανερῶς. 36 


Κεφάλαιον δ΄. 


3 Ld . 
Ἐντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει σταϑμοὺς δύο παρασάγγας δέκα ἐπὸὶ 
, ’ ’ ? 3% a τ ἢ ’ 2... « 
τὸν Sugov ποταμόν, ov ἣν τὸ εἴρος τρία πλέϑρα. Ἐντεῦ- 
Sev ἐξελαύνει σταϑμὸν ἕνα παρασάγγας πέντε ἐπὶ τὸν Πύρα- 
’  ." 3 , Jee ~ t ? 
poy ποταμόν, οὗ τὸ εἴρος σταδιον. Evtevder ἐξελαύνει 
4 ’ εν ᾿ 9 > e “ῳ0 
σταϑμοὺς δύο παρασάγγας πεντεκαίδεκα εἰς Joaovs, τῆς 80 


Keg. 8’.] ΚΙΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIS. 13 


Κιλικίας ἐσχάτην πόλιν ἐπὶ τῇ ϑαλάττῃ οἰκουμένην, μεγά- 
Any καὶ εὐδαίμονα. ᾿Ἐνταῦϑα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς" καὶ 
Κύρῳ παρῆσαν ai ἐκ Πελοποννήσου νῆες τριάχοντα καὶ név- 
τε, καὶ ἐπ᾽ αὐταῖς ναύαρχος Πυϑαγόρας «Λακεδαιμόνιος. 
δ Ἡγεῖτο δ᾽ αὐτῶν Tapes, Αἰγύπτιος, ἐξ ᾿Εφέσου, ἔχων 
γαῦς ἑτέρας Κύρου πέντε καὶ εἴχοσιν ᾿ αἷς ἐπολιόρκει Mi-— 
λητον, ὅτε Τισσαφέρνει φίλη ἦν, καὶ συνεπολέμει Κύρῳ 
πρὸς αὐτόν. Παρῆν δὲ καὶ Χειρίσοφος ὃ Δακεδαιμόνιος ἐπὶ 
τῶν γεῶν, μετάπεμπτος ὑπὸ Κύρου, ἑπτακοσίους ἔχων ondi- 
0 τας, ὧν ἐστρατήγει παρὰ Κύρῳ. Αἱ δὲ νῆες ὥρμουν κατὰ 
τὴν Κύρον σκηνήν. Ἐνταῦϑα καὶ of παρ᾽ ᾿Αβροκόμᾳ μι- 
σϑοφόροι Ἕλληνες ἀποστάντες "ἦλθον παρὰ Κῦρον; τετρα- 
κόσιοι ὁπλῖται, καὶ συνεστρατεύοντο ἐπὶ βασιλέα. 
"Evrev dev ἐξελαύνει σταϑμὸν ἕνα παρασάγγας πέντε ἐπὶ 
Ιὸ πύλας τῆς Κιλικίας καὶ τῆς Συρίας. *Hoav δὲ ταῦτα δύο 
τείχη" χκαὶ τὸ μὲν ἔσωϑεν πρὸ τῆς Κιλικίας Συέννεσις εἶχε 
καὶ Κιλίκων φυλακή" τὸ δ᾽ ἔξω τὸ πρὸ τῆς Συρίας βασι- 
ling ἐλέγετο φυλακὴ φυλάττειν. Διὰ μέσου δὲ τούτων ῥεῖ 
ποταμός, Κάρσος ὄνομα, εὖρος πλέϑρου. Ἅπαν δὲ τὸ μέ- 
Ὁ σον τῶν τειχῶν ἦσαν στάδιοι τρεῖς" καὶ παρελϑεῖν οὐκ ἦν 
βίᾳ. ἦν γὰρ ἢ πάροδος στενή, καὶ τὰ τείχη εἰς τὴν ϑά- 
lattay καϑήκοντα, ὕπερϑεν δὲ ἦσαν πέτραι ἡλίβατοι " ἐπὶ 
δὲ τοῖς τείχεσιν ἀμφοτέροις ἐφειστήκεσαν πύλαι. Ταύτης 
οὖν ἕνεκα τῆς παρόδου Κῦρος τὰς ναῦς μετεπέμψατο, ὅ-- 
Ὁ πως δπλίτας ἀποβιβάσειεν εἴσω καὶ ἔξω τῶν πυλῶν, καὶ 
βιασάμενοι τοὺς πολεμίους παρέλϑοιεν, εἰ φυλάττοιεν ἐπὶ 
ταῖς Συρίαις πύλαις᾽ ὅπερ ᾧετο ποιήσειν τὸν ᾿Αβροκόμαν 
ὁ Κῦρος, ἔχοντα πολὺ στράτευμα. ᾿Αβροκόμας δὲ οὐ τοῦ- 
τὸ ἐποίησεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἤκονε Κῦρον ἐν Κιλικίᾳ ὄντα, ἀνα- 
Ὁ σιρέψας ἐκ Φοινίχης παρὰ βασιλέα ἀπήλαυνεν, ἔχων, ὡς 
ἐλέγετο, τριάκοντα μυριάδας στρατιᾶς. 
Ἐντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ Συρίας σταϑμὸν ἕνα παρασάγγας 
πέντε εἰς Muglavdgor, πόλιν οἰκουμένην ὑπὸ Φοιγέκων ἐπὶ 


14 ZENOSNNTOS [Διδ.. 


~ , > ’ > τ , , Ἁ @ > 
τῇ ϑαλάττῃ" ἐμπόριον δ᾽ ἣν τὸ χωρίον, καὶ ὥρμουν av- 
τόϑι ὁλκάδες πολλαί. ᾿Ενταῦϑ᾽ ἔμειναν ἡμέρας ἑπτά" καὶ 
Ξενίας ὃ ᾿Αρκάς, στρατηγός, καὶ Πασίων ὃ Μεγαρεύς, ἐμ- 
βάντες εἰς πλοῖον, καὶ τὰ πλείστου ἄξια ἐνθέμενοι, ἀπέ- 
πλευσαν, ὡς μὲν τοῖς πλείστοις ἐδόκουν, φιλοτεμη ϑέντες, ὅτι 
τοὺς στρατιώτας αὑτῶν, τοὺς παρὰ Κλέαρχον ἀπελϑόντας, 
ε > ’ 3 a CUS ’ ’ 4 3 4 Q 

ὡς ἀπιόντας εἰς τὴν Ehhuda παλιν, καὶ ov πρὸς βασιλέα, 
εἴα Κῦρος τὸν Κλέαρχον ἔχειν. Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ οὖν ἦσαν ἀφανεῖς, 
διῆλθε λόγος, ὅτι διώχοι αὐτοὺς Κῦρος τριήρεσι" καὶ οἱ 


— 


, 2 od . 
μὲν εὔχοντο, ὡς δολίους ὄντας αὑτοὺς ληφϑῆναι" οἵ ὃ 
ᾧκτειρον, εἰ ἁλώσοιντο. 
- 4 ἡ ; 9 
Κῦρος δὲ, συγκαλέσας τοὺς στρατηγούς, εἶπεν " “ ᾿4πολε- 
- ἣν ἢ 3 9 τ 
λοίπασιν ἡμᾶς Ξενίας καὶ Πασίων" ald ev γε μέντοι ἐ- 
° e »” 3 ’ . ἢ © ν 
πιστάσϑωσαν, ore οὔτε ἀποδεδράκασιν" οἶδα γὰρ cnn οἵἴ- 
3 “ 
χυνται οὔτε ἀποπεφεύγασιν" ἔχω γὰρ τριήρεις, ὥςτε ἑλεῖν 
ϑ φ ~ 3 ᾽ 8 4 g 3 »” 3 
τὸ ἐχείνων πλοῖον. Addn, pa τοὺς Feovs, οὐκ ἔγωγε av- 
3 “ 3 . n 
τοὺς διωξω" οὐδὲ ἐρεῖ οὐδείς, ὡς ἐγὼ ἕως μὲν av παρῇ 
-»"ο . 3 ᾿ 
τις χρῶμαι᾽ ἐπειδὰν δὲ ἀπιέναι βούληται, συλλαβὼν καὶ 
3 a - - ay 4 , 2 Od 3 * 8597 
αὐτοὺς κακῶς ποιῶ, καὶ τὰ χρήματα ἀποσυλῶ. Alia tov- 
" 3 36 l a “. ¢ » AC w at 
tov [av] εἰδότες, ore κακίους εἰσὶ περὶ ἡμᾶς, ἢ ἡμεῖς πε- 
gi ἐκείνους. Καΐτοι ἔχω γε αὐτῶν καὶ τέκνα καὶ γυναῖκας 
3 3 - 
ἐν Τράλλεσι φρουρούμενα" ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ τούτων στερήσονται 
~ 4 3 “ 23 
ἀλλ᾽ ἀπολήψονται, TIS moog ev ἕνεκα περὶ ἐμὲ αἀρετῆς- 
4 Led δ . ° 3 
Kat ὃ μὲν ταῦτα εἶπεν" ot δ᾽ Ἕλληνες, εἴ τις καὶ adv- 
i τ , ‘ 2? - 3 ’ , ’ 3 
μότερος ἣν πρὸς τὴν ἀνάβασιν, ἀκούοντες τὴν Κύρου ἀρε- 35 
τήν, ἥδιον καὶ προϑυμότερον συνεπορεύοντο. 
Mera [δὲ] ταῦτα Κῦρος ἐξελαύνει σταϑμοὺς τέτταρας 
’ »” . 3 ’ 4 » e τ 
παρασαγγὰς εἴκοσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Χαλον ποταμον, ovta τὸ εὕρος 
, 6 > 3 3 ᾽ 4 , ει e 
πλέϑρου, πλήρη ὃ ἰχϑύων μεγάλων καὶ πραέων, ovc ot 
2 ~ 3 > 
Σύροι ϑεοὺς ἐνόμιζον, καὶ ἀδικεῖν οὐκ εἴων, οὐδὲ τὰς πε- 39 
“ τ 
ριστεράς. Αἱ δὲ κῶμαι, ἐν αἷς ἐσκήνουν, Παρυσάτιδος 
- 9 “ 
ἤσαν, εἰς ζώνην δεδομέναι. ᾿Ἐντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει σταϑμοὺς 
Q [4 ? 
πέντε παρασάγγας τριάκοντα ἐπὶ τὰς πηγὰς tov Jagada- 


Keg. 0] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIS. 15 


» [4 , τ ’ 3 ῳ τ ‘ 
κος ποταμοῦ, οὗ τὸ εὑρος πλέϑρου. Evtavda ἤσαν τὰ 
Βελέσυος βασίλεια, τοῦ Συρίας ἄρξαντος, καὶ παράδεισος 

’ ᾿ ’ , , τ 
πάνυ μέγας καὶ καλὸς, ἔχων πάντα, δυά woot φύουσι. 
~ > get " ' 
Κυρος δ αὑτὸν ἐξέκοψε, καὶ τὰ βασέλεια κατέκαυσεν. 
are Ψ dee ’ ν᾿ ~ , : 
δ ‘Evtevdevy Sehavver σταϑμους testis παρασάγγας πεντε-- 
2 3 
καίδεκα ἐπὶ τὸν Εὐφράτην ποταμόν, ὄντα τὸ εὕρος τεττώ- 
’ ε ὟΝ ’ 2. 6 > ? ᾿ 2 ,’ 
ρων σταδίων" καὶ πολις ἀντοϑὲι κεῖτο μεγαλὴ καὶ evdai— 
> ὔ δον ~ ᾽ ᾿ [ 
μων, Θάψακος oveuutt. Ἔνταῦϑα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας πέντε" 
- ’ ~ 9 
καὶ Κῦρος μεταπεμψάμενος τοὺς στρατηγοὺς τῶν “Ἑλλήνων 
φ «ες « eo , ’ 
10 ἔλεγεν, ὅτε ἡ ὁδὸς ἔσοιτο πρὸς βασιλέα μέγαν, εἰς Βαβυ- 
- a 3 ° ~ ~ 
λῶνα " καὶ κελεύει αὐτοὺς λέγειν ταῦτα τοῖς στρατιώταις, 
39 3 
καὶ ἀναπείϑειν ἕπεσϑαι. Ot δὲ ποιήσαντες ἐκκλησίαν, a- 
πήγγελλον ταῦτα " ob δὲ στρατιῶται ἐχαλέπαινον τοῖς στρα- 
~ ., » 2 8 , ~ se" U ° 
τηγοῖς, καὶ ἔφασαν, αντοὺς πάλαι ταῦτα εἰδότας κρύπτειν 
\ > » ae n , > τ , ~~ 
35 χαὶ οὐκ ἔφασαν ἰέναι, ἂν μὴ τις αὐτοῖς χρήματα διδῷ, ὡς-- 
~ a 9 - 
πὲρ καὶ τοῖς πρότερον μετὰ Κύρου ἀναβᾶσι παρὰ τὸν πα- 
᾿ “Ὡ - ὃ Q - 2 Y ᾽ 5» 3 4 
τέρα τοῦ Κύρου" καὶ ταῦτα οὐκ ἐπὶ μάχην ἰόντων, ἀλλὰ 
καλοῦντος τοῦ πατρὸς Κῦρον. Ταῦτα οἱ στρατηγοὶ Κύρῳ 
3 ᾿ ὃ ε 3 « ’ 3 a ’ ’ , 
annyyeliov’ ὁ δ᾽ vunétoxeto, ἀνδρὶ ἑκάστῳ δωσειν πέντε 
3 ad tod 
Ὁ ἀργυρίου μνᾶς, ἐπὰν εἰς Βαβυλῶνα ἥκωσι, καὶ τὸν μισϑὸ» 
Cd , av td a cr, > 3 , ’ 
ἐντελὴ, μέχρις ἂν κατασιήησῃ τοὺς λληνας εἰς Ιωνίαν παλιν. 
To μὲν δὴ πολὺ τοῦ “Lddnvixov οὕτως éneludy. Μένων 
3 « Pe - 
δὲ, πρὶν δῆλον εἶναι, ti ποιήσουσιν οὗ ἄλλοι στρατιῶται, 
’ e apt ΠῚ ” ak ᾿ c ὦ ’ 
πότερον ἕψονται Κύρῳ ἡ οὔ, συνέλεξε τὸ αὐτοῦ στρατευμα 
8 γωρὶς τῶν ἄλλων, καὶ ἔλεξε τάδε᾽ 
» ex > ’ » 
Avdoes, ἐὰν ἐμοὶ πεισϑῆτε, οὔτε κινδυνεύσαντες, οὔτε 
πονήσαντες, τῶν ἀλλων πλέον προτιμήσεσϑε στρατιωτῶν 
€ =. 3 “ «- ~ - 
ὑπὸ Κύρου. Τί οὖν κελεύω ποιῆσαι; Nuy δεῖται Κῦρος 
᾿ς 3 ε lsd 
ἵπεσϑαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἐπὶ βασιλέα" ἐγὼ ovv φημί, ὑμᾶς 
- - .» id ~ = 
30 χρῆναι διαβῆναι τὸν Εὐφράτην ποταμόν, πρὲν δῆλον stvat, 
ω e » Gas . 3 - ᾿ 3 a 
ὅτι οἱ ἄλλοι Ἕλληνες ἀποκρινοῦνται Κύρῳ. “Hy μὲν γὰρ 

. ςφ-»"»ν ot 3» 3 » Ὁ “Ὁ 

ψηφίσωνται ἕπεσϑαι, ὑμεῖς δόξετε αἴτιον εἶναι ἄρξαντες τοῦ 
Cc w 3 ’ 
- διαβαίνειν" καὶ ὡς προϑυμοτάτοις ὑμῖν οὐσι χάριν εἴσδταν 


16 ΣΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [ Bi6. A’ 


"“ 9 is 3 ᾿ a » ; 
Κῦρος καὶ ἀποδώσει" [ἐπίσταται δ᾽ εἴ τις καὶ ἄλλος] 
ΣᾺ > 2 φ «Ἡ Ware » ® 4 3 »» 
ἣν δ᾽ ἀποψηφίσωνται οἷ ἀλλοι, ἄπιμεν μὲν παντες εἰς τοῦμ- 

«« ᾿ ᾿ 9 [2 
παλιν ὑμῖν δέ, ὡς μόνοις πειϑομένοις, πιστοτάτοις χρὴ" 
ν 73 “4 3 > , ΒΞ . o in 
σέται καὶ εἰς φυουρια καὶ εἰς λοχαγίας" καὶ ἄλλου οὕτινος 
i , ’ 29 3 U 
ἂν δέησϑε, οἷδα, ὅτι ὡς φίλου τεύξεσυϑε Κύρου. ‘Axov-6 
~ e »” 
σαντες ταῦτα ἐπείϑοντο καὶ διέβησαν, πρὶν τοὺς ἄλλους 
- 3 3 » [2 cr 
ἀποκρίνασϑαι. Κῦρος δ᾽ ἐπεὶ judsro διαβεβηκοτας, ἡσϑη 
CY ~ 9 ’ ~ 3 7 co? is a e 
TE, καὶ τῷ UTQUTEVUATL πεμψας Γλουν, εἶπεν Ἐγω μὲν, 
> » ” c “ ~~. « sy . £ » ᾿ 
ὦ ἄνδρες, ἢδη ὑμᾶς ἐπαινῶ" onws δὲ καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ ἐπαι- 

, . ΄ a , - 33 

yeoeTe, ἐμοὶ μελήσει, ἢ μηκέτι we Κῦρον νομίξετε. Ot μὲν 10 
αϑ ’ > νυ 3 

δὴ στρατιῶται, ἐν ἐλπίσι μεγάλαις ὄντες, εὔχοντο αὐτὸν Ev- 

τυχῆται" Μένωνι δὲ καὶ δῶρα ἐλέγετο πέμψαι μεγαλοπρε- 

Ov] “« φ e 
πῶς. Ταῦτα δὲ ποιήσας διέβαινε" συνείπετο δὲ καὶ τὸ 
» ’ > » e ‘ 4 « ’ , 
ἄλλο στυάτευμα αὐτῷ ἀπαν" καὶ τῶν διαβαινοντων τὸν 

᾿ 3 ’ 3 « - ε - 
ποταμὸν οὐδεὶς ἐβρέχϑη ἀνωτέρω τῶν μασϑὼν ὑπὸ τοῦ ib 

- ἢ «“ 3 > Ff 
ποταμοῦ. Οἱ δὲ Oupaxnvot ἔλεγον, ort ov nwomoF ovtos 
Ὁ ποταμὸς διαβατὸς γέν ey, εἰ μὴ τότε, ἀλλὰ shot 
ὁ ποταμὸς διαβατὸς γένοιτο πεζῇ, εἰ μὴ Tote, αλλὰ πλοΐ- 

< a [2 3 [2 eo A ° e 8 ~ 
ois’ ἃ tore Αβροχομας προΐων κατέκαυσεν, ἵνα μὴ Κῦρος 

bad 3 Ν Ld 43 ~ 3 ~ “« 
διαβῇ. δόκει δὲ ϑεῖον εἶναι, καὶ σαφῶς ὑποχωρῆσαι τὸν 
e € 
ποταμὸν Κύρῳ, ὡς βασιλεύσοντι. 30 
3... ~ ~ ἢ 
ντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Συρίας σταϑμρὺς ἐννέα πα- 
3 - ᾿ 9 
ρασάγγας πεντήκοντα, καὶ agixrovytar πρὸς τὸν “Aoatny 
’ ιν “ 3 - ’ ’ Q 
ποταμὸν. Ἐνταῦϑα noav κῶμαι πολλαΐ, μεσταὶ σίτου καὶ 
3 nw U € , ~ 
oivov. Eviavda ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς, καὶ ἐπεσιτίσαντο. 


Κεφάλαιον é. 7 


Εντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς ᾿άραβίας, τὸν Εὐφράτην πο- 988 
ταμὸν ἐν δεξιᾷ ἔχων, σταϑμοὺς ἐρήμους πέντε παρασάγγας 
τριάκοντα καὶ πέντε. ‘Lv τούτῳ δὲ τῷ τόπῳ ἣν μὲν ἡ γῆ 
πεδίον ἅπαν ὁμαλὸν ὡςπερ ϑάλαττα, ἀψινϑίου δὲ πλῆρες" 


Keg. ε΄. ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIS. 17 


εἰ δὲ τι καὶ ἄλλο ἐνῆν ὕλης ἢ καλάμου, ἅπαντα ἦσαν εὖ- 
ὥδη, ὥςπερ ἀρώματα" δένδρον δ᾽ οὐδὲν ἐνῆν. Θηρία δὲ 
παντοῖα, πλεῖστοι μὲν ὄνοι ἄγριοι, οὐκ ὀλίγαι δὲ στρουϑοὶ 
ai μεγάλαι" ἐνῆσαν δὲ καὶ ὠτίδες καὶ δορκαδεον ταῦτα δὲ 
δτὰ ϑηρία οἱ ἱππεὶς ἐδίωκον ἐνίοτε. Καὶ οἵ μὲν ὄνοι, ened 
τις διώχοι, προδραμόντες ἂν εἱστήχεσαν " πολὺ γὰρ τῶν 
ἵππων ϑᾶττον ἔτρεχον" καὶ πάλιν ἐπεὶ πλησιάζοιεν οἱ ἵπ- 
ποι, ταὐτὸν ἐποίουν" καὶ οὐκ ἣν λαβεῖν, εἰ μὴ διαστάντες 
ot ἱππεῖς ϑηρῷεν διαδεχόμενοι τοῖς ἵπποις. Τὰ δὲ κρέα 
10 τῶν ἁλισκομένων ἣν παραπλήσια τοῖς ἐλαφείοις, ἁπαλώτερα 
dé. Στρουϑὸν δὲ οὐδεὶς ἔλαβεν" οἱ δὲ διώξαντες τῶν ὅπ- 
πέων ταχὺ ἐπαύοντο" πολὺ γὰρ ἀπέσπα ἀποφεύγουσα, 
τοῖς μὲν ποσὶ δρόμῳ, ταῖς δὲ πτέρυξιν, ἄρασα, ὥςπερ ἱστίῳ 
χρωμένη. Τὰς δὲ ὠτίδας, ἂν τις ταχὺ ἀνιστῇ, ἔστι λαμβά- 
& νειν" πέτονται γὰρ βραχύ, ὥςπερ πέρδικες, καὶ ταχὺ ἀπα- 
γορεύουσι. Τὰ δὲ κρέα αὐτῶν ἥδιστα ἦν. 

Πορευόμενοι δὲ διὰ ταύτης τῆς χῶρας ἀφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ 
τὸν Μαυκᾶν ποταμόν, τὸ εὖρος πλεϑριαῖον. Ἐνταῦϑα ἦν 
πόλις ἐρήμη, μεγάλη, ὄνομα δὲ αὐτῇ Κορσωτή" περιεῤῥεῖ- 

> zo δὲ αὕτη ὑπὸ τοῦ Μασκὰ κύκλῳ: Ἐνταῦϑα ἔμειναν ἡ» 
Διέρας τρεῖς, καὶ ἐπεσιτίσαντο. ᾿Εντεῦϑεν ἐξελαύνει αταϑ-- 
Διοὺς ἐρήμους τρεῖς καὶ δέκα παρασάγγας ἐνενήκοντα τὸν 
-«ΦΕὐφράτην ποταμὸν ἐν δεξιᾷ ἔχων, καὶ ἀφικνεῖται ἐπὶ Πύλας. 
“Ey τούτοις τοῖς σταϑμοῖς πολλὰ τῶν ὑποξυγίων ἀπώλετο 

» ὑπὸ [τοῦ] λιμοῦ" οὐ γὰρ ἣν χόρτος, οὐδὲ ἀλλο δένδρον 
οὐδέν, ἀλλὰ ψιλὴ ἦν ἅπασα 7 χωρα" of δὲ ἐνοικοῦντες 
ὄνους ἀλέτας παρὰ τὸν ποταμὸν ὀρύττοντες καὶ ποιοῦντες, 
εἰς Βαβυλῶνα ἢγον καὶ ἐπώλουν, καὶ ἀνταγοράζοντες σῖτον 

ἔζων. To δὲ στράτευμα ὃ σἴτος ἐπέλιπε, καὶ πρίασϑαι 
Worx ἤν, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῇ Λυδίᾳ ἀγορᾷ, ἐν τῷ Κύρου βαρβαρι- 
xg, τὴν χαπίϑην ἀλεύρων ἢ ἀλφίτων τεττάρων σίγλων. Ὁ 
δὲ σίγλος δύναται ἑπτὰ ὀβολοὺς καὶ ἡμιοβόλιον ᾿Δττικούς " 
ἢ δέ καπίϑη δύο ὦ «Αττικοὺς ἐχώρει. Κρέα οὖν ἐ- 


18 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [Βιδ. A 


~ 3 “ω 
σϑίοντες οἵ στρατιῶται διεγίγνοντος. {ΠῈν δὲ τούτων τῶν 
- « ᾽ 4 » ε n a @ 
σταϑμὼν οὺς πάνυ μακροὺς ylauver, ὁπότε ἢ πρὸς ὕδωρ 
, , a 4 , 4 , 
βούλοιτο διατελέσαι ἢ πρὸς χιλὸν. Kat dn ποτε στενοχω- 
οἷας καὶ πηλοῦ φανέντος ταῖς ἁμάξαις δυςπορεύτου, ἐπέστη 
ω a ~ 3 32 > 
ὃ Κῦρος σὺν τοῖς περὶ αὐτὸν ἀρίστοις καὶ εὐδαιμονεστά-! 
τοις, καὶ ἔταξε 1λοῦν καὶ Πίγρητα, λαβόντας τοῦ βαρβα- 
ρικοῦ στρατοῦ συνεκβιβάζειν τὰς ἅμαξας. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἐδόκουν 
»υ «“ 3 -“ , ᾿ 9 3 
αὐτῷ σχολαίως ποιεῖν, ὥςπερ ovyn ἐκέλευσε τοὺς περὶ αὖ- 
τὸν Πέρσας τοὺς κρατίστους συνεπισπεῦσαι τὰς ἁμάξας. 
. ’ - τ ° 
Ἔνθα δὴ μέρος τι τῆς εὐταξίας ἣν ϑεάσασϑαι. Ῥίψαντες υ 
γὰρ τοὺς πορφυροῦς κάνδυς, ὅπου ἕκαστος ἔτυχεν ἕστηκως, 
ἴεντο, ὥςπερ ἄν δράμοι τις περὶ νίκης, καὶ μάλα κατὰ πρα- 
νοῦς γηλόφου, ἔχοντες τούτους τε τοὺς πολυτελεῖς χιτῶνας, 
καὶ τὰς ποικίλας ἀναξυρίδας" ἔνιοι δὲ καὶ στρεπτοὺς περὶ 
~ ’ 4ἋἊ a Q ~ 3 ᾿Ὶ a 9 
τοῖς τραχήλοις, καὶ ψέλλια περὶ ταῖς χερσίν" εὐϑὺς δὲ σὺν lt 
’ 3 ᾽ > ld , - Ἂ τ; n 
τούτοις εἰςπηδησαντες εἰς τὸν πηλον, ϑᾶττον ἢ ὡς τις ἂν 
» ’ 8 ’ ᾿ «ες 44 To δὲ [4 
ᾧετο, μετεώρους ἐξεκόμισαν τὰς ἁμάξας. To δὲ σύμπαν 
~ τ - ε ° ~ 8 ες» 4 3 
δῆλος ἣν Κῦρος ὡς σπεύδων πᾶσαν τὴν οδὸν, καὶ οὐ δια- 
’ « a ee J a” a » 3 
τρίβων, ὁπου un ἐπισιτισμοῦ ἕνεκα ἡ τινος ἄλλου ἀναγκαΐ- 
ov ἐκαϑέζετο" νομίξων, ὅσῳ μὲν av Sarroy ἔλϑοι, τυσού- 39 
2 : Q ~ 
τῷ ἀπαρασκευαστοτέρῳ βασιλεῖ μάχεσϑαι, ὅσῳ δὲ σχολαιό- 
τερον, τοσούτῳ πλέον βασιλεῖ συναγείρεσϑαν στράτευμα. 
N ~ 3 3 ad e 4 ΠῚ € ᾿ 
Καὶ συνιδεῖν δ᾽ ἣν τῷ προςέχοντι τὸν γοῦν ἡ βασιλέως 
3 a ’ 8 ° . 3 , > 4 % ~ a 
ἀρχὴ πλήϑει μὲν χωρας καὶ ἀανϑρωώπων ἰσχυρὰ ovod, τοῖς δὲ 
᾿ ~ ες“ Ἁ - ’ a Ud 3 
μήκεσι τῶν οδὼν καὶ τῷ διεσπασϑαι τὰς δυνάμεις ασϑε- 30 
γής, εἴ τις διὰ ταχέων τὸν πόλεμον ποιοῖτο... 
Tg δὲ we Ev ’ “ 8 8 é 4 
ἐραν δὲ τοῦ Evpgatov ποταμοῦ κατὰ τοὺς ἐρήμους 
τ 3 
σταϑμοὺς ἣν πόλις εὐδαίμων καὶ μεγάλη, ὄνομα δὲ Χαρ- 
[4 Ξ ’ e “ >? @ 9 φ 
μανδη" ἐκ taving οἷ στρατιῶται ἠγόραζον τὰ ἐπιτηδεια, 
t 3 9 
σχεδίαις διαβαίνοντες woe’ Διῳφϑέρας, ag εἶχον σκεπάσμα- 89 
τα, ἐπίμπλασαν χόρτου κούφον, εἶτα συνῆγον καὶ συνέσπων, 
€ eo - ’ ee . ; 
ὡς μὴ ἀπτεσϑαι τῆς καρφῆς τὸ ὕδωρ" ἐπὶ τουτων διέβαι- 
o 4 Uj 
voy, καὶ ἐλάμβανον ta ἐπιτήδεια, οἶνόν ta ἐκ τῆς βαλάνου 


Κεφ. ε΄. ΚΤΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. | 19 


« 2 ld «ὦ Σ 
πεποιημένο» τῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ φοίνικος, καὶ σῖτον μελίνης " 
[oad ΓΝ τ “ a & 
τοῦτο γὰρ ἣν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ πλεῖστον. 
3 e t [2 ᾽ ~ od - ° 
Αμφιλεξαντων δὲ te ἐνταῦϑα tay te tov Μένωνος στρα-- 
- 4 - “ ͵ ᾿ ς« ’ ’ 3 “ 
τιωτῶν καὶ τῶν τοῦ Κλεάρχου, ὁ Κλέαρχος, κρίνας αδικεῖν 
δ τὸν τοῦ Μένωνος, πληγὰς ἐνέβαλεν᾽ ὃ δ᾽ ἐλθὼν πρὸς τὸ 
ἑαυτοῦ στράτευμα ἔλεγεν" ἀκούσαντες δ᾽ οἷ στρατιῶται, ἐχα- 
° “ - - ’ od 3 > « 
λέπαινον, καὶ ὠργίξοντο ἰσχυρῶς τῷ Κλεάρχῳ. Τῇ δ᾽ αὐτῇ 
ἡμέρᾳ Κλέαρχος, ἐλϑὼν ἐπὶ τὴν διάβασιν τοῦ ποταμοῦ, καὶ 
ἐχεῖ κατασκεψάμενος τὴν ἀγοράν, ἀφιππεύει ἐπὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ 
4 4 ~ ’ ’ . Jor - ‘ 
10 σχηνὴν διὰ τοῦ Μένωνος στρατευματος σὺν ολίγοις τοῖς περὶ 
° ~ ? > ra “- 
αὐτόν. [Κῦρος δ᾽ οὔπω ἧκεν, ald ἔτι προςήλαυνε"] τῶν δὲ 
Μένωνος στρατιωτῶν ξύλα σχίζων τις, ὡς εἶδε τὸν Κλέαρχον 
, “- τ a 3 “Ὃ 
διελαύνοντα, ἵησι τὴ ἀξῖνῃ " καὶ οὗτος μὲν αὐτοῦ ἥμαρτεν" 
ἄλλος δὲ λίϑῳ καὶ ἀλλος, εἶτα πολλοΐ, κραυγῆς γενομένης. 
ς ‘ , 9 a - , 4 2 
‘> Ὁ δὲ καταφεύγει εἰς τὸ ἑαυτοῦ στράτευμα, καὶ εὐϑυς πα- 
’ > , oo ὁ 4 a ᾿ ς ’ 3 
ραγγέλλεν εἰς τὰ ὁπλα᾽ καὶ τοὺς μὲν οπλίτας ἐκέλευσεν av- 
~ ~ e 3 φ a , ’ wu >? a 
τοῦ μεῖναι, τὰς ἀσπίδας πρὸς ta yovata ϑέντας" αὐτὸς δὲ 
‘ . - 3 > « δ 
λαβὼν τοὺ; Θρᾷκας καὶ τοὺς ἱππέας, οὗ ἦσαν αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ 
στρατεύματι πλείους ἢ τετταράκοντα, [τούτων δὲ of πλεῖστοι 
> Θρᾷκες], ἤλαυνεν ἐπὶ τοὺς Μένωνος, ὥςτε ἐκείνους ἐκπε- 
πλῆχϑαι, καὶ αὐτὸν Μένωνα, καὶ τρέχειν ἐπὶ τὰ ὅπλα. Ot 
9 ῳ Cd ᾿ « a 
δὲ καὶ ἕστασαν ἀποροῦντες τῷ πράγματι. Ὃ δὲ Πρόξενος 
¢ ᾿ > « ’ “Ψ 
(ἔτυχε γὰρ ὕστερος προςιών, καὶ τάξις αὐτῷ ἑπομένη τῶν 
ε ~ 3 , τ 2 ΓῚ ᾿ 9 ’ » »” 
ὁπλιτῶν) εὐθὺς οὐν εἰς τὸ μέσον ἀμφοτέρων ἄγων, ἔϑετο 
yee ~ ~ ~ ε 
Σ᾽ τὰ ὅπλα, καὶ ἐδεῖτο τοῦ Κλεάρχου, μὴ ποιεῖν ταῦτα, Ο δὲ 
, @ 3 “ 9 ’ wo 
ἐχαλέπαινεν, ott, αὐτοῦ ολίγου deroavtos καταλευσθῆηναι, 
0 ’ a 3 w ’ . ’ , > ld ’ 
πρίως λέγοι τὸ αὑτοῦ παϑος" éxshevs te αὑτὸν ἐκ τοῦ us- 
Cd 0 
σου ἐξίστασϑαι. ᾿Εν τούτῳ δὲ ἐπήει καὶ Κῦρος καὶ énv- 
“ e ~ 
Gero τὸ πρᾶγμα" εὐθὺς δὲ ἔλαβε τὰ παλτὰ εἷς τὰς χεῖρας, 
‘as “- “ “- v 4 
10 χρὶ σὺν τοὺς παροῦσι τῶν πιυτῶν ἧκεν ἐλαύνων εἷς τὸ μέσον, 
᾽ ° »5 ε 
᾿ καὶ λέγει ὧδε “Κλέαρχε καὶ Πρόξενε, καὶ of ἄλλοι οἱ πα- 
ὼ , > , 
ρόντες Ἕλληνες, οὐκ ἴστε, ὃ τι ποιεῖτε. Et γάρ τινα ἀλλη- 
ld ? vod o € ° 
λοις μάχην συνάψετε, νομίζετε, ἐν τῇδε τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐμέ te κα’ 


20 ZENO®RNIOZ [ Bib. A’ 


, , ¢ » δ νυ “ «7 a - ® 
TAXEXOWETI OM, καὶ ὑμᾶς οὐ πολὺ ἐμον ὕστερον" κεικῶς γὰρ 
- € ’ ° ’ [4 a c Ὁ , 
τῶν ἡμετέρων ἐχοντων, πᾶντὲς οὗτοι, οὺς ὁρατε, βαρβαροι 
’ ςἷ w ” [2 4 ω 29 32 
πολεμιωτερον ἡμῖν ἔσονται toy παρὰ βασιλεῖ οντων. 
3 a = , bad ° é 
Axovuas ταῦτα ὁ Κλέαρχος, ἐν ἑαυτῷ. ἐγένετο " καὶ παυσά- 
2 Ud a τ 
μένοι ἀμφότεροι, κατὰ χώραν ἔϑεκτο τὰ ὅπλα. δ 


Κεφάλαιον ς΄. 


᾿Ἐντεῦϑεν προϊόντων, ἐφαΐνετο ἴχνια ἵππων καὶ κόπρος" 
εἰκάζετο δὲ εἶναι ὃ στίβος ὡς διςχιλίων ἵππων. Οὗτοι 
προϊόντες ἔκαιον καὶ χιλὸν καὶ εἴ τι ἄλλο χρήσιμον ἦν. 
᾿Ορόντης δέ, Πέρσης ἀνήρ, γένει τε προζήκων βασιλεῖ, καὶ 
τὰ πολέμια λεγόμενος ἐν τοῖς ἀρίστοις Περσῶν, ἐπιβουλεύει 10 
Κύρῳ, καὶ πρόσϑεν πολεμήσας, καταλλαγεὶς δέ. Οὗτος 
Κύρῳ εἶπεν, εἰ αὐτῷ δοίη ἱππέας χιλίους, ὅτι τοὺς προκα- 
τακαΐοντας ἱππέας ἢ κατακάνοι ἂν ἐνεδρεύσας, ἢ ζῶντας 
πολλοὺς αὐτῶν ἕλοι, καὶ κωλύσειε τοῦ καίειν ἐπιόντας, καὶ 
ποιήσειεν, ὥςτε μήποτε δύνασϑαι αὑτοὺς ἰδόντας τὸ Κύρου 16 
στράτευμα, βασιλεῖ διαγγεῖλα. Τῷ δὲ Κύρῳ ἀκούσαντι 
ταῦτα ἐδόκει ὠφέλιμα εἶναι" καὶ ἐκέλευεν αὐτὸν λαμβάνειν 
μέρος παρ᾽ ἑκάστου τῶν ἡγεμόνων. 

Ὃ δὲ ᾿Ορόντης, νομίσας ἑτοίμους αὐτῷ εἶναι τοὺς ἱππέας, 
γράφει ἐπιστολὴν παρὰ βασιλέα, ore ἤἥξοι ἔχων ἱππέας ὡς 49 
ἂν δύνηται πλείστους" ἀλλὰ φράσαι τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ἱππεῦσιν 
ἐκέλευεν, ὡς φίλιον αὐτὸν ὑποδέχεσϑαι. “Evny δ᾽ ἐν τῇ ἐπι- 
στολῇ καὶ τῆς πρόσϑεν φιλίας ὑπομνήματα καὶ πίστεως. 
Ταύτην τὴν ἐπιστολὴν δίδωσι πιστῷ ἀνδρί, ὡς ᾧετο" ὃ δὲ 
λαβὼν Κύρῳ δίδωσιν. ᾿Αναγνοὺς δὲ αὐτὴν ὃ Κῦρος, συλ-- 38 
λαμβάνει ᾿Ορόντην, καὶ συγκαλεῖ εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σκηνὴν Περ-- 
σῶν τοὺς ἀρίστους τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν ἑπτά" καὶ τοὺς τῶν Ἕλ- 
λήνων στρατηγοὺς ἐκέλευεν ὁπλίτας ἀγαγεῖν, τούτους δὲ ϑέ- 
σϑαι τὰ ὅπλα περὶ τὴν αὑτοῦ σκηνήν. Oi δὲ ταῦτα ἐποίη- 


Keg. ¢’.] KTPOT ANABASI2. 21 


3 ld ε 
σαν, ἀγαγόντες ὡς τριοχιλίους ὁπλίτας. Κλέαρχον δὲ καὶ 
᾽» , , cr Ν ϑ» Ἁ »ἭἫἬ » 
εἴσω magexadeve συμβουλον, ὃς ye καὶ αὐτῷ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις 
ἐδόκει προτιμηϑῆναν μάλιστα τῶν “Ἑλλήνων. ᾿δπεὶ δ᾽ ἐξῆλ- 
ΠῚ 9 «“᾿ ΠῚ 4 , ~~ 3 [2 ε Ψ 
Dev, ἐξηγγειλε τοῖς φίλοις τὴν κρίσεν τοῦ Ogortrov, ὡς éyé- 
7 > 4 a fy 3 War 4 - » - 
δγετο οὐ γὰρ ἀπόῤῥητον ny. Ἔφη δὲ Κῦρον ἄρχειν τοῦ 
ta 
λόγου ὧδε" | 
és la ε - ” oo 4 Cc mw ’ 
Hagexaheca ὑμᾶς, ἄνδρες φίλοι, ὁπὼς σὺν ὑμῖν βουλευό-- 
a ’ ’ 4 a “Ὁ Ἁ a 3 ’ 
μένος, 0 τι δίκαιον ἐστι καὶ προς ϑεέων καὶ πρὸς ἀνϑρωπων, 
τοῦτο πράξω περὶ ᾿Ορόντου τοὐτουΐ. Τοῦτον γὰρ πρῶτον 

10 μὲν ὁ ἐμὸς πατὴρ ἔδωκεν ὑπήκοον ἐμοὶ εἶναι. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ 

Γ] ε »” > »ὔ ε 4 - ad 3 -Ὁ v ’ 
ταχϑεΐίς, ὡς tpn autos, ὑπὸ tov ἐμοῦ αδελφοῦ οὗτος ἐπολέ-- 
μησεν ἐμοί, ἔχων τὴν ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἀκρόπολιν, καὶ ἐγὼ αὐτὸν 
προςπολεμῶν ἐποίησα, wets δόξαι τούτῳ τοῦ πρὸς ἐμὲ πο- 
λέμον παύσασϑαι, καὶ δεξιὰν ἔλαβον καὶ ἔδωκα. Μετὰ 

~ τ ΄ , 4 

16 ταῦτα, ἔφη, “ὠ Ὀρόντα, ἔστιν, ὃ τί σε ἠδίκησα ;᾽᾽ Ὁ δὲ 
3 ε; > , ε - 3 , ὁ 6 3 ω e 
ἀπεκρίνατο, ot: ov. Παλιν ὁ Κῦρος ἠρωτα " “ Οὐκοῦν vote~ 

€ > 8 a ε αν Jor ς 3? w 9 ’ » 
ρον, ὡς αὑτὸς σὺ ὁμολογεῖς, οὐδὲν ὑπ ἐμοῦ αδικουμενος, ἀπο-- 

8 3 a ~ ’ ® a ’ . , 3) 
στὰς εἰς Μυσοὺς κακῶς ἐποίεις τὴν ἐμὴν χωραν ὁ τι ἐδύνω; 
Fa 2 -“᾿ “ 3 
Ἔφη ὃ ᾿Ορόντης. “ Οὐκοῦν," ἔφη ὁ Κῦρος, “ ὁπότ av ἔγ- 
- ‘ w 2 ’ 

80 γως τὴν σεαυτοῦ δύναμιν, ἐλϑὼν ἐπὶ τὸν τῆς Agtémidos βω-- 
μόν, μεταμέλειν τὲ σοι ἔφησϑα, καὶ πείσας ἐμέ, πιστὰ πάλιν 
ἔδωικάς μοι, καὶ ἔλαβες mag ἐμοῦ; Καὶ ταῦϑ' ὡμολόγει ὃ 
3 3 , - 3 ε 5 od “- 
Ὀρόντης. “ Τί ovr,” ἔφη ὁ Κῦρος, “ ἀδικηϑεὶς ὑπ ἐμοῦ, νῦν 

8 U a ’ 3 > 4 δὲ 

τὸ τρίτον ἐπιβουλεύων μοι φανερὸς γέγονας; Εἰποντος 08 

- 4 - 2 

Ὁ τοῦ Ὀρόντου, ὅτι οὐδὲν ἀδικηϑείς, ἠρώτησεν ὁ Κῦρος av- 

« τ ΓῚ “ ᾿ 3 

τόν " ““Quokoyeig οὐν, περὶ ἐμὲ ἄδικος γεγενῆσϑαι;" “Ἢ 
Ὁ» ἢ» ε 5 ’ ΓΝ ’ ’ > + 

γὰρ ἀνάγκη," ἔφη ὁ Ogovtns. Ex τούτου πάλιν nowtnoey 
ὃ Ku ὃ “Ἔ - a , ad > w 20 λ ~ λ [ 

ὕρος τε οὐν ἂν γένοιο τῷ ἐμῷ ἀδελφῷ πολέμιος, 

4 a >@2 
ἐμοὶ δὲ καὶ φίλος καὶ πιστύς ;” Ὃ δὲ ἀπεκρίνατο, ὅτι “ οὐὃ 

3 - ᾿ a 

si γενοίμην, ὦ Κῦρε, col γ᾽ ay ἔτι ποτὲ δύξαιμι.᾽" 

4 “ e ~ z ~ ~ Ps ry to 4 > e 

Προς ταῦτα ὁ Kugog εἰπε τοῖς παροῦσιν Ο μὲν ἀνὴρ 

- « e Lad & - 

τοιαῦτα μὲν πεποίηκε, τοιαῦτα δὲ λέγει" ὑμῶν δὲ σὺ πρὼ- 
τ ’ ~ 3) , 

τος, ὦ Κλέαρχε, ἀπόφηναι γνώμην, ὃ τι σοι δοκεῖ." Κλέαρ- 


22 ZENO®NNTOZ [Βι6. 4 


‘ Ύ é ce a » ~ 
pos δὲ sine τάδε" “ Συμβουλεύω ἐχώ, τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον ἐκ- 
πυδὼν ποιεῖαϑαι ὡς τάχιστα" ὦ ἕτι δέη τοῦτον φυλά 
v ϊ S$ ταχι ς ne ἢ τοῦτον φυλατ- 
9 ic ολὴ ες» , a - τ 8 ἐθ 
τεσϑαι, ahha vyoln ἡ ἡμῖν, τὸ κατὰ τοῦτον εἶναι, τοὺς ἐϑε- 
‘ ’ ° κ: “ }) 7 Ι ~ , » 
λοντὰς φίλους τούτους εὖ ποιεῖν.᾽ἡ Tavtn δὲ τῇ γνώμη ἔφη 
Ἢ ») " ~ 
καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους προςϑέσϑαι. Meta ταῦτα, κελεύοντος Κύ- 
~ 9 ὔ , 
ρου, ἐλάβοντο τῆς ζώνης τὸν Ορόντην ἐπὶ ϑανάτῳ, ἅπαντες 
ἱ ~ ο - > 
ἀναστάντες καὶ οἱ συχγενεῖς " εἶτα δὲ ἐξῆγον αὐτὸν οἷς προς- 
a. ? 
ετάχϑη. Ἐπεὶ δὲ εἶδον αὐτὸν οἵπερ πρόσϑεν προςεκύνουν, 
LY , e 3@° a .Y Uj 
καὶ tore προςεκύνησαν, καίπερ εἰδότες, ots ἐπὶ ϑανάτῳ 
»ἭἬ Jae .Y 8 3 ΠῚ 9 ᾿ a > @ “ 
ἄγοιτο. Led δὲ εἰς τὴν Agtanata σκηνὴν εἰςήχϑη, τοῦ i 
πιστοτάτου τῶν Κύρου σκηπτούχων, μετὰ ταῦτα οὔτε ζῶντα 
3 ᾿ ” ’ Je, ᾿ y Per? ὦ 
Ορόντην, οὔτε τεϑνηκότα οὐδεὶς πωποτε εἶδεν, οὐδ ὅπως 
2, ? ει» 2 » » . 
ἀπέϑανεν οὐδεὶς εἰδὼς ἔλεχεν᾽" εἴκαζον δ᾽ ἄλλοι ἄλλως " τά- 
3 9 Q ’ 9 ΩΣ 4 
gos 3 οὐδεὶς mumots αὐτοῦ épayn. 


Κεφάλαιον ζ΄. 
Evtevdev ἐξελαύνει διὰ τῆς Βαβυλωνίας σταϑμοὺς τρεῖς ® 
παρασάγγας δώδεκα. Ἔν δὲ τῷ τρίτῳ σταϑμῷ: Κῦρος ἐξέ- 
τασιν ποιεῖται τῶν “Ελλήνων καὶ τῶν βαρβάρων ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ 
περὶ μέσας νύκτας" ἐδόκει γὰρ, εἰς τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἕω ἥξειν 
βασιλέα σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι μαχούμενον ᾿ καὶ ἐκέλευε Κλέ- 
ἄρχον μὲν τοῦ δεξιοῦ κέρως ἡγεῖσθαι, Μένωνα δὲ τὸν Θετ-- Ὁ 
ταλὸν τοῦ εὐωνύμου " αὐτὸς δὲ τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ διέταττε. Mere 
δὲ τὴν ἐξέτασιν ἅμα τῇ ἐπιούσῃ ἡμέρᾳ αὐτόμολοι παρὰ με- 
γάλου βασιλέως ἥκοντες ἀπήγγελλον Κύρῳ περὸ τῆς βασι- 
λέως στρατιᾶς. Κῦρος δὲ συγκαλέσας τοὺς στρατηγοὺς καὶ 
λοχαγοὺς τῶν ᾿ Ἑλλήνων, συνεβουλεύετό τε, πῶς ἂν τὴν μάχην 325 
ποιοῖτο, καὶ αὐτὸς: παρήνει ϑαῤῥύνων τοιάδε" “cn ἄνδρες 
Ἕλληνες, οὐκ ἀνθρώπων ἀπορῶν βαρβάρων συμμάχους ὅμᾶς 
ἄγω, ἀλλὰ: νομίζων, ἀμείνονας καὶ κρείττους πολλῶν Bag- 
βάρων ὑμᾶς εἶναι, διὰ τοῦτο προςέλαβον:. Ὅπως οὖν 


Keg. ζ΄. ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIS. 28 


, »Ὦ᾿ » ~ > ? 
ἔσεσϑε ἀνδρες ἄξιοι τῆς ἐλευϑερίας, ἧς κέκτησϑε, καὶ 
ε Ω Tv ε - 9 ie οὗ ‘ Ν 
{ὑπὲρ} ἧς ὅμας ἐγὼ εὐδαιμονΐζω. Ev γὰρ ἴστε, ὅτι τὴν 
) , 2 ξ ’ 
ἐλευϑερίαν Qoiuny ἂν ἀντὶ ὧν ἔχω πάντων καὶ ἄλλων πολ-- 
- «- Ἂν ra ᾿ - 
λαπλασΐων. “Ὅπως δὲ καὶ εἰδῆτε, εἰς οἷον ἔρχεσϑε ἀγῶνα, 
6 ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς εἰδὼς διδάξω. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ πλῆϑος πολλοί, καὶ 
= “ an 4 ~ > > 
πολλὴ κραυγὴ ἐπίασιν" ἂν δὲ ταῦτα ἀνάσχησϑε, τἄλλα καὶ 
αἰσχύνεσϑαίΐ μοι δοκῶ οἵους ἡμῶν γνώσεσϑε τοὺς ἐν τῇ χώ-- 
» 2 [2 « - ἢ 2 “ὦ » Ἁ > , 
e% ὄντας ἀνθρώπους. Ὑμῶν δὲ ἀνδρῶν ὄντων, καὶ εὐτόλ- 
μῶν γενομένων, ἐγὼ ὑμῶν τὸν μὲν οἴκαδε βουλόμενον ἀπιέ- 
- - 2 - ‘ 
10 axe τοῖς οἴκοι ζηλωτὸν ποιήσω ἀπελϑεῖν πολλοὺς δ᾽ οἷμαι 
μ ‘ >> a e998 > Ἀ - »ἤ᾽ 32) 
ποιγσειν τὰ παρ ἐμοὶ ἑλέσθαι αντὶ τῶν οἴκοι. 
᾿Ενταῦϑα Ταυλίτης παρών, φυγὰς Σάμιος, πιστὸς δὲ Κύ- 
% ~ ‘ 
ew, sine’ “Καὶ μήν, ὦ Κῦρε, λέγουσί τινες, ὅτι πολλὰ 
ὑπισυχνῇ νῦν, διὰ τὸ ἐν τοιούτῳ εἶναι τοῦ κινδύνου προςιόν- 
3 τ , > « ’ 
tos’ ἂν δ᾽ εὖ γένηταί τι, ov μεμνησϑαΐ σὲ φασιν" ἔνιοι δὲ 
29ῳ3 > ws a ’ ld an ? ~ [τ 
οὐδ᾽ εἰ μεμνῷό τε καὶ βουλοιο, δυνασϑαι αν ἀποδοῦναι, ὅσα 
~ «Ὁ ε ~ 2 3 ᾿ a 
ὑπισχνῇ.᾽᾽ ᾿Αἀκούσας ταῦτα ἔλεξεν ὁ Κῦρος" “ ᾿Αλλ ἔστι μὲν 
ςω ;:»ν ς« 5 ν ε , ᾿ ‘ 
ἡμῖν, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἡ ἀρχὴ ἢ πατρῷα, πρὸς μὲν μεσημβρίαν, 
’ LA a ~ ? ΄ >» ς » - 
μέχρις ov διὰ καῦμα οὐ δύνανται οἰκεῖν [ot] ἀνϑρωποι 
4 . » ’ « a Cod Ἢ a 3 > , 
80 πρὸς δὲ ἄρκτον, μέχρις ὁτου διὰ χειμώνα" τὰ δ᾽ ἐν μέσῳ 
᾽’ ~ ~ 3 = 
τούτων ἅπαντα σατραπεύυυσιν οἵ τοῦ ἐμοὺ ἀδελφοῦ φίλοι. 
a 2? ¢ “«Ψρ ’ « - ~ ᾿ ες [ Ρ 
Hy δ᾽ ἡμεῖς νικήσωμεν, ἡμᾶς δεῖ τοὺς ἡμετέρους φίλους tov- 
Po » 2 “ ’ 3 
των ἐγκρατεῖς ποιῆσαι. “Acts οὐ τοῦτο δέδοικα, μὴ οὐκ 
» « “ ’ »- ΄ a τ ’ ? ᾿ ἢ 2 
ἔχω o τι δῶ ἑκάστῳ τῶν φίλων, ἂν εὖ γένηται, alla μὴ οὐκ 
% ἔχω ἱκανοὺς οἷς δῶ. Ὑμῶν δὲ τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ στέφανον 
o - ’ 99 e 4 “ > 4 9 φ 
ἑκάστῳ χρυσοῦν δωσω." Οἷ δὲ ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες αὑὐτοΐ τὸ 
3 -ν » Ψ 
ἤσαν πολὺ προϑυμότεροι, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐξήγγελλον. Εἷς- 
’ 4 3 94 @ Y CY - » ε 
yeoay δὲ πᾶξ᾽ αὐτὸν [οἵ τε στρατηγοὶ] καὶ τῶν ἄλλων Ἕλ-- 
’ ° “ ? 3 4 
λήνων τινές, ἀξιοῦντες εἰδέναι, τί σφισιν ἔσται, ἐὰν κρατή- 
ε a 8 ε ’ e 4 > + 
ὃ σωσιν. O δὲ ἐμπιπλᾶὰς ἁπάντων τὴν yrounv ἀπέπεμπε. 
λε U δ᾽ > « , [:] ὃ λέ e 
Παρεκελεύοντο αὐτῷ πάντες, ϑσοιπὲρ διελέγοντο, py 
2 > “ 9 ω “Ὁ 
μάχευϑαι, ἀλλ ὄπισϑεν ἑαυτῶν τάττεσϑαι. “Ev δὲ τῷ καιρῷ 
. t Lad 4 
τούτῳ Κλέαρχος ὧδέ πως ἤρετο Κῦρον" “Οἵει γὰρ σοι, 


24 FENOPDINTOZ [ Bib. 2 


¢? 99 e 


ὦ Κῦρε, μαχεῖσϑαι tov adehgor ;” “ Νὴ 41, ἔφη ὃ Κῦρος, 
“εἴπερ γε Ζαρείου καὶ Παρυσάτιδός ἐστι παῖς, καὶ ἐμὸς 
δὲ ἀδελφός, οὐκ ἀμαχεὶ ταῦτα ἐγὼ λήψομαι." 

᾿Ενταῦϑα δὴ ἐν τῇ ἐξοπλισίᾳ ἀριϑμὸς ἐγένετο τῶν μὲν 
Ἑλλήνων ἀσπὶς μυρία καὶ τετρακοσία" πελτασταὶ δὲ 
διςχίλιοι καὶ πεντακόσιοι" τῶν δὲ μετὰ Κύρου βαρβάρων 
δέκα μυριάδες, καὶ ἅρματα δρεπανηφόρα ἀμφὶ τὰ εἴκοσι. 
Τῶν δὲ πολεμίων ἐλέγοντο εἶναι ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι μυριάδες, 
καὶ ἄρματα δρεπανηφόρα διακόσια. ἄλλοι δὲ ἦσαν ἕξα- 
κιςχίλιοι ἱππεῖς, ὧν ᾿Αρταγέρσης ἦρχεν " οὗτοι δὲ πρὸ αὖ-" 
τοῦ βασιλέως τεταγμένοι ἦσαν. Tov δὲ βασιλέως στρα- 
τεύματος ἦσαν ἄρχοντες [καὶ στρατηγοὶ καὶ ἡγεμόνες] 
τέτταρες, τριάκοντα μυριάδων ἕκαστος, ᾿Αβροκόμας, Τισ- 
σαφέρνης, Γωβρύας, ᾿Αρβάκης. Τούτων δὲ παρεγένοντο 
ἐν τῇ μάχῃ ἐνενήκοντα μυριάδες, καὶ ἅρματα δρεπανηφόρα 18 
ἑκατὸν καὶ πεντήχοντα " ᾿Αβροκόμας γὰρ ὑστέρησε τῆς μά- 
χῆς ἡμέρας πέντε, ἐκ Φοινίκης ἐλαύνων. Ταῖτα δὲ qyyel- 
λον πρὸς Κῦρον of αὐτομολήσαντες ἐκ τῶν πολεμίων παρὰ 
μεγάλου βασιλέως πρὸ τῆς μάχης" καὶ μετὰ τὴν μάχην, οἵ 
ὕστερον ἐλήφϑησαν τῶν πολεμίων, ταῦτα ἤγγελλον. ᾿Εν- Ὁ 
τεῦϑεν δὲ Κῦρος ἐξελαύνει σταϑμὸν ἕνα παρασάγγας τρεῖς 
συντεταγμένῳ τῷ στρατεύματι παντὶ καὶ τῷ ᾿ Ελληνικῷ καὶ 
τῷ βαρβαρικῷ " ᾧετο γὰρ ταύτῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ μαχεῖσϑαι βασιλέα" 
κατὰ γὰρ μέσον τὸν σταϑμὸν τοῦτον τάφρος ἦν ὀρυκτὴ βα- 
ϑεῖα, τὸ μὲν EVQOS ὀργυιαὶ πέντε, τὸ δὲ βάϑος ὀργυιαὶ 38 
τρεῖς. Παρετέτατο δὲ 7 τάφρος ἄνω διὰ τοῦ πεδίον ἐπὶ 
δώδεκα παρασάγγας μέχρι τοῦ Μηδίας τείχους. “Ev9a δὴ 
εἰσὶν αἱ διώρυχες ἀπὸ τοῦ Τίγρητος ποταμοῦ ῥέουσαι" εἰσὶ 
δὲ τέτταρες, τὸ μὲν εὖρος πλεθριαῖαι, βαϑεῖαι δὲ ἰσχυρῶς, 
καὶ πλοῖα πλεῖ ἐν αὐταῖς σιταγωγά " εἰςβαάλλουσι δὲ εἰς τὸν 39 
Εὐφράτην, διαλεΐπουσι δὲ ἑκάστη παρασάγγην, γέφυραι δὲ 
ἔπεισιν. Ἣν δὲ nag αὐτὸν τὸν Εὐφράτην πάροδος στενὴ 
μεταξὺ τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ τῆς τάφρου, ὡς εἴκοσι ποδῶν τὸ 


Keg. η΄. ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIS. 25 


εὖρος. Ταύτην δὲ τὴν τάφρον βασιλεὺς μέγας ποιεῖ ἀντὶ 
ἐρύματος, ἐπειδὴ πυνϑάνεται Κῦρον προςελαύνοντα. Ταύ- 
τὴν τὴν πάρυδον Κῦρός τὲ καὶ ἡ στρατιὰ παρῆλϑε, καὶ 
ἐγένοντο εἴσω τῆς τάφρου. Ταύτῃ μὲν οὖν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ οὐκ 
ὃ ἐμαχέσατο βασιλεύς, ἀλλ᾽ ὑποχωρούντων φανερὰ ἦσαν καὶ 
ἵππων καὶ ἀνθρώπων ἴχνη πολλά. ᾿Ενταῦϑα Κῦρος, Σι- 
havod καλέσας, τὸν ᾿Αμβρακιώτην, μάντιν, ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ δα- 
ρεικοὺς τριςχιλέους, ὅτι τῇ ἑνδεκάτῃ ἀπ᾽ ἐκείνης τῆς ἡμέρας 
πρότερον ϑυόμενος εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ὅτι “ βασιλεὺς οὐ μαχεῖται 
10 δέκα ἡμερῶν" Κῦρος δ᾽ εἶπεν, “ Οὐκ ἄρα ἔτι μαχεῖται, 
εἰ μὴ ἐν ταύταις ταῖς ἡμέραις μαχεῖται" ἐὰν δ᾽ ἀληϑεύσῃς, 
ὑπισχνοῦμαὶΐ σοι δέκα τάλαντα.᾽" Τοῦτο τὸ χρυσίον τότε 
ἀπέδωκεν, ἐπεὶ παρῆλϑον at δέκα ἡμέραι. Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐπὶ τῇ 
τάφρῳ οὐκ ἐκώλυε βασιλεὺς τὸ Κύρου στράτευμα διαβαίνειν, 
16 ἔδοξε καὶ Κύρῳ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀπεγνωκέναι τοῦ μαχεῖ- 
σϑαι" were τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ Κῦρος ἐπορεύετο ἡμελημένος pal- 
λον. Τῇ δὲ τρίτῃ ἐπί t8 τοῦ ἅρματος καϑήμενος τὴν πο- 
geluy ἐποιεῖτο, καὶ ὀλίγους ἐν τάξει ἔχων πρὸ αὑτοῦ" τὸ 
δὲ πολὺ αὐτῷ ἀνατεταραγμένον ἐπορεύετο, χαὶ τῶν ὅπλων 
Ὁ τοῖς στρατιώταις πολλὰ ἐπὶ ἁμαξῶν καὶ ὑποζυγίων ἤγετο. 


Κεφάλαιον η΄. 


Καὶ ἤδη τε ἦν ἀμφὶ ἀγορὰν πλήϑουσαν, καὶ πλησίον ἦν 

ὃ σταϑμός, ἔνϑα ἔμελλε καταλύσειν, ἡνίκα Παταγύας, ἀνὴρ 
Πέρσης, τῶν ἀμφὶ Κῦρον πιστῶν, προφαίνεται ἐλαύνων ἀνὰ 
χράτος ἱδροῦντι τῷ ἵππῳ καὶ εὐθὺς πᾶσιν, οἷς ἐνετύγχα- 
36 γεν, ἐβύα καὶ βαρβαρικῶς καὶ ᾿Ελληνικῶς, ὅτε βασιλεὺς 
[σὺν] στρατεύματι πολλῷ προςέρχεται, ὡς εἷς μάχην παρε- 
σκευασμένος. “Lv9a δὴ πολὺς τάραχος ἐγένετο" αὐτίκα 
γὰρ ἐδόκουν οἵ “LAAnves χαὶ πάντες δέ, ἀτάχτοις σφίσιν ἐπι-- ὦ 
πισεῖσϑαι. Kai Κῦρός te καταπηδήσας ἀπὸ τοῦ ἅρματος 
ὃ τὸν ϑώρακα ἐνέδυ, καὶ ἀναβὰς ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον, τὰ παλτὰ εἰς 


26 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [Βι6. A’, 


τὰς χεῖρας ἔλαβε, τοῖς τε ἄλλοις πᾶσι παρήγγελλεν ἐξοπλί- 
ζεσϑαι, καὶ καϑίστασϑαι sig τὴν ἑαυτοῦ τάξιν ἕκαστον. Ἔν- 
Sa δὴ σὺν πολλὴ σπουδῇ καϑίσταντο, Κλέαρχος μὲν τὰ 
δεξιὰ τοῦ κέρατος ἔχων, πρὸς τῷ Εὐφρατῇ ποταμῷ, Πρόξε- 
yoo δέ ἐχόμενος" of δ᾽ ἄλλοι μετὰ τοῦτον. Μένων δὲ καὶ δ 
τὸ στράτευμα τὸ εὐώνυμον κέρας εἶχε τοῦ “Ἑλληνικοῦ. Τοῦ 
δὲ βαρβαρικοῦ ἱππεῖς μὲν Παφλαγονες εἷς χιλίους παρὰ Kié- 
αρχον ἕστασαν ἐν τῷ δεξιῷ, καὶ τὸ ᾿Ελληνικὸν πελταστικόν" 
ἐν δὲ τῷ εὐωνύμῳ ᾿Αριαῖός τε ὃ Κύρου ὕπαρχος καὶ τὸ ἄλλο 
βαρβαρικόν. Κῦρος δὲ καὶ ἱππεῖς μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ ὅσον ἐξακό- 19 
σιοι ὡπλισμένοι ϑώραξι μὲν αὐτοὶ καὶ παραμηριδίοις καὶ 
κράνεσι πάντες, πλὴν Κύρου. Κῦρος δὲ ψιλὴν ἔχων τὴν 
κεφαλὴν εἰς τὴν μάχην xadlotato. Μέγεται δὲ καὶ τοὺς 
ἄλλους Πέρσας ψιλαῖς ταῖς κεφαλαῖς ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ διακιν»- 
δυνεύειν. Οἱ δ᾽ ἵπποι ἅπαντες, οἱ μετὰ Κύρου, εἶχον καὶ 15 
προμετωπίδια καὶ προστερνέδια" εἶχον δὲ καὶ μαχαίρας of 
ἱππεῖς “Ἑλληνικάς. 

Καὶ ἤδη te ἦν μέσον ἡμέρας, καὶ οὔπω καταφανεῖς ἦσαν 
of πολέμιοι" ἡνίκα δὲ Selly ἐγένετο, ἐφάνη κονιορτός, ὥςπερ 
νεφέλη λευκή, χρόνῳ δὲ ov συχνῷ ὕστερον, ὥςπερ μελανία 30 
τις ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ ἐπιπολύ. Ὅτε δὲ ἐγγύτερον ἐγίγνοντο, τά- 
χα δὴ καὶ χαλκός τις ἤστραπτε, καὶ αἵ λόγχαι καὶ αἷ τάξεις 
καταφανεῖς ἐγίγνοντο. Καὶ ἦσαν ἱππεῖς μὲν λευκοϑώρακες 
ἐπὶ τοῦ εὐωνύμου τῶν πολεμίων " Τισσαφέρνης ἐλέγετο τού- 
των ἄρχειν" ἐχόμενοι δὲ τούτων γεῤῥοφόροι " ἐχόμενοι δὲ 36 
δπλῖται σὺν ποδήρεσι ξυλίναις ἀσπίσιν" Αἰγύπτιοι [δὲ] ov- 
τοι ἐλέγοντο εἶναι" ἄλλοι δ᾽ ἱππεῖς, ἄλλοι τοξόται. Πάν»- 
τες [δὲ] οὗτοι κατὰ ἔϑνη, ἐν πλαισίῳ πλήρει ἀνθρώπων 
ἕκαστον τὸ ἔϑνος ἐπορεύετο. Πρὸ δ᾽ αὐτῶν ἅρματα δια-- 
λείποντα συχνὸν an ἀλλήλων, τὰ δρεπανηφόρα καλούμενα᾽ 89 
᾿εἶχον δὲ τὰ δρέπανα ἐκ τῶν ἀξόνων εἰς πλάγιον ἀποτετα- 
μένα, καὶ ὑπὸ τοῖς δίφροις εἰς γῆν βλέποντα, ὡς διακό- 
πτειν, ὅτῳ ἐντυγχάνοιεν. Ἣ δὲ γνώμη ἣν, ὡς εἰς τὰς τάξεις 


Keg. η΄. ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΊΣ. Ω7 


“ a ~ 
τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐλώντων καὶ διακοψόντων. Ὃ μέντοι Κῦρος 
Ύ a ‘ , ~ Chey e 9 
εἶπεν, ote καλέσας παρεκελεύετο τοῖς βλλησι, τὴν κραυγὴν 

- e 3 ᾿ ~ > “ 
τῶν βαρβώρων ἀνέχεσθαι, ἐψεύσθη τοῦτο" ov γὰρ κραυγῇ, 
Ader ~~ t 3 ’ ν. - ; “ ἐ i 4 δέ 
ἀλλὰ σιγῇ ὡς ανυυτόν, καὶ ἡσυχῇ ἐν ἴσῳ καὶ βραδέως προς-- 
° ὔ - e 3 

δήεσαν. Καὶ ἐν τούτῳ Κῦρος, παρελαύνων αὐτὸς σὺν Πί- 
fad ~ y ow Ἁ na ᾿ - ’ 
γρητι, τῷ ἑρμηνεῖ, καὶ ἀλλοις τρισὶν ἡ τέτταρσι, τῷ Κλεαρ- 
»ἢ Ι [ “ 
χῳ ἐβόα, ἄγειν τὸ στράτευμα κατὰ μέσον τὸ τῶν “πολεμίων, 
3 ow (t4 - ᾽’ 3 
ἔφη, “νικωμεν, nuvd 

“Ψ € ~ «ες t ° ~ 

ἡμῖν πεποίηται. ρῶν δὲ ὃ Κλέαρχος τὸ μέσον στῖφος, 


a ὡς; , 7 a ~ 
ow ἐκεῖ βασιλεὺς εἴη" “κἂν tovta,’ 


2 “ ὅ ~ 
10 xxl ἀκούων Κύρον ἔξω ὄντα tov Ἑλληνικοῦ εὐωνύμου Ba- 
’ “- 8 [4 Lad ’ Aid ’ ν 
σιλέα, (τοσοῦτον γὰρ πλήϑει περιῆν βασιλεύς, ὥςτε μέσον τὸ 
“ 3 ~ Ul 3 e We τ 3 > @ ςἩ 
ἑαυτοῦ ἔχων τοῦ Κύρου εὐωνύμου ἔξω ἡ») add ὅμως ὃ 
’ > » 3 ᾽ > a “-- "ω e 
Κλέαρχος οὐκ Seley anoonavar ἀπὸ tov ποταμοῦ to δε- 
ξιὸν κέρας, φοβούμενος, μὴ κυκλωϑείη ἑκατέρωθεν" τῷ δὲ 
’ 9 ’ © > »ν ’ e " oY, 
16 Κυρῳ ἀπεκρίνατο, ors αὐτῷ μέλοι, ὁπὼς καλὼς ἔχοι. 
\ é ; , « ~ , ᾿ ‘ ’ 
Kai ἐν τούτῳ τῷ καιρῷ to μὲν βαρβαρικὸν orgatevpa 
φ ΤῸ a 4 a ἔν. a bY 0 > » ͵ 
ὁμαλῶς moons’ τὸ δὲ Πλληνικον, ἔτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ μένον, 
Ul lad » “ ve lad e 
συνετάττετο ἐκ τῶν ETL προςιόντων. Kuto Κυρος παρελαῦ- 
> »ν ~ ’ Lael 
γων οὐ πάνυ πρὸς αὐτῷ τῷ στρατεύματι, κατεϑεᾶτο ἐκατέ- 
3 
% ρωσε ἀποβλέπων εἰς τοὺς πολεμίους καὶ τοὺς φίλους. ᾿Ιδὼν 
lod " ad ~ 3 ~ 
δὲ αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ Ξενοφῶν ᾿Αϑηναῖος, ὑπελάσας 
ia ᾿ , . 3 
ὡς συναντῆσαι, ἤρετο, εἴ τι παραγγέλλοι ὃ ὃ ἐπιστήσας 
εἶπε, καὶ λέγειν ἐκέλευε πᾶσιν, ὅτι τὰ ἱερὰ καὶ τὰ σφάγια κα- 
λά [εἴη]. Ταῦτα δὲ λέγων, ϑορύβου ἤκυοσε διὰ τῶν τάξεων 
% ἰόντος, καὶ ἤρετο, τίς ὁ ϑόρυβος εἴη. Ὃ δὲ Ξενοφῶν εἶπεν, ὅτι 
, 
τὸ σύνϑημα παρέρχεται δεύτερον ἤδη. Καὶ ὃς ἐθαύμασε, τὶς 
παραγγέλλει, καὶ ἤρετο, ὃ τι καὶ εἴη τὸ σύνϑημα. Ὁ δὲ 
3 ΕΝ € ~ 
ἀπεκρίνατο, ὅτι ZETS SRTHP KAI NIKH. Ὃ δὲ Κῦρος 
3 ’ “ ~ 
ἀκούσας, “᾿Αλλὰ Séyoucd te,’ ἔφη, “ καὶ τοῦτο ἔστω." Ταῦ- 
. 9. » > ‘ ~ , »» x 2.» 
ὅθ τα δὲ εἰπών, εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ χωραν ἀπηλαυνε" καὶ οὐκέτι 
n ’ , 3 , a 4 > y 2? ’ 
τρία ἡ τέτταρα σταδια αἀπειχέτην tw palayye an’ addnio, 
. 2 ’ 
ἡνίχα ἐπαιάνιζόν te οἱ Ἕλληνες, καὶ ἤρχοντο ἀντίοι ἱέναι 
~ «ες ? 
τοῖς πολεμίοις. “Qo δὲ πορευομένων ἐξεκύυμαινὲ τι τῆς φά- 


28 EENO®NQNTOZ [8ι6. A' 


4 4 ” 4 wo. a @ 
λαγγος, τὸ ἐπιλειπύμενον ἤρξατο δρόμῳ ϑεῖν" καὶ ἅμα 
. τ “Ὁ Jae :»- 
ἐρϑέγξαντο πίώντες, οἷον ney τῷ ‘Lvvaliw ἐλελίξουσι, καὶ 
’ .» . e «ς + ~ 32 
πᾶντες δὲ ἔϑεον. “έγουσι δὲ τινες, ὡς καὶ ταῖς ἀσπίσι 
πρὸς τὰ δύρατα ἐδούπησαν, φόβον ποιοῦντες τοῖς ἵπποις. 
Πρὶν δὲ τόξευμα ἐξικνεῖσθαι, ἐκκλίνουσιν of βάρβαροι καὶ ὃ 
φέυγουσι. Καὶ ἐνταῦϑα δὴ ἐδίωκον μὲν κατὰ κράτος οἵ 
4 3 2 a ~ 34 4? 
ἥδλληνες, ἐβόων δὲ ἀλλήλοις, μὴ ϑεῖν δρόμῳ, add ἐν τάξει 
e hy eo 0 ° a 4 3 > « “- 
ἕπεσυϑαι. Ta δὲ ἀρματὰ ἐφέρετο ta μὲν Oc αὐτῶν τῶν πο- 
a - φ ε 
λεμίων, τὰ δὲ καὶ διὰ τῶν Ελλήνων, κενὰ ἡνιόχων. Οἱ δὲ 
οἵ. οἴ. ὃ a @ 
ἐπεὶ προΐδοιεν διΐσταντο᾽ ἔστι δὲ ὃςτις καὶ κατελήφϑη, 10 
Fer ’ Ye. 
ὡςπερ ἐν ἱπποδρόμῳ, ἐκπλαγείς " καὶ οὐδὲν μέντοι οὐδὲ 
- - , : ὃ 3 » ~ «.- 
τοῦτον παϑεῖν ἔφασαν" οὐδὲ ἀλλος δὲ τῶν ᾿Ηλλήνων ἐν 
’ - , ,» Fev For e \ - 3 ° 
ταύτῃ τῇ μάχῃ ἔπαϑεν οὐδεὶς οὐδὲν, πλὴν ἐπὶ τῷ εὐωνύμῳ 
τοξευϑηναί τις ἐλέγετο. 
~~ ᾿ -»" CH ry 9 ε 
Κῦρος δὲ ὁρῶν τοὺς Ἕλληνας νικῶντας τὸ καϑ' αὑτοὺς 1ὸ 
LY ’ «ς ’ V ᾽ » «ες 
καὶ διώκοντας, ἡδόμενος καὶ προςκυγούμενος ἤδη ὡς βασι- 
- 3 3 > », 34ῳ3 a 4 3 
λεὺς ὑπὸ τῶν aug αὐτόν, οὐδ᾽ ὡς ἐξήχϑη διώκειν" adda 
συνεσπειραμένην ἔχων τὴν τῶν σὺν ἑαυτῷ ἑξακοσίων ἱππέων 
- , 3 
τάξιν, ἐπεμελεῖτο, ὃ τι ποιήσει βασιλεύς. Καὶ γὰρ ἤδει av- 
a is © ’ »” ῳ “ [4 A , 
τὸν ore μέσον ἔχοι tov Περσικοῦ στρατευματος. Kat nav- Ὁ 
a Gad , ᾿ led 
τὲς δὲ of τῶν βαρβάρων ἄρχοντες, μέσον ἔχοντες τὸ αὑτῶν 
ἊΨ - ) 2 ᾿ 2 
ἡγοῦνται, νομίζοντες, οὕτως καὶ ἐν ἀσφαλεστάτῳ εἶναι, ἢν 
' Si he τ ὶ 
ἡ ἰσχὺς αὐτῶν ἑκατέρωϑεν ἢ, καὶ εἴ τι παραγγεῖλαι χρη- 
€ na ’ 2 ’ ᾿ ao 4 
ζοιεν, ἡμίσει av χρονῳ αἰσϑανεσϑαι τὸ στράτευμα. Kat 
βαδιλεὺς δὴ τότε μέσον ἔχων τῆς ἑαυτοῦ στρατιᾶς, ὅμως % 
, ᾿- > [2 aL. 3 
ἔξω ἐγένετο τοῦ Κύρου εὐωνύμου κέρατος. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ οὐδεὶς W 
2 - ~ 2 ~ 3 « 
αὐτῷ ἐμάχετο ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου, οὐδὲ τοῖς αὐτοῦ τεταγμένοις 
° ε ° ~ 
ἔμπροσϑεν, ἐπέκαμπτεν ὡς εἰς κύκλωσιν. Ἔνϑα δὴ Κῦρος 
» , ᾿ 
δείσας, μὴ ὄπισϑεν γενόμενος κατακόψει τὸ “Ἑλληνικόν, ἐ- 
3 4 w~w ne Φ 
λαύνει ἀντίος" καὶ ἐμβαλὼν σὺν τοῖς ἑξακοσίοις, γικᾳ Tous 30 
πρὸ βασιλέως τεταγμένους, καὶ εἰς φυγὴν ἔτρεψε τοὺς ἕξα- 
’ ° , 2? -- ’ > a - “Ὁ 
κιςχιλίους καὶ ἀποκτεῖναι λέγεται αὐτὸς τῇ ἑαυτοῦ χειρὶ 
᾿ > »ν 
“ρταγέρσην, τὸν ἄρχοντα αὑτῶν. 


Κεφ. 9΄.] ΚΥ͂ΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 29 


",.ς , 
Ὡς δὲ ἢ τροπὴ ἐγένετο, διασπείρονται καὶ οἵ Κύρου 
, 2 5) ’ € ’ > a U4 9 
εξακόσιοι, εἰς τὸ διωκειν ὁρμήσαντες " πλὴν πάνυ ολέγοι 
3 3 > ε ᾿ ᾿ « ε la ᾽ 
ἀμφ αὑτὸν κατελείφϑησαν, σχεδὸν ot ὁμοτράπεζον καλούμε-- 
γοι. Suv τούτοις δὲ wy, καϑορᾷ βασιλέα καὶ τὸ aug ἐκεῖ- 
a ot 2 ὅ,τ 3222 - 
δ»0» στῖφος" καὶ εὐϑὺς οὐκ ἠνέσχετο, αλλ εἰπών, “ “Ooo 
a ” 33 , 2 2 ears Ἁ 8 8 ’ 
τὸν avdga,’’ ieto ἐπ αὐτον" καὶ παίει κατὰ τὸ υτέρνον, 
‘ ’ 4 - t “ , © > 9 
καὶ τιτρώσκει διὰ τοῦ ϑώρακος, ὡς φησι Κτησίας, ὁ ἰατρὸς, 
4 3». > a 8 - ’ Γ 3 > 3 
καὶ ἰάσϑαι αὑτὸς τὸ τραῦμα φησι. ΜΠαΐοντα ὃ αὐτὸν a- 
ww + € a 3 ~ 
κοντίζει τις παλτῷ ὑπὸ τὸν ὀφϑαλμὸν βιαίως᾽ καὶ ἐνταῦϑα 
’ V 8 4 - Ὶ e 3 ? > e 
10 μαχόμενον καὶ βασιλεὺς καὶ Κύυρος, καὶ ob ἀμφ avtors 
[ ς e ε “«-. 3 ᾿ 3 ᾿ 
ὑπὲρ ἑκατέρων, ὅπόσοι μὲν τῶν ἀμφὶ βασιλέα ἀπέθνησκον, 
φ λ , pete 3 é , a 3 - Ky ὃ ἢ > rd 
Κτησίας λέγει" παρ ἐκείνῳ γὰρ ἢν ὕρος δὲ αὐτὸς τὸ 
3 ° Q > a e > Ow) ‘ > 8 » ᾿ 3 
ἀπέϑανε, καὶ ὀκτὼ ob ἄριστοι τῶν περὲ αὐτὸν ἔκειντο ἐπ 
a > ’ ε 0 3 ~ “«“ 
αὐτῷ. ᾿Αρταπάτης δέ, ὁ πιστότατος αὐτῷ τῶν σκηπτούχων 
° 3 ’ - 
16 ϑεράπων, λέγεται, ἐπειδὴ εἶδε πεπτωκότα Κῦρον, καταπηδή-- 
3 - ’ ~ > ὦ 
σας ἀπὸ τοῦ ἵππου περιπεσεῖν αὐτῷ. Kat ov μὲν φασι, 
᾿ “ , 2 » ; 
βασιλέα xelevoal τινα ἐπισφάξκι αὐτὸν Κύρῳ ot δέ, éaxv- 
, > . 3 
τὸν ἐπισφάξασϑαι, σπασάμενον τὸν ἀκινάκην" εἶχε γὰρ 
oe a A) δὲ > [4 Α ᾿ A a ww 
χουσουν" καὶ στρέπτον δὲ ἐφόρεν καὶ ψέλλια καὶ τὰ ἀλλα, 
7] ec »w » - ς ’ 4 ς« νυ ’ 
Ὁ ὡςπὲρ οἵ ἄριστον τὼν Περσὼν" ἐτετίμητο γὰρ ὑπὸ Κύρου 
2 
δι εὔνοιάν τε καὶ πιστότητα. 


Κεφάλαιον #. 


“ a 3 εἰ a a 8 n “ - 
Κῦρος μὲν οὖν οὐτως ἐτελεύτησεν, ἀνὴρ ὧν Περσὼν τῶν 
- 3 ~ 
μετὰ Κῦρον τὸν ἀρχαῖον φενομένων βασιλικωτατός τε καὶ 
ἄρχειν ἀξιώτατος, ὡς παρὰ πάντων ὁμολογεῖται τῶν Κύρου 
ld [ἢ ~ ~ 
%doxourtwy ἐν πείρᾳ γενέσϑαι. Πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ παῖς ἔτει 
» ts] ’ QA a lad 2 “ a ἢ “- ». 
ὧν, ore ἐπαιδευετο καὶ σὺν τῷ ἀδελφῷ καὶ σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις 
παισὶ, πάντων πάντα κράτιστος ἐνομίζετο. Πάντες γὰρ οἵ 
“ 9 Land ~» ~ 
τῶν ἀρίστων Περσῶν naides ἐπὶ ταῖς βασιλέως ϑύραις παι- 
᾿ ε»ἍἭἝ δ t [4 ? w 
δεύονται" ἔνγϑα πολλὴν μὲν σωφροσύνην καταμαϑὸοι ἂν τις, 
1 = 


30 ZENO®DNNTOZ [8ι6. A’ 


3 Jer 2 3 ” 5 -“ “Ὁ $ 
αἰσχρὸν δ᾽ οὐδὲν οὔτε ἀκοῦσαι, οὔτ᾽ ἰδεῖν ἐστί. Θεῶνται ὃ 
οἱ παῖδες καὶ τοὺς τιμωμένους ὑπὸ βασιλέως καὶ ἄλλους 
> ’ ὸ @ 3? 3 . ~ 2” o ” 
ἀτιμαζομένους" ὡςτ εὐϑὺς παῖδες ὄντες μανϑάνουσιν ἄρχειν 
Q » Was - > e 8 -~ 
τὸ καὶ ἀρχευϑαι. Ἔνϑα Κῦρος αἰδημονέστατος μὲν πρῶτον 
τῶν ἡλικιωτῶν ἐδόκει εἶναι, τοῖς τε πρεσδυτέροις καὶ τῶν ξαυ- 
Ἂ = 
τοῦ ὑποδεεστέρων μᾶλλον πείϑεσθαι" ἔπειτα δὲ φιλιππό- 
Qa ~ ει » - Hae >? > a 
τατος, καὶ τοῖς ἵπποις ἀριστα χρῆσϑαι. “Exgirov δ᾽ αὐτὸν 
~ “ 2 
καὶ τῶν εἰς τὸν πόλεμον ἔργων, τοξικῆς Te καὶ ἀκοντίσεως, 
’ Joe a ~ 
φιλομαϑέστατον εἶναι καὶ pederngotatoy. Enel δὲ τῇ ἥλι- 
ἰᾳ ἔ t φιλοϑηρότατος ἦν, καὶ πρὸς τὰ ϑηρία μὲ 
κίᾳ ἔπρεπε, καὶ φιλοθηρότατος nv, καὶ πρὸς τὰ ϑηρία μέν- 
° 3 
τοι φιλοκινδυνότατος. Καὶ ἄρκτον ποτὲ ἐπιφερομένην οὐκ 
ΕΣ 3 a 8 o ? a ~ e Pa 4 
ἔτρεσεν, adda συμπεσὼν κατεσπασϑη ano τοῦ ἵππου" καὶ 
7 νυ Δ Ἢ z ° 
τὰ μὲν ἔπαϑεν, ὧν καὶ τὰς ὠτειλὰς φανερὰς εἶχε, τέλος δὲ 
᾿ ~ ’ [4 ~ 
κατέκανε᾽ καὶ τὸν πρῶτον μέντοι βοηϑήσαντα πολλοῖς μα- 
καριστὸν εἶναι ἐποίησεν. 
ΙΝ 4 ° € bad 4 ᾽ 
Enet δὲ κατεπέμφϑη ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς σατράπης «“υδίας 
~ é 
te καὶ Φρυγίας τῆς μεγάλης καὶ Καππαδοκίας, στρατηγὸς 
3 ra ~ 
δὲ καὶ πάντων ἀπεδείχϑη, οἷς καϑήκει εἰς Καστωλοῦ πε- 
2 lad a ' 
dlov αϑροίξζευϑαι, πρῶτον μὲν ἐπέδειξεν αὑτόν, ὅτε περὶ 
πλείστου ποιοῖτο, εἴ τῳ σπείσαιτο, καὶ εἴ τῳ συνϑοῖτο, καὶ 
, ε Γ γ 4 ’Ὅ 3 
εἴ τῳ ὑπουχοιτὸ τι, μηδὲν ψεύδεσϑαι. Kat γὰρ ovv ἐπί- 
> « . 
OTEVOY μὲν αὐτῷ ab πόλεις ἐπιτρεπόμεναι, ἐπίστευον δ᾽ ob 
ἄνδρες " καὶ εἴ τις πολέμιος ἐγένετο, σπεισαμένου Κύρου, 
ἐπίστευε, μηδὲν ἂν παρὰ τὰς σπονδὰς παϑεῖν. Τοιγαροῦν 
“ 
ἐπεὶ Τισσαφέρνει ἐπολέμησε, πᾶσαι at πόλεις ἑκοῦσαι Ku- 
, 2 , 4 
ρον εἵλοντο ἀντὶ Τισσαφέρνους, πλὴν Μιλησίων" οὗτοι δὲ, 
rs) 2 »” a ’ ᾽ - 2.» 
οτι οὐκ ἤϑελε τοὺς φεύγοντας προέσϑαι, ἐφοβοῦντο αὑτόν. 
᾿ τ 2 
Kat γὰρ ἔργῳ ἐπεδείκνυτο, καὶ ἔλεγεν, ὅτε οὐκ ἄν note προ- 
~ . > ᾿ Pe? 
otto, ἐπεὶ anak αὐτοῖς φίλος ἐγένετο, οὐδ᾽ εἰ ἔτι μὲν μεῖ- 
° » , 4 ’ ve 4 91 
ous γένοιντο, ἔτι δὲ καὶ κακιον πράξειαν. Φανερὸς δ᾽ 77, 
, 2 as 3 ΓῚ 
καὶ εἴ tig τε ἀαγαϑὸν ἢ κακὸν ποιήσειεν αὐτὸν, νικῶν πει-- 
’ : ? ’ γα“ ' ε 
ρώμενος" καὶ εὐχὴν δέ τινὲς αὐτοῦ ἐξέφερον, ὡς εὔχοιτο, 
- i ~ Mw o .Y 4 3 4 
τοσοῦτον χρόγου ζῆν, ἔςτε νικῳὴ καὶ τοὺς εὖ καὶ τοὺς κα- 


10 


Κεφ. ¥.] KTPO? ANABASIS. "9 


“ “- 9 : τ “ 
κῶς ποιοῦντας ἀλεξόμενος. Καὶ γὰρ οὔν πλεῖστοι δὴ αὐὖ- 
~ ind 3 ὃ Π ~ » 3 ε “ Η 3 ’ 4 ° 
τῷ, iri ye avdgl, τῶν ἐφ ἡμῶν ἐπεθύμησαν καὶ χρήματα 
καὶ πόλεις καὶ τὰ ἑαυτῶν σώματα προέσϑαι. 
᾽ 4 a Per ~ 2 » >» « a ’ 
Ou μὲν δὴ ουδὲ τοῦτ᾽ ἂν τις εἴποι, ὡς τοὺς κακούργους 
Q er »” ~ 2 > 3 ᾿ ’ 
δ καὶ αδίκους εἴα καταγελᾶν, αλλ ἀφειδέστατα πάντων ἐτιμω-- 
ρεῖτο. 1]ολλάκις δ᾽ nv ἰδεῖν παρὰ τὰς στιβομένας ὁδοὺς καὶ 
~ ~ ~ ’ ϑ 
ποδῶν καὶ χειρῶν καὶ ὀφϑαλμῶν στερυυμένους ἀνθρώπους" 
-"ᾧ ’ > ~ ’ Ἢ 
ὥςτε ἐν τῇ Κύρου ἀρχῇ ἐγένετο καὶ “πλληνε καὶ βαρβάρῳ, 
ὲ > ~ 3 - ’ ε Wn ie » 
μηδὲν αδικοῦντι, ἀδεὼς πορεύεσϑαι, ὅποι τις ἤϑελεν, ἔχοντι 

Dow πρυχωροΐίη. Ἰυύς γε μέντοι ἀγαϑοὺς εἰς πόλεμον ὧμο- 

’ ᾿ oa ry ~ ΝΠ 3 νυ ᾿ 
λογητο διαφερόντως τιμᾶν. Καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἢν αὐτῷ πό- 
λεμος πρὸς Πεισίδας καὶ Μυσούς" στρατευόμενος ovr καὶ 
αὐτὸς εἰς ταύτας τὰς χώρας, OVS ἑώρα ἐθέλοντας κινδυνεύ-- 

ἢ > ta ᾿ 
ει», τούτους καὶ ἄρχοντας ἐποίει, ἧς κατεστρέφετο χώρας, 

λδ ἔ δὲ καὶ ἀλλ δω τίμα" ὦ ἱνεσϑ Ὶ 
ἐπειτὰ UF καὶ ἀλλοις θωφοις ἐτίμα" ὡςτὲ φαίψεσϑαι Tous 

4 2 ’ 3 ᾿’ a a e ’ 
μὲν αγαϑοῦύς, εὐδαιμονεστάτους, τοὺς δὲ κακούς, δούλους 

’ ? » 3 ~ a τ 2 ,» 
τούτων αξιοῦν εἶναι. Τοιγαροῦν πολλὴ ἣν ἀφϑονία αὐτῷ 

“ ε - 
τῶν ἐθελόντων κινδυνεύειν, ὅπου τις οἴοιτο Κῦρον αἰσϑή- 
σεσϑαι. 

Φ᾽ > ». 

20 Lis γε μὴν δικαιοσύνην εἴ τις αὐτῷ φανερὸς γένοιτο ἐπι- 
δείκνυσϑαι βουλόμενος, περὶ παντὸς ἐποιεῖτο τούτους πλου-- 
σιωτέρους ποιεῖν τῶν ἐκ τοῦ ἀδίκου σι λοκερ θυ» Τοη Καὶ 
γὰρ οὖν ἄλλα τε πολλὰ δικαίως αὐτῷ διεχειρίξετο, κσὶ στρα- 
τεύματι ἀληϑινῷ ἐχρήσατο. Καὶ γὰρ στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχα- 

» , 3 3 

35 γοὶ οὐ χρημάτων ἕνεκα “πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ἔπλευσαν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπεὶ 
» ’ τ [4 lod “Ὁ n 
ἔγνωσαν κερδαλεώτερον εἶναι, Κυρῷ καλῶς πειϑαρχεῖν, ἡ 

“- " > . > « 
τὸ κατὰ μῆνα κέρδος. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν εἴ τίς γέ τι αὐτῶ προς-- 
- 3 3 
τάξαντι καλῶς ὑπηρετήσειεν, οὐδενὲ πώποτε ἀχάριστον εἴασϑ 
- ς ᾿ 
τὴν προϑυμίαν. Τοιγαροῦν κράτιστοι δὴ ὑπηρέται παντὸς 

τ ἔργου Κύρῳ ἐλέχϑησαν γενέσϑαι. Εἰ δὲ τινα δρῴη Sunoy 
ὄντα ϑεκονο μὸν ἐκ τοῦ dixatov, καὶ κατασχευάζοντά τε, ἧς 

᾿ ἄρχοι χώρας, καὶ προςύδους ποιοῦντα, οὐδένα ὧν πώποτϑ 


ἀφείλετο, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀεὶ πλείω προρεδίδου" ὥςτε καὶ ἡδέως 


32 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [B6.4 


ἐπόνουν, καὶ ϑαῤῥαλέως ἐκτῶντο, καὶ a πέπατο αὖ τις, 
ἥκιστα Κῦρον ἔχρυπτεν᾽ οὐ γὰρ φϑονῶν toig φανερῶς 
πλουτοῦσιν ἐφαίνετο, ἀλλὰ πειρώμενος χρῆσϑαι τοῖς τῶν 
ὑποκρυπτομένων χρήμασι. Φίλους γε μὴν ὅσους ποιήσαιτο, 


--- 


καὶ εὔνους yvoln ὄντας, καὶ ἱκανοὺς κρίνειε συνεργοὺς εἷ- 
γαι, ὅτι τυγχάνει βουλόμενος κατεργάζεσθαι, ὁμολογεῖται 
πρὸς πάντων κράτιστος δὴ. γενέσϑαι ϑεραπεύειν. Καὶ γὰρ 
αὐτὸ τοῦτο, οὗπερ αὐτὸς ἕνεκα φίλων ᾧετο δεῖσθαι, ὡς συ- 
γεργοὺς ἦχοι, καὶ ὶ αὐτὸς ἐπειρατο συνεργὸς τοῖς φίλοις κρά- 
τιστος εἶναι τούτου, ὅτου ἕκαστον αἰσϑάνοιτο ἐπιϑυμοῦντα. 

Δῶρα δὲ πλεῖστα μέν, οἶμαι, εἷς γε ἀνὴρ ὧν ἐλάμβανε διὰ 
πολλά" ταῦτα δὲ πάντων δὴ μάλιστα τοῖς φίλοις διεδίδου, 


wut 


πρὸς τοὺς τρόπους ἑκάστου σκοπῶν, καὶ ὅτου μάλιστα ὁρῴη 
“- 3 “ € 
ἕκαστον δεόμενον. Καὶ ova τῷ σώματι αὑτοῦ κόσμον πέμ- 
n ς > ’ n ε > 4 x 4 
MOL τις ἢ ὡς εἰς πόλεμον ἢ ὡς εἰς καλλωπισμον, χαὶ περὶ IS 
e 3 ’ “Ὁ ~ 3 
τούτων λέγειν αὑτὸν ἔφασαν, ὅτε τὸ μὲν ἑαυτοῦ σῶμα οὐκ 
ἂν δύναιτο τούτοις πᾶσι κοσμῆσαι, φίλους δὲ καλῶς κεκο- 
° 3 
σμημένους μέγιστον κόσμον ἀνδρὶ νομίζοι. Καὶ τὸ μὲν τὰ 
- ‘ 3 “ 3 
μεγάλα νικᾶν τοὺς φίλους εὖ ποιοῦντα, οὐδὲν ϑαυμαστόν, 
> ὃ ’ Ά ὃ ’ 3 is 4 δὲ ν é 2 ~ ~ 20 
ἐπειδή ys καὶ δυνατώτερος ν᾿ τὸ δὲ τῇ ἐπιμελεῖᾳ περιεῖ- 
ναι τῶν φίλων, καὶ τῷ προϑυμεῖσϑαι χαρίζεσθαι, ταῦτα 
- “- 3 - 
μᾶλλον ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ ἀγαστὰ εἶναι. Κῦρος γὰρ ἔπεμπε βῖ- 
ε ins ? c ’ Cer ’ ᾿ 
xoug οἴνου ἡμιδεεῖς πολλάκις, ὁποτε navy ἡδὺν λαβοι, λὲέ- 
εἰ oi. δὴ λλ “Ὁ ’ Φ δὲ 3» » 
γων, ὅτι “οὔπω δὴ πολλοῦ χρόνου τούτου ἡδίονε οἴνῳ ἐπι- 
~ % as - 
τύχοι" τοῦτον ovy σοι ἔπεμψε, καὶ δεῖταί σου, τοῦτον éx- 35 
CY ’ a ὃ r ~ 
πιεῖν τήμερον σὺν οἷς μαλστὰ φιλεῖς." πολλάκις δὲ χῆνας 
ἡμιβρώτους ἘἸΡΕ με, καὶ ἄρτων ἡμίσεα, καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα, 
ἐπιλέγειν κελεύων τὸν φέροντα " ““ούτοις natn Κῦρος " βού- 
τ 4 , ’ U ) ὦ ᾿ 4 ’ 
λεται οὔὐν καὶ σὲ τουτων γεύσασϑαι.᾽ Ὅπου δὲ χιλὸς ona- 
2 2 ᾿ 
γιος πάνυ εἴη, αὑτὸς δ᾽ ἐδύνατο παρασκευάσασϑαι διὰ τὸ 80 
a »)» ε ° € 4 ᾿ ° 
πολλοὺς ἔχειν ὑπηρέτας, καὶ διὰ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν, διαπέμπων 
’ . “ὦ« “ 4 
ἐκέλευε τοὺς φίλους, τοῖς ta ἑαυτῶν σώματα ἄγουσιν ἵπ- 
“- 4 ld ε “ 
ποις ἐμβάλλειν τοῦτον τὸν χιλόν, ὡς μὴ πεινῶντες τοὺς ὅ- 


Keg. ι΄. K?POr ANABASIS. 33 


~ ? ‘ , κῳ 
autov φίλους ἄγωσιν. Ei δὲ δή ποτε πορεύοιτο, καὶ πλεῖ-- 
. Ud - ‘ 
στον μέλλοιεν ὄψεσϑαι, προ:καλῶν τοὺς φίλους ἐσπουδαιο- 
a ει ἀν , > ὃ ’ 
λογεῖτο, ὡς δηλοίη, οὗς τιμᾷ" ὥςτε ἔγωγε, ἐξ ὧν ἀκούω, 
᾿ ε Sed > ν 
οὐδένα κρίνω ὑπὸ πλειόνων πεφιλῆσθϑαι οὔτε ᾿Βλλήνων, οὔ-- 
Ste βαρβάρων. Τεκμήριον δὲ τούτου καὶ τόδε" παρὰ μὲν 
᾽ > ? , 
Κύρου, δούλου ὄντος, οὐδεὶς ἀπηει πρὸς βασιλέα" πλὴν 
3 ’ é t . 4 ta δέ «ae a” ld e x 
Ὀρόντας ἐπεχείρησε" καὶ οὗτος δέ, ὃν ᾧετο πιστόν οἵ εἷ- 
“ΠΣ v , ~ 
yal, ταχὺ αὐτὸν εὑρε Κύρῳ φιλαίτερον, ἢ ἑαυτῷ ᾿ παρὰ 
‘ - 2 lad ° 
δὲ βασιλέως πολλοὴὲ πρὸς Κῦρον ἀπῆλϑον, ἐπεὶ πολέμιοι 
? ’ ’ Q [4 ᾿ ε , ς« 5 2 ~ 
Ὁ αἀλληλοις ἐγένοντο, καὶ οὗτοι μέντοι οἱ μαλιστα UR αὐτοῦ 
Ps ev ἰζοντες, παρὰ Κύρῳ ὃ χγαϑοὶ ἀξιωτέ 
ἀγαπώμενοι, νομίζοντες, παρὰ Κύρῳ ὄντες ἀγαϑοὶ ἀξιωτέ- 
n - oe a ,᾿ ~ ᾿ ῃ id 
gas ay τιμῆς τυγχάνειν ἢ παρὰ βασιλεῖ. Μέγα δὲ τεκμη- 
- - - ,»» ΄ 
ριον καὶ τὸ ἐν τῇ τελευτῇ τοῦ βίον αὐτῷ γενόμενον, Ott 
, >? e τ 3 ’ ry 3 - 24’ ° 
καὶ αὐτὸς nv ἀγαϑός, καὶ κρίνειν ὀρϑῶς ἐδύνατο τοὺς 
» ᾿ 2 2 
15 πιστοὺς καὶ εὔνους καὶ βεβαίους. Αποϑνήσκοντος γὰρ av~ 
- 3 2 
τοῦ, πάντες ob παρ᾽ αὐτὸν φίλοι καὶ συντράπεζοι μαχόμε- 
2 ° a 3 ξ 
vou ἀπέϑανον ὑπὲρ Κύρου, πλὴν ᾿Αριαίου" οὗτος δὲ «τε- 
e ’ Q - 3 [2 “ee ~ ” e 
ταγμένος ἐτύγχανεν ἐπὶ τῳ εὐωνύμῳ, TOU ἐππικοὺ ἄρχων 
ὡς δ᾽ ἤσϑετο Κῦρον πεπτωκότα, ἔφυγεν, ἔχων καὶ τὸ στρά- 
ς ὃ ἢ : 0 3 » EPUYEY, EY t τὸ στρ 
= € ~ 
Ὁ τευμα πα», οὐ nyELTO. 


Κεφάλαιον v. 


9 ’ 
EvtavGa δὴ Κύρου ἀποτέμνεται ἢ κεφαλὴ καὶ χεὶρ ἢ 
a > « 

δεξιά. Βασιλεὺς δὲ καὶ of σὺν αὐτῷ διώχων εἰςπέπτει 
3 4 - ¢ a \ e , 4. 3 2 
εἰς τὸ Κυρεῖον στρατοπεδον" καὶ οἵ μὲν peta “ριαΐου ov- 

e 3 ~ “ ‘ 
xéts ἵστανται, ἀλλὰ φεύγουσι διὰ τοῦ αὑτῶν στρατοπέδου 
aig τὸν σταϑμόν, ἔνϑεν ὥρμηντο" τέτταρες δὲ ἐλέγοντο 
o ~ € - 3 4 ry 4 ς 4 3 
παρασάγγαι τῆς οδοῦ εἶναι. Βασιλεὺς δὲ καὶ οἱ σὺν av-~ 
τῷ τά τὲ ἀλλα πολλὰ διαρπάζυυσι, καὶ τὴν Φωκαΐδα τὴν 
Κύρου παλλακίδα, τὴν σοφὴν καὶ καλὴν λεγομένην εἶναι, ἢ 
λαμβάγει. Ἢ δὲ ΜΜμιλησία, ἡ νεωτέρα, ληφϑεῖσα ὑπὸ τῶν 


36 ΧΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABAZIZ. 6 [Bi6. A’. Keg. 


® $ . . 8 ε " e 9 ’ ,» « 
ποτὸν ἡν" xaitas ἀμαξὰας μεστὰς alsvowy καὶ οἴνου, ag πα- 
΄ - « 9 ’ ry , 
Qsoxevacato Κῦρος, ἵνα, st ποτε σφοδρὰ abot τὸ στρατὸ- 
- “ 3 . 3 rv 
πεδον ἔνδεια, διαδιδοίη τοῖς Ἕλλησιν" σαν δ᾽ αὗται, ὡς 
ἐλέγοντο, τετρακόσιαι ἅμαξαι" καὶ ταύτας τότε οἱ σὺν βασι- 
“- 3 - “- ° 
λεῖ διήρπασαν. ‘Acts ἄδειπνοι noay of πλεῖστος τῶν ‘El- 
’ 9 τ 4 > ¢ ᾿Ξ a e 4 - e 
λήνων" noay δὲ καὶ ἀανάριστοι" πρὶν γὰρ δὴ καταλῦσαι τὸ 
? , » , ° ? 4 4 
στρατευμα προς ἄριστον, βασιλεὺς ἐφαγη. Tuutny μὲν ovr 
τὴν νύχτα οὕτω διεγένοντο. 


ZF ENOGRIRNTODT 


KTrTPOT ANABAZSENZ 


ΒΙΒΛΙΟΝ AEYTEPON, 


Κεφάλαιον α΄. 


ὯΣ μὲν οὖν ἡϑρᾳίσϑη Κύρῳ τὸ Ἑλληνικόν, ὅπότε ἐπὶ 
τὸν ἀδελφὸν Agrakeg’ ny ἐστρατεύετο, καὶ ὅσα ἐν τῇ ἀνόδῳ 
ἐπράχϑη, καὶ ὡς ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο, καὶ ὡς Κῦρος ἐτελεύτησε, 
καὶ ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον ἐλϑόντες ob “Ἕλληνες ἐχοιμήϑησαν, 

δ οἰύμενοι τὰ πάντα νικᾶν, καὶ Κῦρον ζῆν, ἐν τῷ ἔμπροσϑεν 
λύγῳ δεδήλωται. Ἅμα δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ συνελϑόντες οἱ στρατη- 
yor ἐθαύμαζον, ὅτε Κῦρος οὔτε ἄλλον πέμποι σημανοῦντα, 
ὅ τι χρὴ ποιεῖν, οὔτ᾽ αὐτὸς φαίνοιτο. Ἔδοξεν οὖν αὐτοῖς, 
ἀν κε αὐ ΜΈΝΟΙ; ἃ εἶχον, καὶ ἐξοπλισαμένοις, προϊέναι εἰς 

10 τὸ πρόσϑεν, ἕως Κύρῳ συμμίξειαν. ᾿μδη δὲ ἐν ὁςμῇ ὄντων, 
ἅμ᾽ ἡλίῳ ἀνίσχοντι ἦλϑε Προκλῆς, ὃ 1ευϑρανίας ἄρχων, 
γεγονὼς ἀπὸ Δαμαράτου τοῦ “άκωνος, καὶ Γλοῦς ὃ Ταμώ. 
Οὗτοι ἔλεγον, ὅτι Κῦρος μὲν τέϑνηκεν, Aguatos δὲ Oy 
yas ἐν τῷ σταϑμῷ εἴη μετὰ τῶν ἄκων βαρβάρων, ὅϑεν τῇ 

18 προτεραίᾳ ὡρμῶντο᾽ καὶ λέγοι, ὃ ὅτι “ταύτην ue τὴν ἡμέραν 
περιμενίειεν ἂν αὐτούς, εἰ ᾿μέλλοιεν ἥ ἥκειν" τῇ δὲ ἄλλῃ ἀπιέ- 
ras φαίη ἐπὶ Ἰωνίας, ὅϑενστερ ἦλθε.) Ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες οὗ 
σερατηγοὶ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι Ἕλληνες [πυνϑανόμενοι), βαρίως 
ἴφερον. Κλέαρχος δὲ τάδε εἶπεν " “᾿Αλλ ὦφελε μὲν Κῦρος 

"tiv ἐπεὶ δὲ τετελεύτηκεν, ἀπαγγέλλετε ᾿“Αριαίῳ, ὅτι ἡμεῖς 
A} 4 ὩΣ 


38 ZSENO®NNTOZ [B66 


γε νικῶμεν βασιλέα, καί, ὡς δρᾶτε, οὐδεὶς ἡμῖν ἔτι μάχεται" 
καὶ εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς ἤλθετε, ἐπορευόμεϑα ἂν ἐπὶ βασιλέα. 
᾿Ἐπαγγελλόμεϑα δὲ ‘Again, ἐὰν ἐνθάδε ἔλϑῃ, εἰς τὸν ϑρύ» 
yor τὸν βασίλειον καϑίσειν αὑτόν᾽ τῶν γὰρ τὴν μάχην γι- 
κώντων καὶ τὸ ἄρχειν ἐστί. Ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἀποσκέλλει τοὺς 
ἀγγέλους, καὶ σὺν αὐτοῖς Χειρίσοφον τὸν “άκωνα, καὶ Μέ- 
yova τὸν Θετταλόν" καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸς ὃ Μένων ἐβούλετο" ἦν 
γὰρ φίλος καὶ ξένος ᾿Αριαίου. Οἱ μὲν ᾧὥχοντο, Κλέαρχος δὲ 
περιέμεινε. To δὲ στράτευμα ἐπορίζετο σῖτον, ὅπως ἐδύ- 
yato, ἐκ τῶν ὑποζυγίων, κόπτοντες τοὺς βοῦς καὶ ὄνους"! 
ξύλοις δ᾽ ἐχρῶντο, μικρὸν προϊόντες ἀπὸ τῆς φάλαγγος, οὗ 7 
μάχη ἐγένετο, τοῖς τε ὀϊστοῖς, πολλοῖς οὖσιν, οὗς ἠνάγκαζον 
οὗ Ἕλληνες ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς αὐτομολοῦντας παρὰ βασιλέως, 
καὶ τοῖς γέῤῥοις, καὶ ταῖς ξυλίναις ἀσπίσι ταῖς Αἰγυπτίαις " 
πολλαὶ δὲ καὶ πέλται, καὶ ἅμαξαι ἦσαν φέρεσθαι ἔρημοι"ν 
οἷς πᾶσι χρώμενοι, κρέα ἕψοντες ἤσϑιον ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν. 
Καὶ ἤδη ‘te ἣν περὶ πλήδουσαν ἀγοράν, καὶ ἔρχονται πα- 
ga βασιλέως καὶ Τισσαφέρνους κήρυκες, οὗ μὲν ἄλλοι, Bag- 
βαροι" ἣν δὲ αὐτῶν Φαλῖνος εἷς Ἕλλην, ὃς ἐτύγχανε παρὰ 
Τισσαφέρνει ὧν, καὶ ἐντίμως ἔχων " καὶ γὰρ προςεποιεῖτο Ὁ 
ἐπιστήμων εἶναι τῶν ἀμφὶ τὰς τάξεις τε καὶ ὅπλομαχίαν. 
Οὗτοι δὲ προςελϑόντες τε, καὶ καλέσαντες τοὺς τῶν ᾿Ελλή- 
yoy ἄρχοντας, λέγουσιν, ore “ βασιλεὺς κελεύει τοὺς Ἕλληνας, 
ἐπεὶ νικῶν τυγχάνει, καὶ Κῦρον ἀπέχκτονε, παραδόντας τὰ 
ὅπλα, ἰόντας ἐπὶ τὰς βασιλέως ϑύρας, εὑρίσκεσθαι Ἦν τι 38 
δύνωνται ἀγαϑόν." Ταῦτα μὲν εἶπον οἵ βασιλέως κήρυκες" 
οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες βαρέως μὲν ἤκρυσαν, ὅμως δὲ Κλέαρχος to- 
σοῦτον εἶπεν, ὅτι “ οὗ τῶν νικώντων εἴη τὰ ὅπλα παραδιδό- 
yor’ ald,” ἔφη, “ ὑμεῖς μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες otgatnyol, τούτοις 
ἀποκρίνασϑε, ὃ τι κάλλιστόν τε καὶ ἄριστον ἔχετε" ἐγὼ δὲ αὖ- 90 
εἶκα nto.” “Exdhess γάρ τις αὐτὸν τῶν ὑπηρετῶν, ὅπως ἴδοι 
τὰ ἱερὰ ἐξηρημένα᾽" ἔτυχε γὰρ ϑυόμενος. "Ἔνθα δὴ axe 
κρίνατο Κλεάνωρ μὲν ὃ ᾿Αρκάς, πρεσβύτατος ὧν, ὅτε “ πρό- 


Keg. a’.] KPO? ANABASIZ. 39 


σϑεν ἂν ἀποϑάνοιεν, ἢ τὰ ὅπλα παραδοῖεν." Πρόξενος δὲ ὃ 
Θηβαῖος, "Ah ἐγώ," ἔφη, * “ὦ Φαλῖνε, ϑαυμάζω, πότερα ὡς 
κρατῶν βασιλεὺς αἰτεῖ τὰ ὅπλα, ἢ ὡς διὰ φιλίαν δῶρα. Εἰ 
μὲν γὰρ ὡς κρατῶν, τί δεῖ αὐτὸν αἰτεῖν, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ λαβεῖν ἐλϑόν- 
δτα; εἰ δὲ πείσαξ, βούλεται λαβεῖν, ae tl ἔσται τοῖς στρα- 
τιώταις, ἐὰν αὐτῷ ταῦτα χαρίσωνται.᾽; πρός ταῦτα Φαλῖνος 
εἶπε, “ Βασιλεὺς νικᾶν ἡγεῖται, ἐπεὶ Κῦρον ἀπέχτονε. The 
γὰρ αὐτῷ ἐστιν ὅςτις ἀρχῆς ἀντιποιεῖται; ΝΝομίζει δὲ καὶ 
ὑμᾶς ξαυτοῦ εἶναι, ἔχων ἐν μέσῃ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ χώρᾳ, καὶ ποτα- 
10 μῶν ἐντὸς ἀδιαβάτων᾽ καὶ πλῆϑος ἀνθρώπων ἐφ᾿ ὑμᾶς δυ- 
γώμενος ἀγαγεῖν, ὅσον, οὐδ᾽ εἰ παρέχοι ὑμῖν, δύναισϑ᾽ ἂν 
ἀποκτεῖναι." 
Mera τοῦτον Θεόπομπος ᾿Αϑηναῖος εἶπεν" “2 Φαλῖνε, 
γῦν, ὡς σὺ ὁρᾷς, ἡμῖν οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἀγαθὸν εἰ μὴ ὅπλα 
ι καὶ ἀρετή. Καὶ ὅπλα μὲν οὖν ἔχοντες, οἰόμεϑα ἂν καὶ τῇ 
ἀρετῇ χρῆσθαι" παραδόντες δ᾽ ἂν ταῦτα, καὶ τῶν σωμάτων 
στερηϑῆναι. Μὴ οὖν otov, τὰ μόνα ἡμῖν ἀγαϑὰ ὄντα ὑμῖν 
παραδώσειν" ἀλλὰ σὺν τούτοις καὶ περὶ τῶν ὑμετέρων ἀγα- 
Sav, μαχούμεθα." ᾿Ακούσας δὲ ταῦτα ὃ Φαλῖνος ἐγέλασε, 
8). καὶ εἶπεν᾽ ““᾿Αλλὰ φιλοσόφῳ μὲν ἔοικας, ὦ veavione, καὶ 
λέγεις οὐχ ἀχάριστα ἴσϑι μένεοι ἀνόητος ὧν, εἰ οἴει ay 
τὴν ὑμετέραν ἀρετὴν περιγενέσθαι τῆς βασιλέως δυνάμεος. 
“Aldous δέ τινας ἔφασαν λέγειν ὑπομαλακιζομένους, “ ὡς καὶ 
Κύρῳ πιστοὶ ἐγένοντο, καὶ βασιλεῖ γ᾽ ἂν πολλοῦ ἄξιοι γέ- 
% γριντο, εἰ βούλοιτο φέλος γενέσϑαι * καὶ εἴτε ἄλλο τι ϑέλοι 
τρῆσϑαι, εἴε ἐπὶ Αἴγυπτον στρατεύειν, συγκαταστρέψαιντ᾽ ἂν 
αὐτῷ." “Ev τούτῳ καὶ Κλέαρχος ἧκε, καὶ ἠρώτησεν, εἰ ἤδη 
ἀποκεκριμένοι εἶεν. Φαλῖνος δ᾽ ὑπολαβὼν εἶπεν" “ Οὗτοι 
μὲν, ὦ Κλέαρχε, ἄλλος ἄλλα λέγει" σὺ δ᾽ ἡμῖν εἰπέ, τί λέγεις." 
ἢ Ὁ δ᾽ εἶπεν" ““ Ἐγώ σε, ὦ Φαλῖνε, ὦ ἄσμενος ἑώρακα, οἶμαι δὲ 
καὶ of ἄλλοι πάντες οὗτοι" σύ τε γὰρ Ἕλλην εἶ, καὶ ἡμεῖς, to- 
σοῦτοι ὄντες, ὅσους σὺ δρᾷς" ἐν τοιούτοις δὲ ὄντες πράγμασι 
σῃμβουλευόμεϑά σοι, τὶ χρὴ ποιεῖν, περὶ ὧν λέγεις. Σὺ οὗν, 


40 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [Δι0. 8’. 


: ‘ ~ -- ᾽ 
πρὺς Θεῶν, συμβούλευσον ἡμῖν, ὃ τί σοι δοκεῖ κάλλιστον καὶ 
3 “ 
ἄριστον εἶναι, καὶ ὃ σοι τεμὴν οἴσει εἰς τὸν ἔπειτα χρόνον 
3 ’ ., ~ a Q ‘ , 
ἀναλεγόμενον, ort Φαλῖνος ποτὲ πεμφϑεὶς παρὰ βασιλέως, 
κελεύσων τοὺς Ἕλληνας τὰ ὅπλα παραδοῦναι, συμβουυλενομέ- 
, >. » ’ τ ’ ? ’ 
γοις συνεβούλευοεν αὐτοῖς τάδε. Οἶσϑα δὲ, ott ἀνάγκη λὲ- 5 
w~ Ε a ε ᾿ 
yeaa ἐν τῇ ᾿Ελλάδι, ὃ ἂν συμβουλεύσῃς." Ὃ δὲ Κλέαρχος 
“- 2 ᾿ J ’ 
ταῦτα ὑπήγετο, βουλόμενος καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν παρὰ βασιλέως 
— 
we - e 
πρεσβεύοντα συμβουλεῦσαι, μὴ παραδοῦναι ta ὅπλα, ὕπως 
>, ~ - ~ 2 ’ 
εὐέλπιδὲς μᾶλλον of Ἕλληνες εἶεν. Φαλῖνος δ᾽ ὑποστρέψας, 
‘ ‘ le 2 ~ 3 ἕξ “ 
rag τὴν δοξὰν avtou εἶπεν ws ι9 
2 4 τ᾿ « “« 
“Ey, εἰ μὲν τῶν μυρίων ἐλπίδων ula τις ὑμῖν ἐστί, ow- 
“Ὁ - - [4 4 ? . Aa 
ϑηναι πολεμοῦντας βασιλεῖ, συμβουλεύω, μὴ παραδιδόναι τὰ 
ὅπλα εἰ δὲ δεμία σωτηρίας ἐστὶν ἐλπὶς ἃ 
ὅπλα εἰ δὲ τοι μηδεμία σωτηρίας ἐστὲν ἐλπὶς ἄκοντος βα- 
σιλέως, συμβονλεύω σώξεσϑαι ὑμῖν ὅπη δυνατόν." Κλέαρ- 
‘ 3 “ a ° . 
χος δὲ πρὸς ταῦτα εἶπεν. “ “Alla ταῦτα μὲν δὴ σὺ λέγεις " τὸ 
2 «ες - ἢ 3 ’ . ~ cr ες ~ 5 9 Ω͂ 
παρ ἡμῶν δὲ ἀπαγγελλε ταῦτα, OTL ἡμεῖς οἰόμεϑα, εἰ μὲν 
ἢ μα n ’ > 
δέοι βασιλεῖ φίλους εἶναι, πλείονος ἂν ἄξιοι εἶναι φίλοι, 
, a a 
ἔχοντες τὰ ὅπλα, ἢ παραδόντες ἄλλῳ" εἰ δὲ δέοι πολεμεῖν, 
» a i ~ »” a © i wn ὃ Ld χλλω 99 
ἄμεινον ἂν πολεμεῖν, ἔχοντας τὰ ὁπλα, ἢ παραδόντες ἄλλῳ. 
ε. 4 ~ ᾽ td e 3 « ‘ 
Ὁ δὲ Φαλῖνος sins’ “Ταῦτα μὲν δὴ ἀπαχγελοῦμεν " ἀλλὰ Ὁ 
4 , Cc w ea ? ~ [4 ε΄ e ἢ 
καὶ ταδὲ υμῖν ἐκέλευσεν εἰπεῖν βασιλεύς, ot μένουσι μὲν 
“ 3 - — o Ὁ 3 “ . 
ὑμῖν αὐτοῦ σπονδαὶ εἴησαν, προϊοῦσι δὲ καὶ ἀπιοῦσι πόλε- 
ω 3 ’ [4 ~ 
μος. Εἴπατε οὖν καὶ περὶ τούτου, πότερα μενεῖτε καὶ σπον-- 
’ > n ςε ’ » Po Ge συ τ ~ 2) "ὦ 
Oui εἰσιν, % ὡς πολέμου ὄντος πὰρ Ὑμῶν ἀπαχγελω. Kis- 
αρχος δ᾽ ἔλεξεν" “‘Anayyedle τοίνυν καὶ περὶ τούτων, ὅτι καὶ % 
~ ~ ~ ~ . τ ~ 
ἡμῖν ταῦτα δοκεῖ, ἅπερ καὶ βασιλεῖ." “ 7% ovy ταῦτ᾽ ἐστίν ;” 
~ 2 e ’ Ἂ ᾿ ᾿ 
ἔφη ὁ Φαλῖνος. Απεκρίνατο Κλέαρχος " “ν μὲν μένωμεν, 
3 - e oo ἂν 
σπονδαὶ" ἀπιοῦσι δὲ καὶ προϊοῦσι, πόλεμος." “O δὲ παλιν 
> ’ ὦ 3 -- 4 
ἠρώτησε" “ Σπονδὰς ἢ πόλεμον ἀπαγγελῶ ;’’ Κλέαρχος δὲ 
> a ’ 3 ’ ὡ “ Q e ° 3 bad 
ταυτὰ πάλιν ἀπεχρίνατο Snovdub μὲν μένουσιν, ἀπιοῦσι 9 
3 » .“ἄᾺ΄ω,Ρ ᾽ 4) Lid a ? 3 , 
δὲ ἡ πραϊοῦσι πόλεμος. QO τι δὲ ποιήαοι, ov διεσήμανξ. 


Kag. 6’.] KYPOr ANABASIZ. 41 


Κεφάλαιον B’. 


Φαλῖνος μὲν δὴ ᾧχετο, καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ. OF δὲ παρὰ 
᾿Δριαΐου ἧκον, Προκλῆς au Χειρίσοφος" Μένων δὲ αὑτοῦ 
, ἔμενε παρὰ ᾿Αριαίῳ" οὗτοι δὲ ἔλεγον, ὅτι “ πολλοὺς φαίη 
‘Agsaios εἶναι Πέρσας ἑαυτοῦ βελτίους, οὗς οὐκ av ἀναυχέ- 
ὅ σϑαι αὐτοῦ δασιλεύοντος " ἀλλ εἰ βούλεσϑε συναπιέναι, 
ἥκειν ἤδη κελεύει τῆς νυκτός " εἰ δὲ μή, αὐτὸς πρωΐ ἀπιέναι 
φησίν." Ὃ δὲ Κλέαρχος εἶπεν" “ “ALL οὕτω χρὴ ποιεῖν, ἐὰν 
μὲν ἥκωμεν, ὥςπερ λέγετε᾽ εἰ δὲ μή, πράττετε, ὁποῖον ἂν τε 
ὑμῖν οἴησϑε μάλιστα συμφέρειν." ὍὍ τι δὲ ποιήσοι, οὐδὲ 
10 τούτοις εἶπε. Meta δὲ ταῦτα, ἤδη ἡλίου δύνοντος, συγκα- 
λέσας τοὺς στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγούς, ἔλεξε τοιάδε" “᾿Εμοί, 
ὦ ἄνδρες, ϑυομένῳ, ἰένα; ἐπὶ βασιλέα, οὐκ ἐγίγνετο τὰ begat. 
Καὶ εἰκότως aga’ οὐκ ἐγίγνετο. (Ως γὰρ ἐγὼ νῦν πυνϑανο- 
μαι, ἐν μέσῳ ἡμῶν καὶ βασιλέως ὃ Τίγρης ποταμός ἐστι 
15 γαυσεποοῦ; ὃν οὐκ ἂν δυναίμεθα ἄνευ πλοίων διαβῆναι" 
πλοῖα δ᾽ ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἔχομεν. Οὐ μὲν δὴ αὐτοῦ γε μένειν ν οἷόν 
τε τὰ γὰρ ἐπιτήδεια οὐκ ἔστιν ἔχειν" ἰέναι δὲ παρὰ τοὺς 
Κύρου φίλους, πάνυ καλὰ ἡμῖν τὰ ἱερὰ ἦν. Ὧδε οὖν χρὴ 
ποιεῖν " ἀπιόντας δειπνεῖν, ὃ τί τις ἔχει᾽ ἐπειδὰν δὲ 
20 σημήνῃ τῷ κέρατι, ὡς ἀναπαύεσϑαι, συσκευάζεσϑε" ἐπει- 
δὰν δὲ τὸ δεύτερον, ἀνατέϑεσϑε ἐπὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια" ἐπὶ 
δὲ τῷ τρίτῳ, ἕπεσϑε τῷ ἡγουμένῳ, τὰ μὲν ὑποζύγια 
ἔχοντες πρὸς τοῦ ποταμοῦ, τὰ δὲ ὅπλα ἔξω." Ταῦτα 
ἀκούσαντες of στρατηγοὶ καὶ of λοχαγοὶ ἀπῆλθον, καὶ 
35 ἐποίουν οὕτω" καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν ὃ μὲν ἤρχεν, οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεί- 
ϑοντο, οὐχ ἑλόμενοι, ἀλλ δρῶντες, ὅτι μόνος ἐφρόνει, οἷα δεῖ 
τὸν ἄρχοντα, οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι ἄπειροι ἦσαν. ᾿Δριϑμὸς δὲ τῆς 
ὁδοῦ, ἣν ἠήλϑον & Ἐφέσου τῆς Ἰωνίας μέχρι τῆς μάχης, σταϑ-- 
pol τρεῖς καὶ ἐνενήκοντα, παρασάγγαι πέντε καὶ τριάχοντα 
xed πεγταχόσιοι, στάδιοι πεντήκοντα καὶ ἑξακιςχίλιοι. καὶ 


4* 


42 ΞΈΝΟΦΟΩΝΤΟΣ [Βιδ. Β΄. 


μύριοι " ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς μάχης ἐλέγοντο εἶναι εἰς Βαβυλῶνα, 
στάδιοι ἑξήκοντα καὶ τριακόσιοι. 7 

᾿Ιντεῦϑεν δή, ἐπεὶ σκότος ἐγένετο, Miltoxvdys μὲν ὃ 
Θρᾷξ, ἔχων τούς τε ἱππέας τοὺς we δαυτοῦ εἰς τεσσαρά- 
κοντα, καὶ τῶν πεζῶν Θρᾳκῶν wg τριακοσίους, ηὐτομόλησε ὁ 
πρὸς βασιλέα. Κλέαρχος δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἡγεῖτο κατὰ τὰ 
παρηγγελμένα, οἱ δ᾽ εἵποντο" καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται εἰς τὸν πρῶ- 
τον σταϑμὸν παρὰ ᾿Αριαῖον καὶ τὴν ἐκείνου στρατιὰν ἀμφὶ 
μέσας νύκτας" καὶ ἐν τάξει ϑέμενοι τὰ ὅπλα, συνῆλϑον οἱ 
0 


pe 


στρατηγοὶ καὶ of λοχαγοὶ τῶν “Ἑλλήνων παρὰ ᾿Αριαῖον" καὶ 
ὥμοσαν οἵ τὸ “Ἕλληνες καὶ ὃ ᾿Δριαῖος, καὶ τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ οἱ 
κράτιστοι, μήτε προδώσειν ἀλλήλους, σύμμαχοί τε ἔσεσϑαι" 
of δὲ βάβαροι προςώμοσαν, καὶ ἡγήσεσϑαι ἀδόλως. Ταῦτα 
δ᾽ ὥμοσαν, σφάξαντες ταῦρον, καὶ λύκον, καὶ κάπρον, καὶ 
κριόν, εἰς ἀσπίδα βάπτοντες οἱ μὲν Ἕλληνες ξίφος, of δὲ ᾿πτῷ 
βάρβαροι λόγχην. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ τὰ πιστὰ ἐγένετο, εἶπεν ὁ Κλέ- 
aoxos’ “"Ays δή, ὦ ᾿Αριαῖε, ἐπείπερ ὃ αὐτὸς ἡμῖν στόλος 
ἐστὶ καὶ ὑμῖν, εἶπέ, τίνα γνώμην ἔχεις περὶ τῆς πορείας" 
πότερον ἄπιμεν, ἥνπερ ἤλθομεν, ἢ ἄλλην τινὰ ἐννενοηκέναι 
δοκεῖς ὁδὸν κρείττω ;᾽᾽ Ὃ δὲ εἶπεν" “Ἣν μὲν ἤλθομεν ἀπι- 50 
ὄντες, παντελῶς ἂν ὑπὸ λιμοῦ ἀπολοίμεϑα" ὑπάρχει γὰρ 

γῦν ἡμῖν οὐδὲν τῶν ἐπιτηδείων. “Entoxaidexa γὰρ σταϑ- 
μῶν τῶν ἐγγυτάτω οὐδὲ δεῦρο ἰόντες ἐκ τῆς χώρας οὐδὲν 
εἴχομεν λαμθάνειν" ἔνϑα δ᾽ εἴ τι ἦν, ἡμεῖς διεπορευόμενοι 
κατεδαπανήσαμεν. Nov δ᾽ ἐπινοοῦμεν πορεύεσϑαι μακρο- 38 
τέραν μέν, τῶν δ᾽ ἐπιτηδείων οὐκ ἀπορήσομεν. Πορευτέον 

δ᾽ ἡμῖν τοὺς πρώτους σταϑμοὺς ὡς ἂν δυνώμεϑα μακρο- 
τάτους, ἵνα ὡς πλεῖστον ἀποσπασϑῶμεν τοῦ βασιλικοῦ 
στρατεύματος" ἢν γὰρ ἅπαξ δυοῖν ἢ τριῶν ἡμερῶν ὃδὸν 
ἀπόσχωμεν, οὐκέτι μὴ δύνηται βασιλεὺς ἡμᾶς καταλαβεῖν. 90 
᾿Ολίγῳ μὲν γὰρ στρατεύματι οὐ τολμήσει ἐφέπεσϑαι" πολὺν 

δὲ ἔχων στόλον, οὐ δυνήσεται ταχέως πορεύεσϑαι" ἴσως ϑὲ 


Keg. 6΄.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIS. 43 


καὶ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων σπανιεῖ. Ταύτην, ἔφη, “ γνώμην ἔχω 
ἔγωγε. ᾽ 
_ Ἦν δ᾽ αὕτη ἢ στρατηγία οὐδὲν ἄλλο δυναμένη, ἢ 
ἀποδράναι ἢ ἀποφυγεῖν" ἡ δὲ τύχη ἐστρατήγησε κάλλιον. 
δ᾽ Ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο, ἐπορεύοντο, ἐν δεξιᾷ ἔχοντες 
τὸν ἥλιον, λογιζόμενοι ἥξειν ἅμα ἡλίῳ δύνοντε εἰς κώμας 
τῆς BaBvlwving χώρας" καὶ τοῦτο μὲν οὐκ ἐψεύσϑη-- 
σαν. Ἔτι δὲ ἀμφὶ δείλην ἔδοξαν πολεμέους δρᾶν ἱππέας" 
καὶ τῶν τε “Ἑλλήνων ot μὴ ἔτυχον ἐν ταῖς τάξεσιν ὄντες, εἰς 
10 τὰς τάξεις ἔϑεον, καὶ ᾿Αριαῖος (ἐτύγχανε γὰρ ἐφ᾽ ἁμάξης 
πορευόμενος, διότι ἐτέτρωτο) καταβὰς ἐθωρακίζετο, καὶ οὗ 
σὺν αὐτῷ. Ἔν ᾧ δὲ ὡπλίζοντο, ἧκον λέγοντες of προπεμ-- 
φϑέντες σκοποὶ, ὅτε οὐχ ἱππεῖς εἰσιν, ἀλλὰ ὑποζύγια νέ- 
powro. Kat εὐθὺς ἔγνωσαν πάντες, ὅτε ἐγγύς που ἐστρα- 
1S τοπεδεύετο βασιλεὺς" καὶ γὰρ καὶ καπνὸς ἐφαίνετο ἐν κώ-- 
μαις οὐ πρόσω. Κλέαρχος δὲ ἐπὲ μὲν τοὺς πολεμίους οὐχ 
ἥγεν" ἤδει γὰρ καὶ ἀπειρηκότας τοὺς στρατιώτας, καὶ ἀσί- 
“Tous ὄντας ἤδη δὲ καὶ ὀψὲ 17° οὐ μέντοι οὐδ᾽ ἀπέκλινε, 
φυλαττόμενος, μὴ δοκοίη φεύγειν" ἀλλ᾽ εὐθύωρον ἄγων, 
20 ἅμα τῷ ἡλίῳ δυομένῳ εἰς τὰς ἐγγυτάτω κώμας τοὺς πρώτους 
ἔχων κατεσκήνωσεν, ἐξ ὧν διηρπάστο ὑπὸ τοῦ στρατεύματος 
καὶ αὐτὰ τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκιῶν ξύλα. . Οἱ μὲν οὖν πρῶτοι 
ὅμως τρόπῳ τινὶ ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο, OF δὲ ὕστεροι σκοταῖοι 
προςιόντες, ὡς ἐτύγχανον ἕκαστοι, ηὐλίζοντο, καὶ κρανγὴν 
23 πολλὴν ἐποίουν καλοῦντες ἀλλήλους, ὥςτε καὶ τοὺς πολεμί-- 
Ove ἀκούειν" ὥςτε οἵ μὲν ἐγγύτατα τῶν πολεμίων καὶ ἔφυ-- 
γον ἐκ τῶν σκηνωμάτων. 4λον δὲ τοῦτο τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐγέ- 
veto’ οὔτε γὰρ ὑποζύγιον ἔτι οὐδὲν ἐφάνη, οὔτε σρατό- 
πεδον, οὔτε καπνὸς οὐδαμοῦ πλησίον. ᾿εξεπλάγη δέ; ὥς 
Ὁ ἔοικε, καὶ βασιλεὺς τῇ ἐφόδῳ τοῦ στρτεεύματος" ἐδήλωσε δὲ 
τοῦτο οἷς τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἔπραττε. Προϊούσης μέντοι τῆς 
γυκτὸς ταύτης, καὶ τοῖς Ἕλλησι φόβος ἐμπίπτει, καὶ ϑόρυ- 
foc καὶ δοῦπος ἦν, οἷον εἰκὸς φόβου ἐμπεσόντος γίγνεσϑαι. 


A4 ΞΕΝΟΦΏΝΤΟΣ [8ι6.8΄. 


Κλέαρχος δὲ Τολμίδην ᾿Ηλεῖον, ὃν ἐτύγχανεν ἔχων παρ᾽ 
ἑαυτῷ κήρυκα ἄριστον τῶν τότε, τοῦτον ἀνειπεῖν ἐκχέλευ- 
σε, σιγὴν κατακηρύξαντα, ὅτε προαγορεύουσιν οἷ ἄρχοντες, 
ὃς ἂν τὸν ἀφέντα τὸν ὄνον εἰς τὰ ὅπλα μηνύσῃ, ὅτε λήψεται 
μισϑὸν τάλαντον ἀργυρίου. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ταῦτα ἐκηρύχϑη, 5 
ἔγνωσαν of στρατιῶται, ὅτε κενὸς ὃ φόθος εἴη, καὶ of ἄρ- 
χοντες σῶοι. Ἅμα δὲ ὄρϑρῳ παρήγγειλε Κλέαρχος εἰς τάξιν 
τὰ ὅπλα τίϑεσθαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας, ἧπερ εἶχον, ὅτε ἣν ἢ 
μάχη. 


Κεφάλαιον γ΄. 


Ὃ δὲ δὴ ἔγραψα, ὅτι βασιλεὺς ἐξεπλάγη τῇ ἐφόδῳ τῇδε, 0 
δῆλον qv’ τῇ μὲν γὰρ πρόσϑεν ἡμέρᾳ πέμπων τὰ ὅπλα 
παραδιδόναι ἐκέλευε, τότε δὲ ἅμα ἡλίῳ ἀνατέλλοντι κήρυκας 
ἔπεμψε περὶ σπονδῶν. Οὗ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἦλθον πρὸς τοὺς προ- 
φύλακας, ἐζήτουν τοὺς ἄρχοντας. ᾿Επειδὴ δ᾽ ἀπήγγειλαν οὗ 
προφύλακες, Κλέαρχος, τυχὼν τότε τὰς τάξεις ἐπισκοπῶν, 1b 
εἶπε τοῖς προφύλαξι, κελεύειν τοὺς κήρυκας περιμένειν, ἄχρις 
ἂν σχολάσῃ. Ἐπεὶ δὲ κατέστησε τὸ στράτευμα, ὥςτο καλῶς 
ἔχειν δρᾶσϑαι πάντη φάλαγγα πυκνήν, τῶν δὲ ἀόπλων μη- 
δένα καταφανῆ εἶναι, ἐκάλεσε τοὺς ἀγγέλους, καὶ αὗτός τε 
προῆλϑε, τούς te εὐοπλοτάτους ἔχων καὶ εὐειδεστάτους τῶν ἢ 
αὑτοῦ στρατιωτῶν, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις στρατηγοῖς ταῦτα ἔφρα-. 
σεν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ nv πρὸς τοῖς ἀγγέλοις, ἀνηρώτα, τὶ βούλου"- 
το. Οἱ δ᾽ ἔλεγον, ὅτι “ περὶ σπονδῶν ἥκοιεν ἄνδρες, οἵτινες 
ἱκανοὶ ἔσονται, τά τε παρὰ βασιλέως τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἀπαγ- 
γεῖλαι, καὶ τὰ παρὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων βασιλεῖ." Ὃ δὲ ἀπεκχρί- Ὁ 
yato’ “Απαγγέλλετε τοίνυν αὐτῷ, ὅτι μάχης δεῖ πρῶτον" 
ἄριστον γὰρ ovx ἔστιν, οὐδὲ ὃ τολμήσων περὶ σπονδῶν λό- 
γειν τοῖς Ἕλλησι, μὴ πορῖσας ἄριστον.᾽᾽ Ταῦτα axovearses 
of ἄγγελοι ἀπήλαυνον, καὶ ἧκον ταχύ ᾧ καὶ δῆλον ἦν, ὅτε 


Reg. 7’.| ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIS. 45 


Ud > ? ’ 
ἐγγύς nou ἢν βασιλεὺς ἢ ἄλλος τις, o ἐπετέτακτο ταῦτα πράτ-- 
tay’ ἔλεγον δέ, ὅτι “ εἰκότα δοκοῖεν λέγειν βασιλεῖ, καὶ ἥκοι-- 
ε ld 3» « 2 [4 »% ¢ Ἁ , 
ἐν ἡγεμόνας ἔχοντες, οἱ αὐτούς, ἐὰν [αἴ] σπονδαὶ γένωνται, 
» 2 3 > w 
ἄξουσιν, ἔνϑεν ἕξουσι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια.) “OO ἡρῶτα, εἰ αὑτοῖς 
~ 3 o ᾿ ϑ. ὦ ν 95 - a Q ~ Pod 
δ τοῖς ἀνδράσι σπένδοιτο ἰοῦσι καὶ ἀπιοῦσιν, ἡ καὶ τοῖς ἀλ- 
λοις ἔσονται σπονδαί. Οἱ dé, “ “Anau,” ἔφασαν, “ μέχρις 
n ~ 3 « w 2 ἢ “ ν ἢ 
ὧν βασιλεῖ τὰ nag ὑμῶν διαχγελϑῇ." ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ταῦτα εἶπον, 
, 2 a € ’ > , ‘ v 207? 
μεταστησάμενος αὑτοὺς o Κλέαρχος, ἐβουλεύετο καὶ ἐδόκει 
y ‘ 4 -“- Ν > ε 9 ? ~ 
ταχυ τὰς σπονδὰς ποιεῖσθαι, καὶ καϑ' ησυχίαν ἐλϑεῖν τε 
10 ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια καὶ λαβεῖν. Ὃ δὲ Κλέαρχος eine’ “ Δοκεῖ 
a 4 ΝΥ “- é 2 ’ o 2 “- 9 ΠῚ 
μὲν καὶ ἐμοὶ ταῦτα" ov μέντοι ταχὺ ys ἀπαγγελῶ, αλλὰ δια-- 
’ »" 5 Ἀ 2 , ε » λ a 3 ὃ fe. cow ‘ 
τρίψω, ἔςτ ἂν ὀχνησωσιν οἵ ἄγγελοι, μὴ anodosy july τὰς 
a ’ ’ ° - ε 
σπονδὰς ποιήσασϑαι" οἷμαΐ γε μέντοι,᾽᾽ ἔφη, “ καὶ τοῖς, ἡμε- 
’ , 4 2." , ’ 33 Jae ‘ , 
τέροις στρατιώταις τὸν αὐτὸν φόβον παρέσεσθαι." Επεὶ δὲ 
’ τ >- ’ 3 4 
16 ἐδόχει καιρὸς εἶναι, ἀπήγγελλεν, ὅτι σπένδοιτο, καὶ εὐϑὺς 
ς» , Q ® » ’ im 
ηγεῖσϑαι ἐκέλευε πρὸς Ta ἐπιτηδεια. 
e , ς baad ’ ’ , ᾿ , 
Καὶ οἵ μὲν ἡγοῦντο, Κλέαρχος μέντοι ἐπορεύετο, τὰς μὲν 
σπονδὰς ποιησόμενος, τὸ δὲ στράτευμα ἔχων ἐν τάξει". καὶ 
2 8 . ,3 ’ ᾿ “ΝΣ , 4 ‘ 
αὐτὸς δὲ ὠπισϑοφυλάκει. Kal ἐνετύγχανον taggos καὶ 
>, # 
Ὁ αὐὐλῶσι πλήρεσιν ὕδατος, ὡς μὴ δύνασϑαι διαβαΐνειν ἄγεν 
“9 3 2 - “" ’ ~ «an 
2εφυρῶν" αλλ ἐποιοῦντο διαβάσεις ἐκ τὼν φοινίκων, ob 
τ ᾿ a yo! " > =. 
σαν ἐχπεπτωχότες, τοὺς δὲ καὶ ἐξέκοπτον. Kal ἐνταῦϑα 
τ 9 re ~~ , , - 3 “ 
Ὧν Κλέαρχον καταμαϑεῖν ὡς ἐπεστάτει, ἐν μὲν τῇ ἀριστερᾷ 
Ζειρὲ τὸ δόρυ ἔχων, ἐν δὲ τῇ δεξιᾷ βακτηρίαν" καὶ εἴ τις 
> « re ~ ’ *, ’ ’ 
5 αὐτῷ δοκοίη τῶν πρὸς τοῦτο τεταγμένων βλακεύειν, ἐχλεγο-- 
9 >? 6 ’ 
μενος τὸν ἐπιτήδειον ἔπαισεν av, καὶ ἅμα αὐτὸς προςελαμ-- 
» 3 
Bavey, εἰς τὸν πηλὸν ἐμβαίνων * este πᾶσιν αἰσχύνην εἶναι, 
a 2 ’ Ἣ ’ ‘ . av ς 
un οὐ συσπουδαζειν. Kat ἐταχϑησαν μὲν πρὸς avroy οἱ 
τριάκοντα ἔτη γιγονότες" ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ Κλέαρχον ἑώρων 
9 Et 7*7 6 : OX 90 ἥ 
Ρ 4 8 e 
Ὁ σπουδάζοντα, προςελάμθανον καὶ οἵ πρεσβύτεροι. Jody 
"- , o εἰ 
δὲ μᾶλλον ὃ Κλέαρχος ἔσπευδεν, ὑποπτεύων μὴ αἰεὶ οὕτω 
“Ὁ 4 ® ’ e ᾿ 3 8 % e e e 
πλήρεις εἶναι τὰς τάφρους Vatus’ οὐ γὰρ NY ὥρα οἷα TO 
πιδίον ἄρδειν αλλ᾽, ἵνα ἤδη πολλὰ προφαΐίνοιτο τοῖς Ελ- 


46 ΞΕΈΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [8ιδ.Β 


λησι δεινὰ sic τὴν πορεῖαν, τούτου ἕνεκα βασιλέα ὑπώπτευεν 
ἐπὶ τὸ πεδίον τὸ ὕδωρ ἀφεικέναι. 

Πορευόμενοι δὲ ἀφίκοντο εἰς κώμας, ὅϑεν ἀπέδειξαν οἱ 
ἡγεμόνες λαμβάνειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. “Evnv δὲ σῖτος πολύς, 
καὶ οἶνος φοινίχων, καὶ ὄξος ἑψητὸν ἀπὸ τῶν αὐτῶν. Av- | 
ταὶ δὲ ot βάλανοι τῶν φοινίκονν, οἵας μὲν ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν 
ἔστιν ἰδεῖν, τοῖς οἰκέταις ἀπέκειντο" αἷ δὲ τοῖς δεσπόταις 
ἀποκείμεναι ἦσαν ἀπόλεκτοι, ϑαυμάσιαι τὸ κάλλος καὶ τὸ 
μέγεθος" ἢ δὲ ὄψις ἠλέκτρου οὐδὲν διέφερε" τὰς δὲ τινας 
ξηραΐνοντες τραγήματα ἀπετίϑεσαν. Καὶ ἣν καὶ παρὰ πό-" 
τον ἡδὺ μέν, κεφαλαλγὲς δέ, ᾿Ἐνταῦϑα καὶ τὸν ἐγκέφαλον 
τοῦ φοΐνικος πρῶτον ἔφαχον οἷ στρατιῶται, καὶ οἷ πολλοὶ 
ἐθαύμαξον τό τε εἶδος, καὶ τὴν ἰδιότητα τῆς ἡδονῆς. “Hy 
δὲ σφόδρα καὶ τοῦτο κεφαλαλγές. Ὃ δὲ φοίΐνιξ, ὅϑεν ἐξαι- 
ρεϑείη ὃ ἐγκέφαλος, ὅλος ἐξηναίνετο. " 

᾿Ενταῦϑα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς " καὶ παρὰ μεγάλου βασι- 
λέως ἧκε Τισσαφέρνης, καὶ ὃ τῆς βασιλέως γυναικὸς ἀδελ- 
φός, καὶ ἄλλοι Πέρσαι τρεῖς" δοῦλοι δὲ πολλοὶ εἵποντο. 
᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἀπήντησαν αὐτοῖς οἵ τῶν “Ἑλλήνων στρατηγοΐ, ἔλεγε 
πρῶτον Τισσαφέρνης δι᾿ Egunréorg τοιάδε" 2 

“ Ἐγώ, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἕλληνες, γείτων οἰκῶ τῇ Ἑλλάδι" καὶ 
ἐπεὶ ὑμᾶς εἶδον εἰς πολλὰ [κακὰ] κἀμήχανα ἐμπεπτωκότας, 
εὕρημα ἐποιησάμην, εἴ πως δυναίμην παρὰ βασιλέως αἰτή- 
σασϑαι, δοῦναί μοι, ἀποσῶσαι ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα. 
Οἴομαι γὰρ οὐκ av ἀχαρίστως μοι ἔχειν, οὔτε πρὸς ὑμῶν 36 
οὔτε πρὸς τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἁπάσης. Ταῦτα δὲ γνᾳῦς, ἡτούμην 
βασιλέα, λέγων αὐτῷ, ὅτι δικαίως ἄν μοι χαρίζοιτο, ὅτι av- 
τῷ Κῦρύν τὸ ἐπιστρατεύοντα πρῶτος ἤγγειλα, καὶ βοήϑειαν 
ἔχων ἅμα τῇ ἀγγελίᾳ ἀφικόμην" καὶ μόνος τῶν κατὰ τοὺς 
Ἕλληνας τεταγμένων οὐκ ἔφυγον, ἀλλὰ διήλασα, καὶ συνέ- 89 
pga βασιλεῖ ἐν τῷ ὑμετέρῳ στρατοπέδῳ, ἔνϑα βασιλεὺς 
ἀφίχετο, ἐπεὶ Κῦρον ἀπέκτεινδ᾽ καὶ τοὺς σὺν Κύρῳ βαρ- 
βάρους ἐδίωξα σὺν τοῖςδε τοῖς παροῦσι νῦν μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ, of- 


Keg. γ᾽. ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIZ. 47 


πὲρ αὐτῷ εἶσι πιστύότατοι. Καὶ περὶ μὲν τούτων ὑπέσχετό 

μοι βουλεύσασϑαε" ἔρεσϑαι δέ με ὑμᾶς ἐκέλευσεν ἐλϑόντα, 

τέγος ἕνεκα ἐστρατεύσατε ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν. Καὶ συμβουλεύω ὑμῖν, 

μετρίως ἀποχρίνασϑαι, ἵνα μοι εὐπρακτότερον ἢ, ἐάν τι δύ- 
δ γωμαι ἀγαϑὸν ὑμῖν παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ διαπράξασϑαι:" 

Πρὸς ταῦτα μεταστάντες οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐβουλεύοντο, καὶ 
ἀπεκρίναντο" Κλέαρχος δὲ ἔλεγεν" “ “Hysic οὔτε συνήλϑο- 
μεν, ὡς βασιλεῖ πολεμήσοντες, οὔτ᾽ ἐπορευόμεϑα ἐπὶ βασι- 
λέα᾽" ἀλλὰ πολλὰς προφάσεις Κῦρος εὕρισκεν, ὡς καὶ σὺ εὖ 

19) οἶσϑα, ἵνα ὑμᾶς τε ἀπαρασκενάστους λάβοι, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐν- 
ϑάδε ἀναγάγοι. Ἐπεὶ μέντοι ἤδη ἑωοῶμεν αὐτὸν ἐν δεινῷ 
ὄντα, ἢσχύνϑημεν καὶ ϑεοὺς καὶ avFoumous προδοῦναι 
αὐτόν, ἐν τῷ πρόσϑεν χρόνῳ παρέχοντες ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς εὖ 
ποιεῖν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ Κῦρος τέϑνηκεν, οὔτε ἀντιποιούμεϑα βα- 

oiled τῆς ἀρχῆς, οὔτ᾽ ἔστιν, ὅτου ἕνεκ᾽ ἂν βουλοίμεϑα τὴν 
βασιλέως χώραν κακῶς ποιεῖν" οὐδ᾽ αὐτὸν ἀποχτεῖναι ἂν 
ἐθέλοιμεν, πορευοίμεϑα δ᾽ ἂν οἴκαδε, εἴ τις ἡμᾶς μὴ λυ- 
ποίη" ἀδικοῦντα μέντοι πειρασόμεθα σὺν τοῖς ϑεοῖς ἀμύ- 
νασϑαι" ἐὰν μέντοι τις ἡμᾶς καὶ εὖ ποιῶν ὑπάρχῃ, καὶ 

Ἡ τούτου εἴς γε δύναμιν οὐχ ἡττησόμεϑα εὖ ποιοῦντες." Ὃ 
μὲν οὕτως εἶπεν. : 

ἀκούσας δὲ ὃ Τισσαφέρνης, ἔφη" “ Ταῦτα ἐγὼ ἀπαγγελῶ 
βασιλεῖ, καὶ ὑμῖν πάλιν τὰ παρ᾽ ἐκείνου" μέχρι δ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ 
χω, ai σπονδαὶ μενόντων" ἀγορὰν δὲ ἡμεῖς παρέξομεν." 

% Kal εἰς μὲν τὴν ὑστεραίαν οὐχ ἧκεν" ὡςϑ᾽ οἱ Ἕλληνες 
ἐφρόντιζον" τῇ δὲ τρίτῃ ἥκων ἔλεγεν, ὅτι διαπεπραγμένος 
4x08 παρὰ βασιλέως, δδοϑῆναι αὐτῷ σώζειν τοὺς “Ἑλληνας" 
καίπερ navy πολλῶν ἀντιλεγόντων, ὡς οὐκ ἄξιον. aig βασι- 
ii, ἀφεῖναι τοὺς ἐφ᾽ ξαυτὸν στρατευσαμένους "ὀ Τέλος 

43" clas’ “Καὶ νῦν ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν πιστὰ λαβεῖν παρ᾽ ἡμῶν, ἢ 
κὴν φιλίαν ὑμῖν παρέξειν τὴν χώραν, καὶ ἀδόλως ἀπάξειν sig 
τὴν “Ελλάδα, ἀγορὰν γὰν παρέχοντας. Ὅπου δ᾽ ἂν μὴ παρέχω- 
βὰν ἀγοράν, λαμβάνειν ὑμᾶς ἐκ τῆς χώρας ἐάσομεν τὰ ἐπι- 


48 ZENO®NNTOS [ Bub. 8 


τήδειας. “Tuas δ᾽ av ἡμῖν δεήσει oucoat, ἦ μὴν πορεύεσϑαι 
ε ΗΝ μ 3 ad ' Ἴ Ω 4 ‘ μ ° € ’ 

ὡς διὰ φιλίας ασινώς, σῖτα καὶ ποτὰ λαμβάνοντας, ὁπόταν 

μὴ παρέχωμεν ἀγοράν" ἐὰν δὲ παρέχωμεν [ayogay], ὠνου- 

μένους ἕξειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ᾿ὀ ῳ ΤἝΤαῦτα ἔδοξε" καὶ ὦμοσα», καὶ 

δεξιὰς ἔδοσαν Τισσαφέρνης, καὶ ὃ τῆς βασιλέως γυναικὸς. 
ἀδελφὸς τοῖς τῶν “Ἑλλήνων στρατηγοῖς καὶ λοχαγοῖς, καὶ 

ἔλαβον παρὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων. Meta δὲ ταῦτα Τισσαφέρνης 

sine’ “Now μὲν δὴ ἄπειμι ὡς βασιλέα᾽ ἐπειδὰν δὲ δια- 

πράξωμαι, ἃ δέομαι, ἥξω συσκευασάμενος, ὡς ἀπάξων ὑμᾶς 

3 ν εὩω 8 Ἣ 2. 3 ες Η 4 πον. , ν᾽ 

εἰς τὴν “Eliada, καὶ αὐτὸς ἀπιὼν. ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ ἀρχήν. i 


Κεφάλαιον 3°. 


Meta ταῦτα περιέμενον Τισσαφέρνην οἵ τὸ Ἕλληνες καὶ 
3 ~ . > , ᾿ ε , 
«Ἀριαῖος, ἐγγὺς ἀλλήλων ἐστρατοπεδευμένοι, ἡμέρας πλείους 
ἢ εἴκοσιν. Ἔν δὲ ταύταις ἀφικνοῦνται πρὸς ᾿Δριαῖον καὶ 
οἵ ἀδελφοὶ καὶ of ἄλλοι ἀναγκαῖοι, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς σὺν ἐκείνῳ 
Περσὼν τινες, παραϑαῤῥύνοντές τε καὶ δεξιὰς ἔνιοι παρὰ 1δ 
βασιλέως φέροντες, μὴ μνησικακήσειν βασιλέα αὑτοῖς τῆς 
σὺν Κύρῳ ἐπιστρατείας, μηδὲ ἄλλου μηδενὸς τῶν παροιχο- 
μένων. Τούτων δὲ γιγνομένων, ἔνδηλοι ἦσαν of περὶ τὸν 
"Agiaiov ἧττον τοῖς Ἕλλησι προςέχοντες τὸν νοῦν" ὥςτε καὶ 
διὰ τοῦτο τοῖς μὲν πολλοῖς τῶν Ελλήνων οὐκ ἤρεσκον, ἀλλὰ 40 
προςιόντες τῷ Κλεάρχῳ ἔλεγον καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις στρατηγοῖς" 
“ τί μένομεν; ἢ οὐκ ἐπιστάμεϑα, ὅτι βασιλεὺς ἡμᾶς ἀπολέσαι 
περὶ παντὸς ἂν ποιήσαιτο, ἵνα καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις Ἕλλησι φό- 

3 4 e ? [4 ® Cod 4 ¢ ww 
Bos ἡ ἐπὶ βασιλέα [μέγαν] στρατεύειν; Kat νῦν μὲν ἡμᾶς 
ὑπάγεται μένειν, διὰ τὸ διεσπύρϑαι αὐτῷ τὸ στράτευμα" ἢ 
ἐπειδὰν δὲ πάλιν ἁλισϑῇ αὐτῷ ἡ στρατιά, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως 

3 o c¢ w >? , n 3 4 a 
οὐκ ἐπιϑήσεται ἡμῖν. Ἴσως δὲ nov ἢ anooxantes te 4 
9 ε » F< ¢ Cer 9 , ? 

ἀποτειχίζει, ὡς ἄπορος ἡ ἡ ὃδός. Οὐ γάρ ποτε ἑκών ys 
βουλήσεται, ἡμᾶς ἐλθόντας εἰς τὴν Ἕλλαδα ἀπαγγεῖλαι, ὡς 


Keg. δ΄. KYPO? ANABALZIZ. 49 


ἡμεῖς, τοσοΐδε ὄντες, ἐνικῶμεν τὴν βασιλέως δύναμιν ἐπὶ 
ταῖς ϑύραις αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταγελάσαντες ἀπήλθομεν." 
Κλέαρχος δὲ ἀπεκρίνατο τοῖς ταῦτα λέγουσιν" “ Ἐγὼ ἐν- 
ϑυμοῦμαι μὲν καὶ Ταῦτα πάντα ἐννοῶ δέ, ὅτι, εἰ νῦν ἄπι- 
ὃ μεν, δόξομεν ἐπὶ πολέμῳ ἀπιέναι, καὶ παρὰ τὰς σπονδὰφ 
ποιεῖν. Ἔπειτα, πρῶτον μὲν ἀγορὰν οὐδεὶς ἡμῖν παρέξει, 
οὐδ᾽ ὁπόϑεν ἐπισιτιούμεϑα᾽ αὖθις δὲ ὃ ἡγησόμενος οὐδεὶς 
ἔσται" καὶ ἅμα ταῦτα ποιούντων ἡμὼν εὐθὺς Agiaiog copie 
στήξει" ὥςτε φίλος ἡμῖν οὐδεὶς λελεῖψεται, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ πρό- 
(ὗσϑεν ὄντες, πολέμιοι ἡμῖν ἔσονται. “Ποταμὸς δὲ εἰ μέν τις 
καὶ ἄλλος ἄρα ἡμῖν ἐστι διαβατέος, οὐκ οἷδα᾿ τὸν δ᾽ οὖν 
Εὐφράτην ἴσμεν ὅτι ἀδύνατον διαβῆναι, κωλυόντων πολο- 
μίων. Ov μὲν δή, ἂν μάχεσϑαι δέῃ, ἱππεῖς εἰσὶν ἡμῖν σύμμα- 
οι" τῶν δὲ πολεμιὼν ἱππεῖς εἰσιν οὗ πλεῖστοι καὶ πλείστου 
(6 ζξιοι" ὥςτε νικῶντες μέν, τίνα ἂν ἀποκτείναιμεν; ἡττωμέ- 
> vay δὲ μὴν οὐδένα οἷόν τε σωϑῆναι. Ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν βασι- 
λέα, ᾧ πολλὰ οὕτως ἐστὶ τὰ σύμμαχα, εἴπερ προϑυμεῖται 
ἡμᾶς ἀπολέσαι, οὐκ οἶδα, ὃ τι δεῖ αὐτὸν ὁμόσαι, καὶ δεξιὰν 
δοῦναι, καὶ ϑεοὺς ἐπιορχῇααι, καὶ τὰ ἑαυτοῦ πιστὰ ἄπιστα 
(@ ποιῆσαι Ἕλλησι καὶ βαρβάροις" Τοιαῦτα πολλὰ ἔλεγεν. 
Ἔν δὲ τοῦτῳ Τισσαφέρνης ἧκεν ἔχων τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν, 
ὡς εἰς οἶκον ἀπιών, καὶ ᾿Ορόντας τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν" ἦγε 
δὲ καὶ τὴν ϑυγατέρα τὴν βασιλέως ἐπὶ γάμῳ. ᾿Ἐντεῦϑεν 
δὲ ἤδη Τισσαφέρνους ἡγουμένου καὶ ἀγορὰν παρέχοντος, 
(ϑλικορούοντο" ἐπορεύετο δὲ καὶ ᾿Αριαῖος ἔχων τὸ Κύρου βαρ- 
βαφικὸν στράτευμα, ἅμα Τισσαφέρνει καὶ ᾿Ορόντᾳ, καὶ συν- 
ἐστρατοπεδεύετο σὺν ἐχείνοι. Οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες, ὑφορῶντες 
τούτους, αὐτοὶ ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν ἐχώρουν, ἡγεμόνας ἔχοντες, 
Ἐσιρατοπεδεύοντο δὲ ἑκάστοτε ἀπέχοντες ἀλλήλων παρα- 
(ϑ)έγγην, καὶ μεῖον" ἐφυλάττοντο δὲ [οἷ] ἀμφότεροι ὥςπερ 
πολεμίους ἀλλήλους, καὶ εὐθὺς τοῦτο ὑποψίαν παρεῖχεν! 
ἀγίοει δὲ καὶ ξυλιζόμενοι ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ, καὶ χόρτον καὶ Gd 
» δ 


τὶ 


«ὃς 


50 ΞΈΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [ Bib. 8΄ 


λα τοιαῦτα συλλέγοντες, πληγὰς ἐνέτεινον ἀλλήλοις" ὥςτε 
καὶ τοῦτο ἔχϑραν παρεῖχε. 

Διελϑόντες δὲ τρεῖς σταϑμούς, ἀφίκοντο πρὸς τὸ Mydlas 
καλούμενον τεῖχος, καὶ παρῆλθον αὐτοῦ εἴσω" ἦν δὲ @xo- 
δομημένον πλίνϑοις ὀπταῖς, ἐν ἀσφάλτῳ᾽ κειμέναις, εὖρος 5 
εἴχοσι ποδῶν, ὕψος δὲ ἑκατόν᾽ μῆκος δὲ ἐλέγετο εἶναι εἴχοσι 
παρασαγγῶν᾽ ἀπεῖχε δὲ Βαβυλῶνος οὐ πολύ. ᾿Ἐντεῦϑεν 
δ᾽ ἐπορεύϑησαν σταϑμοὺς δύο, παρασάγγας Oxted’ καὶ 
διέβησαν διώρυχας δύο, τὴν μὲν ἐπὶ γεφύρας, τὴν δ᾽ ἐζευγ- 
μένην πλοίοις ἑπτά" αὐταὶ δὲ ἦσαν ἀπὸ τοῦ Τίγρητος πο- 10 
ταμοῦ" κατετέτμηντο δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν καὶ τάφροι ἐπὶ τὴν χώ- 
ραν», at μὲν πρῶται, μεγάλαι, ἔπειτα δ᾽ ἐλάσσους" τέλος δὲ 
καὶ μικροὶ ὀχετοῖ, ὥςπερ ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι ἐπὶ τὰς μελίνας" 
καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ τὸν Τίγρητα ποταμόν" πρὸς ᾧ πόλις 
ἣν μεγάλη καὶ πολυάνθρωπος, ἡ ὄνομα Σιτάκη, ἀπέχουσα τέ 
τοῦ ποταμοῦ σταδίους πεντεκαίδεκα. Οἱ μὲν οὖν Ἕλληνες 
παρ᾽ αὐτὴν ἐσκήνωσαν, ἐγγὺς παραδείσου καλοῦ καὶ μεγά- 
λον καὶ δασέος παντοίων δένδρων" οἱ δὲ βάρβαροι, διαβε- 
βηκότες τὸν Τίγρητα, οὐ μέντοιγε καταφανεῖς ἦσαν. Mera 
δὲ τὸ δεῖπνον ἔτυχον ἐν περιπάτῳ ὕντες πρὸ τῶν ὅπλων XK 
Πρόξενος καὶ Ξενοφῶν" καὶ προςελϑὼν ἠρώτησεν ἀνϑρω- 
πός τις τοὺς προφύλακας, ποῦ ἂν ior Πρόξενον ἢ Κλέαρ- 
χον. ἹΜένωνα δὲ οὐκ ἐζήτει, καὶ ταῦτα παρὰ Agialov ὦν, τοῦ 
Μένωνος ξένου. Ἐπεὶ δὲ Πρόξενος εἶπεν, ὅτε “ Αὐτός εἶμι, 
ὃν ζητεῖς, εἶπεν ὃ ἄνϑρωπος τάδε" “"Eneuyd με ᾿Αριαῖος 2 
καὶ Agtaotoc, πιστοὶ ὄντες Κύρῳ, καὶ κελεύουσι φυλάττεσθαι, 
μὴ ὑμῖν ἐπιϑῶνται τῆς νυκτὸς of βάρβαροι" ἔστι δὲ στρά- 
τευμα πολὺ ἐν τῷ πλησίον παραδείσῳ" καὶ παρὰ τὴν γέφυραν 
τοῦ Τίγρητος ποταμοῦ πέμψαι κελεύουσι φυλακήν, ὡς δια- 
γοεῖται λῦσαι αὐτὴν Τισσαφέρνης τῆς νυκτός, ἤνπερ δύνηται, 19 
ὡς μὴ διαβῆτε, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν μέσῳ ἀποληφϑῆτε τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ 
τῆς διώρυχος." ᾿Αχούσαντες ταῦτα ἄγουσιν αὐτὸν παρὰ τὸν 
Ἀλέαρχον, καὶ φράζουσι», ἃ λέχει. Ὃ δὲ Κλέαρχος ἀκού- 


Keg. δ΄. KIPOP ANABAIZ. | δι 


cas ἐταράχϑη, καὶ ἐφοβεῖτο σφόδρα. ἹΝεανίσκος δὲ τις τῶν 
παρόντων ἐννοήσας εἶπεν, “ ὡς οὐκ ἀκόλουϑα εἴη, τό τε ἐπι- 
ϑήσεσθαι καὶ λύσειν τὴν γέφυραν. 4ῆλον γὰρ ὅτι ἐπι- 
τιϑεμένους ἢ νικᾶν δεήσει αὐτούς, ἢ ἡττάσϑαι. “Edy μὲν 
ὁ οὖν νικῶσι, τί δεῖ αὐτοὺς λύειν τὴν γέφυραν 3 οὐδὲ γάρ, ἂν 
πολλαὶ γέφυραι ὦσιν, ἔχοιμεν ἄν, ὅποι φυγόντες ἡμεῖς ow- 
ϑείημεν᾽ ἂν δ᾽ αὖ ἡμεῖς νικῶμεν, λελυμένης τῆς γεφύρας 
οὐχ ἕξουσιν ἐκεῖνοι, ὅποι [ἂν] φύγωσιν" οὐδὲ μὴν βοηϑῆς- 
σαι, πολλῶν ὄντων πέραν, οὐδεὶς αὐτῦις δυνήσεται, λελυμέ-- 
10 νης τῆς γέφυρας. 
᾿Αχούσας δὲ ταῦτα ὃ Κλέαρχος, ἤρετο τὸν ἄγγελον, πόση 
τις εἴη χώρα ἡ ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ Τίγρητος καὶ τῆς διώρυχος. Ὃ 
δὲ εἶπεν, ὅτι πολλή, καὶ κῶμαι ἔνεισι καὶ πόλεις πολλαὶ καὶ 
μεγάλαι. Tore δὴ καὶ ἐγνώσϑη, ὅτι of βάρβαροι τὸν ἄν- 
16 ϑρωπον ὑποπέμψαιεν, ὀκνοῦντες, μὴ οἱ Ἕλληνες, διελόντες 
τὴν γέφυραν, μένοιεν ἐν τῇ νήσῳ, ἐρύματα ἔχοντες, ἔνϑεν μὲν 
τὸν Τίγρητα ποταμόν, ἔνϑεν δὲ τὴν διώρυχα τὰ δ᾽ ἐπιτή- 
δεια ἔχοιεν ἐκ τῆς ἐν μέσῳ χώρας, πολλῆς καὶ ἀγαϑῆς οὔσης, 
καὶ τῶν ἐργασομένων ἐνόντων" εἶτα καὶ ἀποστροφὴ γένοι- 
2 τὸ, εἶ τις βούλοιτο βασιλέα κακῶς ποιεῖν. Meta ταῦτα 
ἀνεπαύοντο: ἐπὶ μέντοι τὴν γέφυραν ὅμως φυλακὴν ἔπεμ-- 
yar’ καὶ οὔτε ἐπέϑετο οὐδεὶς οὐδαμόϑεν, οὔτε πρὸς τὴν 
γέφυραν οὐδεὶς ἦλϑε τῶν πολεμίων, ὡς οἵ φυλάττοντες 
ἀπήγγελλον. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἕως ἐγένετο, διέβαινον τὴν γέφυ- 
36 ραν, ἐζευγμένην πλοίοις τριάκοντα καὶ ἑπτά, ὡς οἷόν τε μά- 
λιστα πεφυλαγμένως" ἐξήγγελλον γάρ τινες τῶν παρὰ Τισ- 
σαφέρνους “Ἑλλήνων, ὡς διαβαινόντων μέλλοιεν ἐπιϑήσεσϑαι" 
ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ψευδῆ nv’ διαβαινόντων μέντοι ὃ Τλοῦς 
αὐτοῖς ἐπεφάνη μετ᾽ ἄλλων, σκοπῶν, εἰ διαβαίνοιεν τὸν πο-- 
ϑ ταμόν᾽ ἐπεὶ δὲ εἶδεν, ᾧχετο ἀπελαύνων. 
᾿Απὸ δὲ τοῦ Τίγρητος ἐπορεύϑησαν σταϑμοὺς τέτταρας 
παρασάγγας εἴχοσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Φύσκον ποταμόν, τὸ εὖρος 
πλέϑρου᾽ ἐπῆν δὲ γέφυρα. Kai ἐνταῦϑα κεῖτο πόλις 


52 ZENO®NQNTOX [ Bb. 8', 


μεγάλη, 7 ὄνομα Ὧπις" πρὸς ἣν ἀπήντησε τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ὃ 
Κύρου καὶ ᾿Αρταξέρξου νόϑος ἀδελφό;, ἀπὸ Σούσων καὶ 
᾿Εκβατάνων στρατιὰν πολλὴν ἄγων, ὡς βοηϑήσων βασιλεῖ" 
καὶ ἐπιστήσας τὸ ἑαυτοῦ στράτευμα, παρεχομένους ἐϑεώρει 
τοὺς Ἕλληνας. Ὃ δὲ Κλέαρχος ἡγεῖτο μὲν εἰς δύο, ἐπο-"} 
φεύετο δὲ ἄλλοτε καὶ ἄλλοτε ἐφιστάμενος. Ὅσον δ᾽ ἂν 
χρόνον τὸ ἡγούμενον τοῦ στρατεύματος ἐπιστήσειε, τοσοῦτον 
ἣν ἀνάγκη χρόνον δι᾽ ὅλου τοῦ στρατεύματος γίγνεσθαι τὴν 
ἐπίστασιν" ὡςτε τὸ στράτευμα καὶ αὐτοῖς τοῖς “Ἔλλησι δόξαι 
πάμπολυ εἶναι, καὶ τὸν Πέρσην ἐκπεπλῆχϑαι ϑεωροῦντα. ¥ 
Ἐντεῦϑεν δὲ ἐπορεύϑησαν διὰ τῆς Μηδίας σταϑμοὺς ἐρή- 
μους ἕξ παρασάγγας τριάκοντα εἰς τὰς Παρυσάτιδος κώμας, 
τῆς Κύρου καὶ βασιλέως μητρός. Ταύτας Τισσαφέρνης 
Κύρῳ ἐπεγγελῶν διαρπάσαι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἐπέτρεψε, πλὴν 
ἀνδραπόδων. ᾿Ενῆν δὲ σῖτος πολύς, καὶ πρόβατα, καὶ ἄλ- 16 
λα χρήματα. ᾿Εντεῦϑεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύϑησαν σταϑμοὺς ἐρήμους 
πέντε παρασάγγας εἴκοσι, τὸν Τίγρητα ποταμὸν ἐν ἀριστε- 
ρᾷ ἔχοντες. Ἔν δὲ τῷ πρώτῳ σταϑμῷ πέραν τοῦ ποταμοῦ 
πόλις ὠκεῖτο μεγάλη καὶ εὐδαίμων, ὄνομα Καιναΐ, ἐξ ἧς οἱ 
βάρβαροι διῆγον ἐπὶ σχεδίαις διφϑερίναις ἄρτους, τυροῦς, 39 
οἶνον. 


Κεφάλαιον ε΄. 


Μετὰ ταῦτα ἀφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ τὸν Ζάβατον ποταμόν, τὸ 
εὖρος τεττάρων πλέϑρων. Καὶ ἐνταῦϑα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας 
τρεῖς" ἐν δὲ ταύταις ὑποψέαι μὲν ἦσαν, φανερὰ δ᾽ οὐδεμία 
ἐφαίνετο ἐπιβουλή. Ἔδοξεν οὖν τῷ Κλεάρχῳ συγγενέσϑαι % 
Τισσαφέρνει, καὶ εἴ πως δύναιτο, παῦσαι τὰς ὑποψίας, πρὶν 
ἐξ αὐτῶν πόλεμον γενέσθαι" καὶ ἔπεμψέ τινα ἐροῦντα, ὅτι. 
συγγενέσθαι αὐτῷ χρήζοι. Ὃ δὲ ἑτοίμως ἐκέλευσεν ἥκειν 
᾿Επειδὴ δὲ συνῆλθον, λέγει ὃ Κλέαρχος τάδε. “ Ἐγώ, ὦ 


Keg. 2’.] -s«KTPO? ANABASIZ. 53 


“Τισσαφέρνη, oida μὲν ἡμῖν ogxovs γεγενημένους, καὶ δεξιὰς 
δεδομένας, μὴ ἀδικήσειν ἀλλήλους " φυλαττόμενον δέ σὲ τε δρῶ 
ὡς πολεμίους ἡμᾶς" καὶ ἡμεῖς, ὁρῶντες ταῦτα, ἀντιφυλαττό- 
peda. Ἐπεὶ δὲ σκοπῶν οὐδὲν δύναμαι οὔτε σὲ αἰσϑέσϑαι 
6 πειρώμενον ἡμᾶς κακῶς ποιεῖν, ἐγώ τὸ σαφῶς οἶδα, ὅτε 
ἡμεῖς γε οὐδ᾽ ἐπινοοῦμεν οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον, ἔδοξέ μοι εἰς λό- 
youg σοι ἐλϑεῖν, ὅπως, εἰ δυναίμεϑα, ἐξέλοιμεν ἀλλήλων τὴν 
ἀπιστίαν. Καὶ γὰρ oida ἤδη ἀνϑρώπους τοὺς μὲν ἐκ δια- 
βολῆς, τοὺς δὲ καὶ ἐξ ὑποψίας, οὗ φοβηϑέντες ἀλλήλους, 
10 φϑάσαι βουλόμενοι πρὶν παϑεῖν, ἐποίησαν ἀνήκεστα κακὰ 
τοὺς οὔτε μέλλοντας οὔτε αὖ βουλομένους τοιοῦτον οὐδέν». 
Τὰς οὖν τοιαύτας ἀγνωμοσύνας νομίζων συνουσίαις μάλιστα 
ἂν παύεσθαι, ἥκω, καὶ διδάσκειν oe βούλομαι, ὡς σὺ ἡμῖν 
οὐκ ὀρϑῶς ἀπιστεῖς. Πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ καὶ μέγιστον, οἵ 
1b ϑεῶν ὅρκοι ἡμᾶς κωλύουσι πολεμίους εἶναι ἀλλήλοις" ὅςτις 
δὲ τούτων σύνοιδεν αὑτῷ παρημεληκώς, τοῦτον ἐγὼ οὔποτ᾽ 
ἂν εὐδαιμονίσαιμι. Tov γὰρ ϑεῶν πόλεμον οὐκ oda οὔτ᾽ 
ἀπὸ ποίου ἂν τάχους φεύγων τις ἀποφύγοι, οὔτ᾽ εἰς ποῖον 
ἂν σκότος ἀποδραίη, οὔϑ᾽ ὅπως ἂν εἰς ἐχυρὸν χωρίον ἀπο- 
80 σταίη. Πάντη γὰρ πάντα τοῖς rots ὕποχα, καὶ πανταχῇ 
πάντων ἴσον οἵ ϑεοὶ κρατοῦσι. Περὶ μὲν δὴ τῶν ϑεῶν τε 
καὶ τῶν ὕρκων οὕτω γιγνώσκω, παρ᾽ οἷς ἡμὲϊς τὴν φιλίαν 
συνϑέμενοι κατεϑέμεϑα᾽ τῶν δὲ ἀνθρωπίνων σὲ ἔγωγε ἐν 
τῷ παρόντι νομίζω μέγιστον ἡμῖν εἶναι ἀγαθόν. Σὺν μὲν 
36 γὰρ σοὶ πᾶσα μὲν ἡμῖν δδὸς εὔπορος, πᾶς δὲ ποταμὸς δια- 
'βατός, τῶν δ᾽ ἐπιτηδείων οὐκ ἀπορία" ἄνευ δὲ σοῦ πᾶσα 
μὲν ἡ ὁδὸς διὰ σκότους" οὐδὲν γὰρ αὐτῆς ἐπιστάμεϑα" 
πᾶς δὲ ποταμὸς δύςπορος, πᾶς δ᾽ ὄχλος φοβερός" φοβερώτατον 
δ᾽ ἐρημία" μεστὴ γὰρ πολλῆς ἀπορίας ἐστίν. Εἰ δὲ δὴ καὶ 
Ὦ μανέντες σε καταχτείναιμεν, ἄλλο τι ἂν ἢ τὸν εὐεργέτην κα- 
τακτείναντες, πρὸς βασιλέα τὸν μέγιστον ἔφεδρον ἀγωνιζοί-- 
wide; Ὅσων δὲ δὴ καὶ οἵων ἐλπίδων ἐμαυτὸν ἂν στερή-- 
βθαρμ, εἴ σὲ τ "κὸν ἐπιχειρήσαιμι ποιεῖν, ταῦτα λέξω. 


54 ΞΕΝΟΦΏΝΤΟΣ [ B06. 8΄ 


᾿Εγὼ γὰρ Κῦρον ἐπεϑύμησά wos φίλον γενέσθαι, νομίζων 
τῶν τότε ἱκανώτατον εἶναι εὖ ποιεῖν, ὃν [av] βούλοιτο. Σὲ 
δὲ νῦν ὁρῶ τήν τε Κύρου δύναμιν καὶ χώραν ἔχοντα, καὶ 
τὴν σεαυτοῦ ἀρχὴν σώζοντα, τὴν δὲ βασιλέως δύναμιν, ἢ 
Κῦρος πολεμίᾳ ἐχρῆτο, σοὶ ταύτην σύμμαχον οὖσαν. Τού-" 
toy δὲ τοιούτων ὄντων, τίς οὕτω μαίνεται, ὅςτις ov σοὶ βού- 
λεται φίλος εἶναι; ᾿Αλλὰ μήν --- ἐρῶ γὰρ καὶ ταῦτα, ἐξ ὧν 
ἔχω ἐλπίδας, καὶ σὲ βουλήσεσθαι φίλον ἡμῖν εἶναι ---- οἶδα 
μὲν γὰρ ὑμῖν Μυσοὺς λυπηροὺς ὄντας, οὕς νομίζω ὧν σὺν 
τῇ παρούσῃ δυνάμει ταπεινοὺς ὑμῖν παρασχεῖν" οἷδα δὲ καὶ Η 
Πεισίδας" ἀχούω δὲ καὶ ἄλλα ἔϑνη πολλὰ τοιαῦτα εἶναι, & 
. οἶμαι ἂν παῦσαι ἐνοχλοῦντα ἀεὶ τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ εὐδαιμονίᾳ. 
pe" Ζααἱγυπτίους δέ, οἷς μάλιστα ὑμᾶς νῦν γιγνώσκω τεϑυμωμέ- 

_ vous, οὐχ δρῶ, ποίᾳ δυνάμει συμμάχῳ χρησάμενοι μᾶλλον 
ἂν κολάσεσϑε τῆς νῦν σὺν ἐμοὶ οὔσης. “ALG μὴν ἔν γε τοῖς 
πέριξ οἰκοῦσι σύ, εἰ μὲν βούλοιό τῳ φίλος εἶναι, ὡς μέγιστος 
ἂν εἴης εἰ δέ τίς σε λυποίη, ὡς δεσπότης ἀναστρέφοιο, 
ἔχων ἡμᾶς ὑπηρέτας, οἵ σοι οὐκ ἂν τοῦ μισϑοῦ ἕνεκα μόνον 
ὑπηρετοῖμεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς χάριτος, ἣν σωϑέντες ὑπὸ σοῦ σοὶ 
ἂν ἔχοιμεν δικαίως. Ἐμοὶ μὲν δὴ ταῦτα πάντα ἐνθυμου- 40 
μένῳ οὕτω δοκεῖ ϑαυμαστὸν εἶναι, τὸ σὲ ἡμῖν ἀπιστεῖν, 
ὥςτε καὶ ἥδιστ᾽ ἂν ἀκούσαιμι τοὔνομα, tic ἐστιν οὕτω δεινὸς 
λέγειν, ὥςτε a8 πεῖσαι λέγων, ὡς ἡμεῖ; σοι ἐπιβουλεύομεν.᾽" 
Κλέαρχος μὲν οὖν τοσαῦτα εἶπε᾽ Τισσαφέρνης δὲ ὧδε 
ἀπημείφϑη᾽ 8 

“"4λλ᾽ ἥδομαι μέν, ὦ Κλέαρχε, ἀκούων σου φρονίμους λό- 
yous’ ταῦτα γὰρ γιγνώσκων, εἴ τι ἐμοὶ κακὸν βουλεύοις, 
ἅμα ay μοι δοκεῖς καὶ σεαυτῷ κακόνους εἶναι. (Ὥς δ᾽ ἂν 
μάϑῃς, ὅτι οὐδ᾽ ἂν ὑμεῖς δικαίως οὔτε βασιλεῖ οὔτ᾽ ἐμοὶ 
ἀπιστοίητε, ἀντάκουσον. Et γὰρ ὑμᾶς ἐβουλόμεθα ἀπολό- 8 
σαι, πότερά σοι δοκοῦμεν ἱππέων πλήϑους ἀπορεῖν, ἢ me 
ζῶν, ἢ ὁπλίσεως, ἐν ἧ ὑμᾶς μὲν βλάπτειν ἱκανοὶ εἴημεν ἅν, 
ἀντιτάσχειν δὲ οὐδεὶς κίνδυνος; ᾿Αλλὰ χωρίων ἐπιτηϑοδων 


wd 


Key. ε΄. KYPOr ANABASI2. 55 


ὑμῖν ἐπιτίϑεαϑαι ἀπορεῖν ἂν σοι δοκοῦμεν; Οὐ τοσαῦτα 
μὲν πεδία ἡμῖν φίλια ὄντα σὺν πολλῷ πόνῳ διαπορεύεσϑε, 
τοσαῦτα δὲ ὄρη ὑμῖν δρᾶτε ὄντα πορευτέα, ἃ ἡμῖν ἔξεστι 
προκαταλαβοῦσιν ἄπορα ὑμῖν παρέχειν ; τοσοῦτοι δέ εἶσι 
8 ποταμοΐ, ἐφ᾽ ὧν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ταμιεύεσθαι, ὅπόσοις ἂν ὑμῶν 
βουλώμεϑα μάχεσϑαι; Εἰσὶ δ᾽ αὐτῶν, οὖς οὐδ᾽ ἂν πα»- 
τάπασι διαβαίητε, εἰ μὴ ἡμεῖς ὑμᾶς διαπορεύοιμεν. Εἰ δὲ 
ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις ἡττώμεϑα, ἀλλὰ τό γέ τοι πῦρ τοῦ καρποῦ 
κρεῖττόν ἐστιν" ὃν ἡμεῖς δυναίμεϑ᾽ ἂν κατακαύσαντες λιμὸν 
0 ὑμῖν ἀντιτάξαι, ᾧ ὑμεῖς, οὐδ᾽ εἰ πάνυ ἀγαϑοὶ εἴητε, μάχε- 
σϑαι ἂν δύναισϑες Πῶς οὖν ἄν, ἔχοντες τοσούτους πόρους 
πρὸς τὸ ὑμῖν πολεμεῖν, καὶ τούτων μηδένα ἡμῖν ἐπικίνδυνον, 
ἔπειτα ἐκ τούτων πάντων τοῦτον ἂν τὸν τρόπον ἐξελοίμεϑα, 
ὅς μόνος μὲν πρὸς ϑεῶν ἀσεβής, μόνος δὲ πρὸς ἀνϑρώπων 
16 αἰσχρός; Παντάπασι δὲ ἀπόρων ἐστὶ καὶ ἀμηχάνων καὶ 
ἀνάγκῃ ἔχομένων, καὶ τούτω» πονηρῶν, οἵτινες ἐθέλουσι Os” 
ἐπιορκίας τὸ πρὸς ϑεούς, καὶ ἀπιστίας πρὸς ἀνθρώπους 
πράττειν τι. Οὐχ οὕτως ἡμεῖς, ὦ Κλέαρχε, οὔτε ἠλίϑιοι, 
οὔτε ἀλόγιστοι ἐσμέν. ᾿Αλλὰ τί δή, ὑμᾶς ἐξὸν ἀπολέσαι, οὐκ 
80 ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἤλθομεν; Ev ἴσϑι, ὅτι ὃ ἐμὸς ἔρως τούτου αἴ- 
tog, τοῦ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἐμὲ πιστὸν γενέσϑαι, καὶ ᾧ Κῦρος 
ἀνέβη ξενικῷ διὰ μισϑοδοσίας πιστεύων, τούτῳ ἐμὲ καταβῆ- 
yas δι᾿ εὐεργεσίας ἰσχυρόν. Ὅσα δέ μοι ὑμεῖς χρήσιμοι 
ἔσεσϑε, τὰ μὲν καὶ σὺ εἶπες, τὸ δὲ μέγιστον ἐγὼ οἶδα" τὴν 
M μὲν γὰρ int τῇ κεφαλῇ τιάραν βασιλεῖ μόνῳ ἔξεστιν ὀρϑὴν 
ἔχειν, τὴν δ᾽ ἐπὶ τῇ fanghie ἴσως ay ὑμῶν παρόντων καὶ 
ἵτερος εὐπετῶς ἔχοι." 
Ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἔδοξε τῷ Κλεάρχῳ ἀληϑῆ λέγειν" καὶ εἶπεν" 

“ Ovxovy,” ἔφη, “ οἵτινες, τοιούτων ἡμῖν εἷς φιλίαν ὑπαρχόν- 
Ney, πειρῶνται διαβάλλοντες πολεμίους ποιῆσαι ἡμᾶς, ἄξιο 
sigs τὰ ἔσχατα παϑεῖν ;᾽ “ Καὶ ἐγὼ μὲν ,” ἔφη ὃ Τισσαφέρ- 
νης, “ἐξ βούλεσϑέ μοι of τε στρατηγοὶ καὶ οἷ λοχαγοὶ ἐν τῷ 
ἐμφανεῖ ἐλϑεῖν, λέξω τοὺς πρὸς ἐμέ λέγοντας, ὡς σὺ ἐπιβου- 


.- 


56 EENO®NNTOZ [Βιδ. B 


a» ε 


λέυεις ἐμοί te καὶ τῇ σὺν ἐμοὶ στρατιᾷ." “ Ἐγὼ 38°,” ἔφη ὃ 
Κλέαρχος, “ ἄξω πάντας" καὶ σοὶ αὖ ἐγὼ δηλώσω, ὅϑεν ἐγὼ 
περὶ σοῦ ἀκούω.᾽ Ἔκ τούτων δὴ τῶν λόγων ὃ Τισσαφέρνης 
φιλοφρονούμενος τότε μὲν μένειν τε αὐτὸν ἐκέλευσε καὶ σύ»- 
δειπνον ἐποιήσατο" τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ Κλέαρχος, hoy ἐπὶ τὸ | 
στρατόπεδον, δῆλός τε ἣν πάνυ φιλικῶς οἰόμενος διακεῖσϑαι 
τῷ Τισσαφέρνει, καὶ ἃ ἔλεγεν ἐκεῖνος ἀπήγγελεν" ἔφη τε 
χρῆναι ἰέναι παρὰ Τισσαφέρνει, οὖς ἐχέλευσε, καὶ οὗ ἂν 
ἐξελεγχϑὦῶσι διαβάλλοντες τῶν Ἑλλήνων, ὡς προδότας αὐτοὺς. 
καὶ κακόνους τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ὄντας τιμωρηϑῆναι. ὋὙπώπτευε 
δὲ εἶναι τὸν διαβάλλοντα Μένωνα " εἰδὼς αὐτὸν καὶ συγγε- 
γενημένον Τισσαφέρνει μετὰ ᾿Δριαίου, καὶ στασιάζοντα αὐτῷ 
καὶ ἐπιθουλεύοντα [ αὐτῷ], ὅπως τὸ στράτευμα ἅπαν πρὸς 
ἑαυτὸν λαβών, φίλος 4 Τισσαφέρνει. Ἐβούλετο δὲ καὶ ὃ ~ 
Κλέαρχος ἅπαν τὸ στράτευμα πρὸς ξαυτὸν ἔχειν τὴν γνῶώ- bb 
μην, καὶ τοῦς παραλυποῦντας ἐκποδὼν εἶναι. Τῶν δὲ στρα- 
τιωτῶν ἀντέλεγόν τινες αὐτῷ, μὴ ἰέναι πάντας τοὺς λοχαγοὺς 
καὶ στρατηγούς, μηδὲ πιστεύειν Τισσαφέρνει. Ὃ δὲ Kis- 
αρχος ἰσχυρῶς κατέτεινεν, ἔςτε διεπράξατο, πέντε μὲν στρα- 
τηγοὺς ἰέναι, εἴκοσι δὲ hoyayovs* συνηκολούϑησαν δὲ ὡς 9 
εἰς ἀγορὰν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων στρατιωτῶν ὡς διακόσιοι. 


Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἦσαν ἐπὶ ταῖς ϑύραις ταῖς Τισσαφέρνους, ob μὲν 
στρατηγοὶ παρεκλήϑησαν εἴσω, Πρόξενος Βοιώτιος, Μένων 
Θετταλὸς, ᾿Αγίας ‘Agxac, Κλέαρχος Δάκων, Σωκράτης “Azar 
ὅς" οἱ δὲ λοχαγοὶ ἐπὶ ϑύραις ἔμενον. Οὐ πολλῷ δ᾽ ὕστερον # 
ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτοῦ σημείου δι te ἔνδον συνελαμβάνοντο, καὶ of 
ἔξω κατεκόπησαν. Mera δὲ ταύτα τῶν βαρβάρων τινὲς in- 
πέων, διὰ τοῦ πεδίου ἐλαύνοντες, ᾧτινι ἐντυγχάνοιεν “EL 
Any ἢ δούλῳ ἢ ἐλευϑέρῳ, πάντας ἔκτεινον. Οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες 
τήν τὸ ἱππασίαν αὐτῶν ἐθαύμαζον, ἐκ τοῦ στρατοπέδου 39 
δρῶντες, καί, ὅ ru ἐποίουν, ἠμφιγνόουν, ely Nixagyos ‘Ag+ 
κὰς ἧκε φεύγων, τετρωμένος εἰς τὴν γαστέρα, καὶ τὰ ἔντερα 


Key. 8΄.} KIPO? ANABAZIZ. 57 


ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν ἔχων, καὶ sine πάντα τὰ γεγενημέναι °Ex 
τούτου δὴ οἱ Ἕλληνες ἔϑεον ἐπὶ τὰ ὅπλα πάντες ἐκπεπληγ- 
μένοι, καὶ νομίζοντες, αὐτίκα ἥξειν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπε- 
δον. Οἱ δὲ πάντες μὲν οὐκ ἦλϑον, ᾿Αριαΐος δὲ καὶ ᾿Αρτάο- 
ὃ ζος καὶ Μιϑριδάτης, οὗ ἦσαν Κύρῳ πιστότατοι" ὃ δὲ τῶν 
“Ἑλλήνων ἑρμηνεὺς ἔφη καὶ τὸν Τισσαφέρνους ἀδελφὸν σὺν 
αὐτοῖς δρᾶν καὶ γιγνώσκειν" συνηκολούϑουν δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι 
Περσῶν τεϑωρακισμένοι εἰς τριακοσίους. Οὗτοι ἐπεὶ ἐγ- 
γὺς ἦσαν, προςελϑεῖν ἐκέλευον εἴ τις εἴη τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἢ 
10 στρατηγὸς ἢ λοχαγός, ἵνα ἀπαγγείλωσι τὰ παρὰ βασιλέως. 
Mera ταῦτα ἐξῆλθον τῶν Ἑλλήνων φυλαττόμενοι στρατηγοὶ 
μέν, Κλεάνωρ ᾿Ορχομένιος καὶ Σοφαΐνετος Στυμφάλιος, σὺν 
αὐτοῖς δὲ Zevoqey ᾿Αϑηναίος, ὅπως μάϑοι τὰ περὶ Προξέ- 
you. Χειρίσοφος δ᾽ ἐτύγχανεν ἀπὼν ἐν χώμῃ τινὲ σὺν ἄλ- 
18 λοις ἐπισιτιζόμενος. Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἔστησαν εἰς ἐπήχοον, εἶπεν 
"Δριαΐος rads’ “ Κλέαρχος μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἕλληνες, ἐπεὶ ἐπι- 
ορκῶν τὸ ἐφάνη καὶ τὰς σπονδὰς λύων, ἔχει τὴν δίκην καὶ 
τέϑνηκε. Πρόξενος δὲ καὶ Μένων, ὅτι κατήγγειλαν αὑτοῦ 
τὴν ἐπιβουλήν, ἐν μεγάλῃ τιμῇ εἰσιν᾽ ὑμᾶς δὲ ὃ βασιλεὺς τὰ 
80 ὅπλα ἀπαιτεῖ ἑαυτοῦ γὰρ εἶναι φησίν, ἐπείπερ Κῦρου ἦσαν 
τοῦ ἐκεῖνου δούλου." 
Πρὸς ταῦτα ἀπεκρίναντο οἱ Ἕλληνες" ἔλεγε δὲ Κλεάνωρ 
ὃ ᾿Ορχομένιος" “ Ὦ, κάκιστε ἀνθρώπων, “Agus, καὶ of 
ἄλλοι, ὅσοι ἦτε Κύρου φίλοι, οὐκ αἰσχύνεσϑε οὔτε ϑεοὺς 
ὁ οὔτε ἀνθρώπους, οἵτινες, ὁμόσαντες ἡμῖν τοὺς αὐτοὺς φίλους 
καὶ ἐχθροὺς νομιεῖν, προδόντες ἡμᾶς σὺν Τισσαφέρνει, τῷ 
ἀϑεωτάτῳ te καὶ πανουργοτάτῳ, τούς τε ἄνδρας αὐτούς, οἷς 
ὥμνυτε, ὡς ἀπολωλέκατε, καί, τοὺς ἄλλους ἡμᾶς προδεδω- 
κότες, σὺν τοῖς πολεμίοις ἔρχεσϑε ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς ;” Ὃ δὲ ᾿Αριαῖος 
Ὁ εἶπε᾽ “Κλέαρχος γὰρ πρόσϑεν ἐπιβουλεύων φανερὸς ἐγένετο 
σσαφέφνει te καὶ Ὀρόντᾳ, καὶ πᾶσιν ἡμῖν τοῖς σὺν τού- 
τοῖς." “Ent τούτοις δὲ Ξενοφῶν τάδε eine’ ““ Κλέαρχος μὲν 
τοίνυν, εἰ παρὰ τοὺς ὅρκους ἔλυε τὰς σπονδάς, τὴν δίχην 


58 ZENO®RNTOZ [ΔιὉ. 8΄. 


ἔχει" δίκαιον γὰρ ἀπόλλυσθαι τοὺς ἐπιορκοῦντας. 1Ιρό- 
ξενος δὲ καὶ μένων ἐπείπερ εἰσὶν ὑμέτεροι μὲν εὐεργέται, 
ἡμέτεροι δὲ στρατηγοί, πέμψατε αὐτοὺς δεῦρο᾽ δῆλον γάρ, 
Ott, φίλοι γε ὄντες ἀμφοτέροις, πειράσονται καὶ ὑμῖν καὶ 
ἡμῖν τὰ βέλτιστα συμβουλεύειν.᾽᾽ Πρὸς ταῦτα οὗ βάβαροι, ὃ 
πολὺν χρόνον διαλεχϑέντες ἀλλήλοις, ἀπῆλθον οὐδὲν ἀπο- 
κρινάμενοι. 


Κεφάλαιον s’. 


Οἱ μὲν δὴ στρατηγοὶ οὕτω ληφϑέντες, ἀνήχϑησαν ὡς 
βασιλέα, καὶ ἀποτμηϑέντες τὰς κεφαλὰς ἐτελεύτησαν" εἷς 
μὲν αὐτῶν Κλέαρχος, ὁμολογουμένως ἐκ πάντων, τῶν ἐμ- 30 
πείρως αὐτοῦ ἐχόντων, δόξας γενέσθαι ἀνὴρ καὶ πολεμικὸς 
καὶ φιλοπόλεμος ἐσχάτως. Καὶ γὰρ δή, ἕως μὲν πόλεμος 
ἦν τοῖς “ακεδαιμονίοις πρὸς τοὺς ᾿Αϑηναίους, παρέμενεν" 
ἐπειδὴ δ᾽ εἰρήνη ἐγένετο, πείσας τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πόλιν, ὡς οὗ 
Θρᾷκες ἀδικοῦσι τοὺς “LAnvas, καὶ διαπραξάμενος ὡς ἐδύ- 4 
γατὸ παρὰ τῶν φόρων, ἐξέπλεε ὡς πολεμήσων τοῖς ὑπὲρ 
Χεῤῥονήσου καὶ Πειρίνϑου Θρᾳξῖν. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ μεταγνόντες 
πὼς ob Ἔφοροι, ἤδη ἔξω ὄντος αὐτοῦ, ἀποστρέφειν αὐτὸν 
ἐπειρῶντο ἐξ ᾿Ισϑμοῦ, ἐνταῦϑα οὐκέτι πείϑεται, ἀλλ᾽ ᾧχετο 
“πλέων εἰς “Πλλήςποντον. “Ex τούτου καὶ ἐθανατώϑη ὑπὸ “54 
τῶν ἐν τῇ Σπάρτῃ τελῶν, ὡς ἀπειϑῶν. Ἤδη δὲ φυγὰς ὦν, 
ἔρχεται πρὸς Κῦρον, καὶ ὑποίοις μὲν λόγοις ἔπεισε Κῦρον, 
ἄλλῃ γέγραπται" δίδωσι δὲ αὐτῷ Κῦρος μυρίους δαρεικούς" 

ὃ δὲ λαβών, οὐκ ἐπὶ ῥᾳϑυμίαν ἐτράπετο, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ τούτων 
τῶν χρημάτων συλλέξας στράτευμα, ἐπολέμει τοῖς Θρᾳξί" 36 
wah “yn τε ἐνίκησε, καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦτου δὴ ἔρερε καὶ ἥγεν αὖ- 
τούς καὶ πολεμῶν διεγένετο, μέχρις οὗ Κῦρος ἐδεήϑη 
τοῦ στρατεύματος τότε δ᾽ ἀπῆλθεν, ὡς σὺν ἐκείνῳ αὖ πο- 
λεμήσων.᾽ 


of “7 


Keg. ς΄.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIS. 59 


Ταῦτα οὖν φιλοπολέμου δοκεῖ ἀνδρὸς ἔργα εἶναι, ὅςτις, 
ἐξὸν μὲν εἰρήνην ἄγειν ἄγευ αἰσχύνης καὶ βλάβης, αἱρεῖται 
πολεμεῖν" ) ἐξὸν δὲ ῥᾳϑυμεῖν, βούλεται πονεῖν [ὥςτε πολε- 
μεῖν] " ἐξὸν δὲ χρήματα ἔχειν ἀκινδύνως, αἱρεῖται πολεμῶν 

δ μείονα ταῦτα ποιεῖν. ‘Exéivos δέ, ὥςπερ εἰς παιδικὰ ἢ εἰς 
ἄλλην τινα ἡδονήν, ἤϑελε δαπανᾶν εἰς πόλεμον" οὕτω μὲν 


φιλοπόλεμος ἦν. Πολεμικὸς δὲ αὖ ταύτῃ εἶναι ἐδόκει, Ore | 


φιλοκίνδυνός τε ἦν, καὶ ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς ἄγων ἐπὶ τοὺς 
πολεμίους, καὶ ἐν τοῖς δεινοῖς φρόνιμος, ὡς oF παρόντες παν- 
10 ταχοῦ πάντες ὡμολόγουν. Καὶ ἀρχικὸς δὲ ἐλέγετο εἶναι, ὡς 
δυνατὸν ἐκ τοῦ τοιούτου τρόπου, οἷον καὶ ἐκεῖνος εἶχεν. Ἵκα- 
γὸς μὲν γάρ, εἴ τις καὶ ἄλλος, φροντίζειν ἦν, ὅπως ἕξει ἢ στρα-- 
τιὰ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, καὶ παρασκευάζειν ταῦτα " ἱκανὸς 
δὲ καὶ ἐμποιῆσαι τοῖς παροῦσιν, ὡς πειστέον εἴη Κλεάρχῳ. 
15 Τοῦτο δὲ ἐποίει ἐκ τοῦ χαλεπὸς εἶναι. Καὶ γὰρ ὁρᾶν στυ- 
γνὸς ἦν, καὶ τῇ φωνῇ τραχύς" ἐκόλαζέ te ast ἰσχυρῶς, καὶ 
ὀργῇ ἐνίοτε, ὥςτε καὶ αὐτῷ μεταμέλειν ἔσϑ᾽ ote. Καὶ γνώ- 
pn δὲ ἐκόλαξεν᾽ ἀκολάστου γὰρ στρατεύματος οὐδὲν ἡγεῖτο 
ὄφελος εἶναι. ᾿Αλλὰ καὶ λέγειν αὐτὸν ἔφασαν, ὡς δέοι τὸν 
53 στρατιωτὴν φοβεῖσθαι μᾶλλον τὸν ἄρχοντα ἢ τοὺς πολεμί- 
ous, εἰ μέλλοι ἢ φυλακὰς φυλάξειν, ἢ φίλων ἀφέξεσθαι, ἢ 
ἀπροφασίστως ἰέναι πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους. Ἔν μὲν οὖν τοῖς 
δεινοῖς ἤϑελον αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν σφόδρα, καὶ οὐκ ἄλλον ἡροῦν»- 
τὸ οἱ στρατιῶται. Καὶ γὰρ τὸ στυγνὸν τότε φαιδρὸν av- 
MS τοῦ ἐν τοῖς προςώποις ἔφασαν φαίνεσθαι, καὶ τὸ χαλεπόν, 
ἐῤῥωμένον πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους ἐδόκει εἶναι" wots σωτή-- 
φιον καὶ οὐκέτι χαλεπὸν épaiveto. Ὅτι δ᾽ ἔξω τοῦ δεινοῦ 
γένοιντο, καὶ ἐξείη, πρὸς ἄλλους ἀρχομένους ἀπιέναι, πολλοὶ 
αὐτὸν ἀπέλειπον" τὸ γὰρ ἐπίχαρι οὐκ εἶχεν, ἀλλὰ ἀεὶ χαλε-- 
Ὧὃ0 πὸς χαὶ ὠμὸς ν᾽ ὥςτε διέκειντο πρὸς αὐτὸν οἷ στρατιῶται 
ὥςπερ παῖδες πρὸς διδάσκαλον. Kat γὰρ οὖν φιλίᾳ μὲν 
καὶ εὐνοίᾳ ἑπομένους οὐδέποτ᾽ εἶχεν" οἵτινες δὲ ἢ ὑπὸ πό- 
λιως “τεταγμένοι, ἢ ὑπὸ τοῦ δεῖσθαι, ἢ ἄλλῃ τινὶ ἀνάγκῃ 


Ὶ 


THQ 


60 XSENO®@NNTOL [6 'B’. 


κατεχόμενοι παρείησαν αὐτῷ, σφόδρα πειϑομένοις ἐχρῆτο. 
Ἐπειδὴ δὲ καὶ ἤρξαντο νικᾶν σὺν αὐτῷ τοὺς πολεμέους, με- 
γάλα ἤδη ἦν τὰ χρησίμους ποιοῦντα εἶναι τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ 
στρατιώτας" τό τε γὰρ πρὸς τοῦς πολεμίους ϑαῤῥαλέως ἔχοιν 
παρῆν, καὶ τὸ τὴν παρ᾽ ἐκείνου τιμωρίαν φοβεῖσϑαι, αὐτοὺς ὃ 
εὐτάκτους ἐποίει. Τοιοῦτος μὲν δὴ ἄρχων ἦν" ἄρχεσθαι 
δ᾽ ὑπὸ ἄλλων οὐ μάλα ἐθέλειν ἐλέγετο. “Hy δέ, ὅτε ἐτελού- 
τα, ἀμφὶ τὰ πεντήκοντα ἔτη. 

Πρόξενος δὲ ὃ Βοιώτιος εὐθὺς μὲν μειράκιον ὧν ἐπεϑύ- 
pee γενέσϑαι ἀνὴρ τὰ μεγάλα πράττειν ἱκανός" καὶ dad 
ταύτην τὴν ἐπιϑυμίαν ἔδωκε Γοργίᾳ ἀργύριον τῷ «Δεοντῖ- 
veo. Ἐπεὶ δὲ συνεγένετο ἐκείνῳ, ἱκανὸς ἤδη νομίσας εἶναι 
καὶ ἄρχειν, καί, φίλος ὧν τοῖς πρώτοις, μὴ ἡττᾶσϑαι εὑεργε- 
τῶν, ἦλθεν εἰς ταύτας τὰς σὺν Κύρῳ πράξεις" καὶ eto 
κτήσεσθαι ἐκ τούτων ὄνομα μέγα, καὶ δύναμιν μεγάλην, καὶ ¥ 
χρήματα πολλά" τούτων δ᾽ ἐπιϑυμῶν, σφόδρα ἔνδηλον αὖ 
καὶ τοῦτο εἶχεν, ὅτε τούτων οὐδὲν ἂν ϑέλοι κτᾶσϑαι μετὰ 
ἀδικίας, ἀλλὰ σὺν τῷ δικαίῳ καὶ καλῷ ᾧετο δεῖν τούτων 
τυγχάνειν, ἄνευ δὲ τούτων μή. ᾿Αάρχειν δὲ καλῶν μὲν καὶ 
ἀγαθῶν δυνατὸς ἦν᾽ οὗ μέντοι οὔτ᾽ αἰδῶ τοῖς στρατιώταις 5 
ἑαυτοῦ οὔτε φόβον ἱκανὸς ἐμποιῆσαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡσχύνετο 
μᾶλλον τοὺς στρατιώτας, ἢ οἱ ἀρχόμενοι ἐκεῖνον" καὶ φοβού- 
μενος μᾶλλον ἦν φανερὸς τὸ ἀπεχϑάνεσθαι τοῖς στρατιώ- 
ταις, ἢ οἱ στρατιώται τὸ ἀπιστεῖν ἐκείνῳ. “Seto δὲ ἀρκεῖν 
πρὸς τὸ ἀρχικὸν εἶναι καὶ δοκεῖν, τὸν μὲν καλῶς ποιοῦντα Ὧ' 
ἐπαινεῖν, τὸν δὲ ἀδικοῦντα μὴ ἐπαινεῖν. Τοιγαροῦν αὐτῷ 
of μὲν καλοὶ κἀγαϑοὶ τῶν συνόντων εὖνοι ἦσαν, οἱ δ᾽ ἄδικοι 
ἐπεβούλευον, ὡς εὐμεταχειρίστῳ ὄντι. Ὅτε δὲ ἀπέθνησκεν, 
ἣν ἐτῶν ὡς τριάκοντα. 

Μένων δὲ ὃ Θετταλὸς δῆλος ἦν ἐπιϑυμῶν μὲν πλουτεῖν τ 
ἰσχυρῶς, ἐπιϑυμῶν δὲ ἄρχειν, ὅπως πλείω λαμβάνοι" ἐπι- 
ϑυμῶν δὲ τιμάσϑαι, ἵνα πλείω κερδαΐίνοι" φίλος τ᾽ ἐβού- 
- dato εἶναι τοῖς μέγιστον δυναμένοις, ἵγα ἀδικῶν μὴ διδοίη 


Keg. ς΄. ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABAZIZ. 61 


! 9 τή 
δίκην. Ἐπὶ δὲ τὸ κατεργάξεσϑαι, ὧν ἐπιϑυμοίη, συντο- 
--- ~ ’ 
μωτάτην odor ᾧετο εἶναι διὰ τοῦ ἐπιορκεῖν τε καὶ ψεύδεσθαι 
- - > ᾿ ’ e > 
καὶ ἐξαπατᾶν" τὸ δὲ ἁπλοῦν te καὶ ἀληϑὲς ἐνόμιξε τὸ αὐτὸ 
᾿ , 3 Jer @ 
τῷ ἡλιϑίῳ εἶναι. Στέργων δὲ φανερὸς μὲν Hv οὐδένα, ὁτῳ 
3 , bY) ’ ε 
ὃ δὲ φαίη φίλος εἶναι, τουτῳ ἔνδηλος ἐγίγνετο ἐπιβουλεύων. 
3 “Ὁ . + ’ 
Καὶ πολεμίου μὲν οὐδενὸς κατεγέλα, τῶν δὲ συνόντων παν-- 
ε - 7a ’ 4 “- a “ 
των ὡς καταγελὼν ἀεὶ διελέγετο. Καὶ τοῖς μὲν τὼν πολε-- 
᾿ ’ 2 ’ ς ‘ 8 ” τ e 
play κτημασιν οὐκ ἐπεβουλευε᾽ χαλεπὸν γὰρ eto εἰναι, τὰ 
hed ’ ’ - 3 e 8 - ’ ’ 
τὼν φυλαττομένων λαμβάνειν" alla τὰ τῶν φίλων povos 
. - 2 
10 méto εἰδέναι ῥᾷστον ὃν ἀφύλαχτα λαμβάνειν. Καὶ ὅσους 
4 an > o , “ Yer ς 3 ε , 
μὲν ἂν αἰσϑανοιτο ἐπιόρκους καὶ αδίκους, ὡς εὖ ὠπλισμέ- 
« ὁ w 2 € ’ SY > [2 > “ὦ ε 
yous ἐφοβεῖτο" τοῖς δ᾽ οσίοις καὶ ἀλήηϑειαν ἀσκοῦσιν ὡς 
3 "ω 2 
ἀνάνδροις ἐπειρᾶτο χρῆσϑαι. ᾿Ὥςπερ δὲ τις ἀγάλλεται ἐπὶ 
> . 3 
ϑεοσεβείᾳ, καὶ ἀληϑείᾳ, καὶ δικαιότητι, οὕτω Μένων ἡγαλ- 
Wilero τῷ ἐξαπατᾶν δύνασϑαι, τῷ πλάσασϑαι ψευδῆ, τῷ φί-- 
“ 4 4 φ Ἄ - 3 ’ 0 
λους διαγελᾶν" τὸν δὲ μὴ πανουργον τῶν ἀπαιδεύτων ἐνό-- 
͵ 3 
μιζεν εἶναι. Kat παρ᾽ οἷς μὲν ἐπεχείρει πρωτεύειν φιλίᾳ, 
διαβάλλων τοὺς πρώτους, τούτους ᾧετο δεῖν κτήσασϑαι.. 
4 . ’ 8 , , = 
To δὲ πειϑομένους τοὺς στρατιώτας παρασχέσϑαι, ἐκ του 
=~ 2. α - - . 
30 συγαδικεῖν αὐτοῖς ἐμηχανᾶτο. Τιμᾶσϑαι δὲ καὶ ϑεραπεύε- 
2 ’ - ’ 
σϑαι ηξίου, ἐπιδεικνύμενος, ὅτι πλεῖστα δύναιτο καὶ ἐθέλοι 
n 2 Pa 2 ‘ ᾿ © Pp > «2 
ay ἀδικεῖν. Evegyeciav δὲ κατέλεγεν, ὁπότε τις αὐτοῦ αφί-- 
.« ’ 2 »ν 3 2 ’ > #- \ 4 
σταιτο, OTL χρώμενος αὑτῷ οὐκ ἀπωλεσεν αὐτὸν. Kat τὰ 
4 3 3 - Me SY 3 - Ud e a δὲ ’ 
μὲν δὴ ἀφανὴ ἔξεστι περὶ αὐτοῦ ψεύδεσθαι" a δὲ παντες 
3 3 . ~ i 
“5 ἴσασι, τάδ᾽ ἐστ. Παρὰ ᾿Αριστίππῳ μέν, ἔτι ὡραῖος ὧν, 
~ - e 3 
στρατηγεῖν διεπράξατο τῶν ξένων. ᾿Αριαίῳ δέ, βαρβάρῳ 
» 7 Ὁ ~ 
ὄντε, ὅτι μειρακίοις καλοῖς ἥδετο, οἰκειότατος ἔτι ὡραῖος 
n ° is 5. .« 4 a z ° > , a 
wy ἐγένετο" αὐτὸς δὲ παιδικὰ εἶχε Θαρύυπαν, ἀγένειος ὧν 
- 3 ~ “- 
γενειῶντα. ᾿Αποϑνησκόντων δὲ τῶν συστρατηγῶν, ὅτι ἐστρά-- 
° ‘ 2 3 
δοτευσαν ἐπὶ βασιλέα σὺν Κύρῳ, τὰ αὐτὰ πεποιηκὼς οὐκ 
>, Ξ . ‘ 4 ~ » ᾽ ~ 
ἀπέϑανε" μετὰ δὲ τὸν τῶν ἀλλων Davatoy στρατηγῶν, ti- 
΄ ’ 3 , 
μωρηϑεὶς ὑπὸ βασιλέως ἀπέϑανεν, οὐχ ὥςπερ Κλέαρχος καὶ 
» 3 : 
οἱ allot στρατηγοὶ ἀποτμηϑέντες τὰς κεφαλάς, ὅςπερ τά- 


62 KrPOr ANABASIZ. [Βιδ. Β΄. Keg. ¢ 


yates ϑάνατος δοκεῖ εἶναι, alla ζῶν aixtaSsls ἐνιαυτόν, 
ὡς πονηρός, λέγεται τῆς τελευτῆς τυχεῖν. 


Ἁγίας δὲ ὃ “Agxds, καὶ Σωκράτης ὃ ᾿Αχαιός, καὶ τούτω 
ἀπεϑανέτην᾽ τούτων δὲ οὐδεὶς οὔϑ᾽ ὡς ἐν πολέμῳ καχῶν 
κατεγέλα, οὔτ᾽ ἐς φιλίαν αὐτοὺς ἐμέμφετο" ἤστην» τε ἄμφω! 
ἀμφὶ τετταράκοντα ἔτη ἀπὸ γενεᾶς. 


AENOGLARNTOZ 


CTPOT ANABAZSERZ 


BIBAION TPITON. 





Κεφάλαιον a’. 


ὍΣΑ piv δὴ ἐν τῇ ἀναβάσει τῇ μετὰ Κύρου οἵ Ἕλληνες 
ἔπραξαν μέχρι τῆς μάχης, καὶ ὅσα, ἐπεὶ Κῦρος ἐτελεύτησεν, 
ἐγένετο, ἀπιόντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων σὺν Τισσαφέρνει, ἐν ταῖς 
σπονδαῖς, ἐν τῷ πρόσϑεν λόγῳ δεδήλωται. Ἐπεὶ δὲ οἵ τε 

ὃ στρατηγοὶ συνειλημμένοι ἦσαν, καὶ “τῶν λοχαγῶν καὶ τῶν 
σερατιωτῶν οἷ συνεπόμενοι ἀπολώλεσαν, ἐν πολλῇ δὴ 
ἀπορίᾳ ἦσαν of “Ἔλληνες, ἐννοούμενοι μέν, ὅτε ἐπὶ ταῖς 
βασιλέως ϑύραις ἦσαν», κύχλῳ δ᾽ αὐτοῖς πάντη πολλὰ 
καὶ ἔϑγη καὶ πόλεις πολέμιαι ἦσαν, ἀγορὰν δὲ οὐδὼς 


n 


20 ἔτ, παρέξειν i ἔμελλεν, ἀπεῖχον δὲ τῆς Ἕλλάδος οὐ μεῖον ἢ 
μύρια στάδια, ἡγεμὼν δ᾽ οὐδεὶς τῆς ὁδοῦ ἦν, ποταμοὶ δὲ 
διεῖργον ἀδιάβατοι ἐν μέσῳ τῆς οἴκαδε ὁδοῦ, προδεδώκασι 
δὲ αὐτοὺς καὶ of σὺν Κύρῳ ἀναβάντες βάρβαροι, μόνοι δὲ 
καταλελειμμένοι ἦσαν, οὐδὲ ἱππέα οὐδένα. σύμμαχον ἔχοντες " 

16 dct” εὔδηλον ἦν, ὅτι νικῶντες μὲν οὐδένα ἂν [φεύγοντα] κα- 
τακαίνοιεν, ἡττηϑέντων δὲ αὑτῶν οὐδεὶς ἂν λειφϑείη" ταῦ- 
τα ἐννοούμενοι, xa} ἀϑύμως ἔχοντες, ὀλέγοι μὲν αὐτῶν εἰς 

τὴν tonégay σίτου ἐγεύσαντο, ὀλίγοι δὲ πῦρ ἀνέκαυσαν, ἐπὶ 
δὲ τὰ ὅπλα πολλοὶ οὐκ ἦλϑον ταύτην τὴν νῦχτα, ἀνεπαύοντο 

30 δὲ ὅπου ἐτύγχανον ἕκαστος, οὐ δυνάμενοι καϑεύδειν ὑπὸ 


64 ZENOPQNTOS ᾿ [Δι6. Γ΄. 


λύπης, καὶ πόϑου πατρίδων», γονέων, χυναικῶν, παΐέδων, ovs 
οὔποτε ἐνόμιζον ἔτ, ὄψεσϑαι. Οὕτω μὲν δὴ διακείμενοι 
πάντες ἀνεπαύοντο. 

4 - “ 3 “ὦ w 
Ἂν δέ τις ἐν TH στρατιᾳ Eevogay ASnvatos, ὃς οὔτε 
στρατηγός, οὔτε λοχαγός, οὔτε στρατιώτης ὧν συνηκολούϑει, ὃ 

3 4 fe > , » ᾽ a ? 
ala Πρόξενος αὑτὸν μετεπέμψατο οἴκοϑεν, ξέγος ὧν αρ- 
~ ὸ € ~ 4 3 ἢ > θη [2 γ Μ 
χαῖος᾽ ὑπισχνεῖτο δὲ αὑτῷ, εἰ ἔλϑοι, φίλον Κύυρῳ ποιησεν 
a >. ww. ; ~ - ’ ε ’ 
ὃν αὐτὸς ἔφη κρείττω Exvtw νομίζειν τῆς πατρίδος. Ὃ μὲν- 
- 2 . -- ' 
τοι Ξενοφῶν, ἀναγνοὺς τὴν ἐπιστολήν, ἀνακοινοῦται Σωχρα- 
-- 3 _ - = ε 
τει τῷ Αϑηναίῳ περὶ τῆς πορεῖΐας. Καὶ ὃ Σωκράτης, ὑπο- 10 
πτεύσας, μή τι πρὸς τῆς πόλεως οἱ ὑπαΐτιον εἴη, Κύρῳ gi 
λον γενέσθαι, ὅτι ἐδόκει 0 Κῦρος προϑύμως τοῖς Aaxedat- 
- Cd 
μονΐοις ἐπὶ τὰς ᾿Αϑήνας συμπολεμῆσαι, συμβουλεύει τῷ 
- 2 «~ « 
Ξενοφῶντι, ἐλϑόντα εἷς Δελφοὺς ἀνακοινῶσαι τῷ Seq περὶ 
- 2... - 3 
τῆς πορείας. ᾿Ελθὼν δὲ ὃ Ξενοφῶν ἐπήρετο τὸν ᾿Απόλλω, 1 
Ἂ - ’ SY >? »ν Φ > nA . » 
τίνι av ϑεῶν Fuwy καὶ εὐχόμενος καλλισε ἂν καὶ ἀριστὰα 
ἔλϑοι τὴν ὁδόν, ἣν ἐπινοεῖ, καὶ καλῶς πράξας σωϑείη. Kat 
2» δ» 2 » [ 3 
ἀνεῖλεν αὐτῷ ὃ ‘Anollwy ϑεοῖς οἷς ἔδει ϑύειν. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ 
τ r) wo Ul 
πάλιν ηλϑε, λέγει τὴν μαντεῖαν τῷ Σωκράτει. “O δ᾽ axov- 
3 “ 2 2 - 9 
σας ἡτιᾶτο αὑτόν, OTL οὐ τοῦτο πρότερον ἠρώτα, πότερον % 
λ Pre > “Ὁ »” e vA φ 3 > 3 4 
wioy αὐτῷ εἴη πορεύεσθαι ἢ μένειν, αλλ autos κρίνας, 
9.» 3 - 5 ¢ o ” ’ . ’ 
tTEOY εἶναι, τοῦτο ἐπυνθάνετο, ὁποὶς av καλλιστὰ πορεὺῦϑ εἴη. 
«ὃ 3 a ’ ες @& » ~ 29) » “ 4 ~ ω ς 
Enel μέντοι οὕτως ἤρου, tavt , ἔφη, “ χρὴ ποιεῖν, ὁσὰ 0 
ϑεὸς ἐκέλευσεν." Ὃ μὲν δὴ Ξενοφῶν, οὕτω ϑυσάμενος, οἷς 
ἀνεῖλεν ὃ ϑεός, ἐξέπλει, καὶ καταλαμβάνει ἐν Σάρδεσι Πρόξε- 3 
νον καὶ Κῦρον, μέλλοντας ἤδη δρμᾶν τὴν ἄνω ὁδόν" καὶ 
, U 3 ᾿ ς 
συνεστιαϑη Κύρῳ. Προϑυμουμένου δὲ τοῦ Προξένου καὶ ὁ 
as ~ ~ 2», ς 3 , t 
Κύυρος συμπρουϑυμεῖτο μεῖναν avtov’ εἰπε δέ, ots, ἐπειδὰν 
’ < ’ nr. 2 ᾿ >» ; 
τάχιστα ἢ στρατεία λήξη, εὐθὺς ἀποπέμψει αὐτόν. “Ehéyeto 
δὲ 0 στόλος εἶναι εἰς Πεισίδας. Ὁ 
, ? 
᾿Εστρατεύετο μὲν δὴ οὕτως ἐξαπατηϑείς, οὐχ ὑπὸ τοῦ 
᾿ ὶ 3 ; >” e Q ’ € e 2@? »ν 
προξένου" ov γὰρ nde τὴν ἐπὶ βασιλέα ὁρμὴν, οὐδ᾽ αλλος 
3 Cd 
οὐδεὶς τῶν Ἑλλήνων, πλὴν Κλεάρχου" ἐπεὶ μέντοι εἰς Κιλι- 


Keg. a] KfPO? ANABAZIZ. 65 


xlaw ἦλθον, σαφὲς πᾶσιν ἤδη ἐδόκει εἶναι, ὅτε 6 στόλος εἴη 
ἐπὶ βασιλέαβ. Φοβούμενοι δὲ τὴν ὁδὸν καὶ ἄκοντες ὅμως οἱ 
πολλοὶ δι᾿ αἰσχύνην» καὶ ἀλλήλων καὶ Κύρου συνηκολούϑη.- 
σαν ὧν εἷς καὶ Ξενοφῶν ἦν. Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἀπορία ἦν, ἐλυπεῖτο 

δ μὲν σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις, καὶ οὐχ ἐδύνατο χκαϑεύδειν᾽ μιχρὸν δὸ 
ὕπνου λαχών, εἶδεν ὄναρ. Ἔδοξεν αὑτῷ, βροντῆς γενομένης, “--- 
σχῃπτὸς πεσεῖν εἰς τὴν πατρῴαν οἰκίαν, καὶ ἐκ τούτον λάμ-- 
πεσϑαι πᾶσαν. Περίφοβος δ᾽ εὐθὺς ἀνηγέρϑη, καὶ τὸ 
ὄναρ πῇ μὲν ἔχρινεν ἀγαϑόν" ὅτι, ἐν πόνοις ὧν καὶ κινδύ- 

10 νοις, φῶς μέγα ἐκ Διὸς ἰδεῖν ἔδοξε" πῆ δὲ καὶ ἐφοβεῖτο, ὅτι 
ἀπὸ Διὸς μὲν βασιλέως τὸ ὄναρ ἐδόκει αὐτῷ εἶναι, κύκλῳ 38 
ἐδόκει λάμπεσϑανι τὸ πῦρ, μὴ οὐ δύναιτο ἐκ τῆς χώρας 
ἐξελϑεῖν τῆς βασιλέως, ἀλλ᾽ εἴργοιτο πάντοϑεν ὕπό τινων 
ἀποριῶν. 

μ “ποῖόν τι μὲν δή ἐστι τὸ τοιοῦτον ὄναρ ἰδεῖν, ἔξεστι σχο- 
πεῖν ἐκ τῶν συμβάντων μετὰ τὸ ὄναρ. Ityvetar γὰρ τάδε 
εὐθύς. ᾿Ἐπειδὴ ἀνηγέρϑη, πρῶτον μὲν ἔννοια αὐτῷ ἐμ- 
πίπτει" ““ Τί κατάχειμαι; ἢ δὲ νὺξ προβαίνει" ἅμα δὲ τῇ 
ἡμέρᾳ εἰκὸς τοὺς πολεμίους Flay. Εἰ δὲ γενησόμεϑα ἐπὶ 

40 βασιλεῖ, τί ἐμποδών, μὴ οὐχὶ πάντα μὲν τὰ χαλεπώτατα 
ἐπιδόντας, πάντα δὲ τὰ δεινότατα παϑόντας, ὑβριζομένους 
ἀποθανεῖν. Ὅπως δὲ ἀμυχούμεϑα, οὐδεὶς παρασκενάζεται, 
οὐδ᾽ ἐπιμελεῖται, ἀλλὰ κατακείμεϑα, ὥρπερ ἐξὸν ἡσυχίαν 
ἄγειν. Ἐγὼ οὖν τὰν ἐκ ποίας πόλεως στρατηγὸν προςδοκῶ 

4 ταῦτα πράξειν; ποίαν δ᾽ ἡλικίαν ἐμαυτῷ ἐλϑεῖν ἀναμένω; 
ov γὰρ ἔγωγ᾽ ἔτι πρεσβύτερος ἔσομαι, ἐὰν τήμερον προδῶ 
ἐμαντὸν τοῖς πολεμίοις." Ἔκ τούτου ἀνίσταται, καὶ συγκαλεῖ 
τοὺς προξένου πρῶτον λοχαγούς. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ συνῆλϑον, ἔλε- 
he’ “Ἐγώ, ὦ ἄνδρες λοχαγοῖ, οὔτε καϑεύδειν δύναμαι 

Ὁ (ὥςπερ, οἶμαι; οὐδ᾽ ὑμεῖς), οὔτε κατακεῖσθαι ἔτι, ὁρῶν, ἐν 
Gog ἐσμέν. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ δὴ παλέμιοι δῆλον ὅτι ov πρότερον 
πρὸς ἡμᾶς τὸν πόλεμον ἐξέφηνακ, πρὶν ἐνόμισαν, τὰ ἑαντῶν 
τολᾷς φορεαχρνάᾳϑαι" ἡμῶν δ᾽ οὐδεὶς οὐδὲν ἀγτεπιμελεῖ- 

65 







66 ZENO®NNTOS [Bb Γ'. 


e ε ’ > ’ 8 ® > ε , 
ται, ὅπως ὡς κάλλιστα ἀγωνιούμεϑα. Kai μὴν εἰ ὑφησό- 
Ἃ Α Cd i 9» φ 
peta καὶ ἐπὶ βασιλεῖ γενησόμεϑα, τί olopeda πείσεσϑαι; 

- 3 ᾿ 
ὃς καὶ τοῦ ὁμομητρίου καὶ ὁμοπατρίου ἀδελφοῦ καὶ τέϑνη- 
κότος ἤδη ἀποτεμὼν τὴν κεφαλὴν καὶ τὴν χεῖρα ἀνεσταύρω- 
σεν᾽ ἡμᾶς δέ, οἷς κηδεμὼν μὲν οὐδεὶς πάρεστι», ἐστρατεύ- ὁ 
3 a > - € ~ > 4 ’ ’ 4 
σαμεν δ᾽ ἐπ autor, ὡς δοῦλον arti βασιλέως ποιήσοντες, καὶ 
3 “ a ~ 3 2 
ἀποκτενοῦντες, εἰ δυναίμεϑα, τί ἂν οἰόμεϑα παϑεῖν; Ag 
3 2 » ~ - 
οὐκ ἂν ἐπὶ nay ἔλϑοι, we, ἡμᾶς τὰ ἔσχατα αἰκισάμενος, 
~ 3 e ~ “ὦ » 3 
πᾶσιν ἀνϑρώποις φόβον παράσχῃ τοῦ στρατεῦσαΐ ποτε ἐφ 
ἑαυτόν; ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅπως τοι μὴ ἐπ᾽ ἐκείνῳ γενησόμεθα, πάντα 10 
’ ᾿ 4 3 ‘ 3 
ποιητέον. Ἐγὼ μὲν ovr, ἔςτε μὲν at σπονδαὶ ἤσαν, οὔποτε 
, ted , ¢. e > ν 
ἐπαυόμην ἡμᾶς μὲν οἰκτείρων, βασιλέα δὲ καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ 
μακαρίζων, διαϑεώμενος αὐτῶν ὅσην μὲν χώραν καὶ οἵαν ἔχοι- 
ς .» e eo isd 4 ’ ae 4 
εν, ὡς δὲ apIova τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ὅσυυς δὲ θεράποντας, οὁσα δὲ 
, , ear - ΓΜ ‘ 2 3 ~ ~ ¢ » 
κτήνη, χρυσὸν δέ, ἐσθῆτα δέ" ta δ᾽ αὖ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ὑπότε 1 
ave ~ 4 lad > ~ 
ἐνθυμοίμην, ot τῶν μὲν ἀγαϑῶν πάντων οὐδενὸς ἡμῖν μετείη, 
> 8 , (7) e > ’ >” BY 3 > 
εἰ μὴ πριαίμεϑα, otou δὲ ὠνησόμεϑα, ἢδειν Ett ολίγους ἔχον- 
» ° φ ὩΣ 4 eo an > ° 
tac, ἀλλως δὲ πὼς πορίζεσϑαι ta énityndeta, ἢ ὠνουμένους, 
, ’ “ ~ τ 
ὅρκους ἤδη κατέχοντας ἡμᾶς᾽ ταῦτ᾽ οὐν λογιζόμενος, ἐνίοτε 
τὰς σπονδὰς μᾶλλον ἐφοβούμην, ἢ νῦν τὸν πόλεμον. ᾿Επεὶ 3 
μέντοι ἐκεῖνοι ἔλυσαν tag σπονδάς, λελύσϑαι μοι δοκεῖ καὶ 
« 9 ’ «; ἯἉ“ ε ’ «ς , aor , e » 
ἡ ἐκείνων ὕβρις, καὶ ἡ ἡμετέρα ὑποφία. Ev μέσῳ γὰρ ἤδη 
~ ~ 4 2 ’ 3 ε , a ε ~ > 
κεῖται ταῦτα τὰ ayada, ἀϑλα, ὁπότεροι av ἡμῶν ἄνδρες 
2 3 ὸ 3 ’ > ς > a 8 ε»ν 
ἀμείνονες wo’ ἀγωνοϑέται δ᾽ ot Deol εἰσιν, οἵ σὺν ημῖν, 
= zt 4 e 4 e 
ὡς τὸ εἰκός, ἔσονται. Ouro μὲν γὰρ attous ἐπιωρκήκασιν᾽ % 
¢ » ’ ν εν > ’ ~~” > ~ 2 a 
ἡμεῖς δέ, πολλὰ ὁρῶντες ἀγαϑα, στερύως αὐτῶν ἀπειχομε- 
Fa, διὰ τοὺς τῶν ϑεῶν ὅρκους" were ἐξεῖναί μοι δοκεῖ, ἰέναι 
, 2 -. 
ἐπὶ τὸν ἀγῶνα πολὺ σὺν φρονήματι μείζονι, ἢ τούτοις. “Ete 
δὲ ἔχομεν σώματα ἱκανώτερα τούτων καὶ ψύχη καὶ ϑάλπη 
καὶ πόνους φέρειν" ἔχομεν δὲ καὶ ψυχὰς σὺν τοῖς ϑεοῖς Ὁ 
ἀμείνονας" οὗ δὲ ἄνδρες καὶ τρωτοὶ καὶ ϑνητοὶ μᾶλλον 
- » 
ἡμῶν, ἣν ob Deol, ὥςπερ τοπρόσϑεν, νίχην ἡμῖν διδῶσιν. 
“Ald” ἴσως γὰρ καὶ ἄλλοι ταῦτα ἐνθυμοῦνται, πρὸς τῶν ϑεῶν, 


Keg. α΄. ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABAZIZ. 67 


μὴ ἀναμένωμεν, ἄλλους ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἐλϑεῖν, παρακαλοῦντας ἐπὶ 
τὰ κάλλιστα ἔργα, ἀλλ᾽ ἡμεῖς ἄρξωμεν τοῦ 5 Ἰθγμῆσαι καὶ 
τοὺς ἄλλους ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρετή». Φανητε τῶν λοχαγῶν ἃ ἄριστοι, 
καὶ τῶν στρατηγῶν ἀξιοστρατηγότεροι. Καγὼ δέ, εἰ μὲν 
& ὑμεῖς ἐϑέλετε ἐξορμᾶν ἐπὶ ταῦτα, ἕπεσϑαι ὑμῖν βούλομοι, 
εἰ δὲ ὑμεῖς τάττετέ με ἡγεῖσϑαι, οὐδὲν προφασίζομαι τὴν 
ἡλικίαν, αλλὰ καὶ ἀκμάζειν ἡγοῦμαι, ἐρύκειν ἀπ᾽ ἐμαυτοῦ 
τὰ κακά. 
Ὃ μὲν ταῦτα ἔλεξεν, of δὲ λοχαγοί, ἀκούσαντες ταῦτα, 
10 ἡγεῖσθαι ἐκέλευον ἅπαντες. Πλὴν ᾿Απολλωνίδης τις. ἦν, 
βοτωττάζων τῇ φω»ῇ "" “οὗτος δ᾽ εἶπεν, ὅτι φλυαροΐίη, ὅςτις 
λέγει, ἄλλως πως σωτηρίας ἂν τυχεῖν, ἢ βασιλέα πείσας, εἰ 
δύναιτο᾽ καὶ ἅμα ἤρχετο λέγειν τὰς ἀπορίας. 0 μέντοι 
Ξενοφῶν, μεταξὺ ὑπολαβών, ἔλεξεν ὧδε" “= ϑαυμασιώτατε 
Ls ἄνϑρωπε, σύ 78 οὐδ ὁρῶν ιγνώσκεις, οὐδ᾽ ἀκούων μέμνη- 
σαι. Ἔν ταὐτῷ γε μέντοι ἦσϑα τούτοις, ὅτε βασιλεύς, ἐπεὶ 
Κῦρος ἀπέϑανε, μέγα φρονήσας ἐπὶ ταύτῳ, πέμπων ἐκέλευε 
παραδιδόναι τὰ Onda. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ ἡμεῖς οὐ παραδόντες, 
ἀλλ᾽ ἐξωπλισμένοι ἐλϑόντες παρεσκηνήσαμεν αὑτῷ, th οὐκ 
30 ἐποίησε πρέσβεις πέμπων, καὶ σπονδὰς αἰτῶν, καὶ παρέχων 
τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ἔςτε σπονδῶν ἔτυχεν; ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ αὖ of στρατη-- 
γοὶ καὶ loyayol, ὥςπερ δὴ καὶ σὺ κελεύεις, εἰς λύγους αὐτοῖς 
ἄγευ ὅπλων ἤλϑον, πιστεύσαντες ταῖς σπονδαῖς, οὐ νῦν ἐκεῖ-- 
YOL παιόμενοι, κεγτούμενοι, ὑβριξόμενοι, οὐδ᾽ ἀποθανεῖν of 
a τλήμονες δύνανται; καὶ μάλ᾽, οἶμαι, ἐρῶντες τούτου. “A σὺ 
πάντα εἰδώς, τοὺ; μὲν ἀμύνεσϑαι κελεύοντας φλυαρεῖν φῇς, 
πείϑειν δὲ πάλιν κελεύεις ἰόντας; ᾿Εμοὶ dé, ὦ ἄνδρες, δο- 
κεῖ, τὸν ἄνϑρωπον τοῦτον μήτε προςίεσϑαι εἰς ταὐτὸ ἡμῖν 
αὐτοῖς, ἀφελομένους τε τὴν “λοχαγίαν, σκεύη ἀναϑέντας, ὡς 
Ὁ τοιούτῳ χρῇσϑαι. Οὗτος γὰρ καὶ τὴν πατρίδα καταισχύ- 
vu, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ᾿ Ελλάδα, ὅτι Ἕλλην ὧν τοιοῦτός ἐστι»." 
 Ἐντεῦϑεν ὑπολαβὼν ᾿Αγασίας Στυμφάλιος, εἶπεν" ““ ᾿Αλλὰ 
τούτῳ γε οὔτε τῆς Βοιωτίας προςήκει οὐδέν, οὔτε τῆς ᾿Ελ- 


68 ZENO@®NNTOZ [Βι6. Γ΄, 


λάδος παντάπασιν" ἐπεὶ ἐγὼ αὐτὸν εἶδον,. ὥςπερ “Δυδόν, 
ἀμφότερα τὰ ὦτα τετρυπημένον.᾽ Καὶ εἶχεν οὕτως. Tov- 
τον μὲν οὖν ἀπήλασαν" of δ᾽ ἄλλοι, παρὰ τὰς τάξεις ἰόντες, 
ὅπου μὲν στρατηγὸς σῶος εἴη, τὸν στρατηγὸν παρεκάλουν" 
ὁπόϑεν δὲ οἴχοιτο, τὸν ὑποστρατηγὸν ὅπου δὲ λοχαγὺς " 
σῶος εἴη, τὸν λοχαγόν. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ πάντες συνῆλϑον, εἷς τὸ 
πρόσϑεν τῶν ὅπλων ἐχαϑέζοντο᾽ καὶ ἐγένοντο οἷ συνελϑύν»- 
τες στατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ ἀμφὶ τοὺς ἑκατόν. Ὅτε δὲ ταῦ- 
τα ἦν, σχεδὸν ἦσαν μέσαε νύκτες. Ἐνταῦϑα Ἱερώνυμος 
᾿Ηλεῖος, πρεσβύτατος ὧν τῶν Προξένου λοχαγῶν, ἤρχετο λὲ- 0 
yey ὧδε" ““ Ἡμῖν, ὦ ἄνδρες στρατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοί, δρῶσι 
τὰ παρόντα ἔδοξε καὶ αὐτοῖς συνελϑ εἶν, καὶ ὑμᾶς σεααραχα- 
λέσαι, ὅπως βουλευσαίμεϑα, εἴ τι δυναίμεϑα, ἀγαϑόν. 
«Δέξον δ᾽," ἔφη, “ καὶ σύ, ὦ Ξενοφῶν, ἅπερ καὶ πρὸς ἡμᾶς." 
Ex τούτου λέγει τάδε Ξενοφῶν" “Alla ταῦτα μὲν δὴ παν" 
τες ἐπιστάμεϑα, ὅτι βασιλεὺς χαὶ Τισσαφέρνης, ος μὲν 
ἐδυνήϑησαν, συνειλήφασιν ἡμῶν᾽ τοῖς δ᾽ ἄλλοις δῆλον ὅτι 
ἐπιβουλεύουσιν, ὡς, ἢν δύνωνται, ἀπολέσωσι». Ἡμῖν δὲ 
γ᾽ οἶμαι πάντα ποιητέα, ὡς μήποτ᾽ ἐπὶ τοῖς βαρβάροις γενώ- 
peda, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον, ἢν δυνώμεϑα, ἐκεῖνοι ἐφ᾽ ἡμῖν. Eve 
τοίνυν ἐπίστασθε, ὅτι ὑμεῖς, τοσοῦτοι ὄντες, ὅσοι νῦν συνγε- 
ληλύϑατε, μέγιστον ἔχετε χαιρόν. Οἱ γὰρ στρατιῶται οὗτοι 
πάντες πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἀποβλέπουσι" κἂν μὲν ὑμᾶς ὁρῶσιν ἀϑυ- 
μοῦντας, πάντες κακοὶ ἔσονται" ἣν δὲ ὑμεῖς αὑτοί τὸ πα- 
ρασκευαζόμενοι φανεροὶ ἥτο ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους, καὶ τοὺς % 
ἄλλους παρακαλῆτε, εὖ ἴστε, ὅτι ἕψονται ὑμῖν, καὶ πειράσον- 
ται μιμεῖσθαι. Ἴσως δέ τοι καὶ δίκαιόν ἐστιν ὑμᾶς διαφέ- 
eee τι τούτων. “Ὑμεῖς γὰρ dove στρατηγοὶ, ὑμεῖς ταξίαρχοι 
καὶ λοχαγοί᾽ καὶ ὅτε εἰρήνη ἤν, ὑμεῖς καὶ χρήμασι καὶ τι- 
pois τούτων ἐπλεονεκτεῖτε᾽ καὶ νῦν τοίνυν, ἐπεὶ πόλεμος 0 
ἐστιν, ἀξιοῦν δεῖ ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀμείνους τε τοῦ πλήϑους εἶγαι, 
καὶ προβουλεύειν τούτων καὶ Be dude ἢν TOU δέῃ. Kat 


οὖν πρῶτον μὲν οἶμαι ὧν ὑμᾶς μέγα ὀνῆσαι τὸ στράτευμα, 


Kr. a] ΚΥ͂ΡΟΥ ANABASIS. 69 


% - 9 
εἰ ἐπιμεληϑείητε, ὅπως ἀντὶ τῶν ἀπολωλότων ὡς τάχιστα 
Ὶ 8 ‘N tnd » 4 3 ὔ 
στατηγοὶ καὶ λοχαγοὶ xatactadwow. ἄνευ γὰρ ἀρχόντων 
Per an »» ’ » > 4 e ε a ᾽ 
οὐδὲν uy οὔτε καλόν, οὔτε ayadoy γένοιτο, ὡς μὲν συνελόντι 
~ 3 τ οὖ ~ ΟΝ 
εἰπεῖν, οὐδαμοῦ" ἐν δὲ δὴ τοῖς πολεμικοῖς, παντάπασιν. “H 
δ μὲν γὰρ εὐταξία σώζειν δοκεῖ, ἡ δὲ ἀταξία πολλοὺς ἤδη ἅπο-- 
᾽’ 3,. ΠῚ a ’ 4 » od »- 
λώλεκεν. ᾿Επειδὰν δὲ καταστήσησϑε τοὺς ἄρχοντας, ὕσους δεῖ, 
n 4 4 » ? ’ δ sel 
ἣν καῇ TOUS ἄλλους στρατιωτας συλλέγητε καὶ παραϑαῤῥύνη- 
τε, οἶμαι, ὑμᾶς πάνυ ἂν ἐν καιρῷ ποιῆσαι. Nov μὲν γὰρ ἴσως 
- 3 τ 
καὶ ὑμεῖς αἰσϑάνεσϑε, ὡς ἀϑύμως μὲν ἢλϑον ἐπὶ τὰ ὅπλα, 
> e a 8 a a i: .« [1] td 5 
10 αϑύμως δὲ πρὸς τὰς φυλακας" ὥςτε, οὕτω γε ἐχόντων», οὐκ 
" 2 ~ , , 
οἶδα, ὁ τι ἄν τις χρήσαιτο αὐχοῖς, εἴτε νυκτὸς . δέοι τι, εἴτε. 
a ε ᾽ an ? 3 - ¢ 4 ᾽ « Φ 
καὶ ἡμέρας. Iv δὲ τις αὐτῶν τρέψη τὰς γνώμας, ὡς μὴ 
τοῦτο μόνον ἐννοῶνται, τί πείσονται, ἀλλὰ καὶ τί ποιήσουσι, 
4 > ’ ov 4 3, a o er 
πολὺ ευϑυμότεροι ἔσονται. Lnivtusds γὰρ δήπου, ote 
"» lod U ᾽ >” 3 4 ς ~ ᾿ 4 
16 οὔτε πλῆϑος ἐστιν οὔτε ἰσχὺς ἢ ἐν τῳ πολέμῳ τὰς νίκας 
- 3 > ᾿ ~ ~ ~ ow 
ποιοῦσα" ἀλλ᾽ ὁπότερον ay σὺν τοῖς ϑεοῖς ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἐῤ- 
ῥωμενέστεροι ἴωσιν ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους, τούτους ὡς ἐπιτο- 
- > ἢ 2 
πολὺ ot ἐναντίον οὐ δέχονται. ᾿Εντεϑύμημαι δ᾽ ἔγωγε, 
ῖ:τ»ν , “᾿ cA e » a ’ - 
@ ὠνδρες, καὶ τοῦτο, οτι, ὁπόσοι μὲν μαστεύουσι ζῆν ἐκ παν»-- 
~ ~ ze 4 Land 
80 τὸς τρόπου ἐν τοῖς πολεμικοῖς, οὗτος, μὲν κακῶς τὸ καὶ 
> - ε . 2 Ω _ εν» . , ἢ 
αἰσχρὼς ὡς ἐπιτοπολὺ ἀποθνήσκουσιν" onovos δὲ τὸν μὲν 
ϑάνατον ἐγνώχασε πᾶσι κοινὸν εἶναι καὶ ἀναγκαῖον ἀνθϑρώ-- 
a a “ τῷ 3 a 3 ἢ ’ 
ποις, περὶ δὲ τοῦ καλὼς ἀποϑνήσκειν ἀγωνίζονται, τούτους 
ὁρῶ μᾶλλόν πως εἰς τὸ γῆρας ἀφικνουμένους, καί, ἕως ἂν 
“Ὁ 3 Lad τ 
% ζῶσιν, εὐδαιμονέστερον διάγοντας. “A καὶ ἡμᾶς δεῖ νῦν 
2 
καταμαϑόντας, ἐν τοιούτῳ γὰρ καιρῷ ἐσμέν, αὐτούς τε ἂν- 
3 Ὁ 
Spas ἀγαϑοὺς εἶναι, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους παρακαλεῖν." Ὃ μὲν 
-ᾷᾳῷς5 . 
ταῦτ᾽ εἰπών, ἐπαύσατο. 
- 3 39 
Μετὰ τοῦτον δ᾽ εἶπε Χειρίσοφος" ““ ᾿Αλλὰ πρόσϑεν μέν, 
$3 ~ - 
%w Ξενοφῶν, τοσοῦτον μόνον ae ἐγίγνωσκον, ὅσον ἤκονον 
8 - [7 Od 2 
᾿Αϑηναῖον εἶναι" νῦν δὲ καὶ ἐπαινῶ σε ἐφ᾽ οἷς λέγεις τὸ καὶ 
4 Ἧ nn e τ , Φ 
πράττεις, χαὶ βουλοίμην αν ore πλείστους εἶναι τοιουτοὺς 
n > 
κοινὸν γὰρ ἂν εἴη τὸ ἀγαϑόν. Καὶ νῦν," ἔφη, “ μὴ μέλλωμεν, 


70 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΔΊΟΣ [Bb Γ 


ὦ ἄνδρες, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπελθόντες ἤδη αἱρεῖσϑε οἷ δεόμενοι ἄρχον- 
τας, καὶ ἑλόμενοι ἥκετε εἰς τὸ μέσον τοῦ στρατοπέδου, καὶ 
τοὺς αἱρεθέντας ἄγετο᾽ ἔπειτα ἐχεῖ συγκαλοῦμεν τοὺς ἄ}- 
λους στρατιώτας ᾿ παρέστω δ᾽ ἡμῖν," ἔφη, “καὶ Τολμίδης ὃ 
κήρυξ." Καὶ ἅμα ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἀνέστη, ὡς μὴ μέλλοιτο, ἀλ- 
λὰ megaivosto τὰ δέοντα. “Ex τούτον ἡἠρέϑησαν ἄρχοντες, 
ἀντὶ μὲν Κλεάρχου Τιμασέων Δαρδανεύς, ἀντὲ δὲ Σωχρά- 
τους Zavdixdng ᾿άχαιός, ἀντὶ δὲ ᾿Αγίου ᾿ἀρκάδος Κλεάνωρ 
᾿Ορχομένιος, ἀντὲ δὲ Mévevog " Φιλήαιος ᾿άχαιός, ἀγτὶ δὲ 
Προξένου ξενοφῶν ᾿4ϑηναῖος. " 


Κεφάλαιον β'. 


Ἁ 


Ἐπεὶ δὲ 7 ἤρηντο, ἡμέρα τε σχεδὸν ὑπέφαινε, καὶ εἷς τὸ 
picoy ἧκον οἱ ἄρχοντες, ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς, προφύλακας κατα- 
στήραντας, συγκαλεῖν τοὺς στρατιώτας. Ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ οἱ 
ἄλλοι στρατιῶται συνῆλθον, ἀνέστη πρῶτον μὲν Χειρίσοφος 
ὃ «Ἰακεδαιμόνιος, καὶ ἔλεξεν ὧδε" ““ὯὮ, ἄνδρες σερατιῶται, 1 
χαλεπὰ μὲν τὰ παρόντα, ὅπότε sig ν στρατηγῶν τοιούτων. 
στερόμεϑα καὶ λοχαγῶν καὶ στρατιωτῶν" πρὸς δ᾽ ἔτι καὶ of 
ἀμφὶ ᾿Δριαῖον, οὗ πρόσϑεν σύμμαχοι ὄντες, προδεδώκασιν 
ἡμᾶς. Ὅμως δὲ δεῖ ἐκ τῶν παρόντων ἄνδρας ἀγαϑούς τε 
ἐλϑεῖν, καὶ μὴ ϑᾳίεσθαι, ἀλλὰ πειρᾶσϑαι, ὅπως, ἣν μὲν δυ- Ὁ 
γνώμεϑα, καλῶς γικῶντες σωζώμεϑα " a δὲ μή, ἀλλὰ καλῶς 
γε ἀποϑνήσκωμεν, ὑποχείριον δὲ μήποτε γενώμεϑα ζῶντες 
τοῖς πολεμίοις. Θἷμαι γὰρ ἂν ἡμᾶς τοιαῦτοι Bader, οἷα 
τοὺς ἐχϑροὺς οὗ ϑεοὶ ποιήσειαν. ᾿ 

‘End τούτῳ Κλεάνωρ ᾿ὀρχομένιος ἀνέστη, καὶ ἔλεξεν ὧδε" Ὁ 
‘TAM ὁρᾶτε μέν; ὦ ἄνδρες, τὴν βασιλέως ἐπιορκέαν καὶ ἀσέ- 
Bear ὁρᾶτε δὲ τὴν Τισσαφέρνους ἀπιστίαν, ὅςτις λέγων» 
ὡς γείτων τὸ εἴη τῆς Ἑλλάδος, καὶ περὶ πλείστον ἂν ποιή- 
σαιτο σῶσαι ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις αὐτὸς ὁμόσας ἡμῖν, αὖ- 


Keg. β΄. KPO? ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. | 71 


tos 8st ξιὰς δούς, αὐτὸς ἐξαπατήσας, συνέλαβε τοὺς ὕτρῦτη: 
γούς, καὶ οὐδὲ la ξένιον ἡἠδέσϑη, ἀλλά, Κλεάρχῳ καὶ ὅμο- 
τράπεζος γενόμενος, αὐτοῖς “τούτοις ἐξαπατήσας τοὺς ay 
δρας ἀπολώλεκεν. ᾿Αριαῖος δέ, ὃν ἡμεῖς ἠϑέλομεν βασιλέα 
4 καϑιστάναι, καὶ ἐδώκαμεν καὶ ἐλάβομεν πιστά, μὴ προ- 
δώσειν ἀλλήλους, καὶ οὗτος, οὔτε τοὺς ϑεοὺς δείσας, οὔτε 
Κῦρον τὸν τεϑνηχότα αἰδεσϑεις, τιμώμενος μάλιστα ὑπὸ 
Κύρου ζῶντος, νῦν πρὸς τοὺς ἐκείνου ἐχθίστους ἀποστάς, 
ἡμᾶς τοὺς Κύρου φίλους κακὼς ποιεῖν πειρᾶται. ᾿Αλλὰ 
10 τούτους μὲν of Geol ἀποτίσαιντο" ἡμᾶς δὲ δεῖ, ταῦτα δρῶ»-- 
τας, μήποτε ἐξαπατηϑῆναι ἔτι ὑπὸ τούτων, ἀλλὰ μαχομέ- 
vous, ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα κράτιστα, τοῦτο, ὅ τι ἂν δοκῇ τοῖς 
ϑεοῖς, πάσχειν.᾽ 
"Ex τούτου ξενοφὼν ἀνίσταται, ἐσταλμένος εἷς πόλε-- 
δα por ὡς Dives κάλλιστα" νομίζων, site νίκην διδοῖεν 
οἱ ϑεοῖ, τὸν κάλλιστον κόσμον τῷ γικᾶν πρέπειν" εἴτε 
τελευτᾶν δέοι, ὀρϑῶς ἔχειν, τῶν καλλίστων ἑαυτὸν ἀξιώσαν-- 
τα, ἐν τούτοις τῆς τελευτῆς τυγχάνειν" τοῦ λόγου δὲ ἤρχετο 
ὦὧδε᾽ ““ Τὴν μὲν τῶν βαρβάρων ἐπιορκίαν τε καὶ ἀπιστίαν 
ΝΟ lives Kiscvwo, ἐπίστασθε δέ, oipai, καὶ ὑμεῖς. Et μὲν 
οὖν βουλευόμεϑα πάλιν αὐτοῖς διὰ φιλίας ἰέναι, ἀνάγκη 
ἡμᾶς πολλὴν ἀϑυμίαν ἔχειν, δρῶντας τοὺς στρατηγούς, οἵ 
διὰ πίστεως αὐτοῖς ἑαυτοὺς ἐνεχείρισαν, οἷα πεπόνϑασιν" 
ai μέντοι; διανοούμεθα σὺν τοῖς ὕπλοις, ὧν τε πεποιήκασι, 
BS δίχην ἐπιθεῖναι αὐτοῖς, καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν διὰ παντὸς πολέμου 
αὐτοὺς ἰέναι, σὺν τοῖς ϑεοῖς πολλαὶ ἡμῖν καὶ καλαὶ ἐλπίδες 
εἰ] σωτηρίας.᾽᾽ Tovto δὲ λέγοντος αὐτοῦ, πτιάρνυταΐ τις" 
ἀκούσαντες δὲ of στρατιῶται, πάντες μιᾷ COUN προρεκύνη- 
σαν τὸν ϑιόν᾽ καὶ Ξενοφῶν εἶπε" “Δοκεῖ μοι, ὦ ἄνδρες, 
ΘΟ ἐπεὶ περὶ σωτηφίας ἡμῶν λεγόντων οἰωνὸς τοῦ Aids τοῦ Σω- 
τῆρος ἐράνη, εὔξασϑαι τῷ Seg τούτῳ ϑύσειν σωτήρια, ὅπον 
ἄν πρῶτον εἰς φιλίαν χώραν ἀφικώμεϑα". συνεπενξασϑαι δὲ 
wad τοῖς ἄλλοις ϑεοῖς θύσειν xata δύναμιγ. Kad ὅτῳ δοκεῖ 


72 EENO®NLNTOZ [ Bib. 2 


ταῦτ᾽," ἔφη, “avatewaro τὴν χεῖρα." Καὶ ἀνέτειναν 
ἅπαντες. Ἔκ τούτου εὔξαντο καὶ ἐπαιάγισαν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ 

ῳᾧ rn) « » o ta Ξ 
τῶν ϑεῶν καλῶς εἶχεν, ἤρχετο πάλιν ὧδε 

“ ᾿ἘἘτύγχανον λέγων, ὅτε πολλαὶ καὶ καλαὶ ἐλπίδες ἡμῖν εἶεν 
σωτηρίας. Πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ἡμεῖς μὲν ἐμπεδοῦμεν τοὺς 
τῶν ϑεῶν ὅρκους, οἷ δὲ πολέμιοι ἐπιωρχήκασί τε, καὶ τὰς 

4 e ω ’ Ω 9 e 3 
σπονδὰς καὶ τοὺς ogxous λελυκασιν. Ovutw δ᾽ ἐχόντων, εἰ- 
κός, τοῖς μὲν πολεμίοις ἐναντίους εἶναι τοὺς ϑεούς, ἡμῖν δὲ 

᾿ e > —., ? e 
συμμάχους, οἵπερ ixuvol εἰσι, καὶ τοὺς μεγάλους ταχὺ μι- 
κροὺς ποιεῖν, καὶ τοὺς μικρούς, κἂν ἐν δεινοῖς ὦσι, σάζειν \ 
εὐπετῶς, ὅταν βούλωνται. Ἔπειτα δέ, ἀναμνήσω γὰρ ὑμᾶς 
καὶ τοὺς τῶν προγόνων τῶν ἡμετέρων κινδύνους, ἵν᾽ εἰδῆτε, 
ὡς ἀγαϑοῖς τε ὑμῖν προςήκει εἶναι, σώζονταὶΐ τε σὺν τοῖς 
ϑεοῖς καὶ ἐκ πάνυ δεινῶν οἱ ἀγαϑοῖ" ἐλθόντων μὲν γὰρ 
Περσῶν καὶ τῶν σὺν αὐτοῖς παμπληϑεῖ στόλῳ, ὡς ἄφα-" 

᾿ a 59 ’ κ od > ws ~ ’ 
ψγιούντων tag Αϑηνας, ὑποστηναι αὐτοῖς «Α4ϑηναῖοι τολμη- - 

3 ’ cy 3a. 7 “ 2 ’ 

σαντες, ἐνίκησαν autous. Καὶ εὐξάμενος τῇ Ἀρτέμιδι, 
ὁπόσους ἂν κατακάνοιεν τῶν πολεμίων, τοσαύτας wigs 
καταϑύσειν τῇ ϑεῷ, ἐπεὶ οὐκ εἶχον ἱκανὰς εὑρεῖν, ἔδοξεῤ αὐ- 
τοῖς Kat ἐνιαυτὸν πεντακοσίας ϑίειν᾽ καὶ ἔτι καὶ νῦν ἀπο- Ὁ 
ϑύουσιν. Ἔπειτα ὅτε Ξέρξης ὕστερον ἀγείρας τὴν ἀναρί- 
ϑμητον στρατιὰν ἤλϑεν ἐπὶ τὴν Ελλάδα, καὶ τότε ἐνίκων oi 
ἡμέτεροι πρόγονοι τοὺς τούτων προγόνους, καὶ κατὰ γῆν 
καὶ κατὰ ϑάλατταν. Ὧν ἐστι μὲν τεχμήρια δρᾶν τὰ τρό-᾿ 
move, μέγιστον δὲ μαρτύριον ἡ ἐλευϑερία THY πόλεων, ἐν 35 
αἷς ὑμεῖς ἐγένεσθε καὶ ἐτράφητε᾽ οὐδένα γὰρ ἄνθρωπον 
δεσπότην, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ϑεοὺς προςκυνεῖτε. Τοιούτων μέν 
ἐστε προγόνων. Ov μὲν δὴ τοῦτό γε ἐρῶ, ὡς ὑμεῖς καταυ- 

’ ’ 3443 » , ¢ ἕο > > 2? 9 
oxuvete αὐτοὺς" ald οὕπω πολλαὶ ἡμέραι, ap οὐ ἀντιτα- 
ξάμενοι τούτοις τοῖς ἐκείνων ἐκγόνοις, πολλαπλασίους ὑμὼν Ν 
αὐτῶν ἐνικᾶτε σὺν τοῖς ϑεοῖς. Καὶ τότε μὲν δὴ περὶ τῆς 
Κύρου βασιλείας ἄνδρες ἦτε ἀγαϑοῖ" νῦν δ᾽, ὁπότε περὶ 
τῆς ὑμετέρας σωτηρίας ὃ ἀγών ἐστι, πολὺ δήπου ἡμᾶς προς- 


Keg. β΄. ΚΥΤΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIZ. ' 73 


ήκει καὶ ἀμείνονας καὶ προϑυμοτέρους εἶναι. ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν 
καὶ ϑαῤῥαλεωτέρους νῦν πρέπει εἶναι πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους. 
Tore μὲν γὰρ ἄπειροι ὄντες αὐτῶν, τὸ τε πλῆϑος ἄμετρον 
ὁρῶντες, ὕμως ἐτολμήσατε σὺν τῷ πατρίῳ φρονήματι ἐένας 
8 εἰς αὐτούς" νῦν δ᾽, ὅπότε καὶ πεῖραν “ἤδη ἔχετε αὐτῶν, ὅτε 
ϑέλουσι καὶ πολλαπλάσιοι ὄντες μὴ δέχεσϑαι ὑμᾶς, τί ὑμῖν 
ἔτι προςήκει τούτους φοβεῖσϑαι; Μηδὲ μέντοι τοῦτο μεῖον 
δόξητε ἔχειν, εἰ οἱ Κυρεῖοι, πρόσϑεν σὺν ὑμῖν ταττόμενοι, 
γῦν ἀφεστήκασιν᾽ ἔτι γὰρ οὗτοι κακίονές εἰσι τῶν Vp ἡμῶν 
80 ἡττημένων " ἔφευγον γοῦν πρὸς ἐκείνους, καταλιπόντες ὑμᾶς. 
Ἰοὺς δὲ ἐθέλοντας φυγῆς ἄρχειν, πολὺ χρεῖττον σὺν τοῖς 
πολεμίοις ταττομένους, i ἐν τὴ ἡμετέρᾳ τάξει, δυνᾶν. Ei δέ 
τις αὖ ὑμῶν "᾿ἀϑυμεῖ, OTL ἡμῖν μὲν οὐκ εἰσὶν ἱππεῖς, τοῖς δὲ 
πολεμίοις πολλοὶ πάρεισιν, ἐνθυμήϑητε, ore οἱ μύριοι in- 
Bb πεῖς οὐδὲν ἄλλο, ἢ μύριοι ἄνϑρωποι εἰσίν" ὑπὸ μὲν γὰρ 
ἵππου ἐν μάχη οὐδεὶς πώποτε οὔτε δηχϑεὶς οὔτε λακτισϑ εὶς 
ἀπέϑανεν᾽ οἵ δ᾽ ἄνδρες εἰσὶν οἱ ποιοῦντες, ὃ τι ἂν ve ταῖς 
μάχᾷις γίγνηται. Οὐκοῦν τῶν γε ἱππέων πολὺ ἡμεῖς ἐπ᾽ 
ἀσφαλεστέρου ὀχήματος ἐσμέν" ob μὲν γὰρ ἐφ᾽ ἵππων κρέ- 
580 μανται, φοβούμενοι οὐχ ἡμᾶς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ καταπε- 
σεῖν" ἡμεῖς δ᾽ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς βεβηκότες, πολὺ μὲν ἰσχυρότερον 
παίσομεν, ἢν τις προςίη, πολὺ δ᾽ ἔτι μᾶλλον, ¢ ὅτου ἂν ἐθὲέ- 
ἴωμεν, τευξύμεϑα. ‘Evi μόνῳ προέχουσιν ἡμᾶς ob ἱππεῖς" 
φεύγειν αὑτοῖς ἀσφαλέστερόν ἐστιν, ἢ ἡμῖν. Εἰ δὲ δὴ τὰς 
BS μὲν μάχας θαῤῥεῖτε, ὅτε δ᾽ οὐκέτι ἡμῖν Τισσαφέρνης ἡγήσε- 
ται, οὐδὲ βασιλεὺς ἀγορὰν παρέξει, τοῦτο ἄχϑεσϑε, σκέ- 
ψασϑε, πότερον κρεῖττον, Τισσαφέρνην ἡγεμόνα ἔχειν, ὃς 
ἐπιβουλεύων ἡμῖν φανερός ἐστιν, ἢ Os ἂν ἡμεῖς ἄνδρας ᾿ 
λαβόντες ἡγεῖσϑαι κελεύωμεν " οὗ εἴσονται, ὅτι, ἢν τι περὶ 
80 ἡμᾶς ἁμαρτάνωσι, meg τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχὰς καὶ τὰ σώματα 
ἁμαρτάνουσι. Τὰ δ᾽ ἐπιτήδεια πότερον ὠνεῖσϑαι κρεῖττον 
ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς, ἧς οὗτοι παρεῖχον, μικρὰ μέτρα πολλοῦ ἀρ- 
γυρίου, μηδὲ τοῦτο ἔτι ἔχοντας, ἢ αὐτοὺς λαμβάνειν, ἤνπερ 
7 


74 ZENO®NNTOZ [B.6. 1 


χρατῶμεν, μέτρῳ χρωμένους, ὁπόσῳ ἄν ἕκαστος βούληται. 
Εἰ δὲ ταῦτα μὲν yiyvaoxste, ὅτε οὕτω κρείττονα, τοὺς δὲ 
ποταμοὺς ἄπορον γομίζετε εἶναι, καὶ μεγάλως ἡγεῖσϑε ἐξα- 
πατηϑῆναι διαβάντες, σκέψασϑε, εἰ ἄρα τοῦτο καὶ μωρύ- 
τατον πεποιήκασιν οἱ βάρβαροι. Πάντες μὲν γὰρ οἱ ποτα- 
μοί, εἰ καὶ πρόσω τῶν πηγῶν ἄποροι ὦσι, προϊοῦσι πρὸς 
τὰς πηγὰς διαβατοὶ γίγνονται, οὐδὲ τὸ γόνυ βρέχοντες. Εἰ 
δὲ μήϑ᾽ of ποταμοὶ διοίσουσιν, ἡγεμών τε μηδεὶς φανεῖται, 
οὐδ᾽ ὡς ἡμῖν γε ἀϑυμητέον. ᾿Ἐπιστάμεϑα γὰρ Μυσούς, ois 
οὐκ ἂν ἡμῶν φαίημεν βελτίους εἶναι, of, βασιλέως ἄκοντος, ey \ 
τῇ βασιλέως χώρᾳ πολλάς τε καὶ μεγάλας καὶ εὐδαίμονας πό- ' 
λεις οἰκοῦσιν" ἐπιστάμεϑα δὲ Πεισίδας ὡςαύτως" Μυχά- 
ογας δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ εἴδομεν, ὅτι, ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις τὰ ἐρυμνὰ χα- 
ταλαβόντες, τὴν τούτου χώραν καρποῦνται. Καὶ ἡμᾶς δ᾽ ἀν 
φαίην ἔγωγε χρῆναι μήπω φανεροὺς εἶναι: οἴκαδε ὡρμημέ- " 
γους, ἀλλὰ κατασκευάζεσθαι, ὡς αὐτοῦ που οἰκήσοντας. Οἷ- 
δα γάρ, ὅτι καὶ ἹΜυσοῖς βασιλεὺς πολλοὺς μὲν “ἢγεμόνας ἂν 
δοίη, πολλοὺς δ᾽ uv ὁμήρους τοῦ ἀδόλως ἐκπέμψειν καὶ δδο- 
ποιήσειέ γ᾽ ἂν αὐτοῖς, καὶ εἰ σὺν τεϑρίπποις βούλοιντο ἀπιέ- 
ναι. Καὶ ἡμῖν γ᾽ av oid’ ὅτι τριςάσμενος ταῦτα ἐποίει, εἰ ἑώρα Ὁ 
ἡμᾶς μένειν παρασκευαζομένους. ᾿Αλλὰ γὰρ δέδοικα, μή, 
ἂν ἅπαξ μάϑωμεν ἀργᾳὶ ζῆν, καὶ ἐν ἀφϑόνοις βιοτεύειν, 
καὶ Μήδων δὲ καὶ Περσῶν καλαῖς καὶ μεγάλαις γυναιξὶ 
καὶ παρϑένοις ὁμιλεῖν, μή, ὥςπερ ot Awtopayot, ἐπιλαϑω- 
μεϑα τῆς οἴκαδε ὁδοῦ. Δοκεῖ οὖν μοι εἰκὸς καὶ δίκαιον % 
εἶναι, πρῶτον εἰς τὴν Ελλάδα καὶ πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους πειρᾶ- 
σϑαι ἀφικνεῖσϑαι, καὶ ἐπιδεῖξαι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, ὅτε ἑκόντες 
πένονται, ἐξὸν αὐτοῖς, τοὺς νὺν οἴκοι ἀκλήρους πολιτεύον- 
τας, ἐνθάδε κομισαμένους, πλουσίους ὁρᾶν. ᾿Αλλὰ γάρ, ὦ 
ἄνδρες, πάντα ταῦτα τἀγαϑὰ δηλονότι τῶν κρατούντων ἐστί. 30 
Τοῦτο δὲ δεῖ λέγειν, πῶς ἂν πορευοίμεϑά τε ὡς ἀσφαλέστα- 
τα, καὶ εἰ μάχεσϑαι δέοι, ὡς κράτιστα μαχοίμεϑα. Πρῶτα 
μὲν τοίνυν," ἔφη, “δοκεῖ por κατακαῦσαι τὰς ἁμάξας, ἃς 


Keg. β΄. KTPOr ΑΝΑΒΑ͂ΣΙΣ. 75 


ἔχομεν" ἵνα μὴ τὰ ζεύγη ἡμῶν στρατηγῇ, ἀλλὰ πορευώμεϑα, 
ὅποι ἂν τῇ στρατιᾷ συμφέρη᾽ ἔπειτα καὶ τὰς σκηνὰς συγκα-- 
τακαῦσαι. Αὗται γὰρ αὖ ὄχλον μὲν παρέχουσιν ἄγειν, συν- ὦ 
ὠφελοῦσι δὲ οὐδὲν οὔτε εἰς τὸ μάχεσϑαι, οὔτ᾽ εἷς τὸ τὰ 
δ ἐπιτήδεια ἔχειν. “Ete δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων σκευῶν τὰ περιττὰ 
ἀπαλλάξωμεν, πλὴν ὅσα πολέμου ἕνεκεν ἢ σίτων 7 ποτῶν 
ἔχομεν" ἵν᾽ ὡς πλεῖστοι μὲν ἡμῶν ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις ὦσιν, ὡς 
ἐλάχιστοι δὲ σκευοφορῶσι. Κρατουμένων μὲν γὰρ ἐπίστα- 
σϑε ὅτι πάντα ἀλλότρια ἣν δὲ κρατῶμεν, καὶ τοὺς πολε- 
10 μίους δεῖ σκευοφόρους ἡμετέρους νομίζειν. Δοιπόν μοι 
εἰπεῖν, ὅπερ καὶ μέγιστον νομίζω εἶναι. ὋὉρᾶτε γὰρ καὶ 
τοὺς πολεμίους, ὅτι οὐ πρόσϑεν ἐξενεγκεῖν ἐτόλμησαν πρὸς 
ἡμᾶς πόλεμον, πρὶν τοὺς στρατηγοὺς ἡμῶν συνέλαβον, νομί- 
ζοντες, ὄντων μὲν τῶν ἀρχόντων, καὶ ἡμῶν πειϑομένων, ἷκα- 
Ἰὸ γους εἶναι ἡμᾶς megiyerko oes τῷ πολέμῳ" λαβόντες δὲ τοὺς 
ἄρχοντας, ἀναρχίᾳ ἃ ἂν καὶ ἀταξ tin ἐνόμιζον ἡμᾶς ἀπολέσϑαι. 
Δεῖ οὖν πολὺ μὲν “τοὺς ἄρχοντας Ἐπιμελεστεῤθῦς vey ota 
τοὺς νῦν τῶν πρόσϑεν, πολὺ δὲ τοὺς ἀρχομένους εὐτακτο- 
τέρους καὶ πειϑομένους μᾶλλον τοῖς ἄρχουσι νῦν ἢ καὶ πρό- 
Mote. Ἢν δὲ τις ἀπειϑῇ, ἢν ψηφισησϑε τὸν ἀεὶ ὑμῶν ἐν- 
τυγχάνοντα σὺν τῷ ἄρχοντι κολάζειν, οὕτως οἷ πολέμιοι 
πλεῖστον ἐψευσμένοι ἔσονται" τῇδε γὰρ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ μυρίους 
ὄψονται ἀν᾽ ἑνὸς Κλεάρχους, τοὺς οὐδ᾽ ἑνὲ ἐπιτ τριψοντας 
χακῷ εἶναι. ᾿Αλλὰ γὰρ καὶ περαίνειν ἤδη ὥρα" ἴσως γὰρ 
3 οἱ πολέμιοι αὐτίκα παρέσονται. Ὅτῳ οὖν ταῦτα δοκεῖ κα- 
λῶς ἔχειν, ἐπικυρωσάτα, ὡς τάχιστα, iv” ἔργῳ περ δι ταν" 
εἰ δέ τε οἷδε ἄλλο. βυλεῖον; ἤ ταύτῃ, τόλαύτω: καὶ ὃ ἰδιώτης 
διδάσκειν πάντες γὰρ κοινῆς σωτηρίας δεόμεϑα.᾽" 
Μετὰ ταῦτα Χειρίσοφος εἶπεν" ““ ᾿Αλλ᾽ εἰ μέν τενος ἄλλου 
% δεῖ πρὸς τούτοις, οἷς εἶπε Ξενοφῶν, καὶ αὐτίκα ἐξέσται ποε- 
tiv’ ἃ δὲ νῦν εἴρηκε, δοκεῖ μοι ὡς τάχιστα ψηφίσασθαι 
ἄριστον εἶναι" καὶ ὅτῳ δοκεῖ ταῦτα, ἀνατεινάτω τὴν χεῖρα.᾽" 
᾿Μνέτειναν ἅπαντες. Αναστὰς δὲ πάλιν sine Ξενοφῶν" 


76 ΣΈΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [8ι6. I’: 


τ 3 cd os ~ ld e 
i ἄνδρες, ἀκούσατε wy προςδεῖν δοκεῖ μοι. Aniov ὅτι no- 
- as 3 φ΄ 
ρεύευϑαι ἡμᾶς δεῖ, ὅπου ἕξομεν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. ᾿Ακούω δὲ 
3 «ὦ 9 
κώμας εἶναι καλάς, οὐ πλεῖον εἴκοσι σταδίων ἀπεχούσας“σ 
ς ; , 
Οὐκ ὧν οὖν ϑαυμάζοιμι, εἰ vt πολέμιοι, ὥςπερ οὗ δειλοὶ xv— 
. , ᾿ n ’ 
γες TOUS μὲν παριόντας διωχουσί te καὶ dDaxvovo.y, ἣν δυ- 
a ’ tr ς » 
γωνται, τοὺς δὲ διώκοντας φεύγουσιν, εἰ καὶ οὗτοι ἡμῖν 
3 ~ ~ » 3 2 ’ Cc ww 
ἀπιοῦσιν ἐπακολουϑοῖεν. ‘leno οὖν ἀσφαλέστερον ημῖν 
- we ᾿ 
πορεύεσϑαι πλαίσιον ποιησαμένους τῶν ὅπλων, ἵνα τὰ 
ς > $ 3 
σκευοφόρα καὶ ὃ πολὺς ὄχλος ἐν ἀσφαλεστέρῳ ἢ. Εἰ ovy 
~ 3 “« - a 
γῦν ἀποδειχϑείη, τίνα χρὴ ἡγεῖσθαι τοῦ πλαισίου, καὶ τὰ © 
Oy) « - z 
πρόσϑεν κοσμεῖν, καὶ τίνας ἐπὶ τῶν πλευρῶν ἑκατέρων εἶναι, 
Q , 3 ~ 3 » ς ’ e ° 
καὶ τίνας ὀπισϑοφυλακεῖν, οὐκ ἂν, ὁπότε οὗ πολέμιοι ἔλ- 
€ ws ’ 2 ’ 55 aN 3 - 
ϑοιεν, βουλεύεσϑαι ἡμᾶς δέοι, ἀλλὰ χρῴμεϑ᾽ av εὐϑὺς τοῖς 
᾿ e a τ » ’ € » 
τεταγμένοις. Εἰ μὲν οὖν ἄλλο tig βέλτιον δρᾷ, ἄλλως ἐχέ- 
’ ε 
τω" εἰ δέ μή, Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἡγείσϑω, ἐπειδὴ καὶ “ακεδαι- Ἰδ 
[2 Lad wo ° «a 
μόνιός ἐστι τῶν δὲ πλευρῶν ἑκατέρων δύο τῶν πρεσβυ- 
? ΠῚ Ἔ > we a C¢ ~ 
τάτων oToatnyw ἐπιμελείσϑων " οπισϑοφυλακῶμεν δὲ ἡμεῖς 
[4 ᾽ ad , 
οἱ νεώτατοι, eyo τε καὶ Τιμασίων, τὸ νῦν εἶναι. Τὸ δὲ 
td 0 - 
λοιπόν, πειρώμενοι ταύτης τῆς τάξεως, βουλευσόμεϑα, ὃ τι 
an 2 la . , ’ 
ἄν ἀεὶ κράτιστον δοκοΐη εἶναι. Li δὲ τις ἄλλο βέλτιον δρᾷ, 20 
4 a g > > U v ~ boned 
λεξώτω." “L7et δὲ οὐδεὶς ἀντέλεγεν, εἶπεν" ““Ore δοκεῖ ταῦ- 
3 ~ : ~ ~ 
τα, ἀνατεινάτω τὴν χεῖρα.᾽) ᾿1:δοξεὲ ταῦτα. ** Nuy,’? ἔφη, 
ες ? > ~ ~ a ° Ξ “ Ὁ ε ~ 4 
ἀπιόντας ποιεῖν δεῖ τὰ δεδογμένα" καὶ ὁςτις τε ὑμὼν τοῦς 
2 ° 2 ~ 2$.¥ , > ν > , z * ΝΕ] 
οἰκείους ἐπιϑυμεῖ ἰδεῖν, μεμνησϑω ανὴρ ἀγαϑὸς εἶναι" ov 
’ »Ἢ ’ -  . er “ ΞΡ 
γὰρ ἐστιν ἄλλως τούτου τυχεῖν " οςτις te ζὴν ἐπιϑυμεῖ, πει- 38 
’ ~ ἃ -«- 4 4 “- 
ραυϑὼ νικᾶν" τῶν μὲν γὰρ νικώντων, τὸ κατακαΐνειν, τῶν 
@ ’ 8 2 ’ 
δὲ ἡττωμένων, τὸ ἀποϑνήσκειν ἐστί. Καὶ εἰ τὶς γε χρημά- 
7 om ~ o “ 
τῶν ἐπιϑυμεῖ, κρατεῖν πειρασυϑω" τῶν γὰρ νικώντων ἐυτὶ 
4 a ~ , e - [ 
καὶ τὰ ἑανιτὼ» σωξειν, χαὶ τὰ τῶν ἡττωμένων λαμβάνειν." 


Kep. y’.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASI2. 77 


Κεφάλαιον γ΄. 


Τούτων λέν δ ενΈΩΥ ἀνέστησαν, καὶ ἀπελϑόντες κατέκαιον 
tag ἁμάξας καὶ τὰς σκηνάς" τῶν δὲ περιττῶν, ὅτου. μὲν 
δέοιτό τις, μετεδίδοσαν ἀλλήλοις, τὰ δὲ ἀλλα εἰς τὸ πῦρ ég- 
ῥίπτουν. Ταῦτα ποιήσαντες Ἰριστοποιοῦντο. Ἄριστο- 
5 ποιουμένων δὲ αὐτῶν ἔρχεται Μμιϑριδάτης σὺν ἱππεῦσιν ὡς 

τριάκοντα, καὶ καλεσάμενος τοὺς στρατηγοὺς εἰς ἐπήκοον, 

λέγει ὧδε. ‘Eye, oO avdors Ἕλληνες, καὶ Κύρῳ πιστὸς ἦν͵ 

ὡς ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασϑε, καὶ νῦν ὑμῖν εὔνους" καὶ ἐνθάδε εἰμὴ 

σὺν πολλῷ φόβῳ διάγων. Ei οὖν δρῴην ὑμᾶς σωτήριόν τι 
p βουλευομένους, ἔλϑοιμι ἂν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, καὶ τοὺς ϑεράποντας 
πάντας ἔχων. Aétare οὖν," ἔφη, “ πρός με, τί ἐν νῷ ἔχετε, 
ὡς πρὸς φίλον τε καὶ εὔνουν, καὶ βουλόμενον κοινῇ σὺν ὑμῖν 
τὸν στόλον ποιεῖσϑαι.᾽; πον ευσμ νοις τοῖς στρατηγοῖς ἔδο-- 
ξὲν ἀποκρίνασϑαι τάδε, καὶ ἔλεγε Χειρίσοφος" “ Ἡμῖν δοκεῖ, 
ἣν μὲν τίς ig ἡμᾶς ἀπιέναι οἴκαδε, διαπορεύεσθαι τὴν χώ- 
ραν ὡς ἂν δυνώμεϑα ἀσινέστατα᾽ ἤν δὲ τις ἡμᾶς τῆς ὁδοῦ 
ἀποκωλύῃ, διαπολεμεῖν τούτῳ, ὡς ἂν δυνώμεϑα κράτιστα." 
“Ex τούτου ἐπειρᾶτο Μιϑριδάτης διδάσκειν, ὡς ἄπορον εἴη 
βασιλέως ἄκοντος σωϑῆναι. Ἔνθα δὴ éytyvooxeto, ὅτε 
ὑπόπεμπτος tin’ καὶ γὰρ τῶν Τισσαφέρνους τις οἰκείων 
παρηκολούϑει πίστεως ἕνεκα. Καὶ ἐκ τούτου ἐδόκει τοῖς 
σιρατηγοῖς βέλτιον εἶναι δόγμα ποιήσασθαι, τὸν πόλεμον 
ἀκήρυκτον εἶναι, ἔςτε ἐν τῇ πολεμίᾳ εἶεν " διέφϑειρον γὰρ 
Ξπροςιόντες τοὺς σεφατιδεας, καὶ ἕνα γε λοχαγὸν διέφϑειραν, 
. “Νίκαρχον ᾿ἀρκάδα" καὶ ᾧχετο ἀπιὼν νυκτὸς σὺν ἀνϑρώποις 

«ὑς εἴκοσι. 

Μετὰ ταῦτα ἀριστήσαντες, καὶ διαβάντες τὸν Ζάβατον 
στοταμόν, ἐπορεύοντο τεταγμένοι, τὰ ὑποζύγια καὶ τὸν ὄχλον 
ἐν μέσῳ ἔχοντες. Ov πολὺ δὲ προεληλυϑότων αὐτῶν, és 

Ὁ φαίνεται πάλιν ὃ Midgidarns, ἱππέας ἔχων ὡς διακοσίους, 
ae 


78 ZENO®2QNTOZ [Βιθ. I: 


καὶ τοξότας καὶ σφενδονήτας ὡς τετραχοσίους, μάλα ἐλα- 
φροὺς καὶ εὐζώνους" καὶ προςήἥει μέν, ὡς φίλος ὧν, πρὸς 
τοὺς Ἕλληνας. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐγγὺς ἐγένοντο, ἐξαπίνης οἷ μὲν av- 
-,, : 
τῶν ἐτόξευον καὶ ἱππεῖς καὶ πεζοί, of δ᾽ ἐσφενδόνων καὶ étt- 

e > » ° (od ¢€,. ᾽ ΕΣ a 
τρωσκον. Οἱ ὃ οπισϑοφύλακες τὼν Elinvwy ἔπασχον μὲν 
κακῶς, ἀντεποίου» δὲ οὐδέν" οἵ τε γὰρ Κρῆτες βραχύτερα 
τῶν Περσῶν ἐτόξευον, καὶ ἅμα ψιλοὶ ὄντες εἴσω τῶν ὅπλων 
κατεκέκλειντο" οἵ τε ἀκοντισταὶ βραχύτερα ἠκόντιζον, ἢ ὡς 

“ » - > ’ = “ ’ 
ἐξικνείσϑαι τῶν σφενδονητῶν. Ex τούτου Ξενοφῶντι ἐδο- 
κει διωκτέον εἶναι" καὶ ἐδίωκον τῶν te ὁπλιτῶν καὶ τῶν 1“" 
πελταστῶν oF ἔτυχον σὺν αὐτῷ ὀπισϑοφυλακοῦντες" διώ- 
κοντες δὲ οὐδένα κατελάμβανον τῶν πολεμίων. Οὔτε γὰρ 
ἱππεῖς ἦσαν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, οὔτε οὗ πεζοὶ τοὺς πεζοὺς ἐκ πολ- 
λοῦ φεύγοντας ἐδύναντο καταλαμβάνειν ἐν ὀλίγῳ χωρίω" 
πολὺ γὰρ οὐχ οἷόν τε ἢν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄλλου στρατεύματος διώ- 1 
κειν. OF γὰρ βάρβαροι ἱππεῖς καὶ φεύγοντες ἅμα ἐτίτρω- 

J led e ΄ «-- 
σχον, εἰς τοὔπισϑεν τοξεύοντες ἀπὸ τῶν ἵππων" ὁπόσον δὲ 
ld e@ Led ᾽ αν 

προδιωξειαν οἱ Eldnves, τοσοῦτο παλιν ἐπαναχωρεῖν μαχο- 

᾿ by φ "ὦ ε ’ ω od 9 ᾿ ᾽ ’ 
μένους ἔδει. ᾿Ὥςτε τῆς ἡμέρας ολης διῆλθον ov πλέον πέντε 
καὶ εἴχοσι σταδίων, ἀλλὰ δείλης ἀφίκοντο εἷς τὰς κώμας. 30 
Ἔνϑα δὴ πάλιν ἀϑυμία ἦν. Καὶ Χειρίσοφος καὶ of πρε- 
σβύτατοι τῶν στρατηγῶν Ξενοφῶντα ἡτιῶντο, ὅτι ἐδίωκεν 
> . “"-Ὃ ᾽ 3.» ᾽ ® 
aNO τῆς palayyos, καὶ avtos τε ἐκινδύνευε, καὶ τοὺς πολεμί- 
ous οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἐδύνατο βλάπτειν. 

᾿Ακούσας δὲ ὃ Ξενοφῶν ἔλεγεν, ὅτι ὀρϑῶς ἡτιῶντο, καὶ 2% 
αὑτὸ τὸ ἔργον αὑτοῖς μαρτυροίη. “᾿Αλλ ἐγώ," ἔφη, ““ qvay- 
κάσϑην διώκειν, ἐπεὶ ἑώρων ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ μέγειν κακῶς μὲν 

, 2 - . Fae mana: ® 8 , 
πάσχοντας, ἀντιποιεῖν δὲ οὐδὲν δυναμένους. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐδιώ- 
xoper, ἀληϑῆ," ἔφη, “ ὑμεῖς λέγετε" κακῶς μὲν γὰρ οὐδὲν 
ποιεῖν μᾶλλον ἐδυνάμεϑθα τοὺς πολεμίους, ἀνεχωροῦμεν δὲ 0 
πάνυ χαλεπῶς. Τοῖς οὖν ϑεοῖς χάρις, ὅτι οὐ σὺν πολλῇ 
ῥώμῃ, ἀλλὰ σὺν ὀλίγοις ἤλϑον" ὥςτε βλάψαι μὲν μὴ μεγά- 
λα, δηλῶσαι δέ, ὧν δεόμεϑα. Niv γὰρ οἷ μὲν πολέμιφι 


Keg. y’.| ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIS. 79 


τοξεύουσι καὶ σφενδονῶσιν, ὅσον οὔτε οἵ Κρῆτες ἀντιτοξεύ-- 
ey δύνανται, οὔτε οἵ ἐκ χειρὸς βάλλοντες ἐξικνεῖσϑαι" ὅταν 
δὲ αὐτοὺς διώκωμεν, πολὺ μὲν οὐχ οἷόν τε χωρίον ἀπὸ τοῦ 
στρατεύματος, διώκειν, ὀλίγον δέ" ἔνϑα, οὐδ᾽ εἰ ταχὺς εἴη, 
πεζὸς πεζὸν ay διώχων καταλάβοι ἐκ τόξου ὀύματος. “μμεῖς 
μὲν οὖν εἰ μέλλομεν τούτους εἴργειν, ὥςτε μὴ δύνασϑαι βλά- 
πτειν ἡμᾶς πορευομένους, σφενδονητὼν τε τὴν ταχίστην δεῖ καὶ 
ἱππέων. ᾿Αχούω δ᾽ εἶναι ἐν τῷ στρατεύματι ἡμῶν Ῥοδίους, 
ὧν τοὺς πολλοὺς φασὶν ἐπίστασϑαι σφενδονᾶν, καὶ τὸ βέλος 
αὐτῶν καὶ διπλάσιον φέρεσϑαν τῶν Περσικῶν σφενδονῶν. 
Ἐκεῖναι γὰρ διὰ τὸ χειφοπληϑέσι τοῖς λέϑοις σφενδονᾶν ἐπὶ 
βραχὺ ἐξικνοῦνται " οἵ δὲ ve ᾿Ῥύδιοι χαὶ ταῖς μολυβδίσιν ént- 
στανται χρῆσϑαι. Ἢν οὖν αὐτῶν ἐπισκεψώμεϑα τίνες πέπαν- 
ται σφενδόνας, καὶ τούτων τῷ μὲν αὐτῶν ἀργύριον δῶμεν," τῷ 
δὲ ἄλλας πλέκειν ἐθέλοντε ἄλλο ἀργύριον τελῶμεν, καὶ τῷ 
σφενδονᾶν ἐντεταγμένῳ ἐθέλοντι ἄλλην τινὰ ἀτέλειαν εὑρί- 
σκωμεν, ἴσως τινὲς φανοῦνται ἱχανοὶ ἡμᾶς ὠφελεῖν. “Ὁρῶ 
δὲ καὶ ἵππους ὄντας ἐν τῷ στρατεύματι, τοὺς μέν τινας παρ᾽ 
ἐμοί, τοὺς δὲ τῷ Κλεάρχῳ καταλελειμμένους * πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ 
ἄλλους αἰχμαλώτους σκενοφοροῦντας. “Ay οὖν τούτους πάν»- 
τας ἐκλέξαντες, σχευοφόρα μὲν sia Δεν, τοὺς δὲ ἵππους 
εἰς ἱππέας κατασκευάσωμεν, ἴσως καὶ οὗτοί τι τοὺς φεύγον-- 
rag ἀνιάσουσιν." Ἔδοξε ταῦτα᾽ καὶ ταύτης τῆς νυκτὸς 
σφενδονῆται μὲν εἰς διακοσίους ἐγένοντο, ἵπποι δὲ καὶ ἴπ-- 
πεῖς ἐδοκιμάσθησαν τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ εἰς πεντήχοντα, καὶ στολό- 
δὲς καὶ ϑώρακες αὐτοῖς ἐπορέσϑησαν᾽ καὶ ἵππαρχος δὲ ἐπε- 
σιάϑη Δύκιος ὃ Πολυστράτου, ᾿Αϑηναῖος. 


80 ZENO®RQNTOZ [8ι8. Γ᾿ 


Κεφάλαιον δ΄. 


Μεΐίναντες δὲ ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν, τῇ ἄλλῃ ἐπορεύοντο 
πρωϊαΐτερον ἀναστάντες" χαράδραν γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἔδει δια- 
βῆναι, tp’ ἢ ἐφοβοῦντο μὴ ἐπιϑοῖντο αὐτοῖς διαβαίνουσιν 
οἷ πολέμιοι. Διαβεβηκόσι δὲ αὐτοῖς ἐπιφαίνεται ὃ Μιϑρι- 
δάτης πάλιν, ἔχων ἱππέας χιλίους, τοξότας δὲ καὶ σφενδονή- “ 
τας εἰς Tergaxtezihlovs τοσούτους γὰρ ἤτησε Τισσαφέρνην, 
καὶ ἔλαβεν, ὑποσχόμενος, ἦν τούτους λάβῃ, παραδώσειν av- 
τῷ τοὺς “EMqvas, καταφρονήσας, ὅτι ἐν τῇ ἔμπροσθεν προς- 
βολῇ ὀλίγους ἔχων, ἔπαϑε μὲν οὐδέν, πολλὰ δὲ κακὰ ἐνόμι- 
σε ποιῆσαι. Ἐπεὶ δὲ οἵ Ἕλληνες διαβεβηκότες ἀπεῖχον τῆς 1 - 
χαράδρας ὅσον ὀκτὼ σταδίους, διέβαινε καὶ ὃ Ἱμιϑριδάτης, 
ἔχων τὴν δύναμιν. Παρήγγελτο δέ, τῶν τε πελταστῶν ous 
ἔδει διώκειν, καὶ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, καὶ τοῖς ἱππεῦσιν εἴρητο 
ϑαῤῥοῦσι διώκειν, ὡς ἐφεψομένης ἱκανῆς δυνάμεως. Ἐπεὶ 
δὲ ὃ Μμιϑριδάτης κατειλήφει, καὶ ἤδη σφενδύναι καὶ τοξεύ- 165 
ματα ἐξικνοῦντο, ἐσήμηνε τοῖς Ἕλλησι τῇ σάλπιγγι, καὶ ev- 
ϑὺς ἔϑεον ὁμόσε, οἷς. εἴρητο, καὶ οἵ ἱππεῖς ἤλαυνον" οἵ δὲ 
οὐκ ἐδέξαντο, GAR ἔφευγον ἐπὶ τὴν χαράδραν. ᾿Εν ταύτῃ 
τῇ διώξει τοῖς βαρβάροις τῶν te πεζῶν ἀπέθανον πολλοί, 
καὶ τῶν ἱππέων ἐν τῇ χαράδρᾳ ζωοὶ ἐλήφϑησαν εἷς ὀχτω- Ἢ 
καίδεκα᾽" τοὺς δ᾽ ἀποθανόντας αὐτοκέλευστοι of “Ἕλληνες 
ἠκίσαντο, ὡς ὅτι φοβερώτατον τοῖς πολεμίοις εἴη ὁρᾶν. 

“Kal of μὲν πολέμιοι οὕτω πράξ Saves ἀπῆλϑον᾽ ot 
δ᾽ Ἕλληνες ἀσφαλῶς πορευόμενοι τὸ λοιπὸν τῆς ἡμέρας, ἀφί- 
xovto ἐπὶ τὸν Thyenta ποταμόν. ‘Evravda πόλις "7 ἐρή- 9 
μη, μεγάλη, ὄνομα δ᾽ αὐτῇ ἦν άρισσα" ᾧκουν δ᾽ αὑτὴν τὸ 
παλαιὸν Μῆδοι" τοῦ δὲ τείχους ἦν αὐτῆς τὸ εὖρος πέντε 
καὶ εἴκοσι πόδες, ὕψος δ᾽ ἑκατόν" τοῦ δὲ κύκλου 7 meglo- 
δος δύο παρασάγγαι" ᾧκοδόμητο δὲ πλίνϑοις κεραμίαις" 
κρηπὶς δὲ ὑπὴν λιϑίνη, τὸ ὕψος εἴκοσι ποδῶν. Ταύτην 80 


Key. δ΄. KPO? ANABAZIS. 81 


᾿βασιλεὺς ὁ Περσῶν, ὅτε παρὰ Μήδων ἐλάμβανον τὴν ἀρχὴν 
Πέρσαι, πολιορκῶν, ovderi τρόπῳ ἐδύνατο ει ἥλιος δὲ 
νεφέλην προκαλύψας, ἠφάνισε, μέχρις οὗ ἄνθρωποι ἐξέλι- 
πον, καὶ οὕτως ἑάλω. Παρ᾿ αὐτὴν τὴ» πόλιν ἣν πυραμὶς 
α λιϑίνη, τὸ μὲν εὖρος ἑνὸς πλεῦφον; τὸ δὲν ὕψος δύο πλέϑρων». 
“Ent ταύτης πολλοὶ τῶν βαρβάρων ἦσαν, ἐκ τῶν πλησίον, 
κωμῶν ἀποπεφευγότες. 
Ἐντεῦϑεν eno ορεύϑησαν σταϑμὸν ἕνα παρασάγγας es 
πρὸς τεῖχος ἔρημον, μέγα, πρὸς τῇ πόλει κείμενον" Grope 
ο δ᾽ ἦν τῇ πόλει ἹΜέσπιλα" Μῆδοι δ᾽ αὐτήν ποτε ᾧκουν. 
“Hy δὲ ἡ μὲν κρηπὶς λίϑου ξεστοῦ κογχυλιάτου, τὸ εὖρος 
πεντήκοντα ποδῶν, καὶ τὸ ὕψος πεντήκοντα. Ἐπὶ δὲ ταύτῃ 
ἐπῳκοδόμητο πλίνϑινον τεῖχος τὸ μὲν εὗρος πεντήκοντα 
ποδῶν, τὸ δὲ ὕψος ἑκατόν" τοῦ δὲ κύκλου 4 περίοδος ἕξ 
& παραυάγγαι. ᾿Ἐνταῦϑα ἐλέγετο Mydia γυνὴ βασιλέως κα- 
ταφυγεῖν, ὅτε ἀπώλεσαν τὴν ἀρχὴν ὑπὸ Περσῶν πηῆδοι. 
Ταύτην δὲ τὴν πόλιν πολιορκῶν ὃ Περσὼν βασιλεὺς οὐκ 
ἐδύνατο οὔτε χρόνῳ ἑλεῖν, οὔτε βίᾳ᾽ Ζεὺς δ᾽ ἐμδροντήτους 
ποιεῖ τοὺς ἐνοικοῦντας, καὶ οὕτως ἑάλω. 
Ὁ Ἐντεῦϑεν δ᾽ ἐπορεύϑησαν σταϑμὸν ἕνα παρασάγγας τέτ- 
ταρας. Εἰς τοῦτον δὲ τὸν σταϑμὸν Τισσαφέρνης ἐπεφάνη, 
οὕς te αὐτὸς ἦλϑεν ἱππέας ἔχων, καὶ τὴν ᾿Θρόντου δύναμιν, 
ποῦ τὴν βασιλέως ϑυγατέρα ἔχοντος, καὶ ovs Κῖρος ἔχων 
ἀνέβη βαρβάρους, καὶ ots ὃ βασιλέως ἀδελφὸς ἔχων βασιλεῖ 
ἐβοήϑει, καὶ πρὸς τούτοις, ὅσους βασιλεὺς ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ " 
ὥςτε τὸ στράτευμα πάμπολυ ἐφάνη. ‘Emel δὲ ἔγγὺς ἐγένετο, 
πὰς μὲν τῶν τάξεων εἶχεν ὄπισϑεν καταστήσας, τὰς δὲ εἰς τὰ 
πλάγια παραγαγών, ἐμβάλλειν μὲν οὐκ ἐτόλμησεν, οὐδ᾽ 
ἐβυίλετο διακινδυνεύειν" σφενδονᾶν δὲ παρήγγειλε καὶ το- 
> δεύειν. “Last δὲ διαταχϑέντες οἱ “Ῥύδιοι ἐσφενδόνησαν, καὶ 
οἱ Σχύϑαι τοξόται ἐτόξευσαν, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἡμάρτανεν OV 
Ogcc* οὐδὲ γάρ, εἰ πάνυ προϑυμοῖτο, ῥὑῴδιον Tv" καὶ ὃ 


᾿ Τισσαφέρνης μάλα ταχέως ἔξω βελῶν ἀπεχώρει, καὶ [ai] 
me ΧΕΙ | 


ua! 


σ΄“ 


82 ZENODNNIOS [8ιϑ. Γ᾽" 


39 te 2 γ x 8 a “ὦ ε ° ε 
ἀλλαι tases ἀπιχωρησαν. Kai τὸ λοιπὸν τῆς ἡμέρας ob 
A] e « 9 ὦ e . > + e U 
μὲν ἐπορεύοντο, ot δ᾽ εἵποντο᾽ καὶ οὐκέτι ἐσίνοντο ot Bag- 
Bagot τῇ τότε ἀκροβολίσει" μακρότερον γὰρ οἵ te “ Ρύδιοι 
τῶν Περσῶν ἐσφενδόνων καὶ τῶν πλείστων τοξοτῶν. Ms- 
’ ἢ ᾿ and Ve e ’ a e ’ τ 
γάλα δὲ καὶ ta τοξα τὰ 1]1ερσικά ἐστιν" vigte χρήσιμα ἢν, 
€ id ε - , ~ \ 6 
Onova ἀλίσκοιτο τῶν τοξευματων, τοῖς Κρησί" καὶ διετέ- 

, κ᾿ » - =e FY ’ 
Aovy χρώμενοι τοῖς τῶν πολεμίων τοξεύμασι, καὶ ἐμελέτων 

t ’ w er td et 4 a “- 
τοξευειν ἄνω ἱέντες μακραν. Eveluxeto δὲ καὶ νεῦρα πολ- 
Aa ἐν ταῖς κώμαις καὶ μόλυβδος" ὥςτε yonudar εἰς τὰς 
υφενδόνας. is 
Kai ταύτῃ μὲν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, ἐπεὶ κατεστρατοπεδεύοντο ot 
Ἕλληνες χώμαις ἐπιτυχόντες, ἀπῆλϑον ot βάρβαροι, μεῖον 
ἔχοντες ἐν τῇ τότε ἀκροβολίσει" τὴν τὰ ἐπιοῦσαν ἡμέραν 
“anes: 
ἔμειναν of Ἕλληνες, καὶ ἐπεσιτίσαντο" ἦν γὰρ πολὺς σῖτος 
ἐν ταῖς κώμαις. Th δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐπορεύοντο διὰ τοῦ πε- τι 
δίου, καὶ Τισδαφερνῆς εἵπετο ἀκροβολιζόμενος. Ἔνϑα δὴ 
οὗ Ἕλληνες ἔγνωσαν, ὅτι πλαίσιον ἰσόπζευρον πονηρὰ τάξις 
εἴη πολεμίων ἑπομένων. ᾿Ανάγκη yao ἐστιν, ἢν al συγκύ- 

e -— and 
πτῇῃ τὰ κέρατα τοῦ πλαισίον, ἢ y δδοῦ arerossgas οὔσης, ἢ ΟΝ 
ων» ἀναγκαζόντων [ γεφύρας, ἐκϑλίβεσϑαι τοὺς ὁπλέτας, καὶ 20 
πορεύεσϑαι πονήρος, ἅμα μὲν BEATCOHSTOUSs ἅμα δὲ καὶ 
Tega troperaus: ὥςτε δυσχψήστους εἶναι ἀνάγκη, ἀτάκτους 
ὄντας. Ὅταν δ᾽ αὖ διάσχῃ τὰ κέρατα, ἀνάγκη διασπᾶσϑαι 
τοὺς τότε ἐκϑλιβομένους, καὶ κενὸν γίγνεσϑαι τὸ μέσον τῶν 
κεράτων, καὶ ἀϑυμεῖν τοὺς ταῦτα πάσχοντας, τῶν πολεμίων 2% 
ἑπομένων. Kot ὑπότε δέοί γέφυραν διαβαΐνειν ἢ ͵ ἄλλην 
τινὰ διάβασιν, ἔσπευδεν ἕκαστος, βουλόμενος φϑάσαι πρῶ- 

τ - ~ 4 
tos’ καὶ εὐεπίϑετον ἦν ἐνταῦϑα τοῖς πολεμίοις. Ἐπεὶ δὲ 
ταῦτα ἔγνωσαν οἷ στρατηγοΐ, ἐποιήσαντο ἕξ λόχους ἀνὰ Exa- 

LJ 5} Ἀ 8 ! . » 
τὸν avdoas, καὶ λοχαγοὺς ἐπέστησαν, καὶ ἀλλοὺυς πεντηκον»- ἢ 
« Q ’ 4 e 4 ε 
tious, καὶ ἄλλους ἐνωμοτάρχας. Οὗτοι δὲ πορευόμενοι οἵ 
λοχαγοΐ, ὁπότε μὲν συγκύπτοι τὰ κέρατα, ὑπέμενον ὕστεροι, 
ste μὴ ἐνοχλεῖν τοῖς κέρασι " τότε δὲ παρῆγον ἔξωϑεν τῶν 


Keg. δ΄.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASTS. §3 


€ ’ 
κεράτων. Onore δὲ διάσχοιεν at πλευραὶ τοῦ πλαισίου, τὸ 
‘ . 9 
μέσον ἀνεξεπίμπλασαν, εἰ. μὲν στενότερον εἴη τὸ διέχον, κα- 
τὰ λόχους" εἰ δὲ πλατύτερον, κατὰ πεντηκοστῦς" εἰ δὲ πάνυ 
’ 3 ie . 8.» 1 e , 
πλατυ, κατ ἐνωμοτίας" weote ἀεὶ ἔκπλεων εἶναι τὸ μὲσον. 
& Ei δὲ καὶ διαβαίνειν τινὰ δέοι διάβασιν ἢ γέφυραν, ovx 
’ 3 3 ~ 
éragattovro, ἀλλ ἐν τῷ μέρει of λοχαγοὶ διέβαινον" καὶ 
» ’ - , > - [4 U 
εἴ που δέοι τι τὴς φαλαγγος, ἐπιπαρῆσαν οὗτοι. Τούτῳ 
Cd φ e a 
τῷ τρόπῳ ἐπορευϑησαν σταϑμοῦυς τέτταρας. 
ε 9 
Ἡνίκα δὲ tov πέμπτον ἐπορεύοντο σταϑμόν, εἶδον βασί- 
ld 4 Q > 8 ? Pate a Cer 4 e 
Ὁ λεῖον τι, καὶ περὶ αὐτὸ κωμας πολλας᾽ τὴν te οὗον πρὸς τὸ 
~ € “« “ὦ 
χωρίον τοῦτο διὰ γηλόφων ὑψηλῶν γιγνομένην, οὗ καϑῆκον 
> a a » ς« 23 Ff $ [ . 7 . , ’ 
ἀπὸ τοῦ ρους, VP ᾧ HY κωμη. Kai εἶδον μὲν τοὺς γηλύ--. 
bod ς ἐν ε > » “ 5» ς 
φους ἄσμενοι οἱ ἔλληνες, ὡς εἶκος, τῶν πολεμίων ovtwy tn 
3... 3 ᾿ - 3 
πέων. Ἐπεὶ δὲ πορευόμενοι ἐκ τοῦ πεδίου ἀνέβησαν ént 
ΠῚ - ’ a , ε > ἃ ΠῚ e 3 
δ᾽ τὸν πρῶτον γήλοφον, καὶ κατέβαινον, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸν ἕτερον ανα-- 
~ ~ ᾽ Dad ε 
Baier, ἐνταῦϑα ἐπιγίγνονται οὗ βάρβαροι, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ὑψη- 
“ o ’ «Ἡ 
λοῦ εἷς τὸ πρανὲς ἔβαλλον, ἐσφενδόνων, ἐτόξευον ὑπὸ μαστέ- 
yov* καὶ πολλοὺς κατετίτρωσκον, καὶ ἐκράτησαν τῶν Ἔλ- 
, 2 , ~ 
λήνων γυμνήτων, καὶ κατέκλεισαν αὐτοὺς εἴσω τῶν ὅπλων" 
ῳ ’ τ “- 
Ὁ ucts παντάπασι ταύτην τὴν ἡμέραν ἄχρηστοι Hoar, ἐν τῷ 
w Ire 
ὄχλῳ ὄντες, καὶ of σφενδονῆται καὶ οἵ τοξόται. ᾿Ἐπεὶ δὲ 
πιεζόμενοι ob Ἕλληνες ἐπεχείρησαν διώκειν, σχολῇ μὲν ἐπὶ 
τὸ ἄκρον ἀφικνοῦνται, ὁπλῖται ὄντες" οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι ταχὺ 
3 ’ ’ ’ « ld > +» 4 ν. » e 
ἀπεπήδων. Πάλιν δέ, onots απίοιεν πρὸς to ἄλλο στρα- 
3 ᾿ μῳ ᾿ ’ «« 3 
» τεῦμα, ταὐτὰ ἔπασχον" καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ δευτέρου γηλόφου tav- 
8 ‘ . 3 4 - [2 >» t > o~ 
ta ἐγίγνετο" ὡςτε ano τοῦ τρίτου γηλόφου ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς 
- ὰ 3 Py) “Ὁ 
μὴ κινεῖν τοὺς στρατιώτας" πλὴν ἀπὸ τῆς δεξιᾶς πλευρᾶς 
oo e > +» . , . +. ν{᾿ > 
tov πλαισίου ἀνήγαγον πελταστὰς πρὸς τὸ ὄρος. Ene 
2 v ’ 8 “ , > ¢ 
δ᾽ ovtos ἐγένοντο ὑπὲρ τῶν ἑπομένων πολεμίων, οὐκέτι ἐπε- 
δ πίϑεντο οὗ πολέμιοι τοῖς καταβαίνουσι, δεδοικότες, μὴ 
3 cy ’ > « ’ e ? 
ἀποτμηϑείησαν, καὶ ἀαμφοτέρωϑεν αὐτὼ» γένοιντο οἱ πολέ-- 
- ᾿ Cod 
fitor. Οὕτω τὸ λοιπὸν τῆς ἡμέρας πορευόμενοι, οἷ μὲν τῇ 
ες.» , , ’ e ‘ ἢ . »ν ’ 
οὐδῷ κατὰ τοὺς γηλόφους, οἱ δὲ κατὰ to Ogos ἐπιπαριόντες, 


84 ΞΕΝΟΦΏΝΤΟΣ [Bb Γ᾿ 


9 ᾽ ΄ 4 ’ “ 95 ® ° 3 ᾿, 
ἀφίκοντο εἰς τὰς κωμας, καὶ ἰατροὺς κατέστησαν ὀχτὼ 
3 ’ 
πολλοὶ γὰρ ἤσαν οἷ τετρωμένοι. 
Po ~ »ἪἭἬ «Ἡ t ay a eo ᾿ @ 
LvravFa ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τρεῖς, καὶ τῶν τετρωμένων ἕνε- 
, ὦ ’ a z » 3 ‘ 
xa, καὶ μα ἐπιτηδεια πολλὰ εἶχον, ἄλευρα, οἶνον καὶ κρι- 
Sas ἵπποις συμβεβλημένας πολλάς. Tavta δὲ συνενηγμένα © 
- « - 3 ε e 
ἣν τῷ σατραπεύοντι τῆς χώρας. Τετάρτη δ᾽ ἡμέρᾳ xata- 
Joe ᾿ 3 
βαΐνουσιν εἰς τὸ πεδίον. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ κατέλαβεν αὐτοὺς Τισ- 
᾿ a oo es er t 3 4 ε 3 eo 
σαφέρνης σὺν τῇ δυναμει, ἐδίδαξεν αὐτοὺς ἡ ἀνάγκη xata- 
- Φ - ΄ 
σκηνῆσαι, οὗ πρῶτον εἶδον κώμην, καὶ μὴ πορεύεσϑαι ἔτι 
; 3 3 ’ 
μυχομένους" πολλοὶ γὰρ Tony ἀπόμαχοι, οἷ τετρωμένοι, καὶ “ 
οἱ ἐκείνους φέροντες, καὶ οἱ τῶν φερόντων τὰ ὅπλα δεξά- 
aoe 3 2 ~ 
μενοι. LEnet δὲ κατεσκήνησαν, καὶ ἐπεχείρησαν avtois 
2 φω ε ? , 4 ’ ’ 
ἀκροβολίζεσθαι ot βάρβαροι, πρὸς τὴν κωμὴν meocortes, 
a - ς c,, ὃ a a 7 [2 ’ 
πολὺ περιῆσαν οὗ “δλληνες" πολὺ γὰρ διέφερεν, ἐκ τῆς χω- 
- . n , ᾽ ~ ~ 
ρας ὁρμῶντας ἀλέξασϑαι, ἢ πορενομένους ἐπιοῦσι τοῖς πολε- 6 
. > % © τ 3 
μίοις μάχεσϑαι. νίκα δ᾽ ἣν ἤδη δείλη, wea ny ἀπιέναι 
~ a ~ 2 eo 
τοῖς πυλεμίοις" οὔ ποτὲ γὰρ μεῖον ἀπεστρατοπεδεύοντο OF 
βάρβαροι τοῦ Ἑλληνικοῦ ἑξήκοντα σταδίων, φοβούμενοι, μὴ 
- ν᾽ . ~ > - 
τῆς νυχτὸς οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐπιϑοῖντο αὑτοῖς. “πονηρὸν γὰρ 
[ὦ ’ [ὦ co a « >? ~ 
YUXTOS ἐστι στρατευμὰ Περσιχον. Ou t8 γὰρ ἐπποε avrow » 
δέδενται, καὶ ws ἐπιτοπολὺ πεποδισμένοι εἰσὶ, τοῦ μὴ gev- 
yew ἕνεκα, εἰ λυϑείησαν " ἐάν τὲ τις ϑόρυβος γίγνηται, δεῖ 
> a e er ‘ > ὃ , Ν λ τι ὃ ~ , 
ἐπισάξαι τὸν ἵππον Πέρσῃ ἀνδρί, καὶ χαλινῶσαι δεῖ, καὶ 
ϑωρακισϑέντα ἀναβῆναι ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον. Ταῦτα δὲ πάντα 
χαλεπὰ νύχτωρ καὶ ϑορύβου ὄντος ποιεῖν. Τοῦτου ἕνεκα 55 
»ς > ’ - «᾿ς , 
ποῤόω ἀπεσκήνουν τῶν λληνων. 
3 A) 2 3 9 
Eni δὲ ἐγίγνωσκον αὐτοὺς of Ἕλληνες βουλομένους ἀπιέ- 
ναὶ καὶ διαγγελλομένους, ἐκήρυξε τοῖς Ἕλλησε συσκευάσα- 
3 ~ ° 
σϑαι, ἀκουόντων τῶν πολεμίων. Kal χρόνον μέν τινα ἐπέ- 
lod 3 
σχον τῆς πορείας of βάρβαροι᾽ ἐπειδὴ δὲ ὀψὲ ἐγίγνετο, Ὁ 
2 “- > »ν 
ἀπήεσαν" οἱ γὰρ ἐδόκει λυσιτελεῖν αὐτοῖς νυκτὸς πορεύ- 
2 
εσϑαι καὶ κατάγεσϑαι ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ σα- 
- 3 4 oe » ’ ea Ρ s 3 
᾿ φῶς ἀπιόντας 75 ἑωρὼν οὗ Ελληνες, ἐπορεύοντο καὶ αὑτοὶ 


Key. δ΄. ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIS. 85 


10 


6 


ἀναζεύξαντες, καὶ διῆλθον ὅσον ἑξήκοντα σταδίους" καὶ yi- 
γνεται τοσοῦτον μεταξὺ τῶν στρατευμάτων, ὥςτε τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ 
οὐκ ἐφάνησαν οἷ πολέμιοι, οὐδὲ τῇ τρίτῃ" τῇ δὲ τετάρτῃ, νυ-- 
4 ᾿’ o ε ‘te ᾽ 
κτὸς προελϑοντες, καταλαμβάνουσι χωρίον ὑπερδέξιον οἱ Bag- 
δ»ν. eu), te 3 ’ » ς« 5» 
Bagot, ἡ ἔμελλον οἱ Βλληνες παριέναι, ἀχρωνυχίαν ogous, ὑφ 
τ ν a 8 
ἣν ἡ κατάβασις ny εἰς τὸ πεδίον. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ ἑώρα ὃ Χειρίσο-- 
φος προκατειλημμένην τὴν ἀκρωνυχίαν, καλεῖ Ξενοφῶντα 
ἀπὸ τῆς οὐρᾶς καὶ κελεύει λαβόντα τοὺς πελταυτὰς παρα- 
γενέσϑαι εἰς τὸ πρόσϑεν. Ὃ δὲ Ξενοφῶν τοὺς μὲν πελ- 
τ ° 4 ‘ 
ταστὰς οὐκ ἡγεν᾽ ἐπιφαινόμενον γὰρ ἑώρα Τισσαφέρνην, 
4 4 ’ ~~. 2 8 ‘ ’ > » . bm 
καὶ τὸ στράτευμα TAY’ αὑτὸς δὲ προςελάσας ἡρώτα τί 
καλεῖς ;" Ὃ δὲ λέγει αὐτῷ ““Ἔξεστιν δρᾶν " mooxatetdn- 
πται γὰρ ἡμῖν ὃ ὑπὲρ τῆς καταβάσεως λόφος, καὶ οὐκ ἔστι 
Pa > ry 0 2 ᾿ 3 a ᾽ 3 
παρελϑεῖν, εἰ μη Tovtovs amoxowouey. Alla τί οὐκ ηγὲς 
4 Ul 3) ε 4 ’ τ 3 , > « 3 
τοὺς πελταστας ; Ο δὲ λέγει, ote οὐκ ἐδόκει αὐτῷ ἔρημα 
καταλιπεῖν τὰ ὄπισϑεν, ἐπιφαινομένων τῶν πολεμίων». 
"Alla μὴν ὥρα γ᾽," ἔφη, ““ βουλεύεσϑαι, πὼς τις τοὺς ἀν- 
ω 3 - “ - 
Spas ἀπελᾷ ἀπὸ τοῦ λόφου." ᾿Ἐνταῦϑα Ξενοφῶν δρᾷ τοῦ 
e 3 - - % 
ὄρους τὴν κορυφὴν ὑπὲρ αὑτοῦ τοῦ στρατεύματος οὖσαν, καὶ 
> 8 ’ » . " e ,᾿ 3 e ’ a 4 
ἀπὸ ταύτης ἔφοδον ἐπὶ τὸν λόφον, ἔνϑα σαν οἷ πολέμιοι" καὶ 
τ ~ 
λέγει" ‘‘ Κράτιστον, ὦ Χειρίσοφε, ἡμῖν ἴεσϑαι ὡς τάχιστα 
ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον" ἐὰν γὰρ τοῦτο λάϑωμεν, οὐ δυνήσονται μέ- 
yey οἷ ὑπὲρ τῆς ὁδοῦ. ᾿Αλλ᾽, εἰ βούλει, μένε ἐπὶ τῷ στρα- 
τεύματει᾽ ἐγὼ δὲ ἐθέλω πορεύεσθαι" εἰ δὲ χρήζεις, πορεύου 
ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος, ἐγὼ δὲ μενῶ autor.” “᾿Αλλὰ δίδωμί σοι," ἔφη 
6 Χειρίσοφος, “ ὁπότερον βούλει, ἐλέσϑαι. Εἰπὼν ὁ Zevo- 
φῶν, ὅτι νεώτερός ἐστιν, αἱρεῖται πορεύεσϑαι" κελεύει δὲ οἵ 
. - é 3 ‘ 
συμπέμψαι ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος ἄνδρας" μακρὰν γὰρ ἡν, ἀπὸ 
“ > « a a ¢ ° ° 4 > ᾽ν 
ane οὐρᾶς λαβεῖν. Καὶ ὁ Χειρίσοφος συμπέμπει τοὺς ano 
«Ὁ [2 o Pe 4 a 8 e φῷ 
τοῦ στόματος πελταστὰς ἔλαβε δὲ τοὺς κατὰ μέσον τοῦ 
σιλαισίου. Συνέπεσϑαι δ᾽ ἐκέλευσεν αὐτῷ καὶ τοὺς τριακο- 
σίους, os αὐτὸς εἶγε τῶν ἐπιλέκτων ἐπὶ τῷ στόματι τοῦ 


σλαισίονυ. 
8 


86 ΞΕΈΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [Δι. Γ΄. 


3 
Ἐντεῦϑεν ἐπορεύοντο ὡς ἐδύναντο τάχιστα. Οἱ -δ᾽ én 
-η» ἢ ε , > » ἢ ; . 
τοῦ λόφου πολέμιοι, ὡς ἐνόησαν αὐτῶν τὴν πορείαν ἐπὶ τὸ 
3 > “ ιν 
ἄκρον, εὐθὺς καὶ αὐτοὶ ὥρμησαν ἁμιλλᾶσϑαι ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον. 
- 3 Cod - “᾿ 
Καὶ ἐνταῦϑα πολλὴ μὲν κραυγὴ ἣν τοῦ “Ἑλληνικοῦ στρα- 
° - 6 4 bd 
τεύματος, διακελευομένων τοῖς ἑαυτῶν" πολλὴ δὲ κραυγή 
τῶν ἀμφὶ Τισσαφέρνην, τοῖς ἑαυτῶν διακελευομένων». ξΞενο- 
“ a ΄ ~ κε; ~ ® 
gay δὲ παρελαύνων ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου, παρεκελεύετο" ““Ανδρες» 
γῦν ἐπὶ τὴν ‘Eldadu νομίζετε ἁμιλλᾶσθαι, νῦν πρὸς τοὺς 
fw aw 7 3 
παῖδας καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας, νῦν ὀλίγον πονήσαντες χρόνον, ἀμα-- 
χεὶ τὴν λοιπὴν πορευσόμεϑα.᾽" ΣΣωτηρίδας δὲ ὃ Σικυώνιος" 
3 ; 3 , . 
εἶπεν" ““ Οὐκ ἐξ ἴσου, ὦ Ξενοφῶν, ἐσμέν" σὺ μὲν γὰρ ἐφ᾽ ἵπ- 
> w 4 4 - ’ , 3 ἢ ᾿ 2) x 
που oyn, ἐγὼ δὲ χαλεπῶς κάμνω τὴν ἀσπίδα φέρων." Καὶ 
ae e ϑ lad > w 
ὃς, ἀκούσας ταῦτα, καταπηδήσας ano τοῦ ἵππου, ὡϑιεῖται 
> a “ 4 Q 4 3 3 ’ ε , 
αὐτὸν ἐκ τῆς τάξεως, καὶ τὴν ἀσπίδα ἀφελόμενος, ὡς ἐδύ- 
’ » , 2 ’ ‘ ᾿ς ’ 
yato τάχιστα ἔχων ἐπορεύετο.  Ervyyavs δὲ καὶ ϑώρακα 
- ’ “ 
ἔχων τῶν ἱππικόν " ὥςτε ἐπιέζετος Καὶ τοῖς μὲν ἔμπροσϑεν 
ὕπαγειν παρεκελεύετο, τοῖς δὲ ὄπισϑεν, παριέναι, μόγις 
’ . 9 ~ 
ὁπομένοις. Οἷ δ᾽ ἄλλοι στρατιῶται παίουσι. καὶ βάλλουσι 
4 2 
καὶ λοιδοροῦσι τὸν Σωτηρίδαν, ἔςτε ἡνάγκασαν λαβόντα τὴν 
3 3 3 
ἀσπίδα πορεύεσϑαι. Ὃ δὲ ἀναβάς, ἕως μὲν βάσιμα ἢν, 55 
2% ~e 3 Ἔ Ves ᾿ , 4. εἴ 
ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου ἡγεν᾽ ἐπεὶ δὲ ἄβατα ἣν, καταλιπὼν τὸν ἵπ- 
~ ” 
πον, ἔσπευδε πεζῆ. Καὶ pdavovory ἐπὶ τῷ ἄκρῳ γενόμενοι 
τοὺς πολεμίους. 


Κεφάλαιον ε΄. 


Ἔνθα δὴ οἷ μὲν βάρβαροι στραφέντες ἔφευγον, 7 ἕκα- 
στος ἐδύνατο" of δ᾽ Ἕλληνες εἶχον τὸ ἄκρον. Oi δὲ ἀμφὶ 
Τισσαφέρνην καὶ ᾿Αριαῖον ἀποτραπόμενοι ἄλλην ὁδὸν ᾧχον- 
το οἱ δὲ ἀμφὶ Χειρίσοφον, καταβάντες εἷς τὸ πεδίον, 
ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο ἐν κώμῃ μεστῇ πολλῶν ἀγαϑῶν. Ἦσαν 
δὲ καὶ ἄλλκχι κῶμαι πολλαί, πλήρεις πολλῶν ἀγαϑῶν, ἐν 


Keg. 2’.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIS. 87 


τούτῳ τῷ πεδίῳ, παρὰ τὸν Τίγρητα ποταμόν. Ἡνίκα δ᾽ ἦν 
δείλη, ἐξαπίνης ἐπιφαΐίνονται οἱ πολέμιον ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ, καὶ 
τῶν Ἑλλήνων κατέκοψαν τινας τῶν ἐσκεδασμένων ἐν τῷ π- 
δίῳ καϑ᾽ ἁρπαγήν" καὶ γὰρ νομαὶ πολλαὶ βοσκημάτων, 
δ διαβιβαζόμεναι εἰς τὸ πέραν τοῦ ποταμοῦ, κατελείφϑησαν. 
᾿Ενιαῦϑα Τισσαφέρνης καὶ of σὺν αὐτῷ καίειν ἐπεχείρησαν 
τὰς κώμας. Καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων μάλα ἡϑύμησαν τινες, ἐν-- 
γοούμενοι, μὴ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, εἰ καύσειεν, οὐκ ἔχοιεν ὁπόϑεν 
λαμβάνοιεν. Καὶ οἱ μὲν ἀμφὶ Χειρίσοφον ἀπήεσαν ἐκ τῆς 
10 BonFelas* ὁ δὲ Ξενοφῶν, ἐπεὶ κατέβη, παρελαύνων τὰς τά- 
ξεις, ἡνίκα ἀπὸ τῆς βοηϑείας ἀπήντησαν [οἵ Ἕλληνες], ἔλε- 
yev’ “Ὁρᾶτε, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἕλληνες, ὑφιέντας, τὴν χώραν ἤδη 
ἡμετέραν εἶναι" ἃ γάρ, ὅτε ἐσπένδοντο, διεπράττοντο, μὴ 
καίειν τὴν βασιλέως χώραν, νῦν αὐτοὶ καίουσιν ὡς ἀλλο- 
6 τρίαν. ᾿Αλλὰ ἐάν που καταλίπωσί γε αὐτοῖς τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, 
ὄψονται καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐνταῦϑα πορευομένους. AIL’, Χειρί- 
aogt,” ἔφη, ““ δοκεῖ μοι βοηϑεῖν ἐπὶ τοὺς καίοντας, ὡς ὑπὲρ 
τῆς ἡμετέρας." Ὧῳ δὲ Χειρίσοφος εἶπεν" ““ Οὔκουν ἔμοιγε 
δοκεῖ" ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡμεῖς," ἔφη, “καίωμεν, καὶ οὕτω ϑᾶττον 
80 παύσονται." 

Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐπὶ τὰς σκηνὰς ἀπῆλϑον, of μὲν ἄλλοι περὶ τὰ 
ἐπιτήδεια ἦσαν, στρατηγοὶ δὲ καὶ λοχαγοὶ συνῆλϑον. Καὶ 
ἐνταῦϑα πολλὴ ἀπορία ἦν. Ἔνϑεν μὲν γὰρ ὄρη ἦν ὑπερύ- 
ψηλα, ἔνϑεν δὲ ὃ ποταμὸς τοσοῦτος τὸ βάϑος, ὡς μηδὲ τὰ 

δ δόρατα ὑπερέχειν πειρωμένοις τοῦ βάϑους. ᾿“πορουμένοις 
δὲ αὐτοῖς προςἐλϑών τις ἀνὴρ Ῥύδιος, εἶπεν" “Ἐγὼ ϑέλω 
ὑμᾶς, ὦ ἄνδρες, διαβιβάσαι κατὰ τετρακιςχιλίου: ὁπλίτας, 
ἢν μοι, ὧν δέομαι, ὑπηρετήσητε, καὶ τάλαντον μισϑὸν πορί- 
ante.” ἊἘρωτώμενος dé, ὅτου δεήσοιτο, “ ᾿Ασκῶν," ἔφη, 

80 “ὁ διςχιλέων δεήσομαι". πολλὰ δὲ δρῶ ταῦτα πρόβατα, καὶ αἷ- 
yas, καὶ βοῦς, καὶ ὄνους, ἃ ἀποδαρέντα καὶ φυσηϑέντα ῥᾳ- 
δίως ἂν παρέχοι τὴν διάβασιν. 4εήσομαι δὲ καὶ τῶν δεσμῶν, 
οἷς χρῆσϑε περὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια. Τούτοις δ᾽," ἔφη, ““ ζεύξας 


88 ZENO®NNTOS [B.6. I", 


3 3 
τοὺς ἀσκοὺς πρὸς ἀλλήλους, δομίσας ἕκαστον ἀσκὸν λίϑους 
3 ’ Q 3 a © 3 Ul > 4 @ e 3 ’ 
ἀρτήσας, καὶ αφεὶς ὡςπὲρ ἀγκύρας, εἰς τὸ ὑδαὰρ δὲ ἀγαγῶν, 

3 t - ΕῚ 
καὶ ἀμφοτέρωϑεν δήσας, ἐπιβαλὼ ἴλην, καὶ γῆν ἐπιφορήσω. 

a 3 3 
Ὅτι μὲν οὖν οὐ καταδύσεσϑε, avtixa μάλα εἴσεϑε" 6 γὰρ 

3 Ἷ - - 

ἀσκὸς δύο ἄνδρας ἕξει τοῦ μὴ καταδῦναι" ὥςτε δὲ μὴ ol ! 
’ ew , ec ~ ’ ” 
σϑανειν, ἢ vin καὶ ἢ yn σχήσει. 

ἀκούσασι ταῦτα τοὶς στρατηγοῖς τὸ μὲν ἐνθύμημα χα- 

᾿ ’ τ e . oo» Fe? " 3 . ς 
οἷεν ἐδόκει εἶναι, τὸ δὲ ἔργον ἀδύνατον" ἧσαν γὰρ οἵ κω- 

’ ’ ve - ra) %7o8 ~ 4 Pee 
λύσοντες πέγαν πολλοὶ ἱππεῖς, οἱ εὐϑὺς τοῖς πρώτοις οὐδὲν 
ἂν ἐπέτρεπον τούτων ποιεῖν. ᾿Ενταῦϑα τὴν μὲν ὑστεραΐαν ΚΒ. 
ἐπανεχώρουν εἰς τοὔμπαλιν ἢ πρὸς Βαβυλῶνα, εἰς τὰς 
ἀκαύστους κώμας, κατακαύσαντες ἔνϑεν ἐξήεσαν᾽" ὥςτε οἱ 

᾽ 3 “ τ 
πολέμιοι ov προςήλαυνον, ἀλλὰ ἐϑεῶντο, καὶ οἷοι ἦσαν ϑαυ- 

᾿ [ e ’ e ¢,, X ᾿ -"» 
μαάζειν, ὁποι ποτὲ τρέψονται οὐ Βλληνες, καὶ ti ἐν νῷ ἔχοιεν. 

“Ὁ a - 3 3 
᾿Ενταῦϑα of μὲν ἄλλοι στρατιῶται ἀμφὶ ta ἐπιτήδεια ἡσαν᾽ 16 
οἷ δὲ στρατηγοὶ καὶ of λοχαγοὶ πάλιν συνῆλϑον, καὶ συν- 
ἀγαγόντες τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους, ἤλεγχον τὴν κύκλῳ πᾶσαν 

’ UU 4» ε > »> o a 3 a 
χωραν, τίς ἑκαστη εἴη. Ot δ᾽ ἔλεγον, οτι τὰ μὲν πρὸς με- 

Ὁ oo Ὁ ᾿ ἕ 
σημβοίαν τῆς ἐπὶ Βαβυλῶνα εἴη καὶ Μηδίαν, δι᾽ ἧςπερ 
nov’ ἡ δὲ πρὸς ἕω, ἐπὶ Σοῦσά te καὶ ᾿Εκβάτανα φέροι, 30 

[ ΝᾺ ε 9 
ἔνϑα ϑερίζειν καὶ ἑαρίζειν λέγεται βασιλεύς" ἡ δὲ δια- 
> 
βώντι τὸν ποταμὸν πρὸς ἑσπέραν, ἐπὶ Avdiay καὶ ᾿Ιωνίαν 
φέροι᾽ ἡ δὲ διὰ τῶν ὀρέων καὶ πρὸς ἄρκτον τετραμμένη 
᾿ 3 ~ 3 
ὅτι tig Καρδούχους ἄγοι. Τούτους δ᾽ ἔφασαν οἰκεῖν ava 

4 » a 8 = AY ’ 3 9 Ρ ὲ 
τὰ ὄρη, καὶ πολεμικοὺς εἶναι, καὶ βασιλέως οὐκ ἀκούειν" % 
ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐμβαλεῖν ποτε εἰς αὐτοὺς βασιλικὴν στρατιάν, δώ- 
δεκα μυριάδας" τούτων δὲ οὐδένα ἀπονοστῆσαι διὰ τὴν 

Ἂ € 4 ᾿ 4 ᾿ ᾽ 4 .“’ 
δυςχωρίαν" onots μέντοι πρὸς τὸν σατράπην τὸν ἐν τῷ πε- 
~ ® 
δίῳ σπείσαιντο, καὶ ἐπιμίγνυσθαι σφῶν re πρὸς éxelvous, 

Ἁ 3 
καὶ ἐκείνων πρὸς AUTOS. 80 

᾿Ακούσαντες δὲ ταῦτα ob στρατηγοί, ἐκάϑισαν χωρὶς τοὺς 

’ 2 - 
ἑχασταχύσς φάσκοντας εἰδέναι, οὐδὲν δῆλον ποιήσαντες, 
9 ’ “ = 
ὅποι πορεύεσθαι ἔμελλον. Edoxes δὲ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς 


΄ 


». δ΄. ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑ͂ΣΙΣ. 89 


ἱναγκαῖον εἶναι, διὰ τῶν ὀρέων εἰς Καρδούχους ἐμβάλλειν" 
οὕτους γὰρ διελθόντας ἔφασαν εἰς ᾿Αρμενίαν ἥξειν, ἧς 
Ορόντας ἦρχε, πολλῆς καὶ εὐδαίμονος. ᾿Ἐντεύϑεν δὲ εὔ- 
togoy ἔφασαν εἶναι, ὅποι τις ἐθέλοι πορεύεσϑαι. Ἐπὶ 
οὕτοις ἐθύσαντο, ὅπως, ὁπηνίκα καὶ δοκοίη τῆς ὥρας, τὴν 
rogelay ποιοῖντο᾽ τὴν γὰρ ὑπερβολὴν τῶν ὀρέων ἐδεδοῖκε- 
ταν, μὴ προκαταληφϑείη " καὶ παρήγγειλαν, ἐπειδὴ δει- 
πνήσειαν, συνεσχευασμένους πάντας ἀναπαύεσϑαι, καὶ Ene 
σϑαι, ἡνίκ᾽ ἂν τις παραγγείλῃ. 


7 


ZHENODLRLNTOLZ 


KTPO?T ANABASENRS 


BIBAION TETAPTON. ~~ 


Ἀεφάλαιον α΄. 


"OSA μὲν δὴ ἐν ty ἀναβάσει ἐγένετο μέχρι τῆς μάχης, ad 
ὅσα μετὰ τὴν μάχην ἐν ταῖς σπονδαῖς, ἃς βασιλεὺς καὶ 
σὺν Κύρῳ ἀναβάντες Ἕλληνες ἐσπείσαντο, καὶ ὅσα, παρ — 
βάντος τὰς σπονδὰς βασιλέως καὶ Τισσαφέρνους, ἐπολεμήϑ9 5 
πρὸς τοὺς Ἕλληνας, ἐπακολουϑοῦντος τοῦ Περσῶν otgatev—— 
ματος, ἐν τῷ πρόσϑεν λόγῳ δεδήλωται. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀφίκοντο,» 
ἔνϑα 6 μὲν Τίγρης ποταμὸς παντάπασι. ἄπορος ἦν διὰ τὸ 
βάϑος καὶ μέγεθος, πάροδος δὲ οὐκ ἦ», ἀλλὰ τὰ Καρδού- 
χια ὄρη ἀπότομα ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἐκρέματο, ἐδό- 
xe δὴ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς, διὰ τῶν ὀρέων πορευτέον εἶναι. 
Hxovoy γὰρ τῶν ἁλισκομένων, ὅτι, εἰ διέλϑοιεν τὰ Καρδού- 
χια ὄρη, ἐν τῇ ᾿Αρμενίᾳ τὰς πηγὰς τοῦ Τίγρητος ποταμοῦ, 
ἢν μὲν βούλωνται, διαβήσονται" ἣν δὲ μὴ βούλωνται, πε- 
gitact. Kat τοῦ ᾿Ευφράτου ts τὰς πηγὰς ἐλέγετο ov πρό- 
aw τοῦ Τίγρητος εἶναι" καὶ ἔστιν οὗ τὸ στενόν. Τὴν δ᾽ εἰς" 
τοὺς Kogdovyous ἐμβολὴν ὧδε ποιοῦνται, ἅμα μὲν λαϑεῖν 
πειρώμενοι, ἅμα δὲ φϑάσαι, πρὶν τοὺς πολεμίους καταλα- 
βεῖν τὰ ἄκρα. Ἡνίκα δ᾽ ἦν ἀμφὶ τὴν τελευταίαν φυλακήν, 
καὶ ἐλείπετο τῆς νυχτὸς ὅσον σχοταίους διελϑεῖν τὸ πεδίον, 
τηνικαῦτα ἀγαστάντες ἀπὸ παραγγέλσεως πορευόμενοι ἄφι- 39 


Keg. a’.] , KYPO? ANABASIS. 91 


κνοῦνται ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ πρὸς τὸ ὄρος. Ἔνϑα δὴ Χειρίσο- 
φος μὲν ἡγεῖτο τοῦ στρατεύματος, λαβὼν τὸ ἀμφ᾽ αὗτὸν καὶ 
τοὺς γυμνῆτας πάντας" (Ξενοφῶν δὲ σὺν τοῖς ὀὁπισϑοφύ- 
λαξιν ὁπλίταις εἵπετο, οὐδένα ἔχων γυμνῆτα᾽ οὐδεὶς γὰρ 
δ ἐδύκει κίνδυνος εἶναι, μή τις ἄνω πορευομένων ἐκ τοῦ ὄπι-- 
σϑεν ἐπίσποιτο. Καὶ ἐπὶ μὲν τὸ ἄκρον ἀναβαίνει Χειρί- 
σοφος, πρὲν τινα αἰσϑέσϑαι τῶν πυλεμίων " ἔπειτα δὲ VpY- 
γεῖτο᾽ ἐφείπετο δὲ ἀεὶ τὸ ὑπερθάλλον τοῦ στρατεύματος εἰς 
τὰς κώμας τὰς ἐν τοῖς ἀγκεσί τε καὶ μυχοῖς τῶν ὀρέων. 
0 ἜἜνϑα δὴ οἱ μὲν Καρδοῦχοι, ἐκλιπόντες τὰς οἰκίας, ἔχον- 
τες καὶ γυναῖκας, καὶ παῖδας, ἔφευγον ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη" τὰ 
δ᾽ ἐπιτήδεια πολλὰ ἣν λαμβάνειν᾽ ἦσαν δὲ καὶ χαλκώμασι 
παμπύλλοις κατεσκευασμέναι αἷ οἰκίαι, ὧν οὐδὲν ἔφερον οὗ 
λληνες᾽ οὐδὲ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐδίωκον, ὑποφειδύμενοι, εἴ 
26 πως [ἅν] ἐϑελήσειαν of Καρδοῦχοι διϊέναε αὐτοὺς ὡς διὰ 
φιλίας τῆς χώρας, ἐπείπερ βασιλεῖ πολέμιοι ἦσαν. Τὰ 
μέντοι ἐπιτήδεια, ὅτῳ τις ἐπιτυγχάνοι, ἐλάμβανον" ἀνάγκη 
γὰρ ἦν. Ot δὲ Καρδοῦχοι οὔτε καλούντων ὑπήκουον, οὔτε 
ἄλλο τι φιλικὸν οὐδὲν ἐποίουν. “Ore δὲ of τελευταῖοι τῶν 
30 ᾿λλήνων κατέβαινον εἰς τὰς κώμας ἀπὸ τοῦ ἄχρου ἤδη 
σχυταῖοι, διὰ γὰρ τὸ στενὴν εἶναι τὴν ὁδὸν ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν 
ἢ ἀνάβασις αὐτοῖς ἐγένετο καὶ κατάβασις εἰς τὰς κώμας, τό- 
τὸ δὴ συλλεγένεες τινὲς τῶν Καρδούχων τοῖς τελευταίοις ἐπέ-- 
ϑέντο, καὶ ἀπέκτεινάν τινας, καὶ λίϑοις καὶ τοξεύμασι κα- 
% τέτρωσαν, ὀλίγοι τινὲς ὄντες" ἐξ ἀπροςδοκήτου γὰρ αὐτοῖς 
ἐπέπεσε τὸ Ἑλληνικόν. Εἰ μέντοι τότε πλείους συνελέγησαν, 
ἐκιυιδύνευσαν ἂν διαφϑαρῆναι πολὺ τοῦ στρατεύματος. Kat 
ταύτην μὲν τὴν νύχτα οὕτως ἐν ταῖς κώμαις ηὐλίσϑησαν᾽" of 
δὲ Καρδοῦχοι πυρὰ πολλὰ ἔκαιον κύκλῳ ἐπὶ τῶν ὀρέων, καὶ 
80 συνεώρων ἀλλήλοις. 
“ἅμα δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ συνελϑοῦσι τοῖς στρατηγοῖς καὶ λοχα- 
γοῖς τῶν “Ἑλλήνων ἔϑδυξε, τῶν τε ὑποζυγίων τὰ ἀναγκαῖα καὶ 
τὰ δυνατώτατα πορεύεσθαι ἔχοντας, καταλιπόντας τὰ mle, 


.Y 


92 ZENO®NQNTOS. « [Bi6. δ΄. 


καὶ ὁπόσα ἦν νεωστὶ αἰχμάλωτα ἀνδράποδα ἐν τῇ στρατιᾷ, 
πάντα ἀφιέναι. Σχολαίαν γὰρ ἐποίουν τὴν πορείαν. πολλὰ 
ὄντα τὰ ὑποζύγια καὶ τὰ αἰχμάλωτα" καὶ πολλοὶ δὴ αὐτῶν, 
οἱ ἐπὶ τούτοις ὄντες, ἀπόμαχοι ἦσαν" διπλάσιά τὰ τὰ ἐπι- 
τήδεια ἔδει πορίζεσϑαι καὶ φέρεσθαι, πολλῶν τῶν ἀνϑρώ- § 
πων ὄντων. Δόξαν δὲ ταῦτα, ἐκήρυξαν οὕτω ποιεῖν. 
᾿Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἀριστήσαντες ἐπορεύοντο, ὑποστάντες ἐν στε- 
νῷ οἷ στρατηγοὶ, εἴ τε εὑρίσκοιεν τῶν εἰρημένων μὴ ἀφειμέ- 
νον, ἀφῃροῦντο᾽ of δ᾽ ἐπείϑοντο, πλὴν εἴ τίς τι ἔχλεψεν, 
οἷον ἢ παιδὸς ἐπιϑυμήσας ἢ γυναικὸς τῶν εὐπρεπῶν. Καὶ B® 
ταύτην μὲν τὴν ἡμέραν οὕτως ἐπορεύϑησαν, τὰ μὲν τι μα- 
χόμενοι, τὰ δὲ καὶ ἀναπανόμενοι. Eis δὲ τὴν votegaiay 
χειμὼν γίγνεται πολύς, ἀναγκαῖον δ᾽ ἣν πορεύεσθαι" οὐ γὰρ 
ἣν ἱκανὰ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. Καὶ ἡγεῖτο μὲν Χειρίσοφος, am- 
σϑοφυλάκει δὲ Ξενοφῶν. Καὶ οἱ πολέμιοι ἰσχυρῶς ἐπε-ὶ- 
τίϑεντο, καί, στενῶν ὄντων τῶν χωρίων, ἐγγὺς προςιόντες 
ἐτόξευον καὶ ἐσφενδόνων᾿ ὥςτε ἠναγκάζοντο of Ἕλληνες 
ἐπιδιώκοντες καὶ πάλιν ἀναχάζοντες σχολῇ πορεύεσθαι" καὶ 
ϑαμινὰ παρήγγειλεν ὃ Ξενοφῶν ὑπομένειν, ὅτε οἷ πολέμιοι 
ἰσχυρῶς ἐπικέοιντος “EvGa ὃ Χειρίσοψος ἄλλοτε μέν, ὅτε 30' 
παρεγγυῷτο, ὑπέμενε, τότε δὲ οὐχ ὑπέμενεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἦγε τα- 
χέως, καὶ παρηγγύα ἕπεσθαι" ὥρτε δῆλον ἦν, ὅτε πρᾶγμά 
τι εἴη" σχολὴ δὲ οὐκ ἣν ἰδεῖν παρελϑόντι τὸ αἴτιον τῆς 
σπουδῆς" ὥςτε 4 πορεία ὁμοία φυγῇ ἐγίγνετο τοῖς ὀπισϑο- 
φύλαξι. Καὶ ἐνταῦϑα ἀποθνήσκει ἀνὴρ ἀγαϑὸς “αχω- 3 
γνικὸς Ιίλεώνυμος, τοξευϑεὶς διὰ τῆς ἀσπίδος καὶ τῆς στολά- 
δος εἰς τὰς πλευράς, καὶ Βασίας ᾿Αρκάς, διαμπερὲς εἰς τὴν 
κεφαλήν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀφίκοντο ἐπὶ σταϑμόν, εὐθὺς ὥςπερ 
εἶχεν ὃ Ξενοφῶν ἐλϑὼν πρὸς τὸν Χειρίσοφον, ἡτιᾶτο αὐτόν, 
ὅτι οὐχ ὑπέμεινεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἠναγκάζοντο φεύγοντες ἅμα μάχε- 80 
σϑαι. “Καὶ νῦν δύο καλώ te κἀγαϑὼ ἀνδρε τεϑνάτην, καὶ 
οὔτε ἀνελέσϑαι, οὔτε ϑάψαι αὐτὼ ἐδυνάμεϑα." ᾿Αποκρίνε- 
ται πρὸς ταῦτα ὃ Χειρίσοφος" “Βλέμον," ἔφη, “εἰς τὰ 


Κεφ. α΄. ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 93 


ὄρη, καὶ ἴδε, ὡς ἄβατα πάντα ἐστί. Mia δὲ αὕτη ὁδός, ἣν 
ὑρᾷς, ὀρϑία" καὶ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ ὁρᾶν ἀνθρώπων ἢ ἔξεστί σοι ὄχλον 
τοσοῦτον, οὗ κατειληφότες φυλάττουσι τὴν ἔχβασιν. Ταῦτα 
ἐγὼ ἔσπευδον, καὶ διὰ τοῦτό σε οὐχ ὑπέμενον, εἴ πὼς δυ- 

6 νγαίμην φϑάσαι, πρὶν κατειλῆφϑαι τὴν ὑπερβολήν" oF δὲ 
ἡγεμόνες, οὗς ἔχομεν, οὔ φασιν εἶναι ἄλλην ὁδόν." Ὃ δὲ 
Ξενοφῶν λέγει" “VAIN ἐγὼ ἔχω δύο ἄνδρας. Ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἡμῖν 
πράγματα παρεῖχον, ἐνηδρεύσαμεν, ὅπερ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἀναπνεῦ-- 
σαι ἐποίησε, καὶ ἀπεκτείναμεν τινὰς αὐτῶν, καὶ ζῶντας 

ro προὐϑυμήϑημεν λαβεῖν, αὐτοῦ τούτου ἕνεκεν, ὅπως ἡγεμό- 
σιν εἰδόσι τὴν χώραν χρησαίμεϑα." : 

Καὶ εὐϑὺς ἀγαγόντες τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ἤλεγχον διαλα- 
βόντες, εἴ τινα εἰδεῖεν ἄλλην odov ἢ τὴν φανεράν. Ὃ μὲν 
οὖν ἕτερος οὐκ ἔφη, καὶ μάλα πολλῶν φόβων προςαγομένων " 

25 ἐπειδὴ δὲ οὐδὲν ὠφέλιμον ἔλεγεν, δρῶντος τοῦ ἑτέρου xatE- 
σφάγη. Ὃ δὲ λοιπὸς ἔλεξεν, ὅτι οὗτος μὲν διὰ ταῦτα οὐ 
φαίη εἰδέναι, ὅτι αὐτῷ τυγχάνει ϑυγάτηρ ἐκεῖ παρ ἀνδρὶ 
ἐκδεδομένη" αὐτὸς δ᾽ ἔφη ἡγήσεσθαι δυνατὴν καὶ ὑποζυ-- 
γίοις πορεύεσϑαι ὃδόν. ᾿Ερωτώμενος δ᾽, εἶ εἴη τι ἐν αὖ- 

20 τῇ δυςπάριτον χωρίον, ἔφη, εἶναι ἄκρον, ὃ εἰ μή τις προκα- 
ταλήψοιτο, ἀδύνατον ἔσεσϑαι παρελϑεῖν. Ἐνταῦϑα ἐδό- 
κει, συγκαλέσαντας λοχαγοὺς καὶ πελταστὰς καὶ τὼν ὅπλι- 
τῶν, λέγειν ts τὰ παρόντα, καὶ ἐρωτᾶν, εἴ τις αὐτῶν ἔστιν, 
ὅςτις ἀνὴρ ἀγαϑὸς ἐϑέλοι γενέσϑαι, καὶ ὑποστὰς ἐθελοντὴς 

25 πορεύεσϑαι. ὋὙφίστανται τῶν μὲν ὁπλιτῶν ᾿Αριυστώνυμος 
“Μεϑυδριεὺς, ᾿ἀρκάς, καὶ ᾿Αγασίας Στυμφάλιος ‘Aoxac. ᾿Αντι- 
στασιάζων δὲ αὑτοῖς Καλλίμαχος Παῤῥάσιος ‘Agxas, καὶ: 
οὗτος ἔφη ἐϑέλειν πορεύεσϑαι, προςλαβὼν ἐϑελοντὰς ἐκ 
παντὸς τοῦ στρατεύματος " “ Ev γὰρ οἷδα,᾽ ἔφη, “ ὅτι ἔψον- 

80 ταῦ πολλοὶ τῶν νέων ἐμοῦ ἡγουμένου." “Ex τούτου ἐρω- 
τῶσιν, εἴ τις καὶ τῶν γυμνητῶν ταξιαρχῶν ἐθέλοι συμπο- 
ρεύεσϑαι. “Ἰφίσταται ‘Agiotéag Χῖος, ὃς πολλαχοῦ πολλοῦ 
ἄξιος τῇ στρατιᾷ εἰς τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐγένετο. 


94 ZFENOPNNTOZ [ Bib. Δ΄. 


Ἀεφάλαιον β΄. 


τ e 9 3 , 
Kui yy μὲν δείλη ἤδη, οἱ δ΄ ἐκέλευον αὐτοὺς ἐμφαγόντας 
4 ? 
πορεύευϑαι" καὶ τὸν ἡγεμόνα δήσαντες παραδιδόασιν av- 
~~. Q a e ’ an ’ .» 
τοῖς καὶ συντίϑενται, τὴν μὲν vuxta, ἣν λάβωσι τὸ ἄκρον, 
τὸ χωρίον φυλάττειν" ἅμα δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ σάλπιγγι ση- 
μαίνειν" καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἄγω ὄντας ἰέναι ἐπὶ τοὺς κατέχοντας § 
3 
τὴν φανερὰν ἔκβασιν ᾿ αὐτοὶ δὲ συμβοηϑήσειν ἐκβαίνοντες 
ὡς ἂν δύνωνται τάχιυτας, Ταῦτα συνϑέμενοι, ob μὲν ἐπο- 
- a “4 2 
ρεύοντο, πλῆϑος ὡς διςχίλιοι " καὶ ὕδωρ πολὺ nv ἐξ οὐρα- 
~ w ’ ? 3 “- , 
you’ ΜΒενοφῶν δέ, ἔχων τοὺς ὀπισϑοφύλακας, ἡγεῖτο πρὸς 
4 4 » ω eo 7 € Cd e€ e 10 
τὴν φανερὰν ἔκβασιν, ὁπὼς ταὐτῃ τῇ οδῷ Ob πολέμιοι προς- 
ἔχοιεν τὸν νοῦν, καὶ ὡς μάλιστα λάϑοιεν of περιϊόντες. 
2 e a 3 2 ᾿ 
ἐπεὶ δὲ ἧσαν ἐπὶ χαράδρᾳ οἱ ὀπισϑοφύλακες, ἣν ἔδει δια- 
βάντας πρὸς τὸ ὄρϑιον ἐκβαίνειν, τηνικαῦτα ἐκυλίνδουν οἵ 
, ς ’ 3 e \ ’ Q U 
βαρβαροι ολοιτρόχους ἁμαξιαίους, καὶ μείζους καὶ ἐλαττους 
[λίϑους], of φερόμενοι πρὸς τὰς πέτρας πταΐοντες διεσφεν- 
ed e ,. ’ Jer , v0 > ~ €e*” 
δονῶντο" καὶ παντάπασιν οὐδὲ πελάσαι οἷόν t ἣν τῇ ὁδῷ. 
"E δὲ ~ o - > a U ὃ , Χλλ > ~ 
vot δὲ τῶν λοχαγῶν, εἰ μὴ ταύτῃ δύναιντο, ἀλλῃ ἐπειρῶν- 
ῳ ͵ 3 ν᾿ 
το καὶ ταῦτα ἐποίουν μέχρι σκότος ἐγένετο. Ἐπεὶ δὲ 
» 3 .ο. 2 ’ ’ > « ιν pe, 7 
GICYTO ἀφανεῖς εἶναι ἀπιοντες, TOTE αἀπῆλϑον ἐπὶ τὸ δεῖπνον 
’ 4 3 ᾽’ » > w ς 2 -«- 
ἐτύγχανον δὲ καὶ ἀνάριστοι ὄντες αὑτῶν ot οπισϑοφυλα- = 
, e ’ ᾿ ’ ὃ [2 ἡδὲ 
κήσαντες. Οἱ μέντοι πολέμιοι, φοβούμενοι δηλονότι, οὐδὲν 
’ > ¢« ~ a - , ’ ° 
énuvoavto Os olng τῆς νυχτὸς κυλινδοῦντες τοὺς λέϑους 
? > τ “- ? ε » 4 ε ’ 
τεχμήρασϑαι δ᾽ ἣν τῷ ψόφῳ. Οἱ δέ, ἔχοντες τὸν ἡγεμόνα, 
κύκλῳ περιϊόντες, καταλαμβάνουσι τοὺς φύλακας ἀμφὶ πῦρ 
καϑημένους " καὶ τοὺς μὲν κατακανόντες, τοὺς δὲ κατα- 38 
° 3 ῳ 
διώξαντες, αὐτοὶ ἐνταῦϑα ἔμενον, ὡς κατέχοντες τὸ ἄκρον. 
ς 3 3 Pe, 2 a , 3 ε ει »». > « τ 
Οἱ δ᾽ οὐ κατεῖχον, ἀλλὰ μαστὸς ny ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν, παρ ὧν HY 
ς e o ες’ 2 ὅὄ, »ν ε , Sa 
ἡ στενὴ αὐτὴ οὗος, ép ἢ éxadnvto οἱ φύλακες. ἔφοδος 
’ 5,» rN 4 Σ a “ ΓῚ 
μέντοι αὐτοϑὲν ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους ny, ov ἐπὶ τῇ φανερᾷ 
ε a 
ὁδῷ ἐκάϑητντο. 8 


cep. β΄. K?POr ANABASI2. 95 


4 Q 4 ’ “ ’ 3 4 . © , 
Kai τὴν μὲν νύχτα ἐνταῦϑα διήγαγον. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἡμέρα 
ε U > ’ eed y 
ὑπέφαινεν, ἐπορεύοντο σιγῇ συντεταγμένοι ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμί-- 
ἰὴ Η 4 4 ες» ’ : C7] > 8 
ovs* καὶ yao ομίχλη ἐγένετο" ὡςτε ἔλαϑον ἐγγὺς προςελ- 
Jae 3 . , 
ϑόντες. Ἐπεὶ δὲ εἶδον ἀλλήλους, ἢ τε σάλπιγξ ἐφϑέγξατο, 
2 e 
καὶ ἀλαλάξαντες of Ἕλληνες ἵεντο ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους" ot 
> 9 ° 3 
δ᾽ οὐκ ἐδέξαντο, ἀλλὰ καταλιπόντες τὴν ὅὃδόν, φεύγοντες 
> 9 ’ τ 3 > 
ολίγοι ἀπέϑνησκον ᾿ εὔζωνοι γὰρ jour. Οἱ δ᾽ ἀμφὶ Xe- 
3 - ° 
ρίσοφον, ἀκούσαντες τῆς σάλπιγγος, εὐθὺς ἴεντο ἄνω κατὰ 
, 4 cer. » ‘ w - a 3 ~ 
τὴν φανερὰν οδον" ἀλλοι δὲ τῶν στρατηγῶν κατὰ ατριβεῖς 
«ες 4 3 ’ δωχ»Ἂν er » 4 3 ’ 
) ὁδοὺς ἐπορεύοντο, ἡ ἔτυχον ἕχαστοι ὄντες, καὶ ἀναβάντες 
3 os [4 
ὡς ἐδύναντο, ἀνίμων ἀλλήλους τοῖς δόρασι. Καὶ οὗτοι 
πρώτοι συνέμιξαν τοῖς προκαταλαβοῦσι τὸ χωρίον. (Ξενο-- 
~ ¢ » ~ 3 ’ 4 ς ᾽ 
gay δέ, ἔχων τῶν ὁπισϑοφυλάκων τοὺς ἡμίσεις, ἐπορεύετο, 
[2 er 1 ~ 
ἥπερ οἷ τὸν ἡγεμόνα “yorteg* εὐοδωτάτη γὰρ ἡ» τοῖς ὑπο- 
Pe v 3 ες ’ ” ~ « , RY) t 
bfuytoig’ τοὺς δ᾽ ἡμίσεις ὄπισϑεν τῶν ὑποζυγίων ἔταξε. 
[2 3 Γ ΄ « 4 ws « "ὦ 
Μορευόμενοι δ᾽ ἐντυγχάνουσι λόφῳ ὑπὲρ τῆς οδοῦ, κατει-- 
λ ’ « e “Ὁ λ ’ « ΠῚ 3 ᾽ 3 3 ’ n 
ημμένῳ ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων, OVS ἢ ἀποκοψαι ἢν ἀναγκῆ, ἢ 
« b ) ~ . 2 a 
διεζεῦχϑαι ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλων Ἑλλήνων. Καὶ αὐτοὶ μὲν ἂν 
, 4 eo s , 8 ε , 2 3 » 
ἐπορεύϑησαν, ἥπερ οἱ ἀλλοι᾽ τὰ δ᾽ ὑποζυγια οὐκ ny ἀλλῃ 
an o - Pos ’ 3 
‘9 ταύτῃ ἐκβῆναι. Ἔνθα δὴ παρακελευσάμενον addi dots, 
π (λλ ὃς τὸν do 0d ἧς doz " κύκλ 
ροσβαλάουσι πρὸς tov λόφον ὀρϑίοις τοῖς λόχοις, οὐ κυκλῳ, 
3 3 , » ~ ᾿ > ’ 
alla καταλιπόντες ἀφοδον τοῖς πολεμίοις, εἰ βούλοιντο 
“4 νι , ‘ ? e 3 ’ a 2e? 
φεύγειν. Kal τέως μὲν αὐτοὺς ἀναβαίνοντας, onn ἐδυναν-- 
7 4 3 > 
to ἕκαστος, of βάρβαροι ἐτόξευον καὶ ἔβαλλον, ἐγγὺς δ᾽ ov 
2 a “- 4 ’ 4 - o 
‘ mgocterto, ἀλλα φυγῇ λείπουσι to χωρίον. Kai τοῦτον te 
παρεληλύϑεισαν of Ἕλληνες, καὶ ἕτερον ὁρῶντες ἔμπροσϑεν 
’ , \ 0 3 : , ’ 
λοφον κατεχόμενον, ἐπὶ τοῦτον αὐϑις ἐδόκει πορεύεσϑαι. 
3 ’ > © yw re) o > r a ε 
Ἐνγροησας δ᾽ ὁ Ξενοφῶν, Hy, εἰ ἔρημον καταλεΐποι τὸν ἡλω- 
oe ᾽’ 4 0s ? e [ 2 ~ ~ 
xota Adogoy, καὶ παλιν λαβόντες οἱ πολέμιοι ἐπιϑοῖντο τοῖς 
ς ΄ »- \ a . 3 e € ’ [} 
ὑποζυγίοις παριοῦσιν (ἐπὶ πολὺ δὲ qv τὰ ὑποζύγια, are 
΄-ὦ - «ὦ [ὦ e 
διὰ στενῆς τῆς ὁδοῦ πορευόμενα), καταλείπει ἐπὶ tou λόφου 
a > “«Ψ 3 
λοχαγοὺς Κηφισόδωρον Κηφισοφῶντος, ᾿Αϑηναῖον, καὶ Ap- 
° 9 ~ ? 3 ~ 
φιχράτην ᾿Αμφιδήμου, ᾿Αϑηναῖον, καὶ Aggayogay Agytioy, 


94 EER MNTOZ [ Bib. δ΄. 


wig λοιποῖς ἐπορεύετο ἐπὶ τὸν δεύ- 
eg τρόπῳ καὶ τοῦτον αἱροῦσιν. "En 
,» λοιπὸς ἣν πολὺ ὀρϑιώτατος, 6 ὑπὲρ 
᾿ γκαταληφϑεῖίσης φυλακῆς τῆς νυκιὸς ὑπὸ 
πορεύεσϑαι" | uns? δ᾽ ἐγγὺς ἦγον of Eddnyes, λείπου- 
τοῖς καὶ σὺν “’ ἀμαχητεὶ τὸν μαστόν" acre ϑαυμασιὸν 


Ἀν τῷ ὯΣ 3 
τὸ χωρίον “ 1" 14) ὑπώπτευον, δείσαντας αὐτούς, μὴ κυ- 
μαΐίνειν" xe 


[ 


Καὶ ἣν μὲν ὃ 


~ > ~ - e 8 » > A « 

4 pluognoivto, ἀπολιπεῖν. Οἱ δὲ aga ἀπὸ τοῦ 
: - Lg 

THY PAVE μὲ gurte τὰ ὄπισϑεν γιγνόμενα, πάντες ἐπὶ τοὺς 


ὡς ἂν ακας ἐχώρουν. 10 
ρ meer ἌΧ propo μὲν σὺν τοῖς νεωτάτοις ἀνέβαινεν ἐπὶ τὸ 
γον" F ποὺς δ᾽ ἄλλους ἐκέλευσεν ὑπάγειν, ὅπως of τελευταῖοι 
TH H ρροςμίξειαν᾽ καὶ προελϑόντας κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἐν τῷ 
9 . ϑέσϑαι τὰ ὅπλα εἶπεν. Καὶ ἐν τούτῳ τῷ χρόνῳ ἢλϑιν 


ἢ αγόρας ὃ Apytios πεφευγὼς καὶ λέγει, ὡς ἀπεκόπησω " 
« 4 ’ ¢€ ~ 
po τοῦ προτοῦ λόφου, καὶ ὅτι τεϑνᾶσι Κηφισόδωρος χαὶ 
γμφιαράτης, καὶ ἄλλοι, οσοι μῆ αλλομεένοι κατα τῆς πέτρας 
ἧς τοὺς ὀὁπισϑοφυλακας agixorvto. Ταῦτα δὲ διαπρα- 


’ ς ’ [4 > >? 23 ᾿ λ ° “᾿ 
ἐάμενον Οὐ βαρβαροι, ἧκον én ἀντίπορον λοφον τῷ μαστῷ 


3 


Ὁ ’ » , - 
yal ὃ Ξενοφὼν διελέγετο αὐτοῖς δὲ ἑρμηγέως megs σπονδῶν, 
Ἢ 8 8 2 » e > » > ’ 2 ἴ 
καὶ τοὺς νεχροὺῦς ἀπητει. Οἱ δ᾽ ἔφασαν ἀποδωσειν, ἐφ ῳᾧ 
a 9 a ’ τ' , - © ps ~ 2 
μὴ καίειν τὰς κωμας. Συνωμολογει ταῦτα o Ξενοφῶν. Ey 
τ ἢ - ’ 
w δὲ τὸ μὲν ἄλλο στράτευμα παρῆει, οἵ δὲ ταῦτα διελέγοντο, 
πάντες, οἱ ἐκ τούτον τοῦ τόπου συνεῤῥύησαν, ἐνταῦϑα 
J 3 ᾿. 
ἵσταντο of πολέμιοι. Καὶ ἐπεὶ ἤρξαντο καταβαίνειν ἀπὸ 3 
“- ~ a ΠῚ » » a eo 2» » 
TOV μαστοῦ πρὸς τοὺς ἀλλους, ἔνϑα τὰ Onda ἔκειντο, ἔεντο 
4 ld 
δὴ οἱ πολέμιοι πολλῷ πλήϑει καὶ ϑορύβῳ" καὶ ἐπεὶ ἐγέ- 
“ - - - > 3 [2 α 
γοντο ἐπὶ τῆς κορυφῆς τοῦ μαστοῦ, ap ov Ξενοφῶν xats- 
v ’ ‘ + 8 iy foe a . 
βαινεν, ἐκυλίνδουν πέτρας" καὶ ἕνος μὲν κατέαξαν τὸ σκέλος, 
“" e εεἢ ; » ᾿ 3 ’ > ° 
ξενοφῶντα δὲ ὁ ὑπασπιστὴς ἔων τὴν ἀσπίδα ἀπέλιπεν" 8 
> »* 3 . 23 ᾿ ͵ > w ςε e 
Ἐὺὐρύλοχος δὲ Aovareve Agxag moocédgaper αὐτῷ ὁπλίτης, 
9 ~ 3 a » ® 
καὶ πρὸ ἀμφοῖν προβεβλημένος ἀπεχωρει, καὶ οἵ ἄλλοι πρὸς 
> « 
τοὺς συντεταγμένους ἀπῆλϑον. 


KYrPor ANABA2 ΣΙΣ. 97 


.. δὲ τούτου πᾶν ὁμοῦ ἐγένετο τὸ Ελληνικόν, καὶ ἐσκή- 
"αν αὑτοῦ ἐν πολλαῖς καὶ καλαῖς οἰκίαις, καὶ ἐπιτηδείοις 
δαψιλέσι" καὶ γὰρ otros πολὺς ἦν, ὃν ἐν λάκκοις χονιατοῖς 
εἶχον». Ξενοφῶν δὲ καὶ “Χειρίσοφος διεπράξ avto, ὥςτε λα- 
δ Bovtes τοὺς νεχροὺς ἀποδοῦναι τὸν ἡγεμόνα" καὶ πάντα 
ἐποίησαν τοῖς ἀποθανοῦσιν ἐκ τῶν δυνατῶν, ὥςπερ γομέζξε.-- 
ται ἀνδράσιν ἀγαϑοῖς. Ty δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ ἄνευ ἡγεμόνος 
ἐπορεύοντο" μαχόμενοι δ᾽ of πολέμιοι, καὶ ὅπη εἴη στενὸν 
χωρέον προκαταλαμβάνοντες, ἐκώλυον τὰς παρόδους. Ὃπό- 
19 τὸ μὲν οὖν τοὺς πρώτους κωλύοιεν, Ξενοφῶν ὄὃπισϑεν ἐκ- 
βαίνων πρὸς τὰ ὄρη, ἔλυε τὴν ἀπόφραξιν τῆς παρόδον τοῖς 
πρώτοις, ἀνωτέρω πειρώμενος γίγνεσθαι τῶν κωλυόντων" 
ὅπότε δὲ τοῖς ὄπισϑεν ἐπιϑοῖντο, Χειρίσοφος ἐκβαίνων, καὶ 
πειρώμενος ἀνωτέρω γίγνεσϑαι τῶν κωλυόντων, ἔλυε τὴν 
16 ἀπόφραξιν τῆς παρόδου τοῖς onde. Καὶ ἀεὶ οὕτως 
ἐβοήϑουν ἀλλήλοις, καὶ ἰσχυρῶς ἀλλήλων ἐπεμέλοντο. Ἦν 
δὲ ὁπότε καὶ αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀναβᾶσι πολλὰ πράγματα παρεῖ-- 
χον of βάρβαροι πάλιν καταβαίνουσιν " ἐλαφροὶ γὰρ ἦσαν, 
ὥςτε καὶ ἐγγύϑεν φεύγοντες ἀποφεύγειν" οὐδὲν γὰρ ἄλλο 
80 εἶχον ἢ τόξα καὶ σφενδόνας. "ἄριστοι δὲ τοξόται ἦσαν" 
εἶχον δὲ τόξα ἐγγὺς τριπήχη, τὰ δὲ τοξεύματα πλέον ἢ δι-- 
πήχη᾽ εἶλκον δὲ τὰς γευράς, ὁπότε τοξεύοιεν, πρὸς τὸ κάτω 
τοῦ τόξου τῷ ἀριστερῷ ποδὲ ἀυοεβ ΑΕΡΟΥΤΕ;. Τὰ δὲ tokev- 
ματα ἐχώρει διὰ τῶν ἀσπίδων καὶ διὰ τῶν ϑωράκων " ἐχρῶὼν-- 
86 τὸ δὲ αὐτοῖς οἱ Ἕλληνες, ἐπεὶ λάβοι, ἀκοντίοις, st has 
λῶντες. Ἔν τούτοις τοῖς χωρίοις of Κρῆτες χρησιμώτατοι 
ἐγένοντο " ἦρχε δὲ αὐτῶν Στρατοκλῆς Kens. 


9 


98 ΞΈΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [ Bb. 4. 


Κεφάλαιον γ΄', 


Ταύτην δ᾽ αὖ τὴν ἡμέραν ηὐλίσϑησαν ἐν ταῖς κώμαις 
Tais- ὑπὲρ τοῦ πεδίου τοῦ παρὰ τὸν Κεντρίτην ποταμὸν, 
τ € ° ao € 6 . 2 4 ᾿ - 
εὑρος ὡς. δίπλεθρον, o¢ ogites τὴν Ἀρμενίαν καὶ τὴν τῶν 
Καρδούχων χώραν" καὶ οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐνταῦϑα ἀνεπαύσαντο 
ἄσμενοι ἰδόντες πεδίον᾽ ἀπεῖχε δὲ τῶν ὀρέων ὃ ποταμὸς ὡς 


ἕξ ἢ ἑπτὰ στάδια τῶν Καρδούχων. Τότε μὲν οὖν ηὐλίσϑη- 
σαν μάλα ἡδέως, καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἔχοντες, καὶ πολλὰ τῶ) 
παρεληλυϑότων πόνων μνημονεύοντες. Ἑπτὰ γὰρ ἡμέρας, 
ὅσαςπερ ἐπορεύϑησαν διὰ τῶν Καρδούχων, πάσας μαχό- 
μένοι διετέλεσαν, καὶ ἔπαϑον κακά, ὅσα οὐδὲ. τὰ σύμπαντα 10 
ὑπὸ βασιλέως καὶ Τισσαφέρνους. ‘Rg οὖν ἀπηλλαγμένοι 
τούτων, ἡδέως ἐκοιμήϑησαν. 

Ἅμα δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ δρῶσιν ἱππέας που πέραν τοῦ ποτα- 
μοῦ ἐξωπλισμένους, ὡς κωλύσοντας διαβαίνειν" πεζοὺς 
δ᾽ ἐπὶ ταῖς ὄχϑαις παρατεταγμένους ἄνω τῶν ἱππέων, ὡς B 
χωλύσοντας εἰς τὴν ᾿Αρμενίαν ἐκβαίνειν. Ἦσαν δὲ οὗτοι 
᾿Ορόντου καὶ ᾿Αρτούχου, Aguérior καὶ Μαρδόνιοι καὶ Χαλ- 
δαῖοι μισϑοφόροι. ᾿Ελέγοντο δὲ οἱ Χαλδαῖοι ἐλεύϑεροι καὶ 
ἄλκιμοι sivas’ ὅπλα δ᾽ εἶχον γέῤῥα μακρὰ καὶ λόγχας. Αἱ 
δὲ ὄχϑαι αὗται, ἐφ᾽ ὧν παρατεταγμένοι οὗτοι ἦσαν, τρία 7 9 
τέτταρα πλέθρα ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἀπεῖχον" ὃδὸς δὲ μία ἡ 
δρωμένη ἦν ἄγουσα ἄνω, ὥςπερ χειροποίητος" ταύτῃ ἐπει- 
ρῶντο διαβαίνειν οὗ “Ελληνες. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ πειρωμένοις τό τε 
ὕδωρ ὑπὲρ τῶν μαστῶν ἐφαίνετο, καὶ ταχὺς ἦν ὃ ποταμὸς 
μεγάλοις λίϑοις καὶ ὀλισϑηροῖς, καὶ οὔτε ἐν τῷ ὕδατι τὰ % 
ὅπλα ἣν ἔχειν" εἰ δὲ μή, ἥρπαζεν ὃ ποταμός" ἐπὶ τε τῆς 
κεφαλῆς τὰ ὅπλα εἴ τις φέροι, γυμνοὶ ἐγίγνοντο πρὸς τὰ το- 
ξεύματα καὶ τὰ ἄλλα βέλη" ἀνεχώρησαν οὖν, καὶ αὐτοῦ 
ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο παρὰ τὸν ποταμόν. 


cep. γ΄] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABAZIS. 99 


»” 3 3 
Ἔνϑα δὲ αὐτοὶ τὴν πρόσϑεν νύκτα ἤσαν, ἐπὶ τοῦ ὅρους 
’ , P 
ἑώρων τοὺς Καρδούχους πολλοὺς συνειλεγμένους ἐν τοῖς 
[ Doe ~ 3 1 ~ 48 - 
ὅπλοις. Ενταῦϑα δὴ πολλὴ ἀϑυμία Hy τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, δρῶσι 
4 τὸ ee 4 -« a 
μὲν τοῦ ποταμοῦ τὴν δυςπορίαν, ὁρῶσι δὲ τοὺς διαβαίνειν 
€ ad ~ U 
Sxwdvoortac, ὁρῶσι δὲ τοῖς διαβαίνουσιν ἐπικεισομένους 
a ’ » ’ ᾿ τ e © + 
τοὺς Kagdovyous ὃπισϑεν. Ταύτην μὲν οὐν τὴν ἡμέραν 
ὶΣ τὴν νύχτα ἔμενον ἐν πολλὴ ἀπορίᾳ ὃ Ξεγογῶν δὲ 
καὶ τὴ mn 7 ole ὄντες. Ξενοφῶν δὲ 
«- e , 4 ἢ - 
ὄναρ εἰδὲεν᾿ ἔδοξεν ἐν πέδαις δεδέσϑαι, αὕται δὲ αὐτῷ αὖ- 
’ a°- "» « Cd Q ες ? 
TOMATOL MeQigguyva, wsts λυϑήναι καὶ διαβαίνειν, ὁπόσον 
᾽ ἘΞ . > 3 
) éBuvdeto. Enel δὲ ὄρϑρος ην, ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Χειρίσο-- 
. - 
gov, καὶ λέγει, ote ἐλπίδας ἔχει καλῶς ἔσεσϑαι" καὶ διη- 
~ > « . € 4 ε ’ Ἁ ε Ud er 
γεῖται αὐτῷ τὸ ὄναρ. O δὲ ηδετὸ τε, καὶ ὡς τάχιστα ἕως 
e ’ 
ὑπέφαινεν, ἐθύοντο πάντες of παρόντες στρατηγοί" καὶ τὰ 
e e 8 τ 3 LY a “- ’ SY > [2 > φΦ 
ἱερα καλὰ ἣν εὐϑυς ἐπὶ τοῦ πρωτου. Καὶ ἀπιόντες ano 
“« ς - e 4 ‘ . Y a - ~ 
δ τὼν ἱερῶν οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ hoyayot παρηγγελλὸν τῇ OTQaTIC 
2 ~ 2 “ -»- ΠῚ A 
ἀριστοποιεῖσϑαι. ᾿Αριστῶντι δὲ τῷ Ξενοφῶντι προςέτρεχον 
. ε > w 2 
δύο νεατίσχω" ἤδεσαν yao πάντες, ote ἐξείη αὑτῷ καὶ ἀρι- 
στῶντι καὶ δειπνοῦντι προςελϑεῖν, καί, εἰ καϑεύδοι, ἐπεγεί-- 
ραντα εἰπεῖν, εἴ τίς τι ἔχοι τῶν. πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον. Καὶ 
’ > ε ’ , ἢ ε Ν 
O rots ἔλεγον, ὁτι τυγχάνοιεν φρύγανα συλλέγοντες ὡς -ἐπὶ 
πῦρ, κἄπειτα κατίδοιεν ἐν te πέραν ἐν πέτραις καϑηκού- 
3 2 . ᾿ ~ 
σαις ἐπ᾿ αὑτὸν τὸν ποταμὸν γέροντα te καὶ γυναῖκα, καὶ 
παιδίσκας, ὥςπερ μαρσίπους ἱματίων κατατιϑεμένους ἐν 
’ > 3 “ὦ ° 2 2 4 τ 
πέτρᾳ ἀντρωδει. Ιδοῦσι δὲ σφισι δόξαι, ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι δια-- 
Μ > 4 a ~ 9 e ba Ld v 
3 βαίνειν" οὐδὲ γὰρ τοῖς πολεμίοις ἱππεῦσι προςβατον εἶναι 
" 3 [ , , 
κατὰ τοῦτος Exduvtes δὲ ἔφασαν, ἔχοντες τὰ ἐγχειρίϑια- 
’ ᾿ [4 
γυμνά, ὡς νευσούμενοι διαβαίνειν" πορευόμενοι δὲ, προ- 
’ wo. u 
σϑεν διαβαίνειν, πρὶν βρέξαι ta αἰδοῖα " καὶ διαβαντες, καὶ 
is] 
λαβόντες τὰ ἱμάτια, πάλιν ἥκειν. 
a? 3 Cs - 2.» 9» ὃ x ~ ἰ- 
Ὁ ΕΕὐϑὺς οὐν ὁ Ξενοφῶν αὑτὸς τε ἔσπενῦδε, καὶ τοῖς VERY, 
~ e , ~ 4 ~ 
σκοις ἐγχεῖν ἐκέλευσε, καὶ εὔχεσϑαι τοῖς φήνασι ϑεοῖς τά τὸ 
2 » Q e ’ . a λ 4 3 ϑὰ ὲ λέ 
ὀνείρατα καὶ τὸν πόρον καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ayada ἐπιτελέσαι, 
3 3 4 e 
Σπείσας δὲ εὐθὺς Hye τοὺς νεανίσκους παρὰ τὸν Χειρίσρ- 


100 EENOONNTOS [Bb 4. 


gov’ καὶ διηγοῦνται ταὐτά, ᾿μκούσας δὲ καὶ ὃ Χειρίσοφος 
σπονδὰς ἐποίει. Σπείσαντες δέ, τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις παρη)γγεὶ- 
λον συσκευάζεσθαι, αὐτοὶ δὲ, συγκαλέσαντες τοὺς στρατη- 
γούς, ἐβουλεύοντο, ὅπως ἂν κάλλιστα διαβαῖεν, καὶ τούς τε 


» ws 4 «ες a “- »” 8 4 ¢ 
ἔμπροσθεν mixmev καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ὀπισϑὲν μηδὲν κακὸν πα- § 


σζοιεν. Καὶ ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς, Χειρίσοφον μὲν ἡγεῖσθαι καὶ 
δισδαΐνειν, ἔχοντα τὸ ἥμισυ τοῦ στρατεύματος, τὸ δὲ ἥμισυ 
ἔτε ὑπομένειν σὺν Ξενοφῶντε" τὰ δὲ ὑποζύγια καὶ τὸν ὄχλον 
ἐν μέσῳ τούτων διαβαίνειν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ καλῶς ταῦτα εἶχεν, 


2 ’ 7 € ~ Π e 9 -» 10 
ἐπορεύοντο" NyYOUYTO δὲ ot veavioxot, ἐν ἀριστερᾷ ἔχοντες 


τ € e 
τὸν ποταμόν' ὁδὸς δὲ ἣν ἐπὶ τὴν διάβασιν ὡς τέτταρα 
στάδια. 
’ 3 > Cd 3 γΊ e . γε “ φ 
Μορευομένων ὃ᾽ avtwy avtinagnecay at τάξεις τῶν in- 
᾿ 2. ᾿ δ 4 8 ’ 4 8 » 
πέων. nsdn δ᾽ σαν κατὰ τὴν διάβασιν καὶ τὰς οχϑας 
“- -ἊᾺ΄᾽Ἥ» a «8 a > A “-“ 
τοῦ ποταμοῦ, ἔϑεντο τὰ ὁπλα, καὶ αὐτὸς πρῶτος Χειρίσο- 
’ Q 3 , ’ ᾿ μι . 
Pog στεφαγωσαμενος καὶ unodus ἐλαμβανε τὰ οπλα, καὶ 
“ » ~ [2 Ἢ Α A) 8 ᾿ 
τοῖς ἀλλοις πᾶσι παρήγγελλε καὶ τοὺς λοχαγοὺς ἐκέλευεν 
»ἥ 3 3 > - 4 
ἄγειν τοὺς λόχους ὀνθίους, τοὺς μὲν ἐν ἀριστερᾷ, τοὺς δὲ ἐν 
διξιᾷ ἑαυτοῦ. Καὶ ot μὲν μάντεις ἐσφαγιάξοντο εἰς τὸν 
a ° η.ω.3 
ποταμόν᾽ ot δὲ πολέμιοι ἐτόξευόν τε καὶ ἐσφενδόνων " σαλλ 
» Ὁ - 8.ς 4 ‘ + 4 , ’ ? 
οὔπω ἐξικνοῦντο. Ἐπεὶ δὲ καλὰ ἣν τὰ σφαγια, ἐπαιάνιζον 
- 3 
πᾶντες οἷ στρατιῶται καὶ ἀνηλαάλαζον, συνωλόλυζον δὲ καὶ at 
~~ 3 ~ « 
γυναῖκες ἅπασαι. Πολλαὶ γὰρ σαν ἑταῖραι ἐν τῷ στρατεύματι. 
᾿ ° 3 ~ 
Kai Χειρίσοφος μέν ἐνέβαινε καὶ ot σὺν αὐτῷ" ὁ δὲ 
“Ὁ ; Cd 9 >? 
Ξενοφῶν, λαβὼν τῶν οπισθοφυλάχων τοὺς εὐζωνοτάτους, 
> > a ’ ¢ 4 td ’ a & 4 2” 
eer ava xgatos πάλιν ἐπὲ τὸν πόρον τὸν κατὰ τὴν ἔχβασιν 
‘ 3 ΠῚ w~ 2 ’ » Ὁ , 9 
τὴν εἰς τὰ τῶν Ἀρμενίων ὁρη" προςποιούμενος ταύτῃ δια- 
1 a a a 8 
βὰς ἀποκλείσειν τοὺς παρὰ τὸν ποταμὸν ἱππέας. Ot δὲ 
᾿ « a 2 9 ~ 
πολέμιοι, δρῶντες μὲν τοὺς ἀμφὶ Χειρίσοφον εὐπετῶς τὸ 
ε “- ε ~ , 4 3 \ »» lod [ἢ 
vdwo διαπερῶντας, ὁρῶντες δὲ τοὺς ἀμφὶ Ξενοφῶντα ϑέον-- 
3 
τας εἰς τοὔμπαλι», δείσαντες, μὴ ἀποκλεισϑείησαν, φεύγου- 
3 Sad Lead w 
σιν ἀνὰ κράτος ὡς πρὸς τὴν ἀπὸ TOV ποταμοῦ ἔκβασιν ave. 
ϑ 4 ἢ ΠῚ 4 cer e »” » e 4 3 
Ensi δὲ κατὰ τὴν odor ἐγένοντο, ἔτειναν ἄνω πρὸς τὸ ρος. 


" 


λι 


Keg. γ΄. ATPO? ANABASIZ. fol 


Avxiog δέ, ὃ τὴν τάξιν ἔχων τῶν ἱππέων, καὶ Αἰσχίνης, ὃ 
τὴν τάξιν ἔχων τῶν πελταστῶν τῶν ἀμφὶ Χειρέσοφον, ἐπεὶ 
ἑώρων ἀνὰ κράτος φεύγοντας, εἵποντο᾽ οἷ δὲ στρατιῶται 
ἐβόων μὴ ἀπολείπεσθαι, ἀλλὰ συνεκβαίνειν ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος. 

& Χειρίσοφος δ᾽ αὖ, ἐπεὶ διέβη, τοὺς μὲν ἱππέας οὐκ ἐδίωκεν, 
εὐθὺς δὲ κατὰ τὰς προςηκούσας ὄχϑας ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν 
ἐξέβαινεν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄνω πολεμέους. Οἱ δὲ ἄνω, δρῶντες μὲν 
τοὺς ἑαυτῶν ἱππέας φεύγοντας, δρῶντες δὲ ὁπλίτας ἐπιόντας 
σφίσιν, ἐκλείπουσι τὰ ὑπὲρ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἄκρα. 

10 βενοφῶν δέ, ἐπεὶ τὰ πέραν ἑώρα καλῶς γιγνόμενα, ἀπέ- 
χώρει τὴν ταχίστην πρὸς τὸ διαβαῖνον στράτευμα " καὶ γὰρ 
οἱ Καρδοῦχοι φανεροὶ ἤδη ἦσαν͵ εἰς τὸ πεδίον καταβαΐνον- 
τες, ὡς ἐπιϑησόμενοι τοῖς τελευταίοις. αὶ Χειρίσοφος 
μὲν τὰ ἄνω κατεῖχε, Αὐκιος δὲ σὺν ολίγοις ἐπιχειρήσας 

16 ἐπιδιῶξαι, ἔλαβε τῶν σκευοφόρων τὰ ὑπολειπόμενα, καὶ με- 
τὰ τούιων ἐσθῆτά τε καλὴν καὶ ἐκπώματα. Kot τὰ μὲν 
σκευοφόρα τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ ὃ ὄχλος ἀκμὴν διέβαινε" Zevo-~ 
gary δὲ στρέψας πρὸς τοὺς Καρδούχους ἀντία τὰ ὅπλα 
ἔϑετο" καὶ παρήγγειλε τοῖς λοχαγοῖς, κατ᾽ ἐγωμοτέας ποιή- 

80 σασϑαι ἕκαστον τὸν ἑαυτοῦ λόχον, neg’ ἀσπίδας παραγα- 
γόντας τὴν ἐνωμοτίαν ἐπὶ φάλαγγος καὶ τοὺς μὲν λοχα- 
γοὺς καὶ τοὺς ἐνωμοτάρχας πρὸς τῶν Καρδούχων ἰέναι, ov- 
ραγοὺς δὲ καταστήσασϑαι πρὸς τοῦ ποταμοῦ. 

Οἱ δὲ Καρδοῦχοι, ὧς δώρων τοὺς ὀπισϑοφύλαλας τοῦ 

% ὄχλον ψιλουμένους, καὶ ὀλίγυυς ἤδη φαινομένους, ϑᾶττον 
δὴ ἐπήεσαν, ᾧδάς τινας ἄδοντες. Ὃ δὲ Χειρίσοφος, ἐπεὶ 
τὰ παρ᾽ αὐτῷ ἀσφαλῶς εἶχε, πέμπει παρὰ Ξενοφῶντα τοὺς 
πελταστὰς καὶ σφενδονήτας καὶ τοξότας, καὶ κελεύει ποιεῖν, 
Om ay παραγγέλλῃ. ᾿Ιδὼν δὲ αὐτοὺς καταβαίνοντας ὃ 

80 ξενοφῶν», πέμψας ἄγγελον κελεύει αὐτοῦ μεῖναι ἐπὶ τοῦ πο- 
ταμοῦ μὴ διαβάντας" ὅταν δ᾽ ἄρξωνται αὐτοὶ διαβαίνειν, 
ἐναντίους ἔνϑεν καὶ ἔνϑεν σφῶν ἐμβαίνειν ὡς διαβησομέ- 
γους, διηγκυλισμέγους τοὺς ἀκοντιστάς, καὶ ἐπιβεβλημένους 

9* 


102 EZENO®QNTOZ [8ι0. Δ'. 


τοὺς τοξότας μὴ πρόσω δὲ τοῦ ποταμοῦ προβαίνειν. Τοῖς 
δὲ παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ παρήγγειλεν, ἐπειδὰν σφενδόνη ἐξικνῆται, 
καὶ ἀσπὶς ψοφῇ, παιανίσαντας ϑεῖν ἀεὶ εἰς τοὺς πολεμίους" 
ἐπειδὰν δὲ ἀναυτρέψωσιν οἱ πολέμιοι, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ποταμοῦ 
ὃ σαλπιγκτὴς σημήνῃ τὸ πολεμικόν, ἀναστρέψαντας ἐπὶ § 
δόρυ ἡγεῖσϑαι μὲν τοὺς οὐραγούς, ϑεῖν δὲ πάντας ὅτι τά- 
χιστα, καὶ διαβαίνειν, 7 ἕκαστος τὴν τάξιν εἶχεν, ὡς μὴ ἐω- 
ποδίζειν ἀλλήλους" ὅτε οὗτος ἄριστος ἔσοιτο, ὃς ἂν πρῶτος 
ἐν τῷ πέραν γένηται. 

Οἱ δὲ Καρδοῦχοι, δρῶντες ὀλίγους ἤδη τοὺς λοιπούς "ὶ 
(πολλοὶ γὰρ καὶ τῶν μένειν τεταγμένων ᾧχοντο ἐπιμελησό- 
μενοι οἷ μὲν ὑποζυγίων, οἱ δὲ σκευῶν, οὗ δὲ ἑταιρῶν), ἐν- 
ταῦϑα δὴ ἐπέκειντο ϑρασέως, καὶ ἤρχοντο σφενδονᾶν καὶ 
τοξεύειν. Οἱ δὲ Ἕλληνες παιανίσαντες ὥρμησαν δρόμῳ ἐπ᾽ 
αὐιϊού;" οἱ δ᾽ οὐκ ἐδέξαντο" καὶ γὰρ ἦσαν ὡπλισμένοι, ὡς Κα 
μὲν ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν, ἱκανῶς πρὸς τὸ ἐπιδραμεῖν καὶ φεύγειν, 
πρὸς τὲ τὸ εἰς χεῖρας δέχεσθαι οὐχ ἱκανῶς. Ἔν τούτῳ ση- 
waives ὃ σαλπιγκτής" καὶ of μὲν πολέμιοι ἔφευγον πολὺ 
ἔτι ϑἄττον" οἱ δ᾽ Ἕλληνες τὰ ἐναντία στρέψαντες, ἔφευγον 
διὰ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ὅτι τάχιστας, Τῶν δὲ πολεμίων of piv 
τινες αἰσϑόμενοι, πάλιν ἔδραμον ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμόν, καὶ το- 
ξεύοντες ὀλίγους ἔτρωσαν" οἱ δὲ πολλοί, καὶ πέραν ὄντων 
τῶν “Ελλήνων, ἔτε φανεροὶ ἦσαν φεύγοντες. Οἱ δὲ ὑπαντή- 
σαντες ἀνδριζόμενοι, καὶ προσωτέρω τοῦ καιροῦ προϊόντες, 


4 
a 


ὕστερον τῶν μετὰ ξενοφῶντος διέβησαν παλιν" καὶ ἐτρώ- 958 


Snoay τινες καὶ τούτω». 


Κεφάλαιον δ'. 


Ἐπεὶ δὲ διέβησαν ἀμφὶ μέσον ἡμέρας, συνταξάμενοι 
ἐπορεύϑησαν διὰ τῆς Aguéviag πεδίον ἅπαν καὶ λείους 
γηλόφους, οὗ μεῖον ἢ πέντε παρασάγγας" οὐ γὰρ ἦσαν 


ἐφ. δ΄.] KTPOr ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙῚΣ. 103 


ἐγγὺς τοῦ ποταμοῦ κῶμαι, διὰ τοὺς πολέμους τοὺς πρὸς 
τοὺς Καρδούχους. Εἰς δὲ ἣν ἀφίκοντο κώμην, μεγάλη te 
ὧν, καὶ βασίλειόν τε εἶχε τῷ σατράπῃ, καὶ ἐπὶ ταῖς πλείσταις 
οἰκίαις τύρσεις ἐπῆσαν ἐπιτήδεια δ᾽ ἦν δαψιλῆ. Ἐντεῦϑεν 
᾿ δ᾽ ἐπορεύϑησαν σταϑμοὺς δύο παρασάγγας δέκα, μέχρις 
ὑπερῆλϑον τὰς πηγὰς τοῦ Τίγρητος ποταμοῦ. ᾿Ἐντεῦϑεν 
δ᾽ ἐπορεύϑησαν σταϑμοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγγας πεντεκαίδεκα 
ént τὸν Τηλεβόαν ποταμόν. Οὗτος δ᾽ ἦν μέγας μὲν οὔ, κα- 
dog δέ" κῶμαι δὲ πολλαὶ περὶ τὸν ποταμὸν ἦσαν. Ὃ δὲ 
'ὶ τόπος οὗτος Aguevia ἐκαλεῖτο ἢ πρὸς ἑσπέραν. Ὕπαρχος 
δ᾽ αὐτῆς ἦν Τηρίβαζος, ὃ καὶ βασιλεῖ φίλος γενόμενος " καὶ 
ὁπότε παρείη, οὐδεὶς ἄλλος βασιλέα ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον ἀνέβαλ- 
λεν. Οὗτος προςήλασεν ἱππέας ἔχων, καὶ προπέμψας ἑρμη- 
γέα, εἶπεν, ὅτι βούλοιτο διαλεχϑῆναι τοίς ἄρχουσι. Τοῖς 
88 στρατηγοῖς ἔδοξεν ἀκοῦσαι" καὶ προςελϑόντες εἷς ἐπής- 
xoov, ἠρώτων», τί ϑέλοι. Ὃ δὲ ἔλεγεν, ὅτι σπείσασϑαι 
βούλοιτο ἐφ᾽ ᾧ μήτ αὐτὸς τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἀδικεῖν, μήτ᾽ 
ἐκείνους καίειν τὰς οἰκίας, λαμβάνειν τε τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ὅσων 
δέοιντο. Ἔδοξε ταῦτα τοῖς στρατηγοῖς, καὶ ἐσπείσαντο ἐπὶ 
᾿ τούτοις. 
᾿Ἐντεῦϑεν ἐπορεύϑησαν σταϑμοὺς τρεῖς διὰ πεδίου, πα- 
ρασάγγας mivtexaidexa’ καὶ Τηρίβαζος παρηκολούϑει 
ἔχων τὴν ξαυτοῦ δύναμιν, ἀπέχων ὡς δέκα σταδίους" καὶ 
ἀφίκοντο εἰς βασίλεια καὶ κώμας πέριξ παλλάς, πολλῶν τῶν 
ἐπιτηδείων μεστάς. Στρατοπεδευομένων δ᾽ αὐτῶν γίγνεται 
τῆς νυχτὸς χιὼν πολλή" καὶ ἕωϑεν ἔδοξε διασκηνῆσαι τὰς 
τάξεις καὶ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς κατὰ τὰς κώμας" οὐ γὰρ δώρων 
πολέμιον οὐδένα, καὶ ἀσφαλὲς ἐδόκει εἶναι διὰ τὸ πλῆϑος 
τῆς χιόνος. Ἐνταῦϑα εἶχον πάντα τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ὅσα ἐστὶν 
ἀγαϑά, ἱερεῖα, σῖτον, olvoug παλαιοὺς εὐώδεις, ἀσταφίδας, 
ὄσπρια παντοδαπά. Toy δὲ ἀποσκεδαννυμένων τινὸς ἀπὸ 
τοῦ στρατοπέδου ἔλεγον, ὅτε κατίδοιεν στράτευμα, καὶ νύ- 
κτωρ πολλὰ πυρὰ φαίνοιτο. ᾿Εδόκεοι δὴ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς 


104 SENO®NLNTOZ ] Bib, 4’. 


οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι διασκηνοῦν, ἀλλὰ συναγαγεῖν τὸ στρά- 
τευμα πάλιν. ᾿Εντεῦϑεν συνῆλθον" καὶ γὰρ ἐδόκει διαι- 
ϑριάζειν. Ἰγυκτερευόντων δ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐνταῦϑα, ἐπιπίπτει 
χιὼν ἄπλετος, ὥςτε ἀπέχρυψε καὶ τὰ ὅπλα καὶ τοὺς ἀν- 
ϑρώπους κατακειμένους " καὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια συνεπέδησεν ἢ 
χιών" καὶ πολὺς ὄκνος ἦν ἀνίστασθαι" κατακειμένων γὰρ 
᾿ἀλεεινὸν ἦν ἡ χιὼν ἐπιπεπτωκυῖα, ὅτῳ μὴ παραῤῥυείη. 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ Ξεροφῶν ἐτόλμησε γυμνὸς ὧν ἀναστὰς ὀχέζειν ξύλα, 
τάχα ἀναστάς τις καὶ ἄλλος ἐκείνου ἀφελόμενος ἔσχισεν. 
"Ex δὲ τούτου καὶ os ἄλλοι ἀναστάντες πῦρ ἔκχαιον καὶ Ν 
ἐχρίοντο᾽" πολὺ γὰρ ἐνταῦϑα εὑρίσκετο χρίσμα, ᾧ ἐχρῶντο 
ἄντ᾽ ἐλαίου, σύειον καὶ σησάμινον καὶ ἀμυγδάλινον, ἐκ τῶν 
πικρῶν, καὶ τερεβένϑινον. ᾿Εκ δὲ τῶν αὐτῶν τούτων καὶ 
μύρον εὑρίσκετο. 

Mera ταῦτα ἐδόκει πάλιν διασκηνητέον εἶναι κατὰ tas 
κώμας εἰς στέγας. Ἔνθα δὴ οἷ στρατιῶται σὺν πολλῇ κραυγῇ 
καὶ ἡδονῇ ἔϑεον ἐπὶ τὰς στέγας καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια " ὅσοι δὲ, ὅτε 
τοπρότερον ἀπήεσαν, τὰς οἰκίας ἐνέπρησαν, ὑπὸ τῆς αἰϑρίας 
δίκην ἐδίδοσαν κακῶς σκηνοῦντες. ᾿Εντεῦϑεν ἔπεμψαν τῆς 
γυχτὸς Δημοκράτην Τεμενίτην, ἄνκρας δόντες, ἐπὶ τὰ Son, 
ἔνϑα ἔφασαν of ἀποσκεδαννύμενοι καϑορᾶν τὰ πυρά" οὗ- 
tos γὰρ ἐδόκει καὶ πρότερον πολλὰ ἤδη ἀληϑεῦσαι τοιαῦτα, 
τὰ ὄντα τε ὡς ὄντα, καὶ τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς οὐκ ὄντα. Πορευ- 
ϑεὶς δὲ, τὰ μὲν πυρὰ οὐκ ἔφη ἰδεῖν, ἄνδρα δὲ συλλαβὼν 
ἧκεν ἄγων, ἔχοντα τόξον Περσικόν, καὶ φαρέτραν, καὶ σώ- 
yao, οἵανπερ καὶ αἵ ᾿Δμαζόνες ἔχουσιν. ᾿Ερωτώμενος δὲ 
[τὸ] ποδαπὸς εἴη, Πέρσης μὲν. ἔφη εἶναι, πορεύεσϑαι δὲ 
ἀπὸ τοῦ Τηριβάζου στρατεύματος, ὅπως ἐπιτήδεια λάβοι. 
Οἱ δ᾽ ἠρώτων αὐτόν, τὸ στράτευμα ὅπόσον τε εἴη, καὶ ἐπὶ 
τίνι συνειλεγμένον. Ὃ δὲ εἶπεν, ὅτι Τηρίβαζος εἴη ἔχων - 
τήν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν, καὶ μισϑοφύρους Χάλυβας καὶ Ταό- 
χους᾽ παρεσκευάσϑαι δὲ αὐτὸν ἔφη, ὡς ἐπὶ τῇ ὑπερβολῇ 
τοῦ ὄρους ἐν τοῖς στενοῖς, ἧπερ μοναχῆ εἴη πορεία, ἐνταῦϑα 

* ᾿ἐπιϑηοόμενον τοῖς Ἕλλησιν. 


ἐφ. ε᾽.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 105 


‘Axovonat τοῖς στρατηγοῖς ταῦτα ἔδοξε τὸ στράτευμα 
συιγαγαγεῖν" καὶ εὐθύς, καταλιπόντες φύλακας καὶ στρατη- 
γὸν ἐπὲ τοῖς μένουσι “Σοφαΐνετον Στυμφάλιον, ἐποφεύυντο, 
ἔχοντες ἡγεμόνα τὸν ἁλόντα ἄγϑρωπον. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ὑπερέ- 
βαλον τὰ ὄρη, οἱ πελτασταὶ, προϊόντες καὶ κατιδόντες τὸ 
στρατόπεδον, οὐκ ἔμειναν τοὺς δαλῖτας, add ἀνακραγόντες 
ἔϑεον ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον [τὸ τῶν βαρβάρων]. Οἱ δὲ βαρ- 
βαροι, ἀκούσαντες τὸν ϑόρυβον, οὐχ ὑπέμειναν, ἀλλ᾽ ἔφευ- 
γον" ὅμως δὲ ἀπέθϑανόν τινες τῶν βαρβάρων" καὶ ἵπποι 
ἥλωσαν ὡς εἴκοσι, καὶ ἢ σκηνὴ ἢ Τηριβάζου ξάλω, καὶ ἐν 
αὐτῇ κλῖναι ἀργυρόποδες, καὶ ἐκπώματα, καὶ of ἀρτοκόποι 
καὶ οἱ οἰνοχόοι φάσκοντες εἶναι. “Ensi δὲ ἐπύϑοντο ταῦτα 
of τῶν ὁπλιτὼν otgarnyol, ἐδόκει αὐτοῖς ἀπιέναι τὴν ταχί- 
στὴν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον, μή τις ἐπίϑεσις γένοιτο τοῖς κα- 
ταλελειμμένοι. Καὶ εὐθὺς ἀνακαλεσάμενος τῇ σάλπιγγι 
ἀπήεσαν, καὶ ἀφίκοντο αὐϑημερὸν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. 


Κεφάλαιον ε΄. 


Τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐδόκει πορευτέον εἶναι 7 δύναιντο τά- 
χιστα, πρὶν ἢ συλλεγῆναι τὸ στράτευμα πάλιν, καὶ κα- 
ταλαβεῖν τὰ στενά. Συσκευασάμενοι δ᾽ εὐϑύς, ἐπορεύοντο 
διὰ χιόνος πολλῆς, ἡγεμόνας ἔχοντες πολλούς" καὶ avdy- 
μερὸν ὑπερβαλόντες τὸ ἄκρον, ἐφ᾽ ᾧ ἔμελλεν ἐπιτίϑεσϑαι 
Τηρίβαζος, κατεστρατοπεδεύσαντο. ᾿Εντεῦϑεν ἐπορεύϑησαν 
σταϑμοὺς ἐρήμους τρεῖς παρασάγγας πεντεκαίδεκα ἐπὶ τὸν 
Εὐφράτην ποταμόν, καὶ διέβαινον αὐτὸν βρεχόμενοι πρὸς 
τὸν ὀμφαλόν. ᾿Ελέγοντο δὲ αὐτοῦ αἱ πηγαὶ οὐ πρόσω εἷ- 
vat. ᾿Ἐντεῦϑεν ἐπορεύοντο διὰ χιόνος πολλῆς καὶ πεδίου 
σταϑμοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγγας πεντεκαίδεκα. Ὃ δὲ τρίτος 
ἐγένετο χαλεπός, καὶ ἄνεμος Βυῤῥᾶς ἐναντίος ἔπνει, παντά- 
πᾶσιν ἀποκαίων πάντα, καὶ πηγνὺς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους. "Ἐν- 


106 EFENO@GRNTOZ [ Bb. δ΄. 


Ga δὴ τῶν μαντεῶν τις εἶπε σφαγιάζεσϑαι τῷ ἀνέμῳ" καὶ 
σφαγιάζεται᾽ καὶ πᾶσι δὴ περιφανῶς ἔδοξε λῆξαι τὸ χα- 
λεπὸν τοῦ πνεύματος. "Hy δὲ τῆς χιόνος τὸ βάϑος ὀργυιά" 
ὥςτε καὶ τῶν ὕποξυγίων καὶ τῶν ἀνδραπόδων πολλὰ anti- 
keto, καὶ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ὡς τριάκοντα. 4ιεγένοντο δὲ ὁ 
τὴν νύκτα πῦρ καίοντες" ξύλα δ᾽ ἦν ἐν τῷ σταϑμῷ πολλά" 
of δὲ ὀψὲ προςιόντες ξύλα οὐχ εἶχον. Οἱ οὖν πάλαι ἥχον- 
τες καὶ πῦρ καΐοντες οὗ προςΐεσαν πρὸς τὸ πῦρ τοὺς ὀψί- 
ζοντας, εἢ μὴ μεταδοῖεν αὐτοῖς πυροὺς ἢ ἄλλο τι ὧν ἔχοιεν 
βρωτῶν. Ἔνθα δὴ μετεδίδοσαν ἀλλήλοις, ὧν εἶχον ἕκαστοι. ¥ 
"Eva δὲ τὸ πῦρ ἐκαΐετο, διατηκομένης τῆς χιόνος βοόϑροι 
ἐγίγνοντο μεγάλοι ἔςτε ἐπὶ τὸ δάπεδον" οὗ δὴ παρῆν μετρεῖν 
τὸ βαϑος τῆς χιόνος. 

᾿Εντεῦϑεν δὲ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἡμέραν ὅλην ἐπορεύοντο διὰ 
χιόνος, καὶ πολλοὶ τῶν ἀνϑρώπων ἐβουλιμίασαν. Ξενοφῶν " 
δὲ ὀπισϑοφυλακῶν, καὶ καταλαμβάνων τοὺς πίπτοντας τῶν 
ἀνθρώπων, ἡγγόει, ὃ τι τὸ πάϑος εἴη. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ εἶπέ τις 
αὐτῷ τῶν ἐμπείρων, ὅτι σαφῶς βουλιμιῶσι, καὶ ἐάν τι φά- 
γωσιν, ἀναστήσονται, περιϊὼν ἐπὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια, εἴ πού τι 
ὁρῴη βρωτόν, διεδίδου, καὶ διέπεμπε διδόντας τοὺς δυναμέ- Ἢ 
yous παρατρέχειν τοῖς βουλιμιῶσιν. ᾿Επειϑὴ δὲ te gupa— 
your, ἀνίσταντο καὶ ἐπορεύοντο, πορευομένων dé, Xecoi— 
σοφος μὲν ἀμφὶ κνέφας πρὸς κώμην ἀφικνεῖται, καὶ ὑδρο--π 
φορούσας ἐκ τῆς κώμης γυναῖκας καὶ κόρας πρὸς τῇ κρήν;7 
καταλαμβάνει ἔμπρουϑεν τοῦ ἐρύματος. Αἀὐται jowtas™ 
αὐτούς, «ἶνες εἶεν. Ὃ δὲ ἑρμηνεὺς εἶπε περσιστί, ὅτι παρ 
βασιλέως πορεύοιντο πρὸς τὸν σατράπην. AL δὲ anexgi—— 
γαντο, ὅτι οὔκ ἐνταῦϑα εἴη, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπέχοι ὅσον παρασάγγην.- 
Οἱ δ᾽, ἐπεὶ ὀψὲ ἦν, πρὸς τὸν κομάρχην συνειςέρχονται εἰς τὸ 
ἔρυμα σὺν ταῖς ὑδροφόροις. Χειρίσοφος μὲν οὖν καὶ coo 
ἐδυνήϑησαν τοῦ στρατεύματος ἐνταῦϑα ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο" 
τῶν δ᾽ ἄλλων στρατιωτῶν οἷ μὴ δυνάμενοι διατελέσαι τὴν 
ὁδύν, ἐνυχτέρευσαν ἄσιτοι καὶ ἄνευ πυρός" καὶ ἐνταῦϑώαε 


». & | ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASI2. 107 


> td “« 5 
ἐνὲς ἀπώλοντο τῶν στρατιωτῶν. Βφείποντο δὲ τῶν πολε-- 
[ ’ 4 J 4 Ua “Ὁ ε 
dey συνειλεγμένον τινές, καὶ τὰ μὴ δυνάμενα τῶν ὑποῖζυ- 
. 39 3 >, 
‘ioy ἥρπαζον, καὶ ἀλλήλοις ἐμάχοντο περὶ αὐτῶν. “E)ei- 
4 ἊΨ od CU ° ς 4 Cod 
rovto δὲ καὶ τῶν στρατιωτῶν οἵ te διεφρϑαρμένοι ὑπὸ τῆς 
2 ᾿ . « 
toveg τοὺς ὀφϑαλμούς, οἵ Te ὕπο TOU ψύχους τοὺς \daxrv- 
wo " 2 9 3 4 ~ 8 3 ~ 
ovg τῶν ποδὼν anoveonnotes. Hy δὲ τοῖς μὲν οφϑαλμοῖς 
πικούρημα τῆς χιόνος, εἴ τις μέλαν τι ἔχων πρὸ τῶν ὁφ- 
λαλμὼν πορεύοιτο" τῶν δὲ ποδῶν, εἴ τις κινοῖτο, καὶ μηδέ- 
ε » Q 3 4 ε , a ἢ 
rots ἡσυχίαν ἔχοι, καὶ εἰ τὴν τύχτα ὑπολύοιτος. Ὅσοι δὲ 
: ’ - 9 ’ or) 8 ? ες ? 
'ποδεδεμένοι ἐκοιμῶντο, εἰςεδυοντο εἰς τοὺς πόδας οἵ ἱμα»-- 
e τ 
ἐς, καὶ τὰ ὑποδήματα περιεπήγνυντο᾽ καὶ γὰρ σαν, ἐπει-- 
4 3 ° 4 > ~ € ’ ? > 
ἰὴ ἀπέλιπε ta ἀρχαῖα ὑποδήματα, καρβάτιναι αὐτοῖς, πε-- 
° baad - τ 
τοιημέναι ἐκ τῶν νεοδάώρτων βοῦν. Διὰ τὰς τοιαύτας οὐν 
“ - o [ 
ἰνάγκας ὑπελείποντό τινὲς τῶν στρατιωτῶν" καὶ ἰδόντες μέλαν 
φ a 4 - ,. ν»»ὕ, 4 4 Py , 
τ χωρίον, διὰ τὸ ἐκλελοϊπέναι αὐτοϑι τὴν χιονὶχ, εἴκαζον τετη-- 
τ 2 
ἰέναι. Καὶ ἐτετήκει διὰ. κρήνην τινά, ἢ πλησίον ἣν ατμίζουσα. 
’ , ὃ - ? U ..?> w 
νάπη " évravda ἐχτράπομενοι ἐκαϑηντο, καὶ οὐκ ἔφασαν πο- 
‘ ~ 2 2 ς » 
γεύεσϑαι. Ὃ δὲ Ξενοφῶν, ἔχων ὀπισϑοφύλακας, ὡς ἤσϑετο, 
Δ > ὦ , ᾿ -“ e 2 * ᾿ ’ 
δεῖτο αὐτῶν navn τέχνῃ καὶ μηχανῇ, μὴ ἀπολείπεσθαι, lé- 
ty] ᾿ ¢ ~ 
Ὧν, OL ἕπονται πολλοὶ πολέμιοι συνειλεγμένοι " καὶ τελευτῶν 
ἰχαλέπαινεν. Οἱ δὲ σφάττειν ἐκέλευον᾽ οὐ γὰρ ἂν δύνασϑαι 
τορευϑῆναι. ᾿Ενταῦϑα ἔδοξε κράτιστον εἶναι, τοὺς ἑπομέ- 
roug πολεμίους φοβῆσαι, εἴ τις δύναιτο, μὴ ἐπιπέσοιεν τοῖς 
’ “. 3 4 ’ ” ς΄ δὲ ’ λλῶ 
ιάμνουσι. Καὶ ἣν μὲν σκότος ἤδη, οἱ δὲ προφηεσαν πολλῳ 
[2 5 ΠῚ 4 
θορύβῳ, ἀμφὶ ὧν εἶχον διαφερόμενοι. Ἔνϑα δὴ οἷ μὲν 
> ° 2 a Aa] e ξὸ 3 
πισϑοφύλακες ἔξαναστάντες, are ὑγιαίνοντες, ἔδραμον εἰς 
, 3 U a 
ιοὺς πολεμίους " οἱ δὲ κάμνοντες, ἀνακραγόντες ὅσον ἐδύ- 
αντο μέγιστον, τὰς ἀσπίδας πρὸς τὰ δόρατα ἔχρουσαν. Ot 
᾿ 4 -“ , 4 
Ja πολέμιοι δείσαντες, ἧκαν ἑαυτοὺς κατὰ τῆς χιόνος εἰς τὴν 
3 Ld ΓῚ 
anny, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἔτι οὐδαμοῦ ἐφϑ ἐγξατο. 
- 4 « ’ ~ 9 
Καὶ Ξενοφῶν μὲν καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, εἶποντες τοῖς ασϑε- 
- ~ » 3 ? ᾿ , 
νοῦσιν, ὅτε τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἠξουσί τινες ἐπ΄ αὐτους, πορενο- 
1 , , “- ’ [2 
μᾶγοι, πρὶν τέτταρα στάδια διελϑεῖν, ἐντυγχάνουσιν ἐν τῷ 


108 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [8ιθ.4΄. 


δῷ ἀναπανομέντοις ἐπὶ τῆς χιόνος τοῖς στρατιώταις ἐγκχε- 
καλυμμένοις, καὶ οὐδὲ φυλακὴ οὐδεμέα καϑειστήκεν" χαὶ 
ἀνίστασαν αὐτούς. Οἱ δ᾽ ἔλεγον, ὅτε οἱ ἔμπροσϑεν oy 
ὑποχωροῖεν. Ὃ δὲ παριὼν καὶ παραπροπέμπων τῶν nél- 


ταστῶν τοὺς ἰαχυροτάτους, ἐκέλευε σκέψασθαι, τί εἴη τὸ 
κωλύον. Οἱ δὲ ἀπήγγελλον, ὅτε ὅλον οὕϊιως ἀναπαύοιτο τὸ 
στράτευμα. ᾿Ἐνταῦϑα καὶ of περὶ Ξενοφῶντα ηὐλίσϑησεν 
αὑτοῦ ἄνευ πυρὸς καὶ ἄδειπνοι, φυλακάς, οἵας ἐδύνανιο, 
καταστησάμενοι. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ πρὸς ἡμέραν ἦν, ὃ Zevoger, 
πέμψας πρὸς τοὺς ἀσϑενοῦντας τοὺς νεωτάτους, ἀναστήσαν-" 
τας ἐχέλευσεν ἀναγκάζειν προϊέναι. Ἔν δὲ τούτῳ Χειρίσοφος 
πέμπει τῶν ἐκ τῆς κώμης σκεψομένους, πὼς ἔχοιεν οἵ τελευ- 
ταῖοι. Οἱ δὲ ἄσμενοι ἰδόντες, τοὺς μὲν ἀσϑενοῦντας τούτοις 
παρέδοσαν κομίζειν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον, αὐτοὶ δὲ ἐπορεύονιο᾽ 

καὶ πρὲν εἴκοσι στάδια διεληλυθέναι, ἦσαν πρὸς τῇ κώμῃ, ἢ" 
Χειρίσοφος ηὐλίζετο. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ συνεγένοντο ἄλληλοις, ἔδοξε 
κατὰ τὰς κώμας ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι τὰς τάξεις σκηνοῦν. Καὶ 
Χειρίσοφος μὲν αὐτοῦ ἔμεινεν, οἵ δὲ ἄλλοι, διαλαχόντες ἃς 
ξώρων κώμας, ἐπορεύοντο, ἕκαστοι τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἔχοντες. 

Ἔνϑα δὴ “Πολυκράτης ᾿Αϑηναῖος, λοχαγός, ἐκέλευσεν > 
ἀφιέναι αὗτόν " καὶ λαβὼν τοὺς εὐζώνους, ϑέων ἐπὶ τὴν χο»- 
μην, ἣν εἰλήχει Ξενοφῶν, καταλαμβάνει πάντας ἔνδον τοῦ 5 
κωμήτας καὶ τὸν κωμάρχην᾽ καὶ πωλους εἰς δασμὸν Bac " 
Asi τρεφομένους, ἑπτακαίδεκα" καὶ τὴν ϑυγατέρα τοῦ χα ἡ 5 
μάρχου, ἐννάτην ἡμέραν γεγαμημένην" ὁ δὲ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς ΄ 
γὼς ᾧχετο ϑηράσων, καὶ οὐχ ἥλω ἐν ταῖς κώμαις. Αἱ δ᾽ οἴ ~~ 
κίαι ἦσαν κατάγειοι, τὸ μὲν στόμα ὥςπερ φρέατος, κάτω 
δ᾽ εὑρεῖαι - at δ᾽ sisodos τοῖς μὲν ὑποζυγίοις oguxtal, οἱ δια 
ἄνθρωποι ἐπὶ κλίμακας κατέβαινον. Ἔν δὲ ταῖς οἷκίαι 
ἦσαν αἷγες, ὄϊες, βόες, ὄρνιϑες, καὶ τὰ ἔκγονα τούτων" τ 
δὲ χτήνη πάντα χιλῷ ἔνδον ἐτρέφετο. Ἦσαν δὲ καὶ πυρο 
καὶ κριϑαὶ καὶ oungia καὶ οἶνος χρίϑινος ἐν κρατῆρσιν» “ 
ἐνῆσαν δὲ καὶ αὐταὶ ai κρυϑαὶ ἰσοχειλεῖς " καὶ κάλαμοι ἐνέ-΄ 


ip. ε΄. KYPOL ANABAZIZ. | 109 


κειντο, οὗ μὲν μείζους, of δὲ ἐλάττους, γόνατα οὐχ ἔχοντες. 
Τούτους δ᾽ ἔδει, ὑπότε τις διψῴη, λαβόντα εἰς τὸ στόμα 
μύξειν" καὶ πάνυ ἄκρατος ἦν, εἰ μή τις ὕδωρ ἐπῳέοι " καὶ 
pole ἡδὺ πόμα συμμαϑόντι ἦν. 

Ὁ δὲ Ξενοφῶν τὸν μὲν ἄρχοντα τῆς κώμης ταύτης σύ». 
δειίπρον ἐποιήσατο, καὶ θαῤῥεῖν ἐκέλευεν αὐτόν, λέγων, ὅτε 
οὔτε τῶν τέκνων στερήσοιτο, τήν τε οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ ἀντεμ- 
πλήσαντες τῶν ἐπιτηδείων ἀπίασιν, ἣν ἀγαϑόν τι τῷ στρα- 
τεύματι ἐξηγησάμενος φαΐνηται, tx ἂν ἐν ἄλλῳ ἔϑνει γέ- 
γῶνται. “O δὲ ταῦτα ὑπιαχνεῖτο, καὶ φιλοφρονούμενος οἷ- 
γον ἔφρασεν ἔνϑα ἦν κατορωρυγμένοςς. Ταύτην μὲν οὖν 
«Ry νύχτα διασκηνήσαντες οὕτως ἐκοιμήϑησαν ἐν πᾶσιν 
ἀφϑόνοις πάντες οἱ στρατιῶται, ἐν φυλακῇ ἔχοντες τὸν κω- 
μάφρχην καὶ τὰ τέκνα αὐτοῦ ὁμοῦ ἐν ὀφϑαλμοῖς. Τῇ 
δ᾽ ἐπιούσῃ ἡμέρᾳ Ξενοφῶν, λαθὼν τὸν κωμάρχην, πρὸς TOF 
Χειρίσοφον ἐπορεύετο᾽ ὅπου δὲ παρίοι κώμη», ἐτρέπετο 
πρὸς τοὺς ἐν ταῖς κώμαις, καὶ κατελάμβανε πανταχοῦ εὐω- 
χτυμένους καὶ εὐθυμουμένους, καὶ οὐδαμόϑεν ἀφίεσαν, 
πρὸν παραϑ εἶναι αὑτοὶς ἄριστον > οὐχ ἣν δ᾽ ὅπου οὐ παρε-- 
τίϑεσαν ἐπὶ τὴν αὐτὴν τράπεζαν κρέα ἄρνεια, ἐρίφεια, yoi- 
φεια, μόσζχεια, ὀρνέϑεια, σὺν πολλοῖς ἄρτοις, τοῖς μὲν πυρένοις, 
τοὶς δὲ κριϑίνοις. Ὁπότε δὲ τις φιλοφρονούμενός τῷ βού- 
Lotto προπιεῖν, εἷλκεν ἐπὶ τὸν κρατῆρα ᾿ ἔνϑεν ὑποκύψαντα 
ἔδει ῥοφοῦντα πιεῖν ὥςπερ βοῦν. Καὶ τῷ κωμαρχη ἐδίδοσαν 
λαμβάνειν, ὅ τι βούλοιτο. Ὃ δὲ ἄλλο μὲν οὐδὲν ἐδέχετο " 
ὅπου δὲ τινα τῶν συγγενῶν ἴδοι, πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἀεὶ ἐλάμβα- 
γεν. 

Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦλθον πρὸς Χειρίσοφον, κατελάμβανον καὶ 
ἐκείνους σκηνοῦντας, ἐστεφανωμένους τοῦ ξηροῦ χιλοῦ στε- 
φάγοις, χαὶ διακονοῦντας “Aguerious παῖδας σὺν ταῖς Bag 
βαρικαῖς στολαῖς ᾿ τοῖς δὲ παισὶν ἐδείκνυσαν ὡςπερ ἐνεοῖς ὃ 
τι δέοι ποιεῖν. ‘Enel δὲ ἀλλήλους ἐφιλοφρονήσαντο Χειρί- 
σοφος καὶ Ξενοφῶν, κοινῇ δὴ ἀνηρώτων τὸν κωμάρχην διὰ 


10 


110 EZENO®NQNTOS [ Bib. Δ΄. 


τοῦ περσίζοντος ἑρμηνέως, τίς εἴη 4 χώρα. Ὃ δ᾽ ἔλεγεν, om 
᾿Δρμενία. Καὶ πάλιν ἠρώτων, time ot ἵππον τρέφοιντο. ‘0 
δ᾽ ἔλεγεν, ὅτι βασιλεῖ δασμός " τὴν δὲ πλησίον χώραν ἔφη ἐἷ- 
you Χάλυβας, καὶ τὴν ὁδὸν ἔφραζεν, 7 εἴη. Καὶ αὐτὸν τό- 


δ » » Cm « 4 e ~ > 
τε μὲν wyeto ἄγων ὁ Ξενοφῶν πρὸς τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ οἰκέτας, 
Q «ς’ [2] 25 ἢ ᾿ [] Cd a 
καὶ ἵππον, ὃν εἰλήφει, παλαιότερον δίδωσι τῷ κωμαρχῃ 
3 ’ we a "ἢ 3. 4 e 4Ἁ 3 
ἀναϑρέψαντε xatadvoat, Ot ἤκουσεν, αὑτὸν LEQOY εἰναι 
~~ € ld 8 2 o Σ a, e @e a e 
tov Ἡλίου, δεδιώς, μὴ ἀποϑανῃ" éxexaxato γὰρ ὑπὸ τῆς 

9 “-ὠ [4 ~ 
πορείας" αὐτὸς δὲ τῶν πώλων λαμβάνει, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων 
a τ 3 
στρατηγῶν καὶ λοχαγῶν ἔδωκεν ἑκάστῳ πῶλον. “Hoav δ᾽ οἷ" 
ταύτῃ ἵπποι μείονες μὲν τῶν Περσικῶν, ϑυμοειδέστεροι δὲ 
Cod 3 led a Q [2 « o 4 ‘ 
πολλῷ. Ἑνταῦϑα δὴ καὶ διδάσκει ὁ κωμάρχης, περὶ τοὺς 
’ « e 4 « ε “ 
πόδας τῶν ἵππων καὶ τῶν ὑποζυγίων σακκία περιειλεῖν, 
Φ , « , » . » e “- 
ὅταν διὰ τῆς χιόνος ἄγωσιν" ἄνευ γὰρ τῶν σακκίων xati- 


δύοντο μέχρι τῆς γαστρός. 5 


Κεφάλαιον ς΄. 


Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἡμέρα ἣν ὀγδόη, τὸν μὲν ἡγεμόνα παραδίδως 
Χειρισόφῳ, τοὺς δ᾽ οἰκέτας καταλείπει τῷ χωμάρχῃ, ἈΠ: τος 
τοῦ υἱοῦ [τοῦ] ἄρτι ἡβάσκοντος. Τοῦτον δ᾽ “Encode 
᾿Αμφιπολίτῃ παραδίδωσι φυλάττειν, ὅπος, εἰ καλῶς. ii 


“εἰ 


Fs 
y! 
gato, ἔχων καὶ τοῦτον ἀπίοι. Καὶ sig τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτὸ —_— 
εἰρεφόρησαν ὡς ἐδύναντο πλεῖστα, καὶ ἀναζεύξαντες ἐπορεύ- , 
OYTO. “γεῖτο δ᾽ αὐτοῖς ὃ κωμάρχης λελύμενος διὰ χιόνος Ξε. 
καὶ ἤδη τ᾽ Ἵν ἐν τῷ i σταϑμῷ, καὶ ὃ Kesgigopos Cd 
ἐὐδλεπα θη, ὅτι οὐχ εἰς κώμας ἥγεν. Ὃ δ᾽ ἔλεγεν, ὃ ὅτι ovum 
εἶεν ἐν τῷ τόπῳ τούτῳ. Ὃ δὲ Χειρίσοφος αὑτὸν ἔπαισα- 
’ 3» 3 » 3 e e ~ Cod e 9 
μέν, ἔδησε δ᾽ οὐ. Ano δὲ τούτου ἐκεῖνος τῆς νυκτὸς aNO— 
δρὰς ᾧχετο, καταλιπὼν τὸν υἱόν. Ἰοῦτό γε δὴ Xeguocgsse= 
= « , , “- e ε <I 
καὶ Ξενοφῶντι μόνον διάφορον ἐν τῇ πορείᾳ ἐγένετο, ἢ τ 


«ΠΡ» 


Κεφ. 5”.] ΚΤΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIS. 111 


ἡγεμόνος κάκωσις καὶ ἀμέλεια. ᾿Επισϑένης δὲ ἡράσϑη τὸ 
τοῦ παιδύς, καὶ οἴκαδε κομίσας πιστοτάτοι ἐχρῆτο. 
ἹΜετὰ τοῦτο σταϑμοὺς ἑπτὰ ἐπορεύϑησαν, ἀνὰ πέντε πα- 
ρασάγγας τῆς ἡμέρας, παρὰ τὸν Φᾶσιν ποταμόν, εὖρος ὡς 
6 πλεϑριαῖον. Ἐντεῦϑεν ἐπορεύϑησαν σταϑμοὺς δύο, πα- ὁ 
ρασάγγας δέκα" ἐπὶ δὲ τῇ εἰς τὸ πεδίον ὑπερβολῇ ἀπήντη- 
σαν αὐτοῖς Χαάλυβες καὶ Taoye: καὶ Φασιανοί. Χειρίσο- 
φος δὲ, ἐπεὶ κατεῖδε τοὺς πολεμίους ἐπὶ τῇ ὑπερβολῇ, ἐπαύ- 
σατο πορευόμενος, ἀπέχων ὡς πεντήκοντα σταδίους, ἵνα μὴ 
10 κατὰ κέρας ἄγων πλησιάσῃ τοῖς πολεμίοις " παρήγγειλε δὲ 
καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις παράγειν τοὺς λόχους, ὅπως ἐπὲ φάλαγγος 
° , ’ 3 4 . 3 ς 3 , 
γένοιτο τὸ στράτευμα. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ηλϑον οἵ ὀπισϑοφύλακες, 
συνεκώλεσε τοὺς στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγούς, καὶ ἔλεξεν ὧδε " 
“ Of μὲν πολέμιοι, ὡς ὁρᾶτε, κατέχουσι τὰς ὑπερβολὰς τοῦ 
2 ; [4] ἢ [4 [7] ε ’ 3 ͵ 
16 ogous’ woe δὲ βουλεύυεσϑαι, ὁπὼς ὡς καλλισταὰ aywriov- 
peda. Ἐμοὲ μὲν οὖν δοκεῖ παραγγέλλειν μὲν ἀριστοποιεῖ- 
σϑαε τοῖς στρατιώταις, ἡμᾶς δὲ βουλεύεσθαι, εἴτε τήμερον 
εἴτε αὔριον δοκεῖ ὑπερβάλλειν τὸ ρος." ““᾿Εμοὶ δὲ γε," ἔφη 
ε ? ” « - ‘ ς ’ 2 ’ 
ὁ Kisavag, δοκεῖ, ἐπὰν ὡς ταχιστα αριστησωμεν, ἐξοπλισα-- 
80 μένους ὡς τάχιστα ἰέναι ἐπὶ τοὺ; ἄνδρας. Εἰ γὰρ διατρέψο-- 
μὲν τὴν τήμερον ἡμέραν, οἵ TE νῦν ὁρῶντες ἡμᾶς πολέμιοι 
ϑαρσαλεώτεροι ἔσονται, καὶ ἄλλους εἰκὸς τούτων ϑαῤῥούν-- 
τῶν πλείους προςγενέσϑαι.᾽} ; 
8 « - ~ 3 e 6? e 2 e ’ ° 
Meta τοῦτον Ξενοφῶν εἶπεν" “ Ey δ᾽ οὕτω γιγνωσχω 
% Εἰ μὲν ἀνάγκη ἐστὲ μάχεσϑαι, τοῦτο δεῖ παρασκευάσασϑαι, 
ὅπως ὡς κράτιστα μαχούμεϑα᾽ si δὲ βουλόμεϑα ὡς ῥᾷστα 
ε , =~ @ “- ¢ ᾿ @ € , 
ὑπερβαλλειν, τοῦτο μοι δοκεῖ σκεπτέον εἶναι, onwsg ὡς ἐλα- 
χιστα μὲν τραύματα λάθωμεν, ὡς ἐλάχιστα δὲ σώματα are 
δρῶν ἀποβάλωμεν. Td μὲν οὖν ὄρος ἐστὶ τὸ ὁρώμενον 
Ὧ0 πλέον, ἢ ἐφ᾽ ἑξήκοντα στάδια, ἄνδρες δ᾽ οὐδαμῆ φυλάττο»- 
τες ἡμᾶς φανεροί εἶσιν, ἀλλ: ἢ κατὰ ταύτην τὴν ὁδόν" πολὺ 
οὖν κρεῖττον, τοῦ ἐρήμον ὄρους καὶ κλέψαι τὶ πειρᾶυϑω 
λαϑόντας καὶ ἁρπάσαι φϑάσαντας, ἢν δυνώμεϑα, μᾶλλον, 


’ 


112 ΞΈΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [Bui 3° 


ἢ πρὸς ἰσχυρὰ χωρία καὶ ἄνδρας παρεσκενασμέτους payt- 
σϑαι. Πολὺ γὰρ gov, ὄρϑιον ἀμαχεὶ ἰέναι, ἢ ὁμαλόν, 
ἴνϑεν χαὶ ἔνϑεν πολεμέων ὄντων" καὶ γύκτωρ ἀμαχεὶ [ὡς] 
μᾶλλον ἂν τὰ πρὸ πυδῶν ὁρώη τις, ἢ μεϑ᾽ ἡμέραν μαχό- 
μένος " καὶ ἢ τρυχεῖα τοῖς ποσὶν ἀμαχεὶ ἰοῦσιν εὐμενεστέρα 5 
ἢ ἢ ὁμαλὴ τὰς κεφαλὰς βαλλομένοις. Κλέψαι δὲ οὐχ αδύ- 
γατὸν μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι, ἐξὸν μὲν νυκτὸς ἰέναι, ὡς μὴ Opa- 
σϑαι᾽ ἐξὸν δὲ ἀπελϑεῖν τοσοῦτον, ὡς μὴ αἴσϑησιν παρί- 
χειν. δοκοῦμεν δ᾽ ἄν μοι, ταύτῃ προςποιούμενοι προςβα- 
λεῖν, ἐρημοτέρῳ ἂν τῷ ἄλλῳ ὄρει χρῆσϑαι" μένοιεν γὰρ αὐ- 
τοῦ μᾶλλον ἀϑρόοι of πολέμιοι. ᾿Ατὼρ ti ἐγὼ περὲ κλοπῆς 
€ “ ν »Ἤ τ 3 t 
συμβάλλομαι; “Tuas γὰρ ἔγωγε, ὦ Χειρίσοφε, ἀκούω, 
τοὺς “ακεδαιμονίους, ὅσοι ἐστὲ τῶν ὁμοίων, εὐθὺς ἐκ παί- 
Sov χλέπτειν μελετᾶν" καὶ οὐκ αἰσχρὸν εἶναι, ἀλλὰ καλὸν 
κλέπτειν, ὅσα μὴ κωλύει νόμος. Ὅπως δὲ ὡς χράτιστα κὶέ- 
ἉἍ a Ul ’ >» © w 
πτητὲ xaos πειρασϑὲ λαγϑάνειν, vroutsoy ἄρα wyiy ἐστιν, 
ἐὰν ληφϑῆτε κλέπτοντες, μαστιγοῦσϑαι. Nov οὖν percha σοι 
καιρός ἐστιν ἐπιδείξασϑαι τὴν παιδεῖαν, καὶ φυλάξασϑαι 
ι M hand U «“« »᾽ ε 8 4 
μέντοι, μὴ ληγϑῶμεν χλέπτογτες tov ρους, ὡς μὴ πολλᾶς 
πληγὰς λάβωμεν. 3 
“᾿Αλλὰ μέντοι," ἔφη ὁ Χειρίσοφος, ““καὶ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς 
ἀχούω τοὺς ᾿Αϑηναίους δεινοὺς εἶναι κλέπτειν τὰ δημόσια, 
χαὶ μάλα ὄντος δεινοῦ τοῦ κινδύνου τῷ κλέπτοντι, καὶ τοὺς 
χρατίστους μέντοι μάλιστα, εἴπερ ὑμῖν οὗ χράτιστοι ἄρχειν 
ἀξιοῦνται "5 ὥστε ὥρα καὶ σοὶ ἐπιδείκνυσθαι τὴν παιδείαν." ᾽ 
6c? ‘ ‘ 99 Cm ~ ce ’ > . 3 
Eye μὲν τοένυν,᾽ ἔφη ὁ Ξενοφῶν, “ ἕτοιμός εἶμι, τοὺς On 
σϑοφύλωκας ἔχων, ἐπειδὰν δειπνήσωμεν, ἐέναι καταληψόμε- 
γος τὸ ὅρος. “Lye δὲ καὶ ἡγεμόνας" οἷ γὰρ γυμνῆτες τῶν 
ἐφεπομένων ἡμῖν κλωπῶν ἔλαβόν τινας ἐνεδρεύσαστες " καὶ 
τούτων πυνϑάνομαι, ὅτι οὐκ ἀβατόν ἐστι τὸ ὄρος, ἀλλὰ νέ- Ὁ 
μεται καὶ αἰξὶὴ καὶ βουσῖν " ὥςτε, ἤνπεφ ὅπαξ λαβωμέν τι 
~~ e 4 -- ς ° 2» 9 ° 
τοῦ ogors, Bara xus τοὶς ὑποζυγίοις ἔσται. Ἐλπίζω μέντοι, 
Far 8 a ~ b e c¢ « a 
οὐδὲ τοὺς πολεμίους μενεῖν ἔτι, ἐπειδὰν ἴδωσιν ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ 


Κεφ. ς΄] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIS. 113 


ὁμοίῳ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄκρων" οὐδὲ γὰρ νῦν ἐθέλουσι καταβαίνειν 
εἰς τὸ ἴσον ἡμῖν." Ὃ δὲ Χειρίσοφος sine’ “Καὶ τί δεῖ 
σὲ ἰέναι, καὶ λείπειν τὴν ὀπισϑοφυλακχίαν; ἀλλ᾽ ἄλλους 
, . ’ [4 [ 43 9,-ν od 
πέμψον, ἐὰν μῃ τινες ἐθελουσιοι φαίνωνται. Lx tovrov 
‘ ᾿ριστώνυμος ΜΜεϑυδριεὺς ἔρχεται δπλίτας ἔχων, καὶ ᾿Α4ρι- 
στέας Χῖος γυμνῆτας, καὶ Νικόμαχος Οἰταῖος γυμνῆτας" 
καὶ σύνϑημα ἐποιήσαντο, ὅπότε ἔχοιεν τὰ ἄκρα, πυρὰ xal~ 
εἰν πολλά. Ταῦτα συνθέμενοι ἠρίστων, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ἀρίστου 
προήγαγεν ὁ Χειρίσοφος τὸ στράτευμα πᾶν ὡς δέκα στά- 
10 δια πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους, ὅπως ὡς μάλιστα δοκοίη ταύτῃ 
προςάξειν. 
᾿δπειδὴ δὲ ἐδείπνησαν, καὶ νὺξ ἐγένετο, οἵ μὲν ταχϑέντες 
ὥχοντο, καὶ καταλαμβάνουσι τὸ ὄρος" of δὲ ἄλλοι αὑτοῦ 
avenavovto. Οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι, ὡς ἤσϑοντο ἐχόμενον τὸ 
15 ὅρος, ἐγρηγόρεσαν, καὶ ἔκαιον πυρὰ πολλὰ διὰ νυκτός. 
3 é 4 ry ε ᾿ ’ 4 é τ 
Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο, Χειρίσοφος μὲν ϑυσάμενος nye 
κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν᾽ ob δὲ τὸ ὄρος καταλαβύντες κατὰ τὰ ἄκρα 
ἐπήεσαν. Τῶν δ᾽ αὖ πολεμίων τὸ μὲν πολὺ ἔμενεν ἐπὶ τῇ 
ὑπερβολῇ τοῦ ὕρους, μέρος δ᾽ αὑτῶν ἀπήντα τοῖς κατὰ τὰ 
0 ἄκρα. Πρὶν δὲ ὁμοῦ εἶναι τοὺς πολλοὺς ἀλλήλοις, συμ-- 
0 e a 4 »” \ - ς @,, a 
μιγνύουσιν οἵ κατὰ τὰ axa, καὶ νικῶσιν οἷ Ἕλληνες καὶ 
διώκουσιν. “Ev τούτῳ δὲ καὶ οἷ ἐκ τοῦ πεδίου of μὲν πελ-- 
τασταὶ τῶν Ἕλλήνων δρόμῳ ἔϑεον πρὸς τοὺς παρατεταγμέ-- 
γους, Χειρίσοφος δὲ βάδην ταχὺ ἐφείπετο σὺν τοῖς ὁπλίταις. 
25 Οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι οἵ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, ἐπειδὴ τὸ ἄνω ἑώρων ἡττώ-- 
μένον, φεύγουσι" καὶ ἀπέϑανον μὲν οἷ πολλοὶ αὐτῶν, γέῤῥα 
δὲ πάμπολλα ἐλήφϑη᾽ ἃ of Ἕλληνες ταῖς μαχαΐέραις κό- 
9 ~ ς 2 ϑ»ν ’ 
πτοντὲς ἀχρεῖα ἐποίουν. (Ὡς δ᾽ ἀνέβησαν, ϑύσαντες καὶ 
oe ld 3 e 9 4 
τρόπαιον στησάμενοι, κατέβησαν εἷς τὸ πεδίον, καὶ εἷς κώ-» 
Βο μας πολλῶν [καὶ] ἀγαθῶν γεμούσας ἢΐϑον. 
10* 


114 ΞΈΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [8ι6. Δ΄. 


Κεφάλαιον ζ΄. 


Ἔχ δὲ τούτων ἐπορεύϑησαν εἰς Ταόύχους, σταϑμοὺς 
πέντε παρασάγγας τριύκοντα " καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἐπέλιπε" 
χωρία γὰρ ᾧκουν ἰσχυρὰ οὗ Taezot, ἐν οἷς καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια 
πάντα εἶχον ἀνακεκομισμένοι. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀφίκοντο εἰς zu- 
ρίον, ὃ πόλιν μὲν οὐκ εἶχεν, ὀὐδ᾽ οἰκίας, συνεληλυϑότες ὁ 
δ᾽ ἦσαν αὐτόσε καὶ ὥνδρες καὶ γυναῖκες καὶ κτήνη πολλώ, 

’ a 4 - ᾿ > 4 88 Ps > ἣ 
Χειρίσοφος μὲν πρὸς τοῦτο προςέβαλλεν εὐθὺς ἥκων" ἐπεὶ 

5 ’ , , 3 
δὲ ἡ πρώτη τάξις ἀπέκαμνεν, ἄλλη προύήει, καὶ αὖὐϑις ἄλλη 
οὐ γὰρ ἦν ἀϑρόοις περιστῆναι, ἀλλὰ ποταμὸς ἣν κύχλῳ. 

. , "ὦ - 3 ‘ Ὁ r) 
᾿Επειδὴ δὲ Ξενοφῶν ηλϑὲ σὺν τοῖς ὀπισυϑοφύλαξι καὶ πελ-ν 
τασταῖς καὶ ὁπλίταις, ἐνταῦϑα δὴ λέγει Χειρίσοφος" “ Lis 
καλὸν ἥκεις" τὸ γὰρ χωρίον αἱρετέον" τῇ γὰρ στρατιᾷ οὐκ 
>» ᾿ ᾿ ? . , . ,᾿ 22 
ἔστι τὰ ἐπιτηδεια, εἰ μὴ ληψομεϑὰ τὸ χωρίον. 

᾿Ενταῦϑα δὴ κοινῇ ἐβουλεύοντο" καὶ τοῦ Ξενοφῶντος 
ἐρωτῶντος, τί τὸ κωλύον εἴη εἰςελϑεῖν, εἶπεν ὃ Χειρίσοφος" "Ὁ 
66 «ἀλλὰ pia αὕτη ἐστὶ πάροδος, ἣν δρᾷς " ὅταν δὲ τις ταΐτῃ 
πειρᾶται παριέναι, κυλινδοῦσι λίϑους ὑπὲρ ταύτης τῆς 
€ , e ᾿ « 2 a - [} 
ὑπερεχουσης πέτρας" ὃς ὃ ἂν καταληφϑῆ, οὕτω διατίϑε- 
33 


2 9. -Ὁ 3 
tat.” Ἅμα δ᾽ ἔδειξεν αὐτῷ συντετριμμένους ἀνϑρώπους 


καὶ σκέλη καὶ πλευρᾶς. “ἪΝ δὲ τοὺς λίϑους ἀναλώσωσι»͵" ὃ 
ἔφη ὃ Ξενοφῶν, “ ἄλλο τι ἢ οὐδὲν κωλύει παριέναι; οὐ γὰρ 
δὴ ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντίου ὁρῶμεν, εἰ μὴ ὀλίγους τούτους ἀνϑρώ- 
mous’ καὶ τούτων δύο ἢ τρεῖς ὡπλισμένους. To δὲ zoigi- 
ov, ὡς καὶ σὺ ὁρᾷς, σχεδὸν τρία ἡμίπλεϑρά ἐστιν, ἃ δεῖ Bul- 
λομένους παρελθεῖν. Τούτου δὲ ὅσον πλέϑρον δασὺ nitvat a 
διαλειπούσαις μεγάλαις, avd” ὧν ἕυτηκύότες ἄνδρες τὶ av 
πάσχοιεν ἢ ὑπὸ τῶν φερομένων λίϑων ἢ ὑπὸ τῶν κυλιν-- 
δουμένων; τὸ λοιπὸν οὖν ἤδη γίγνεται ὡς ἡμίπλεϑρον» 
ὃ δεῖ, ὅταν λωφήσωσιν οἱ λίϑοι, παραδραμεῖν. ““᾿4λλ᾽ 
εὐθέως," ἔφη 6 Χειρίσοφος, “ ἐπειδὰν ἀρξώμεϑα εἷς τῷ 3 


Keg. ζ΄.}} KTPO? ANABASI2. 135 


δασὺ παριέναι, gegortat οὗ λίϑοι πολλοί." “Αὐτὸ ay,” 
ἔφη, “τὸ δέον εἴη ϑᾶττον γὰρ [αἀληϑῶς] ἀναλωσουσὶ 
τοὺς λίϑους. ᾿Αλλὰ πορευώμεϑα, ἔνϑεν ἡμῖν μικρόν [vote- 
gor] τι παραδραμεῖν ἔσται, ἣν δυνώμεϑα ᾿ καὶ ἀπελϑεῖν 
δ ῥᾷδιον, ἣν βουλώμεϑα." 
᾿Ἐντεῦϑεν ἐπορεύοντο Χειρέσοφος καὶ Ξενοφῶν καὶ Καλ- 
λίμαχος Παῤῥάσιος, λοχαγός τούτου γὰρ ἡγεμυνία ἣν τῶν 
ὑπισϑοφυλάκων λοχαγῶν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ " οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι λο- 
χαγοὶ ἔμενον ἐν τῷ ἀσφαλεῖ. Μετὰ τοῦτο οὖν ἀπῆλϑον 
10 ὑπὸ τὰ δένδρα ἄνϑρωποι ὡς ἑβδομήκοντα, οὐκ ἀϑρόοι, ἀλλὰ 
καϑ᾽ ἕνα, ἕκαστος φυλαττόμενος ὡς ἐδύνατο. ᾿4γασίας δὲ ὁ 
Στυμφαάλιος καὶ ᾿ἀριστώνυμος Μεϑυδριεύς, καὶ οὗτοι τῶν 
ὑπισϑοφυλάκων»ν λοχαγοὶ ὄντες, καὶ ἄλλοι δὲ, ἐφέστασαν ἔξω 
τῶν δένδρων οὐ γὰρ ἣν ἀσφαλὲς ἐν τοῖς δένδροις ἑστάναι 
16 πλεῖον, ἢ τὸν ἕνα λόχον. Ἔνϑα δὴ καὶ Καλλίμαχος μηχα- 
raral 1° προέτρεχεν ἀπὸ τοῦ δένδρου, Up ᾧ ἦν αὐτός, δύο 
ἢ τρία βήματα ἐπεὶ δὲ οἱ λίϑοι φέροιντο, ἀνεχάξετο εὐπε- 
τῶς " ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστης δὲ προδρομῆς πλέον ἢ δέκα ἅμαξαι πε- 
τρῶν ἀνηλίσκοντο. Ὃ δὲ ᾿Αγασίας, ὡς ὁρᾷ τὸν Καλλίμαχον, 
% ἃ ἐποίει, καὶ τὸ σιράτευμα πᾶν ϑεώμενον, δείσας, μὴ οὗ 
πρῶτος παραδράμοι εἰς τὸ χωρίον, οὔτε τὸν ᾿Αριστώνυμον 
πλησίον ὄντα παρακαλέσας, οὔτε Εὐρύλοχον τὸν “Δουσιέα, 
ἑταίρους ὄντας, οὔτ᾽ ἄλλον οὐδένα, χωρεῖ αὐτός, καὶ παρέρ-- 
χεται πάντας. Ὃ δὲ Καλλίμαχος, ὡς ξώρα αὐτὸν παριόντα, 
% ἐπιλαμβάνεται αὐτοῦ τῆς ἔτυος" ἐν δὲ τούτῳ πσρέϑει αὖ- 
τοὺς ᾿Αριστώνυμος Μεϑυδριεύς, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον Εὐρύλυχος 
«“ΜΔουσιεύς" πάντες γὰρ οὗτοι ἀντεποιοῦντο ἀρετῆς, καὶ διη- 
γωνίζοντο πρὸς ἀλλήλους" καὶ οὕτως ἐρίζοντες αἱροῦσι τὸ 
χωρίον. ‘Nc γὰρ ἅπαξ εἰςέδραμον, οὐδεὶς ἔτι πέτρος ἄνω- 
ὦ Dey ἠνέχϑη. Ἐνταῦϑα δὴ δεινὸν ἦν ϑέαμα᾽ ab γὰρ γυναῖ- 
κες, ῥίπτουσαι τὰ παιδῖα, εἶτα καὶ ἑαυτὰς ἐπικατεῤῥίπτουν" 
wet οἱ ἄνδρες ὡςαύτως. Ἔνϑα δὴ καὶ Αἰνέας ὃ Στυμφά- 
λιος, λοχαγός, ἰδών τινα ϑέοντα ὡς ῥίψοντα ἑαντόν, στολὴν 


- 


116 ΞΕΝΟΦΏΝΤΟΣ [ Bib. 4. 


» 9 3 
ἔχοντα καλήν, ἐπιλαμβάνεται ὡς αὐτὸν κωλύσων. Ὃ δ᾽ av- 
τὸν ἐπισπᾶται, καὶ ἀμφότερος ᾧχοντο κατὰ τῶν πετρῶν 
2 ° Jae - 3 
φερόμενοι, καὶ ἀπέϑανον. ᾿Εντεῦϑεν ἄνϑρωποι μὲν ολί- 
° ᾽ 
yor navy ἐλήφϑησαν, βόες δὲ καὶ ὄνοι πολλοὶ καὶ προ- 
βατα. ὁ 
- A 
᾿μντεῦϑεν ἐπορεύϑησαν διὰ Χαλύβων σταϑμοὺς ἕπτὰ 
v ’ v τ v ~ 3 
παρασάγγας πεντήκοντα. Οὗὐτοι σαν ὧν διῆλθον αλχι- 
͵ . .» » » oo ἢ ’ “ 
μώτατοι, καὶ εἰς χεῖρας ἤεσαν" εἶχον δὲ ϑωρακας λινοὺς 
᾿ - 3 4 Cd a 
μέχρι τοῦ 71900, arti δὲ τῶν πτερύγων σπάρτα πυκνὰ 
, “ 4 ~ 4 
ἐστραμμένα. Lizov δὲ καὶ κνημῖδας καὶ κράνη, καὶ naga 10 
εν t ’ ’ o ᾿ a) A ’ ? » 
ἣν ζώνην μαχαίριον, ὅσον ξυήλην “ακωνικὴν, ᾧ ἔσφαττον, ὦ 
κρατεῖν δύναιντο" καὶ ἀποτέμνοντες ἂν τὰς κεφαλάς, ἔχοντις 
3 ’ 
ἐπορεύοντο καὶ ἥδον, καὶ ἐχόρευον, ὁπότε ob πολέμιοι 
ὕψεσϑαι αὐτοὺς ἔμελλον" εἶχον δὲ καὶ δόρυ ὡς πεντεκαί- 
bed ᾿ cA [ ~ 
dexa πηχῶν, μίαν λόγχην ἔχον. Οὗτοι ἐνέμενον ἐν τοῖς πο- 1! 
, , . ͵ 3 
Aiopouw’ ἐπεὶ δέ παρέλϑοιεν of Ἕλληνες, εἵποντο ἀεὶ μα- 
’ . ” , ἢ ~ 2 we 
χόμενοι" ᾧκουν δὲ ἐν τοῖς ὀχυροῖς " καὶ ta ἐπιτήδεια ἐν 
2 , . . ? 
τούτοις ἀνακεκομισμένοι quay’ acre μηδὲν λαμβάνειν av- 
τόϑεν τοὺς Ἕλληνας, ἀλλὰ διετράφησαν τοῖς κτήνεσιν, ἃ ἐκ 
- 0 3 ᾿ A 
τῶν Ταύχων ἔλαβον. “Ex τούτου οἵ Ἕλληνες ἀφίκοντο ἐπὶ Ὁ 
‘ a ’ τ ra ’ 3,0 “ 
τὸν Agnacov ποταμόν, εὕρος τεττάρων πλέθρων. ντεῦ- 
ϑὲν ἐπορεύϑησαν διὰ Σκυϑινῶν σταϑμοὺς τέτταρας παρα- 
’ 4» 4 3 ’ a δ» € ΨΆΕῚ 
σαγγας εἴκοσι, διὰ πεδίου εἰς κωμας" ἐν aig ἔμειναν ἡμέρας 
τρεῖς, καὶ ἐπεσιτίσαντο. 
3 Ps 3 
ντεῦϑεν δὲ ηλϑὸον σταϑμοὺς τέτταρας, παρασάγγας e-™ 
’ 3 τ ᾿ 
κοσι, πρὸς πόλιν μεγάλην καὶ εὐδαίμονα, οἰκουμένην" éxa- 
-“ , 3 “ “«ΨΨ = 
λεῖτο δὲ Γυμνίας. Ex ταύτης ὃ τῆς χώρας ἄρχων τοῖς Ἕλλησιν 
ao 7 % “πὶ c wo 
ἡγεμόνα πέμπει, ono διὰ τῆς ἑαυτῶν πολεμίας χώρας ἐπά- 
3 ’ γι 4 3.) a ’ a >t 9 4 3 
γοι αὑτους. Ελϑων δ᾽ ἐκεῖνος, λέγει, ote ater αὑτοῦς εἰς zor 
οἷον, ὅϑεν [πέντε ἡμερῶν] ὄψονται ϑάλατταν " εἰ δὲ μή, ™ 
τεϑνάναι ἐπηγγέλλετο. Καὶ ἡγούμενος, ἐπειδὴ ἐνέβαλεν εἰς 
4 ow o a e 
τὴν ἑαυτοῖς πολεμίαν, παρεκελεύετο αἴϑει» καὶ pFelour τὴν 
‘ . t - , ε , e > 
χώραν" ᾧ καὶ δῆλον ἐγένετο, ote τούτου ἕνεκα ἔλϑοι, ov 


Keg. ξ΄. ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIS. 117 


4 ~ ε > 2 
τῆς τῶν Ελλήνων εὐνοίας. Καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ τὸ ἱερὸν 
» - ’ © , . »; > 3 - » . 3... 
ὄρος τῇ πέμπτῃ ἡμέρη" ὄνομα δ᾽ ἣν τῷ oye Θήχης. ᾽Επει-- 
δὴ δὲ of πρῶτοι ἐγένοντο ἐπὶ tov ἔρους, καὶ κατεῖδον τὴν 
ϑάλατταν, πολλὴ κραυγὴ ἐγένετο. ᾿Αχούσας δὲ ὃ Ξενοφῶν 
3 [4 3», , Ξ 

δ καὶ οἱ ὀπισϑοφύλακες, φήϑησαν͵ καὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἄλλους 

ἐπιτίϑεσθϑαι πολεμίου: εἵποντο γὰρ καὶ ὄπισϑεν οἱ ἐκ 
“Ὁ , ᾿ 2 δα 3 

τῆς καιομένης yoous’ καὶ αὐτῶν of ὀπισϑοφύλακες ἀπέ-- 

κτεινᾶν τὲ τινας καὶ ἐζώγρησαν, ἐνέδραν ποιησιίίμενοι" καὶ 
e € U bad 2 eo , 

γέῤῥα ἔλαβον δασέων βοῶν ὡὠμοβόϊνα ἀμφὶ τὰ εἴχοσιν. 

10 “Enedn δὲ βοὴ πλείων τε ἐγίγνετο καὶ ἐγγύτερον, καὶ οἵ 
3 - 
ἀεὶ ἐπιόντες ἔϑεον δρόμῳ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀεὶ βοῶντας, καὶ πολλῶ 
μείζων ἐγίγνετο ἡ Bon, ὅσῳ δὴ πλείους ἐγίγνοντο, ἐδύκει δὴ 

we? ‘ τ ~ m oo Ny > 4 » Yer . nN 
μεῖζον τι εἶναι τῶ Ξενοφῶντι. Καὶ ἀναβὰς ἐφ ἵππον, καὶ 
“Λύκιον καὶ τοὺς ἱππέας ἀναλαβών, παρεβοήϑει" καὶ τάχα δὴ 
9 “ὠ ~ é 
16 ἀκούουσι βοώντων τῶν στρατιωτῶν, ‘ ὀάλαττα, ϑάλαττα, 
Q 9 >» * »» e 4 ς > 
καὶ παρεγγυώντων. Ἔνϑα δὴ ἔϑεον ἅπαντες καὶ οἱ ont 
ϑ ᾿ > 
σϑοφύλακες, καὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια ylavvero καὶ of ἵπποι. , Eni 
δὲ ἀφίκοντο πάντες ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον, ἐνταῦϑα δὴ περιέβαλλον 
3 , 4 a 4 ’ “ x 
ἀλληλους, καὶ στρατηγοὺς καὶ doyayovs, δακρύοντες. Και 
% ἐξαπίνης, ὅτου δὴ παρεγγυήσαντος, οἱ στρατιῶται φέρουσι 
“ ᾿ > “ 
λίϑους, καὶ ποιοῦσι κολωνὸν μέγαν. νταῦϑα ἀνετίϑεσαν 
bad 3 ofe ~ 
πλῆϑος δερμάτων ὡμοβοΐνων, καὶ βακτηρίας, καὶ ta aigue- 
λωτα γέῤῥα, καὶ ὃ ἡγεμὼν αὐτός τε κατέτεμνε τὰ γέῤῥα, καὶ 
~ » ’ ν - ᾿ ες ’ 3 , 
τοῖς ἄλλοις διεκελεύετο. Meta ταῦτα τὸν ἡγέμονα ἀποπὲμ- 

9 πουσιν of Ἕλληνες, Suga δόντες ἀπὸ κοινοῦ, ἵππον, καὶ 

«Ὁ 9 Lad AY a 4 4 e , Ἐ 
φιάλην ἀργυρᾶν, καὶ σκευὴν Περσικὴν, καὶ δαρεικοὺς δέκα 
ἥτεε δὲ μάλιστα τοὺς δακτυλίους, καὶ ἔλαβε πολλοὺς παρὰ 

“ μι - 7 ° 
τῶν στρατιωτῶν. Κώμην δὲ δείξας αὐτοῖς, ov σκηνήσονυσι, 

. «φῳ’ a ’ 3 ’ ° 
καὶ τὴν ὁδον, ἣν πορεύσονται εἰς Μαχρωγας, ἐπεὶ ἑσπέρα 

30 , bad hed e ’ 
ἐγένετο, ᾧχετο τῆς νυκτὸς Ἀπιών. 


118 ΞΈΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ' [8ιϑ. Δ΄. 


Κεφάλαιον η΄. 


᾿Εντεῦϑεν ἐπορεύϑησαν of “Ἕλληνες διὰ Maxgoivoy στα- 
ϑμοὺς τρεῖς παρασάγγας δέκα. Th πρώτῃ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ agl- 
xovto ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμόν, ὃς ὥριζε τήν τὸ τῶν Μακρώνων χώ- 
ραν καὶ τὴν τῶν Σκυϑινῶν. . Εἶχον δ᾽ ὑπερδέξιον χωρίον 
οἷον χαλεπώτατον, καὶ ἐξ ἀριστερᾶς ἄλλον ποταμόν, εἰς ὃν 
ἐνέβαλλεν 6 δρίζων, δι᾿ οὗ ἔδει διαβῆναι. “Hy δὲ οὗτος 
δασὺς δίγδρεοι παχέσι μὲν οὔ, πυκνοῖς δέ. Ταῦτα, ἐπεὶ 
προςῆλϑον οἱ Ἕλληνες, ἔκοπτον, σπεύδοντες ὡς τάχιστα ἐκ 
τοῦ χωρίου ἐξελϑεῖν. Οἱ δὲ Μάκρωνες, ἔχοντες γέῤῥα καὶ 
λόγχας καὶ τριχίνους χιτῶνας, καταντιπέρας τῆς διαβάσεως 10 
σπιαρατεταγμένοι ἤσαν, καὶ ἀλλήλοις διεκελεύοντο, καὶ λίϑους 
εἰς τὸν ποταμὸν égdintovy’ ἐξικνοῦντο δὲ οὐδὲ οὕτως, οὐδ᾽ 


ἔβλαπτον οὐδένα. 

“Evda δὴ προςέρχεται τῷ Ξενοφῶντι τῶν πελταστῶν τις 
ἀνήρ, ᾿Αϑήνῃσι φάσκων δεδουλευκέναι, λέγων, ὅτι γιγνὼ- 1 
oxot τὴν φωνὴν τῶν ἀνϑρώπων. “Καὶ οἶμαι," ἔφη, 
“ἐμὴν ταύτην τὴν πατρίδα εἶναι" καὶ εἰ μή τι κωλύει, 
ἐθέλω αὐτοῖς διαλεχϑῆναι.᾽ “AM” οὐδὲν κωλύει, ἔφη᾽ 
“ἀλλὰ διαλέγου, καὶ wade πρῶτον αὐτῶν, τίνες εἰσίν.,) Οἱ 
δ᾽ εἶπον, ἐρωτήσαντος, ὅτ᾽ Maxgwres. ““᾿Ερώτα τοίνυν," Ἂ 
ἔφη, “ αὐτούς, τί ἀντιτετάχαται, καὶ χρήζουσιν ἡμῖν πολὲ- 
μιοι εἶναι;" OF δ᾽ ἀπεκρίνανιο᾽ “Ὅτι καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐπὶ 
τὴν ἡμετέραν ἔρχεσθε. Δέγειν ἐκέλευον οἵ στρατηγοί, “ ot 
ye ov κακῶς ποιήσοντες, ἀλλὰ βασιλεῖ πολεμήσαντερ, 
ἀπερχόμεϑα εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, καὶ ἐπὶ ϑάλατταν βουλόμεϑα Ὁ 
ἀφικέσϑαι,᾽"᾽ ᾿Πρώτων ἐκεῖνοι, εἰ δοῖεν ἂν τούτων τὰ πι- 
atu. Οἱ δ᾽ ἔφασαν καί δυύνάν καὶ λαβεῖν ἐθέλειν. “Br 
τεῦϑεν διδόασιν οἵ Muxowres βαρβαρικὴν λόγχην τοῖς “El- 
λησιν, of δὲ Ἕλληνες ἐκείνοις ᾿Ελληνικήν" ταῦτα γὰρ ἔφασαν 


3 4 3 : 
πιστὰ εἶναι" ϑεοὺς δ᾽ ἐπεμαρτύραντο ἀμῷότεροι. " 


Keg. η΄. KTPOT ANABASIS. 119 


3 ᾽ e 
Mera δὲ τὰ πιστὰ εὐθὺς οὗ Μᾶάκρωνες τὰ δένδρα συ»- 
ld 
ἐξέκοπτον, τήν τὲ ὁδὸν ὡδοποίουν, ὡς διαβιβάσοντες, ἐν μέ- 
3 0 ~ Cy, ᾿ 4 > e εἰ ’ 
σοις ἀναμεμιγμένοι τοὶς ἔλλησιν " καὶ ἀγοράν, οἵαν ἐδί- 
γαντο, παρεῖχον" καὶ παρήγαγον τρισὶν ἡμέραις, Ets ἐπὶ 
δτὰ τῶν Κόλχων ὅρια κατέστησαν τοὺς Ἕλληνας. Ἐνταῦϑα 
% ¢ 
ἣν ὅρος μέγα, προςβατὸν δὲ" καὶ ἐπὶ τούτου of Κόλχοι 
φ 5 Ἁ ν 3 Lond a @ 3 
παρατεταγμένοι noay. Καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον οἵ Elinves av- 
τιπαρετάξαντο κατὰ φάλαγγα, ὡς οὕτως ἄξοντες πρὸς τὸ 
ὄρος" ἔπειτα δὲ ἔδοξε τοῖς στρατηγοῖς συλλεγεῖσι βουλεύ-- 
- τ 
Ἰὸσασϑαι, ὅπως ὡς καλλιστα ἀγωνιοῦνται. Ἔλεξεν οὐν Ξέενο- 
“ ες Ὁ « ’ 4 ’ ’ ΡῚ 
φών, “or δοκεῖ, παύσαντας τὴν φάλαγγα, λρχους ὀρϑίους 
ποιῆσαν᾽ 4 μὲν γὰρ φαλαγξ διασπασϑήσεται εὐθύς" τῇ 
e 4 >” ne 4 > ε 9 . op * Q 3 a 
μὲν γὰρ ἄνοδον, τῇ δὲ evodoy εὐρήσομεν τὸ Ogos’ καὶ εὐϑὺς 
3 ’ 
τοῦτο ἀϑυμίαν ποιήσει, ὅταν τεταγμένοι εἰς φάλαγγα ταύ-- 
16 τὴν διεσπασμένην ὁρῶσιν. Ἔπειτα δέ, ἣν μὲν ἐπὶ πολλοὺς 
τεταγμένον προςάγωμεν, περιττεύσουσιν ἡμῶν οἷ πολέμιοι, 
ν ὦν» » ’ a ” , . 28 ? 
καὶ τοῖς περιττοῖς χρήσονται ὁ τι ἂν βουλωνται" ἐὰν δ᾽ ἐπὶ 
oo ’ »” Fer an » , 3 
ὀλίγων τεταγμένοι ἴωμεν, οὐδὲν αν εἴη ϑαυμαστόν, εἰ δια-- 
ε “« «ες ’ t € a 3 ’ Ὺ lad 4 3 
xonein ἡμὼν ἡ φαλαγξ ὑπὸ atoowy ny καὶ Belov καὶ ar- 
’ od ld > ’ “ 2° “ 
% ϑρώπων [πολλῶν] συμπεσόντων " si δὲ πη τοῦτο ἔσται, τῇ 
[1] a » > 4 ~ 3 ᾽ e 
oly pakayyt κακὸν ἔσται. Adda μοι δοκεῖ, ὀρϑίους τοὺς 
[ Land “ ld 
λόχους ποιησαμένους, τοσοῦτον χωρίον κατασχεῖν διαλιπόν-- 
τας τοῖς λόχοις, ὅσον ἔξω τοὺς ἐσχάτους λόχους γενέσϑαι 
τῶν πολεμίων κεράτων" καὶ οὕτως ἐσόμεϑα τῆς τε τῶν πο-- 
, 2 bad 
%leulwy φάλαγγος ἔξω οἱ ἔσχατοι λόχοι, καὶ ὀρϑίους ἄγοντες 
- - z 3 
vb κράτιστον ἡμῶν πρῶτοι προςίασιν, ἢ τὸ ἂν εἴοῦδον ἢ» 
9 ial 3 
ταύτῃ ἕκαστος ἄξει ὃ λόχος. Καὶ εἴς te τὸ διαλεῖπον οὐ 
ῥᾷάδιον ἔσται τοῖς πολεμίοις εἰςελϑεῖν, ἔνϑεν καὶ ἔνϑεν λό- 
μι , > ᾿ »Ἥ» 4 » 
χων ὄντων, διακόψαι te οὐ ῥᾳδιον ἔοται λοχον ὀρϑιον προς-- 
- -“ ε o 
Wiovta. αν τέ τις πιέξηται τῶν λόχων, ὃ πλησίον βοηϑή- 
“Ὁ “ 4 > - 
ca" ἢν τε εἷς πη δυνηϑῇ «τῶν λόχων ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον avaBn- 
γαι, οὐδεὶς μηκέτι μείνη τῶν πολεμίων. Ταῦτα ἔδοξε, καὶ 
. 9 e ν 
ἐποίουν ὀρϑίους τοὺς λόχους. ξενοφῶν δὲ ἀπιὼν ἐπὶ τὸ 


120 ZENO®NNTOS [8ιὉ. A’. 


3 “« ~ ᾿ .- 
εὐώνυμον ἀπὸ τοῦ δεξιοῦ, εἶπε τοῖς υτρατιώταις" “»- 
Ψ ’ > εἰ ec 9 » ς » - - 
Opec, οἵτοί εἰσιν, οὖς ὑρᾶτε, μόνοε ETL ἡμῖν. ἐμποδὼν τοῦ 
4 » ᾿ς ἡ » [4 ¢ ᾿ ’ 2” 
μὴ δὴ εἰναι, ἔνϑα πάλαι σπεύδομεν᾽ τούτους, ἣν πὼς dv- 
3 4 - ~ 
νώμεϑα, καὶ ὠμοὺς δεῖ καταφαγεῖν." 
2... 2 pe 
Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐν ταῖς χώραις ἕκαστοι ἐγένοντο, καὶ τοὺς λόχους ὁ 
3 [ ΓῚ Ἷ = - 
ὀρϑίους ἐποιήσαντο, ἐγένοντο μὲν Aoyos τῶν ὁπλιτῶν ἀμφὶ 
4 3 ’ € 4 4 e : 3 4 4 
τοὺς ὀγδοήκοντα, o δὲ λόχος ἕχαστος σχεδὸν εἰς τοὺς ἔχα- 
tov’ τοὺς δὲ πελταστὰς καὶ τοὺς τοξότας τριχῇ ἐποιήσαντο, 
- 3 ~ e 
TOUS μὲν TOY εὐωνύμου ἔξω, τοὺς δὲ τοῦ δεξιοῦ, torg δὲ xa- 
4 ’ 8 ce ? 2 yy ’ ¢ 0 
τὰ μέσον, σχεδὸν ἑξακοσίους ὁκαστὴνς. Ex τοῦτον magnyyv- 
2 
quay of στρατηγοὶ εὔχεσϑαε᾽" εὐξάμενον δὲ καὶ παιανίσαντες 
4 Cad ‘ 
énogevovto. Καὶ Χειρίσοφος μὲν καὶ Ξενοφῶν καὶ οἷ σὺν 
3 τῷ Q ° ~ “ Γ ’ 
αὑτοῖς πελταυταὶ ἔξω yerousvot τῆς των πυλεμέων φαλαγγος 
᾿ 3 3 
ἐπορεύοντο᾽ of δὲ πολέμιοι, ὡς εἶδον αὐτούς, ἀγντιπορεύον- 
4 3 
ται" καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ δεξιόν, of δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ εὐώνυμον διε- " 
’ ‘ ‘ - - , - ͵ 
σπάσϑησοαν, καὶ πολὺ τῆς ῥαντωῶν φάλαγγος ἐν τῳ μέσῳ 
‘ 3 , , 2 ‘ , e vos 
κενὸν éxocrouy. δόντες δὲ αὐτοὺς διαχαζοντας οὗ κατὰ τὸ 
> z 3 ¢ 3 ° 
Αρχαδικὸν πελταυταῖ, ὧν ἡρχὲν Αἰσχίνης ὃ Axagvay, ¥0- 
? [4 - . 
μίσαντες φεύγειν, ἀνὰ κράτος ἔϑεον" καὶ οὗτοι πρῶτοι ἐπὶ 
8 2 ow 3 
τὸ Op0¢ ἀναβαίνουσι" συνεφείπετο δὲ αὐτοῖς καὶ τὸ ᾿ἄρχα- ἢ 
v τ , 
δικὸν ὁπλιτικόν, ὧν ἤρχε Κλεάνωρ ὁ Ὀρχομένιος. Οἷ δὲ 
' ε » Pe > + » 2 ‘ ων 
πολέμιοι, ὡς ἤρξαντο ϑεῖν, οὐκέτι ἔστησαν, αλλὰ φυγῇῃ al- 
, . > 
hog ἄλλῃ ἐτράπετο. Οὗ δὲ Ἕλληνες ἀναβάντες ἐστρατοπε- 
τ 
δεύοντο ἐν πολλαῖς κώμαις καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια πολλὰ ἐχου- 
WJ 4 ’ τ ‘ 
σαις. Kat τὰ μὲν ἀλλα οὐδὲν nr, ὃ τι καὶ ἐθαύμασαν" τα 3 
ao 3 3 - φ - 
δὲ σμήνη πολλὰ ἣν αὐτόϑι, καὶ τῶν κηρίων ὅσοι ἔφαγον τῶν 
- ' .) 
στρατιωτῶν, πάντες ἀφρονές τε ἐγίγνοντο, καὶ ἤμουν, καὶ 
6 ¢ 2 ~ U e 
κάτω διεχωρει αὑτοῖς, καὶ ὀρϑὸς οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο ἵστασϑαι 
2 9 e ἢ 3 Γ] 3 9 ’ [4 o 9 
αλλ ov μὲν ολίγον ἐδηδοκοτες, apodga μεϑύυουσιν ἐῳκευαν 
’ , 3 ’ ‘ 
of δὲ πολύ, μαινομένοις" of δὲ καὶ ἀποϑνήσκουσιν. “Exey-™ 
ἢ 7 , ὦ ~ - Ἢ e 
to δὲ οὕτω πολλοί, ὥςπερ τροπῆς γεγενημένης, καὶ πολλὴ 
- ͵ 3 
ἦν ἀϑυμία. Τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ ἀπέθανε μὲν οὐδεῖς, ἀμφὶ δὲ 


Keg. 4'-] ΚΥ͂ΡΟΣ ANABASTS. 121 


2 ¢ ° 3 , . : , 2 
τὴν αὐτήν Nov ὥραν avepgovouy’ τρέτη δὲ καὶ τετάρτῃ ἀν» 
σταντο ὧςπερ ἐκ φαρμακοποσίας. 

0 

"Evievder ἐπορεύϑησαν δύο σταϑμοὺς ἑπτὰ παρασάγ.. 

3 ~ : ν᾽ 
yas, καὶ ηλϑὸον ἐπὶ ϑάλατταν, εἰς Τραπεζοῦντα, πόλιν “El- 
’ « ᾿ e 3 
δ Anvida, οἰκουμένην, ἐν τῷ Εὐξείνῳ Πόντῳ, Σινωπέων anoi- 
“Ὃ ay. “ «ε΄ ᾿ ? 
κίαν, ἐν τῇ Κόλχων χώρᾳ. Ἐνταῦϑα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας ἀμφὶ 
τὰς τριάκοντα, ἐν ταῖς τῶν Κόλχων κώμαις καὶ ἐντεῦϑεν 
" 8 3 ~ 
ὁρμώμενοι ἐληΐζοντο τὴν Kodyidu. Αγορὰν δὲ παρεῖχον 
[ἐν] τῷ στρατοπέδῳ Τραπεζούντιοι, καὶ ἐδέξαντό τε τοὺς 
ι0 Ἕλληνας καὶ ξένια ἔδοσαν, βοῦς καὶ ἄλφιτα καὶ οἶνον. Συν- 
διεπράττοντο δὲ καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν πλησίον Κόλχων, τῶν ἐν τῷ 
° a τ 
πεδίῳ μάλιστα οἰκούντων" καὶ ξένια καὶ παρ ἐκείνων ηλϑὸν 

Γ ° “ ce w 

[τὸ] πλέον, Boss. Meta δὲ τοῦτο τὴν ϑυσίαν, ἣν εὔξαντο, 
3 3 ~ [2 3 ~ 
παρεσκευάζοντο" ἤλϑον δὲ αὐτοῖς ἱκανοὶ Borg ἀποϑῦσαι 
Ἰδτῷ At τῷ Σωτῆρι καὶ τῷ Ἡρακλεῖ ἡγεμύόσυνα" καὶ τοῖς 
» ἘΞ ‘ >, > « 
ἄλλοις δὲ ϑεοῖς, ἃ εὔξαντο. ᾿Εποίησαν δὲ καὶ ἀγῶνα γυ-- 
-»» ᾿ 
μνικὸν ἐν τῷ ὄρει, ἔνϑαπερ ἐσκήνουν" εἵλοντο δὲ Δρακόντιον 
e a 2» - »” Ἀ ” ~ » 
Σπαρτιάτην (ὃς ἔφυγε παῖς ἔτι ὧν οἴχοϑεν, παῖδα ἄκων 
φ t 7λ oe ὃ ; > we 4 
κατακτανῶν, ξυήλῃ παταξας), δρόμου te ἐπιμεληϑῆναι καὶ 

- 3 “ὦ ~ 

0 του ayovoug προυτατῆσαι. ‘ 
>.. e e € ᾿ . , ᾿ ad 

Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἡ ϑυσία ἐγένετο, ta δέρματα παρέδοσαν τῷ 

9 , €£ a e o 4 ’ 
Δρακοντίῳ, καὶ ηγεῖσϑαι ἐκέλευον, onov τὸν δρόμον πε- 
e ΕΓ ε 8 "te a , a e 
ποιηκὼς εἴη. O δὲ δείξας, ὅπου παρεστηκύτες ἐτύγζανον, 
[4 ε ’ ᾿ 
““Οὕὗτος ὁ λόφος," ἔφη, “καλλιστος τρέχειν, ὅπου ἂν τις 
’ 4 =, 3 
35 βούληται. ‘‘ Iwo ovv,” ἔφασαν, “ὁ δυνήσονται παλαΐειν 
“Ὃ « is] - 
ἐν σκληρῷ καὶ δασεῖ οὕτως ;᾽,) Ὃ δὲ sine’ ““Μᾶλλόν τι 
2 c ° 2 ᾿ ‘ 
ἀἁνιάσεται ὃ xatansowr.” ᾿Ηγωνίζοντο δὲ παῖδες μὲν στά- 
- [2 a 4 -Φ " . 
διον τῶν αἰχμαλώτων οἷ πλεῖοτοι, δόλιχον δὲ Κρῆτες πλείους 
a ’ e 
. ἢ Enxovta EPeov* πάλην δὲ, καὶ πυγμήν, καὶ παγκράτιον 
᾿ [ ° 
80 ἕτεροι χαὶ xaln ϑέα ἐγένετο᾽ πολλοὶ γὰρ κατέβησαν, καί, 
e [ - ᾿ . 
are ϑεωμένων» τῶν ἑταίρων, πολλή φιλονεικία ἐγίγνετο. Ἴέϑεον 
° = 3 lad Sad 
δὲ καὶ ἵπποι καὶ ἔδει αὐτούς, κατὰ τοῦ πρανοῦς ἐλάσαν- 
τας, ἐν τῇ ϑαλάττῃ ἃ : λιν ἃ ὃς τὸ 
¢, ἢ ἢ ἀναστρέψαντας παλιν ave πρὸς τὸν βω-- 


122 ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIZ. [Βιδ. 4’. Keg. η΄. 


μὸν ἄγειν. Kal κάτω μὲν οἱ πολλοὶ ἐκυλινδοῦντο" ἄγω δὲ 
πρὸς τὸ ἰσχυρῶς ὄρϑιον μόλις βάδην ἐπορεύοντο οἷ ἵπποι. 
Eva πολλὴ κραυγὴ καὶ γέλως καὶ παρακέλευοις ἐγίγνετο 
αὐτῶ». 


to 


HAENOGRNTOLZ 


KTPOT ANABAZSENZ 


BIBAION ΠΕΜΠΤΟΝ. 


Kepddaoy α΄. 


@ 4 , - 2 φ od ᾿ ’ » t e 
OA μὲν On ἐν τῇ ἀναβασει τῇ μετὰ Κύρου ἔπραξαν of 
@. Ci] κῳ “Ὁ ’ [2 
Ἕλληνες, καὶ ova ἐν τῇ πορείᾳ τῇ μέχρις ἐπὶ ϑαλατταν τὴν 
“- .3 A 
ἐν τῷ Εὐξείνῳ Πόντῳ, καὶ ὡς εἰς Τραπεζοῦντα πόλιν Ἔλλη- 
2 Ὁ “. > 4 ote ’ ’ 
vida ἀφίκοντο, καὶ ὡς ἀπέϑυσαν, ἃ εὔξαντο σωτήρια ϑύ- 
cy] -«“ ΟῚ od 3 [ 0 
σειν, ἔνϑα πρῶτον εἰς φιλίαν γῆν ἀφίκοιντο, ἐν τῷ πρόσϑεν 
3 "Ἔ 
λόγῳ δεδήλωται. Ἔκ δὲ τούτου συνελϑόντες ἐβουλεύοντο 
X Lad - ’ e Js ᾿ od 3 ’ ’ 
περὶ τῆς λοιπῆς πορείας" ἀνέστη δὲ πρῶτος ΑἸντιλέων Θού-- 
[4 3 ἢ 3 
ριος, καὶ ἔλεξεν wis? “ Eyw μὲν τοίνυν," ἔφη, “ ὦ ἄνδρες, 
3 ’ 
ἀπείρηκα ἤδη συυκευαζόμενος, καὶ βαδίζων, καὶ τρέχων, καὶ 
e ee ? x. 95 2 > 7 4 a o 
τὰ ὁπλὰ φέρων, καὶ ἕν tases ἰων, καὶ φυλακὰς φύλαττον, 
Q [2 ὦ td e ow ’ v ad 
ἐὰν μάχομενος id a δὲ δὴ, ταύ σα Μενὴξ ἜΤΟΣ τῶν 
πόνων, ἐπεὶ ϑαάλατταν ἔχομεν, πλεῖν to ony, καὶ ἐχτα-- 
’ 9 
ϑείς, ὥςπερ Ὀδυσσεύς, καϑεύδων ἀφικέσθαι εἰς τὴν “El- 
“ 3 
dada.” Ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες of στρατιῶται ἀνεϑορύβησαν, 
ε τὰν Ν . » 2 9 Ν , e ’ 
ὡς εὖ λέγοι" καὶ ἄλλος ταῦτα ἔλεγε, καὶ πᾶντες οἵ παρύν- 
ca 
τες. "Ἔπειτα Χειρίσοφος ἀνέστη, καὶ εἶπεν wos’ “Φίλος 
τ 3 - 4 ὸ an 
μοι ἐστίν, ὦ ἄνδρες, ᾿Αναξίβιος, ναυαρχῶν δὲ τυγχάνει " ἣν 
τ ἢ ἢ ~ 
OUy πέμψητέ με, οἶμαι ἂν ἐλϑεῖν καὶ τριήρεις ἔχων καὶ 
ΠῚ Lond ~ 2 og 
πλοῖα, τὰ ἡμᾶς ἄξοντα" ὑμεῖς δ᾽, ἐπείπερ πλεῖν βούλεσϑε, 
. 2 . “' 4 > U 
περιμένετε, ἔςτ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ ἔλθω" ἤξω δὲ ταχέως." “Axovoar- 


e A 


124 FENODRNTO> [B6. 8΄. 


τες Tarra οἱ στρατιῶται ἤσϑησάν te καὶ ἐψηφίσαντο, 
πλεῖν αὐτὸν ὡς ταχιστα. 

Meta τοῦτον Ξενοφῶν ἀνέστη, καὶ ἔλεξεν ods’ “Χει- 
ρίσοφος μὲν δὴ ἐπὶ πλοῖα στέλλεται, ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀναμενοῦμεν. 
“Ὅσα οὖν μοι δοκεὶ καιρὸς εἶναι ποιεῖν ἐν τῇ μονῇ, ταῦτα 
ἐρῶ. μιρῶτον μὲν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια δεῖ πορίζεσϑιι ἐκ τῆς πο- 
Aeping’ οὔτε γὰρ ἀγορά ἐστιν ἱκανή, οὔτα ὅτου ὠνησόμεϑα 
πάρεστιν, εἰ μὴ ὀλίγοις τισὶν" ἡ δὲ χώρα πολεμία " κίνδυ- 
γος οὖν, πολλοὺς ἀπόλλυσθαι, ἢν ἀμελῶς τε καὶ ἀφυλάκτως 


πορεύησϑε ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. “Alda μοι δοκεῖ σὺν προνο- 10 


- 4 .-ὋΦ ς 
pais λαμβάνειν τὰ ἐπιτήδειαγ ἄλλως δὲ μὴ πλυνᾶσϑαι, ὡς 
- - 8 ~ Woe - 
σώζησϑε᾽" ἡμᾶς δὲ τούτων ἐπιμελεῖσϑαι." “Hooke ταῦτα. 
Oars > , ° ἐν > ε - 
“Ἔτι toivvy ἀκούσατε καὶ trade’ Ent λείαν γὰρ ὑμὼν 

, 3 ᾿ 4 cw ~ 
ἐκπορεύσονταί τινες. Οἴομαι οὖν βέλτιον εἶναι, ἡμῖν εἰπεῖν 
τὸν μέλλοντα ἐξιέναι, φράζειν δὲ καὶ ὅποι, ἵνα καὶ τὸ πλῆ- 

- .- [2 «- 
Fog εἰδῶμεν τῶν ἐξιόντων καὶ τῶν μενόντων, καὶ συμπαρα- 
? ,9 τος . - Ἂ , 3 3 
σχευάζωμεν, ἐαν τι δέῃ" καὶ βοηϑῆσαί τισιν ἂν καιρὸς ἡ, εἰ- 
“ [) ~ ° ~ > e 
δώμεν, ὁποι δεήσει βοηϑ εἴν" καὶ av τις τῶν ἀπειροτέρω» ἐζγχει- 
Qf τι ποιεῖν, συμβουλεύωμεν, πειρώμενοι εἰδέναι τὴν δύνα- 
3 ay a . ς ~ 3 ~ 
μιν, ἐφ᾿ οὗς ἂν imu,” “Edoks καὶ ταῦτα. “ Evvosirs δὴ καὶ 
ῆῳ3 , ~ of e 
tod , ἔφη" “ Σχολὴ τοῖς πολεμίοις ληΐζεσϑαι" καὶ δικαίως 
Cc w ᾽ὕ , .ς 3, a 4 3 ’ Α ε . 
ἡμὶν ἐπιβουλευουσιν" ἔχομεν γὰρ ta ἐκείνων" uvnegxadnvras 
3 ~ ~ ~ 
δ᾽ ἡμῶν. Φύλακας δή μοι δοκεῖ δεῖν περὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον 
3 ° ᾿ 6 . 
εἶναι" ἐὰν οὐν κατὰ μέρος μερισϑέντες φυλάττωμεν καὶ 
~ ᾿ 2 > ~ - ον 
σκοπῶμεν, ἧττον δύναιντ᾽ ἂν ἡμᾶς ϑηρᾶν οἵ. πολέμιοι. 
Hae , c » Ὁ οὟ ᾿ 3 t ~ [7 
“τὸ toivuy tads ogate’ Li μὲν ηπιστάμεϑα σαφῶς, ots 
:] ~ » 2 e lJ t ¢ 
fe, πλοῖα Χειρίσοφος ἄγον ἱκανά, οὐδὲν av ἔδει, ὧν μέλλω 
’ . ~ > » ~ 3 ~ ῳ ~ 
λέγειν" νῦν δ᾽, ἐπεὶ τοῦτ᾽ ἄδηλον, δοκεῖ μοι πειρᾶσϑαι πλοῖα 
ve , 2 8 an \ ‘ » ς 
συμπαρασκευαζειν καὶ αὐτοϑὲεν. [Iv μὲν γὰρ ἔλϑη, ὑπαρ- 
2 2 ᾿ ᾿ e 
χόντων ἐνθάδε, ἐν ἀφϑονωτέροις πλευσουμεϑα " ἐὰν δὲ μὴ 
᾿ as > on 3 € ~ “ 
ἄγῃ, τοῖς ἐνθάδε χρησύμεϑα. ᾿Εγὼ δ᾽ δρῶ πλοῖα πολλάκις 
παραπλέοντα" εἰ οὖν αἰτησάμενοι παρὰ Τραπεζουντίων 
~ ’ > » 
μακρὰ πλοῖα, καταγοιμὲν καὶ φυλάττοιμεν αὑτά, ta πηδά- 


’ 


20 


Keg. α΄. ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIS. 125 


λια παραλυόμενοι, ἕως ἂν ἱκανὰ τὰ ἄξοντα γένηται, ἴσως ἂν 
> 9 - , ν᾽ 
οὐκ ἀπορήσαιμεν κομιδῆς, οἵας δεόμεϑα." ἌὌἬδοξε καὶ 
- ΕΝ 3 » . , 
ταῦτα. ‘* Evvonuats 5,” ἔφη, $ εἰ εἰκὸς καὶ τρέφειν ano 
] an ~ 
κοιγοῦ, OUS ἂν καταγάγωμεν, Ὅσον ἂν χρόνον ἡμῶν ἕνεκα 
Lead ᾿ - 9 
5 μένωσι, καὶ ναῦλον συνϑέσϑω, ὅπως ὠφελοῦντες καὶ ὠφε-- 
λῶνται.᾽᾽ ἌἜδοξε καὶ ταῦτα. “Δοκεῖ τοίνυν μοι," ἔφη, 
ἐ Ἀ >” Q - Cc ew a e 3 - 
ἣν ἄρα καὶ ταῦτα ἡμῖν μὴ ἐκπεραΐίνηται, ὡςτε ἀρκεῖν 
ΡΞ ’ ε ? εἰ ’ 2 ’ Ὗ as e 
πλοῖα, tag odovs, ἃς δυςποροὺυς ἀκούομεν εἶναι, ταῖς παρὰ 
ϑάλατταν οἰκουμέναις πόλεσιν ἐντείλασθαι ὁδοποιεῖν " πεῖί- 
10 σονται γὰρ καὶ διὰ τὸ φοβεῖσθαι καὶ διὰ τὸ βούλεσϑαι 
ἡμῶν ἀπαλλαγῆναι." 
ε > e ~ 
᾿Ενταῦϑα δὴ ἀνέκραγον, ὡς ov δέοι ὅδδοιπορεῖν. Ὃ δέ, 
ε » 4 > ’ > ww 4 Q Fer J ἢ 
ὡς ἔχνω τὴν ἀφροσύνην αὐτῶν, ἐπεψήφισε μὲν οὐδέν, τὰς δὲ 
πόλεις ἑκούσας ἔπεισε ποιεῖν τὰς. ὁδούς" λέγων, Ott ϑἅττον 
, ε , 
15 ἀπαλλάξονται, ἣν εὔποροι γένωνται at odol. Ἔλαβον δὲ 
- z 
καὶ πεντηκόντορον παρὰ τῶν «Τραπεζουντίων, ἢ ἐπέστησαν 
“ὃ ᾿ cs 3 ᾽ " 
Δέξιππον, “ακωνικὸν περίοικον. Ovtos, ἀμελήσας τοῦ συλ- 
~ ~ 3 ‘ » Sad ’ » e 
λαβεῖν πλοῖα, ἀποδρὰς ᾧχετο ἔξω tov Πόντου, ἔχων τὴν 
"ω [4 ῖ ° 
γαῦν. Οὗτος μὲν οὐν δίκαια ἔπαϑεν ὕστερον" ἐν Θρᾷκῃ 
-“ > 
© γὰρ παρὰ Σεύϑῃ πολυπραγμονῶν τι ἀπέϑανεν ὑπὸ Nixav- 
7 ~ , 4 
ὅρου tov Μακωνικοῦ. Ἔλαβον δὲ καὶ τριακόντορον, ἡ ἐπε- 
2 ~ € > ~ 
στάϑη Πολυκράτης ᾿Αϑηναῖος" ὃς ὁπόσα λαμβάνοι πλοῖα 
- > td 
κατῆγεν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ἀγωώχγιμα, εἴ τι 
τ δ ΄ , LU « 3, ὁ 
η7ο», ἐξαιρούμενοι, φυλακας καϑίστασαν, ὁπὼς σωα εἴη 
~ e ’ > τ ΕΝ - a - 
5 tots δὲ πλοίοις ἐχρήσαντο εἰς nagaywyny. Ἐν w δὲ ταῦτα 
a 
nv, ἐπὶ λείαν ἐξήεσαν ob “Eddnves’ καὶ ob μὲν ἐνετύγχανον, 
᾽ 3 
ot δὲ χαὶ ov. Kieatyetoc ὃ ἐξαγαγὼν καὶ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ 
ἄλλον λόχον πρὸς χωρίον χαλεπόν, αὐτός τὸ ἀπέϑανε καὶ ἄλ- 
λοι πολλοὶ τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ. 


115" 


126 EENO®@QNTOZ [ Bb. Ε΄. 


Κεφάλαιον β΄. 


Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια οὐκέτι ἦν λαμβάνειν, ὥςτε ἀπαν- 
ϑημερίζειν éxt τὸ στράτευμα, éx τούτον λαβὼν ὃ Ξενοφῶν 
ἡγεμόνας τῶν Τραπεζουντίων, ἐξάγει εἰς Δρίλας τὸ ἥμιον 
τοῦ στρατεύματος, τὸ δὲ ἥμισυ φυλάττειν κατέλιπε τὸ στρα- 


«τόπεδον" οὗ γὰρ Κόλχοι, ἅτε ἐκπεπτωκότες ἐκ τῶν οἰκιῶν, 
πολλοὶ ἦσαν ἀϑρόοι, καὶ ὑπερεκάϑηντο ἐπὶ τῶν ἄχρων. Oi 
δὲ Τραπεζούντιοι, onodey μὲν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ῥάδιον ἦν λα- 
βεῖν, οὐκ ἦγον" φίλοι γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἦσαν" εἰς τοὺς Δρίλας δὲ 
προϑύμως ἦγον, Vp ὧν κακῶς ἔπασχον, sic χωρία το ὀρεινὰ 
καὶ δύςβατα, καὶ ἀνθρώπους πολεμικωτάτους τῶν ἐν τῷ 10 
Πόντῳ 

Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦσαν ἐν τῇ ἄνω χώρᾳ οἱ Ἕλληνες, ὁποῖα τῶν 
χωρέων τοῖς Aglhais ἁλώσιμα ἐδόκει εἶναι, ἐμπιπράντες 
ἀπήεσαν" καὶ οὐδὲν ἦν λαβεῖν, εἰ μὴ Us καὶ βοῦς, ἢ ἄλλο τι 
κτῆνος τὸ πῦρ διαπεφευγός. Ἕν δ᾽ ἦν χωρίον, [δ] μητρό- 16 
πολις αὐτῶν [ἐκαλεῖτο] εἰς τοῦτο πάντες συνεῤῥυήκεσαν᾽ 
περὶ δὲ τοῦτο ἦν χαράδρα ἰσχυρῶς βαϑεῖα, καὶ πρόςοδοι 
χαλεπαὶ πρὸς τὸ χωρίον. Ot δὲ πελτασταί, προδραμόντες 
στάδια πέντε ἢ ἕξ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, διαβάντες τὴν χαράδραν, 
δρῶντες πρόβατα πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα χρήματα, προςέβαλλον 2 
πρὸς τὸ χωρίον. ΣΣυνείποντο δὲ καὶ δορυφόροι πολλοί, οἵ 
ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἐξωρμημένοι" were ἐγένοντο οἷ διαβάντες 
πλείους, ἢ εἰς διςχιλίους ἀνθρώπους. Ἐπεὶ δὲ μαχόμενοι 
οὐκ ἐδύναντο λαβεῖν τὸ χωρίον, καὶ γὰρ τάφρος ἣν περὶ αὖ- 
τὸ εὐρεῖα ἀναβεβλημένη, καὶ σκόλοπες ἐπὶ τῆς ἀναβολῆς, 3 
ἦ καὶ τύρσεις πυκναὶ ξύλιναι πεποιημέναι, ἀπιέναι ἤδη ἐπε- 
χείρουν" ot δὲ ἐπέκειντο αὐτοῖς. Reo δ᾽ οὐκ ἐδύναντο ἀπελ- 
ϑεῖν, ἦν γὰρ ἐφ᾽ ἑνὸς ἢ κατάβασις ἐκ τοῦ χωρίου εἷς τὴκ 
χαράδραν, πέμπουσι πρὸς Ξενοφῶντα, ὃς ἡχεῖτο τοῖς δπλί- 
ταις. Ὃ δ᾽ ἐλθὼν λέγει, “ὅτι ἐστὶ χωρίον χρημάτων xol- 80 


Keg. β΄. ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIS. 127 


λῶν μεστόν" τοῦτο οὔτε λαβεῖν δυνάμεϑα᾽ ἰσχυρὸν γὰρ 
ἐστιν" οὔτε ἀπελθεῖν ὀφδιον" μάχονται γὰρ ἐπεξεληλυϑό- 
τες, καὶ ἢ ἄφοδος χαλεπή. 
᾿ἰκούσας ταῦτα ὃ Ξενοφῶν, προςαγαγὼν πρὸς τὴν χαρά- 
δ dgav, τοὺς μὲν ὁπλίτας ἐκέλευε ϑέσθϑαι τὰ ὅπλα" αὐτὸς δὲ 
διαβὰς σὺν τοῖς λοχαγοῖς, ἐσκοπεῖτο, πότερον εἴη κρεῖττον 
ἀπάγειν καὶ τοὺς διαβεβηκότας, ἢ καὶ τοὺς ὁπλίτας διαβι- 
βάζειν, ὡς ἁλόντος ἂν τοῦ χωρίου. Kad ἐδόκει τὸ μὲν ἀπά- 
γειν οὐκ εἶναι ἄνευ πολλῶν νεκρῶν, ὁλεῖν δ᾽ ἂν worto παὶ οἵ 
10 λοχαγοὶ τὸ χωρίον" καὶ ὃ Ξενοφῶν ὀυνεχώρησε, τοῖς ἱεροῖς 
πιστεύσας ᾿ of γὰρ μάντεις ἀποδεδειγμένοι ἦσαν, ὅτι μάχη 
μὲν ἔσται, τὸ δὲ τέλος καλὸν τῆς ἐξόδου. Καὶ τοὺς μὲν λο- 
χαγοὺς ἔπεμπε διαβιβάσοντας τοὺς δπλίτας, αὐτὸς δ᾽ ἔμενεν 
ἀναχωρέσας ἅπαντας τοὺς πελταστάς, καὶ οὐδένα εἴα ἄκρο- 
ls βολίζεσϑαι. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ἧκον of δπλῖται, ἐκέλευσε τὸν λόχον 
ἕκαστον ποιῆσαι τῶν λοχαγῶν, ὡς av κράτιστα οἴηται ἀγω-- 
γιεῖσϑαι" ἦσαν γὰρ of λοχαγοὶ πλησίον ἀλλήλων, οὗ πάντα 
τὸν χρόνον ἀλλήλοις περὶ ἀνδραγαϑίας ἀντεποιοῦντο. Καὶ ᾿ 
of μὲν [λοχαγοὶ] ταῦτα ἐποίουν" ὃ δὲ τοῖς πελτασταῖς πᾶσι 
© παρήγγελλε διηγκυλισμένους ἰέναι, ὡς, ὅπόταν σημήνῃ, ἀκον.- 
τίζειν δεῆσον᾽ καὶ τοὺς τοξότας ἐπιθεβλῆσϑαι ἐπὶ ταῖς vev- 
ραῖς, ὡς, ὁπόταν σημήνῃ, τοξεύειν δεῆσον" καὶ τοὺς γυμνῆ- 
τας λίϑων ἔχειν μεστὰς τὰς διῳφϑέρας " καὶ τοὺς ἐπιτηδείους 
ἔπεμψε τούτων ἐπιμεληϑῆναι. Ἐπεὶ δὲ πάντα παρεσκεύ- 
5 goto, καὶ of λοχαγοὶ καὶ ὑπολοχαγοὶ καὶ οἵ ἀξιοῦντες τού-- 
των μὴ χείρους εἶναι πάντες παρατεταγμένοι ἦσαν, καὶ ἀλ.- 
λήλους μὲν δὴ συνεώρων " (μηνοειδὴς γὰρ ny τάξις διὰ τὸ 
“χωρίον ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐπαιάνισαν, καὶ 4 σάλπιγξ ἐφϑέγξατο, 
ἅμα τε τῷ ᾿Ενυαλίῳ ἠλάλαξαν καὶ ἔϑεον δρόμῳ of ὅπλξται, 
> χαὶ τὰ βέλη ὁμοῦ ἐφέρετο, λόγχαι, τοξεύματα, σφενδόναι, 
zal πλεῖστοι δ᾽ ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν λίϑοι᾽ ἦσαν δὲ οἵ καὶ πῦρ 
πιροςξέφερον. Ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ πλήϑους τῶν Below ἔλιπον οἱ 
πολέμιοι τά τὸ σταυρώματα καὶ τὰς τύρσεις" ὥςτε Ayaolas 


128  ΞΕΝΟΦΏΝΤΟΣ [ Bib. Ε΄. 


4 Q e 
Στυμφάλιος καὶ Φιλόξενος Iekdnvevc, καταϑέμενοι τὰ 
- 3 [] τ 
ὅπλα, ἐν χιτῶνι μόνον ἀνέβησαν, καὶ ἄλλος ἄλλον εἷλκε, καὶ 
ε 
ἄλλος ἀναβεβήκει, καὶ jlwxe τὸ χωρίον, ὡς ἐδόκει. Kal 
ς ἢ ry ay e \ 3 , εκ @ 
οἵ μὲν πελτασταὶ καὶ οἱ ψιλοὶ εἰςδραμόντες ηρπαζον, o τι 
e ΄ es ὃ 4 = bed 8 8 ‘ ’ ¢ fr 
ἕκαστος ἐδύνατο" ὁ δὲ Ξενοφῶν», στὰς κατὰ τὰς πύλας, ὁπὸ- δ 
o 4 oo € - »"» Pa ° a 
σους ἐδύνατο xatexwive τῶν onditwy ἔξω" πολέμιοι γὰρ 
3 ~ “ 
ἄλλοι ἐφαίνοντο ἐπ᾿ ἄκροις τισὶν ἰσχυροῖς. Οὐ πολλοῦ δὲ 
[ a 
χρόνου μεταξὺ γενομένου, κραυγή τ᾽ ἐγίγνετο ἔνδον, καὶ 
»” e e » a [4 0 4 
ἔφευγον, OF μὲν καὶ ἔχοντες ἃ ἔλαβον, ταχα δὲ τις καὶ TE 
’ 3 3 3 
τρωμένος " καὶ πολὺς ἣν ὠϑισμὸς ἀμφὶ τὰ ϑύρετρα. Καὶ Ὁ 
΄ e e 2 e » Ly » 
Egutwmpevos ob ἐκπίπτοντες, ἔλεγον, ots ἄκρα τις ἐστὶν ἔν- 
δον, καὶ οὗ πολέμιοι πολλοί, οὗ παίουσιν ἐκδεδραμηκότες 
a » 3 
τοὺς [ἔνδον ἀνϑρωπους. 
= oo 3 ~ ’ 8 ° 
Ἐνταῦϑα ἀνειπεῖν ἐκέλευσε Τολμίδην τὸν κήρυκα, ἰέναι 
εἴσω τὸν βουλόμενόν τι λαμβάνειν. Καὶ Verto πολλοὲ εἴσω, 15 
od , 3 
καὶ νικῶσι τοὺς ἐκπίπτοντας of εἴσω ὠϑούμενοι, καὶ κατα- 
’ ’ ’ > ‘ » . 8 . 
κλείουσι τοὺς πολεμίους πάλιν εἰς τὴν ἄκραν. Kai τὰ μὲν 
~ ao ee 
ἔξω τῆς ἄκρας πάντα διηρπάσϑη, καὶ ἐξεκομίσαντο οὗ Ἕλ- 
2 ~ o 8 8 
Anves’ οἱ δ᾽ ὁπλῖται ἔϑεντο τὰ ὅπλα, ob μὲν περὶ τὸ σταύ- 
e 8 8 8 ¢ ‘ a xX ν »” ᾿ ξ 
ρωμα, οἱ δὲ κατὰ τὴν οδὸν τὴν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄκραν φέρουσαν. “O 30 
δὲ Ξενοφῶν καὶ οἵ λοχαγοὶ ἐσκόπουν, εἰ οἷόν t εἴη τὴν 
»ἭἬ᾽ ΜΝ 3 8 a 3 ee. ” 8 
ἄκραν λαβεῖν" ἢν γὰρ οὕτω σωτηρία ἀσφαλής" ἄλλος δὲ 
r a , 3 3 ~ ὃ e a 3 
πανυ χαλεπὸν ἐδόκει εἶναν ἀπελϑεῖν " σκοπουμένοις δ᾽ αὖ- 
~ » t ’ > » 3 4 > “ 
τοῖς ἔδοξε παντάπασιν ἀνάλωτον εἶναι τὸ χωρίον. Evtavda 
παρεσκευάζοντο τὴν ἄφοδον, καὶ τοὺς μὲν σταυροὺς ἕκαστοι 30 
i) 9᾽ € ΠῚ ὃ ΄ ry ΠῚ > t Ξ Q la 
τοὺς καϑ αὑτοὺς διήρουν, καὶ τοὺς ἀχρείους καὶ φορτ 
ἔχοντας ἐξεπέμποντο καὶ τῶν δπλιτῶν τὸ πλῆϑος" κατέλι- 
πον δὲ οἵ λοχαγοΐ, οἷς ἕκαστος ἐπίστευεν. 
> 3 ~ e 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἤρξαντο ἀποχωρεῖν, ἐπεξέϑεον ἔνδοϑεν πολλοί, 
γέῤῥα καὶ λόγχας ἔχοντες, καὶ κνημῖδας, καὶ κράνη Παφλα- 80 
a. . >» \ ‘ > > 9 ‘ » 4 
γονικα " καὶ ἄλλοι ἐπὶ τὰς οἰκίας ἀνέβαινον τὰς ἔνϑεν καὶ 
2 Led > 3 bod , «ες “ ii] ϑ Jer 2 
ἔνϑεν τῆς εἰς τὴν ἄκραν φερούσης ὁδοῦ" wet οὐδὲ διώκειν 
> 4 τ > δ ν ᾿ ? ᾿ 3 e » 
ἀσφαλὲς ny [αὐτοὺς] κατὰ τὰς πύλας, Tag εἰς τὴν ἄκραν 


-- 


Keg. β΄.} ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIS. 129 


μ € 
φερούσας καὶ γὰρ ξύλα μεγάλα ἐπεῤῥίπτουν ἄνωϑεν, ὥςτε 
3 ᾿ 3 ’ e > 
χαλεπὸν ny καὶ μένειν καὶ ἀπιέναι" καὶ ἡ νὺξ φοβερὰ ἡν 
- ’ a > ὁ 3 e - 
ἐπιοῦσα. ΜΜαχομένων ὃ αὐτὼν καὶ ἀπορουμένων, ϑεῶν τις 
> 8 [ ᾿ 3 “Φ [ Ν > , 
αὐτοῖς μηχανὴν σωτηρίας δίδωσιν. ξαπίνης yao αἀνέλαμ- 
 ρ bd ᾽ δ, ε a “ ε 3 ff) 

ὃ wer οἰκέα τὼν ἐν δεξιὰ, ὁτουδὴ ἐνάψαντος. «Ὥς 0 αὑτὴ cuv- 
᾽ >» e > 4 ~ r t - > ~ € > »» 
ἐπιπτεν, ἔφευγον oF απὸ τῶν ἐν δεξιᾷ οἰκιῶν. Nod ἔμα- 

ς ~ - “ ° 
Sev ὃ Ξενοφῶν τοῦτο παρὰ τὴς τύχης, ἐνάπτειν ἐκέλευ3 καὶ 
rs ἐν ἃ % οἰκίας" af δὲ ξύλιναι ἦσαν" ὦ b ταχὺ 
τὰς ἐν ἀριστερᾷ οἰκίας" at δὲ ξυλιναν quay’ ὡςτε καὶ ταχὺ 
wae 3 Qa e 3 a [2 ~ 4 ~ 
éxaloyvto. ᾿Εφευγον οὖν καὶ ob ατὸ τγύτων τῶν οἰκιῶν. 
ν , ἐμέ 5 

10 Οἱ δὲ κατὰ τὸ στόμα δὴ ἔτι μόνοι ἐλύπουν, καὶ δῆλοι σαν, 
ω -- > ~ 
ore ἐπικείσονται ἐπὶ τῇ ἐξόδῳ te καὶ κἀταβάσει. ᾿Ενταῦϑα 

"α4,“. ~ t,, [4] [4 »" 2” - 
παραγγέλλει φορεῖν ξυλα, οσοι ἐτύγχανον ἔξω ovtes τῶν βε-- 
ΓΙ ’ “« -" ΕΝ 8 
λῶν, εἰς TO μέσον ἑαυτῶν καὶ τῶν πολεμίων. Emel δὲ ixave 
» 3 > « . > ὦ ἢ “, 8 8 2 8 8 ’ 
ἤδη ν, αὐῆψαν" ανήπτον δὲ καὶ τὰς παρ αὑτὸ τὸ χαρα- 
> co e - 3 Ν ~ » © 
18 χωμα oixias, ὅπως οἷ πολέμιοι ἀμφὲ ταῦτα ἔχοιεν. Ovto 
3 ΤΣ ~ ~ , ~ 
μόλις ἀπῆλθον ἀπὸ τοῦ χωρίου, πῦρ ἐν μέσῳ ἑξαυτὼν καὶ 
τῶν πολεμίων ποιησάμενοι. Καὶ κατεκαύϑη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 
ε > x e 4 AY 4 ΄ ‘ >” 
καὶ a& οἰκίαι καὶ at τύρσεις καὶ τὰ σταυρώματα καὶ τὰἀλλα 
ld ~ 
πάντα, πλὴν τῆς ἄκρας. 
ΩΣ 3 ε 3 7 
Ό Τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ ἀπήεσαν οἱ Ἕλληνες, ἔχοντες τὰ ἐπιτή- 
ιν Cd 
daa. Enti δὲ τὴν κατάβασιν ἐφοβοῦντο τὴν εἰς Τραπε-- 
~ 3 ᾿ ’ 
ζοῦντα, πρανὴς γὰρ qv καὶ στενή, ψευδενέδραν ἐποιήσαντο" 
3 ᾿ - “Ὁ 
καὶ ἀνήρ, Μυσὸς τὸ γένος, καὶ τοὔνομα τοῦτο ἔχων, τῶν 
-Κρητῶν λαβὼν τέτταρας ἢ πέντε, ἔμενεν ἐν havin χωρίῳ, καὶ 
5 ~ e e ’ - : ε δὲ 
φιροςεποιεῖτο τοὺς πολεμίους λανϑανειν πειρασϑαι᾿ αἱ δὲ 
> ὦ » ~ % 
amréltas αὐτῶν adn καὶ ἄλλῃ διεφαίνοντο, χαλκαῖ οὔσαι. 
« Γ τ ° “ ε Cad > ~ ς e 
Οἱ μὲν ovy πολέμιοι, ταῦτα ορῶντες, ἐφοβοῦντο ὡς ἐνέδραν 
. € e ᾿ 3 ν᾽ 
Οὐσαν᾽ ἡ δὲ στρατιὰ ἐν τούτῳ κατέβαινεν. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἐδό- 
’ - Ὁ 4 
aesz ἱκανὸν ἤδη ὑπεληλυϑέναι τῷ Μυσῷ, ἐσήμηνε φεύγειν 
> > U Ξ “ὦ t a , . e 8 δ “Ὁ 
«χνὰ xgatog’ καὶ ος ἐξαναστὰς φεύγει καὶ ob σὺν αὕτῷῳ. 
a - oo o 
Kai of μὲν ἄλλοι Κρῆτες (ἀλίσκεσϑαι γὰρ ἔφασαν τῷ δρό- 
Ω Ld “- ε ~ Lu e ᾿ ᾽ 
fa) ἐχπεσόντες ἐχ τὴς οδοῦ εἰς ὕλην κατὰ tag νᾶαπας κυ- 
e 4 ἐφ. γ 
λινδούμενοι ἐσώϑησαν. ὃ Μυσὸς δέ, κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν φεῦ- 


420 ΞΕΝΟΦΏΝΤΟΣ [Διθ. A’, 


3 » 5.3 “- team -? ~ , . ἐν 
δυώνυμον ἀπὸ τοῦ δεξιοῦ, εἶπε τοῖς ουτρατιώταις Ay- 
[4 φ > «ι « ~ ° 2 CS a . Led 
δρες, OTOL εἰσιν, οὖς ὑρᾶτε, μόνοι Ete ἡμῖν. ἐμποδὼν τοῦ 
+ τ » ’ ¢ 7 , ed 
μῇ δὴ εἰναι, ἔνϑα πάλαι σπεύδομεν" τούτους, ἣν πὼς du- 
3 8 ~ : - 
yourda, καὶ ὠμοὺς δεῖ καταφαγεῖν." 
ΕΝ 3 ~ 
Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐν ταῖς χώραις ἕκαστοι ἐγένοντο, καὶ τοὺς λόχους 5 
2 ἢ ᾿ ed - 2 
ὀρϑίους ἐποιήσαντο, ἐγένοντο μὲν λόχοι τῶν ὁπλιτῶν ἀμφὶ 
, > , ε ᾿ Ld e ; ‘ 3 , 
τοὺς ογδοήκοντα, o δὲ λόχος ἕχαστος σχεδὸν εἰς τοὺς ixa- 
τόν" τοὺς δὲ πελταστὰς καὶ τοὺς τοξότας τριχῇ ἐποιήσαντο, 
8 4 “- 3 ’ re a a “ e e 4 
τοὺς μὲν toy εὐωνυμοῦυ ἔξω, τοὺς δὲ τοῦ δεξιοῦ, τοὶς δὲ κα- 
' δι U 
τὰ μέσον, σχεδὸν ἑξακοσίους ἑκάστους. “Ex τούτον magnyyv- 10 
2 4 
quay οἷ στρατηγοὶ εὔχεσϑαι᾽" εὐξάμενοι δὲ καὶ παιανίσαντες 
ἐπορεύοντο. Καὶ Χειρίσοφος μὲν καὶ Ξενοφῶν καὶ οἷ σὺν 
> ~ ἢ ’ὔ Γ “« ’ , 
αὑτοῖς πελτασταὶ ἔξω γενόμενοι τῆς των πυλεμέων φάλαγγος 
’ z 3 ’ 3 ᾽ 
ἐπορεύοντο" οἷ δὲ πολέμιοι, ὡς εἶδον αὑτοὺς, ἀντιπορεῦον- 
8 2 
ται" καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ δεξιόν, ob δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ εὐώνυμον διε-} 
σπάσθϑησαν, καὶ πολὺ τῆς ἑαυτῶν φάλαγγος ἐν τῷ μέσῳ 
a 3 ’ 4 2 8 a e a 
κενὸν ἐποῦύσαν.  IIWovtes δὲ αὐτοὺς διαχαζοντας οἱ κατὰ τὸ 
3 . c4 3 2 « 2? 
Agxadixov πελτασταί, ὧν ἡρχὲν Αἰσχίνης ὁ Ακαρναᾶν, νο- 
2 tv “- ‘ 
μίσαντες φεύγειν, ἀνὰ κράτος ἔϑεον᾽ καὶ υὗτοι πρῶτοι ἐπὶ 
, 3 ‘ 3. Sy 2 
τὸ ὅρος ἀναβαίνουσι" συνεφείπετο δὲ αὑτοῖς καὶ τὸ -Apxa- 9 
«ς [4 τ , 
δικὸν ὁπλιτικόν, ὧν noze Κλεάνωρ ὃ Ὀρχομένιος. Οἱ δὲ 
, € » « 2 ’ ” 3 ΠῚ -ῳιι»ν» 
πολέμιοι, ὡς ἤρξαντο ϑεῖν, οὐκέτε ἔστησαν, ἀλλὰ φυγῃ al- 
, 5, Ε 2 
λος alin ἐτράπετο. Ot δὲ Ἕλληνες ἀναβάντες ἐστρατοπε- 
~ [2 
δεύοντο ἐν πολλαῖς κώμαις καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια πολλὰ ἐχού- 
8 8 ᾿ Ξ 4 
σαις. Καὶ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα οὐδὲν ny, ὃ τι καὶ ἐϑαύμασαν" τὰ 9 
[2 a 3 3 - Lad 
δὲ σμήνη πολλὰ ἣν αὐτόϑι, καὶ τῶν κηρίων ὅσοι ἔφαγον THY 
στρατιωτῶν, πάντες ἀφρονές τε ἐγίγνοντο, καὶ ἤμουν, καὶ 
0 ¢ 2 ~ \ 3 ᾿Ὶ 3 4 > 4 e e 
xater διεχωρει αὐτοῖς, καὶ ορϑὸς οὐδεὶς ἐδύνατο ἵστασϑαι 
3 2 ς 4 Jae > e , , ’ e 
αλλ οἱ μὲν ολίγον ἐδηδοκοότες, σφόδρα μεϑύουσιν ἐῴκεσαν 
’ 8 3 ᾽ ‘ 
ot δὲ πολύ, μαινομένοις" oF δὲ xxi ἀποϑνήσκουσιν. “Exew-% 
, « κω . ν 
to δὲ οὕτω πολλοί, ὥςπερ τροπῆς γεγενημένης, καὶ πολλὴ 
~ > ͵ , 3 
ἣν ἀϑυμία. Ty δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ ἀπέϑανε μὲν οὐδείς, ἀμφὶ δὲ 


Keg. η.} ΚΥΡΟΙ͂ ANABAXTS. 121 


3 3 3 
τὴν αὐτήν πον ὥραν ἀνεφρόνουν᾽ tolty δὲ καὶ τετάρτῃ avl- 
σταντο ὥςπερ ἐκ φαρμακοποσίας. 

"EvievSer ἐπορεύϑησαν δύο σταϑμοὺς ἑπτὰ παρασάγ. 
3 ; Β 
yas, καὶ ἤλθϑον ἐπὶ θάλατταν, εἰς Τραπεζοῦντα, πόλιν Ἕλ- 
᾽ “Ὁ .3 ᾿ 3 
δ ληνίδα, οἰκουμένην, ἐν τῳ Εὐξείνῳ Πόντῳ, Σινωπέων αἀποι-- 
“ τ ~ ° « ’ 2 
κίαν, ἐν τῇ Κόλχων χώρᾳ. νταῦϑα ἔμειναν ἡμέρας ἀμφὶ 
τὰς τριάκοντα, ἐν ταῖς τῶν Κόλχων κώμαις καὶ ἐντεῦϑεν 
ο 3 ~ 
δρμώμενοι ἐληΐζοντο τὴν Kolzidu. ᾿Αγορὰν δὲ παρεῖχον 
[ἐν] τῷ στρατοπέδῳ Τραπεζούντιοι, καὶ ἐδέξαντό τε τοὺς 
10 Ἕλληνας καὶ ξένια ἔδοσαν, βοῦς καὶ ἄλφιτα καὶ οἶνον. Σὺυν- 
διεπράττοντο δὲ καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν πλησίον Κόλχων, τῶν ἐν τῷ 
, a τ 
πεδίῳ μάλιστα οἰκούντων" καὶ ξένια καὶ παρ ἐκείνων ηλϑὸον 
e - ’ 
[τὸ] πλέον, Bosc. Meta δὲ τοῦτο τὴν ϑυσίαν, ἣν εὔξαντο, 
3 a > ww 3 ~ 
παρεσκευάζοντο" ἤλϑον δὲ αὐτοῖς ἱκανοὶ βόες ἀποϑῦσαι 

Σ Ω] “ «Ἡ - Ξ ~ 

Wr Ait τῷ Σωτῆρι καὶ τῷ Ἡρακλεῖ ἡγεμύσυνα᾽" «αἱ τοῖς 
,"»ἢ “«« 3.0 3 - 
ἄλλοις δὲ ϑεοῖς, ἃ εὔξαντο: ᾿Εποίησαν δὲ καὶ ἀγῶνα γυ- 

᾿ , 4 
μνικὸν ἐν τῷ ὄρει, ἔνϑαπερ ἐσκήνουν" εἵλοντο δὲ Δρακόντιον 
’ A “« Ἅ ? “«Ψ 

Σπαρτιάτην (ὃς ἔφυγε naic ἔτι ὧν οἴχοϑεν, παῖδα ἄκων 
la ΠῚ ᾽ γε ’ ΠῚ 4 
κατακτανῶν, ξυήλῃ πατάξας), δρόμου τε ἐπιμεληϑῆναι καὶ 

- 3 ~ ~ 

40 τοῦ aywroug προστατῆσαι. : 
> ae a € ° ᾿ ᾿ - 
Ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἡ ϑυσία ἐγένετο, τὰ δέρματα παρέδοσαν τῷ 
« ~ , 

4Δρακοντίῳ, καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι ἐκέλευον, ὅπου τὸν δρόμον πε-- 

‘ € 8 te o ’ o> eg 

ποιηκὼς εἴη. Ο δὲ δείξας, ὁπου παρεστηκύτες ἐτύγζανον, 
[4 ε ’ e 
** Ourog ὃ logos,” ἔφη, “κάλλιστος τρέχειν, ὅπου ἂν τις 
, 23 - τ 
86 βούληται." “Πῶς ovr,” ἔφασαν, “δυνήσονται παλαίειν 
ἐν σχληρῷ καὶ δασεῖ οὕτως ;᾽ Ὃ δὲ sins’ “μᾶλλόν τι 
2 ᾽ ε ° 99 3 , 8 ~ Q U 
ἀνιάσεται ὁ καταπεσων. Ηγωνίζοντο δὲ παῖδες μὲν στά- 
- ’ Pa ws ; 
διον τῶν αἰχμαλώτων οἱ πλεῖοτοι, δόλιχον δὲ Κρῆτες πλείους 
n t ’ »” ὸ Ul ° 4 e .Y ’ 
. ἢ ἑξήκοντα ἔϑεον" πάλην δέ, καὶ πυγμήν, καὶ παγκράτιον 
- Μ ᾿ , ’ - ’ 
% ἕτεροι" καὶ καλὴ ϑέα ἐγένετο" πολλοὶ γὰρ κατέβησαν, καὶ, 
@ ° ~ =| 
ate ϑεωμένων τῶν» ἑταίρων, πολλή φιλονεικία ἐγίγνετο. “EPeov 
, Μ 2 Cad “ 

δὲ καὶ ἵπποι᾿ καὶ ἔδει αὐτούς, κατὰ τοῦ πρανοῦς ἐλάσαν- 
e , 3 ° fd » 8 e 

τας, ἐν τῇ ϑαλαττῃ ἀναστρέψαντας παλιν ἄνω πρὸς τὸν βω- 


122 ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIZ. [Bb. 4΄. Keg. η΄. 


μὸν ἄγειν. Καὶ xato μὲν of πολλοὶ ἐκυλεινδοῦντο" ἄνω δὲ 
πρὸς τὸ ἰσχυρῶς ὄρϑιον μόλις βάδην ἐπορεύοντο οἷ ἵπποι. 
Ἐνϑα πολλὴ κραυγὴ καὶ γέλως καὶ παρακέλευοις ἐγίγνετο 
αὑτῶν. 


HAENOGRNTOS 


KTPOT ANABAZENZ 


ΒΙΒΛΙΟΝ ΠΕΜΠΤΟΝ. 


Κεφάλαιον α΄. 


@ 3 8 »- 2? ° “ , ? - 
t 
OFA μὲν On ἐν τῇ avoBaoe τῇ μετὰ Κύρου ἔπραξαν of 
@. « - me o 
Ἕλληνες, καὶ ova ἐν τῇ πορείᾳ τῇ μέχρις ἐπὶ Falatray τὴν 
“- .3 od 
ἐν τῷ Εὐξείνῳ Πόντῳ, καὶ ὡς εἰς Τραπεζοῦντα πόλιν “Ἔλλη- 
Π 3 ° LY € 2 ’ [2] >? te ’ e 
vida ἀφίκοντο, καὶ ὡς ἀπέϑυσαν, a εὔξαντο σωτήρια ϑύ- 
3» ad > ° Cad 2 , ad [2 
δ σειν, ἔνϑα πρῶτον εἰς φιλίαν γὴν ἀφίκοιντο, ἐν τῷ πρόσϑεν 
2.» 
λόγῳ δεδήλωται. Ἔκ δὲ τούτου συνελθόντες ἐβουλεύοντο 
\ « ~ , ᾿ >? » Q “ 3 ᾿ ‘A 
περὶ τῆς λοιπῆς πορείας" ἀνέστη δὲ πρῶτος ΑἸντιλέων Oov- 
᾿ ᾿ 3 
ριος, καὶ ἔλεξεν ὧδε" “᾿Εγὼ μὲν τοίνυν," ἔφη, “ ὦ ἄνδρες, 
3 a a . ᾽ Ἁ 9 
anslonxa 10 συσκευαζόμενος, καὶ βαδίζων, καὶ τρέχων, καὶ 
10 e e , . 3 44 » Ἁ a Ρ 
τὰ onha φέρων, καὶ ἔν tates tov, καὶ φυλακὰς φυλάττων, 
καὶ μαχόμενος" ἐπιϑυμῶ δὲ ἤδη, παυσάμενος τούτων τῶν 
ld Ud » ~ ὰ . ’ Q 
πόνων, ἐπεὶ ϑαλατταν ἔχομεν, πλεῖν to λοιπυν, καὶ ἐκτα-- 
3 ’ 3 ’ 
Seis, ὥςπερ ᾿Οδυσσεύς, καϑεύδων ἀφικέσϑαι εἰς τὴν “El- 
“ 9 
dada.” Ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες of στρατιῶται ἀνεϑορύβησαν, 
- 3 
B ὡς εὖ λέγοι" καὶ ἄλλος ταὐτὰ ἔλεγε, καὶ πάντες οἵ παρύ»-- 
3», z e 
τες. "Ἔπειτα Χειρίσοφος ἀνέστη, καὶ εἶπεν ὧδε" “Φίλος 
3 3 - a o Ἢ a 
μοι ἐστίν, ὦ ἄνδρες, ᾿Αναξίβιος, ναυαρχῶν δὲ τυγχανει " ἣν 
τ [2 e - 
οὔν πέμψητέ με, οἶμαι ἂν ἐλϑεῖν καὶ τριήρεις ἔχων καὶ 
a Load ~ 3 ~ [2 
πλοῖα, τὰ ἡμᾶς ἄξοντα" ὑμεῖς δ᾽, ἐπείπερ πλεῖν βούλεσϑ ε, 
U 9 [2 
20 περιμένετε, tot ἂν ἐγὼ ἔλθω" ἤξω δὲ ταχέως." Axovoar- 


. ᾿ 


124 ZENODRNTO> [Bb Ε΄. 


τες ταῖτα οἱ στρατιῶται ἤσϑησάν te καὶ ἐψηφίσαντο, 
ῳ γν ε ᾿ 
πλεῖν αὐτὸν ὡς ταχιστα. 
cy Ὁ δὼ - 2, [2 . 
Μετὰ τοῦτον Ξενοφῶν ἀνέστη, καὶ ἔλεξεν ods" “ Xe- 
. - > ~ ’ Cw 2 - 
ρίσυοφυς μὲν δὴ ἐπὶ πλοῖα στέλλεται, ἡμεῖς δὲ avupevovper. 
@ 3 ~ ry 3 a ~ 7 ~ 
Ova ovy pot δοκεῖ καιρὸς εἶναν ποιεῖν ἐν τῇ μονὴ, ταῦτα ὃ 
,) Ὁ - , Q » ’ ὃ - hed > - 
ἔρω. Τρωτον μὲν τὰ ἐπιτηδεια͵ &t πορέξεσϑαι ἐχ της πο- 
, 8 > » .“ 3 U 
λεμίας᾽ οὔτε γὰρ ἀγορά ἐστιν ἱκανή, οὔτ ὅτου ὠνησόμεϑα 
᾽ " 4 2 Γ e ° € ἢ , ® e 
πάρεστιν, εἰ μὴ ολίγοις truly’ ἡ δὲ χώρα πολεμία" xivdv- 
3 4 > » n 2 - , 3 , 
γος οὐν, πολλοὺς ἀπολλυσϑαι, ἣν ἀμεέλως; te καὶ ἀφυλάκτως 
2 - 
πορεύησϑε ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. ᾿Αλλά μοι δοκεῖ σὺν προνο- 10 
«ἅν e 3 Cd εἩ 
pais λαμβάνειν τὰ ἐπιτήδειαγ ἄλλως δὲ μὴ πλυνᾶσϑαι, ὡς 
“ . - 8 ~ 9 Ww. Lead 
σώζησϑε᾽ ἡμᾶς δὲ τούτων ἐπιμελεῖσθαι." ἌἜδοξε ταῦτα. 
. 3 “ ’ ᾿ 9... a C4 - 
“ "Et τοίνυν ἀκούσατε καὶ tade’ Ent λείαν γὰρ ὑμὼν 
, 3 ' 3 € w ~ 
ἐκπορεύσονταί τινες. Οἴομαι οὖν βέλτιον εἶναι, ἡμῖν εἰπᾶν 
’ ’ e ’ led 
τὸν μέλλοντα ἐξιέναι, pguter δὲ καὶ ὅποι, iva καὶ τὸ πλῆ- 15 
Sos εἰδῶμεν τῶν ἐξιόντων καὶ τῶν μενόντων, καὶ συμπαρα- 
΄, , ᾿ς ‘ - a 4 3 3 
σκευάζωμεν, ἐὰν τι δέῃ" καὶ βοηϑῆσαίΐ τισιν αν καιρὸς ῃ, εἰν 
~ φ ὔ ~ ~ 2 ° 
δῶμεν, ὁποι δεήσει Bondsiv’ καὶ ἂν τις τῶν ἀπειροτέρων ἐχχει- 
θἢ τι ποιεῖν, συμβουλεύωμεν, πειρώμενοι εἰδέναι τὴν δύνα- 
3 .) an A ᾿ - 3 ~ 
μιν, ἐφ᾽ ovg av ἴωσιν.᾽ "Edoks καὶ ταῦτα. “ Evvosite δὴ καὶ 9 
%@? ᾿ ~ ζω e 
tod , ἔφη “ Syodn τοῖς πολεμίοις ληΐζεσϑαι" καὶ δικαίως 
ἔΖέῳ 17 € 
ἡμῖν ἐπιβουλεύουσιν" ἔχομεν γὰρ τὰ ἐκείνων" ὑπερκάϑηνται 
3 - ~ ~ 
δ᾽ ἡμῶν. Φύλακας δή μοι δοκεῖ δεῖν περὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον 
εἶναι" ἐὰν οὖν κατὰ μέρος μερισϑέντες φυλάττωμεν καὶ 
~ ξ ᾽ 3 ~ - er 
σχοπῶμεν, ἧττον δύναιντ ἂν ἡμᾶς Ingay οἷ. πολέμιοι. 35 
ae ᾿, (ὃ ς« » ᾿Ξ ” ‘ > , ~ er 
Ltt toivuy tads ogate’ Li μὲν ἠπιστάμεϑα σαφῶς, ott 
ᾧ - Fer » ca ’ 
feu πλοῖα Χειρίσοφος ἄγων ἱκανά, οὐδὲν av ἔδει, ὧν μέλλω 
’ * “- 3 --ς 3 ~ “ ~ 
λέγειν" νῦν δ᾽, ἐπεὶ τοῦτ᾽ ἄδηλον, δοκεῖ μοι πειρᾶσϑαι πλοῖα 
ῳ Q > » n 4 4. >». «Ἡ 
συμπαρασκευαζειν καὶ αὐτοϑεν. Hv μὲν γὰρ ἔλϑη, unag- 
> 3 ᾿ e 8 
χόντων ἐνϑάδε, ἐν ἀφϑονωτέροις πλευσούμεϑα " ἐὰν δὲ μὴ 30 
? ὼ > > ε ~ ~ 
ayn, τοῖς ἐνθάδε χρησύμεϑα. ᾿Εγὼ δ᾽ ὁρῶ πλοῖα πολλάκις 
, 3 e 
Mugamasoviae® εἰ οὖν αἰτησάμενοι παρὰ Texnetourtiny 
ms ’ ’ > »- ’ 
μακρὰ πλοῖα, καταάγοιμὲεν καὶ φυλάττοιμεν αὑτά, τὰ πηδά- 


’ 


Κεφ. α΄.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIZ. 125 


’ e nN ς YN ore ’ » nn 
Ata παραλυοόμεένοι, ἕως av ixava τὰ ἄξοντα γένηται, ἴσως ἂν 
9 3 - , 
οὐκ ἀπορήσαιμεν κομιδῆς, οἵας δεόμεθα."  "“Ldoke καὶ 
"- Φεςς 3 ᾿ > 
ταῦτα. ‘‘ Ervvonouts 3,” ἔφη, ° εἰ εἰκὸς καὶ τρέφειν ἀπὸ 
~ aw «- 
κοινοῦ, OUS ἂν καταγάγωμεν, ὅσον ἂν χρόνον ἡμῶν ἕνεκα 
[ “ ° ~ 3 
ὅ μένωσι, καὶ ναῦλον συνϑέσθω, ὅπως ὠφελοῦντες καὶ ὠφε-- 
λῶνται.᾽ ἜἌἜδοξε καὶ ταῦτα. “Δοκεῖ τοίνυν pot,” ἔφη, 
ry ake » LY ~ ς w 4 ) LU 3 ~ 
ἢν ἄρα καὶ ταῦτα ἡμῖν μὴ ἐκπεραίνηται, wore ἀρκεῖν 
+ ° 2 ~ 
πλοῖα, tag ὁδούς, ἃς δυςπόρους ἀκούομεν εἶναι, ταῖς παρὰ 
ϑάλατταν οἰκουμέναις πόλεσιν ἐντείλασθαι ὁδοποιεῖν᾽ πεῖ-- 
10 σονται γὰρ καὶ διὰ τὸ φοβεσϑαι καὶ διὰ τὸ βούλευϑαι 
ἡμῶν ἀπαλλαγῆναι." 
ε 9 ’ ε ~ 
‘Evtavda δὴ ἀνέκραγον, ὡς ov δέοι ὁδοιπορεῖν. Ὃ δέ, 
ε » a 3 ᾽ 3 - ὔ 4 3 ᾿ a a 
ὡς ἔχνω τὴν ἀφροσύνην αὑτῶν, ἐπεψήφισε μὲν οὐδὲν, τας δὲ 
πόλεις ἑκούσας ἔπεισε ποιεῖν τὰς. ὁδούς" λέγων, ott ϑᾶττον» 
3 , ϑ. * 
15 ἀπαλλάξονται, ἣν εὔποροι γένωνται at odol. ἌἜλαβον δὲ 
- δ ’ 
καὶ πεντηκόντορον παρὰ τῶν «Τραπεζουντίων, ἢ ἐπέστησαν 
te 4 4 3 td “ὦ 
Ζ4έξιππον, “ακωνικὸν περίοικον. Οὗτος, ἀμελῆσας tov συλ- 
- ~ 3 . , ~ ’ 
λαβεῖν πλοῖα, ἀποδρὰς ᾧχετο ἔξω τοῦ Πόντου, ἔχων τὴν 
~ ? 3 v7 iv ’ 
γαῦν. Οὗὐτος μὲν οὐν δίκαια ἔπαϑεν vutegov’ ἐν Θρᾳκῇῃ 
4 > € ὔ 
% γὰρ παρὰ Σεύϑῃ πολυπραγμονῶν τι ἀπέϑανεν ὑπὸ Nixav- 
fod ~ Ξ ᾿ Φ' 
δρου τοῦ “ακωνικοῦ. ᾿ἔλαβον δὲ καὶ τριακόντορον, ἡ ἐπε- 
στάϑη Πολυκράτης ᾿Αϑηναῖος" ὃς ὁπόσα λαμβάνοι πλοῖα 
~ Ἅ 4 ’ 3 4 4 > 4 
κατῆγεν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον. Καὶ ta μὲν ἀγωγιμα, et τι 
3 e , ’ bi Ὁ ve 
nyoy, ἐξαιρούμενοι, φυλακας καϑίστασαν, ὁπὼς awa εἴη 
~ 4 > ΣΝ - Cod 
% τοῖς δὲ πλοίοις ἐχρήσαντο εἰς nagayoyny. Ev ῳ δὲ ταῦτα 
5 ’ 
ἣν, ἐπὶ λείαν ἐξήεσαν οἱ “Ἑλληνες" καὶ ot μὲν ἐνετύγχανον, 
e » 3 
οἱ δὲ καὶ οὐ. Kiealvetog ὃ ἐξαγαγὼν καὶ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ 
ἄλλον λόχον πρὸς προ, χαλεπόν, αὐτός te anéSave καὶ ἄλ- 
λοι πολλοὶ τῶν σὺν αὐτῷ. 


11* 


126 ΞΕΝΟΦΏΝΤΟΣ [B6. Ε΄. 


Κεφάλαιον B’. 


Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια οὐχέτι ἣν λαμβάνειν, ὥςτε anav- 
ϑημερίζειν ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα, ἐκ τούτου λαβὼν o Ξενοφῶν 
ἡγεμόνας τῶν Τραπεζουντίων, ἐξάγει εἰς Δρίλας τὸ ἥμισυ 

_ τοῦ στρατεύματος, τὸ δὲ ἥμισυ φυλάττειν κατέλιπε τὸ στρα- 

«τόπεδον᾽" οἱ γὰρ Κόλχοι, ἅτε ἐκπεπτωκότες ἐκ τῶν οἰκιών, ὃ 
πολλοὶ ἦσαν ἀϑρόοι, καὶ ὑπερεκάϑηντο ἐπὶ τῶν ἄχρων. Οἱ 
δὲ Τραπεζούντιοι, ὅπόϑεν μὲν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ῥάδιον ἦν λα- 
βεῖν, οὐκ ἦγον" φίλοι γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἦσαν" εἰς τοὺς Δρίλας δὲ 
προϑύμως AYO, ὕφ᾽ ὧν κακῶς ἔπασχον, εἰς χωρία τε ὀρεινὰ 
καὶ δύςβατα, καὶ ἀνθρώπους πολεμικωτάτους τῶν ἐν τῷ 10 
Πόντῳ. 

Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἦσαν ἐν τῇ ἄνω χώρᾳ οἱ Ἕλληνες, ὁποῖα τῶν 
χωρίων τοῖς 4ρίλαις ἁλώσιμα ἐδόκει εἶναι, ἐμπιπράντες 
ἀπήεσαν᾽ καὶ οὐδὲν ἦν λαβεῖν, εἰ μὴ Us καὶ βοῦς, ἢ ἄλλο τι 
κτῆνος τὸ πῦρ διαπεφευγός. Ἕν δ᾽ ἣν χωρίον, [8] μητρύ- " 
πολις αὐτῶν [ἐκαλεῖτο] " εἰς τοῦτο πάντες συνεῤῥυήκεσαν᾽ 
περὶ δὲ τοῦτο ἦν χαράδρα ἰσχυρῶς βαϑεῖα, καὶ πρόςοδοι 
χαλεπαὶ πρὸς τὸ χωρίον. Ot δὲ πελτασταί, προδραμόντες 
στάδια πέντε ἢ ἕξ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, διαβάντες τὴν χαράδραν, 
ὁρῶντες πρόβατα πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα χρήματα, προςέβαλλον 3) 
πρὸς τὸ χωρίον. Συνείποντο δὲ καὶ δορυφόροι πολλοί, οἱ 
ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἐξωρμημένοι" ὥςτε ἐγένοντο οὗ διαβάντες 
πλείους, ἡ εἰς διςχιλίους ἀνθρώπους. Ἐπεὶ δὲ μαχόμενοι 
οὐκ ἐδύναντο λαβεῖν τὸ χωρίον, καὶ γὰρ τάφρος ἣν περὶ αὖ- 
τὸ εὐρεῖα ἀναβεβλημένη, καὶ σκόλοπες ἐπὶ τῆς ἀναβολῆς, " 

, καὶ τύρσεις πυκναὶ ξύλιναι πεποιημέναι, ἀπιέναι ἤδη ἐπε- 
χείρουν" οἷ δὲ ἐπέκειντο αὐτοῖς. ‘Qs δ᾽ οὐκ ἐδύναντο ἀπεῖ- 
ϑεῖν, qv γὰρ ἐφ᾽ ἑνὸς ἢ κατάβασις ἐκ τοῦ χωρίου εἰς τὴκ 
χαράδραν, πέμπουσι πρὸς Ξενοφῶντα, ὁς ἡχεῖτο τοῖς ὁπλ,- 
ταις. Ὃ δ᾽ ἐλθὼν λέγει, “ὅτι ἐστὲ χωρίον χρημάτων xol- Ὁ 


Keg. 8’. ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIS. 127 


λῶν μεστόν" τοῦτο οὔτε λαβεῖν δυνάμεϑα" ἰσχυρὸν γὰρ 
ἐστιν" οὔτε ἀπελθεῖν ὀφδιον" μάχονται γὰρ ἐπεξεληλυϑό- 
τες, καὶ ἡ ἄφοδος χαλεπή. 
‘Axovuas ταῦτα o Ξενοφῶν, προςαγαγὼν πρὸς τὴν χαρά- 
δ dpav, τοὺς μὲν ὁπλίτας ἐκέλευε ϑέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα αὐτὸς δὲ 
διαβὰς σὺν τοῖς λοχαγοῖς, ἐσκοπεῖτο, πότερον εἴη κρεῖττον 
ἀπάγειν καὶ τοὺς διαβεβηκότας, ἢ καὶ τοὺς δπλίτας διαβι- 
βάζειν, ὡς ἁλόντος ἂν τοῦ χωρίου. Kad ἐδόκει τὸ μὲν ἀπά- 
yey οὐκ εἶναι ἄνευ πολλῶν γεκρῶν, δλεῖν δ᾽ ἂν worto καὶ of 
10 λοχαγοὶ to χωρίον" καὶ ὃ Ξενοφῶν ὀυνεχώρησε, τοῖς ἱεροῖς 
πιστεύσας " of γὰρ μάντεις ἀποδεδειγμένοι ἦσαν, ὅτι μάχη 
μὲν ἔσται, τὸ δὲ τέλος καλὸν τῆς ἐξόδου. Καὶ τοὺς μὲν λο-- 
χαγοὺς ἔπεμπε διαβιβάσοντας τοὺς ὁπλίτας, αὐτὸς δ᾽ ἔμενεν 
ἀναχωρίσας ἅπαντας τοὺς πελταστάς, καὶ οὐδένα εἴα axpo- 
1s βολίζεσϑαι. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ἦκον οἵ ὄπλῖται, ἐκέλευσε τὸν λόχον 
ἕκαστον ποιῆσαι τῶν λοχαγῶν, ὡς ἂν κράτιστα οἴηται ἀγω- 
γιεῖσϑαι" ἦσαν γὰρ οἷ λοχαγοὶ πλησίον ἀλλήλων, of πάντα 
τὸν χρόνον ἀλλήλοις περὶ ἀνδραγαϑίας ἀντεποιοῦντο. Καὶ ᾿ 
ot μὲν [λοχαγοὶ] ταῦτα ἐποίουν" ὃ δὲ τοῖς πελτασταῖς πᾶσι 
80 παρήγγελλε διηγκυλισμένους ἰέναι, ὡς, ὁπόταν σημήνῃ, ἄκον»-- 
τίζειν Senoov’ καὶ τοὺς τοξότας ἐπιθεβλῆσϑαι ἐπὶ ταῖς vev- 
ραῖς, ὡς, ὁπόταν σημήνῃ, τοξεύειν δεῆσον᾽" καὶ τοὺς γυμνῆ-- 
τας λίϑων ἔχειν μεστὰς τὰς διφϑέρας " καὶ τοὺς ἐπιτηδείους 
ἔπεμψε τούτων ἐπιμεληϑῆναι. Ἐπεὶ δὲ πάντα παρεσκεύ- 
8ι αστο, καὶ οἵ λοχαγοὶ καὶ ὑπολοχαγοὶ καὶ of ἀξιοῦντες τού-- 
τω» μὴ χείρους εἶναι πάντες παρατεταγμένοι ἦσαν, καὶ ah 
λήλους μὲν δὴ συνεώρων " (μηνοειδὴς γὰρ ry τάξις διὰ τὸ 
χωρίον ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐπαιάνισαν, καὶ 4 σάλπιγξ ἐφϑέγξατο, 
ἅμα te τῷ ᾿Ενυαλίῳ ἠλάλαξαν καὶ ἔϑεον δρόμῳ of ὅπλῖται, 
δ καὶ τὰ βέλη ὁμοῦ ἐφέρετο, λόγχαι, τοξεύματα, σφενδόναι, 
καὶ πλεῖστοι δ᾽ ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν λίϑοι" ἦσαν δὲ of καὶ πῦρ 
προςέφερον. Ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ πλήϑους τῶν βελῶν ἔλιπον of 
πολέμιοι τά τε σταυρώματα καὶ τὰς τύρσεις" ὥςτε Ayaolas 


128 ~ ZENO®IQNTOZS [ Bib. Ε΄. 


ta ? 
Stypgakiog καὶ Φιλόξενος χ17ελληνεύς, καταϑέμενοι τὰ 
- > >» ᾿’ 99 Pa 
ὅπλα, ἐν χιτῶνι μόνον ἀνέβησαν, καὶ ἄλλος ἄλλον εἷλκε, καὶ 
2 « ᾽ a ε 
ἄλλος ἀναβεβήκει, καὶ ἡλώκει τὸ χωρίον, ὡς ἐδόκει. Kat 
ς ἢ 4 ‘ e \ > , oT) ῳ 
ot μὲν πελτασταὶ καὶ οἵ ψιλοὲ εἰςδραμόντες ἥρπαζον, ὃ τι 
ζω , « “ a hed . 8 ‘ ’ «»ὕὔ 
ἕκαστος ἐδύνατο" ὁ δὲ Ξενοφῶν», στὰς κατὰ τὰς πύλας, ὁπό- ὃ 
-“ ε “- ° 
σους ἐδύνατο κατεκώλυε τῶν ὁπλιτῶν ἔξω πολέμιοι γὰρ 
> ~ ? “ 
ἄλλοι ἐφαίνοντο ἐπ΄ ἄκροις τισὴὲν ἰσχυροῖς. Ov πολλοῦ δὲ 
’ ’ a φ᾿ 
χρόνου μεταξὺ γενομένου, κραυγή τ΄ ἐγίγνετο ἔνδον, καὶ 
» ε ᾿ .» a 3 ? e \ 
ἔφευγον, οἱ μὲν καὶ ἔχοντες a ἔλαβον, taya δὲ τις καὶ TE 
᾿ Η 4 % 3 2 
τρωμένος ᾿ καὶ πολὺς ἣν ὠϑισμὸς ἀμφὲ τὰ ϑύρετρα. Καὶ 10 
ἐρωτώμενοι of ἐκπίπτοντες, ἔλεγον, ὃτι ἄχρα τις ἐστὶν ἔν- 
δον, καὶ of πολέμιοι πολλοί, οὗ παίουσιν ἐχδεδραμηκότες 
᾿ a 3 , 
τοὺς [ἔνδον] ανϑρωπους. 
> « 3 -“ ’ 7 
᾿νταῦϑα ἀνειπεῖν ἐκέλευσε Τολμίδην tov κήρυκα, ἰέναι 
εἴσω τὸν βουλόμενόν τι λαμβάνειν. Καὶ ἵεντο πολλοὶ εἴσω, "Ὁ 
~ ; > 
καὶ νικῶσι τοὺς ἐκπίπτοντας of εἴσω ὠϑούμενοι, καὶ κατα- 
lA » , 
κλείουσι τούς πολεμίους πάλιν εἰς τὴν ἄκραν. Kal τὰ μὲν 
“Ὁ , fe ν 
ἔξω τῆς ἄκρας πάντα διηρπάσϑη, καὶ ἐξεκομίσαντο οἱ Ἕλ- 
2 « -« A) 4 
Anves’. οἵ δ᾽ ὁπλῖται ἔϑεντο τὰ ὅπλα, οἱ μὲν περὶ τὸ σταύ- 
e ἢ 4 ‘ Cer ‘ . ν ” ᾿ ςε 
ρωμα, οἱ δὲ κατὰ τὴν οδὸν τὴν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄκραν φέρουσαν. 0% 
-“ , > 
δὲ Ξενοφῶν καὶ of λοχαγοὶ ἐσκόπουν, εἰ οἷόν t εἴη τὴν 
-.,. 3 o > ᾿ ‘ 
ἄκραν λαβεῖν" ἣν γὰρ οὕτω σωτηρία ἀσφαλής" ἄλλος δὲ 
’ a [2 3 2 ~ ὸ Γ 1 3 
mavu χαλεπὸν ἐδόκει εἶναι ἀπελϑεῖν " σκοπουμένοις δ᾽ av- 
~ »” Ul 3 Ul 3 J 9 “Ὁ 
tots ἔδοξε παντάπασιν ἀνάλωτον εἶναι τὸ χωρίον. ᾿Ενταῦϑα 
a e 
παρεσκενάζοντο τὴν ἄφοδον, καὶ τοὺς μὲν σταυροὺς ἕκαστοι 3 
3 « 8 e > 
τοὺς καϑ αὐτοὺς Dtjgour, καὶ τοὺς ἀχρείους καὶ φορτία 
ἔχοντας ἐξεπέμποντο καὶ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν τὸ πλῆϑος" κατέλι- 
πον δὲ οἵ λοχαγοί, οἷς ἕκαστος ἐπίστευεν. 
3 a 3 a ’ 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἤρξαντο ἀποχωρεῖν, ἐπεξέϑεον ἔνδοϑεν πολλοί, 
γέῤῥα καὶ λόγχας ἔχοντες, καὶ κνημῖδας, καὶ χράνη Παφλα- ὃ 
> +f + 
γονικά " καὶ ἄλλοι ἐπὶ τὰς οἰκίας ἀνέβαινον τὰς ἔνϑεν καὶ 
3» Led 3 ‘ bod ’ ς « C7) 3 Jar , 
ἔνϑεν τῆς εἰς THY ἄκραν PEeQovans οδοῦ" wet οὔδὲ διωχκειν 
> q τ 3 8 ν ᾿ ᾿ e > ν᾿ » 
ἀσφαλὲς ἡν [αὑτοὺς] κατὰ τὰς πύλας, τὰς εἰς τὴν ἄκραν 


-- 


Keg. β8..} ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 129 


᾽ € 
φερούσας" καὶ γὰρ ξύλα μεγάλα ἐπεῤῥίπτουν ἄνωϑεν, ὥςτε 
3 ° 2 ’ . τ 
χαλεπὸν ἢν καὶ μένειν καὶ ἀπιέναι᾽ καὶ ἡ νὺξ φοβερὰ ny 
- ᾿ 2 3 - >? e - 
ἐπιοῦσᾳ. Μαχομένων 3 αὐτὼν καὶ ἀπορουμένων, ϑεὼν τις 
δ᾽» , ᾿ 3 "Ἔ 9 : > ; 
αὐτοῖς μηχανὴν σωτηρίας δίδωσιν. ξαπίνης yag αἀνέλαμ-- 
δ > #¢ - ᾽ ὃ Σ ~ ε δὴ , ε 3 [1 
ψεν οἰκία τῶν ἐν δεξιᾷ, ὁοτουδὴ ἐνάψαντος. Lo δ᾽ αὕτη συν- 
᾽ » e 2 a “- > δ bad > ~ ¢€ > » 
ἐπιπτεν, ἔφευγον oF απὸ τῶν ἐν δεξιᾷ οἰκιῶν. No δ᾽ ἔμα- 
«Ἡ - ~ “- a ry 
Sev ὁ Ξενοφῶν τοῦτο παρὰ τὴς τύχης, ἐνάπτειν éxédevs καὶ 
4 > 3 ~ > 9 ς € Ss ef 3 ‘7 od \ Ν 
τὰς ἐν ἀριστερᾷ οἰκίας" αἵ δὲ ξύλιναι quay’ ὡςτε καὶ ταχὺ 
»"",ς τ \ e >? 8 , ~ 2 ~ 
ἐκαίοντου ᾿Ἔφευγον οὖν καὶ ob ATO τγύτων τῶν οἰκιῶν. 
10 Οἱ δὲ κατὰ τὸ στόμα δὴ ἔτι μόνοι ἐλύπουν, καὶ δῆλοι σαν, 
we > ¥ “« 
ὅτι ἐπικείσονται ἐπὶ τῇ ἐξόδῳ τὸ καὶ κἀταβάσει. Ἔνταῦϑα 
να. ~ δι, a [4 »»" » - 
παραγγέλλει φορεῖν ξυλα, οσοι ἐτύγχανον ἔξω ovtes τῶν βε-- 
“- ’ ~ - * 25 ᾿ 
λῶν, εἰς τὸ μέσον ἑαυτῶν καὶ τῶν πολεμίων. Enel δὲ ixave 
» % > ὦ ὲ > ~ 4 y ὃ 8 2}. , ’ 
ἤδη ny, arnway’ ανήῆπτον δὲ καὶ τὰς παρ αὐτὸ τὸ χαρα- 
3 ωῳ or > iY - »» [1] 
16 κωμα οἰκίας, ὁπὼως οἷ πολέμιοι ἀμφὶ ταῦτα ἔχοιεν. OvTO 
? “- - 3 ~ ~ e “ 
μόλις ἀπῆλθον ἀπὸ τοῦ χωρίου, πῦρ ἐν μέσῳ ἑαυτὼν καὶ 
Cd “΄. ¢€ 
τῶν πολεμίων ποιησάμενοι. Καὶ κατεκαύϑη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 
ε 3 Q e ’ Ὺ 4 [ὦ \ 99 
καὶ ab οἰκίαι καὶ at τυρσεις καὶ τὰ σταυρώματα καὶ τἄλλα 
ld - 
πάντα, πλὴν τῆς ἄκρας. 
ῳ 9 ε 3 ἣ 
% Τὴ 9 ὑστεραίᾳ ἀπήεσαν οὗ Ἕλληνες, ἔχοντες τὰ ἐπιτή-- 
3 « 
daa. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τὴν κατάβασιν ἐφοβοῦντο τὴν tis Τραπε- 
ad % ᾿ Φ 
ζοῦντα, πρανὴς γὰρ ἣν καὶ στενή, ψευδενέδραν ἐποιήσαντο 
3 ᾽ ~ “« 
καὶ ἀνήρ, Μυσὸς τὸ γένος, καὶ τοὔνομα τοῦτο ἔχων, τῶν 
Κρητῶν λαβὼν τέτταρας ἢ πέντε, ἔμενεν ἐν havin χωρίῳ, καὶ 
% προςεποιεῖτο τοὺς πολεμίους λανϑάνειν πειράσϑαι" at δὲ 
’ 3 oo 2 “Ψὕ 3 
πέλται αὐτῶν ἀλλῃ καὶ ἄλλῃ διεφαίνοντο, χαλκαῖ οὔσαι. 
ε ἢ 3 ° « c # - ε ᾿ 
Οἱ μὲν ovr πολέμιοι, ταῦτα ορῶντες, ἐφοβοῦντο ὡς ἐνέδραν 
- ε e ᾿ 3 ν 
ovony’ ἢ δὲ στρατιὰ ἐν τούτῳ κατέβαινεν. ‘Enel δὲ ἐδό- 
καὶ ἱκανὸν ἤδη ὑπεληλυϑέναι τῷ Μυσῷ, ἐσήμηνε φεύγειν 
420 > 8 ’ : a, a t a , a e 4 δ « 
aya xgatos’ καὶ ὃς ἐξαναστὰς φεύγει καὶ ob σὺν αὑτῷ. 
~ bad o 
Kai of μὲν ἄλλοι Κρῆτες (ἁλίσκεσθαι yao ἔφασαν τῷ δρο- 
ἢ . ~~ ~ la 
μῳ) ἐχπεσόντες ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ εἰς ὕλην κατὰ τὰς vanag κυ- 
4 eet 0 
λινδούμενοι ἐσώϑησαν." ὃ Muoog δέ, κατὰ τὴν odor qev- 


130 ΞΕΝΟΦΏΝΤΟΣ [B6. Ε. 


« ᾽ 3 φῶ 3 Γ 
γων, ἐβύα βοηϑεῖν᾽ καὶ ἐβοήθησαν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀνέλαβον 
’ e > e > 

τετρωμένον. Καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐπὶ πόδα ἀνεχώρησαν βαλλόμε- 

« ᾽ Q 3 t e ° “ -» 
vor οἱ βοηϑήσαντες, καὶ ἀντιτοξεύοντές τινες τῶν Κρητῶν 
© 3 ~ “ a ὔ [1 
οὕτως ἀφικνοῦνται ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον πάντες σῶοε ὄντες. 


Κεφάλαιον γ΄, 


9 , ε Φ bd ~ 3 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ οὔτε ὃ Χειρίσοφος ἧκεν, οὔτε πλοῖα ἱκανὰ ἤν, ὃ 
»” 3 3 ’ Ύ 
οὔτε τὰ ἐπιτήδεια nv λαμβάνειν ἔτι, ἐδόκει ἀπιτέον εἶναι. 
. ~ U 3 ae 
Καὶ ἐς μὲν τὰ πλοῖα τούς τε ἀσϑενοῦντας ἐνεβίβασαν, καὶ 
τοὺς ὑπὲρ τετταράκοντα ἔτη, καὶ παῖδας καὶ γυναῖκας καὶ 
~ - ° . 2). 6 τ»ν re Ν μ " 
τῶν σκευων οσὰ μὴ ἀναγκὴ HY ἔχειν" καὶ Φιλήσιον καὶ Σ- 
φαΐνετον, τοὺς πρεσβυτάτους τῶν στρατηγῶν, εἰςβιβάσαν- Ὁ 
τες, τούτων ἐκέλευον ἐπιμελεῖσϑαι" ob δὲ ἄλλοι ἐπορεύοντο" 
ς . ¢@ ε ’ 3 . ? ~ ? 
ἢ δὲ οδὸς ὁδοποιουμένη ἢν. Καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται πορευόμενοι 
» - ~ , € y~ ~ ’ 
εἰς Κερασοῦντα τριταῖοι, πόλιν ᾿Ελληνίδα, ἐπὶ τῇ Ξϑαλαττῃ, 
᾿ Cd > | ~ 
Σινωπέων ἄποικον, ἐν τῇ Κολχίδι χώρᾳ. EvtavSa ἔμειναν 
ς- ’ ° \ ope > ~ Ὁ ’ 4-2 
ἡμέρας déxa’ καὶ ἐξέτασις ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις ἐγίγνετο καὶ agi 16 
, 2 ? 
Succ, καὶ ἐγένοντο οκτακιςχίλιοι καὶ ἑξακόσιοι. Οὗτοι 
μ 7 
~ 3 8 3 
ἐσώϑησαν ἐκ τῶν ἀμφὶ τοὺς μυρίους" οἵ δὲ ἄλλοι ἀπώλοντο 
“ - 4 
ὑπό τὲ τῶν πολεμίων καὶ τῆς χιόνος, καὶ εἴ τις νόσῳ. 
‘© = ’ 9 [] 
“Evtavda καὶ διαλαμβάνουσι τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων 
t 3 ὲ . " ca ~ 2 ’ 
γενόμενον ἀργυριον᾽ καὶ τὴν δεκάτην, ἣν τῷ «Ἀπόλλωνι Ὁ 
~ ~ 82,ς 3 ’ ’ 
ἐξεῖλον καὶ ty Lpecig Αρτέμιδι, διέλαβον οἱ oteatnyot, τὸ 
’ e , ~ ~ ὠς 3 Ἁ , ’ 
μέρος ἕκαστος, φυλάττειν τοῖς ϑεοῖς " ἀντὶ δὲ Χειρισόφου 
᾿ ς 3 ~ , a - τ - > 
Ἱγέων ὁ Ασιναῖος ἔλαβε. Ξενοφῶν οὖν τὸ μὲν τοῦ Anol- 
2 ’ 3 
λωνος avadnuc ποιησάμενος, ἀνατέϑησιν εἰς τὸν ἐν Δεῖ. 
~ “Ὁ 3 ε 
φοῖς τῶν αϑηνχίων ϑησαυρόν, καὶ ἐπέγραψε τό te αὖ- A 
- ’ > 6 
Tov ὄνομα καὶ τὸ Προξένου, ὃς σὺν Κλεάρχῳ ἀπέθανε" ξὲ- 
a τ > x) ‘ ~ 9 ’ ~ WH [1 
vos γὰρ ἢν αὐτῷ. Τὸ δὲ τῆς Αρτέμιδος τῆς Eqealas, ore 
2 » . 23 ’ ; ~ %, » ἢ > ‘ ce? 
anne σὺν Aynotkaw ἐκ τῆς Ασίας τὴν εἰς Βοιωτοὺς odor, 
’ ws ~ 3 , ε 3 
κατέλιπε παρὰ ΜΜεγαβύζῳ τῷ τῆς “Δρτέμιδος νεωκόρῳ, ὅτι av- 


(ἐφ. γ΄.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIS. 191 


τὸς κινδυνεύσων ἐδόκει ἰέναι [μετὰ ᾿4γησιλάου ἐν Κορωνείᾳ" 
cy ’ an 4 >? 86 ~ ~.? “ 2 ’ 
καὶ ἐπέστειλεν, ἣν μὲν αὐτὸς σωϑῇ, ἑαυτῷ ἀποδοῦναι" εἰ δέ 
ὔ 3’ ~ a - 2 ’ ε PY) 
τὸ πάϑοι, ἀναϑεῖναι, ποιησάμενον τῇ Αρτέμιδι, ὁ tt οἴοιτο 
~ « > 4 >? » aa) w * Ὁ 
χαριεῖσθαι τῇ Fen. Enei δ᾽ ἔφυγεν ὁ Ξενοφῶν, xatorxovr- 
3 lad ad 
τος ἤδη αὑτοῦ ἐν Σκιλλοῦντι, ὑπὸ τῶν “ακεδαιμονίων οἱ- 
3 3 
κισϑέντι παρὰ τὴν Ολυμπίαν, ἀφικνεῖται Μεγάβυζος εἰς 
9 3 
Ολυμπίαν ϑεωρήσων, καὶ ἀποδίδωσι τὴν παρακαταϑήκην 
> »ν "»" “- δὲ λ ? ’ > ῳ « 9 “ © 
αὐτῷ. evopuv δὲ λαβών, χωρίον ὠνεῖται τῇ ϑεῷ, ὅπου 
9 “Ὁ ες ᾿ we 
ἀνεῖλεν ὃ ϑεός. Ἔτυχε δὲ διὰ μέσου ῥέων τοῦ χωρίου 
) ποταμὸς Σελινοῦς. Καὶ ἐν ᾿Εφέσῳ δὲ παρὰ τὸν τῆς ᾿Αρτέ- 
μιδος νεὼν Σελινοῦς ποταμὸς παραῤῥεῖ, καὶ ἰχϑύες δὲ ἐν 
3 ’ 4 4 t 4 Ἢ > ΠῚ e "“ 
ἀμφοτέροις ἔνεισι καὶ xoyyar’ ἐν δὲ τῷ ἐν Σκιλλοῦντι χω-- 
\ » ’ cP? Ν 3 , 
gf καὶ ϑῆραι πάντων, ὁπόσα ἐστὶν ἀγρευομενα ϑηρία. 
Ire , Q ν 4 e > a ee ~ 2 ᾿ Υ 
ποίησε δὲ καὶ ναὸν καὶ βωμὸν ano τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἀργυρίου 
3 2 ω 
Ῥ καὶ τολοιπὸν ἀεὶ δεκατεύων τὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ὡραῖα, ϑυ- 
olay ἐποίει τῇ Sew’ καὶ πάντες οἱ πολῖται καὶ οἵ πρόςχω-- 
€ ~ aw ~ - 
got, [ὁμοῦ] ἄνδρες καὶ γυναῖκες, μετεῖχον τῆς ἑορτῆς. Πα-- 
- 8 ε ~ w 
ρεῖχε δὲ ἡ ϑεὸς τοῖς σκηνοῦσιν ἄλφιτα, ἄρτους, οἶνον, τρα-- 
“-Ὥ 2 ~ - Cad 
γήματα, καὶ τὼν ϑυομένων ἀπὸ τῆς ἱερᾶς νομῆς λάχος, καὶ 
Cad ’ ’ \ ‘ f 5) ae > ᾿ 
τῶν ϑηρευομένων δές Καὶ γὰρ ϑήραν ἐποιοῦντο εἰς τὴν 
, “ - ww, vie ~~ ~y 
ἑορτὴ» οἵ te Ξενοφῶντος παῖδες καὶ οἱ τῶν ἄλλων πολιτῶν 
οἱ δὲ βουλόμενοι καὶ ἄνδρες συνεϑήρων" καὶ ἡλίσκετο τὰ 
μιὲν ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἱεροῦ χωρίου, τὰ δὲ καὶ ἐκ τῆς Φολόης, 
᾿ [2 
σύες καὶ δορκάδες καὶ ἔλαφοι. Ἔστι δὲ ὃ τόπος, ἢ ἐκ 4α- 
» 9 , ες »Ἤ} ’ 
κεδαίμονος εἰς Ολυμπίαν πορεύονται, ὡς εἴκοσι στάδιοι 
> 2 “Ὁ > ~ 
ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐν Odupnig Διὸς ἱεροῦ. Ἔνι δ᾽ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τόπῳ 
Q a Q 2” N » ’ +, ς 4 
δαὶ [λειμὼν καὶ] ἄλση καὶ ὄρη δένδρων μεστά, ἱκανὰ καὶ 
“4 i) ’ ’ ~ 
Gig καὶ αἷγας καὶ δὲς τρέφειν καὶ ἵππους, wets καὶ τὰ τῶν 
> 4 . oF ε ’ ? ne . 4» 3 
εἰς τὴν ἕορτην ἰοντων ὑποζυγια εὐωχεῖσϑαι. Περὶ δ᾽ αὖ- 
8 4 A » ε ᾿ ᾿ [4 a Ἁ 
Toy τὸν vaov ἄλσος ἡμέρων δένδρων ἐφυτευϑη, ooa ἐστὶ 
4 ε «« ε 9 td ε a o “- b Pa ’ 
πρωχτὰ ὡραῖα. O δὲ ναὸς, ὡς μικρὸς μεγάλῳ, τῷ ἐν Εφέ- 
Ὁ 
Ge εἴκασται" καὶ τὸ ξύανον ἔυικεν, ὡς κυπαρίσσινον χρυσῷ 
ὃ-Φ bad 9 e , e 4 e 
Ort, τῷ ἐν Εξῳφέσῳ. Kat στήλη ἕστηκε παρὰ τὸν vaoy, 


132 ZENO®RQNTOS [ 3.6. B’ 


γράμματα ἔχουσα᾽ FEPOS O ΧΏΡΟΣ ΤῊΣ APTE- 
MI40Z2. TON JE EXONTA KAI KAPHOTMENON, 

THN MEN JEKATHN KATAOQTEIN EKAZTOS 

ETOTS, EK JE TOF NEPITTOL TON NAON ENF 

2KETAZEIN’ EAN JE ΤΙΣ MH HO ΤΑΥ͂ΤΑ, $ 
THI ΘΕΩΙ MEAHZEL 


Κεφάλαιον 3’. 


Ἔκ Κερασοῦντος δὲ κατὰ ϑάλατεαν μὲν ἐκομίζοντο οἵπερ 
καὶ πρόσϑεν, οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι κατὰ γῆν ἐπορεύοντο. Ἐπεὶ δὲ 
ἦσαν ἐπὶ τοῖς Μοσυνοίκων ὅρίοις, πέμπουσιν εἰς αὐτοὺς 
Τιμησίϑεον τὸν Τραπεζούντιον, πρόξενον ὄντα τῶν οσυ- 10 
γοίχων, ἐρωτῶντες, πότερον ὡς διὰ φιλίας, αὶ ὡς διὰ πολι- 
μίας πορεύσονται τῆς χώρας. Οἱ δ᾽ εἶπον, ὅτι ov διοί- 
σειεν᾽ ἐπίστευον γὰρ τοῖς χωρίοις. ᾿Εντεῦϑεν λέγει ὃ Ti- 
μησίϑεος, ὅτι πολέμιοί εἰσιν αὐτοῖς of ἐκ τοῦ ἐπέκεινα " καὶ 
ἐδόκει καλέσαί ἐκείνους, εἰ βούλοινιο συμμαχίαν ποιήσα- 1δ 
ofa’ καὶ πεμφϑεὶς ὃ Τιμησίϑεος, ἧκεν ἄγων τοὺς ἄρ- 
χοντας. Ἐπεὶ δὲ μῳίκοντο, συνῆλϑον οἵ τὸ τῶν ἉἈΔΜοσυνοί- 
κων ἄρχοντες καὶ OF στρατηγοὶ τῶν ᾿ Ελλήνων καὶ ἔλεγε μὲν 
Ξενοφῶν, ἡρμήνευε δὲ Τιμησίϑεος. 

“Ὧ ἄνδρες: ἹΜοσύνοικοι, ἡμεῖς διασωϑῆναι βουλόμεϑα Ὁ 
εἰς τὴν Πλλάδα πεζῇ " πλοῖα γὰρ οὐκ ἔχομεν " κωλύσυσι δὲ 
οὗτοι ἡμᾶς, OG ἀκούομεν ὑμῖν πολεμίους εἶναι. Εἰ οὖν 
βούλεσϑε, ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν ἡμᾶς λαβεῖν συμμάχους, καὶ τιμωρή- 
σασϑαι, εἴ τι πώποϑ᾽ ὑμῶς οὗτοι ἠδίκησαν, καὶ τολοιπὸν 
ὑμῶν ὑπηκόους εἶναι τούτους. Εἰ δὲ ἡμᾶς ἀφήσετε, σκέ- Ὁ 4 
ψασϑε, πόϑεν αὖϑις ἂν τοσαύτην δύναμιν λάβοιτε σύμμα- 
zov.” πρὸς ταῦτα ἀπεκρίνατο ὁ ἄρχων τῶν Μοσυνοίχων, 
ὅτε καὶ βούλοιντο ταῦτα, καὶ δέχοιντο τὴν συμμαχίαν. 
“ἔἌγγετε δή," ἔφη ὃ Ξενοφῶν, “ τί ἡμῶν δεήσεσϑε χρήσασϑαι, 


Keg. δ΄. KYPOr ANABASIS. 133 


ἄν σύμμαχοι υμῶν γενώμεθα; καὶ ὑμεῖς τί οἷοί τὸ ἔσεσϑε 
ἡμῖν συμπρᾶξαι περὶ τῆς διόδου ,᾽ Οἱ δ᾽ εἶπον, “ ὅτι ixa- 
vol ἐσμεν εἰς τὴν χώραν. εἰςβάλλειν ἐκ τοῦ ἐπὶ ϑάτερα τὴν 
τῶν ὑμῖν τὸ καὶ ἡμῖν πολεμίων, καὶ δεῦρο ὑμῖν πέμψαι ναῦς 

518 καὶ ἄνδρας, οἵτινες ὑμῖν συμμαχοῦνταί τε καὶ τὴν ὁδὸν 
ἡγήσονται. 

Ἐπὶ τούτοις πιστὰ δόντες καὶ λαβόντες, ᾧχοντο" καὶ 
ἧκον τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἄγοντες τριακόσια πλοῖα μονόξυλα, καὶ ἐν 
ἑχάστῳ τρεῖς ἄνδρας" ὧν οἱ μὲν δύο ἐκβάντες, εἰς τάξιν 

10 ἔϑεντο τὰ ὅπλα" ὃ δὲ εἷς ἔμενε. Kai οἱ μέν, λαβόντες τὰ 
πλοῖα, ἀπέπλευσαν of δὲ μένοντες ἐξετάξαντο ὧδε" Ἔστη- 
σαν ἀνὰ ἑκατὸν μάλιστα, ὥςπερ οἱ χοροί, ἀντιστοιχοῦντες 
ἀλλήλοις, ἔχοντες γέῤῥα πάντες λευκῶν βοῶν δασέα, εἶκα-- 
σμένα κιττοῦ πετάλῳ᾽ ἐν δὲ τῇ δεξιᾷ παλτὸν ὡς ἐξάπηχυ, 

6 ἔμπροσθεν μὲν λόγχην ἔχον, ὄπισϑεν δὲ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ξύλου 
σφαιφοϑιδές. Χιτωνίσκους δὲ ἐνεδεδύχεσαν ὑπὲρ γονάτων, 
πάχος ὡς λινοῦ στρωματοδέσμου" ἐπὶ δὲ τῇ κεφαλῇ κράνη 
σκύτινα, οἷά meg τὰ Παφλαγονικά, κρώβυλον ἔχοντα κατὰ 
μέσον ἐγγυτάτω τιαροειδῆ " εἶχον δὲ καὶ σαγάρεις σιδηρᾶς. 

80 ᾿Εντεῦϑεν ἐξῆρχε μὲν αὐτῶν εἷς, οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι πάντες δον- 
τες ἐπορεύοντο ἐν ῥυϑμῷ, καὶ διελθόντες διὰ τῶν τάξεων 
καὶ διὰ τῶν ὅπλων τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐπορεύοντο εὐθὺς πρὸς 
τοὺς πολεμίους, ἐπὶ χωρίον», ὃ ἐδόκει ἐπιμαχῴτατον εἶναι" 
ὠκεῖτο δὲ τοῦτο πρὸ τῆς πόλεως, τῆς μητροπόλεως καλου- 

8 μιένης αὐτοῖς, καὶ] ἐχούσης τὸ ἀκρότατον τῶν Moouvoi- 
κῶν καὶ περὶ tuvtoy ὃ πόλεμος HY" οἱ γὰρ ἀεὶ τοῦτ᾽ ἔχον- 
πες ἐδόχουν ἐγκρατεὶς καὶ πάντων ἸΠοσυνοίχων εἶναι. Καὶ 
ἔφασαν τούτους οὐ δικαίως ἔχειν τοῦτο, ἀλλὰ κοινὸν ὃν κα- 
παλαβόντας NASOVEXTELY. 

5 Εἴποντο δ᾽ αὐτοῖς καὶ τῶν Ελλήνων τινές, οὐ ταχϑέντες 
no τῶν στρατηγῶν, ἀλλ᾽ ἁρπαγῆς ἕνεκεν. Of δὲ πολέμιοι, 
σεροςιόντων, τέως μὲν ἡσύχαζον " ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐγγὺς ἐγένοντο τοῦ 
ζαρίου, ἐκδραμόντες τρέπονται αὐτούς" καὶ ἀπέκτειναν συ- 


12 


134 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΊΟΣ [5 ι6. B* 


td Φ ε 
χνοὺς τῶν βαρβάρων, καὶ τῶν συναναβάντων (Ἑλλήνων τι- 
’ v 3 [7 " ᾿ 
γάς, καὶ ἐδίωκον, μέχοις οὗ εἶδον τοὺς “Ἕλληνας βοηϑοῦντας 
3 2 e 
εἶτα δὲ ἀποτραπόμενοι Giyovto’ καὶ ἀποτεμόντες τὰς κε- 
“ Cd ~~ Has “ἦ 
φαλὰς τῶν VEXOW?, ἐπεδείχνυσαν τοῖς te λλησε καὶ τοῖς 
ἑαυτῶ λεμίοις" καὶ ἅμα ἐχόρευον, νό t ἄδοντες. ὃ 
αὐτῶν πολεμίοις" καὶ ἅμα ἐχόρενον, νόμῳ τινὲ ἀδοντες. 
᾿ , a 
Oi δ᾽ Ἕλληνες μάλα ἤχϑοντο, ὅτι τούς te πολεμίους ἐπε- 
[ , Ce. 
ποιήκεσαν Igaucvtepovs, καὶ ὅτι ob ἐξελϑόντες “λληνες σὺν 
»» ’ ty? » . ὃ» , 
αὐτοῖς ἐπεφεύγεσαν, ok ὄντες συχνοί" o οὕπω πρόσϑεν 
. ’ bad U ° 
ἐπεποιήκεσαν ἐν τῇ στρατείᾳ. Ξενοφῶν δέ, συγκαλέσας 
Chas z ~ a 3 
τοὺς Ἕλληνας, εἶπεν" “Ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, μηδὲν adv- 10 
, 3 
μήσητε ἕνεκα τῶν γεγενημένων" ἴστε γὰρ ὅτι καὶ ἀγαϑὸν 
3 w ~ ~ ᾿ “ 
OU μεῖον τοῦ κακοῦ γεγένηται. Πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ἐπίστασϑε, 
ts] e e CC w € ’ rd 2 ’ > 
Ott οἵ μέλλοντες ἡμῖν ἡγήσεσϑαι τῷ Οοντι πολέμιοί εἰσιν, 
ra 4 ε ~ 2 , Ξ » e Q ~ € oe ᾽ Φ 
oicneg καὶ ἡμᾶς ἀνάγκη" ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῶν Elinvey ob 
> we ‘ ~ ς 
ἀμελήσαντες τῆς σὺν ἡμῖν τάξεως, καὶ ixavol ἡγησάμενοι 16 
2 “ῳ , 3 ’ A] Cc ws 
εἶναι σὺν τοῖς βαρβάροις ταὐτὰ πράττειν, ἅπερ σὺν ἡμῖν, 
τ Tv tad ς , ’ 
δίκην δεδώκασιν ᾿ ὥςτε αὐϑις ἥττον τῆς ἡμετέρας ταξεὼς 
3 2 3 " ~ 
ἀπολείψονται. ᾿4λλ᾽ ὑμᾶς δεῖ παρασκευάζεσθαι, ὅπως καὶ 
~ , τ -“ , <7 ᾿ 2 «Ὁ 3 
toig φίλοις ovat τὼν βαρβαρων δοξετε κρείττους αὐτῶν» εἰ- 
. ὡ ° rT) 2 ε 2 ’ 
youl, καὶ τοῖς πολεμίοις δηλωώσετε, OTL οὐχ ομοίοις ἀνδρασι 30 
~ “Ὁ ~ 3 [4 
μαχοῦνται νῦν te καὶ ὅτε τοῖς ἀτάκτοις ἐμαάχοντο.᾽᾽ 
T ’ ‘ 3 ‘ ς, a » . - 3 € 
αὐτὴν μὲν οὖν THY ἡμέραν OUTWS ἔμειναν " τῇ VOTE 
᾿ 2% oe ) , 2 ’ 
ραίᾳ ϑύσαντες, ἐπεὶ ἐκαλλιέρησαν, αἀριστησαντες, ορϑίους 
, ’ , \ ‘ ’ a ‘ 2° 
τοὺς λόχους ποιησάμενοι, καὶ τοὺς βαρβάρους ἐπὶ τὸ εὐω- 
> ’ Ἷ 
γυμὸν κατὰ ταὐτὰ ταξάμενοι ἐπορεύοντο, τοὺς τοξότας με- % 
e; ~ ’ 2 ’ ” bY ε , 4 
ταξυ των λόχων [ὀρϑίων ὄντων] ἔχοντες, ὑπολειπομένους δὲ 
μικρὸν τοῦ στόματος τῶν ὁπλιτῶν. Ἢσαν γὰρ τῶν πολε- 
φ ’ ~ , ? 
μίων, οἱ εἔζωνοι κατατρέχοντες τοῖς λέϑοις ἔβαλλον. Tov- 
- 3 ¢ Ἄ > >. 
τοὺς οὖν ἀνέστελλον οἱ τοξόται καὶ οἱ πελτασταί" of δ᾽ ἀλ- " 
ad ᾿ > 3 tf « 
λοι βάδην ἐπορεύοντο, πρῶτον μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ χωρίον, ap οὐ ty al 
9 e , ° VN ε e > 9ῳ ? 
προτεραίᾳ ot βάρβαροι ἐτράπησαν, καὶ οὐ σὺν αὐτοῖς. Evy- 
- ς ’ 3 > ’ 4 e 1 
ταῦϑα yao οἱ πολέμιοι σαν ἀντιτεταγμένοι. Τους μὲν οὐν 
e Ul 3 
πελταστὰς ἐδέξαντο οἱ βάρβαροι, καὶ ἐμάχοντο" ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐγ- 


10 


Keg. δ᾽. ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIS. 135 


τ ε ~ q 
γὺς ησαν οἵ ὁπλῖται, ἐτράποντο. Καὶ of μὲν πελτασταὶ 
2 “ » 4 ‘ 
εὐθὺς εἵποντο, διώκοντες ἄνω πρὸς THY μητρόπολιν " οἱ δὲ 
ς - > 4 c : LY > »” 3 4 ~ ~ 
ὁπλῖται ἐν τάξει εἵποντο. Enel δ᾽ ἄνω nuav πρὸς ταῖς τῆς 
6 3 [ > Lad a ¢ , € ~ 4 ’ 
μητροπολεὼς οἰκίαις, ἐνταῦϑα δὴ οἱ πολέμιοι ὑμοῦ δὴ Nar 
od 
τες γενύμενοι ἐμάχοντο, καὶ ἐξηκόντιζον τοῖς παλτοῖς" καὶ 
a , , > a e 
ἄλλα δόρατα ἔχοντες παχέα, μακρά, ὅσα ἀνὴρ ἂν φέροι μό- 
~ 3 , 
dis, τούτοις ἐπειρῶντο ἀμύνεσϑαι ἐκ χειρός. 
>, > ε ᾿ 2,4? 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐχ ὑφίεντο οἵ Ἕλληνες, ἀλλ᾽ ὁμόσε ἐχώρουν, 
» ε ° \ » = ce , ‘ 
ἔφυγον οἱ βαρβαροι καὶ ἐντευϑεν, ἀπαντὲς λιποντὲς τὸ χω- 
ε Π 4 2 - « > ~ ? ~ ) > » 
ρίοκ. Ο δὲ βασιλὲυς αὐτῶν, ὁ ἐν τῷ Moore τῷ ἐπ΄ ἄκρου 
2 ’ a ’ ’ ~ ? ~ ’ 
ῳκοδομημένῳ, OF τρέφουσε παντὲς κοινῇ αὑτοῦ μένοντα καὶ 
? 5) ~ Fer ~ 
φυλάττοντα, οὐκ ἤϑελεν ἐξελϑεῖν, οὐδὲ oF ἐν τῷ πρότερον 
’ 3 2 3 “Ὁ mi 
αἱρεϑέντι χωρίῳ᾽ αλλ αὐτοῦ σὺν τοῖς μοσύνοις xatexav- 
3 ᾽ 
ϑησαν. OFS Ἕλληνες, διαρπάζοντες τὸ χωρίον, εὕρισκον 
ϑησαυροὺς ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις ἄρτων γενημένων πατρίους πε- 
~ «ς . , ~ 
ρυσινῶν, ὡς ἔφασαν οἱ Mogurotxoe’ τὸν δὲ νέον σῖτον σὺν 
ἢ καλάμῃ ἀποκείμενον ἦσαν δὲ ζειαὶ of πλεῖ cod 
τῇ καλαμῃ αποκείμενον" ησαν δὲ ζειαὶ at πλεῖσται. Kat 
2 ~ 0 
δελφίνων τεμάχη ἐν ἀμφορεῦσιν εὑρίσκετο τεταριχευμένα, 
, , - fT» ~ y 
καὶ στέαρ ἐν τεύχεσι τῶν δελφίνων, w ἐχρῶντο ob Mouvrol- 
χοι, καϑάπερ ot Ἕλληνες τῷ ἐλαίῳ. Κάρυα δ᾽ ἐπὶ τῶν 
3 , τ a ᾿ ᾿ 3 » iY 2 , 
ανωγαίων ἣν πολλὰ ta πλατέα, οὐκ ἔχοντα διαφυὴν οὐδεμί- 
, ‘ - e . » 
αν. Toviw καὶ πλείστῳ σίτῳ ἐχρωντο ἕψοντες καὶ ἀρτοῦς 
9 - ν᾿ 2 ες « » 9 >e) 
ὑπτῶντες. Οἷνος ὃ εὑρίσκετο, ὃς ἄκρατος μέν, ὀξὺς épaé- 
bad 2 [ 2 
VETO εἶναι ὑπὸ τῆς αὐστηρότητος ᾿ κεραϑεὶς δέ, εὐώδης τε 
καὶ ἡδύς. 
«ς a 1, @ 39 ~ r 4 
Οἱ μὲν δὴ Ελληνες ἀριστήσαντες ἐνταῦϑα, ἐπορεύοντο εἷς 
τὸ πρόσω, παραδόντες τὸ χωρίον τοῖς συμμαχήσασι τῶν 
Moovvoixwy. “Onova δὲ καὶ ἀλλα παρήεσαν χορία τῶν 
~ 2 e 
σὺν τοῖς πολεμίοις ὄντων, τὰ εὑπροςοδώτατα οἱ μὲν ἔλειπον, 
€ , ς ἢ ’ a e ~ ve? 3% ~ 
of δὲ ἑκόντες προςεχώρουν. Ta δὲ πλεῖστα toad HY τῶν 
2 ΕΝ e a > > Baa ἢ , 2 ? 
χωρίων" ἀπεῖχον ai πόλεις ἀπ᾿ ἀλλήλων oradia oydonxorta, 
~ ~ 3 . 3 ’ 
at δὲ πλεῖον, at δὲ μεῖον" ἀναβοώντων δὲ ἀλλήλων συνη- 
4 . ᾿ “ ’ ’ ce « a 
xovoy εἰς τὴν ἑτέραν ἐκ τῆς ἑτέρας πολεῶς. Outes ὑψηλὴ 


136 FENO®NNTOZ [ps δ᾽ 


τε καὶ κοίλη ἢ χώρα ἦν. ᾿ἘἘπεὶ δὲ πορευόμενοι ἐν τοῖς pt 

λοις ἦσαν, ἐπεδείκνυσαν αὐτοῖς παῖδας τῶν εὐδαιμόνων a 
τευτούς, τευ θομμεγοῦς καρύοις ἑφϑοῖς, ἁπαλοὺς καὶ Levxo -ς 
σφόδρα, καὶ ov πολὺ δέοντας ἴσους τὸ πλάτος καὶ τὸ μῆκονα-Ξ 
εἶναι " ποικίλους δὲ τὰ νῶτα, καὶ τὰ ἔμπροσϑεν πάντα ἐστιγ.---- 7 * 
μένους ἀνϑέμιον. ᾿Εζήτουν δὲ καὶ ταῖς ἑταΐραις, αἷς ἤγοκ- =v 
of “Elanves, ἐμφανῶς συγγίγνεσθαι" νόμος γὰρ ἦν σφίσια ἢ τιν 
οὗτος. «Δευκοὶ δὲ πάντες of ἄνδρες καὶ ai γυναῖκες. Τούτου.» = -Ξιαὺς 
ἔλεγον οἵ στρατευσάμενοι βαρβαρφωτάτους διελϑεῖν, καὶ Sal, 
πλεῖστον τῶν “Ἑλληνικῶν γόμων κεχωρισμένους. Ἔν τα “α΄ τε 
γὰρ ὄχλῳ ὄντες, ἐποιοῦν; ἅπερ ἂν ἄνθρωποι ἐν ἐρημίᾳ x01} — «ἡ- 
σειαν, ἄλλως δὲ οὐκ ἂν τολμι ε»" μόνοι τε ὄντες ὅμοιαι» 55 
ἔπραττον, ἅπερ ὧν μετ ἄλλων ὄντες " διελέγοντό τε ἑαυτοῖς, “Ξε “Ὁ, 
καὶ ἐχέλον ἐφ᾽ ἕαυτοῖς, καὶ ὠρχοῦντο ἐφιστάμενοι, ὅπου ps 


gor, ὥςπερ ἄλλοις ἐπιδεικνύμενοι. ᾿ 


Κεφάλαιον ε΄. 


Διὰ ταύτης τῆς χώρας οἱ Ἕλληνες, διά τὸ τῆς πολεμίας ——™ 
καὶ τῆς φιλίας, ἐπορεύϑησαν ὀχτὼ σταϑμούς" καὶ ἀφι- 
κνοῦνται εἰς Χάλυβας. Οὗτοι ὀλίγοι ἦσαν καὶ ὑπήκοοι 
τῶν Μοσυνοίΐκων" καὶ ὃ βίος ἣν τοῖς πλείστοις αὐτῶν ἀπὸ 
σιδηρείας. ᾿Εντεῦϑεν ἀφικνοῦνται εἰς Τιβαρηνούς. Ἢ δὲ 
τῶν Τιβαρηνῶν χώρα πολὺ ἦν πεδινωτέρα, καὶ χωρία εἶχεν 
ἐπὶ ϑαλάττῃ ἧττον ἐρυμνά, Καὶ of στρατηγοὶ ἔχρηζον πρὺς 
τὰ χωρία προρβυλλειν, καὶ τὴν στρατιὰν ὀνηϑῆναὶ τι καὶ 
τὰ ξένια, ἃ ἧκε παρὰ τῶν Τιβαρηνῶν, οὐχ ἐδέχοντο, alk 
ἐπιμεῖναι κελεύσαντες, ἔςτε βουλεύσαιντο, ἐθϑύοντο. Καὶ 
πολλὰ καταϑυσάντων, τέλος ἀπεδείξαντο of μάντεις πάντες 
γνώμην, ὅτι οὐδαμῆ προςΐίεντο of ϑεοὶ τὸν πόλεμον. Ἐ»- 
τεῦϑεν δὴ τὰ ξένια ἐδέξαντο, καὶ ὡς διὰ φιλίας πορευόμενον 


Key. ε᾽.] ΚΥΤΡΟΥ͂ ANABASTS. 137 


ε 3 
δύο ἡμέρας, ἀφίκοντο εἰς Κοτύωρα, πόλιν “Ἑλληνίδα, Σινω- 
U 3 e 3 “- od “ ᾿) 
πέων ἀποίκους, οἰκοῦντας ἐν τῇ Τιβαρηνῶν χώρᾳ. 
Mézots ἐνταῦϑα ἐπέζευσεν ἢ στρατιά, Πλῆϑος tis κα- 
Cod “ 3 ν. - 
ταβάσεως τῆς ὁδοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐν Βαβυλῶνι μάχης ἄχρι εἰς 
δ Κοτύωρα, σταϑμοὶ ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι δύο, παρασάγγαι ἑξακόσιοι 
» 2 ΤΕ 
εἴκοσι, στάδιοι μύριοι καὶ οκτακχιςχίλιοι καὶ ἑξακόσιοι" χοό- 
- ? a bod > ~ ΕΣ ε ᾿ 4 
you πληϑος, οχτῶ pnyeg. Evravda ἔμειναν ἡμέρας τετταρα-- 
᾽ ΕΝ 4 ᾿ - 4 “ ~ 
κοντὰ xub πέντε. Ev δὲ ταύταις πρῶτον μὲν τοῖς ϑεοῖς 
a» a a φ 4 0 e rd 
ἔϑυσαν, καὶ πομπὰς ἐποίησαν κατὰ ἔϑνος ἕκαστος τῶν 
᾿ > ν ᾿ 3 
10 Ἑλλήνων, καὶ ἀγῶνας γυμνικούς. Ta δ᾽ ἐπιτήδεια ἐλάμβα- 
ἢ - a 3 ~ - 
γον, τὰ μὲν ἐκ τῆς Παφλαγονίας, τὰ δ΄ ἐκ τῶν χωρίων τῶν 
re 3 e ~ > Xe? a οἷ 
Κοτυωριτῶν᾽" ov γὰρ παρεῖχον ἀγοράν, οὐδ᾽ εἰς τὸ τεῖχος 
τοὺς ἀσϑενοῦντας ἐδέχοντο. 
ΡῚ δὲ td » 3 [4 . , 4 
Ev δὲ τούτῳ ἔρχονται ἐκ Σινώπης πρέσβεις, φοβούμενον 
- ω - 3 
ᾧ περὶ τῶν Κοτυωριτῶν τῆς te πόλεως (ἡν γὰρ ἐκείνων, καὶ 
φόρους ἐκείνοις ἔφερον), καὶ περὶ τῆς χώρας, OTL ἤκονυν 
δῃουμένην" καὶ ἐλϑόντες ἐς τὸ στρατόπεδον, ἔλεγον * προη- 
’ 4 «ες ’ ΠῚ ’ zy 0 
yooes δὲ ᾿Ἑκατώνυμος, Devos νομιζόμενος εἶναι λέγειν" 
- 3 ~ ~ ᾿ 
“~“Eneupev ἡμᾶς, ὦ ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, ἢ τῶν Σινωπέων 
ld > ° 4 € ad ε > - Q »Ἢ 
20 πόλις, ἐπαινέσοντας Te τμᾶς, οτι ξνικάτε βλληνες ovtss 
’ » 3 Q ’ a e ae w 
βαρβαρους, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ συνησϑησομένους, ore διὰ πολλὼν 
τε καὶ δεινῶν, ὡς ἡμεῖς ἀκούομεν, πραγμάτων σεσωσμένοι 
πάρεστε. ᾿Αξιοῦμεν δὲ, Ἕλληνες ὄντες καὶ αὐτοί, vp ὑμῶν 
» -ι ᾽ ΡῚ e e ’ 4 ἢ Pee Jer 
ὄντων» Βλλήνων ἀγαϑὸν μέν τι πάσχειν, κακὸν δὲ μηδέν" οὐδὲ 
90 γὰρ ἡμεῖς ὑμᾶς οὐδὲν πώποτε ὑπήρξαμεν κακῶς ποιοῦντες. 
~ 4 [4 8 ° 
Κοτυωρῖται δὲ οὗτοι εἰσὶ μὲν ἡμέτεροι ἄποικοι" καὶ τὴν 
“ 3 ~ 
χώραν ἡμεῖς αὑτοῖς ταύτην παραδεδώκαμεν, βαρβάρους ἀφε- 
ee z , 
λόμενοι" διὸ καὶ δασμὸν ἡμὶν φέρουσιν οὗτοι τεταγμένον, 
καὶ Κερὰσούντιοι καὶ Τραπεζούντιοι ὡςαύτως᾽" asd’ ὃ τι ἂν 
9 Φ 4 € [ , Ud 
80 tovTOUS καχον ποιήσητε, ἢ Σινωπέων πόλις νομίζει πασχειν. 
‘aad 4 3 Sd 
Noy δὲ ἀκούομεν, ὑμᾶς εἴς te τὴν πόλιν βίᾳ παρεληλυϑό- 
τας, ἐνίους σκηνοῦν ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις, καὶ ἐκ τῶν χωρίων» 
τ ᾿ 3 - 3 3 
[Big] λαμβάνειν, ὧν ἂν δέησϑε, ov πείϑοντας. Ταῦτ οὖν 
12* 


138 . ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [ Bib. Σ΄. 


3 2 ῳ . 3 a “ 4 2 Γ ςετ».» a 
οὐκ ἀξιοῦμεν" εἰ δὲ ταῦτα ποιήσετε, ἀνάγκη ἡμῖν, καὶ Ko- 
τ »᾿ e n 
evlay καὶ Παφλαγόνας; καὶ ἄλλον, ὄντινα ἂν δυνώμεϑα, 
φίλον ποιεῖσϑαι.᾽" 
4 - > 4 = Cd ε e o εἶ- 
Πρὸς ταῦτα ἀναστὰς Ξενοφῶν ὑπὲρ τῶν στρατιωτῶν 


πεν “Ἡμεῖς δέ, ὦ ἄνδρες Σινωπεῖς, ἥκομεν ἀγαπῶντες, 
ὅτι τὰ σώματα διεσωσάμεϑα καὶ τὰ ὅπλα ov γὰρ ἡμῖν ἣν 
δυνατόν, ἅμα τε χρήματα ἄγειν καὶ φέρειν, καὶ τοῖς πολε-- 
μίοις μάχεσϑαι. Καὶ νῦν, ἐπειδὴ εἰς τὰς ᾿Ελληνίδας πόλεις 
ἤλθομεν, ἐν Τραπιζοῦντι μέν, nagtiy.y γὰρ ἡμῖν ἀγοράν, 
ὠνούμενοι εἴχομεν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, καὶ ἀνθ᾽ ὧν ἐτίμησαν ἡμᾶς, 
καὶ ξένια ἔδωκαν τῇ στρατιᾷ, ἀντετιμῶμεν αὐτούς" καὶ μὴν 
εἴ τις αὐτοῖς φίλας ἦν τῶν βαρβάρων, τούτων ἀπειχόμεϑα" 
τοὺς δὲ πολεμίους αὐτῶν, ἐφ᾽ vic αὐτοὶ ἡγοῖντο, κακὸν 
ἐποιοῦμεν, ὅσον ἐδυνάμεϑα. “Egurate δὲ αὐτούς, ὁποίων 
τινῶν ἡμῶν ἔτυχον" πάρεισι -γὰρ ἐνῚθάδε, ove ἡμῖν ἡγεμό- 
νας διὰ φιλίαν ἡ πόλις συνέπεμψεν. Ὅποι δ᾽ av ἐλϑόι:τες 
ἀγορὰν μὴ ἔχωμεν, ἂν τε sic βάρβαρον γῆν, av τε εἰς ᾿ Ελ- 
Anvida, οὐχ ὕβρει ἀλλ᾽ ἀνάγκῃ λαμβάνομεν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. 
Καὶ Kagdovyous καὶ Χαλδαίους καὶ Ταόύχους, καίπερ βα- 
σιλέως οὐχ ὑπηκόους ὄντας, ὅμως καὶ μάλα φοβεροὺς ὄντας 
πολεμίους ἐκτησάμεϑα, διὰ τὸ ἀνάγκην εἶναι λαμβάνειν τὰ 
ἐπιτήδεια, ἐπεὶ ἀγορὰν ov παρεῖχον. Μάκρωνας δὲ, xalneg 
βαρβάρους ὄντας, ἐπεὶ ἀγοράν, οἵαν ἐδύναντο, παρεῖχον, 
φίλους te ἐνομίζομεν εἶναι, καὶ βίᾳ οὐδὲν ἐλαμβάνομεν τῶν 
ἐκείνων. Κοτυωρίτας δὲ, ovs ὑμετέρους φατὲ εἶναι, εἴ τι 5 
αὐτῶν εἰλήφαμεν, αὐτοὶ αἴτιοι εἰσίν" οὐ γὰρ ὧς φίλιοι 

προςεφέροντο ἡμῖν, ἀλλὰ κλείσαντες τὰς πύλας, οὔτ᾽ εἴσω 

ἐδέχοντο, οὔτ᾽ ἔξω ἀγορὰν ἔπεμπον" ἥἡτιῶντο δὲ τὸν 

παρ᾽ ὑμῶν ἁρμοστὴν τούτων αἴτιον εἶναι. “O δὲ λέ- 

γεις, βίᾳ - παρελϑόντας σκηνοῦν, ἡμεῖς ἠξιοῦμεν τοὺς δ. 
κάμνοντας εἰς τὰς στέγας δέξασϑαι" ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐκ ἀνέῳγον 

τὰς πύλας, ἢ ἡμᾶς ἐδέχετο αὐτὸ τὸ χωρίον, ταὔτῃ εἰςελϑόν- 

τες, ἄλλο μὲν φύδὲν βίαιον ἐποιήσαμεν᾽ σκητνοῦσι δ᾽ ἐν ταῖς 


Κιφ.ς΄.] ᾿ _ ἈΚΥ͂ΡΟΥ ANABASIZ. 139 


στέγαις οἵ κάμνοντες, ta ἑαυτῶν δαπανῶντες " καὶ τὰς πύ-.. 
λας φρουροῦμεν, ὅποις μὴ ἐπὶ τῷ ὑμετέρῳ ἁρμουτῇ ὦσιν οἷ 
κάμνοντες ἡμῶν, ahd kp ἡμῖν ἢ κομίσασϑαι, Srav βουλώ- 
μεϑα. Gi δ᾽ ἄλλοι, ὡς δρᾶτε, σκηνοῦμεν ὑπαΐϑριοε ἐν τῇ 
ὁ τάξει, παρεσκευασμένοι, ἂν μέν τις εὖ ποιῇ, ἀντευποιεῖν" ἂν 
δὲ κακῶς, ἀλέξασϑαι. Ἃ δὲ ἠπείλησας, ὥς, ἣν ὑμῖν δοκῆ, 
Κορύλαν καὶ Παφλαγόνας συμμάχους ποιήσεσϑε ἐφ ἡμᾶς" 
ἡμεῖς δέ, ἣν μὲν ἀνάγκη ἢ, πολεμήσομεν καὶ ἀμφοτέροις " 
ἤδη γὰρ καὶ ἄλλοις πολλαπλασίοις ὑμῶν ἐπολεμήσαμεν" ἂν 
1ὸ δὲ δυκῇ ἡμῖν, καὶ τὸν Παφλαγόνα ποιούμεϑα φίλον. -Axov- 
ομὲν δὲ αὐτὸν καὶ ἐπιϑυμεῖν τῆς ὑμετέρας πόλεως, καὶ χω- 
giay τῶν ἐπιϑαλαττίων. Πειρασόμεϑα οὖν, συμπράττον- 
τες αὐτῷ, ὧν ἐπιϑυμεῖ, φίλοι γίγνεσθαι." 
"Ex τούτου μάλα μὲν δῆλοι ἦσαν οἱ συμπρέσβεις τῷ ᾿Εκα- 
τὸ τωνύμῳ χαλεπαΐνοντες τοῖς εἰρημένοι. Πηρελϑὼν δ᾽ ay 
τῶν ἄλλος, εἶπεν, “ὅτι οὐ πόλεμον ποιησόμενοι ἥκοιεν, GAR 
ἐπιδείξοντες, ὅτι φίλοι εἰσί. Kut ξενίοις, ἣν μὲν ἔλϑητε πρὸς 
τὴν Σινωπέων πόλιν, ἐκεῖ δεξόμεϑα " νῦν δὲ τοὺς ἐνθάδε 
κελεύσομεν διδόναι, ἃ δύνανται" δρῶμεν γὰρ πάντα ἀληϑῆ 

50 ὄντα, ἃ λέγετε." “Ex τούτου ξένιά τε ἔπεμπὸν of Κοτνωρ- 
ται, καὶ οἷ στρατηγοὶ τῶν ᾿Κλλήνων ἐξένιζον τοὺς τῶν Σινρω- 
πέων πρέσβεις " καὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους πολλά τε καὶ ἐπιτήδεια 
διελέγοντο, τά τε ἄλλα καὶ περὶ τῆς λοιπῆς πορείας ἐπυν- 
ϑάνοντο, καὶ ὧν ἑκάτεροι ἐδέοντο. 


Κεφάλαιον ες 


'- Ταύτῃ μὲν οὖν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦτο τὸ τέλος ἐγένετο. Τῇ 
δ᾽ ὑυτεραΐᾳ συνέλεξαν of στρατηγοὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας, καὶ 
ἐδόχει αὐτοῖς περὲ τῆς λοιπῆς πορείας, παρακαλέσαντας 
τοὺς Σινωπέας, βουλεύεσϑαι. Εἴτε γὰρ πεζῇ δέοι ποφεύ- 


140 ΞΈΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ ᾿ς [Bub Ε΄. 


- ε 4 e 
εσϑαι, χρησιμοι av ἐδόκουν evar οἱ Σινωπεῖς ἡγούμενοι 
e 3 - ‘ , ᾽ 
ἔμπειροι γὰρ σαν τῆς Παφλαγονίας " εἴτε κατὰ ϑάλατταν, 
~ ’ , ὃ ’ 4 a x We ς ἢ 
προςδεῖν ἐδόκει Σινωπέων" μόνοι γὰρ ἂν ἐδόκουν ἱκανοὶ 
~ ~ 3 tad we oe e 
εἶναι πλοῖα παραυχεῖν ἀρχοῦντα τῇ στρατιᾷ. Kadéourtes 
3 ’ ° Σ Α » 
ovy τοὺς πρέσβεις συνεβουλευοντο, καὶ ηξίουν, “Ἕλληνας ὃν-" 
τας Ἥλλησι τούτῳ πρῶτον καλῶς δέχεσθαι, τῷ εὔνους τι 
εἶναι καὶ τὰ βέλτιστα συμβουλεύειν. 
9 , . ἔνε ’ - 4 > ᾽ “, 
Avactas δὲ “Βκατώνυμος, πρῶτον μὲν ἀπελογήσατο, περὲ 





οὗ εἶπεν, ὡς τὸν Παφλαγόνα φίλον ποιήσοιντο, ὅτι οὐχ ὡς 
τοῖς Ἕλλησι πολεμησόντων σφῶν εἴποι, ald ὅτι, ἐξὸν τοῖς * 
βαρβάροις φίλους εἶναι, τοὺς “Ελληνας αἱρήσονται. “Ene 
δὲ συμβουλεύειν ἐκέλευον, ἐπευξάμενος ὧδε εἶπεν᾽ “ ER 
μὲν συμβονλεύοιμι, ἃ βέλτιστά μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι, πολλαί μοε----- 
κἀγαϑὰ γένοιτο" εἰ δὲ μή, τἀναντία " αὕτη γὰρ ἢ ing 


19 


συμβουλὴ λεγομένη εἶναι δοκεῖ μοι παρεῖναι" νῦν γὰρ δή-- 
ἂν μὲν εὖ ουμβουλεύσας φανῶ, πολλοὶ ἔσεσϑε οἱ ἐπαινοῦν--------΄ 
τές pe’ ἂν δὲ κακῶς, πολλοὶ ἔσεσϑε οἱ καταρώμενοι.--- --3- 
πράγματα μὲν οὖν οἵδ᾽ ὅτι πολὺ πλείω ἕξομεν, ἐὰν xotco ee 
ϑάλατταν κομίξησϑε᾽ ἡμᾶς γὰρ δεήσει τὰ πλοῖα πορίζειν "5 ~ 
ἣν δὲ κατὰ γῆς στέλλησθε, ὑμᾶς δεήσει τοὺς μαχομένους εἷ----- &-* 
yor. Ὅμως δὲ λεκτέα, ἃ γιγώσκω᾽ ἔμπειρος γάρ εἰμι xo at 
τῆς χώρας τῶν Παφλαγόνων, καὶ τῆς δυνάμεως" ἔχει γὰρ = ἢ 
χώρα ἀμφότερα, καὶ πεδία κάλλιστα καὶ ὄρη ὑφηλότατα. --- 355’ 
Καὶ πρῶτον μὲν οἶδα εὐθύς, 4 τὴν εἰςβολὴν ἀνάγκη ποιεῖ-ττπαῦ-. 
σθαι" οὐ γάρ ἔστιν ἄλλῃ, ἢ ἢ τὰ κέρατα τοῦ ὄρους τῆω» τ! 
ὁδοῦ xaF ἑκάτερά ἐστιν ὑψηλά " ἃ κρατεῖν κατέχοντες κα. aa 
πάνυ ὀλίγον δύναιντ᾽ ἄν" τούτων δὲ κατεχομένων, οὐδ av om «339: 
πάντες ἄνθρωποι δύναιντο διελϑεῖν. Ταῦτα δὲ καὶ δεί------Ξ9;- 
ξαιμι ἄν, εἴ pol τινα βούλοισϑε συμπέμψαι. "Ἔπειτα δᾶξω- τὶ 
oda καὶ πεδία ὄντα καὶ ἱππείαν, ἣν αὐτοὶ of βάρβαροι νο-----4Ὁ. ἢ 
μίζουσι κρείττω εἶναι ἁπάσης τῆς βασιλέως ἱππείας. Kak =! 
γῦν οὗτοι οὐ παρεγένοντο βασιλεῖ καλοῦντι" ἀλλὰ [κα }ξ 1] 
μεῖζον φρονεῖ ὃ ἄρχων αὐτῶν. "Hy δὲ καὶ δυνηϑῆτε τά ram ἢ 


Keg. ς΄. ΚΤΡΟΥ͂ ANABASES. 141 


ὄρη κλέψαι, ἢ φϑάσαι λαβόντες, καὶ ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ κρατῆτε 
μαχόμενοι τούς τε ἱππέας τούτων καὶ πεζῶν μυριάδας πλεῖον 
ἢ δώδεκα, users ἐπὶ ποταμούς, πρῶτον μὲν τὸν Θερμώδοντα, 
εὖρος τριῶν πλέθρων, ὃν χαλεπὸν οἶμαι διαβαΐνειν, ἄλλως 
δτε καὶ πολεμίων πολλῶν μὲν ἔμπροσθεν ὄντων, πολλῶν δὲ 
» ἢ , 7% ’ ε ? 
ὄπιᾳϑεν ἑπομένων " δευτερον δ᾽ ἴριν, τρίπλεϑρον wcautes " 
’ ae ‘> Ψ ~ ’ « 2 a ’ 
τρίτον δ᾽ λυν, ov μεῖον δυοῖν σταδίοιν, ov οὐκ ἂν δύναι-- 
ode ἄνευ πλοίων διαβῆναι" πλοῖα δὲ εἰς ἔσται ὃ παρέχων; 
ὡς δ᾽ αὕτως καὶ ὃ Παρϑένιος ἄβατος" ἐφ᾽ ὃν Sorte ἄν, εἰ 
£0 τὸν “Ἅλυν τοῦτον διαβαίητε. ᾿Εγὼ μὲν οὖν οὐ χαλεπὴν ὑμῖν 
εἶναι νομίζω τὴν πορείαν, ἀλλὰ παντάπασιν ἀδύνατον. “Av 
δὲ πλέητε, ἔστιν ἐνθένδε μὲν εἰς Σινώπην παραπλεῦσαι, ἐκ 
Σινώπης δὲ εἰς Ἡράκλειαν" ἐξ “Hoaxisiag δὲ οὔτε πεζῇ, 
οὔτε κατὰ ϑάλατταν ἀπορία" πολλὰ γὰρ καὶ πλοῖά ἐστιν 
χα ἐν Ηρακλείᾳ.᾽" 
‘Enel δὲ ταῦτα ἔλεξεν, of μὲν ὑπώπτευον, φιλίας ἕνεκα τῆς 
᾿ ’ Y 3 τ ’ > ς 4 ἯἭὝ ε« 
Kogvia λέγειν" χαὶ γὰρ ἣν πρόξενος αὐτῷ οὗ δὲ καὶ ὡς 
δῶρα ληψόμενον διὰ τὴν συμβουλὴν ταύτην᾽ οἱ δ᾽ ὑπώ- 
πτευον καὶ τούτου ἕνεκα λέγειν, ὡς μὴ πεζῷ ἰόντες τὴν Σι- 
6» γωπέων χώραν κακόν τι ἐργάζοιντο. OF δ᾽ οὖν Ἕλληνες 
ἐψηφίσαντο, κατὰ ϑάλατταν τὴν πορείαν ποιεῖσϑαι. Meta 
- = ‘ z, . «εἴ - ¢ 4 Cd 
ταῦτα Ξξενοφὼν εἶπεν NQ Σινωπεῖς, ot μὲν avdges nonr- 
ται πορείαν, ἣν ὑμεῖς συμβουλεύετε᾽ οὕτω δ᾽ ἔχει" εἰ μὲν 
μέλλει πλοῖα ἔσεσθαι ἱκανὰ ἀριϑμῷ, ὡς ἕνα μὴ καταλεί-- 
> πεσϑαι ἐνθάδε, ἡμεῖς δὴ πλέοιμεν ἄν" εἰ δὲ μέλλοιμεν ot 
μὲν καταλείψεσθαι, of δὲ πλεύσεσϑαι, οὐκ ἂν ἐμβαίημεν 
εἰς τὰ πλοῖα. Γιγνώσκομεν yao, ὅτι, ὅπου μὲν ἂν κρατῶ- 
an a ¢ SY 4 ᾽ »” ΕΣ 
“ev, δυναίμεθ᾽ ἂν xai σωξεσϑαι, καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἔχειν" εἰ 
dé που ἥττους τῶν πολεμίων ληφϑησόμεϑα, εὔδηλον δή, ὅτι 
@ ἐν ἀνδραπόδων χώρᾳ ἐσόμεθα ᾿Ακούσαντες τοῦτο ot 
σερέσβεις, πέμπειν ἐκέλευον πρέσβεις. Καὶ πέμπουσι Kod- 
Αίμαχον *Agxada, καὶ ᾿Αρίστωνα ᾿Αϑηναῖον, καὶ Σαμολῶν 
ζάχαιόν' καὶ οἱ μὲν ᾧχοντο. 


142 ΞΈΝΟ ΦΩΝΈΟΣ [8ι0,5΄. 


9 ᾿ BA - ἊΝ »».., - ¢ « A t 
Ἔν δὲ τούτῳ τῷ χούνῳ “Ξενοφῶντι, ὀρῶψτι μὲν πολλοῖς 
“ ᾿ ° - ‘ 4 ᾿ 
ὁπλίτας τῶν “Lidjvev, ὁρῶντι δὲ πολλοὺς πελταστᾶς, πο)» 
, . ᾿ ‘ 
love δὲ xed τοξότας καὶ σφενδονήτας, καὶ ἕππέας δὲ, καὶ 
° > U 3 ~ » 
μάλα ἤδη διὰ τὴν τριβὴν ἱκανούς, ὄντας δ᾽ ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ Ἐν’ 





Sa οὐκ ἂν ἀπ᾿ ὀλέγων χρημάτων τοσαύτη δύναμις nage . 
σκευάσϑη, καλὸν αὐτῷ ἐδόκει sivas καὶ χώραν καὶ dyrrO- 
μιν τῇ Ἑλλάδι προρκτήσασϑαι, πόλιν κατοικίσαντας. FS αὶ 
75 τοῦ at ἂν ἐδύκει αὐτῷ μεγάλη, καταλογιζομένῳ τὸ τὸ 
αὐτῶν πλῆϑος, καὶ τοὺς πιριοίπουντας τὸν Πόντον. roe 
ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐθύετο, τὸν τινὲ εἰπεῖν τῶν στρατιωταεθαθν; 
Σιλανὸν παρακαλέσας, τὸν Κύρου μάντιν γενόμενον, a 
᾿Αμβρακιώτην. Ὃ δὲ Σιλανός, δεδιὼς μὴ γένοιτο ταῦ a” 
καὶ καταμείνειέ ποὺ ἡ στρατιά, ἐκφέρει εἰς τὸ στράτευ᾽͵ «αὐ 
λόγον, ὅτι Ξενοφῶν βούλεται ΣΟ ΈΘΜΕΙΣΕΝ τὴν στρατιάν, eee 
πόλιν οἰκίσαι, καὶ ἑαυτῷ ὄνομα καὶ δύναμιν περιποιήσμαμμαι." ὸ 
σϑαι. Αὐτὸς δὲ ὃ Σιλανὸς ἐβούλετο δτι τάχιστα εἰς το ΞΞΞ ἣν 
“Ελλάδα ἀφικέσθαι," οὖς γὰρ παρὰ Κύρου ἔλαβε τριςχιλίαιεεξον: 
δαρεικούς, ὅτε τὰς δέκα ἡμέρας ἡλήϑευσε ϑυόμενος Keg" 
διεσεσώκει. Tay δὲ στρατιωτῶν, ἐπεὶ ἤκουσαν, τοῖς μὲν ἐ o- 
κει βέλτιστον εἶναι καταμεῖναι, Τοῖς δὲ πολλοῖς οὔ. Tit κα 
σίων δὲ ὃ 4αρδανεύς, καὶ Θώραξ ὃ Βοιώτιος, πρὸς ἐμπ ——0- 
ee τινὰς παρύντας τῶν Ἡρακλεωτῶν καὶ Σινωπέων myonae sae 
‘ort, εἰ μὴ ἐκποριοῦσε τῇ στρατιᾷ μισϑόν, ὥςτε ἔχειν τὰ sr τις 
τήδεια ἐκπλέοντας, ὅτι κινδυνεύσει μεν δὲ τοσαύτη δύναμις ἐν 
τῷ Πόντῳ" βουλένεται γὰρ Ξενοφῶν, καὶ ἡμᾶς παρακαλ- --ι, 
ἐπειδὰν ἔλθη τὰ πλοῖα, τότ᾽ εἰπεῖν ἐξαίφνης: τῇ στρατιᾷ" . 7 aaa 7 


dots, νῦν μὲν δρῶμεν ἡμᾶς ἀπόρους ὄντας, καὶ ἐν τῷ ἀπ» --σό- 


πλῳ ἔχειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, καὶ οἴκαδε ἀπελϑόντας ὀνῆσαΐ - 
τοὺς οἴκον. Ei δὲ βούλεσϑε τῆς κύκλῳ χώρας megi t — -Ὁ7 


an 
Fluvtov οἰκουμένης ἐκλεξάμενοι, ὅπη av βούλησϑε, κατ 
- ’ 2 ’ 
σχεῖν, καὶ τὸν μὲν ϑέλοντα, ἀπιέναι οἴκαδε, tov δὲ slo 
᾿ 2 - - Cc ww o ω Cs] n U 
μένειν αὐτοῦ, πλοῖα δὲ ὑμῖν πάρεστιν, ὥςτε, ὅπη, ἂν Bovl— I 


ad:, ἐξαίφνης ὧν ἐπιπέσοιτε.ἢ Ἢ 


ἐφ. ς΄. ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑ͂ΣΙΣ. 143 


39 ᾿ ~ © » > ~ 4 δ᾿ 
ΑἸνούσαγτες THUTA OF ἔμποροι ἀπηγγελλον ταῖς πόλεσι 
’ > » " 
συνέπεμψε δ᾽ αὐτοῖς Τιμασίων ὃ Δαρδανεὺς ᾿Ερύμαχόν τε 
4 ’ a ’ , ’ , > 84 ni 
τὸν Δαρδανέα, καὶ Θώρακα tov Βοιώτιον, τὰ αὐτὰ ταῦτα 
ἐροῦντας. Σινωπεῖς δὲ καὶ Ἡρακλεῶται ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες 
πέμπουσι πρὸς Τιμασίωνα, καὶ κελεύουσι προστατεῦσαι, 
λαβόντα χρήματα, ὅπως ἐχπλεύσῃ ἢ στρατιά. Ὃ δέ, ἄσμε-- 
γος ἀκούσας, ἐν συλλόγῳ τῶν υτρατιωτῶν ὄντων, λέγει τάδε" 
ai - 1 ε , 
“ Οὐ δεῖ προςέχειν μονῇ, ὦ ἄνδρες, οὐδὲ τῆς “Ελλάδος οὐδὲν 
περὶ πλείονος ποιεῖσϑαι. ᾿Ακούω δὲ τινας ϑύεσϑαι ἐπὶ 
o > ς w λ ’ “rn “ὦ δὲ ε a 2% 2 
τούτῳ, οὐδ᾽ ὑμῖν λέγοντας. ισχνοῦμαι δὲ ὑμῖν, ἐὰν ἐκ-- 
’ > a a , cw 
πλέητε, ano νουμηνίας μισϑοφοραν παρέξειν ὑμῖν Κυζικη- 
4 ¢ - a \ We c ow 39 ‘ ’ » 
vor ἑχάστῳ τοῦ μηνός " καὶ ἄξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Τρνηάδα, ἔν- 
Sey καὶ εἰμὲ φυγάς" καὶ ὑπάρξει ὑμῖν ἢ ἐμὴ πόλις“ ἕκόν.- 
τες γάρ με δέξονται. ᾿Ηγήσομαι δὲ αὐτὸς ἐγώ, ἔνϑεν πολλὰ 
χρήματα λήψεσθε. "Ἔμπειρος δὲ εἶμι τῆς Αἰολίδος καὶ τῆς 
Φρυγίας καὶ τῆς Τρωάδος καὶ τῆς Φαρναβάζου ἀρχῆς πά- 
ans’ τῆς μέν, διὰ τὸ ἐκεῖθεν εἶναι, τῆς δέ, διὰ τὸ συνεστρα- 
τεῦσϑαι ἐν αὐτῇ σὺν Κλεάρχῳ te καὶ Ζερκυλλίδᾳ.᾽" 
Avacras δ᾽ εὐϑὺς Θώραξ ὃ Βοιώτιος, ὃς ἀεὶ περὶ στρα- 
τηγίας Ξενοφῶντι ἐμάχετο, ἔφη, εἶ ἐξέλϑοιεν ἐκ τοῦ Πόντου, 
ἔσεσθαι αὐτοῖς Χεῤῥόνησον, χώραν καλὴν καὶ εὐδαίμονα, 
ὥςτε, τῷ βουλομένῳ, ἐνοικεῖν, τῷ δὲ μὴ βουλομένῳ, ἀπιέναε 
οἴχαδε᾽ γελοῖον δ᾽ εἶναι, ἐν τῇ ᾿Ελλάδι οὔσης χώρας πολλῆς 
- ag ᾿ > 
καὶ ἀφϑόνον, ἐν τῇ βαρβάρων μαστεύειν. ““ἼΕςτε δ᾽ ἀν, 
»Ά 66>» , 3 id , ’ ς “ 
ἔφη, “ ἐκεῖ γένησϑε, xayw, καϑάπερ Τιμασίων, ὑπισχνοῦμαν 
ὑμῖν τὴν μισϑοφοράν. Ταῦτα δ᾽ ἔλεγεν, εἰδώς, ἃ Τιμα- 
σίωνα ot “Ηρακλεῶται καὶ ob Σινωπεῖς ἐπαγγέλοιντο, wore 
ἐκπλεῖν. “O δὲ Ξενοφῶν ἐν τούτῳ ἐσΐγα. “Avooras δὲ Φι- 
λήσιος καὶ “ύκων, of ᾿Αἀχαιοί, ἔλεγον, ὡς δεινὸν εἴη, ἰδίᾳ 
3 φ ε 8 
piv Ξενοφῶντα πείϑειν te καταμένειν, καὶ ϑύεσϑαι ὑπὲρ 
ν « - . e 
Zig μονῆς, μὴ κοινούμενον τῇ στρατιᾷ εἰς δὲ τὸ κοινὸν μη- 
a ? ε Cd 
δὲν ἀγορεύειν περὶ τούτων" ὦςτε ἠναγκάσθη ὁ Ξενοφῶν 
ἀναστῆναι καὶ εἰπεῖν τάδε" 


144 XENOSINTOS (Bb. B. 


““ Ἐγώ, ὦ ἄνδρες, ϑύομαι μέν, ὡς ὁρᾶτε, ὁπόσα δύνα- 
μαι, καὶ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν καὶ ὑπὲρ ἐμαντοῦ, ὅπως ταῦτα τυγχάνω 
καὶ λέγων καὶ νοῶν καὶ πράττων, ὁποῖα μέλλει δμὶγ τε xal- 
λιστα καὶ ἄριστα ἔσεσϑαι καὶ ἐμοί. Καὶ νῦν ἐϑυόμην περὶ 
αὐτοῦ τούταν, εἰ ἄμεινον εἴη ἄρχεσθαι λέγειν εἰς ὑμᾶς καὶ 
πράττειν περὶ τούτων, ἢ παντάπασι μηδ᾽ ἅπτεσϑαι τοῦ 
πράγματος. Σιλανὸς δέ μοὶ ὃ μάντις ἀπεχρίνατο, τὸ μεν 
μέγιστον, τὰ ἱερὰ καλὰ sivas’ ἤδει γὰρ καὶ ἐμὲ οὐχ ange 5 
ὄντα, διὰ τὸ ἀεὶ παρεῖναι τοῖς ἱ ἱεροῖς " ἔλεξε δέ, ὅτι ἐν τοῖς ὅτ 
ροῖς φαΐνοιτό τις δόλος καὶ ἐπιβουλὴ ἐμοί, ὡς ἄρα γιγνώσκχ om “ 
ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐπεβούλευε διαβάλλειν ws πρὸς ὑμᾶς. “Liyvege—t 
γὰρ τὸν λόγον, ὡς ἐγὼ πράττειν ταῦτα διανοοέμην ἤδηη Ο᾽ 
πείσας ὑμᾶς. ᾿Εγὼ δέ, al μὲν ἀποροῦντας ὑμᾶς tages 
τοῦτ᾽ ἂν ἐσκόπουν, ἀφ᾽ οὗ ἂν γένοιτο, ὥςτε λαβόντας ips 
πόλιν, τὸν μὲν βουλόμενον, ἀποπλεῖν ἤδη, τὸν δὲ μὴ pe " 
λόμενον, ἐπεὶ κτήσαιτο ἱκανά, wsts καὶ τοὺς δαυτοῦ οἰκείαιαεοῦι 
ὠφελῆσαί τι. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ὁρῶ ᾧμῖν καὶ τὰ πλοῖα πέμπονεεξξξ 5 
Ἡρακλεώτας. καὶ Σινωπεῖς, ὡςτε ἐχπλεῖν, καὶ μισϑὸν ὑπ" 
σχνουμένους " ὑμῖν ἄνδρας ἀπὸ νουμηνίας, καλόν μοι Somme! 
εἶναι, σογομοζοῦς; ἔνϑα βουλόμεϑα, μισϑὸν τῆς σωτηρίας * 
λαμβάνειν " καὶ αὐτός τε ἀναπαύομαι ἐκείνης τῆς διανοίςΞΞ ΒΡ 
καὶ ὁπόσοι πρός μὲ προφήεσαν, λέγοντες, ὡς χρὴ ταῦ δὶς 
πράττειν, ἀναπαύσασϑαι φημὶ χρῆναι. Οὕτω γὰρ ἀμ τὰ 
σχω" duo μὲν ὄντες πολλοί, ὥςπερ νυνί, δοκεῖτε ἂν pe” 
καὶ ἔ sib as εἶναι, καὶ ἔχειν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια " ἐν γὰρ τῷ xoncT ee ἐν 
ἐστὶ καὶ τὸ λαμβάνειν τὰ τῶν ἡττόνων " διασπασϑέντες a 
καὶ κατὰ μικρὰ γενομένης τῆς δυνάμεως, οὔτ᾽ ἂν τροφὴν Oa oF 
γαισϑὲ λαμβάνειν, οὔτε χαίροντες av ἀπαλλάξαιτε. ox ΞΡ; 7 
οὖν μοι, ἅπερ ὑμῖν, ἐκπορεύεσϑαι εἰς τὴν (“Πλλάδα " καὶ —_ ay 
τις μείνῃ, ἢ ἀπολιπών τινα ληφϑῇ, πρὶν ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ sive 
πᾶν τὸ στράτευμα, κχρίνεσϑαι αὐτὸν ὡς ἀδικοῦντα. Kk 
ὅτῳ δοκεῖ," ἔφη, “ταῦτα, ἀράτω τὴν χείρα." “Avizuve—O” 
ἅπαντες. 





Keg. ζ".] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIS, 145 


Ὃ δὲ Σιλανὸς ἐβόα, καὶ ἐπεχεῖρει λέγειν, ὡς δίκαιον siy 
[1 ’ a o e Ἢ we > J > 7) 
ἀπιέναι tov βουλόμενον. Ot δὲ στρατιῶται οὐκ ηνεΐζχοντο, 
1.» 3 ’ > ~ 3 ὔ 3 ᾿ . 4 
αλλ ἠπείλουν αὐτῷ, εἰ λήψονταν ἀποδιδράσκοντα, τι τὴν 
δίχην ἐπιϑήσοιεν. ᾿Εντεῦϑεν, ἐπεὶ ἔγνωσαν οἵ Ἡρακλεῶται, 
μ .- , - 3 
Sow ἐχπλεῖν δεδογμένον εἴῃ, καὶ Ξενοφῶν αὐτὸς ἐπεψηφικὼς 
εἴη, τὰ μὲν πλοῖα πέμπουσι, τὰ δὲ χρήματα, ἃ ὑπέσχοντο 
[ Ἁ 4 [ 3 fod - lead 
Τιμασίωνν καὶ Θώρακι, ἐψευσμένοι σαν τῆς μισϑοφορᾶς. 
5 ~ ’ ᾿] 
Ἐνταῦϑα ἐκπεπληγμένοι ἦσαν, καὶ ἐδεδίεσαν τὴν στρατιάν, 
’ $ [4 
οἱ τὴν μισϑοφορὰν ὑπεσχημένοι. “αραλαβύντες ovy ov- 
τ >. 
RO τοι καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους στρατηγούς, οἷς ἀνεκεκοίνωντο, ἃ πρό- 
»ἬἬ « > 3 - ᾿ ~ > 
σϑεν ἔπραττον, (ἅπαντες δ᾽ ἤσαν, πλὴν Néwvos tov Aui~ 
γαΐου, ὃς Χειρισόφῳ ὑπεστρατήγει᾽" Χειρίσοφος δὲ οὔπω 
παρῆν) ἔρχονται πρὸς Ξενοφῶντα, καὶ λέγουσιν, ὅτε μετα- 
[ ~ dg ~ os 
μέλοι αὐτοῖς, καὶ δοκοίη κράτιστον εἶναι πλεῖν εἰς Φᾶσιν, 
Ls ἐπεὶ πλοῖα [ἐκεῖ] ἐστι, καὶ κατασχεῖν τὴν Φασιανῶν χώραν. 
3 « ’ 3 [2 
Αἰήτου δ᾽ vidows ἐτύγχανε βασιλεύων αὐτῶν. Ξενοφῶν 
,» »“ ' we Fox A , » 3 Ny ae 
δ᾽ ἀπεκρίνατο, “‘ ore οὐδὲν ay τούτων εἴποι εἰς τὴν στρατιᾶν 
ὑμεῖς δὲ συλλέξαντες," ἔφη, “ εἰ βούλεσϑε, λέγετε. ᾿Ε»- 
- 3 
ταῦϑα ἀποδείκνυται Ἰιὶμασίων ὁ Δαρδανεὺς γνώμην, μὴ 
2 a 
ἢ ἐχχλησιάζειν, alla τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ ἕκαστον λοχαγοὺς πρώτους 
ῳ 3 ~ 
πειρᾶσϑαι πείϑειν. Καὶ ἀπελϑόντες ταῦτα ἐποίουν». 


Κεφάλαιον ζ΄. 


Of δὲ στρατιῶται ἀνεπύϑοντο ταῦτα πραττόμενα. Kai 

ὃ Νέων λέγει, ὡς Ξενοφῶν, ἀναπεπεικὼς τοὺς ἄλλους στρα- 
τηγούς, διανοεῖται ἄγειν ἐξαπατήσας τοὺς στρατιώτας πάλιν 

Φ' εἰς ψᾶσιν. ᾿Αχούσαντες δὲ οἱ στρατιῶται χαλεπῶς ἔφερον" 
καὶ σύλλογοι ἐγίγνοντο, καὶ κύκλοι συνίσταντο" καὶ μάλα 
φοβεροὶ ἦσαν, μὴ ποιήσειαν, οἷα καὶ τοὺς τῶν Κόλχων κή- 
φυκας ἐποίησαν, καὶ τοὺς ἀγορανόμους" ὅσοι γὰρ μὴ εἰς 
τὴν ϑάλατταν ὐὰ Ae κατελεύσϑησαν. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ 1096 


146 ZENOPQNTOZ . [Bb E. 


Cops - » Ὁ > "» € ? ~ . 
ψετὸ ὁ “Ξενοφῶν, ἔδοξεν αὐτῷ ὡς ταχιστα συναγαγεῖν αὐτῶν 
ἀγοράν, καὶ μὴ ἐᾶσαι συλλεγῆναι αὐτομάτους ᾿ καὶ ἐκέλευσε 

ς 2 > V w C 
τὸν κήρυκα συλλέξαι ἀγοράν. Οὗ δ᾽, ἐπεὶ τοῦ κήρυκος 
> ox “ “" 

ἤκουσαν, συνέδραμον καὶ μάλα ἑτοίμως. ᾿Ενταῦϑα Ztv0- 

- ~ ‘ “ 3 ΄ ε; 3 , >. 6 
φὼν τῶν μὲν OTOATHYHY OV xaTHYOgE, Ott ηλϑον προς αὐ" 

, . ὃ 

τόν, λέγει δὲ ὧδε" 

<6 4x0v0) τινὰ διαβαλλειν; ὦ ἄνδρες, ἐμέ, ὡς ἐγὼ ἄρ᾽ 


ἐξαπατήσας ὑμᾶς μέλλω ἄγειν εἰς Φᾶσιν. “Axovoate ow 
ov 
av 10 





pov, πρὸς ϑεῶν" καὶ ἐὰν μὲν ἐγὼ φαίνωμαι ἀδικῶν, 
χρή μὲ ἐνθένδε ἀπελϑεῖν, πρὸν ἂν δῶ [τὴ»] δίκην" 
δ᾽ ὑμῖν φαίνωνται ἀδικοῦντες of ἐμὲ διαβάλλοντες, ovme δ᾽ 
αὐτοῖς χρῆσϑε, ὥςπερ ἄξιον. Ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐπίστασϑε δήπ᾽ Ὁ" 
δπόϑεν ὃ ἥλιος ἀνίσχει, καὶ ὅποι δύεται" καὶ ὅτι, ἐὰν 

τις εἰς τὴν Ἑλλαδα μέλλῃ ἱέναι, πρὸς ἑσπέραν δεὶ 09 
soda’ ἐὰν δὲ τις βούληται εἰς τοὺς βαρβάρους, τοὔμπα.--- 

πρὸς ἕω. Ἔστιν οὖν, ὅςτις τοῦτο δύναιτ᾽ ἂν ὑμᾶς sage ir 


λιν 


σαι, ὡς ὃ ἥλιος, ἔνϑεν μὲν ἀνίσχει, δύεται δ᾽ ἐνταῦϑα" = 


4 - ‘“ = 10 
Sev δὲ δύεται, ἀνίσχει δ᾽ ἐντεῦϑεν ; ᾿Αλλὰ μὴν καὶ τοῦτ΄ 
γε ἐπίστασθε, ὅτι ὁ Βορέας μὲν ἔξω τοῦ Πόντου sig 1 Ἐπ ; 


“Σλλάδα φέρει, Notos δὲ εἴσω εἰς Φᾶσιν" καὶ λέγετε, oro” 
ὃ “Βοῤῥᾶς πνέῃ, ὡς καλοὶ πλοῖ εἶσιν sic τὴν “Ελλάδα. Τοῦτ τὸ 
οὖν ἔστιν ὅπως τις ἂν ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατήσαι, ost ἐμβαίνεινααες ~ ται 
ὑπόταν Notos πνέῃ; ᾿Αλλὰ γὰρ [ὑμᾶς], ὁπόταν" γαλήνη 5:5. ἦ, 
ἐμβιβῶ. Οὐκοῦν ἐγὼ μὲν ἐν ἑνὶ πλοίῳ πλευσοῦμαι, ὑ υμεὶς ὁ. 45 
τοὐλάχιστον ἐν ἑκατόν. Πῶς ἂν οὖν ὑμᾶς ἐγὼ ἢ βιασαίμηπ- 

σὺν ἐμοὶ πλεῖν, μὴ βουλομένους, ἢ ἐξαπατήσας ἄγοιμιξαε. “ν, 
How δ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατηϑέντας καὶ καταγοητευϑόντας én 
ἐμὸν ἢ ἥκειν εἰς Φᾶσιν" καὶ δὴ καὶ ἀποβαίνομεν εἰς τὴν χώ--- 
ραν ᾿ γνώσεσϑε δήπου, ὅτι οὐκ ἐν τῇ “Ἑλλάδι ἐστέ" καὶ ye 
μὲν ἔσομαι ὁ ἐξηπατηκὼς εἷς [ὑμᾶς], ὑμεῖς δὲ of éynarg— . 
μένοι ἐγγὺς μυρίων, ἔχοντες ὅπλα. Πῶς ἂν οὖν εἷς ἀνὴρ 
μᾶλλον δοίη δίκην, ἢ οὕτω περὶ αὑτοῦ τε καὶ ὑμῶν βου- 
λευόμενος ; ᾿Αλλ: οὗτοί εἶσιν of λόγοι ἀνδρῶν καὶ ἠλιϑίων, 


Keg. ξ΄. KPO? ANABASIS. 147 


5" 9 
καὶ ἐμοὶ φϑονούντων, ὅτι ἐγὼ Up ὑμῶν τιμῶμαι. Χαΐτοι 
? ᾿ > ins “- δ > » ‘ 
ov δικαίως y ἂν μοι φϑονοῖεν. Tiva γὰρ αὐτῶν ἐγὼ xw- 
? Moar ΡῈ ’ 2 , ε» n”n , 
dow ἢ λέγειν, εἴ τίς τι δυναται ἀγαϑὺν ἐν ὑμῖν, ἡ μαχεσϑαι, 
»" ᾿ ε 4 ε “ὦ Q ed nv ’ Q 
εἴ tig ἐθέλει, ὑπὲρ Uso TE καὶ ἑαυτοῦ, ἡ ἐγρηγορέναι περὶ 
Lad ’ 2 
δ τῆς Ὁμετέρας ἀσφαλείας ἐπιμελόμενον; Th γάρ; ἄρχοντας 
e ’ ς lad 4 ’ 2 [4 39 3 
αἱρουμένων ὑμῶν, ἐγὼ τίνι ἐμποδων. εἰμι; Παρίημι, ἀρ- 
’ s ra 3 ’ ᾧ ω- cw ’ 3 ry ‘ 
χέτω " μόνον ayatoy τι΄ nowy ὑμὰς φαιγέσϑω. Adda γὰρ 
a 3 “-- ? 
ἐμοὶ μὲν ἀρκεῖ περὶ τούτων τὰ εἰρημένα εἰ δὲ τις ὑμῶν ἢ 
> .υ 2e Ν led a ΕΝ “- a »» δ td 
autos ἐξαπατήϑηγαι ἂν οἴεται ταῦτα, ἢ ἄλλον ἐξχπατῆσαι 
10 ταῦτα, λέγων διδασκέτω. Ὅταν δὲ τούτων ἅλις ἔχητε, μὴ 
3 ’ 4 an 3 ’ tr ¢ ὦ 3 “ὦ - >. 
ἀπέλθητε, πρὶν ἂν ἀκούσητε, οἷον ὁρῶ ἐν TH στρατιᾷ ἀρ- 
χόμενον πρᾶγμα ὃ εἰ ἔπεισι, καὶ ἔσται, οἷον ὑποδείχνυσιν, 
- εω ’ .c » > # ᾽ν ’ . 
ὥρα ἡμῖν βουλεύεσθαι περὶ ἡμῶν αὑτῶν, μη κακιστοί τὸ καὶ 
“Ὃ » - SY ΠῚ - Ἁ 4 5 , 
αἴσχισεοι ἄνδρες φανῶμεν καὶ πρὸς ϑεῶν καὶ πρὸς ανϑρώ- 
nov καὶ φιλίων καὶ πολεμίων, καὶ καταφρονηϑὼμεν.᾽" 
3 ’ - ε - ’ ’ « . 
Axovourtes ταῦτα ob στρατιῶται, ἐθϑαυμασὰν τε, ὁ τι εἴη, 
3 2» 
καὶ λέγειν ἐκέλευον. “Ex τούτου ἄρχεται πάλιν᾽ “ Ἐπίστα- 
a 3 ~ 9 ~ . ῳ 
σϑὲέ που, ote χωρία nv ἐν τοῖς ὃρεσι τοῖς βαρβαρικοῖς φίλια 
τοῖς Ksgacovretorg, ὅϑεν κατιόντες τινὲς καὶ ἐρέται ἐπώλουν 
20 ἡμῖν», καὶ ἄλλα, ὧν εἶχον. Δοκοῦσι δὲ μοι καὶ ὑμῶν τι-- 
γες, εἰς τὸ ἐγγυτάτω χωρίον τούτων ἐλϑόντες, ἀγοράσαντές 
τι, πάλιν ἐλϑεν. Τοῦτο καταμαϑὼν Κλεάρετος ὁ λοχαγὸς 
> ᾿ , 3» y 2. » ‘ ἢ 
ott καὶ μικρὸν εἴη καὶ ἀφύλακτον, διὰ τὸ φίλιον νομίζειν 
᾿ 3 » 3 
εἶναι, ἔρχεται ἐπὶ αὐτοὺς τῆς νυκτός, ὡς πορϑήσων, οὐδενὶ 
Ξε ἡμῶν εἰπών. Arevevonto δὲ, εἰ λάβοι τόδε τὸ χωρίον, εἰς 
4 [ ~ a > “Ὃ 
μὲν τὸ στράτευμα μηκέτι ἐλϑεῖν, ἐμβὰς δ᾽ εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, ἐν 
tv δὴ “ ᾿ 
ᾧ ἐτύγχανον οὗ σύσκηνοι αὐτοῦ παραπλέοντες, καὶ ἐνθέμε-- 
3 ’ w 
γος, εἶ τι λάβοι, ἀποπλέων οἴχεσϑαι ἔξω tov Πόντου. Kas 
“ > ὦ td 
ταῦτα συνωμολόγησαν αὑτῷ οἱ ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου σύσκηνοι, ὡς 
BO ἐγὼ νῦν αἰσϑάνομαι. Παρακαλέσας ovr, ὁπόσους ἔπειϑεν, 
1 4 4 Π ’ 4 3? 8 ’ ε ’ 
ἢγεν ἐπὶ τὸ χωρίον. Πορευόμενον δὲ αὑτὸν pdaver nus- 
° 2 
ge γενομένη, καὶ συστάντες οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ἀπὸ ἰσχυρῶν 
’ 3 
τόπων βάλλοντες καὶ naiortec, τόν τὸ Κλεάρετον anoxtel- 


\ 


148 ΞΈΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ Bib. Ε΄. 


᾽ ’ ᾿ 

yovot καὶ τῶν ἀλλων συχνούς" οὲ δέ τιγες χαὶ εἰς Κιρα- 

pe > ~ 3 ~ ~ > % ~ τ 
σουνταὰ αἀντῶν ἀποχζώροῦσι. Ταῦτα & ἢ» ἐν TH ἡμέρᾳ, ἢ 
€ ~ ~- .- - - a” e , » 
ἡμεῖς δεῦρο ἐξωρμῶμεν πεζῆ. Ἴων δὲ παραπλεόντων et 

a 3 r “- ΕΣ Pd € - 
τινὲς your ἐν Κερασοῦντι, οὕπω ἀνηγμέτοι. Meta τοῦτθν» 
« ς , ᾿ 2 “ “ = ὃ“ 6 
wo οἱ Ksgavovrtioes λέγουσιν", ἀφικνοῦνται τῶν ἐκ tov Z 

ἱ ~ > ὃ - , 8 4 ν e «4 τ" 
ρἷου τρεῖς ardges τῶν γεραιτερῶν, πρὸς τὸ χοινθν τὸ NYS 





ρον χρηζοντες: ἐλϑ εἴν. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ ἡμᾶς οὐ χατέλαβον, πρὸς F ov 
Κερασονυντίους ἔλεγον, ὅτι ϑαυμάξοιεν, sb ἡμῖν δόξειεν ae 


Ὁ >? , 
ϑεῖν ἐπὶ αὐτούς. ᾿Επεὶ pores σφεῖς λέγειν, ἔφα a” 


αὖ- 


Ort οὐκ ἀπὸ κοινοῦ γένοιτο τὸ πρᾶγμα, ἥδεσϑαϊΐί τε 
τοὺς καὶ μέλλειν πλεῖν δεῦρο, ὡς ἡμῖν λέξαι τὰ γενόμ am 
καὶ τοὺς νεχροὺς κέλενειν αὐτοὺς θάπτειν λαβόντας κ΄ 

τούτου δεομένου. Tuy δ᾽ ἀποφυγόντων τινὲς “sss” 


ἔτυχον ἔτι ὄντες ἐν Κερασοῦντι᾿ αἰσϑόμενοι δὲ τοὺς f= ὍΝ: 
βάρους, ὅποι ἔοιδν, αὐτοῖ τὸ ἐτόλμησαν βάλλειν τοῖς UIs © 
χαὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις παρεκελεύοντο. Καὶ ob ἄνϑρες axoo=— . 

ὲ 


σκουσι, τρεῖς ὄντες οἱ πρεσβείο,. καταλευσθέντες. “Enel 
χαὶ 
τοῦτο ἐγέρετθ, ἔρχονται mg0s ἡμᾶς οὗ ΜΚερασούντιοι, = 
λέγουσι τὸ πράγμα" καὶ ἡμεῖς οἵ στρατηγοὶ ἀχούσαν-- Ὁ ὰ 
’ τὸ ‘ » ΨΥ 
ἠχϑόμεϑά τὸ τοῖς γεγενημένοις, 2ab ἐβουλευόμεϑα om 


~ ~ ~. ry aon. 1027 
τοῖς Κερασουντίοις, πως ἂν ταφεΐίησαν οὗ τὼν Ἑλλήνα»» 


vexgol. Συγκαϑήμενοι δ᾽ Wade τῶν ὅπλων, ἐξαίφν. — ~~" 

ἀκούομεν ϑορύβου πολλοῦ, ‘ Huis, παῖε, Buihe, Palle Ἷ 

Καὶ τάχα δὴ ὃ ὁρῶμεν πολλοὺς προς ϑέοντας, λέϑους [δ᾽ yo ~ = 
=e 


τας ἐν ταῖς χερσέ, τοὺς Os καὶ ἀναιρουμένους. Καὶ οἵ por 
Κερασούντιοι, ὡς ἂν καὶ ἑωρακχότες τὸ παρ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς πρᾶγτ . ᾿ 
μα, δείσειντες ἀποχωροῦσι πρὸς τὰ πλοῖα. Ἦσαν δὲ, as 
dia, οἱ καὶ ἡμῶν ἔδεισαν. Ἔγωχε μὴν ἦλϑον πρὸς εἰ 
τούς, καὶ ἠρώτων, 6 τι ἐστὲ τὸ πρᾶγμα. Τῶν δὲ ἦσαν piv 
οἱ οὐδὲν ἡδεσαν, ὅμως δὲ λίϑους εἶχον ἐν ταῖς χεροῖν -““ 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ [καὶ] εἰδότι τινὶ ἐνέτυχον, λέγει μοι, ὅτε οὗ ayopa— 
γόμοι δεινότατα ποιοῦσι τὸ στράτευμα. Καὶ ἐν τούτῳ τις 
δρᾷ τὸν ἀγορανόμον Ζήλαρχον πρὸς τὴν θάλατταν ἀποχω-- 


«κεφ. ζ΄.} ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ΑΝΑΒΑΣΙΣ. 149 


- . 323» . eg? © » ε ” 5 
ροῦντα καὶ ἀνέκραγεν" οἱ δ, ὡς ἤκουσαν, ὡςπὲρ ἢ συὸς 
2 3 > τ 
- ἀγρίου ἢ ἐλάφου φανέντος, textos ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν. Οἱ δ᾽ αὖ 
? ε - ε - > ς ’ 
Κερασούντιοι, ὡς εἶδον ορμῶντας καϑ' ἑαυτούς, νομίσαντες 
ow ’ , 
ἐπὶ σφᾶς ἔεσϑαι, φεύγουσι δρόμῳ, καὶ ἐμπίπτουσιν εἰς τὴν 
δ ϑάλατταν. Συνειςέπεσον δὲ καὶ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν τινες, καὶ 
ἐπνίγετο, ὅςτις μὴ ἐτύγχανεν ἐπιστάμενος νεῖν. Kal τούτους 
“ 3 4 3 ᾿ e «» 
τί δοχεῖτε; ηδίκουν μὲν οὐδέν, ἔδεισαν δέ, μὴ λυσσα τις 
εδ» ᾿ ἴω «“ 
ὥςπερ κυσὶν ἡμῖν ἐμπεπτώκοι. Et οὖν ταῦτα τοιαῦτα 
» ’ e ς , cw »” “ 
ἔσται, ϑεάσασϑε, οἵα ἡ κατάστασις ἡμῖν ἔσται τῆς στρα- 
~ ¢ ~ a e ’ 2 2» , » 2 9 ᾿ 
40 as. γμεῖς μὲν ob mavteg οὐκ ἔσεσϑε κυριον οὐτ avels— 
’ Ψ - 4 
σϑαι πόλεμον, ᾧ ἂν βούλησϑε, οὔτε καταλῦσαι" ἰδίᾳ δὲ ὃ 
- λό >? to 4 » 2? &% n 29: 7 K >” 
βουλόμενος ἄξει στράτευμα, ἐφ᾽ ὁ τι ἂν ἐϑέλῃ. ἄν τινες 
᾿ ει» ' n > 0 ? no , 
πρὸς ὑμὰς ἴωσι πρέσβεις, ἢ εἰρηνης δεόμενοι ἢ ἄλλου τινὸς, 
κατακτείναντες τούτους οἱ βουλόμενοι, ποιήσουσιν ὑμᾶς τῶν 
’ e » “Ὁ Cd A ε Cd a7 »” ’ [4] 
ES λόγων μὴ ἀκοῦσαι τῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἰόντων. ᾿Επειτα δέ, οὕς 
᾿ n cw Ὁ ; ” > - ’ 
μὲν ἂν ὑμεῖς ἅπαντες ἕλησϑε ἄρχοντας, ἐν οὐδεμιᾷ χώρᾳ 
» . ἡ 2." , ’ \ ’ 
ἔσονται" octic δ᾽ ἂν ἑαυτὸν ἕληται στρατηγόν, καὶ ἐθέλῃ 
: v 
λέγειν, ‘ Badie, βάλλε, οὗτος ἔσται ἱκανὸς καὶ ἀρχοντα xa- 
~ νι 2 , a an c » ’ » na &) 
taxavery καὶ ἰδιωτην, ov αν ὑμῶν ἐθέλῃ, ἄκριτον, nv woLY 
e 0 > » ε SY Cad ’ τ > ε» 
20 οἱ πεισόμενον αὐτῷ, ὡςπὲρ καὶ νῦν ἐγένετο. Οἷα δ᾽ υμῖν 
5 zt ’ 
καὶ διαπεπράχασιν ot αὐϑαΐρετοι οὗτοι atgatnyol, σκέψα- 
, 4 8 «ς« 3 [4 3 a 3 ~ ε wo 
ate. Ζηλαρχος μὲν γὰρ ὁ ayogavouos, εἰ μὲν ἀδικεῖ υμὰᾶς, 
“ 3 ’ 3 4 Cc w ὃ 3 ἢ 3 3 ~ 
οἴχεται ἀποπλέων, ov δοὺς ὑμῖν δίκην" εἰ δὲ μη ἀδικεῖ, 
e 3 ’ 
φεύγει ἐκ τοῦ στρατεύματος, δείσας, μὴ ἀδίκως ἄκριτος 
3 
PS ἀποϑάνῃ. Οἱ δὲ καταλεύσαντες τοὺς πρέσβεις διεπραξα»- 
ἦἷα»ν ld 4 “ ε , 3 load a 3 
TO, ὑμῖν μόνοις μὲν τῶν λληνων εἰς Κερασουντα μὴ ἀσφα- 
ee 3 « 3 [4 
λὲς εἶναι, ἐὰν μὴ σὺν ἰσχύϊ, ἀφικνεῖσθαι" τοὺς δὲ νεκροῦς, 
a ? 2 4 e ° >? ’ 
οὺς προσϑὲν autos ob xataxavorvteg ἐχέλευον Dante, 
’ © ae a e e 3» 3 λὲ + 
τούτους “dtexgatavto μηδὲ σὺν κηρυκίῳ ἔτι ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι 
3 φ ° ’ 3 
ΒΟ ἀγελέσϑαι. Tis γὰρ ἐθελήσει κήρυξ ἱέναι, κήρυκας ἀπε- 
3 3 ἂν ΕῚ , ra 
xtoverc; “AML ἡμεῖς Κερασουντίων ϑάψαι αὐτοὺς ἐδεηϑη- 
> 4 3 Cd 2» os t o Cc ww ec ε : 
μὲν. Et μὲν ovy καλῶς ἔχει ταῦτα, δοξατω υμῖν " wa, ὡς του- 
iter ἐσομέ ὲ φυλακὴν ἰδί ' ὶ τὰ ἐρυμνὰ 
οὕτων ἐσομένων, καὶ φυλακὴν ἰδίᾳ ποιήσῃ τις, καὶ τὰ EQUE 
13* 


150 EENO®RNTOZ [Bb B. 


ὑπερδέξια πειρᾶται ἔχων σκηνοῦν. Ei μέντοι δοκεῖ ὑμῖν 
ϑηρίων, ἀλλὰ μὴ ἀνθρώπων, εἶναι τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔργα, σκο- 
πεῖτε παῦλαν τιν᾽ αὐτῶν εἶ δὲ μή, πρὸς 4ιός, πῶς ἢ ϑεοῖς 
θύσομεν ἡδέως, ποιοῦντες ἔργα ἀσεβῆ, H τοῖς πολεμίοις 
πῶς μαχούμεθα, ἢν ἀλλήλους κατακαΐνωμεν; Πόλις δὲ 
φιλία τίς ἡμᾶς δύξεται, ἥτις ἂν δρᾷ τοσαύτην ἀνομίαν ἐν 
ἡμῖν; ᾿Αγορὰν δὲ τίς ἄξει Dugger, ἢν περὶ τὰ μέγιστα 
τοιαῦτα ἐξαμαρτάνοντες φαινώμεϑα; Ov δὲ δὴ πάντων 
οἰόμεϑα τεύξεσθαι ἐπαΐνου, τίς ἂν ἡμᾶς τοιούτους ὄντα 
ἐπαινέσειεν; ἡμεῖς μὲν γὰρ οἵδ᾽ ὅτι πονηροὺς ἂν φαίημν ἢ 
εἶναι τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα ποιοῦντας 

"Ἐκ τούτου ἀνιστάμενον πάντες ἔλεγον, τοὺς μὲν τού 
ἄρξαντας δοῦναι δίκην, τοῦ δὲ λοιποῦ μηκέτι ἐξεῖναι dvopeies 
ἄρξαι" ἐὰν δέ τις ἄρξῃ, ἄγεσθαι αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ Gavate’ =o 
δὲ στρατηγοὺς εἰς δίκας πάντας καταστῆσαι" εἶναι δὲ ΖΝ 
καὶ εἴ τι ἄλλο τις ἠδίκητο, ἐξ οὗ Κῦρορ ἀπέθανε" δε oO 
στὰς δὲ τοὺς λοχαγοὺς ἐποιήσαντο. Παραινοῦντος δὲ ΖΞ’ 
οφῶντος, καὶ τῶν μάντεων συμβουλευύντον, ἔδοξε καὶ “5 
ϑῆραι τὸ στράτευμα. Καὶ ἐγένετο καϑαρμός. 


Κεφάλαιον η΄. 


Ἔδοξε δὲ καὶ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς δίκην ὑποσχεῖν τοῦ πα ΕἿΣ 
ρεληλυϑότος χρόνου. Kui διδόντες, Φιλήσιος μὲν ΡΣ 
καὶ Ξανϑικλῆς τῆς φυλακῆς τῶν γαυλικῶν χρημάτων ὰ 
μείωμα, εἴκοσι μνᾶς. Σοφαΐνετος δέ, ὅτι ἄρχων αἶρεϑ' 
κατημέλει, δέκα μνᾶς. Ξενοφῶντος δὲ κατηγόρησάν τι 
φάσκοντες παίεσϑαι ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὡς ὑβρίζοντος τὴν x 
τηγορίαν ἐποιοῦντο. Καὶ ὃ Ξενοφῶν ἀναστὰς ἐκέλευσ 
εἰπεῖν τὸν πρῶτον, πρῶτον λέξαντα, ποῦ καὶ ἐπλήγη. Ὃ : 
ἀποχρίνεται" “ Ὅπου καὶ τῷ ῥίγει ἀπωλλύμεϑα, ΒΡ 


Is 


? 


Key. 7°.] KTPOr ANABASIS 151 


χιὼν πλείστη ἦν." Ὃ δ᾽ sinsy* “Ala μὴν καὶ χειμῶνός 
γε ὄντος, οἵου λέγεις, σίτου δὲ ἐπιλελοιπότος, οἴνου δὲ μηδ᾽ 
ὑσφραίνεσϑαι παρόντος, ὑπὸ δὲ πόνων πολλῶν ἀπαγορεύον-- 
των, πολεμίων δὲ ἑπομένων», εἰ ἐν τοιούτῳ καιρῷ ὕβριζον, 
δ ὁμολογῶ καὶ τῶν ὄνων ὑβριστότερος εἶναι " οἷς φασὶν ὑπὸ 
τῆς ἴβρεος κόπον οὐκ ἐγγίγνεσϑαι. Ὅμως δὲ καὶ λέξον, 
ἔφη, “ ἐκ τίνος ἐπλήγης. Πότερον ἤτουν τί σε, καὶ ἐπεὶ 
οὐκ ἐδίδως, ἔπαιον; adh ἀπήτουν; ἀλλὰ περὶ παιδικῶν 
μαχόμενος, ἀλλὰ μεϑύων ἐπαρῴνησα;" Ἐπεὶ δὲ τούτων 
10 οὐδὲν ἔφησεν, ἐπήρετο αὐτόν, εἰ ὅπλιτεύυι " Οὐκ ἔφη" 
πάλιν, εἰ πελτάζοι" Οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἔφη “ ἀλλ ἡμίονον ἤλαυ-- 
γον, ταχϑεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν συσκήνον, ἐλεύϑερος ὧν." Ἐνταῦϑα' 
δὴ ἀναγιγνώσκει τε αὐτόν, καὶ ἤρεεο᾽ “Ἦ σὺ εἶ ὃ τὸν 
κάμνοντα ἀπάγων ;᾽ Ναὶ μὰ Δί᾽," ἔφη " “ σὺ γὰρ ἠνάγ- 
Ιδ καζὲς" τὰ δὲ τῶν ἐμῶν συσκήνων σκεύη διέῤῥιψας.) 
“4λλ: ἡ μὲν διάῤῥδιψις," ἔφη ὃ Ξενοφῶν, “ τοιαύτη τις ἐγέ- 
veto’ Ζ4Διέδωκα ἄλλοις ἄγειν, καὶ ἐκέλευσα πρὸς ἐμὲ ἀπα--: 
γαγεῖν" καὶ ἀπολαβὼν ἅπαντα σῶα ἀπέδονκά σοι, ἐπεὶ καὶ 


3 ’ 4 - ’ 
σὺ ἐμοὶ ἀπέδειξας tov avdga. Οἷον δὲ τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐγένετο, 
ἸῸ > ° 99 » e 66 δ iy >t ° 
ἀκούσατε, ἔφη " “ καὶ γὰρ ἄξιον 
“<"Avng κατελείπετο, διὰ τὸ μηκέτι δύνασθαι πορεύε- 
4 ? 8 a e >» ae [ tid 
σϑαι. Καὶ ἐγὼ τὸν μὲν ἄνδρα τοσοῦιο» ἐγίγνωσκον, ὅτε 
Σ ¢ = ». 3... » ’ - » ς . »» 
εἷς ἡμῶν͵ εἴη" ἡνάγκασα δὲ σε τοῦτον ἀγειν, ὡς μὴ ἀπό- 
᾿ Q [4 « a ¥ Ul C . 9 
λοιτο" καὶ yoo, ὡς ἐγὼ οἶμαι, πολέμιοι ἡμῖν ἐφείποντο. 
~ > “ 
δ Συνέφη τοῦτο ὃ ἄνϑρωπος. “ Οὐκοῦν," ἔφη ὃ Zevoqur, 
“ ᾶΪ »ἬΆ , τ . ~ 5 
ἐπεὶ προὔπεμψα σε, καταλαμβάνω avdic, σὺν τοῖς ὁπισϑο-- 
e t , ’ 3 , ε re ΠῚ >? 
φύλαξι προςιών, βόϑρον oguttovta, ὡς xatogutovta τὸν ἄ»-- 
. 2. 
ϑρωπον" καὶ ἐπιστὰς ἐπήνουν σε. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ παρεστηκότων 
“ é ’ > 3 ᾿ 
ἡμῶν συνέκαμψε τὸ ὀκέλος ὃ ἀνήρ, ἀνέκραγον οὗ παρόντες, 
εἰ “Φ ε »» é 4 2 3 ΝΞ «“ [2 [4 ΝᾺ ε 
9 ore ζὴ 0 ανηρ᾽ ov ὃδ᾽ εἰπες Οποσα γε βονλεταὶ ως 
3. 4 ? ᾿ 3 - ᾿ - 
ἔγωγε αὐτὸν οὐκ ἀξω. Ἐνταῦϑα ἔπαισά σε" αληϑὴ λέ- 
Ν ᾿ bl 9 
ysis’ ἔδοξας γάρ pos εἰδότι ἐοικέναι, ὅτε ἔζη. “ Te 
τ L4 2 , 2 Ὁ 
ou; ” ἔφη, “ ἡττόν τι ἀπέϑαγεν, ἐπεὶ ἐγὼ σοι ἀπέδειξα 


152 ΞΈΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [8ι0.8΄. 


αὐτὸν ;" Καὶ γὰρ ἡμεῖς," ἔφη ὃ Ξενοφῶν, “πάντες 
ἀποθανούμεϑα᾽ τούτου οὖν ἕνεκα ζῶντας ἡμᾶς δεῖ κατο- 
ρυχϑῆναι ;᾽᾽ Τοῦτον μὲν ἀνέχραγον πάντες ὡς ὀλίγας παΐ- 
σειεν " . ἄλλους δὲ ἐκέλευε λέγειν, διὰ τί ἕχαστος ἐπλήγη. 
‘Eni δ᾽ οὐκ ἀνίσταντο, αὐτὸς ἔλεγεν " ὃ 
4“ Hye, ὦ ἄνδρες, ὁμολογῶ, παΐσαι δὴ ἄνδρας πολλοὺς 
ἕγεχεν ἀταξίας, ὅσοις σωζεσϑαι μὲν ἤρκει δι᾽ ὑμᾶς, ἐν τάξει 
τε ἰόντων καὶ μαχομένων, ὅπου δέοι" αὐτοὶ δὲ λιπόντες τὰς 
τάξεις, προϑέοντες ἁρπάζειν ἤϑελον, καὶ ὑμῶν πλεονεκτεῖν. 
Εἰ δὲ τοῦτο πάντες ἐποιοῦμεν, ἅπαντες ἂν ἀπωλόμιϑα." 
"πμδη δὲ καὶ μαλακιζόμενόν τινα, καὶ οὐκ ἐθέλοντα ἀνίστο- 
σϑαι, ἀλλὰ προϊέμενον ἑαυτὸν τοῖς πολεμίοις, καὶ ἔπαισα, 
καὶ ἐβιασάμην πορεύεσϑαι. "Ev γὰρ τῷ ἰσχυρῷ χειμῶνι καὶ 





αὐτός ποτε ἀναμένων τινὰς συσχευδξομεγονς; καϑεζόμενος 
συχνὸν χρόνον, κατέμαϑον ἀναστὰς μόγις, καὶ τὰ σκέλη po’ 
γις ἐκτείνας. ᾿Εν ἐμαυτῷ οὖν i a λαβών, ἐκ τούτου καὶ 
ἄλλον, ὁπότε ἴδοιμι sips apis καὶ βλακεύοντα, ἤλαυνφ | 
τὸ γὰρ κινεῖσθαι καὶ ἀνδρίζεσϑαι παρεῖχε ϑερμασίαν um 


γ 
καὶ ὑγρότητα᾽ τὸ δὲ καϑῆσϑαι καὶ ἡσυχίαν ἔζειν ἑώρφ 5" pat 
\ aA - 2 : - » “ 
ὑπουργὸν ὃν τῷ TE ἀποπήγνυσϑαι τὸ αἷμα, καὶ τῷ ἀποῦ Ν 


πεσϑαι τοὺς τῶν ποδῶν δακτύλους ἅπερ πολλοὺς 19 
ὑμεῖς ἴστε παϑόντας. ᾿ἄλλον δὲ ye ἴσως ὑπολειπόμενόν — a 
διὰ ῥᾳστώνην, καὶ κωλύοντα καὶ ὑμᾶς τοὺς πρόσϑεν ΜῈ ΩΝ 
ἡμᾶς τοὺς ὄπισϑεν πορεύεσϑαι, ἔπαισα πύξ, ὅπως μὴ Acyz — 
_Un0 τῶν πολεμίων παίοιτος Kat γὰρ οὖν νῦν ἔξεστιν α 

τοῖς σωιϑεῖσιν, εἴ τι ὑπ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἔπαϑον παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον, 1 
any λαβεῖν. Εἰ δὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς πολεμίοις ἐγένοντο, th μέγα ce | 
οὕτως ἔπαϑον, ὅτου δίκην ἂν ἠξίουν λαμβάνειν; “Anlov 

pou,” ἔφη, “ὁ λόγος. ᾿Εγὼ γάρ, εἰ μὲν ἐπ᾿ ἀγαϑῷ ἐχκό-΄' "- 
Anca τινα, ἀξιῶ ὑπέχειν δίκην, οἵαν καὶ γονεῖς υἱοῖς καὶ δι--Γ΄ 
δάσκαλοι παισί. Καὶ γὰρ of ἰατροὶ τέμνουσι καὶ καίουσιν 

ἐπ ἀγαϑῷ. Εἰ δὲ ὕβρει νομίζετέ μὲ ταῦτα πράττειν, ἐν-- 
ϑυμήϑητε, ὅτι νῦν ἐγὼ ϑαῤῥῶ σὺν τοῖς ϑεοῖς μᾶλλον, ἢ 


Keg. η΄. KTPOr ANABASI2. 153 


΄ . , , 9 ~ woe . τ , 
τότε, καὶ ϑρασυτερὸς εἰμι νυν, ἢ τοτὲ, καὶ οἵνον πλείω πί-- 
Σ rAd @ WOE ’ ἥν é “OL : ε ~ ς “Ὡ 
γω" ἃ ὅμος οὐδένα παίω" ἐν εὐδίᾳ γὰρ ὁρῶ ὑμᾶς. 
@ 4 3 e - 
Ὅταν δὲ χειμὼν 7, καὶ ϑάλαττα μεγάλη ἐπιφέρηται, ovy 
ὁρᾶτε, Ott καὶ νεύματος μόνου ἕνεκα χαλεπαΐνει μὲν πρω--- 
~ 4 , ~ 
δ ρεὺς τοῖς ἐν πρώρᾳ, χαλεπαίνει δὲ κυβερνήτης τοῖς ἐν πρύ-- 

“ [ ε ᾿ 
ἵμνῃ; Ἱκανὰ γὰρ ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ καὶ μικρὰ ἁμαρτηϑΐντα, 
’ i ’ @ , »” 3 , ν 
πᾶντα συνεπιτρίψαι. Ὅτι δὲ δικαίως ἔπαιον αὐτοὺς, καὶ 
J ~ , , . 23’ 4 2 ᾽ %a 4? ὦ 
ὑμεῖς κατεδικασατε τοτε" ἔχοντες γὰρ ov ψήφους αλλ onlo 
ῷ «Ἡ ««- } ~ 2 ~ 
παρειστήκειτε, καὶ ἐξὴν ὑμῖν ἐπικουρεῖν αὐτοῖς, εἰ ἐβού-- 
3 ᾽ [4 ~ ν 
Wid: ᾿Αλλὰ μὰ Δία οὔτε τούτοις ἐπεκουρεῖτε, οὔτε σὺν 
2 Ἃ . > ~ 2 ’ ᾿ ~ Ὁ ’ , 
ἐμοὶ τὸν ataxtourta ἐπαίετε. Τοιγαροῦν ἐξονσίαν ἐποιή-- 
-ψ 7 > ww ε ᾽ ,) Ὁ > ’ 2 
Gate τοῖς κακὸϊς αὐτῶν, υβρίζειν ἐῶντες avtovs. Oiucs 
4 > ° ~ a > . € , \ ἢ 
yao, εἰ ϑέλετε σκοπεῖν, τοὺς αὐτοὺς εὑρησεσϑαι καὶ ToTE 
- « ᾽ οἵ. ~ « [2 5 
κακίστους, καὶ νῦν ὑβριστοτάτους.  Botuxoc γοῖν ὃ πύκτης, 
ε ’ ’ ’ , ε , > , . ᾿ 
Ἂδ0 Θετταλὸς, tors μὲν διεμαχετο, ὡς κάμνων, ἀσπίδα μὴ φέ- 
᾿ ~ 3 ες > 4 2 , ~ a » 2 
guy’ νῦν δ΄, ὡς ἐγὼ ἀκούω, Κοτυωριτῶν πολλοὺς ἡδὴ ἀπο- 
’ n 3 - ’ 2 ’ > " 
δέδυκεν. 15» οὖν σωφρονῆτε, τούτῳ ταναντία ποιήσετε, ἢ 
[2 ~ a ᾽ 
τοὺς κύνας ποιοῦσι" τυὺς μὲν γὰρ κύνας τοὺς χαλεποὺς τὰς 
8 € ᾿ ° 4 4 , 2 - Ἢ - ᾿ a 
μὲν ἡμέρας διδέασι, tag δὲ νύκτας ἀφιᾶσι" τοῦτον δὲ, ὧν 
oad 8 , a 4 , e ε e 2 , 
20 σωφρονῆτε, τὴν vuxta μὲν δησετε, τὴν δὲ ἡμέραν ἀφήσετε. 
2 ᾽ e ’ w 
᾿Αλλὰ yao,” ἔφη, “ ϑαυμαζω, on, εἰ μὲν τινι ὑμὼν ἀπη- 
Yi 2 ms ad - 
χϑόμην, μέμνησθε, καὶ οὐ σιωπᾶτε" εἰ δὲ τῷ ἢ χειμῶνα 
n ’ > Ἂ 2? ~ v 3 ~ 
ἐπεκούρησα, ἢ πολέμιον ἀπήρυξα, ἡ ασϑενοῦντι ἡ ἀποροῦν-- 
2 ’ Ps 3 3 
τι συνεξεπόρισά τι, τούτων οὐδεὶς μέμνηται " οὐδ᾽ εἴ τινα 
a Od 2 > »ἪἭ᾿ 2 ᾿ 
RS χαλῶς τι ποιοῦντα ἐπηνεσα, ovd εἴ τινα ἄνδρα ἀγαδὸν 
ε ry ’ > a ΡῚ ae 
ὄντα ἐτίμησα, ὡς ἐδυνάμην, οὐδὲ tovtwy μέμνησϑε. ᾿Αλλὰ 
Ὶ ’ Ἅ ΠῚ κ 4, ὦ 4 3 “- 
μὴν καλὸν ye καὶ δίκαιον, καὶ ouroy καὶ ἡδιον, τὼν ἀγαϑὺν 
μᾶλλον, ἢ των κακῶν μεμνησϑαι. 
Joe ’ 3 . 3 ν 3 . a 
Ex τούτου μὲν δὴ ανίσταντο καὶ aveuluynoxoy’ καὶ πε- 


᾿ a “« 
BO ριεγένετο, ὡςτε καλὼς ἔχειν. 





AENODGNLNTOS 


KTPOT ANABAZSENST 


BIBAION ἝΚΤΟΝ. 


Κεφάλαιον a’. 





ἘΚ τούτου δὲ ἐν τῇ διατριβὴ of μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγοᾳᾶς 
ἔζων, of δὲ καὶ ληϊζόμενοι ἐκ τῆς Παφλαγονίας. ἘΞ 
πευον δὲ καὶ of Παφλαγόνες εὖ μάλα τοὺς ἀποσκεδιε’» 
μένους, καὶ τῆς νυχτὸς δὲ τοὺς πρόσω σχηνοῦντας innyor"™ ὶ 
κακουργεῖν" καὶ πολεμικώτατα πρὸς ἀλλήλους εἶχον ἐκ atl 
των. “O δὲ Κορύλας, ὃς ἐτύγχανε tote Παφλαγονίας of. 
Ζζων, πέμπει ππρὰ τοὺς Ἕλληνας πρέσβεις, ἔχοντας ἔπ τὰς 
καὶ στολὰς καλάς, λέγοντας, ὅτε Κορύλας ἕτοιμος εἴη, a ae 
Ἕλληνας μήτε ἀδικεῖν, μήτ᾽ [αὐτὸς] ἀδικεῖσϑαι. OF 


.) 95 ' ° Ἢ Ἢ ° . - -οὔ“ 0 
στρατηγοὶ anexgivayto, ott περὶ μὲν τούτων σὺν τῇ , 
~ U 4 t φ 4 ° > a. κα΄ 
tig βουλεύσοιντο, ἐπὶ ξενίᾳ δὲ ἐδέχοντο αὐτοὺς " πα ἃ 
Ρ»Ρ —_ 


λεσαν δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀνδρῶν, ots ἐδόκει δικαιότατον 2 
ναι. Θύσαντες δὲ βοῦς τῶν αἰχμαλώτων καὶ ἄλλα eg ,"" 
εὐωχίαν μὲν ἀρκοῦσαν παρεῖχον, κατακεΐμενοι δὲ ἐν ones 
σιν ἐδείπνουν, καὶ ἔπινον [ἐν] κερατίνοις ποτηρίοις, 
ἐνετύγχανον ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ. 

᾿Επεὶ δὲ αἵ σπονδαὶ te ἐγένοντο καὶ ἐπαιώνισαν, ἀνέσα OT 
σαν πρῶτον μὲν Θρᾷκες, καὶ πρὸς αὐλὸν ὠρχοῦντο σὺν τ 2 
ὕπλοις, καὶ ἤἥλλοντο ὑψηλά τε καὶ κούφως, καὶ ταῖς — = a 
χαΐραις ἐχρῶντο" τέλος δὲ ὃ ἕτερος τὸν ἕτερον males, ad 


o 
— 


2 
οἷς Ἡ 


Keg. α΄. ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIS. 155 


πᾶσι δοκεῖν πεπληγέναι tov ἄνδρα, ὃ δ᾽ ἔπεσε τεχνικῶς 
3 
πως. Kat ἀνέκραγον οἵ Παφλαγόνες. Καὶ ὃ μὲν σχυ- 
λεύσας τὰ ὅπλα, τοῦ ἑτέρου, ἐξήει ἄδων τὸν Σιτάλκαν" ἂλ- 
λοι δὲ τῶν Θρᾳκῶν τὸν ἕτερον ἐξέφερον ὡς τεϑνεῶτα" ἦν 
4 ? e ᾿ “ὦ «ὦ 
608 οὐδὲν πεπονϑώς. Meta τοῦτο Αἰνιᾶνες καὶ Μάγνητες 
> » 3 “ ’ os 
ἀνέστησαν, οὗ ὠρχοῦντο τὴν xagnalay καλουμένην ἐν τοῖς 
e x .ο 4 ’ ~ 3 , 3 e " ε , 
ὁπλοις. δὲ τρόπος τῆς ὀρχήσεως ἣν ὅὃδε᾽ ὃ μὲν παρα- 
ϑέμενος τὰ ὅπλα σπείρει καὶ ξευγηλατεῖ, πυκνὰ μεταστρε- 
, ε ’ 4 ° 
φομενος, ὡς φοβούμενος ; ληστὴς δὲ προςζεέρζχεται " ὃ δ᾽, ἐπει- 
‘ οἵ, 2 -Ἠ ε ’ ν. oe Q ’ Ϊ 
10 day προυΐδηται, ἁπαντὰᾷ ἁρπάσας τὰ ὅπλα, καὶ μάχεται πρὸ 
~ ’ 5 nN [4 - 5 ς “-“ , ® 
τοῦ ζεύγους “καὶ οὗτοι ταῦτ ἐποίουν ἐν ῥυϑμῷ πρὸς τὸν 
a4 ν» ᾿ 4 ° € a g 4 »” Q ἢ βῳ 
αὐλον " καὶ τέλος o ληστῆς δήσας τὸν ἀνδρα καὶ τὸ ζεῦγος 
3 Φ ἃ ἢ a 4 ε tA a ,γς 3 4 
ἀπάγειν" ἐνίοτε δὲ καὶ ὁ ζευγηλάτης τὸν λῃστήν" εἶτα παρὰ 
4 “Ὁ Ie 3 ’ 4, ~ ¢ ’ 
τοὺς βοῦς ζεύξας, ὀπίσω τὼ χεῖρε δεδεμένον ἐλαύνει. 
. 4 “" 4 7 « ’ “- »ν 
1δ- Meta τοῦτο Mvoos εἴςηλϑεν, ἐν ἑκατέρᾳ τῇ χειρὶ ἔχων 
a Q ε 3 ᾿ 
πέλτην " καὶ τοτὲ μὲν ὡς δύο ἀντιταττομένων μιμούμενος 
3 a 3 € “ “ ° 
ὠρχεῖτο, τοτὲ δὲ ὡς πρὸς ἕνα ἐχρῆτο ταῖς πέλταις, τοτὲ δὲ 
ἐδινεῖτο καὶ ἐξεκυβίστα, ἔχων τὰς πέλτας " ὥςτε ὄψιν [ἔχων 
καλὴν φαίνεσϑαι. Τέλος δὲ τὸ Περσικὸν ὠρχεῖτο, κροτῶν 
“ὁ τὰς πέλτας" κχαὶ ὥκλαζε, καὶ ἐξανίστατο" καὶ ταῦτα πάντα 
ἐν ῥυϑμῷ πρὸς τὸν αὐλὸν ἐποίει. “Eni δὲ τούτῳ ἐπιόντες 
οἱ Μαντινεῖς, καὶ ἄλλοι tivig τῶν ᾿Αρκάδων ἀναστᾶαντες, 
ἐξοπλισάμενοι ὡς ἐδύναντο κάλλιστα, ἤεσάν te ἐν ῥυϑμῷ, 
8 8 9 » ς 4 2 , x , . 
πρὸς τὸν ἐνόπλιον ῥυϑμον αὐλουμενοι, καὶ ἐπαιώνισαν, καὶ 
> 4 « ~ 8 8 8 id 
Ws ὠρχήσαντο, ὡςπὲρ ἐν ταῖς πρὸς τοὺς ϑεοὺς προςρόδοις. 
Ὃρῶντες δὲ of Παφλαγόνες, δεινὰ ἐποιοῦντο, πάσας τὰς 
3 a ~ 
ὀρχήσεις ἐν ὅπλοις εἶναι. Ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὁρῶν ὃ Μυσὸς éx- 
πεπληγμένους αὐτούς, πείσας τῶν ᾿Αρκάδων τινά, πεπαμέ- 
3 > ἢ , ε ᾿ ᾿ 
γον» ὀρχηστρίδα, εἰςαγει, σκευασὰας ὡς ἐδύνατο καλλιστα, καὶ 
3 4 , > « e a 2 ’ 2 
0 ἀσπίδα dove xovgny ice HI δὲ ὠρχήσατο Πυῤῥίχην ane 
~ « ei. 
Powe. Ἐνταῦϑα κρότος ἦν πολύς" καὶ of Παφλαγόνες 
> °¢ 3 x - » 39 α e δ᾽ ὅλ 
ἡρώτων, εἰ καὶ γυναῖκες συνεμάχοντο αὑτοῖς. Οἱ ἔλεγον, 
[4 ’ - 
ὅτε αὗται καὶ ab τρεψάμεναι εἶεν βασιλέα ἐκ τοῦ στρατοπέ- 
ῳ 4 3 . ? - ν ᾿ , 
δου. Τῇ μὲν OVY νυκτὶ ταὐτῃ τοῦτο τὸ τέλος ἐγένετο. 


156 ΞΈΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [ Bib. ς΄. 


Τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ προςῆγον αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ στράτευμα" καὶ 
ἔδοξε τοῖς στρατιώταις, μήτε ἀδικεῖν Παφλαγόνας, μήτι 
ἀδικεῖσϑαι. Mita τοῦτο οἱ μὲν πρέσβεις ᾧχοντο᾽ of 
δ᾽ “LIAnves, ἐπειδὴ πλοῖα ἱκανὰ ἐδόκει παρεῖναι, ἀναβάντις 
ἔπλεον ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτα πνεύματι καλῷ, ἐν ἀριστερᾷ ἔχον- § 
τες τὴν Παφλαγονίαν. Τῇ δ᾽ ἄλλῃ ἀφικνοῦνται εἰς Σινώ- 
πην, καὶ ὡρμίσαντο εἰς ρμήνην τῆς Σινώπης. Σινωπεῖς 
δὲ οἰκοῦσι μὲν ἐν τῇ Παφλαγονικῇ, Μιλησίων δὲ ἄποικοι 
εἰσίν. Οὗτοι ξένια πέμπουσι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, ἀλφίτων μὲν 
μεδίμνους τριςχιλίους, οἴνου δὲ κεράμια χίλια καὶ πεντα- 1 
κόσια. Καὶ Χειρίσοφος ἐνταῦϑα ἠλϑε τριήρεις ἔχων. Καὶ 
of μὲν στρατιῶται προςεδόκων, ἄγοντά τι σφίσιν ἥκειν" ὃ 
δὲ ἢγε μὲν οὐδέν, ἀπήγγελλε δέ, ore ἐπαινοίη αὐτοὺς καὶ 
"Avakifiog ὃ ναύαρχος καὶ οὗ ἄλλοι, καὶ ὅτι ὑπισχνέντο 
᾿Αναξίβιος, εἰ ἀφικνοῖντο ἔξω τοῦ Πόντου, μισϑοφορὰν αὖ- 
τοὶς ἔσεσϑαι. | 

Καὶ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ “ρμήνη ἔμειναν οἷ στρατιῶται ἡμέρας 
πέντε. Ὡς δὲ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἐδόκουν ἐγγὺς γ'γνεσϑαι, ἤδη 
μᾶλλον 7 πρόσϑεν εἰςήεε αὑτούς, ὅπως ἂν καὶ ἔχοντές τῇ 


» 


a 


a > = τ 
οἴκαδε ἀφικνοῖντο. ᾿Π]γήσαντο οὖν, εἰ ἕνα ἕλοιντο ἄρχοντα» 
- a e - 
μᾶλλον ἂν ἢ) πολυαρχίας οὔσης δύνασϑαι τὸν ἕνα χρῆσϑαι 
- , € [ἢ ᾿ 
τῷ στρατεύματι καὶ νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας" καὶ εἴ τι δέοι λαν- 
- 4 3 U 
ϑάνειν, μᾶλλον av [καὶ] κρύπτεσθαι" καὶ εἴ τι av δέοι 
᾽ Σ an ε 50 ὃ 3 a n , - 4 
φϑάνειν, ἧττον ἂν ὑστερίζειν" οὐ γὰρ ἂν λόγων δεῖν πρὸς 
3 a ’ - , 
ἀλλήλους, ἀλλὰ τὸ δόξαν τῷ i περαΐνεσϑαι ἄν" τὸν 46 
΄ ~ ι4 
ἔμπροσθεν χρόνον ἐκ τῆς νικώσης ἔπραττον πάντα οἷ στρα- 
ε . - - ͵ , - 
tyyol. «Ὡς δὲ ταῦτα διενοοῦντο, ἐτρέποντο ἐπὶ τὸν Zevo- 
- e SY «ς ‘ Vo» - ” > »ν e ε 
Quite” καὶ οἱ λοχαγοὶ ἔλεγον προςιοντες αὑτῷ, OTL ἢ στρα- 
. Lod 
τιὰ οὕτω γιγνώσκει" καὶ εὔνοιαν ἐνδεικνύμενος ἕκαστός TIS 
oe 9 > + € eat e 3 . Ss ‘Oo δὲ ““,., - “φῶ 
ἔπειϑεν αὐτὸν ὑποστῆναι τὴν ἀρχῆν. & Ξενοφῶν τῇ 
4 ’ Cad It Q 4 ΠῚ oe G 
μὲν ἐβούλετο ταῦτα, γομίζων καὶ τὴν τιμὴν μείξω οὕτὼς 
- 4 e 4 ᾿ 
ἑαυτῷ γίγνεσθαι, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς φίλους καὶ εἰς τὴν πολιν 
᾿ » ~~ 2 fe € we a , s,s 3 bys 
τοὔνομα μεῖζον ἀφίξεσυϑαι αὐτοῦ" τυχὸν δὲ καὶ ayadou τιν 
aA lad bag , 
γος ἂν αἴτιος τῇ στρατιᾷ γενέσϑαι. 


Keg. α΄. ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASTS. 157 


4 ΠῚ ν “- [4 ad 3 ᾽ « 
Τὰ μὲν δὴ τοιαῦτα ἐνθυμήματα ἐπῇρεν αὐτόν, ἐπιϑυμεῖν 
9 ’ ’ »” ε , 3 τ, ~ 
αὐτοκράτορα γενγέσϑαι ἄρχοντας. Onoted αὖ ἐνθυμοῖτο, 
@ 5» 3 ᾿ , 
ore ἄδηλον μὲν παντὶ ἀνϑρώπῳ, ὅπη τὸ μέλλον ἕξει, διὰ 
τοῦτο δὲ καὶ κίνδυνος εἴη καὶ τὴν προειργασμένην δόξαν 
δ ἀποβαλεῖν, ἠπορεῖτο. Δ ivy δὲ αὐτῷ διακρῖ 
iy, ηἡπορεῖτο. ἱαπορουμένῳ δὲ αὐτῷ διακρῖναι, 
ἔδοξε χράτιστον εἶναι, τοῖς ϑεοὶς ἀνακοινῶσαι " καὶ παρα- 
᾽ ce a oe oe - ~ 
στησάμενος δύο ἱερεῖα, ἐθύετο τῷ Att τῷ Βασιλεῖ, ocnee 
> «+ 8 Ξ “Ὃς . to» 2 3 8 ’ 
αὐτῷ pavtevtos ny ἐκ Ζελφῶν" καὶ τὸ ovag δὴ ano τοῦτου 
“ “ ’ ’ a gs q 
τοῦ ϑεοῦ ἐνόμιζεν Ewoaxevas, ὃ εἶδεν, ore ἤρχετο ἐπὶ τὸ συν-- 
Ι0 ἐπιμελεῖσϑαι τῆς στρατιᾶς καϑίστασϑαι. Καὶ ὅτε ἐξ 
Pur 8 ε ~ ’ 9 2 , 2 
Ἐφέσου δὲ ὡρμᾶτο, Κύρῳ συσταϑησόμενος, ἀετὸν ave- 
a « ’ 
μιμνήσκετο ἑαυτῷ δεξιὸν φϑεγγόμενον, καϑήμενον mér- 
φ 4 ’ 2 va ud e 
τοι, OVNEQ ὃ partic προπέμπων αὐτὸν ἔλεγεν, ὅτι μέγας 
a 3 ‘ » \ 3 3 ἰ »ν t ’ 
μὲν οἴωνος εἴη καὶ οὐκ ἰδιωτικὸς, καὶ ἔνδοξος, ἐπίπονος 
& ᾿ Ἢ 4 4 4 » ’ , ~ .3 ~ 
μέντοι " καὶ γὰρ ta ogven pahiota ἐπιτέϑεσθϑαι tw ἀετῷ 
Φ 3 ᾿ 3 e 
καϑημένῳ᾽ OV μέντοι γρηματιστικὸν εἶναι TOY οἰωνόν " τὸν 
4 2 a ’ - ᾿ 4 , 
yao ἀετὸν περιπετόμενον μᾶλλον λαμβάνειν τὰ ἐπιτηδεια. 
Ov δὲ 9 ’ 3 - ὃ ee c 9 4 ᾿ , 
urw δὲ ϑυομένῳ αὐτῷ διαφανῶς ὁ ϑεὸς σημαίνει, μὴτε 
~ “- 2 = ~ 3 , 
πρυςδεῖσϑαι τῆς ἀρχῆς, μήτε, εἰ αἱροῖντο, ἀποδέχεσϑαι. 
« Ὁ ° A) ἊΨ 
Τοῦτο μὲν δὴ οὕτως ἐγένετο. Ἢ δὲ στρατιὰ συνῆλϑε, καὶ 
’ e e “« Ἂ: \N >. . bad a t 
πάντες ἔλεγον ἕνα αἵρεῖσϑαι" καὶ ἐπεὶ τοῦτο ἔδοξε, προε-- 
3 Jae 4 - 3 «“ ΄ 
βάλλοντο αὐτόν. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ ἐδόκει δῆλον εἶναι, ott αἷρη- 
»» »” (to > ¢ Y 29.8 0 ° 
σονται avtoy, εἴ τις ἐπιψηφίζοι, ἀνέστη, καὶ ἔλεξε tudE 
«? , 3 εἰ ᾿ ς) ¢ » 4 $Y) 
Fy, ὦ avdges, ἡδομαι μὲν vp υμῶν τιμωμενος, εἴπερ 
5 ἀνθϑρωπός εἶμι, καὶ χάριν ἔχω, καὶ εὔχομαι, δοῦναί por 
Cc ww 2 bad 0 ὸ , 
ποὺς ϑεοὺς αἴτιόν τινος ὑμῖν ayadov γενέυϑαι" τὸ μέντοι 
ἐ 4 on ς« 9 ε Cd » A ὃ ᾽ 2 ὃ Q 
μὲ προκριϑῆναι VP ὑμῶν ἄρχοντα, “ακεδαιμονίου ἀνδρὸς 
᾿ wn? © w > ΜΝ "Ὁ ᾿ x >? 
σιαρόντος, ove υμῖν ove ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ συμφέρον εἶναι, αλλ 
tf “Ὁ ᾿ 7 3 3 - . 
τιον ἂν διὰ “τοῦτο τυγχάνειν, εἴ τι δέοισϑε, παρ αὑτῶν 
τ -“ 3 4 3 ες “- 
0 ἐμοί τε αὖ ov πάνυ τι νομίζω τοῦτο ασφαλὲς εἶναι. Ορῶ 
> ’ eo 
γάρ, ὅτε καὶ τῇ πατρίδι μου ov πρόσϑεν ἐπαύσαντο πολε- 
- “-“ , € ~ 
μοῦντες, πρὶν ἐποίησαν πᾶσαν τὴν πόλιν ὁμολογεῖν, “ακε- 
ὃ ’ Q 2 ὦ ε , ᾿ 2 Α δὲ “Ὁ ε 
aimoviovs καὶ αὐτῶν ἡγεμόνας εἶναι. Ene δὲ τοῦτο ὧμο- 


14 


158 | ΞΕΈΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [ Bib. ς΄ 


λόγησαν, εὐθὺς ἐπαύσαντο πολεμοῦντες, καὶ οὐκέτι πέρα 
ἐπολιόρκησαν τὴν πόλιν. Εἰ οὖν, ταῦτα ὁρῶν ἐγώ, δοκοί- 
[7 “n> »» ~ a Jae 
ἢν, ὅπου δυναίμην, évtavS ἄκυρον ποιεῖν τὸ ἐκείνων ἀξίω-- 
~ ~ a a 8 ° a 
ua, ἐκεῖνο évvow, pn λίαν αν ταχὺν σωφρονισϑείην. O 
δ᾽ ὑμεῖς ἐννοεῖτε, ὅτε ἧττον ἂν στάσις εἴη ἑνὸς ἄρχοντος, ἢ δ 
πολλῶν, εὖ ἔστε, ὅτι ἄλλον μὲν ἑλόμενοι οὐχ εὑρήσετε ἐμὲ 
στασιάζοντα" νομίζω γάρ, ὅςτις ἐν πολέμῳ ὧν στασιάζει 
πρὸς ἄρχοντα, τοῦτον πρὸς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ σωτηρίαν στασιά- 
ζειν" ἂν δ᾽ ἐμὲ ἕλησθε, οὐκ ἂν ϑαυμάσαιμι, εἴ τινα εὕροιτε 
καὶ ὑμῖν καὶ ἐμοὶ ἀχϑόμενον." 10 
᾿Επεὶ δὲ ταῦτ ἔλεγε, πολὺ μᾶλλον ἐξανίσταντο, λέγοντες, 
ε ’ > 8 ” 2 4 ε la 3 
ὡς δέοι αὐτὸν ἄρχειν. Ayaclas δὲ ὁ Σιυμφάλιος εἶπεν, 
o@ ~ 2 Le] 3» ε 2 “ ’ 
ὅτι γελοῖον εἴη, εἰ οὕτως ἔχοι, ὡς ὀργιοῦνται “ακεδαιμόνιοι, 
καὶ ἐὰν σύνδειπνοι συνελϑόντες μὴ “ακεδαιμόνιον συμπο- 
σίαρχον αἵρῶνται" ἐπεὶ εἰ οὕτω γε τοῦτ᾽ Eyes,” ἔφη, “ οὐδὲ 
λοχαγεῖν ἡμῖν ἔξεστιν, ὡς ἔοικεν, ὅτι ᾿Αρκάδες ἐσμέν." Ἐν- 
- , ε τιν» - 3 3 ᾿ 
ταῦϑα dn, ὡς εἰ etnovtog τοῦ Ayaclov, ἀνεϑορυβησαν. 
Καὶ ὃ Ξενοφῶν, ἐπειδὴ ἑώρα πλείονος ἐνδέον, nageddov 
εἶπεν" “᾿Αλλ, ὦ ἄνδρες,᾽ ἔφη, “ ὡς πάνυ εἰδῆτε, ὀμνύω 
ὑμῖν ϑεοὺς πάντας καὶ πάσας, ἢ μὴν ἐγώ, ἐπεὶ τὴν ὑμετέραν πε 
’ 9 ΄ ’ > ° 4᾽ ςφ w a 
γνωμὴν notavouny, ἐθυόμην, εἰ βέλτιον εἴη υμῖν τε, ἐμο! 
ἐπιτρέψαι ταύτην τὴν ἀρχήν, καὶ ἐμοί, ὑποστῆναι " καί μον 
ε . τ »ν ε ~ , @ . 9 , a 
of Deut οὕτως ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς ἐσήμηναν, ὥς τε καὶ ἰδιώτην ἂν 
γνῶναι, ὅτι [ταύτης] τῆς μοναρχίας ἀπέχεσϑαί με dei.’” 
Οὕτω δὴ Χειρίσοφον αἱροῦνται. Χειρίσοφος δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἡρέϑη, 
παρελϑὼν εἶπεν" “Adda,” ἔφη, “ὦ ἄνδρες, τοῦτο μὲν totes 
ὅτι οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἔγω)ε ἐστασίαζον, εἰ ἄλλον εἵλεσϑε. Ξενοφῶντοε 
, 3» ole >. , «5% >.” ’ 
μέντοι," ἔφη, “ ὠνήσατε, οὐχὶ ἑλόμενοι" ὡς καὶ νῦν Jétin— 
nog ἤδη διέβαλεν αὐτὸν πρὸς ᾿Αναξίβιον, ὅ τι ἐδύνατο, χα 
μάλα ἐμοῦ αὑτὸν atyatortos.” “O δὲ ἔφη νομίζειν, αὐτὸν ᾿ 
φ τς “0 7 Ὁ τι» -» 
Τιμασίωνε μᾶλλον συνάρχειν ἐθελῆσαι, Δαρδανεῖ ὄντι, τοῦ 
o ’ n “ , »ἢ rT) > Q ’ 
Κλεάρχου στρατευματος, ἢ ξαυτῳ, «“1ἀκωνι ὄντι. “ Ἐπεὶ psr— 


3» 


τοι ἐμὲ εἵλεσθε," ἔφη, “ καὶ ἐγὼ πειράσομαι, ὃ τι ἂν δύνω-- 
fe G7 7 eacou 


Keg. β΄.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIS. 159 


μαι, ὑμᾶς ἀγαϑὸν ποιεῖν. Καὶ ὑμεῖς οὕτω παρασκενάζεσϑε, 
ὡς αὔριον, ἐὰν πλοῦς Ἶ, ἄνα Souevor’ ὃ δὲ πλοῦς ἔσται εἰς 
᾿Πράκλειαν " ἅπαντας οὖν δεῖ ἐκεῖσε πειρᾶσϑαι κατασχεῖν᾽ 
τὰ δὲ ἀλλα, ἐπειδὰν ἐκεῖσε ἔλϑωμεν, βουλευοόμεϑα."". 


Κεφάλαιον β'. 


δ ἘἘντεῦϑεν τῇ ὕστεραίᾳ ἀναγόμενοι πνεύματι καλῷ ἔπλεον 
ἡμέρας δύο παρὰ τὴν γῆν. Καὶ παραπλέοντες ἐϑέωώρουν 
° > 3 ’ > ᾽ » ς« 3 e ᾿ ε 

ΤῊ τ Ιασονίαν ἀκτήν, ἔνϑα ἢ Aoyw λέγεται ορμίσασϑαι, 
καὶ τῶν ποταμῶν τὰ στόματα᾽ πρῶτον μὲν τοῦ Θερμώδον-- 
»” 4 - » 20 4 - ὦ 8 a “ 
τος, ἔπειτα δὲ τοῦ ἼἼριος, ἔπειτα δὲ τοὺ Alvos, μετὰ δὲ τοῦ- 
LO toy τοῦ Παρϑενίου" τοῦτον δὲ παραπλεύσαντες, ἀφίκοντὸ 
εἰς “μράκλειαν, πόλιν ᾿Βλληνίδα, Μεγαρέων ἄποικον, οὖσαν 
δ᾽ ἐν τῇ Μυριανδυνῶν χώρᾳ., Καὶ ὡρμίσαντο παρὰ τῇ 
«ἀχερουσιάδι Χεῤῥονήσῳ ἔνϑα λέγεται Ἡρακλῆς ἐπὶ τὸν 
Κέρϑερον κύνα καταβῆναι, οὗ νῦν τὰ σημεῖα δεικνύουσι 
ἐξ τῆς καταβάσεως, τὸ βάϑος πλέον ἢ ἐπὶ δύο στάδια. Ἔν- 
ταῦϑα τοῖς Ἕλλησιν οἵ “Ηρακλεῶται ξένια πέμπουσιν, ἀλφί- 
των μεδίμνους τριςχιλίους, καὶ οἴνου κεράμια διοχίλια, καὶ 
βοῦς εἴκοσι, καὶ δὲς ἑκατόν. ᾿βνταῦϑα διὰ τοῦ πεδίου ῥεῖ 

ποταμός, Avxog ὄνομα, εὖρος ὡς δύο πλέϑρων. 
> οἱ δὲ στῤατιο ταὶ GuAseyare’s ἐβουλεύοντο, τὴν λοιπὴν 
πορεέαν πότερον κατὰ γῆν ἢ κατὰ ϑάλατταν χρὴ πορεύεσϑαι 
ἐχ τοῦ Πόντου. ᾿Αναστὰς δὲ Λύκων ᾿Αχαιὸς sins’ “ Θαυ- 
μάζω μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες, τῶν στρατηγῶν, ὅτι οὐ πειρῶνται ἡμῖν 
ἐκπορίζειν σιτηρέσιον" τὰ μὲν γὰρ ξένια οὐ μὴ γένηται τῇ 
S στρατιᾷ τριῶν ἡμερῶν σῖτα " ὁπόϑεν δ᾽ ἐπισιτισάμενοι πο-- 
’ 2 »” 99 Oo «35 Y 3 3 ~ 2... 
ρευσόμεϑα, οὐκ ἔστιν, ἔφη. Ἐμοὶ οὖν δοκεῖ, αἰτεῖν 
τοὺς “Πρακλεώτας μὴ ἔλαττον ἢ τριμοχιλίους Κυξικηνούς." 
“Alhog δὲ εἶπε, “ [Μηνὸς μισϑόν,] μὴ ἔλαττον ἢ μυρίους" καὶ 
ἑλομένους πρέσβεις αὐτίκα μάλα, ἡμῶν καϑημένων, πέμπειν 


160 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [ Bib. ς΄". 


4 4 4 ΝΥ 9.» i] n 3 ᾿ Q 4 

πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, καὶ εἰδέναι, ὁ τι ἂν ἀπαγγέλλωσι, καὶ πρὸς 

“ 2 a ~~ 2 ᾿ “Ὁ 

ταῦτα βουλεύεσϑαι.᾽" Ἐντεῦϑεν προυβάλοντο πρέσβεις, πρώ- 
8 ΄" Π . 5» : er Φ 2 3 ra)  »» 

τον μὲν Χειρίσοφον, οτι ἄρχων ἡρητο" εἰσὲ δ᾽ οἵ καὶ Ξενο- 

~ - e >a ~ > ΠΣ 2 ~ 4 > a ’ 

gurta’ of ὃ ἰσχυρῶς ἀπεμάχοντο ἀμφοῖν γὰρ ταὐτὰ ἐδο- 

2 é εἰ 3 

κει, μὴ ἀναγκάζειν πόλιν “Ελληνίδα καὶ φιλίαν o te μὴ av- ὃ 
᾿ ~ Joe 2 3 [4 ge 3 7 
τοὶ ἐθέλοντες διδοῖεν. Επεὶ δ᾽ οὐν οὗτοι ἐδόκουν ango- 
’ ἡ 2 , 

ϑυμοι εἶναι, πέμπουσι Avxwva Αχαιόν, καὶ Καλλίμαχον 
je 3 ? ’ 

Παῤῥάσιον, καὶ ‘Ayaciay Στυμφάλιον. Οὗτοι ἐλϑόντες 

ἔλεγον τὰ δεδογμένα᾽ τὸν δὲ “ύκωνα ἔφασαν καὶ ἐπα- 

- 3 4 ’ « Uy 3 la 
πειλεῖν, εἰ μὴ ποιήσαιεν ταῦτα [πάντα] ᾿Ακούσαντες 10 

3 ~ ’ 9 v 

δ᾽ οἱ “Πρακλεῶται, βουλεύσεσϑαι ἔφασαν" καὶ εὐϑὺς τὰ τε 
“ 3 - - 4 3 4 3 

χρήματα ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν συνῆγον, καὶ τὴν ἀγορὰν εἴσω ἀγε- 
[2 “κὦὀ ow ey 

σκεύασαν, καὶ at πύλαι ἐκέκλειντο, καὶ ἐπὲ τῶν τειχῶν one 


ἐφαΐνετο. 


Γ 8 9 - 
‘Ex τούτου of ταράξαντες ταῦτα, τοὺς στρατηγοὺς ἡτιῶντο EE 


διαφϑείρειν τὴν πρᾶξιν᾽ καὶ συνίσταντο οἵ Agxades καὶ οἱ 
»Αχαιοΐ προειστήκει δὲ μάλιστα αὐτῶν Καλλίμαχός τε 0 
Παῤῥάσιος καὶ Λύκων ὃ ᾿άχαιόςς. Οἱ δὲ λόγοι ἦσαν αὖ- 
τοῖς, ὡς αἰσχρὸν εἴη ἄρχειν ἕνα ᾿4ϑηναῖον Πελοποννησίων 
καὶ Auxsdaimoviny, μηδεμίαν δύναμιν παρεχόμενον εἰς τὴ 
στρατιάν" καὶ τοὺς μὲν πόνους σφᾶς ἔχειν, τὰ δὲ κέρδη ἀλ.- 
λους, καὶ ταῦτα τὴν σωτηρίαν σφῶν κατειργασμένων " εἶνασ' 
γὰρ τοὺς κατειργασμένους ᾿Αρκάδας καὶ ᾿Αχαιούς " τὸ δ᾽ ἀλλο 
στράτευμα οὐδὲν εἶναι " (καὶ ἦν δὲ τῇ ἀληϑείᾳ ὑπὲρ ἥμισυ 
τοῦ ὅλου στρατεύματος ᾿Αρκάδες καὶ ᾿Αἀχαιοΐ εἰ οὖν σω-- 
φρονοὶεν οὗτοι, συστάντες, καὶ στρατηγοὺς ἑλόμενοι ἑαυτῶν, 
χαϑ' ἑαυτούς [τὲ] ἂν τὴν πορείαν ποιοῖντο, καὶ πειρῷντο 
ἀγαϑόν τι λαμβάνειν. Ταῦτα woke καὶ ἀπολιπόντες 
Χειρίσοφον, εἴ τινες ἦσαν nag αὐτῷ ᾿Αρκάδες ἢ ᾿Αχαιοῖ, καὶ 
Ξενοφῶντα, συνέστησαν" καὶ στρατηγοὺς αἱροῦνται ἑαντῶν 
δέκα ᾿ τούτους δὲ ἐψηφίσαντο ἐκ τῆς νικώσης, ὃ τι δοκοίῃ 
τοῦτο ποιεῖν. “H μὲν οὖν τοῦ παντὸς ἀρχὴ Χειρισόφῳ 
ἐνταῦϑα κατελύϑη, ἡμέρᾳ ἕκτῃ ἢ ἑβδόμῃ, ἀφ᾽ ἧς ἡρέϑη. 


ν Ξ 


\\ 


Ea 


ep. β΄.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASI2. 161 


-᾿ 


- 0 ’ ’ 0 2 ω 4 
Ξενοφῶν μέντοι ἐβούλετο κοινῇ pet αὐτῶν τὴν πορεῖαν 
~ « 3 ’ 3 a 3 e 
ποιεῖσθαι, vouilwy, οὕτως ἀσφαλέστερον εἶναι, ἡ ἰδίᾳ Exa- 
Π 2 Π TZ 3 A 
στον στέλλευϑαι" αλλὰ Newy ἔπειϑεν αὐτὸν xad” ἑαυτὸν πο- 
9 od o ᾿ 
ρεύεσθϑαι, ἀκούσας τοῦ Χειρισοφου, ὅτι Κλέανδρος ὃ ἐν Βυ- 
[ ε 4 φ ’ » τὴς 3 4) λ 
ζαντίῳ ἀρμοστῆς pain, τριήρεις ἔχων ἡξειν εἰς Kadnng λε- 
’ τ « 3 Ἁ ’ 9 3 3 CY .Y € > » 
μένα" πως ovy μηδεὶς μεταυχοι, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτοὶ καὶ ot αὐτῶν 
στρατιῶται ἐκπλεύσειαν ἐπὶ τῶν τριήρων, διὰ ταῦτα συνε- 
Bovleve.: Καὶ Χειρίσοφος, ἅμα μὲν ἀϑυμὼν τοῖς γεγενη- 
° ee 1 
μένοις, ἅμα δὲ μισῶν ἐκ τούτου τὸ στράτευμα, ἐπιτρέπει 
> « ~ e ’ ἜΣ -“ .» ἢ 2 
αὐτῷ ποιεῖν, o τε βούλεται. Ξενοφῶν δὲ ἔτι μὲν ἐπεχείρησεν 
> “ ~ ~ ᾿ > » 2 
ἀπαλλαγεὶς τῆς στρατιᾶς ἐκπλεῦσαι" ϑυομένῳ δὲ αὐτῷ τῳ 
“Ιγεμόνε “Πρακλεῖ, καὶ : τερα λῷ ὶ a, 
χέμονε Πρακλεῖ, καὶ κοινουμένῳ, πότερα λῷον καὶ ἀμξινον 
εἴη στρατεύεσϑαι, ἔχοντι τοὺς παραμείναντας τῶν στρατιω- 
- a 3 ’ ( >» ἢ ε } ~ e ~ 
τῶ», ἢ ἀπαλλαττεσϑαι, ἐσήμηνεν ὁ Seog τοῖς ἱεροῖς, συ- 
9 
στρατεύεσϑαι. Οὕτω γίγνεται τὸ στράτευμα τριχά" «1ρ- 
, a «ἉἯ 3 a an ’ Ἁ 
καδὲς μὲν καὶ Αχαιοὶ πλείους ἢ τετρακιςχίλιοι καὶ πεντα- 
’ € )» , . , 1 6 aw ᾿ 3 
κοσιοι, ὁπλῖται πάντες" Χειρισόφῳ δὲ οπλῖται μὲν εἰς τε- 
x Ly sy ἢ 3 ° e 
τρακοσίους καὶ χιλίους, mehtautat δὲ εἷς ἑπτακοσίους, ob 
Κλεάρχου Θρᾷκες" Ξενοφῶντι δὲ ὅπλῖται μὲν εἰς intaxo- 
σίους καὶ χιλίους, πελτασταὶ δὲ εἰς τριακοσίους" ἱππικὸν δὲ 
[2 3 3 
μόνος οὗτος εἶχεν, ἀμφὶ τοὺς τετταράκοντα ἱππέας. 
. 4 3? ~ « 
Καὶ ot μὲν ᾿Αρκάδες, διαπραξάμενοι πλοῖα παρὰ τῶν 
« “ ~ ’ e w ΓΚ ? 
Heaxhewtay, πρώτου πλέουσιν, onws ἐξαίφνης ἐπιπεσόντες 
.- ~ ~ 3 
τοῖς Βιϑυνοῖς, λάβοιεν ὅτι πλεῖστα᾽ καὶ ἀποβαίνουσιν εἰς 
’ ’ 4 ᾽ δὼ , ’ 
Kalnng λιμένα, κατὰ μέσον πως τῆς Ogaxns. Χειρίσοφος 
3 3 4 3 - ld fad € ~ 3 
ὃ᾽ εὐθὺς ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως τῶν Ἡρακλεωτῶν ἀρξάμενος, πεζῇ 
’ ~ 
ἐπορεύετο dia τῆς χώρας" ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν Θράκην ἐνέβαλλε, 
’ . ’ > ’ . \ ‘ ” 3 ἢ ᾿ 
παρὰ τὴν ϑάλατταν ἐπορεύετο καὶ γὰρ ἤδη ησϑένει 
td ν᾿ e 3 od 
Ξενοφῶν δὲ, πλοῖα λαβών, ἀποβαίνει ἐπὶ ta ὅρια τῆς Θρά- 
“ UA 
κης καὶ τῆς “Ἡρακλεώτιδος, καὶ διὰ μεσογαίας ἐπορεύετο. 


14" 


162 EENO®QNTOZ [8ι8. ς΄. 


Κεφάλαιον γ΄. 


[Ὃν μὲν οὖν τρόπον ἥ τε Χειρισόφου ἀρχὴ τοῦ παντὺς 
κατελύϑη, καὶ τῶν Ἑλλήνων τὸ στράτευμα ἐσχίσϑη, ἐν τοῖς 
ἐπάνω εἴρηται. Ἔπραξαν δ᾽ αὐτῶν ἕχαστοι τάδε" Οἱ 
μὲν ᾿ἀρκάδες, ἐς ἀπέβησαν νυχτὸς εἰς Καλπης λιμένα, πο- 


ρεύονται εἰς τὰς πρώτας κώμας, στάδια ἀπὸ ϑαλάττης ὡς ΒΕΞ5 


τριάχοντα. “Enel δὲ φῶς ἐγένετο, ἦγεν ἕχαστος στρατηγὸς 
τὸ ἑαυτοῦ λάχος ἐπὶ κώμην᾽ ὁποια δὲ μείζων [χὠμη] ἐδό- 
κει εἶναι, σύνδυο λόχους ἦγον οἱ σερατηγοί. Συνεβάλοντο 
δὲ καὶ λόφον, εἰς ὃν δέοι πάντας ἀλίζεσϑαι" “καί, ἅτε 
ἐξαίφνης ἐπιπεσόντες, ἀνδράποδά τε πολλὰ ἔλαβον, καὶ πρό- 10 
βατα πολλὰ περιεβάλοντο. 

Οἱ δὲ Θρᾷκες ἡϑροίζοντο of διαφυγόντες" πολλοὲ δὲ διέ- 
φύγον, πελτασταὶ ὄντες, ὁπλίτας, ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν χειρῶν. 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ συνελέγησαν, πρῶτον μὲν τῷ Σμίχρητος λόχῳ, ἑνὸς 
τῶν ᾿Αρκάδων στρατηγῶν, ἀπιόντι ἤδη εἰς τὸ συγκείμενον; 1b 
καὶ πολλὰ χρήματα ἄγοντι, ἐπιτέϑεντα. Καὶ τέως μὲν 
ἐμάχοντο ἅμα πορευόμενοι οἱ Ἕλληνες" ἐπὶ δὲ διαβάσει 
χαράδρας τρέπονται αὐτούς" καὶ αὐτὸν μὲν τὸν Σμίκρητα 
ἀποκτιννύασι, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους πάντας" ἄλλου δὲ λόχου τῶν 
δέκα στρατηγῶν, tov ᾿Ηγησάνδρου, ὀχτὼ μόνους κατέλιπον, 30 
καὶ αὐτὸς “Hyraavigos ἐσώϑη. Kai οἱ ἄλλοι μὲν “λοχαγοὶ 
συνῆλϑον, vi μὲν σὺν πράγμασιν, of δ᾽ ἄνευ πραγμάτων οἵ 
δὲ Θρᾷκες, ἐπεὶ εὐτύχησαν τοῦτο τὸ εὐτύχημα, συνεβόων τε 
ἀλλήλους, καὶ συνελέγοντο ἐ ῥωμένως τῆς νυχτῦς. Kai 
ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ κύκλῳ περὶ τὸν λόφον, ἔνϑα οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐστρα- 30 
τοπεδεύοντο, ἐτάττοντο χαὶ ἱππεῖς πολλοὶ καὶ πελτασταί, 
καὶ ἀεὶ πλείονες συνέῤῥεον᾽ καὶ προςέβαλλον πρὸς τοὺς 
ὁπλίτας ἀσφαλῶς" οἷ μὲν γὰρ Ἕλληνες οὔτε τοξότην εἶχον 
οὔτε ἀχοντιστὴν οὔτε ἱππέα οἵ δὲ, προςϑέοντες καὶ προςε- 
λαύνοντες ἠκόντιζον" ὁπότε δ᾽ αὐτοῖς ἐπίοιεν, ῥᾳδίως ἀπέ- Ὁ 


Keg. γ΄.]} ΚΤΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIZ. 163 


φεῦγον" ἄλλοι δὲ ἄλλῃ ἐπετίϑεντο. Καὶ τῶν μὲν πολλοὶ 
’ ~ ᾿ 2 fi. © - 3 ’ 
ἐτιιρώσκοντο, τῶν δὲ ουδείς" ωὡςτε κινηϑῆναι οὐκ ἐδύναντο 
- 3 e « . 2 8 ~ oO a 
ἐκ τοῦ χωρίου, ἀλλὰ televtwvtes καὶ ano tov vdatog εἰρ- 
« 5 . 2 > 3 tJ 
yov αὐτοὺς of Θρᾷκες. Entei δ᾽ ἀπορία πολλὴ nv, διελέ- 
δ - ΝΕῚ ‘ . » ¢ .¢ > ww 
δ yovro περὶ unordwy’ καὶ ta μὲν ἀλλα ὡμολόγητο αὑτοῖς, 
3 “« ~ ᾿ 
ὁμήρους δ᾽ οὐκ ἐδίδοσαν of Θρᾷκες, αἰτούντων τῶν λ- 
2 3 , a = 3 
λήνων᾽" adh’ ἐν τούτῳ luyeto. Τὰ μὲν δὴ τῶν Apxaday ov- 
τως εἶχε. | 
3 
Χειρίσοφος δέ, ἀσφαλῶς πορευόμενος παρὰ ϑάλατταν, 
> ~ “ “ 
> ἀφικνεῖται εἰς Καλπης λιμένα. Ξενοφῶντι dé, διὰ τῆς με- 
σογαΐίας πορευομένῳ, οἱ ἱππεῖς προκαταϑέοντες ἐντυγχάνουσι 
o e a > 4 >» a 
πρεσβύταις πορευομένοις ποι. Kat ἐπειδὴ ἤχϑησαν πρὸς 
ont ~ - 3 ’ 2 » » , 
Ξενοφῶντα, ἐρωτᾷ avtous, εἴ που yoFnrvra addov στρατεὺ- 
ΠΣ cy ~ e > »» , A] ’ 
patos ovtog λληνικου. Ot δ᾽ ἔλεγον πάντα ta γεγενημένα, 
: a “ a ~ 4 ’ ς ᾿ = Ud 
> καὶ γὺν ote πολιορχκοῦνται ἐπὶ λόφου, of δὲ Θρᾷκες πᾶντες 
’ 2 ᾿ 2... - ‘ ἢ 2 ’ 
περικεκυκλωμένοι εἶεν αὐτούς. ᾿Ενταῦϑα τοὺς μὲν ἀνϑρώ- 
ε 
ποὺς τούτους ἐφύλαττεν ἰσχυρῶς, ὅπως ἡγεμόνες εἶεν, ony 
δέοι " σκοποὺς δὲ καταστήσας [δέκα], συνέλεξε τοὺς στρα- 
τιώτας, καὶ ἔλεξεν" 
» - 3 ῳ 
“Ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, τῶν ᾿Αρκάδων ot μὲν τεϑνᾶσιν, οἵ 
a o ~ 
δὲ λοιποὶ ἐπὶ λόφου τινὸς πολιορκοῦνται. Νομίζω δ᾽ ἔγωγε, 
3 a ~ > ~ Fer Cw z 3 
εἰ καὶ ἐκεῖνοι ἀπολοῦνται, ovd ἡμῖν εἶναι οὐδεμίαν σωτηρίαν, 
a a a4” » ᾽ o 4 )»ς Lg 
ovr μὲν πολλῶν ovtwy πολεμίων, οὕτω δὲ τεϑαρύηκοτων. 
’ 3 ε»ν « ’ ~ ~ 3 ’ 
Kgatiotoy οὐν ἡμῖν, ὡς ταχιστα βοηϑεῖν τοῖς ανδρασιν, 
5 «.- > » 5." ~ , ᾿ , \ , ’ 
Onc, εἰ ἔτι εἰσὶ awot, σὺν ἐκείνοις μαχωμεϑα, καὶ μὴ μο- 
e id ΝΥ [4 - a 3 
Pot λειφϑέντες μόνοι χαὶ κινδυνεύσωμεν. Νὺν μὲν ovy 
’ Lj a a cad a 
στιρατοπεδευώμεϑα, προελϑόντες, ὁσον ἂν δοκῇ καιρὸς εἶναι 
3 8 ~ ὰ «  Ν 9 
εἰς τὸ δειπνοποιεῖσθαι" ἕως δ᾽ av πορευώμεϑα, Τιμασίων, 
ἔχων τοὺς ἱππέας, προελαυνέτω, ἐφορῶν ἡμᾶς, καὶ σκοπείτω 
© τὰ ἔμπροσθεν, ὡς μηδὲν ἡμᾶς lady.” Tlagéneups δὲ καὶ 
~ 3 
τῶν γυμνήτων ἀνθρώπους εὐζώνους εἰς τὰ πλάγια καὶ εἰς 
τὰ UxLa, ὅπως, εἰ πού τι ποϑὲν καϑορῷεν, σημαίνοιεν ἐκέ- 
a ω e ? eee Ss 
Asus δὲ καίειν ἀπαντα, orm évtvyyovoiey xavolum. “* Hutis 


164 ΞΈΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [Bub ς΄. 


μὲν γὰρ ἀποδραίημεν ἂν οὐδαμοῦ ἐνθένδε" πολλὴ μὲν γάρ," 
ἔφη, “ εἰς πράκλειαν πάλιν ἀπιέναι, πολλὴ δὲ εἰς Χρυσόπολιν 
διελϑεῖν" of δὲ πολέμιοι πλησίον" εἰς Καλπης δὲ λιμένα, 
ἔνϑα Χειρίσοφον εἰκάζομεν εἶναι, εἰ σέσωσται, ἐλαχίστη ὁδός. 
᾿Αλλὰ δὴ ἐκεῖ μὲν οὔτε πλοῖά ἐστιν, οἷς ἀποπλευσούμεϑα᾽ " 
μένουσι δὲ αὐτοῦ οὐδὲ μιᾶς ἡμέρας ἐστὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. Τῶν 
δὲ πολιορκουμένων ἀπολομένων, σὺν τοῖς Χειρισόφον μό- 
γοις κακιόν ἐστι διακινδυνεύειν, ἡ τῶνδε σωϑέντων πάντας 
> “Ὁ “ 

εἰς ταὐτὸν ἐλϑόντας κοινῇ τῆς σωτηρίας ἔχεσϑαι. "Alle 
χρὴ παρασκευασαμένους τὴν γνώμην mogeverFat, ὡς νῦν ἢ 10 

3 - ~ ’ > a U » Ud 
tuxdews τελευτησαί ἐστιν, ἡ καλλιστὸν ἔργον ἐργασασϑαι, 
@ ae , ’ ,( ε 4. » » . 
Ἕλληνας τοσούτους σώσαντας. Καὶ ὁ ϑέεὸς ἴσως ἄγει Ov- 
τως, ὃς τοὺς μεγαληγορήσαντας, ὡς πλέον φρονοῦντας, τα- 

~ - " 2 Cd “« ’ 
πεινῶσαι βούλεται᾽ ἡμᾶς δέ, τοὺς ano τῶν ϑεῶν ἀρχομέ- 
“ “«“ 3 > 
vous, ἐντιμοτέρους ἐκείνων καταστῆσαι. AAA ἕπεσϑαι χρὴ '" 
καὶ προςέχειν τὸν νοῦν, ὡς ἂν τὸ παραγγελλόμενον δύνησϑε 
ποιεῖν.᾽; 
aw 3 ~ ~ 

Ταῦτ᾽ εἰπὼν ἡγεῖτο. Οἱ δ᾽ ἱππεῖς, διασπειρόμενοι ἐφ᾽ 
a w [4 
ὅσον καλῶς εἶχεν, ἔκαιον, ἡ ἐβάδιζον. Kat ot πελτασταὶ 
ἐπιπαριόντες κατὰ τὰ ἄκρα, ἔκαιον πάντα, ὅσα καύσιμα ἢ 

“ . Q c J e nw ᾿ > [4 
ἑωρων" καὶ ἡ στρατιὰ δέ, εἴ τινι παραλειπομένῳ ἐντυγχά- 
»οιεν" ὡςτε πᾶσα ἡ χώρα αἴϑεσϑαι ἐδόκει, καὶ τὸ στράτευ-- 

‘ 3 5... ΔΝ 2 εἰ τ ’ 4 
μα πολὺ εἶναι. Enei δ᾽ ὡρα ἢν, κατεστρατοπεδεύσαντο ἐπὶ 
λόφον ἐκβάντες, καὶ τά τε τῶν πολεμίων πυρὰ ἑώρων, ἀπεῖ-- 
χον γὰρ ὡς τετταράχοντα στάδια, καὶ αὐτοὶ ὡς ἐδύναντο 535 

~ ° 3 4 2.» ’ ’ 
πλεῖστα πυρὰ ἔκαιον. Ene ὃ ἐδείπνησαν τάχιστα, παρηγ- 
γέλϑη τὰ πυρὰ κατασβεννύναι πάντας Καὶ τὴν μὲν νύκτα 
4 ἢ U 
φιλακὰς ποιησάμενοι ἐκάϑευδον" ἅμα δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ προςευ- 
ξάμενοι τοῖς ϑεοῖς, καὶ συνταξάμενοι ὡς εἰς μάχην, ἐπορεύ- 
[ ’ ’ ᾿ Vee ~  » 
ovto ἢ ἐδύναντο ταχιστα. Τιμασίων δὲ καὶ ob ἱππεῖς, ἔχοντες 39 
. ε ’ 4 , ε« ε . “ω» 
τοὺς ἡγεμόνας καὶ προελαύνοντες, ἔλαϑον αὑτοὺς ἐπὶ τῷ λόφῳ 
γενόμενοι, ἔνϑα ἐπολιορκοῦντο of Ἕλληνες. Καὶ οὐχ ὁρῶ- 
σιν οὔτε τὸ φίλιον στράτευμα, οὔτε τὸ πολέμιον" (καὶ ταῦ- 


Keg. δ΄. ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIZ. 165 


ta παραγγέλλουσι πρὸς τὸν Ξενοφῶντα καὶ τὸ στράτευμα *) 
οὔ. . Ἁ ᾽ XN 4 Jar 4 ~ 
γραΐδια δὲ καὶ γερόντια καὶ προβάτια ολίγα καὶ βοῦς xa- 
Ἂ a 4 - - τ 3» 4 
ταλελειμμένους. Καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ϑαῦμα ἢν, τί εἴη τὸ 
γεγενημένον" ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῶν καταλελειμμένων ἐπυνϑά- 
ΝΞ 7) e 4 - 2 8 > > ς ’ ” 2 ’ 
δ γοντο, ὅτι pt μὲν Θρᾷκες εὐθὺς ἀφ ἑσπέρας ᾧχοντο ἀπιόν- 
tig? ἕωϑεν δὲ καὶ τυὺς Ἕλληνας ἔφασαν οἴχεσϑαι" ὅπου 
3 ᾿ 
δέ, οὐκ εἰδέναι. 
~ 2 ’ ς 3 ν»» - 2.» 2 
Ταῦτα ἀκούσαντες οὗ ἀμφὶ Ξενοφῶντα, ἐπεὶ nolotnoay, 
’ ’ ε« - 
συσκευασώμενοι ἐπορεύοντο, βουλόμενοι ὡς τάχιστα συμμῖ- 
\O ae τοῖς ἄλλοις εἰς Κάλπης λιμένα. Καὶ πορευόμενοι ἑώρων 
- 3 Cd a 
tov στίβον τῶν ᾿Αρκάδων καὶ ᾿Αχαιῶν κατὰ τὴν ἐπὶ Καλπης 
ε Φ9.. > 2 2 , 3 
ὁδόν. Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἀφίκοντο tig τὸ αὐτό, ἀσμενοΐ τε εἶδον ἀλ- 
3 3 
λήλους, καὶ ἠσπάζοντο ὥςπερ ἀδελφούς. Καὶ ἐπυνθάνοντο 
3 ~ = ~ ᾿ ἃ 
οἱ ᾿Αρκάδες τῶν περὶ Ξενοφῶντα, τί τὰ πυρὰ κατασβέσειαν 
> « " - ᾿  .99 «OO -.«« 3’ 9 € ~ a 8 - 
ἡμεῖς μὲν yao, ἔφασαν, “ φόμεϑα, ὑμὰς τὸ μὲν πρῶτον, 
3 « - - a co 
ἐπειδὴ τὰ πυρὰ ovy ἑωρῶμεν, τῆς νυκτὸς ἥξειν ἐπὶ τοὺς πο- 
e ᾿ « 3 ες a ’ ~~ 
Azuivus’ καὶ οἵ πολέμιοι δέ, ὡς γ ἡμῖν ἐδόκουν, τοῦτο δεί-- 
? ~ 3 - 4 ᾽ 3 
“αντες ἀπῆλθον σχεδὸν γὰρ ἀμφὶ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον any- 
ΕΝ 3 > ς ry ᾽ ~ 2 3 
Zoav. Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ οὐκ ἀφίκεσϑε, ὁ δὲ χρόνος ἐξῆκεν, woud, 
ewe ° 8 ? c w ! , » 
ωὠμᾶς, πυϑομένους τὰ παρ ημῖν, Ιφυβηϑέντας οἴχεσθαι 
o C¢ ww 3 
«χποδράντας ἐπὶ ϑάλατταν᾽ καὶ ἐδόκει ἡμῖν, μὴ απολι-- 
° ε rd Cf] 3 oY ες ~ ~ a 
σιέσϑαι ὑμῶν. Οὕτως ovy καὶ ἡμεῖς δεῦρο énogevdy- 
9) 


ftv. 


Κεφάλαιον δ΄. 


Ταύτην μὲν οὖν τὴν ἡμέραν αὐτοῦ ηὐλίζοντο ἐπὶ τοῦ 
 exinalov πρὸς τῷ λιμένι. To δὲ χωρίον τοῦτο, ὃ καλεῖται 
Kolnns λιμήν, ἔστι μὲν ἐν τῇ Θράκῃ τῇ ἐν τῇ Ασίᾳ " ἀρξα- 
Δεένη δὲ ἢ Θράκη αὕτη ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόματος τοῦ Πόντηυ 
μεέχρις Ἡρακλείας, ἐπὶ δεξιὰ εἰς τὸν Πόντον εἰςπλέοντι. Καὶ 
πριήρει μὲν ἐστιν εἰς “Πράκλειαν ἐκ Βυζαντίου κώπαις ἡμέρας 

© μάλα μακρᾶς πλοῦς ἐν δὲ τῷ μέσῳ ἄλλη μὲν πόλις οὐδεμία, 


, 


166 ΞΕΝΟΦΩ͂ΝΤΟΣ [Δι6. σ΄. 


> , a n 
ours φιλία, οὔτε “λληνίς, ἀλλὰ Θρᾷκες Βιϑυνοῖ" καὶ ove ἂν 
᾽ πὶ " Al; ".»- Δ ες 
λάβωσι τῶν “Ελλήνων [ἢ] ἐκπίπτοντας ἢ ἄλλως πως, δεινὰ ὑβρί- 
᾿ . € 8 , " > , a 
ζειν λέγονται τοὺς Ἕλληνας. Ὃ δὲ Kudnng λιμὴν ἐν μέσῳ μὲν 
κεῖται ἑκατέρωθεν πλεόντων ἐξ “Πρακλείας καὶ Βυζαντίου" 
~ ’ 4 4 ὃ A 
ἔστι δ᾽ ἐν τὴ ϑαλάττη πρυκείμενον χωρίον, τὸ μὲν εἰς τὴν ὁ 
" ‘ es 9 ~ ᾿ > 20 eo a a4? 
Sakattay καϑῆκον avtov, πέτρα anoggws, υὑψος, ony ἐλα- 
ὶ a ; 2 ~~, ε ‘ 2.» ε > e 
χιστον, ov μεῖον εἴκοσιν ὀργυιῶν" ὁ δὲ αὐχήν, ὁ εἰς τὴν 
-ν ᾽ ad o , 4 τ 
γῆν ἀνήκων τοῦ χωρίου, μάλιστα τεττάρων πλέϑρων τὸ εὑ- 
> ~ > - 3 
ρος᾽ τὸ δ᾽ ἐντὸς τοῦ αὐχενος χωρίον, ἱκανὸν μυρίοις ἀν- 
o > “ὦ 4 δ᾽ ς« 3 > « -“ ᾿ 4 8 y 4 
ϑτώποις οἰκῆσαι. “Διμὴν ὑπ αὐτῇ τὴ πέτρᾳ, τὸ πρὸς 
, 4 € ’ Ce » 
ἑσπέραν αἰγιαλὸν ἔχων. Κρήνη δὲ ἡδέος ὕδατος καὶ ἄ- 
, 3 ~ , € Wy ~ 
φϑονας ῥέουσα én αὐτὴ τῇ ϑαλάττῃ, ὑπὸ τῇ ἐπικρατείᾳ τοῦ 
, 8 4 a . » ¢ 8 4 
χωρίου. Zvla δὲ πολλὰ μὲν καὶ alla, πάνυ δὲ πολλὰ καὶ 
2 > » - ’ 4 ,. » . 
καλὰ ναυπηγήσιμα ἐπ αὐτῇ τῇ ϑαλάττῃ. To δὲ ὄρος τὸ ἐν 
- ἢ > ’ ‘ > » ει δ » φ 
τῷ λιμένι εἰς μεσόγαιαν μὲν ἀνήκει, οσον ἐπὶ εἴκοσι σταδί- τῷ 
« “- »Ἤ ra 8 
ους. καὶ τοῦτο γεῶδες καὶ ἀλιϑον᾽ τὸ δὲ naga ϑάλατταν, 
πλέον ἢ ἐπὶ εἴκοσι σταδίους, δασὺ πολλοῖς καὶ παντοδαποῖς 
° € ? ? ’ 
καὶ μεγάλοις ξύλοις. “JS ἀλλη ywon καλὴ καὶ πολλή " 
~ > = τ ᾿ 
καὶ κῶμαι ἐν αὐτῇ εἰσι πολλαὶ καὶ εὖ οἰκούμεναι " φέρει 
γὰρ ἡ yn καὶ κριϑὰς καὶ πυροὺς καὶ ὄσπρια πάντα καὶ με- 30 
- 3 - 3 . 
λίνας καὶ σήσαμον καὶ σῦκα μρκοῦντα καὶ ἀμπέλους πολλὰς 
, ΝΜ, LJ 
καὶ ἡδυοίνους, καὶ τἄλλα πάντα, πλὴν ἐλαιῶν. Ἢ μὲν χώρα 
: 
ῃν τοιαύτη. 
3... 4 ee ~ ] Ps 4 
Evznvouv δὲ ἐν τῷ αἰγιαλῷ πρὸς τῇ ϑαλάττῃ " εἰς δὲ τὸ 
, at ’ 2 , ’ - 
πολισμαὰ ἂν γενόμενον οὐκ ἐβούλοντο στρατοπεδεύεσϑαι᾽ % 
3 ᾿ > o ~ o > ~ 
ἀλλὰ ἐδόκει καὶ τὸ ἐλϑεῖν ἐνταῦϑα ἐξ ἐπιβουλῆς εἶναι, Bov- 
λομένων τινῶν κατοικίσαι πόλιν. Τῶν γὰρ στρατιωτῶν οἱ 
~ 1 3 U ’ 2 ’ 4 ’ [ 
πλεῖστοι ἡσαν οὐ σπάνει βίου ἐχπεπλευκότες ἐπὶ ταύτην τὴν 
’ 3 e ‘ ’ ? 8 2 ° e 8 y 
μισϑοφοραν, ἀλλὰ τὴν Κύρου ἀρετὴν ἀκούοντες, οἱ μὲν καὶ 
» » e 4 a a s ‘ 
ἀνδρας ἀγοντες, οἵ δὲ καὶ προφανηλωκότες χρήματα, καὶ 0 
2 Ξ-Π] , 8 
τούτων ἕτεροι ἀποδεδρακότες πατέρας καὶ μητέρας, οἱ δὲ 
° 2 ~ 
καὶ τέκνα καταλιπόντες, ὡς χρήματα αὑτοῖς κτησαμενοι 
o , 2 ’ \ ‘ » ἢ ‘ ’ 
nSovtes πάλιν, axovortes καὶ τοὺς ἀλλους τοὺς naga Κύρῳ 


Keg. δ΄.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIZ. ᾿ 167 


3 “ % 
πολλὰ καὶ ayada πράττειν. Τοιοῦτοι ovy ὄντες, ἐπόϑουν 
εἰς τὴν “Ελλάδα. σωζεσϑαι. 
> ae 4 e ς ε , ’ = 3 > e ld 
Enedn δὲ votegaia ἡμέρα ἐγένετο τῆς εἰς THUTO συνὸ- 
2 - 2 3 
δου, ἐπὶ ἐξόδῳ ἐθύετο Zevopav' ἀνάγκη γὰρ qv, ἐπὶ ta 
δ ἐπιτήδεια ἐξάγειν". ἐπενόει δὲ καὶ τοὺς νεκροὺς ϑάψαι. 
‘Enel δὲ τὰ ἱερὰ ἐγένετο, εἵποντο καὶ οἱ ᾿Αρκάδες, καὶ τοὺς 
’ . a φ » » ’ » 
γεχροῦς, τοὺς μὲν πλείστους ἔνϑαπερ ἔπεσον, ὅδκαστους ἔϑα- 
τ ~ J 
war’ (ἤδη γὰρ ησαν πεμπταῖοι, καὶ οὐχ οἷόν τε ἀναιρεῖν 
1 ᾿ - Ca , 
ἔτε nv’) ἐνίους δὲ τοὺς ἐκ τῶν ὁδῶν συνενεγκόντες, ἔϑαψαν 
~ ε ’ ε ,᾿ , e . 8 oe 
10 ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ὡς ἐδύναντο καλλιστα " οὗς δὲ μὴ εὑρι- 
ἫΝ > ww 
σκον, κενοτάφιον αὐτοῖς ἐποίησαν μέγα, [καὶ πυρὰν μεγά- 
λη»,] καὶ στεφάνους ἐπέϑευαν. Ταῦτα δὲ ποιήσαντες ave- 
eo Qa a ᾽ 3 ld 4 0 
“ώρησαν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατοπεδον. Καὶ tots μὲν δειπνησαντες 
’ ὸ “"- ae rad e - ’ 
ἐχοιμηϑησαν" τῇ δ᾽ votsgaia συνῆλϑον οἵ στρατιῶται πα»ν-- 
~ 3 ᾿ 3 € 
δ πες συνῆγον δὲ αὐτοὺς μάλιστα Ayaciag Στυμφάλιος, ὃ λο-- 
’ ac ’ 2 ao ’ . » ς 
anyos, καὶ Ἱερωνυμὸος Ἠλεῖος, λοχαγος, καὶ ἀλλοι οἱ πρε- 
o “ς 23 - ἢ ‘6 Q ’ ’ , ~ 
σβύτατοι τῶν ᾿Αρκάδων" καὶ δόγμα ἐποιήσαντο, ἐὰν τις τοῦ 
«ὦ - Η ’ “ a > «a 
Δοιποῦ μνησϑὴ δίχα to στράτευμα OLED ϑανατῳ αὑτὸν 
~ 4 ’ 2 e 
ζημιοῦσθαι" καὶ κατὰ χώραν ἀπιέναι, ἥπερ πρόσϑεν εἶχε TO 
D «ηιράτευμα, καὶ ἄρχειν τοὺς πρόσϑεν στρατηγούς. Καὶ 
Χειρίσοφος μὲν ἤδη τετελευτήκει, φάρμακον πιών, πυρέτ-- 
πων τὰ δ᾽ ἐκείνου Néwv ὃ ᾿Ασιναῖος παρέλαβε. 
Meta δὲ ταῦτα ἐξαναστὰς εἶπε Ξενοφῶν᾽ “2 ἄνδρες 
σρατιῶται, τὴν μὲν πορείαν, ὡς ἔοικε, δῆλον ὅτι πεζῇ ποιη- 
3 ~ a 3 
ἰδ πέον" οὐ γὰρ ἔστι πλοῖα ἀνάγκη δὲ πορεύεσϑαι ἤδη" οὐ 
- ῖ 
γὰρ ἔστι μένουσι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. “Lutte μὲν ovr,” ἔφη, 
“« ϑυσόμεϑα" ὑμᾶς δὲ δεῖ παρασκευάζεσθαι ὡς μαχουμέ- 
vous, εἴ ποτε καὶ ἄλλοτε" οἱ γὰρ πολέμιοι ἀνατεϑαῤῥήκα- 
33 > - ᾽ ς ’ , 4 ~ 
σιν. Ex tovrov ἐθύοντο οἵ στρατηγοί, μάντις δὲ παρὴν 
3 > < - 
W Ἰρηξίων ᾿ἀρκάς " ὃ δὲ Σιλανὸς ὁ ᾿Ιμβρακιώτης ἤδη ἀποδε- 
δράκει, πλοῖον μισϑωσάμενος, ἐξ “Ηρακλείας. Θυομένοις 
δὲ 4 - 3 ’ 3 a φ ’ ‘ ἢ τ 
& ἐπὶ τῇ ἀφοδῳ οὐκ ἐγίγνετο τὰ tega. Ταύτην μὲν οὖν 
\ © , ’ ’ , ' ε ες 
τὴν ἡμέραν ἐπαυσαντο. Kai τινὲς ἑἐτολμὼν λέγειν, ὡς 0 


168 ᾿ς ΞΈΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [B.S 


Ξενοφῶν, βουλόμενος τὸ χωρίον οἰκίσαι, πέπϑικε τὸν μάντιν 
λέγειν, ὡς τὰ ἱερὰ οὐ γίγνεται ἐπὶ ἀφόδῳ. ᾿Ἐντεῦϑεν κηρύ- 
ξας Ξενοφῶν, τῇ αὔριον παρεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ϑυσίαν τὸν βου- 
λόμενον, καὶ μάντις εἴ τις εἴη, παραγγείλας παρεῖναι, ὡς 
συνϑεασόμενον τὰ ἱερά, ἔϑυε" καὶ ἐνταῦϑα παρῆσαν nol- 
λοί. Θυυμένων δὲ πάλιν εἰς τρὶς ἐπὶ τῇ ἀφόδῳ, ovx ἐγί- 
γνετο τὰ ἱερά. Ἔκ τούτου χαλεπῶς εἶχον οἱ στρατιῶται" 

a e e 4 ° aQ w 3 4“ 93 4 
καὶ γὰρ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἐπέλιπεν, a ἔχοντες ηλθον, καὶ ἀγορὰ 
οὐδεμία παρῆν. 

Ἔκ τούτου συνελθόντων, εἶπε πάλιν Ξενοφῶν" “Ὧν 
ἄνδρες, ἐπὶ μὲν τῇ πορείᾳ, ὡς ὁρᾶτε, τὰ ἱερὰ οὔπω γίγνε- 
ται" τῶν δ᾽ ἐπιτηδείων ὁρῶ ὑμᾶς δεομένους " ἀνάγκη οὖν 
μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι, ϑύεσθαι περὶ αὑτοῦ τούτου." ᾿Δναστὰς δὲ 
τις sins’ “ Καὶ εἰκότως ἄρα ἡμῖν οὐ γίγνεται τὰ ἱερά" 
ε Ul 4 >? 8 ~ 23 U . @ » 
ws yao ἐγω, ἀπὸ τοῦ avtouatou χϑὲς ἥκοντος πλοίου, ἤκου- 1δ' 
σά τινος, Ott Κλέανδρος [Ὁ] ἐκ Βυζαντίου ἁρμοστὴς μέλλει 
Ct ~ 2» Ἅ , 99 2 , . 3 ’ 
ἥξειν, πλοῖα ἔχων καὶ τριήρεις. Ex τούτου δὲ ἀναμένειν 

4 Sard ’ Ἂ AY 4 ᾿ , 3 ~ 3 t,d 
μὲν πᾶσιν ἐδόκει" ἐπὶ δὲ ta ἐπιτήδεια ἀναγκαῖον yy ἐξιέ- 
ναι" καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ πάλιν ἐθύετο εἰς τρίς, mat οὐκ ἐγίγνετο 
τὰ ἱερά " καὶ ἤδη καὶ ἐπὶ σκηνὴν ἰόντες τὴν Ξενοφῶντος, 539 
ἔλεγον, ὅτι οὐκ ἔχοιεν τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. ὋὉ δ᾽ οὐκ ἂν ἔφη ἐξα- 
yaysiv, μὴ γιγνομένων τῶν ἱερῶν. 

Καὶ πάλιν τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐθύετο, καὶ σχεδόν τι πᾶσα ἡ 
στρατιά, διὰ τὸ μέλειν πᾶσιν, ἐκυκλοῦτο περὶ τὰ ἱερά" τὰ 
68 ϑύματα ἐπελελοίπει. Οἱ δὲ στρατηγοὶ ἐξῆγον μὲν οὔ, 3 
συνεκάλεσαν δέ. Εἶπεν οὖν ὃ Ξενοφῶν᾽ “Ἴσως of πολέ- 
μιοι συνειλεγμένοι εἰσί, καὶ ἀνάγκη μάχεσϑαι" εἰ οὖν, κα- 
ταλιπόντες τὰ σκεύη ἐν τῷ ἐρυμνῷ, ὡς εἰς μάχην παρεσκευ- 
ασμένοι ἴοιμεν, ἴσως ἂν τὰ ἱερὰ μᾶλλον προχωροίη ἡμῖν." 
᾿Ακούσαντες δὲ οἱ στρατιῶται ἀνέχραγον, ὡς οὐδὲν δέον εἰς 8 
τὸ χωρίον ἄγειν, αλλὰ ϑύεσϑαι ὡς τάχιστα. Καὶ πρόβατα 

‘ > ¢ 3 - "“e x» ¢ 2 , ° 
μὲν οὐκέτι nv, βοὺν δὲ vp ἁμάξης πριάμενοι ἐθϑύοντο " καὶ 
Ξενοφῶν Κλεάνορος ἐδεήϑη τοῦ ᾿ἀρκάδος προϑυμεῖσϑαι, εἴ 
τι ἐν τούτῳ εἴη. ᾿Αλλ οὐδ᾽ ὡς ἐγένετο τὰ ἱερά. 


Keg. δ΄.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASTS. 169 


’ 1 3 e ᾿ e e ’ Ξ 

Ἱγέων δὲ ἣν μὲν στρατηγὸς κατὰ τὸ Χειρισόφουν μέρος " 
ἐπεὶ δὲ ἑώρα τοὺ; ἀνθρώπους, ὡς εἶχον δεινῶς τὴ ἐνδείᾳ, 
βουλόμενος αὐτοῖς χαρίσασϑαι, εὑρών τινα ἄνϑρωπον ‘Hpa- 
κλεώτην, ὃς ἔφη κώμας ἐγγὺς εἰδέναι, ὅϑεν εἴη λαβεῖν τὰ 
ἐπιτήδεια, ἐκήρυξε, τὸν βουλόμενον ἰέναι ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, 
ὡς ἡγεμόνος ἐσομένου. ᾿Εξέρχονται δὴ σὺν δορατίοις, καὶ 
Φ - Q ’ Q » 3 ᾿ 2 ’ 
ασχοῖς, καὶ ϑυλάχοις, καὶ ἄλλοις ἀγγείοις, εἰς διςχιλίους 
> ? ὃ > +. ‘ 1 a” ’ Ν ᾿ 
ἀγϑρωπους. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ σαν ἐν ταῖς κωμαις, καὶ διεσπεί-- 

ε ’ ’ 2 ῳ ςε 
ροντο ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ λαμβάνειν, ἐπιπίπτουσιν αὐτοῖς of Φαρνα-- 

’ ς ~ “ ’ . τ ~ 
βαζου ἱππεῖς πρώτοι᾿ βεβοηϑήκοτες γὰρ nuay τοῖς Βιϑυ- 
vols, βουλόμενοι σὺν τοῖς Βιϑυνοῖς, εἰ δύναιντο, ἀποκωλῦ-- 
σαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας, μὴ ἐλϑεῖν εἰς τὴν Φρυγίαν. Οὗτοι of 
« - 2 w €,, ᾿ 3 ΡΒ an 
ἱππεῖς ἀποκτείνουσι τῶν “Ελλήνων ov μεῖον [ἢ] πεντακοσί- 
ους οἷ δὲ λοιποὶ ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος ἀνέφυγον. 

Ἔκ τούτου ἀπαγγέλλει τις ταῦτα τῶν ἀποπεφευγότων εἰς 
τὸ στρατόπεδον. Καὶ Ξενοφῶν, ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἐγεγένητο τὰ 
ἱερὰ ταύτῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, λαβὼν βοῦν ὑπὸ ἁμάξης, οὐ γὰρ ἦν 
ἄλλα ἱερεῖα, σφαγιασάμενος ἐβοήϑει, καὶ of ἄλλοι of μέχρε 
πεντήκοντα ἐτῶν πάντες. Καὶ ἀναλαβόντες τοὺς λυιποὺς 
» 9 4 φΦ 3 “-ῳ ᾽ν» 4 3 
avdons, εἰς τὸ στρατόπεδον ἀφικνοῦνται. Καὶ ἤδη μὲν ἀμ- 
gi ἡλίου δυσμὰς ἦν, καὶ οἱ Ἕλληνες μάλα ἀϑύμως ἔχοντες 
ἐδειπνοποιοῦντο. Kai ἐξαπίνης διὰ τῶν λασίων τῶν Βιϑυνῶν 
τινὲς ἐπιγενόμενοι τοῖς προφύλαξι τοὺς μὲν κατέκανον, τοὺς 
δὲ ἐδίωξαν μέχρις εἷς τὸ στρατόπεδον. Καὶ κραυγῆς γενομέ- 


δ᾽ γης, εἰς τὰ ὅπλα πάντες συνέδραμον οἱ Ἕλληνες " καὶ διώ-- 


e - a id a 2 3 e o 
χειν μὲν καὶ κινεῖν τὸ στρατόπεδον νυκτὸς οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς ἐδο- 
" e -. e -- «OO 
xe εἶναι " δασέα -yag ἣν ta yopla’ ἐν δὲ τοῖς ὅπλοις évu- 
ατέρευον, φυλαττόμενοι ἱκανοίς φύλαξι. 


5 


170 ZENO®NNTOZ [ Bib." 


Κεφάλαιον ΕΩ 


4 e ’ e ’ é a 8 os € ᾽ e 
Τὴν μὲν νύχτα οὕτω Sinyayov’ apa δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ οἱ 
στρατηγοὶ εἰς τὸ ἐρυμνὸν χωρίον ἡγοῦντο" of δὲ εἵποντο, 
; 2 ε 
ἀναλαβόντες τὰ ὅπλα καὶ τὰ σκεύη. Πρὶν δὲ ἀρίστου wear 
[2 3 . 
εἶναι, ἀπετάφρευσαν, ἡ 1] εἴςοδος ny εἰς τὸ χωρίον, καὶ 
3 , ε; , ~ aa Η 
ἀπεσταύρωσαν ἅπαν, καταλιπόντες τρεῖς πύλας. Και 
Η 7 Ν 
πλοῖον ἐξ “Ἡρακλείας ἠκεν, ἄλφιτα ἄγον» καὶ ἱερεῖα καὶ οἶνον. 
3 3 “ 
Hout δ᾽ ἀναστὰς Ξενοφῶν éFveto ἐπεξόδια, καὶ γίγνεται τὰ 
ἱερὰ ἐπὶ τοῦ πρώτον ἱερείου. Καὶ ἤδη τέλος ἐχόντων τῶν 
« “- c¢ w 53 , “ « ’ 3 ε; oe @ LY 
ἱερῶν, δρᾷ ἀετὸν αἴσιον ὃ μάντις Agntiow Παρῥάσιος, καὶ 
ες. ΗΝ ἊΝ . 
ἡγεῖσθαι κελεύει τὸν Ξενοφῶντα. Καὶ διαβάντες τὴν τά- 10 
, ὦ ’ Q ’ v > ’ Ὁ, ὁ 
φρον, τὰ ὅπλα τέϑενται, καὶ ἐκήρυξαν ἀριστήσαντας ἐξιέναι 
~ , , 3 
τοὺς στρατιώτας σὺν τοῖς ὅπλοις, τὸν δὲ ὕχλον καὶ τὰ αν- 
’ 3 ~ ~ 3 wi 
δράποδα αὐτοῦ καταλιπεῖν. Οἱ μὲν δὴ ἄλλοι πάντες ἐξηε- 
᾽" ἢ >”, eo? , , τ - ’ 
σαν, Νέων δὲ ov’ ἐδόκει γὰρ xadicotoy εἶναι, τοῦτον φῦυ- 
“ - -«- ° 9 . 
λακα καταλιπεῖν τῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ στρατοπέδου. Enedn δὲ οἱ 


5 
λοχαγοὶ καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται ἀπέλιπον αὐτόν, αἰσχυνόμενοι 
μὴ ἐφέπεσϑαι, τῶν ἀλλων ἐξιόντων, κατέλιπον αὐτοῦ τοὺς 
4 Q ° [2 8 

Unig πέντε καὶ τετταράκοντα ἔτη. Καὶ ovtot μὲν ἔμενον" 
οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι énogevorto. Πρὶν δὲ πέντε καὶ δέκα στάδια 
διεληλυθέναι, ἐνέτυχον ἤδη νεκροῖς" καὶ τὴν οὐρὰν τοῦ κέ- 3 
ρατος ποιησάμενοε κατὰ τοὺς πρώτους φανέντας νεκροῦς, 
ἔϑαπτον πάντας, ὁπόσους ἐπελάμβανε τὸ κέρας. Ἐπειδὴ 

4 » τ 

δὲ τοὺς πρώτους ἔϑαψαν, προαγαγόντες, καὶ τὴν οὐρὰν ave 
fig ποιησάμενοι κατὰ τοὺς πρώτους τῶν ἀτάφων, ἔϑαπτον 

ΠῚ ,.“͵ ᾽ « , ° 3 5 ° 3 
τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον, ὁπόσους ἐπελάμβανεν ἡ στρατιά. ᾿Επεὶ “ὃ 

e v »" - 

δὲ εἰς τὴν ὁδὸν ἧκον τὴν ἐκ τῶν κωμῶν, ἔνϑα ἔκειντο ἀϑρό- 
Ol, συνενεγκόντες αὑτοὺς ἔϑαψαν. 

» 4 U ’ « € ΄ [4 ν 
Μμδη δὲ πέρα μεσούσης τῆς ἡμέρας προαγαγόντες τὸ 
2 ~ we ’ 4 v @ 
στράτευμα ἔξω τῶν κωμῶν, ἐλάμβανον ta ἐπιτηδεια, ὁ τι 

ε ’ ε 
τὶς δρῴη ἐντὸς τῆς φάλαγγος. Καὶ ἐξαίφνης ὁρῶσι τοὺς Ὦ 


Keg. ε΄. ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASLS. 171 


πολεμίους ὑπερβάλλοντας κατὰ λόφους τινὰς ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντί- 
ov, τεταγμένους ἐπὶ φάλαγγος, ἱππέα: τὸ πολλοὺ; καὶ πε- 
Cots’ καὶ γὰρ Σπιϑριδάτης καὶ “Pudivns ἧκον παρὰ Φαρ- 
γαβάζου ἔχοντες τὴν δύναμιν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ κατεῖδον τοὺς Ἔλ.- 

δ ληνας ot πολέμιοι, ἔστησαν ἀπέχοντες αὐτῶν ὅσον πεντεκαΐ-- 
δεχα σταδίους. Ἔχ τούτου εὐϑὺς ᾿Δρηξίων, ὃ μάντις τῶν 
Ἑλλήνων, σφαγιάξεται, καὶ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τοῦ πρώτου καλὰ τὰ 
σφάγια. Ἐνταῦϑα ὃ Ξενοφῶν λέγει" “Δοκεῖ μοι, ὦ ἀν- 

4 ww , ’ ’ 
does στρατηγοΐ, ἐπιταξασϑαι τὴ φάλαγγι λόχους φύλακας, 
’ τ , - 

Ὁ ἕνα, ἢν που δέῃ, wow ov ἐπιβοηϑήσοντες τῇ φάλαγγι, καὶ 
οἱ πολέμιοι τεταραγμένοι ἐμπίπτωσιν εἰς τεταγμένιυς καὶ 
ἀκεραίους." Συνεδόκει ταῦτα πᾶσιν. ““Ὑμεῖς μὲν tol- 
yuv,” ἔφη, “προηγεῖσϑε τὴν πρὸς τοὺς ἐναντίους, ὡς μὴ 
ἑστήκωμεν, ἐπεὲ ὠφϑημεν καὶ εἴδομεν τοὺς πολεμίους" 
> 5 . 0 , ᾿ , [2 «» 

& ἐγὼ δὲ nw, τοὺς τελευταίους λόχους καταχωρίσας, ἧπερ υμῖν 
δοκεῖ. : 

Ἐξ τούτου οἱ μὲν ἥσυχοι προῆγον" ὃ δέ, τρεῖς ἀφελὼν 

, ΄ξ > 8 ’ . wo 8 , Q 

τὰς τελευταίας τάξεις, ava διακοσίους ἄνδρας, τὴν μὲν ἐπὶ 
4 4 ’ > ’ 3 o ε , 

τὸ δεξιὸν ἐπέτρεψεν ἐφέπεσθϑαι, ἀπολιπόντας ὡς πλέϑρον" 

’ 3 , ’ τ - , ; ‘ 2 ,_* ’ 

Ὁ Zapolas Ayasos ταύτης noxe τῆς tasewo’ τὴν δ᾽ ἐπὶ τῷ μέ- 

4 e " der > 8 ’ 1 4, 

ow ἐχώρισεν EmecFar’ Πυῤῥίας Agxas ταυτῆς neye* τὴν 

δὲ μίαν ἐπὶ τῷ εὐωνύμῳ Φρασίας ᾿Αϑηναῖος ταύτῃ ἐφει-- 

στήκει. Προϊόντες δέ, ἐπεὶ ἐγένοντο οἱ ἡγούμενοι ἐπὶ νά-- 

mee μεγάλῳ καὶ δυςπόρῳ, ἔστησαν, ἀγνοοῦντες, εἰ διαβατέον 

& εἴη τὸ νάπος, καὶ παρεγγνῶσι στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγοὺς 
παριέναι ἐπὶ τὸ ἡγούμενον. Καὶ ὃ Ξενοφῶν, Iavuauas, 
ὅ τι τὸ ἔυχον εἴη τὴν πορείαν, καὶ τάχα ἀκούων τὴν παρεγ- 
γνήν, ἐλαύνει ῇ ἐδύνατο τάχιστα. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ συνῆλϑον, λέγει 
Zogalvetuc, πρεσβύτατος ὧν τῶν στρατηγῶν, ὅτι βουλῆς οὐκ 

Ὁ ἄξιον εἴη, εἰ διαβατέον ἐστὶ τοιοῦτον ὃν τὸ νάπος. 

Καὶ ὁ Ξενοφῶν σπουδῇ ὑπολαβὼν ἔλεξεν. ““᾿Αλλ᾽ sare 
wey με, ὦ ἄνδρες, οὐδένα πω κίνδυνον προξενήσαντα ὑμῖν 
ἐϑελούσιον" οὐ γὰρ δόξης ὁρῶ δεομένους ὑμᾶς εἰς ἀνδρειό- 


~ 


172 ZENOGRNTOS [Δι σ᾿ 


« a € 7 Py 3 a 
enta, ἀλλὰ σωτηρίας. Νῦν δὲ οὕτως tye’ ἀμαχεὶ μὲν ἐν- 
’ > » 3 ᾿ - es aA 4 a εςἩ ~ » ᾿ )») ἃ . 
ϑένδε οὐκ ἔστιν ἀπελϑεῖν" ἣν γὰρ μὴ ἡμεῖς ἴωμεν ἐπὶ τοὺς 
ἕ ~ € ? ? 
πολεμίους, οὗτοι ἡμῖν, ὅταν ἀπίωμεν, ἕψονται καὶ ἐπιπε- 
~ - ~ e » 
σοῦνται. ὋὉρᾶτε δή, πότερον κρεῖττον ἰέναι ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀν- 
, Cc an ᾿ » 
ὅρας, προβαλλομένους τὰ ὅπλα, ἢ μεταβαλλομένους, ox § 
cw : ’ ‘ ’ ’ » 
σϑὲεν ἡμῶν ἐπιοντὰας τοὺς πολεμίους ϑεασασϑαι. “Sore yt 
' C7] 4 4 ? ’ > a 2 4 Ὡ2ἵΦ ἊΝ . 
μέντοι, Ol TO μὲν ἀπιέναι ἀπὸ πολεμίων οὐδενὶ καλῷ ἔοικε 
‘ a > ’ N ~ γ᾽ , > ~ Jae ! 
τὸ δὲ ἐφέπεσθαι καὶ τοῖς xaxiour ϑάρσος ἐμποιεῖ. Ἐγὼ 
3 q at 4 ε ’ an a r) 3 
γε οὖν ηδιον αν σὺν ἡμίσεσιν ἑποίμην, ἢ σὺν διπλασίοις ἀπο- 
’ 4 , . 4» ca o 4 «ες “ Perc - 16 
χωροίην. Καὶ τουτους οἱδ᾽ ott, ἐπιόντων μὲν ἡμῶν, οὐδ᾽ ὑμεῖς 
e ’ ε - e 2 ᾿ 
ἐλπίζετε δέξασϑαι ἡμᾶς" ἀπιόντων δέ, πάντες ἐπιστάμεϑα, 
ὅτι τολμήσουσιν ἐφέπεσϑαι. Τὸ δὲ διαβάντας ὕπισϑεν νάπος 
Υ ’ ᾿ ’ $2 2 ac 
χαλεπὸν ποιησασϑαι, μέλλοντας μαχεσϑαι, ag οὐχὶ καὶ αρ- 
᾿ - 4 , . , a 
πάσαν ἄξιον; Tots μὲν yao πολεμίοις ἔγωγε βουλοίμην ἂν 
[ 2 ~ “Ὁ 3 
εὔπορα πάντα φαίνεσθαι, wots ἀποχωρεῖν" ἡμᾶς δὲ καὶ 
ες 4 Ὁ ’ “Ψ ’ .« 3 Syd ry ~ 
uno τοῦ χωρίου δεῖ διδάσκεσθαι, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι μὴ νικῶσι 
’ ° 2 »” \ a 2 -Ἑ 
σωτηρία. Θαυμαζω δ᾽ ἔγωγε καὶ τὸ νάπος τοῦτο εἴ τις 
Ὁ 3 - [Δ 
μᾶλλον φοβερὸν νομίζει εἶναι τῶν ἄλλων, ὧν διαπεπορεύ- 
μεϑα χορίων. + Πῶς μὲν γὰρ διαβατὸν τὸ πεδίον, εἰ μὴ 
’ 8 ’ bad ‘ ᾿ 
vixyoouey τοὺς ἱππέας; πὼς δὲ ἃ διεληλύϑαμεν ὄρη, ἢν = 
πελτασταὶ τοσοΐδε ἐφέπωνται; Ἣν δὲ δὴ καὶ σωϑύὶρμεν ἐπὶ 
᾿ ’ ς , od 
Sulattav, πόσον τι νάπος ὃ Πόντος; ἔνϑα οὔτε πλοῖα ἔστι 
8 re ” ~ [ , , ; ’ 
τὰ ἀπάξοντα, οὔτε σῖτος, ᾧ Forwousda μένοντες " δεήσει 
n -" ~ lead [ 
δέ, ἣν Sarrov ἐκεῖ γενώμεϑα, ϑᾶττον ἐξιέναι πάλιν ἐπὶ τὰ 
o > - ev) “ 3 
ἐπιτήδεια. Οὐκοῦν νῦν κρεῖττον ἠριστηκότας μάχεσθαι, ἢ '“ 
od 3 φ » ὃ Cd e e Cc wm [4 er 3 
αὔριον ἀναρίστους. ΑΙνδρες, τά τε ἱερὰ ἡμῖν καλά, οἵ τε οἷ- 
‘ 3» μ“ ’ , » Q 4 bd 
@vos αἴσιοι, τὰ τε σφαγια κάλλιστα. ἼΙωμεν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄν- 
3 ~ ᾿ 2 we ° 
Seas. Ou δεῖ ἔτι τούτους, ἐπεὶ ἡμᾶς πάντας εἶδον, ἡδέως 
~ Pe? ὦ aA ’ “ 
δειπνῆσαι, οὐδ onxov ἂν ἐθέλωσι σκηνῆσαι.᾽ 
Joe ~ ~ , 
δντεῦϑεν ot λοχαγοὶ ἡγεῖσθαι ἐκέλευον, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀν- ΜΕ 
᾿ξ ’ Q ae ε as ᾿ . Γ ? 
τέλεγε. Kat og ἡγεῖτο, παραγγείλας διαβαίνειν, ἢ ἕκαυτος 
[4 - v = 
ἐτύγχανε τοῦ venous ὦν' ϑᾶττον γὰρ ὧν ἀϑρόον ἐδόκει 
[1] ’ ’ an 
οὕτω πέραν γενέσθαι τὸ στράτευμα, ἢ εἰ κατὰ τὴν γέφυραν, 


Keg. ε΄. ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASI2. 173 


ts 


3 2 8 ° 
ἢ ἐπὶ τῷ vanes ny, ἐξεμηρύοντο. ‘Enel δὲ διέβησαν, παρι- 
a 8 ? ry 2 6o > ’ 
ὧν παρὰ τὴν φαλαγγα, ἔλεγεν ᾿Ανδρες, ἀναμιμνήσκεσϑε, 
ὅσας δὴ μάχας σὺν τοῖς ϑεοῖς ὁμόσε ἰόντες νενικήκατε, καὶ 
ra - 3 
οἷα πάσχουσιν οἷ πολεμίους φεύγοντες" καὶ τοῦτ᾽ ἐννοήσατε, 
~ we 9 Γ 3 Σ 
ὅτι ἐπὶ ταῖς ϑύραις τῆς Ελλάδος ἐσμέν. “AMA ἕπεσϑε “Hye- 
Cd ~ ΄ ~ > 
porwr τῷ Ἡρακλεῖ, καὶ ἀλλήλους παρακαλεῖτε ὀνομαστί 
ε ᾿ 3 ~ ‘ ἢ - 9. \ , 
Ηδύ τοι, ἀνδρεῖον καὶ καλὸν νῦν εἰπόντα καὶ ποιήσαντα, 
? cA ’ ’ ς ~ 99 
μνήμην, ἐν οἷς ἐθέλει, παρέχειν ξαντοῦ. 
~ ’ x. © ς ~ 4 uv 
Ταῦτα παρελαύνων ἔλεγε, καὶ apa ὑφηγεῖτο ἐπὶ φαλαγ- 
γος, καὶ τοὺς πελταστὰς ἑκατέρωθεν ποιησάμενοι ἐπορεύ--᾿ 
ovto ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμέους. Παρηγγέλλετο δὲ τὰ μὲν δόρατα 
ἐπὶ τὸν δεξιὸν ὠμὸν ἔχειν, ἕως σημαίνοι τῇ σάλπιγγι ἔπει- 
τα δὲ εἰς προβολὴν καϑέντας ἕπεσϑαι βάδην, καὶ μηδένα 
δρόμῳ διώκειν. “Ex τούτον σύνϑημα παρήει, ZETS ΣΩ- 
ΤΗΡ, HPAKAHZ HTEMNN. Οἱ δὲ πολέμιοι ὑπέμε- 
. Soe 4 
γον, γομίζοντες, καλὸν ἔχειν τὸ χωρίον. Επεὶ δὲ ἐπλησία- 
3 Ἐ a 
Cov, ἀλαλάξαντες of Ἕλληνες πελτασταὶ ἔϑεον ἐπὶ τοὺς πο-- 
a ᾿ 2 
λεμίους, πρίν τινα κελεύειν" οὗ δὲ πολέμιοι ἀντίοι ὥρμησαν, 
οἵ τε ἱππεῖς καὶ τὸ στῖφος τῶν Βιϑυνῶν᾽" καὶ τρέπονται 
2 3 « 
τοὺς πελταστάς. “AAA ἐπεὶ ὑπηντίαζεν ἡ φάλαγξ τῶν ondi- 
τῶν ταχὺ πορευομένη, καὶ ἅμα ἡ σάλπιγξ ἐφϑέγξατο, καὶ . 
ἐπαιάνιζον, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἠἡλάλαζον, καὶ ἅμα τὰ δόρατα 
Lead ° ’ 2 2 
καϑίεσαν, ἐνταῦϑα οὐκέτι ἐδέξαντο of πολεμίοι, ἀλλ᾽ ἔφευ-- 
γον. Καὶ Τιμασίων μὲν ἔχων τοὺς ἱππέας ἐφείπετο, καὶ 
3 © 2 [4 € 3 ᾿ » “ὦ 
ἀπεκτίννυσαν, ὅσους περ ἐδύναντο, ὡς ολίγοι ὄντες. Τῶν 
, 3 . 3 3 
δὲ πολεμίων τὸ μὲν εὐώνυμον εὐϑὺς διευπάρη, xad ὃ οἵἱ 
~ 3 3 
Ἕλληνες ἱππεῖς ησαν τὸ δὲ δεξιόν, ἅτε οὐ σφόδρα διωκό- 
3. rs 
μένον, ἐπὶ λόφου συνέστη. Ἐπεὶ δὲ εἶδον οἵ Ἕλληνες ὑπο- 
᾿ 3 ’ - > 
μένοντας αὐτούς, ἐδόκει ῥᾷστόν te καὶ αἀκινδυνότατον εἶναι, 
3.» »Ἢ»Ά 2 Ε] 3 o 3 3 ΠῚ ’ é 
ἰέναε ἤδη ἐπ αὐτοὺς. Παιανίσαντες ovy, εὐϑυς ἐπέκειντο 
οἱ δὲ οὐχ ὑπέμειναν. Καὶ ἐνταῦϑα οἱ πελτασταὶ ἐδίωκον, 
’ ἢ t a τ ’ ὁ > » 2 > ‘ 3 4 
μέχρι τὸ δεξιὸν av διεσπάρη" ἀπέθανον δ᾽ ολίγοι: τὸ γὰρ 
ἂΨ “Ὁ e bd aoe 
ἱππικὸν φόβον παρεῖχε, τὸ τῶν πολεμίων, πολὶ Ov. Emad 


15* 


174. ΞΕΝΟΦΏΝΤΟΣ [ Bib. σ΄. 


δὲ εἶδον οἱ Ἕλληνες τὸ te Φαρναβάζου ἱππικὸν ἔτι συνεστη- 
κός, καὶ τοὺς Βιϑυνοὺς ἱππέας πρὸς τούτους συναϑροιζο- 
’ 2 e 4 
μένους, καὶ ἀπὸ λόφου tures καταϑεωμένους τὰ γιγνόμενα, 
> ’ ’ . 3 , VY » Φ 2». τ 
ἀπειρήκεσαν μὲν, ὅμως δ᾽ ἐδόκει καὶ ἐπὶ τούτους ἰτέον εἶναι 
τ « ᾿ 2 
οὕτως, ὅπως δύναιντο, ὡς μὴ τεθαῤῥηκότες ἀναπαύσαιντο. 5 
ξ ld 8 ° aa. be e ᾿ ς ~ 
Συνταξάμενοι δὲ πορεύονται. ᾿Εντεῦϑεν οἱ πολέμιοι ἱππεῖς 
’ re “ « e 
φεύγουσι κατὰ TOU πρανοῦς, ὁμοίως ὥςπερ ὑπὸ ἱππέων διω- 
[Δ [2 2 a ¢ > 
κόμενοι" νάπος γὰρ αὐτοὺς ὑπεδέχετο, ὃ οὐκ ἤδεσαν οἱ 
er. 3 , ’ ’ Ὁ > ς ‘ 3 
Elinves, ἀλλὰ προαπετράποντο διώκοντες ὀψὲ γὰρ ἢν. 
3... ᾿ e ᾿ « " 
_ EnavelSortes δὲ, ἔνϑα [δὴ] ἢ πρώτη συμβολὴ ἐγένετο, Ὁ 
’ ’ 3 o en ’ Q Car 
στησαμεένοι τρόπαιον, ἀπῃῇεσαν ἐπὶ ϑαλατταν περὶ ηλίου 
᾿ ’ 3 € ° , 
δυσμᾶς" στάδιοι γὰρ ἤσαν ὡς ἕξηκοντα ἐπὶ τὸ στρατῦ- 
πεδυν. 


Κεφάλαιον s’. 


Ἐντεῦϑεν οἱ μὲν πολέμιοι εἶχον ἀμφὲ τὰ ξαυτῶν, καὶ 
ἀπήγοντο καὶ τοὺς οἰκέτας καὶ τὰ χρήματα, ὅποι ἐδύναντο 
προσωτάτω" οἷ δὲ Ἕλληνες προςέμενον μὲν Κλέανδρον», καὶ 
τὰς τριήρεις, καὶ τὰ πλοῖα, ὡς ἥξοντα ᾿ ἐξιόντες δὲ ἑκάστης 
ἡμέρας σὺν τοῖς ὑποζυγίοις καὶ τοῖς ἀνδραπόδοις, ἐφέροντο 
ἀδεῶς ἤδη πυροὺς, κριϑάς, οἶνον, ὄσπρια, μελίνας, σῦκα" 
ἅπαντα γὰρ [ἀγαϑὰ εἶχεν ἡ χώρα, πλὴν ἐλαίου. Καὶ 95 
ὅπότς μὲν καταμένοι τὸ στράτευμα ἀναπανόμενον, ἐξῇν ἐπὶ 
λείαν ἰέναι" καὶ ἐλάμβανον οἱ ἐξιόντες "᾿ ὁπότε δ᾽ ἐξίοι πᾶν 
τὸ στράτευμα, εἴ τις χωρὶς ἀπελϑὼν λάβοι τι, δημόσιον ἔδο- 
tev εἶναι. ᾿Πδη δὲ ἦν [πολλὴ] πάντων ἀφϑονία " καὶ γὰρ 
ἀγοραὶ πάντοϑεν ἀφικνοῦντο ἐκ τῶν “Ἑλληνίδων πόλεων, καὶ = 
οἵ παραπλέοντες ἄσμενοι κατῆγον, ἀκούοντες, ὡς οἰκίζοιτο 
πόλις, καὶ λιμὴν εἴη. Ἔπεμπον δὲ καὶ οἱ πολέμιοι [ἢδη], 
Of πλησίον ᾧκουν, πρὸς Ξενοφῶντα, ἀκούοντες, ὅτι οὗτος 
σολέζει τὸ χωρίον, ἐρωτῶντες, ὃ τι δέοι ποιοῦντας φίλους 


Keg. ς΄.] ΚΤΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIS. 175 — 


᾽ 8 “« 
εἶνα. “OS ἐπεδείκνυεν αὐτοὺς τοῖς στρατιώταις. Κἀν 
᾿ > ΄« ᾿ ° ~ 
τούτῳ Kiéavdgos ἀφικνεῖται, δύο τριήρεις ἔχων, πλοῖον 
, Joe ᾿ ᾿ 
δ᾽ οὐδέν. ᾿Ετύγχανε δὲ τὸ στράτευμα ἔξω ὧν, ore ἀφίκετο, 
καὶ ἐπὶ λείαν τινὲς οἰχόμενοι, ἄλλοι εἰς τὸ θρος" καὶ εἰλή- 
δ φεσαν πρόβατα πολλά" ὀκνοῦντες δὲ, μὴ ἀφαιρεϑ εἶεν, τῷ 
’ e a ? e . ’ »” 
Δεξίππῳ λέγουσιν (ὃς ἀπέδρα τὴν πεντηκόντορον ἔχων ἐκ 
- “ Η ᾿ ; , . ’ e 
Τραπεζοῦντος), καὶ κελεύουσι διασώσαντα τὰ πρόβατα, τὰ 
μὲν αὐτὸν λαβεῖν, τὰ δὲ σφίσιν αὐτοῖς ἀποδοῦναι. 
Εὐϑὺς δ᾽ ἐκεῖνος ἀπελαύνει τοὺς περιευτῶτας τῶν στρα- 
10 τιωτῶν, καὶ λέγοντας, ὅτι δημόσια ταῦτ᾽ εἴη, καὶ τῷ Κλεάν- 
ὅρῳ [εὐθὺς] ἐλϑὼν λέγει, ὅτε ἁρπάζειν ἐπιχειροῦσιν. Ὃ δὲ 
, ‘ ε ’ » ‘ ε» ,¢ ‘ ι 
κελεύει τὸν ἁρπάζοντα ἄγειν πρὸς αὑτόν. Καὶ ὃ μὲν λαβὼν 
3 - τ 
ἄγει twa’ περιτυχὼν δ᾽ ᾿Αγασίας ἀφαιρεῖται" καὶ γὰρ ἦν 
> « > ν»ν [ .» “ 
αὐτῷ ὃ ἀγόμενος λοχίτης. Οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι οὗ παρόντες τῶν 
16 στρατιωτῶν ἐπιχειροῦσι βάλλειν τὸν Δέξιππον, ἀνακαλοῦντες 
'τὸν προδότην. Ἔδεισαν δὲ καὶ τῶν τριηριτῶν moddol, καὶ 
ἔφευγον εἰς τὴν ϑαλατταν᾽ καὶ Κλέανδρος δ᾽ ἔφευγε. 
γρὸ; “ 4 Q e » a e id Q ~ 
Ξενοφῶν δὲ καὶ ot ἄλλοι στρατηγοὶ κατεκωλυὸν τε, καὶ τῷ 
Κλεάνδρῳ ἔλεγον, ots οὐδὲν εἴη πρᾶγμα, ἀλλὰ τὸ δόγμα εἴη 
30 αἴτιον, τὸ τοῦ στρατεύματος, ταῦτα γενέσϑαι. Ὃ δὲ Kis- 
ε ᾿ “ 3 , ry > a 
avdgoc, ὑπὸ tou Δεξίππου te ἀνερεϑιζομενος, καὶ αὑτὸς 
ἀχϑεσϑείς, ὅτι ἐφοβήϑη, ἀποπλευσεῖσθαι ἔφη καὶ κηρύξειν, 
, 3 
μηδεμίαν πόλιν δέχεσϑαι αὐτούς, ὡς πολεμίους. Hozov δὲ 
’ ’ - ¢,, ’ e Lg 
tore πάντων τῶν Eldjvwy οὗ “ακεδαιμονιοι. 
“᾿ ~ z “ 
% ᾿Ενταῦϑα πονηρὸν ἐδόκει τὸ πρῦγμα [ἐκεῖνο] εἶναι τοῖς 
° “ Led 3 
Ἕλλησι, καὶ ἐδέοντο μὴ ποιεῖν ταῦτα. Ὃ ὃ οὐκ ἂν ἄλλως 
, 
ἔφη γενέσϑαι, εἰ μή τις ἐκδωώσεν τὸν ἄρξαντα βάλλειν καὶ 
3 ' 
τὸν ἀφελόμενον. ‘Hy δέ, ὃν ἐζήτει, ᾿Αγασίας, διὰ τέλους 
- ῳ ? ’ 3 ’ 
φίλος τῷ Ξενοφῶντι" ἐξ ov καὶ διέβαλεν αὐτὸν ὃ Δέξιππος. 
- τ 
80 Καὶ ἐντεῦϑεν, ἐπειδὴ ἀπορία ην, συνήγαγον τὸ στράτευμα 
᾿ ae οὦ 3 9 “Ὁ 
οὗ ἄρχοντες" καὶ ἔνιοι μὲν΄ αὐτῶν παρ΄ ολίγον ἐποιοῦντο 
᾿ ~ ἢ - 3 % 
τὸν Κλέανδρον" τῷ δὲ Ξενοφῶντι οὐκ ἐδόκει φαῦλον εἶναι 
. ~ 2 > 3 a Q e 
τὸ πρᾶγμα, αλλ ἀναστὰς ἔλεξεν 


176 ΞΕΝΟΦΩ͂ΝΤΟΣ [Βιδ. σ΄, 


6° ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, ἐμοὶ δ᾽ οὐ φαῦλον δοκεῖ εἶναι 
τὸ πρᾶγμα, εἰ ἡμῖν οὕτως ἔχων τὴν γνώμην Κλέανδρος 
bod e ’ 2? 8 3 8 » a e ¢,,. ἢ 
ἄπεισιν, ὥςπερ λέγει. Itoi μὲν vag δὴ ἐγγὺς at .Ελληνί- 
δὲς πόλρις" τῆς δ᾽ “Ἑλλάδος 4“ακεδαιμονεοι προεστήκασιν" 
ἱκανοὶ δέ εἶσι καὶ εἷς ἕκαστος “ακεδαιμυνίων ἐν ταῖς πόλε- 5 
ω ’ ’ .» τ 4 “ 
σιν, o τι βούλονται, διαπράττεσθαι. Es ovy οὕτος πρῶτον 
μὲν ἡμᾶς Βυζαντίου ἀποκλείσει, ἔπειτα δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀρ- 
μοσταῖς παραγγελεῖ, εἰς τὰς πόλεις μὴ δέχεσϑαι, ὡς ἀπι- 
στοῦντας “ακεδαιμονίοις καὶ ἀνόμους ὄντας, ἔτι δὲ πρὸ: 
> 4 , [4 ε , ac ὑ © 
Avatifioy τὸν ναύαρχον cutos o λόγος περὶ ἡμῶν ἡξει" χα-ἘἮ 
λεπὸν ἔσται καὶ μένειν καὶ ἀποπλεῖν" καὶ γὰρ ἐν τῇ γῇ ἄρ- 
χουσι “Δακεδαιμόνιοι καὶ ἐν τῇ ϑαλάττῃ τὸν νῦν χρύνον. 
Οὔκουν δεῖ οὔτε ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς ἕνεκα οὔτε ὅδνοῖν ἡμᾶς τοὺς 
ἄλλους τῆς Ἑλλαδος ἀπέχεσθαι, ἀλλὰ πειστέον, ὃ τι ἂν χε- 
λεύωσι" καὶ γὰρ of πόλεις ἡμῶν, ὅϑεν ἐσμέν, πείϑονται 1S 
αὐτοῖς. Ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν (καὶ γὰρ ἀκούω, Δέξιππον λέγειν 

8 ’ € 2 n 3 - > ἢ 
πρὸς Κλέανδρον, ὡς οὐκ ἂν ἐποίησεν Αγασίας ταῦτα, εἰ μὴ 
ἐγὼ αὐτὸν ἐκέλευσα), ἐγὼ οὖν ἀπολύω καὶ ὑμᾶς τῆς αἰτίας, 
καὶ ᾿Δ4γασίαν, ἂν αὐτὸς ᾿4γασίας φήση, ἐμέ τινος τούτων 
αἴτιον εἶναι, καὶ καταδικάξζω ἐμαυτοῦ, εἰ ἐγὼ πετροβολίας ἢ 348 
» 4 ε,; ~ Ud , w Ὑ 
ἄλλου τινὸς βιαίου ἐξάρχω, τῆς ἐσχάτης δέκης ἄξιος εἶναι, 
καὶ ὑφέξω τὴν δίκην. Φημὶ δέ, καὶ εἴ τινα ἄλλον αἰτιᾶται, 
δαυτὸν χρῆναι παρασχεῖν Κλεάνδρῳ κρῖναι" οὕτω γὰρ 
ἂν ὑμεῖς ἀπολελυμένοι τῆς αἰτίας εἴητε. “Ro δὲ νῦν ἔχει, 
χαλεπόν, si, οἰόμενοι ἐν τῇ “Ἑλλάδι καὶ ἐπαίνου καὶ τιμῆς Ἀ85 
τεύξεσθαι, ἀντὶ δὲ τούτων μηδ ᾿ ὅμοιοι τοὶς ἄλλοις ἐσόμεϑα, 
ἀλλ᾽ εἰρξόμεϑα ἐκ τῶν “Ἑλληνίδων πόλεων.᾽" 

Meta ταῦτα ἀναστὰς ᾿Αγασίας εἶπεν. ““ Ἐγώ, ὦ ἄνδρες, 
ὄμνυμι ϑεοὺς καὶ ϑεάς, ἡ μὴν μήτε ἐμὲ Ξενοφῶντα κελεῦσαι 
ἀφελέσϑαι τὸν ἄνδρα, unre ὑμῶν ἄλλον μηδένα ' ἰδόντι δέ em 

: ” 3 . > » ~ “ od e ἢ 
μοι avdga ayatoy ἀγόμενον tay ἐμὼν λοχιτῶν ὑπὸ 4εξίπ.- 
που, ὃν ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασϑε ὑμᾶς προδόντα, δεινὸν ἔδοξεν εἷ- 
var’ καὶ ἀφειλόμην, ὁμολογῶς Καὶ ὑμεῖς μὲν μὴ ἐκδῶτέ 


Keg. ς΄. KTPO? ANABASIZ. ἢ 177 


> e 5° 3 ? @ =~ - , ? ’ 
pe° ἐγὼ ὃ ἐμαντὸν, ὡςπερ Ξενοφῶν λέγει, παρασχήσω xoi- 
Ld n , ~ Ξ , εἰ 
γαντι Κλεανδρῳ, 0 tt av βούληται ποιῆσαι" τούτον ἕνεκα 
’ - 3 ~ 
μὴτε πολεμεῖτε “ακεδαιμονίοις, σώζοισϑέ te ἀσφαλῶς, ὅπη 
te ° e ὦ 3 ww 
ϑέλει ἕκαστος. “Συμπεμψατε μέντοι μοι ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἕλό- 


a ’ 7 
ὃ μενον πρὸς Κλέανδρον, οἵτινες, av τι ἐγὼ παραλείπω, καὶ 


10 


λα 


, - ς 4 « > 
λέξουσιν ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ καὶ πράξουσιν." “Ex τούτου ἔδωκεν 7 
Ul τ, ’ ’ 5. τ A] 
στρατιὰ, οὐςτινὰς Bovdoito προελόμενον ἰέναι. Ὃ δὲ προ- 
4 “εἰ 
εἰλετο τοὺς στρατηγούς. Meta ταῦτα ἐπορεύοντο πρὸς 
eer 3 > J 
Κλέανδρον Ayaciag καὶ ot otpatnyol, καὶ ὃ ἀφαιρεϑ εὶς 
2.4 € ΔΜ 3 ἐ a 3 e ’ 
ἀνὴρ ὑπὸ Αγασίου" καὶ ἔλεγον οἵ otoatnyol " 
” ¢ w € ᾿ τ 
“Ἔπεμψεν ἡμὰς ἡ στρατιὰ πρὸς σέ, ὦ Κλέανδρε" καὶ 
’ , = 
κελευουσὶ σε, εἴτε πάντας αἰτιᾷ, κρίναντα σεαυτὸν χρῆσϑαι, 
e n 9 a 4 er oon , ν᾿ \ ’ > «a 
Ὁ τι ay βουλῃ" site ἕνα τινα, ἡ δύο, ἡ καὶ πλείους αἰτιᾷ, 
ec > ζω ~ SY τ 
τούτους ἀξιοῦσι παρασχεῖν σοι ἑαυτοὺς εἰς κρίσιν. Εἶτε ovy 
ε « 4 > « eo ᾿ « Ye ΕΣ δὲ w e 
ἡμῶν TiVa αἰτιᾷ, παρεσμέν σοὶ ἡμεῖς" εἶτε δὲ ἄλλον τινὰ 
3 “Ὁ ρ Ps 3 Ἁ , 2 , ε n Cc w 
[αἰτιᾷ], φράσον" οὐδεὶς γάρ [vos] ἀπέσται, ὅςτις ἂν ἡμῖν 
᾿ - < 9 - 
ἐθέλῃ πείϑεσϑαι." Meta ταῦτα παρελϑὼν ὃ ᾿4γασῖΐας si- 
+ ee 3 ε«ε 3 
nev? “γώ siut, ὦ Kiéavdos, ὃ ἀφελόμενος 4Δεξίππου 
ted A ? . 
ἄγοντος τοῦτον τὸν ἄνδρα, καὶ παΐειν κελεύσας Δέξιππον. 
=. 8 z > ᾿ e ᾳῳ 
Tovtoy μὲν γὰρ οἷδα ἄνδρα ἀγαθὸν ὄντα" Δέξιππον δὲ 
" « « - 9 
αἱρεθέντα οἷδα ὑπὸ τῆς στρατιᾶς ἀρχειν τῆς πετηκοντόρου, 
v > a a > τ ~ e 
ἧς ἡτησάμεϑα παρὰ Τραπεζουντίων, ép ᾧ te mhota συλλέ- 
2 4 "4 
yew, ὡς σωζοίμεϑα " καὶ ἀποδράντα Δέξιππον, καὶ προ-- 
> τ , , 
δόντα τοὺς στρατιώτας, wet ὧν dowdy. Καὶ τοὺς te Τρα- 
Π ’ 4 
πεζουντίους ἀπέστερήκαμεν τὴν πεντηκόντορον, καὶ κακοὶ 
- “- 2 Ud > 
δοκοῦμεν εἶναι διὰ τοῦτον " avrol te, τὸ ἐπὶ τούτῳ, ἀπο-- 
¢ [4 » Φ ε ε “ « 3} 
λώλαμεν [πάντες]. Ἄκουε γάρ, ὥςπερ ἡμεῖς, ὥς ἄπορον 


rv) ae 3 ’ a ’ Cd 4 ~ 
εἴη, πεζῇ ἀπιόντας τοὺς ποταμοῦς te διαβῆναι, καὶ σωϑῆναν 


8 “ 3 - ? 2 
εἰς τὴν Ελλάδα. Τοῦτον οὔν τοιοῦτον ὄντα ἀφειλόμην. 
.2 q a n »ν ~ e 0 4 ᾿᾽ “" 7 3 
Εἰ δὲ σὺ nyse, ἢ ἄλλος τις τῶν παρὰ σοῦ, καὶ μὴ τῶν παρ 
« τ , >? a a 0 
ἡμῶν ἀποδράντων, εὖ ἴσϑι, ὅτι οὐδὲν av τούτων ἐποίησα. 
Lad > > ’ 
Νόμιζε δὲ, ἂν ἐμὲ νῦν ἀποκτείνῃς, δι ἀνδρα δειλόν τὸ καὶ 
4 ” 3 a 3 - 54} 
πονηρὸν avdga ayadov ἀποχτενῶώ». 


t78 : EENOPINFOZ [Δ.6. σ΄ 


ne 7 ᾿ ᾿ 
᾿Ακούσας ταῦτα ὃ Ἀλέμνδρος εἶπεν, “ὅτι Δέξιππον μὲν οὐχ 
- ι ἜΝ > ’ » - 
ἐπαινοίη, εἰ ταῦτα πεποιηκὼς etn” οὗ μέντοι ἔφη »ομέζειν, 
de? > ’ 3 "te ᾿ ~ ’ ? 
— evd εἰ παμπονῆρας HY διξιππος, Biv χρῆναι παύχειν ar 
: , 3 ‘ ' a ,¢ ὦ ~ τ ὦ ~ ’ 
τόν, ἀλλὰ κριϑέντα ὥςπερ καὶ ὑμεῖς νῦν ἀξιοῦτε, τῆς δίκης 
~ “ ἢ τ » 9 , ‘ » 
τυχεῖν. uv μὲν οὖν ἄπιτε, καταλιπόντες τόνδε τὸν um ὃ 
doa’ ὅταν δ᾽ ἐγὼ κελεύσω, πάρεστε πρὸς τὴν κρίσιν. At 
~ 4 ” a [4 »Ὦ » 3 ° Ξ 3 ᾿ 
τιῶμαι δὲ οὔτε τὴν στρατιαν, οὔτε ἀλλον οὐδένα" ἐπεί γι 
z 2 - ? 2 
@UTIG αὐτὸς ὁμολογεῖ ἀφελέσϑαι τὸν ἄνδρα." ὋὋ δ᾽ aga 
> 3 “ 
φεϑεὶς εἶπεν" “Ἐγώ, ὦ Κλέανδρε, εἰ καὶ οἴει μὲ ἀδικοῦντά 
> » er 3 1 24. 
τι ἄγεσθαι, οὔτ᾽ ἔπαιον οὐδένα, οὔτ᾽ ἔβαλλον, ἀλλ᾽ εἶπον, ¥ 
" ° é 3 « 
ὅτι δημόσια εἴη τὰ πρόβατα " ἣν γὰρ τῶν στρατιωτῶν δόγμα, 
, € 
st τις, ὑπότε ἡ στρατιὰ ἐξίοι, ἰδίᾳ ληΐζοιτο, δημόσια εἶναι 
ὃ ~ > 8 ‘ t 
τὰ ληφϑέντα. Tait εἶπον" καὶ ἐκ τούτου pe λαβὼν οὗτος 
- ’ 2 > 3 ’ 
ayer, ἵνα μὴ φϑέγγοιτο μηδεῖς, ἀλλ αὐτὸς λαβὼν τὸ μέρος, 
΄ ~ a e a , e 4 : 
διασώσειε τοῖς λησταῖς πορὰ τὴ» ῥήτραν τὰ χρήματα." 
« «Ἡ 3 
Πρὲὶς ταῦτα ὁ Κλέανδρος εἶπεν" “Ἐπεὶ τοίνυν τοιοῖτος 
Ύ 
εἶ, κατάμενε, ἵνα καὶ περὶ σοῦ βουλευσώμεϑα. 
Jr ’ 3 3 . 
Ex τοῦτον οὗ μὲν ἀμφὶ Κλέανδρον ἡρίστων " τὴν δὲ στρα- 
4 Ὁ lad 
may συνὴγε Ξενοφῶν, καὶ συνεβούλενε, πέμψαι ἄνδρας 
, ’ “ 5 “ Joe 
πρὸς Κλέανδρον, παραιτησομένους περὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν. Ἔχ" 
’ , 2 ~ 
τούτου ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς, πέμψαντας στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγοὺς 
4 od 
χαὶ Agaxortioy τὸν Σπαρτιάτην, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων of ἐδόκοιν 
Ύ ~ 
ἐπιτήδειοι εἶναι, δεῖαϑαι Κλεάνδρου κατὰ πάντα τρόπον 
3 ~ 2 3 - , 5 
ἀφεῖναι τὰ ἀνδρε. Ελϑὼν ov Zevopay λέγει" “ Ἔχεις 
’ τ 0 ὃ 4 bod é , ¢ ’ ς - 45 
μέν, ὦ Kisavdge, τοὺς ardgas’ καὶ ἢ. στρατιά σοι ᾧὑφεῖτο, 
e A “- \ 5 , δ > > 
Ὁ tt éfovlov ποιῆσαι καὶ περὶ τούτων, χαὶ περὶ savtow 
€ ’ Ὁ -“ , 
ἀπαντων. Nov δέ σε αἰτοῦνται καὶ δέονται δούναι σφίαι 
Q » a e ~ 
τὼ ἀνῦρε, καὶ μὴ κατακαίνειν" πολλὰ yao ἐν τῷ ἔμπροσϑεν 
[4 a e 8 “ 
χρόνῳ περὶ thy ατρατιὰν ἐμογϑησάτην. Ταῦτα δέ σον 
’ ς a > ~ 
τυχόντες, ὑπιαχνοῦνταί aot ἀντὶ τούτων, ἐὰν βούλῃ ἡγεῖσϑαι 4 
> « U 3 ᾿ 
autor, καὶ ἐὰν οὗ ϑεοὶ ἵλεῳ way, ἐπιδείξειν σοι, καὶ ὡς 
’ 3 ν ἐς -.-» 
κοσμιοΐ stor, καὶ ὡς ἱκανοί, τῷ ἄρχοντι πειϑόμενοι, τοὺς πο- 
᾿ ~ ~ ν᾿ ~ 
λεμίους avy τοῖς ϑεοῖς. μὴ φοβεῖαϑαι. 4Δέονται δὲ cov καὶ 


Cem. ς΄. ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASITZ. 179 


τοῦτο, παραγενόμενον καὶ ἄρξαντα ἑαυτῶν πεῖραν λαβεῖν καὶ 
ΖΔεξίππου καὶ σφῶν [καὶ] τῶν ἄλλων», οἷος ἕκαστος ἐστι, καὶ 
τὴν ἀξίαν ἑκάστοις νεῖμαι." ᾿Ακούσας ταῦτα ὃ Κλέανδρος, 
“᾿Αλλὰ ναὶ [μὰ] τὼ Σιώ," ἔφη, “ ταχύ το: ὑμιν ἀποκρινοῦ- 
ὁ μαι. Καὶ τώ τε avdge ὑμῖν δίδωμι, καὶ αὐτὸς παρέσονιαι" 
καὶ ἐὰν οἱ ϑεοὶ παραδιδῶσι [τι], ἐξηγήσομαι εἰς τὴν εἰ aries 
Καὶ πολὺ οἱ λόγοι οὗτοι ἀντίοι εἰσὶν ἢ οὗς ἐγὼ περὶ ὑμὼν 
ἐνίων ἤκουον, ὡς τὸ στράτευμα ἀφίστατε ἀπὸ «ακεδαιμο- 
vio.” 
© "Ex τούτου of μὲν ἐπαινοῦντες ἀπῆλϑον, ἔχοντες τὼ ἄνδρε" 
Κλέανδρος δὲ ἐθύετο ἐπὶ τῇ πορείᾳ, καὶ συνῆν ξενοφῶντε 
φιλικῶς, καὶ ξενίαν συνεβάλλοντου. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ καὶ ἑώρα av- 
τοὺς τὸ παραγγελλόμενον εὐτάκτως ποιοῦντας, καὶ μᾶλλον 
ἔτι ἐπεθύμει ἡγεμὼν γενέσϑαι αὐτῶν. ᾿Επεὶ μέντοι ϑυο- 
6 μένῳ αὐτῷ ἐπὶ τρεῖς ἡμέρας οὐκ ἐγίγνετο τὰ ἱερά, συγκα- 
λέσας τοὺς στρατηγοὺς εἶπεν" “Ἐμοὶ μὲν οὐκ ἐϑέλει γενέ- 
σϑαι τὰ ἱερὰ aye’ ὑμεῖς μέντοι μὴ ἀϑυμεῖτε τούτον 
ἕνεκα" ὑμῖν μὲν γάρ, ὡς ἔοικε, δέδοται ἐκκομίσαε τοὺς av~ 
Spuc’ ἀλλὰ πορεύεσϑε. ᾿Ημεῖς δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἐπειδὰν ἐκεῖσε 
Ὁ ἤκητε, δεξόμεϑα, ὡς av δυνώμεϑα καάλλιστα.᾽" 

Ἐκ τούτου ἔδοξε τοῖς στρατιώταις, δοῦναι αὐτῷ τὰ δημό-- 
σια πρόβατα. Ὃ δὲ δεξάμενος, πάλιν αὑτοῖς ἀπέδωχε᾽ καὶ 
αὐτὸς μὲν ἀπέπλει. Ot δὲ στρατιῶται, διαϑέμενοι τὸν σῖ- 
τον, ὃν ἦσαν συγκεκομισμένοι, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα, ἃ εἰλήφεσαν, 

5 ἐξεπορεύοντο διὰ τῶν Βιϑυτῶν. ᾿Ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐδενὶ ἐνέτυχον 
πορευόμενοι τὴν ὀρϑὴν ὁδόν, ὥςτ ἔχοντές τι εἰς τὴν φιλίαν 
λϑεῖν, ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς, τοὔμπαλιν ὑποστρέψαντας ἐλϑεῖν μίαν 
ἡμέραν καὶ νύχτα. Τοῦτο δὲ ποιήσαντες, ἔλαβον πολλὰ καὶ 
ἀνδράποδα καὶ πρόβατα " καὶ ἀφίκοντο ἑκταῖοι εἰς Χρυ- 

Ὁ σύπολιν τῆς Χαλκηδονίας, καὶ ἐκεῖ ἔμειναν ἡμέρας ἑπτὰ 
λαφυροπωλοῦντες. 


ZF ENOGRNTOX 


KrPOT ANABAZELNRZ 


BIBAION ‘EBAOMON. 


Κεφάλαιον α΄. 


ὍΣΑ μὲν δὴ ἐν τῇ ἀναβάσει τῇ μετὰ Κύρου ἔπραξαν o& 


Ἕλληνες μέχρι τῆς μάχης, καὶ ὅσα, ἐπεὶ Κῦρος ἐτελεύτησεν, 
ἐν τῇ πορείᾳ, μέχρις εἰς τὸν Πόντον ἀφίκοντο, καὶ ὅρα ἐκ 
τοῦ Πόντου πεζῇ ἐξιόντες ‘god πλέοντες ἐποίουν, μέχρις ἔξω 
τοῦ στόματος ἐγένοντο ἐν Χρυσοπόλει τῆς ᾿Ασίας, [πάντα] 
ἐν τῷ πρόσϑεν λόγῳ δεδήλωται. 

"Ex τούτου δὲ Φαρνάβαζος, φοβούμενος τὸ στράτευμα, μὴ 
ἐπὶ τὴν αὐτοῦ ἀρχὴν στρατεύηται, πέμψας πρὸς ᾿Αναξίβιον 
τὸν ναύαρχον (ὃ δὲ ἔτιχεν ἐν Βυζαντίῳ wy), ἐδεῖτο, διαβι- 
βάσαι τὸ στράτευμα ἐκ τῆς ᾿Ασίας, καὶ ὑπισχνεῖτο, πάντα 
ποιήσειν αὐτῷ, ὅσα δέο. Καὶ ᾿Αναξίβιος μετεπέμψατο 
τοὺς στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγοὺς τῶν στρατιωτῶν εἰς Βυζάν- 
τιον, καὶ ὑπισχνεῖτο, εἰ διαβαῖεν, μισϑοφορὰν ἔσεσϑαι τοῖς 
στρατιώται. Οἱ μὲν δὴ ἄλλοι ἔφασαν βουλευσάμενοι 
ἀπαγγελεῖν᾽ Ξενοφῶν δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ὅτι ἀπαλλάξοιτο ἤδη 


Lo 


| 


ἀπὸ τῆς στρατιᾶς, καὶ βούλοιτο ἀποπλεῖν. Ὃ δὲ ᾿Αναξίβιος-- 
ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν συνδιαβάντα, ἔπειτα οὕτως ἀπαλλάττεσϑαι.- 
“Egn οὖν ταῦτα ποιήσειν. 

Σεύϑης δὲ ὃ Θρὰξ πέμπει Μηδοσάδην, καὶ κελεύει Fevo— 
φῶντα συμπροϑυμεῖσϑαι, ὅπως διαβῇ τὸ στράτευμα, κα 5 


ep. α΄. KTPOr ANABAZIZ. 18] 


M6 > ὦ Lod ’ ω > la 
ἔφη αὑτῷ ταῦτα συμπροθυμηϑέντει oth ov μεταμελήσει. 
“--«-9 a ; 
Ὃ δ᾽ εἶπεν" “᾿Αλλὰ τὸ μὲν στράτευμα διαβήσεται " τού- 
του ἵνεκα μηδὲν τελείτω μήτε ἐμοΐῖ, μήτε ἄλλῳ μηδενί " eres 
a - 4 3 . . , 
Suv δὲ διαβῆ, ἐγὼ μὲν ἀπαλλάξομαι " πρὸς δὲ τοὺς διαμέ- 
᾿ ψογτας χαὶ ἐπικαιρίους ὄντας προςφερέσϑω, ὡς ἂν αὐτῷ 
oe ? . 99 
δοκὴ aupadés. 
Joe ? v : [ 
‘kx τούτου διαβαΐνουσε πάντες εἰς Βυζάντιον ot OTQATLO~ 
τ 2 
tar’ καὶ μισϑὸν μὲν οὐκ ἐδίδου ὃ ‘AvatiBioss ἐκήρυξε δὲ, 
’ 4 (ὦ a 4 Φ ᾿ ’ ’ ε 
. λαβοντας ta ὁπλα καὶ τὰ σκεύη τοὺς στρατιωτας ἐξιέναι, ὡς 
3 ° a 3 a e Jae we 
) ἀποπέμψων te ἅμα καὶ ἀριϑμὸν ποιήσων. Ἐνταῦϑα ot 
had » a” 2 - 3 ’ 
στρατιῶται ἤχϑοντο, ott οὐκ εἶχον ἀργύριον ἐπισιτίζεσϑαι 
εἰς τὴν πορεῖαν, καὶ θκνηρῶς συνεσκευάζοντο. 
€ = - « ¢ “ & = . 
Καὶ ὁ Ξενοφῶν, Κλεάνδρῳ τῷ αρμοστῇ ξένος γεγερημέ- 
‘ 3 Ps ,» ε ? ’ » 
γος, προφελϑὼν ἡσπάξετο αὐτόν, ὡς ἀποπλευσούμενος 1,δη. 
᾽ν Ὃ δ᾽ αὐτῷ λέγει “ Μὴ ποιήσῃς ταῦτα" εἰ δὲ μή," ἔφη, 
“ » ¢ Ste 7 a Lad 3 3 4 2 - Ὁ 3 
αἰτίαν ἕξεις " ἐπεὶ καὶ νῦν τινὲς ἤδη σὲ αἰτιῶνται, υτι οὐ 
i} ? 2 3 a 
ταχὺ ἐξέρπει τὸ στράτευμα. ὋὉ δ᾽ εἶπεν' “᾿Αλλ αἴτιος 
a ? 2 4 -ηἠ 2 
μὲν ἔγωγε οὐκ εἰμὶ τούτου, of δὲ στρατιῶται avtol, ἐπισι- 
- ’ a € » a “ 3 - 
τισμοῦ δεόμενοι, [καὶ οὐκ ἔχοντες,] διὰ τοῦτο ἀαϑυμοῦσι 
) πρὸς τὴν ἔξοδον.᾽ “᾿Αλλ ὅμως," ἔφη, “ἐγώ σοι συμβουλεύω, 
ἐξελϑεῖν μὲν ὡς πορευσόμενον " ἐπειδὰν δ᾽ ἔξω γένηται τὸ 
στράτευμα, τότε ἀπαλλαττευϑαι.᾽ “Ταῦτα τοίνυν, ἔφη 
ὃ Ξενοφῶν, “ ἐλϑόντες πρὸς Αναξίϑιον. διαπραξόμεϑα.᾽" 
Οὕτως ἐλϑόντες ἔλεγον ταῦτα. Ὃ δ᾽ ἐκέλευσεν οὕτω ποιεῖν, 
' καὶ τὴν ταχίστην ἐξιέναι συγεσκευασμένους, καὶ προςανει- 
» en n 4 ῳ ᾽ ‘ ε΄ 4 ΕῚ 4 3 ’ 
πεῖν, ὃς ἂν μὴ παρὴ εἰς τὴν ἐξέτασιν καὶ εἰς τὸν ἀριϑμον, 
a > «a <¢ e 9 e 3,. - ’ e 
OTL αὕὑτος αὐτὸν αἰτιασεται. Kyteutey ἐξηεσαν οἱ τὲ στρα- 
τηγοὶ πρῶτοι, καὶ of ἄλλοι. Καὶ ἄρδην πάντες τιλὴν odl~ 
Hed τ 4 2gy , e ’ q , , ε 
γων ἔξω ησαν, καὶ Ersovixog εἱστήκει παρὰ τὰς πύλας, ὡς, 
ἢ ὁπόταν tw γένωνται πάντες, ἀποκλείσων τὰς πύλας, καὶ τὸν 
μοχλὸν ἐμβαλῶν. 
8 ’ e 
‘O δὲ ᾿Αναξίβιος, συγκαλέσας τοὺς στρατηγοὺς καὶ τοὺς 
΄ © 6 mm ad , 9 “ , 
λοχαγούς, ἔλεγε Τὰ μὲν énitySera, ἔφη, “ λαμβάνετε ἐκ 
16 


182 ZENO®SILNTOR [8ι6. ζ΄. 


τς 
τῶν Θρᾳκίων κωμῶν " εἰσὶ δὲ αὐτόϑι πολλαὶ κριϑαὶ καὶ 
πυροὶ, καὶ τἄλλα τὰ ἐπιτήδεια " λαβόντες δὲ πορεύεσϑε εἰς 
τὴν Χεῤῥόνησον, ἐκεῖ δὲ Κυνίσκος ὑμῖν μισϑοδοτήσει." 
᾿ἘἘπακούσαντες δέ τινες τῶν στρατιωτῶν ταῦτα, ἢ καὶ τῶν 
- i , 9 , , rN e , 
λοχαγῶν τις, διαγγέλλειν εἰς τὸ στράτευμα. Καὶ οἱ μὲν! 
στρατῃγοὶ ἐπυνθάνοντο περὶ τοῦ Σεύϑου, πότερα πολέμιος 
,ἪἬ an e 4 a? a wee so 3 ’ ’ 
εἴη ἡ φίλος, καὶ πότερα διὰ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ὄρους δέοι πορευε- 
an γ 4 ’ we 9 
σθαι, ἢ κύκλῳ διὰ μέσης τῆς Θρᾳκῆς. 
᾽ r ‘ ἕξ “ ’ e 0 > , 
Ey @ δὲ οὗτοι ταῦτα διελέγοντο, of στρατιῶται ἀναρπα- 
ooo ᾿ 4 a a t « [2 ? 10 
σαντες ta σπλα ϑέουσι δρόμῳ πρὸς τὰς πύλας, ὡς πάλιν εἰς 
᾿ -Φ le > o ε . 3 [2 SY ς 4 > »ν ε 
τὸ τεῖχος εοἰςιόντεςβ. Ο δὲ Ετεόνικος καὶ οἵ σὺν αὐτῷ, ὡς 
εἶδον προςϑέοντας τοὺς ὁπλίτας, συγκλείουσε τὰς πύλας, καὶ 
a a go e a -7ὦ » a 
tov: μοχλὸν ἐμβάλλουσιν. Ot δὲ στρατιῶται ἔκοπτον τὰς 
, \ 2 ’ ’ is ’ 3 
πύλας, καὶ ἔλεγον, ore adixwtata πασχοιεν ἐκβαλλόμενοι εἰς 
τοὺς πολεμίους" καὶ κατασχίσειν τὰς πύλας ἔφασαν, εἰ μή 3 
> 
ixovtes ἀνοίξουσιν. άλλοι δ᾽ αὐτῶν ἔϑεον παρὰ τὴν Sa- 
λαττα», καὶ παρὰ τὴν χηλὴν. τοῦ τεΐχους ὑπερβαίνουσιν εἰς 
4 , ~» 4 “ , » >» - 
τὴν πόλιν " ἄλλοι δ᾽, ov ἐτύγχανον ἔνδον ὄντες τῶν στρατιω- 
“ᾧἦ ε «Ἡ « ~ 
τῶν, ὡς ὁρῶσι τὰ ἐπὶ ταῖς πύλαις πράγματα, διακόψαντες 
-“"᾿ Jer 4 λ ~ > , 4 » ‘ ς .-ΞΞ 
ταῖς αξίναις ta κλεῖίϑρα, ἀναπεταγννύουσι τὰς πύλας" οἱ = 
3 
δ᾽ εἰςπίπτουσιν. 
€ “Ὁ ε ®* 9» 
Ὁ δὲ Ξενοφῶν, ὡς εἶδε ta γιγνόμενα, δείσας, μὴ ἐφ᾿ ἀρ- 
᾿ , 
παγὴν τράποιτο τὸ στράτευμα, καὶ ἀνήκεστα κακὰ γένοιτο 
~ ? > « ~ 
τῇ Moke καὶ αὐτῷ καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις, ἔϑει, καὶ συνεις- 
πίπτει εἴσω τῶν πυλῶν σὺν τῷ ὄχλῳ. Οἱ δὲ Βυζάντιοι, Ἠ8 
ec τ 4 ’ - 
wo sidoy τὸ στρατευμὰ βίᾳ sicnintoy, φεύγουσιν» ἐκ τῆς 
3 “ « 4 4 -- ? 
ἀγορᾶς, οἵ μὲν εἰς τὰ πλοῖα, of δὲ οἴκαδε" ὅσοι δ᾽ ἔνδον 
a »; 3 ‘ e ᾿ ~ e 
ἐτυγχανον ovtec, ἔξω" of δὲ καϑεῖλκον τὰς τριήρεις, ὡς ἐν 
αὖ ’ 4 ᾿ 4 , 
ταῖς τριήρεσι σωώζοιντο" πάντες δὲ ᾧοντο ἀπολωλέναε, ὡς 
ἑαλωκυίας τῆς πόλεως. “O δὲ “Exsovtxog εἰς τὴν ἄκραν ἘΞ 
2 ’ « e 2 wer a 
anogevyst. Ὃ δὲ «Ἀναξίβιος, καταδραμὼν ἐπὶ τὴν ϑαλατ- 
ε « e > 4 > ’ 
ταν, αλιδυτικῳ πλοίῳ περιέπλει εἰς τὴν ἀκρόπολιν, καὶ 
nr ᾿ , ’ 2 ᾿ 
svdug μεταπέμπεται ἐκ Χαλκηδόνος φρουρούς" ov γὰρ 
ἱκανοὶ ἐδόχουν εἶναι οἱ ἐν τῇ ἃ )λ iy τοὺς avd 
Ἥ ἄχροπολει σχεῖν τοὺς σνδρῆς. 


Keg. α΄. KTPOr ANABASIZ. 183 


Οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται ὡς εἶδον τὸν Ξενοφῶντα, προςπίπτου- 
σιν αὐτῷ πολλοί, καὶ λέγουσι᾽ ““ΙΝῦν σοι ἔξεστιν, ὦ 
= - > Q ° Was Lé 2» , 
Ξενοφῶν, avdge γενέσϑαι. “Hysig πόλιν, ἔχεις τριήρεις, 
δι ’ ” »” ᾽ bad » Ul 
ἔχεις χρήματα, ἔχεις ἀνδρας τοσούτους. Νὺν ay, εἰ Bov- 


’ \ ¢ ν > Ὁ , ¢ ~ 4 ’ ’ 
5 hoto, σὺ τε [καὶ] ἡμᾶς ονῆσαις, καὶ ἡμεῖς σὲ μέγαν ποιὴ- 


σαιμεν."᾽ Ὃ δὲ ἀπεκρίνατο" ““᾿4λλ᾽ εὖ τε λέγετε, καὶ ποιή-- 
ow ταῦτα᾽ εἰ δὲ τούτων ἐπιϑυμεῖτε, ϑέσϑε τὰ ὅπλα ἐν τά-- 
ξει ὡς τάχιστα "᾽ βουλόμενος αὐτοὺς κατηρεμῆσαι" καὶ 
αὐτός τὸ παρηγγύα ταῦτα, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐκέλευσε παρεγ- 


Cd fu 2 ed 
10 γυᾶν, καὶ τέϑεσθαι ta ὅπλα. OF δέ, αὐτοὺ ὑφ᾽ ξαυτῶν 


15 


’ er εἰ aa >, op , > 2? a ᾿ 
ταττόμενοι, οἵ τε ὁπλῖται ἐν ολίγῳ χρόνῳ εἰς ὀκτὼ ἐγένοντο, 
καὶ οἱ πελτασταὶ ἐπὶ τὸ κέρας ἑκάτερον παραδεδραμήκεσαν. 

: [2 
Τὸ δὲ χωρίον οἷον κάλλιστον ἐχτάξασϑαί ἐστι, τὸ Θράκιον 

o »” > “ 4 ’ > 4 “. "» e 
καλούμενον, ἔρημον οἰκιῶν καὶ πεδινόν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἔκειτο ta 
¢€ we 
ὅπλα, καὶ κατηρεμίσϑησαν, συνγκαλεῖ Ξενοφῶν τὴν στρατιάν, 
καὶ λέγει τάδε" 

{ 3 τἅ»ν ; 

“Ὅτε μὲν ὀργίζεσθε, ὦ ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, καὶ νομίζετε 
3 
δεινὰ πάσχειν ἐξαπατώμενοι, ov ϑαυμάζξω. ᾿Βὰν δὲ τῷ 

Cd g 

Supa χαριζώμεϑα, καὶ «“ἠακεδαιμονίους te τοὺς παρόντας 


50 τῆς ἐξαπάτης τιμωρησώμεϑα, καὶ τὴν πόλιν τὴν οὐδὲν 


αἰτίαν διαρπάσωμεν, ἐνθυμήϑητε, ἃ ἔσται ἐντεῦϑεν. 
πολέμιος μὲν ἐσόμεϑα ἀποδεδειγμένος “ακεδαιμονίοις 
τε καὶ τοῖς συμμάχοις " οἷος δ᾽ ὃ πόλεμος ἂν γένοιτο, 
> » Ω ? 4 a > ’ 

εἰκάζειν δὴ πάρεστιν, siwgaxotas καὶ αἀναμνησϑέντας 


21a νῦν δὴ γεγενημέναι Ἡμεῖς γὰρ of ᾿Αϑηναῖοι εἰςήλ- 


ϑομὲν εἰς τὸν πόλεμον τὸν πρὸς τοὺς Aaxedatporious 
καὶ τοὺς συμμάχους, ἔχοντες τριήρεις, τὰς μὲν ἐν ϑαλαάττῃ, 
τὰς δ᾽ ἐν τοῖς νεωρίοις, οὐκ ἐλάττους τετρακοσίων, ὑπαρχόν»- 
τῶν δὲ πολλῶν χρημάτων ἐν τῇ πόλει, καὶ προςύδου οὔσης 


? 3 Cd - ε > 
Bo χατ᾽ ἐνιαυτὸν ἀπό te τῶν ἐνδήμων καὶ ἐκ τῆς ὑπερορίας, οὐ 


μεῖον χιλίων ταλάντων" ἄρχοντές τε τῶν νήσων ἁπασῶν, καὶ 
δ, -φ 2 e a » N ~ 3 ’ » 
ἔν τε τῇ Ασίᾳ πόλεις πολλὰς ἔχοντες, καὶ ἐν τῇ Ευρωπῃ αλ- 
3 - [.} Cad 
λας τε πολλάς, καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὸ Βυζάντιον, ὁπου νῦν 


184 EENODAQNTOZ [ Bib. Ζ΄. 


ἐσμέν, ἔχοντες, κατεπολεμήϑημεν οὕτως, ὡς πιντες Dyes 
ἐπίστασθε. Nov δὲ δὴ τὶ ἂν οἰόμεθα παϑεῖν, Aaxedaipo- 
γίων μὲν καὶ τῶν ᾿ἡχαιῶν συμμάχων ὑπαρχόντων, AP_raiay 
δέ, καὶ ὅσοι ἐκεένοις τότε ἦσαν σύμμαχοι, πάντων προςγε- 


γενημένων, Τισσαφέρνους δὲ, καὶ τῶν én θαλάττῃ ἄλλων 
βαρβάρων πάντων πολεμίων ἡμῖν ὄντων, πολεμιωτάτον δὲ 
wirov τοῦ ἄνω βασιλέως, ὃν ἤλθομεν ἀφαιρησόμενοἑ τε τὴν 
ἀρχήν, καὶ ἀποκτενοῦντες, εἰ δυναίμεϑα ; Τούτων δὴ nay- 
των ὅμοῦ ὕντων, ἔστι τις οὕτως ἄφρων, ὅςτις οἴεται ἂν ἡμᾶς 
περιγενέσθαι; Μή, πρὸς Sear, μαινώμεϑα, μηδὲ αἱοῬ 
σχρῶς ἀπολώμεϑα, πολέμιοε ὄντες καὶ τοῖς πατρά- 
σι, καὶ τοῖς ἡμετέροις αὐτῶν φίλοις τὸ καὶ οἰκείοις. Ἐν 
γὰρ ταῖς πόλεσιν εἰσὶ πάντες, ταῖς ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς στρατευσομέ- 
γαις καὶ δικαίως " εἰ βάρβαρον μὲν πόλιν οὐδεμέαν ἡϑελή- 
σαμεν καταυχεῖν, καὶ ταῦτα κπρωτοῦντες Ἑλληνίδα δέ, εἰς 
ἣν πρῶτον ἤλθομεν πόλιν, ταύτην ἐξαλαπίάξομεν. ᾿Εγὼ μὲν 
τοίνυν εὔχομαι, πρὶν ταῦτα ἐπιδεῖν BD ὑμῶν γενόμενα, μυ- 
φίας ἐμέ γε κατὰ τῆς γῆς ὀργυιὰς γενέαϑαι. Καὶ ὑμῖν δὲ 
συμβουλεύω, Ἕλληνας ὄντας, τοῖς τῶν (Ἑλλήνων πρθεστη- 
κόσι πειϑομένους πειρᾶσϑαι τῶν δικαίων τυγχάνειν. ᾿Ἐὰν 
δὲ μὴ δύνησϑε ταῦτα, ἡμᾶς δεῖ ἀδικουμένους τῆς γοῦν ᾿Ελ- 
λαδος μὴ στέρεαϑαι. Καὶ νῦν μοι δοκεῖ, πέμψαντας Ava- 
ξιβίῳ εἰπεῖν, “ ὅτι ἡμεῖς οὐδὲν βέχιον ποιήσοννες παρεληλύ- 
ιϑαμεν εἷς τὴν πόλιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἣν μὲν δυνόμεϑα παρ᾿ ὑμῶν ἀγα- 
Fov τι εὑρίσκεσθαι" εἰ δὲ μή, ἀλλὰ δηλώσοντες Buty, Oot 
oux ἐξαπατώμενοι, ἀλλὰ πειϑόμενοι ἐξερχόμεϑα.᾽ 

Ταῦτα ἔδοξε" καὶ πέμπουσιν ᾿ερώνυμόν τε ἼΙλεῖον, égovr- 
wa ταῦτα, καὶ Εὐρύλοχον ᾿Αρκάδα, καὶ Φιλήσιον ᾿ἀχαιόν. 
Oi μὲν ταῦτα ᾧχοντο ἐροῦντες. 

Ἔτι δὲ καϑημένων τῶν στρατιωτῶν, προςέρχεται ΚΧοιφα- 
γάδης Θηβαῖος, ὃς ov φεύγων τὴν “Ελλάδα περιήει, ἀλλὰ 
στρατηγιῶν, καὶ ἐπαγγελλόμενος, εἴ τις ἢ πόλις ἢ ἔϑνος 
σιρατηγοῦ δέοιτο καὶ τότε προςελϑὼν ἔλεγεν, ὅτε ἕτοιμος 


Keg. α΄. KTPO? ANABAZIZ. 185 


Ld 3 “ 
εἴη ἡγεῖσθαι αὑτοῖς εἰς τὸ Δέλτα καλούμενον τῆς Θράκης, 
ἔνϑα πολλὰ καὶ ἀγαϑὰ λήψοιντο" ere δ᾽ av μόλωσιν, εἰς 
ἀφϑονίαν παρέξειν ἔφη καὶ σῖτα καὶ ποτά. 
᾿ἀκούουσι ταῦτα οἱ στρατιῶται, καὶ τὰ παρὰ ᾿Αναξιβίου 
ὁ ἅμα ἀπαγγελλόμενα " ἀπεκρίνατο γάρ, ὅτι πειϑομένοις αὖ- 
~ “μ΄ ~ , ᾿ - 3 
τοῖς OU μεταμελήσει, ἀλλὰ τοῖς τὸ οἴκοι τέλεσι ταῦτα ἀπαγ- 
γελεῖ, καὶ αὐτὸς βουλεύσοιτο περὶ αὐτῶν, ὃ τι δύναιτο ἀγα-- 
Sov. “Ex τούτου of στρατιῶται τὸν τε Κοιρατάδην δέχον- 
ται στρατηγόν, καὶ ἔξω τοῦ τείχους ἀπῆλϑον. “O δὲ Κοι- 
[ἡ ’ > ww 3 ᾿ ε ¢ ’ 

10 ρατάδης συντίϑεται αὑτοῖς εἰς τὴν ὑστεραΐαν παρέσεσϑαι 
ἐπὶ τὸ «τράτευμα, ἔχω» καὶ ἱερεῖα καὶ μάντιν, καὶ σῖτα καὶ 
ποτὰ τῇ στρατιᾷ. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ἐξῆλθον, ὃ ᾿Αναξίβιος ἔκλεισε 

4 o XQ o ξ « e an ε we 3» n “Ὁ 
τὰς πύλας, καὶ ἐκήρυξεν, ὅτι, ὃςτις ἂν ἁλῷ ἔνδον ὧν τῶν 
PY) ’ " > «ς ’ « ’ 
στρατιωτῶν, πεπράσεται. Τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ ὁ Χοιρατάδης 
, YY tee ~ cy Q ’ [4 , »» ᾿ 

15 μὲν ἔχων τὰ ἱερεῖα καὶ τὸν μάντιν ἥκε, καὶ ἄλφιτα φέροντες 
« > ὦ » » .» »” bad 
εἵποντο αὐτῷ εἔχοσιν ἀνδρες, καὶ ἀλλοι οἶνον εἴχοσιν ἀγδρες, 

ty w ~ 4 A ra 2? ts] ’ φΦ 
καὶ ἐλαιῶν τρεῖς, καὶ σκορόδων εἷς ἀνὴρ οσον ἐδυνατο μέ- 
᾿ Ἧ oo ᾿ - q , 
γιστον φορτίον, καὶ ἄλλος κρομύων. Ταῦτα δὲ καταϑέμε- 
«ες 4 ‘ g 
γος ὡς ἐπὶ δασμευσιν, ἐθύετο. 
80 Fevopuy δέ, μεταπεμψάμενος Κλέανδρον, ἐκέλευέ of δια- 
ot e 9 e ~ 0 5.» . 239 i : 
πρᾶξαι, ὁπως εἰς TO τεῖχος TE εἰςέλϑοι, καὶ ἀποπλεῦσαι ἐκ 
Βυζαντίου. ᾿Ελθὼν δὲ Κλέανδρος, ““ Mala pods,” ἔφη, 
“διαπραξάμενος ἥκω" λέγειν γὰρ ᾿Αναξίβιον, ὅτε οὐκ ἐπιτή-- 
δειον εἴη, τοὺς μὲν στρατιώτας πλησίον εἶναι τοῦ τείχους, 
86 ξενοφώντα δὲ ἔνδον" τοὺς Βυζαντίους δὲ στασιάζειν καὶ πο-- 
3 4 
γηροὺς εἶναι πρὸς ἀλλήλους" ὅμως δὲ εἰςιέναι,᾽" ἔφη, “* ἐκέ- 
fa “ ~ 4 3 lend 
λευσεν, εἰ μέλλοι σὺν ἑαυτῷ ἐκπλεῖν." Ὃ μὲν οὐν Ξενοφῶν, 
3 J 
ἀσπασάμενος τοὺς στρατιώτας, εἴσω τοῦ τείχους ἀπήει σὺν 
4 ~- ᾿ 9 
Κλεάνδρῳ: Ὃ δὲ Κοιρατάδης τῇ μὲν πρώτῃ ἡμέρᾳ οὐκ 
3 ’ Jer ~ o ὸ “Ὁ 

ΒΟ ἐχαλλιέρει, οὐδὲ διεμέτρησεν οὐδὲν τοῖς στρατιωταις " τῇ 

δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ τὰ μὲν ἱερεῖα εἷστήκεε παρὰ τὸν βωμόν, καὶ 
if ’ ‘ e 
Κοιρατάδης ἐστεφανωμένος, ὡς ϑύσων" προςελϑὼν δὲ 


Τιμασίων ὃ Δαρδανεὺς καὶ Ἰγέων ὃ ᾿Ασιναῖος καὶ Κλεάνωρ 
148 


186 ΞΕΝΟΦΩ͂ΝΤΟΣ [ Bib. 2’ 


ὃ ᾿Ορχομένιος ἔλεγον Κοιρατάδῃ, μὴ ϑύειν, ὡς ovy ἡγησύ- 
μένον τῇ στρατιῇ, εἰ μὴ δώσει τὰ ἐπιτήδεια. Ὃ δὲ κελεύει 
διαμετρεῖσϑαι. Ἐπεὶ δὲ πολλῶν ἐνέδει αὐτῷ, ὥςτε ἡμέρας 
οἴτον ἑκάστῳ γενέσϑαι τῶν στρατιωτῶν, ἀναλαβὼν τὰ ἱερεῖα 
ἀπήει, καὶ τὴν στρατηγίαν ἀπειπών. : 


Κεφάλαιον β΄. 


IWéwv δὲ 6 ᾿Ασιναῖος καὶ Φρυνίσκος. ὃ ᾿Αγαιὸς καὶ Φιλή- 
σιος ὃ ᾿Αχαιὸς καὶ Ξανϑικλῆς ὃ ᾿Αχαιὸς καὶ Τιμασίων ὃ 
Δαρδανεὺς ἐπέμενον τῇ στρατιᾷ, καὶ εἰς κώμας τῶν Θρᾳκῶν 
προελϑόντες, τὰς κατὰ Βυζάντιον, ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο. Καὶ 
οὗ στρατηγοὶ ἐστασίαζον, Κλεάνωρ μὲν καὶ Φρυνίσκος πρὸς Ἁ 
Σεύϑην βουλόμενοι ἄγειν" ἔπειϑε γὰρ αὐτούς, καὶ ἔδωκ 5 
τῷ μὲν ἵππον, τῷ δὲ γυναῖκα. Νέων δὲ εἰς Χεῤῥόνησον» 
οἰόμενος, εἰ ὑπὸ “ακεδαιμονίοις γένοιντο, παντὸς ἂν προε-΄ 
στάναι τοῦ στρατεύματος" Τιμασίων δὲ προὐϑυμεῖτο πὲπ' 
ραν εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν πάλιν διαβῆναι, οἰόμενος ἂν οἴκαδε xa— 
τελϑεῖν. Καὶ of στρατιῶται ταὐτὰ ἐβούλοντο. Διατριβο--- 
μένου δὲ τοῦ χρόνου, πολλοὶ τῶν στρατιωτῶν, οὗ μὲν THER 
ὅπλα ἀποδιδόμενοι κατὰ τοὺς χώρους, ἀπέπλεον ὡς ἐδύναν---- 
το of δὲ καὶ διδόντες [τὰ ὅπλα. κατὰ τοὺς χώρους] εἰς τὰς" 
πόλεις κατεμέγνυντο. ᾿Αναξίβιος δ᾽ ἔχαιρεν ἀκούων δια--- 
φϑειρόμενον τὸ στράτευμα" τούτων γὰρ γιγνομένων, BETO 
μάλιστα χαρίξεσϑαι Φαρναβάζῳ. 

᾿Αποπλέοντι δὲ ᾿Αναξιβίῳ ἐκ Βυζαντίου συναντᾷ "Αρί- 
σταρχος ἐν Κυζίκῳ, διάδοχος Κλεάνδρῳ, Βυζαντίου [dé] 
ἁρμοστής᾽" ἐλέγετο δὲ ὅτι καὶ ναύαρχος διάδοχος Πῶλος 
ὅσον ov παρείη ἤδη tig Ἑλλήςποντον. Καὶ ὃ ᾿Αναξίβιος 
τῷ μὲν ᾿Αριστάρχῳ ἐπιστέλλει, ὁπόσους ἂν εὕροι ἐν Βυζαντίῳ 
τῶν Κύρου στρατιωτῶν ὑπολελιιμμένους, ἀποδόσϑαι" ὃ δὲ 
Kigerdgos οὐδένα ἐπεπράκει, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὶς κάμνοντας ἐϑε-- 


» 


Keg. B’.] KYPOr ANABASIZ. 187 


ράπευεν, οἰκτείρων, καὶ ἀναγκάζων οἰκίᾳ δέχεσθαι" “Agt- 
3 . +3 ’ 2 , 

otagyos δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ηλϑὲ ταχιστα, οὔκ ἐλάττους τετρακοσίων 
ἀπέδοτο. ᾿Αναξίβιος δὲ, παραπλεύοας εἰς Πάριον, πέμπει 
παρὰ Φαρνάβαζον κατὰ τὰ συγκείμενα. Ὃ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ ἤσϑετο 
3 a @ > o € 4 3 
δ᾽ Αρίσταρχον te ἤκογτα εἰς Βυζάντιον ἀρμοστὴν, καὶ Ava- 
ξίβιον οὐκέτι ναυαρχοῦντα, ᾿Αναξιβίου μὲν ἡμέλησε, πρὸς 
3 4 ἢ 4 > 4 “ 

«Ἀρίσταρχον δὲ διεπράττετο τὰ αὑτὰ negi τοῦ Κυρείου στρα- 
τεύματος, ἅπερ κοὶ πρὸς ᾿Αναξίβιον. 

Ἐκ τούτον δὴ ᾿Δναξίβιος, καλέσας Ξενοφῶντα, κελεύει 

10 πάσῃ τέχνῃ καὶ μηχανῇ πλεῦσαι ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα ὡς τά- 
χιστα, καὶ συνέχειν γε αὐτὸ καὶ συναϑροίξειν τῶν διεσπαρ- 
μένων ὡς ἂν πλείστους δύνηται, καὶ παραγαγόντα εἰς Πέ- 
ρινϑον, διαβιβάζειν εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν ὅτε τάχιστα " καὶ δίδωσιν 
αὑτῷ τριακόντορον καὶ ἐπιστολήν, καὶ avdga συμπέμπει, 

16 κελεύσοντα τοὺς Περινϑίους ὡς τάχιστα Ξενοφῶντα προπέμ-- 
ψαι τοῖς ἵπποις ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα. Καὶ ὁ μὲν Ξενοφῶν 
διαπλεύσας ἀφικνεῖται ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα " of δὲ στρατιῶται 
ἐδέξαντο ἡδέως, καὶ εὐθὺς εἵποντο ἄσμεννι, ὡς διαβησόμε- 
you ἐκ τῆς Θράκης εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν. 

4. Ὃ δὲ Σεύϑης, ἀκούσας ἤκοντα πάλιν Ξενοφῶντα, πέμψας 
πρὸς αὐτὸν κατὰ ϑάλατταν Μηδησάδην, ἐδεῖτο τὴν στρατιὰν 
ἄγειν πρὸς ἑαυτόν" ὑπισχνούμενος αὐτῷ, ὃ τι ὥετο λέγων 
πείσειν. Ὃ 8° ἀπεκχρίνατο αὐτῷ, ὅτι οὐδὲν οἷόν τε εἴη τού-- 
τῶν γενέσϑαι. Καὶ ὃ μὲν ταῦτα ἀκούσας ᾧχετο. OF 

95 δ᾽ Ἕλληνες, ἐπεὶ ἀφίχοντο εἰς Πέρινϑον, Ἰγέων μὲν ἀποσπά- 
σας, ἐστρατοπεδεύσατο χωρίς, ἔχων ὡς ὀκτακοσίους ἀνϑρώ- 
πους τὸ δ᾽ ἄλλο στράτευμα πᾶν ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ παρὰ τὸ τεῖχος 
τὸ Πεοινϑίων ἦν. 

e “ - - 4 3᾿ ΝῊ Ὁ ῳ 
Meta ταῦτα Ξενοφῶν μὲν ἔπραττε περὶ πλοίων, ome ors 
᾿ ~ > , 2 ° + . , 2 id 

30 τάχιστα διαβαῖεν εἰς τὴν Ασίαν. Ev δὲ toute ἀφικόμενος 
2 € ’ ε ᾽ » ’ ’ 
ρίσταρχος, ὁ ἐκ Βυζαντίου ἁρμοστῆς, ἔχων δῦο τριήρεις, 
πεπεισμένος ὑπὸ Φαρναβάζου, τοῖς τε ναυκλήροις ἀπεῖπε 
μὴ διάγειν, ἐλϑών τε ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα, εἶπε τοῖς στρατιώ- 


188 ZENO®RNTOZ [B6. χ', 


ταις, μὴ περαιοῦσϑαι εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν. “O δὲ Ξενοφῶν te 
γεν, “ ὅτι ᾿Αναξίβιος ἐκέλευσε, καὶ ἐμὲ πρὸς τοῦτο ἔπεμψεν 
ἐνῚθάδε." πάλιν δ᾽ ᾿Αρίσταρχος ἔλεξεν. “ ᾿Δναξίβιος μὲν 
τοίνυν οὐκέτι ναύαρχος, ἐγὼ δὲ τῇδε ἁρμοστής᾽ εἰ δὲ τινα 
ὑμῶν λήψομαι ἐν τῇ ϑαλάττῃ, καταδύσω." Ταῦτα εἰπὼν ὁ 
ᾧχετο εἰς τὸ τεῖχος. Τὴ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ μεταπέμπεται τοὺς 
στρατηγοὺς καὶ λοχαγοὺς τοῦ στρατεύματος. "HOn δὲ ὄντων 
πρὸς τῷ τείχει, ἐξαγγέλλει τις τῷ Ξενοφῶντι, ὅτι, εἰ εἴςεισι, 
συλληφϑήσεται, καὶ ἢ αὐτοῦ τι πείσεται, ἢ καὶ Φαρναβάζῳ 
παραδοϑήσεται. Ὃ δὲ ἀκούσας ταῦτα, τοὺς μὲν προπέμ- 10 
πεται, αὐτὸς δ᾽ εἶπεν, ote ϑῦσαϊ τι βούλοιτο. Καὶ ane- 
Suv ἐθύετο, εἰ προεῖεν αὐτῷ οἱ ϑεοὶ πειράσϑαι πρὸς Σεύ- 
Sy ἄγειν τὸ στράτευμα ᾿ ἑώρα γὰρ οὔτε διαβαΐνειν ἀσφα- 
λὲς ὃν, τριήρεις ἔχοντος τοῦ κωλύσοντος" οὔτ᾽ εἰς Χεῤῥόνη- 
σον ἐλϑὼν κατακλεισϑῆναι ἐβούλετο, καὶ τὸ στράτευμα ἐνὺ 
πολλὴ σπάνει πάντων γενέσθαι ἔνϑα [δὴ] πείϑεσϑαι μὲν 
ἀνάγκη τῷ ἐκεῖ ἁρμοστῇ, τῶν δὲ ἐπιτηδείων οὐδὲν ἔμελλεν 
ἕξειν τὸ στράτευμα. 

Καὶ ὁ μὲν ἀμφὶ ταῦτα εἶχεν" of δὲ στρατηγοὶ καὶ οἷ λο- 
χαγοὶ ἥκοντες παρὰ τοῦ ᾿Αριστάρχου, ἀπήγγελλον, ὅτι νῦν ™ 
μὲν ἀπιέναι σφᾶς κελεύει, τῆς δείλης δὲ ἥκειν" ἔνϑα καὶ 
δήλη μᾶλλον ἐδόκει [εἶναι] 4 ἐπιβουλή. Ὃ οὖν Zevopay, 
ἐπεὶ ἐδόκει τὰ ἱερὰ καλὰ εἶναι καὶ ἑαυτῷ καὶ τῷ στρατεύμα- 
Tt, ἀσφαλῶς πρὸς Σεύϑην ἰέναι, παραλαβὼν “ολυκράτη τε 
᾿4ϑηναῖον, λοχαγόν, καὶ παρὰ τῶν στρατηγῶν ἑκάστου ἄν- & 
ὅρα, πλὴν παρὰ Néwvos, ᾧ ἕκαστος ἐπίστευεν, ᾧχετο τῆς 
vuxtos ἐπὶ τὸ Σεύϑου στράτευμα ἑξήκοντα στύδια. “Enel 
δ᾽ ἐγγὺς ἤσαν αὐτοῦ, ἐπιτυγχάνει πυροῖς ἐρήμοις. Καὶ τὸ 
μὲν πρῶτον ᾧετο μετακεχωρηκέναι ποι τὸν Σεύϑην᾽ ἐπεὶ 
δὲ ϑορύβου τὸ ἤσϑετο, καί, σημαινόντων ἀλλήλοις τῶν περὶ BL 
Σεύϑην, κατέμαϑεν, ὅτε τούτου ἕνεκα τὰ πυρὰ npoxexav- 
μένα εἴη τῷ Σεύϑῃ πρὸ τῶν νυχτοφυλάχων, ὅπως οἱ μὲν 
φύλακες μὴ δρῷντο, ἐν τῷ σκότει ὄντες, mM? ὅπον εἶεν, οἱ 


Keg. β΄.} KYPor ANABAZIZ. 189 


δὲ προςιόντες μὴ λανϑάνοιεν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ φῶς καταφανεῖς 
εἶεν " ἐπεὶ δὲ ἤσϑετο, προπέμπει τὸν ἑρμηνέα, ὃν ἐτύγχανεν. 
ἔχων, καὶ εἰπεῖν κελεύει Σεύϑῃ, ὅτι Ξενοφῶν παρείη, βου-- 
λόμενος συγγενέσϑαι αὐτῷ. Οἱ δ᾽ ἤροντο, εἰ 6 ᾿Αϑηναῖο;, 
€ 3 « “᾿ , > Ὁ e ὃ» ra Ψ > 
50 ἀπὸ τοῦ στρατεύματος. Ἐπειδὴ ὃ ἔφη οὗτος εἶναι, ἀνα-- 
πηδήσαντες ἐδίωκον " καὶ ὀλίγον ὕστερον παρῆσαν πελτα- 
ε ’ Q G - fd δ 3 
σταὶ ovor διαχόσιοι, καὶ παραλαβόντες Ξενοφῶντα καὶ τοὺς 
e > w« % . .9 ε δ᾽ τ ᾽ , ’ 
σὺν αὑτῷ, γον πρὸς Σεύϑην. O δ᾽ ἡν ἐν τύρσει μάλα φυ-- 
λαττόμενος, καὶ ἵπποι περὶ αὐτὴν κύκλῳ ἐγκεχαλινωμένοι" 
4 A) a e A) 4 ες ΠῚ , e 4 
10 διὰ γὰρ τὸν φοβον τὰς μὲν ἡμέρας ἐχίλον τοὺς ἵππευς, τὰς 
4 ’ . ’ > ae) a 4 
δὲ γυχτας ἐγκεχαλινωμένοις ἐφυλάττετο, Ἐλέγετο γὰρ καὶ 
πρόσϑεν Τήρης, ὁ τούτου πρόγονος, ἐν ταύτη τῇ χώρᾳ, πο-- 
lu ἔχων στράτευμα, ὑπὸ τούτων τῶν ἀνδρῶν πολλοὺς ἀπο-- 
, - τ [2 
λέσαι, καὶ τὰ σκευοφόρα ἀφαιρεϑῆναι" σαν δ᾽ οὗτοι 
e ’ z ve . ° 
16 Ovvol, πάντων λεγόμενοι sivas μαλιστὰ νυκτὸς πολεμικω- 


τατοι. 
ὥς ς 2 τ ’ ~ 
Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐγγὺς σαν, ἐκέλευσεν εἰςελϑεῖν Ξενοφῶντα, 


ἔχοντα δύο, οὗς βούλοιτο. ᾿Επειδὴ δὲ ἔνδον ἦσαν, yonulor- 
To μὲν πρῶτον ἀλλήλους, καὶ κατὰ τὸν Θρᾷκιον νόμον κέ- 
20 pata οἴνου προύπινον ᾿ παρῆν δὲ καὶ Μηδοσάδης τῷ Σεύ- 
In, ὥςπερ ἐπρέσβενεν αὐτῷ πάντοσε. Επειτα δὲ Ξενοφῶν 
ἤρχετο λέγειν" “Ἔπεμψας πρὸς ἐμὲ, ᾧ Σεύϑη, εἰς Χαλκη- 
δόνα πρῶτον Μῆηδοσάδην tovrovi, δεόμενος μον συμπροϑυ-- 
μηϑῆναι διαβῆναι τὸ στράτευμα ἐκ τῆς ᾿Ασίας, καὶ ὑπι- 
25 σχνούμενές μοι, εἰ ταῦτα πράξαιμι, εὖ ποιήσειν, ὡς ἔφη Μη- 
δοσάδης οὑτουΐ. Ταῦτα εἰπών, ἐπήρετο τὸν Μῆηδοσαδην, 
εἰ ἀληϑῆ ταῦϊ εἶπεν. Ὃ δ᾽ ἔφη. “Αὖθις ἤλϑε Μηδο- 
σάδης οὗτος, ἐπεὶ ἐγὼ διέβην πάλιν τὸ στράτευμα ἐκ Πα- 
giov, ὑπισχνούμενος, εἰ ἄγοιμι τὸ στράτευμα πρὸς σέ, τὰλ- 
830 λὰ τέ γε φίλῳ μοι χρήσεσϑαι καὶ ἀδελφῷ, καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ ϑα- 
λάττῃ μοι χωρία, ὧν σὺ κρατεῖς, ἔσεσϑαι παρὰ σοῦ." "Eni 
τούτοις πάλιν ἐπήρετο Μηδοσάδην, εἰ ἔλεγε ταῦτα. “O98 
συνέφη καὶ ταῦτα. “᾿18ι νῦν," ἔφη, “ ἀφήγησαι τούτῳ, τὲ 


190 ELNO®NNTOZ [Bi6. ζ΄. 


= 3 
vos ἀπεκρινάμην ἐν Χαλκηδόνι." “Πρῶτον ἀπεκρίνω, ὅτι 
e ’ ’ 3 Ud Yer ? 
τὸ στράτευμα διαβήσοιτο εἰς Βυζάντιον, καὶ οὐδὲν toutov 
ἕνεκα δέοι τελεῖν, οὔτε σοὶ, οὔτ᾽ ἀλλῳ" αὐτὸς ἐπεὶ διαβαίης, 
3 ’ » Ἐ Q e a Ad ᾿ 3 
ἀπιέναι ἔφησϑα" καὶ ἐγένετο οὕτως, ὡςπερ σὺ ἔλεγες. 
» 8 3 
“Ti γὰρ ἔλεγον," ἔφη, “ore κατὰ “Σηλυβρίαν ἀφίκου; 5 
“ Οὐκ ἔφησϑα over τ εἶναι, ἀλλ εἰς Πέρινϑον ἐλϑόντας 
διαβαίνειν εἰς τὴν “Avia.” “ Nov τοίνυν," ἔφη oa Ξενο- 
ie « ᾿ . 3 e Q 4 Γ - 
φῶν, “ πάρειμι καὶ ἐγὼ καὶ οὗτος Φρυνίσκος, εἷς τῶν στρα- 
“- ra « ~ 
τηγῶν, καὶ Πολυκράτης οὗτος, εἷς τῶν λοχαγὼν " καὶ ἔξω 
3 led ~ : . ’ 
εἰσὶν ἀπὸ τῶν στρατηγῶν ὃ πιστότατος ἑκάστῳ, πλὴν Niw- 1 
- ~ 3 ¢ . 
νος τοῦ “ακωνικοῦ. Ei οὖν βούλει πιστοτέραν εἶναι τὴν 
πρᾶξιν, καὶ ἐκείνους κάλεσον. Τὰ δὲ ὅπλα σὺ ἐλϑὼν εἶπέ, 
ὦ Μολύκρατες, ὅτι ἐγὼ κελεύω καταλιπεῖν " καὶ αὐτὸς ext 
καταλιπὼν τὴν μάχαιραν εἴξιϑι.᾽" 
3 ’ "- ΕῚ ‘ 
Ἀκούσας ταῦτα ὁ Σεύϑης εἶπεν, Ore οὐδενὲ ἂν ancory- 
? ‘ ante τὰ ; \ 
σέιεν ᾿Αϑηναίων" καὶ γὰρ ὅτι συγγενεῖς εἶεν εἰδέναι, χαὶ 
> U ~ 2 ~ 
φίλους εὔνους ἔφη νομίζειν. Meta ταῦτα δ᾽ ἐπεὶ εἰςῆλϑον, 
« ξδ - on - ’ [2 a ’ 
ovg ἔδει, πρῶτον Ξενοφὼν ἐπήρετο Σεύϑην, oO τι δέοιτο 
- “- “- 9 v ’ 4 
χρῆσϑαι τῇ στρατιᾷ. Ὃ δ᾽ εἶπεν whe’ “ Μαισάδης 1 
᾿ς > τ 2 
μοι πατήρ᾽ ἐκείνου δ᾽ ἣν ἀρχὴ Μελανδῖται, καὶ Θυνοί, καὶ ἢ 
3 ν 3 we . 
Ἰρανίψαι. Ex ταύτης οὖν τῆς χώρας, ἐπεὶ τὰ ᾿Οὗρυσων 
ld a 4 ’ 
πράγματα ἐνόσησεν, ἐκπεσὼν ὃ πατήρ, αὐτὸς μὲν ἀποϑνῆ- 
3 , .}ἢ ’ > , " 
σκει νόσῳ" ἐγὼ δὲ ἐξετράφην ὀρφανὸς παρὰ ΜΜμηδόχῳ, τῷ 
« ~ 2 ᾿ 
viv βασιλεῖ. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ νεανίσκος ἐγενόμην, οὐκ ἐδυναμην 
“« 3 1) 
ζήν, εἰς ἀλλοτρίαν τράπεζαν ἀποβλέπων᾽ καὶ ἐκαϑεζύμην ᾿ 
> »ν ᾿ [] 
ἐνδίφριος αὐτῷ ἱκέτης, Sotval μοι, ὁπόσους δυνατὸς εἴπ, 
2 a Py , 
ἄνδρας, ὁπως καὶ τοὺς ἐκβαλόντας ἡμᾶς, εἴ τι δυναίμην, 
a , > 2 
κακὸν ποιοίην, καὶ ζῴην, μὴ εἰς τὴν ἐκείνου τράπεζαν ἀπο- 
, Lid 3 
βλέπων, ὡςπερ κύων. “Ex τούτου μοι δίδωσι τοὺς ἀνδρας 
4 t oe a ε -“ » , ε ΠΩ e # 
καὶ τοὺς ἵππους, οὖς υμεῖς ὕψεσϑε, ἐπειδὰν ἡμέρα γένηται. 
Qa ὍΝ ‘ ἊΨ ’ 2° cege 7 a « 
Kon vuv ἐγὼ ζω τούτους ἔχων, ληϊζομενος τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ πα- 
ἢ g τ , ~ ω 
tomar χώραν. Ei δὲ μοι ὑμεῖς παραγένοισϑε, οἷμαι ἂν σὺν 
- -- 39 φῶ; ° ~ a 
τοῖς ϑεοῖς ῥᾳδίως ἀπολαβεῖν τὴν ἀρχήν. Ταῦτ ἐστίν, ὅ 
ἐγὼ ὑμῶν δέομαι." 


Keg. γ΄. KrPor ANABASIZ. 19% 


“TL οὖν ἄν," ἔφη ὃ Ξενοφῶν, “ σὺ δύναιο, εἰ ἔλϑοιμεν, 
τῇ τὸ στρα ιᾷ διδόναι καὶ τοῖς λοχαγοῖς καὶ τοῖς στρατη-- 
~ Q [τ 4 3 3 ς .« ε ᾿ « 
yots, λέξον, ἵνα ovtos ἀπαγγείλωσιν. Ο δὲ ὑπέσχετο τῷ 
μὲν στρατιώτῃ Κυζικηνόν, τῷ δὲ λοχαγῷ διμοιρίαν, τῷ δὲ 


ὃ στρατηγῷ τετραμοιρίαν᾽ καὶ γῆν, ὁπόσην ἂν βούλωνται,. 


καὶ ζεύγη, καὶ χωρίον ἐπὶ ϑαλάττῃ τετειχισμένον. “ "Ap 
3°,” ἔφη 0 Ξενοφῶν, “ ταῦτα πειρώμενοι μὴ διαπρά- 
ξωμεν, ἀλλά τις φόβος ἀπὸ “ωκεδαιμονίων ἡ, δέξῃ εἰς τὴν 


“ ’ 3 ᾿ 3 
σαυτοῦ, ἂν τις βούλητα,; ἀπιέναι πρὸς σὲ ;᾽ Ὃ δ᾽ εἶπε" 


10.“ Καὶ ἀδελφούς γε ποιήσομαι, καὶ ἐνδιφρίους, καὶ κοινω- 


1δ 


yous ἁπάντων, ὧν ἂν δυνώμεθα κτήσασϑαι. Σοὶ δ᾽, ὦ 
Ξενοφῶν, καὶ ϑυγατέρα δώσω, καὶ εἴ τις aol ἐστι ϑυγάτηρ, 
ὠνήσομαι Θρᾳκίῳ νόμῳ" καὶ Βισάνϑην οἴκησιν δώσω, ὅπερ 
ἐμοὶ κάλλιστον χωρίον ἐστὶ τῶν ἐπὶ ϑαλάττῃ." 


“Κεφάλαιον 7’. 


᾿Αχκούσαντες ταῦτα, καὶ δεξιὰς δόντες καὶ λαβόντες, ἀπή- 
λαυνον, καὶ πρὸ ἡμέρας ἐγένοντο ἐπὶ τῷ στρατοπέδῳ, καὶ 
ἀπήγγειλαν ἕκαστοι τοῖς πέμψασιν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἡμέρα ἐγένε- 
¢€ 4 3 , ’ ’ e 8 4 
70, 0 μὲν Αρίσταρχος παλιν ἐκαλεὶ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς καὶ λο- 
᾽ς ~ δ» t 4 4 a 3 ᾽ Cer »~ 
χαγους" τοῖς ὃ ἔδοξε τὴν μὲν πρὸς Agiutagyor οδὸν ἐᾶσαι, 
3 a 4 Q . Sad ’ a 
to δὲ στρατευμα συγκαλέσαι. Kat συνῆλθον πάντες, πλὴν 
ἕ a ~ , a) 
οὗ Néwvog’ οὗτοι δὲ ἀπεῖχον ὡς δέκα στάδιας, ᾿Επεὶ δὲ 
συνῆλθον, ἀναστὰς Ξενοφῶν εἶπε τάδε" “ ἄνδρες, δια- 
πλεᾶν μὲν, ἔνϑα βουλόμεϑα, Aglutapyos ὅδε, τριήρεις ἔχων, 
“ ,,᾿ῳ» ») Ὄ 2 ? ὁ... ’ F [4 ,ς ε 
κωλυεν" wot εἰς πλοῖα οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς ἐμβαίνειν " οὗτος δὲ ο. 
αὐτὸς εἰς Χεῤῥόνησον κελεύει βίᾳ διὰ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ὄρους πο-’ 
[2 a ’ ’ ’ “Ὦ » 
ρευεσϑαι" ἣν δέ, κρατήσαντες τούτου, ἐκεῖσε ἔλϑωμεν, οὔτε 
πωλήσειν ἔτι φησὶν ὑμῶς, ὥςπερ ἐν Βυζαντίῳ, οὔτε ἐξαπα-- 
τήσεσϑαι ἔτι ὑμᾶς, ἀλλὰ λήψεσϑαι μισϑὸν [μᾶλλον], οὔτε 
περιόψεσθαι, ἔτι, ὥςπερ νυνί, ἐνδεομένους τῶν ἐπιτηδείων. 


192 ΞΈΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [ Bib. 2". 


[4 3 ? mn” ab 
Ovrog μὲν ταῦτα λέγει" Σεύϑης δέ φησι», av πρὸς ἐκεῖνον 
᾿ 3 ~ “Ὁ 3 ᾿ 
inte, ev ποιήσειν ὑμᾶς. Νῦν οὖν σκέψασϑε, πότερον ἐν- 

’ ’ ΓῚ aA 
Fude μένοντες τοῦτο βουλεύσεσϑε, ἢ εἰς ta ἐπιτήδεια ἐπα- 

9 7. 4 τ y ~ 3 
γελϑόντες. ᾿Εμοὶ μὲν οὐν δοκεῖ, ἐπεῖ ἐνθάδε οὔτε ἀργύ- 
»ἭὍ᾿ er 3 ’ » 3 3 - 
φιον ἔχομεν, ὠστε ἀγοράζειν, οὔτε ἀνευ ἀργυρίου ἐῶσι λαμ- § 

’ a , . , ᾽ WJ 4 J e 
Buvew ta ἐπιτήδεια, ἐπανελϑόντας εἰς tag κωμας, oder οἱ 
° »~ , ,ω»ν» ᾿ ’ δ 
ἥττους ἐῶσι λαμβώνειν, ἐκεῖ ἔχοντας τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, [καὶ] 
3 ’ . ε - “ e ~ iJ a C w 
ἀκούοντας, ὁ τι τις ὑμῶν δεῖτσι, αἱρεῖσϑαι, ὁ τι ay ὑμῖν 

© 0 [-] ad a >» 6 
δοκῇ κράτιστον εἶναι. Kat ὅτῳ," ἔφη, “ ταῦτα δοκεῖ, age- 
“-- 3 3 
τω τὴν zelou.” ᾿Ανέτειναν ἅπαντες. “Απιόντες τοίνυν," 10 
ἔφη, “συσκευάζεσϑε, καὶ ἐπειδὰν παραγγείλῃ τις, Ensode 

- € ’ 9) 
τῷ ηγουμένῳ. 

- ε ~ 3 [ , 

Mera τοῦτο Ξενοφῶν μὲν ἡγεῖτο, οἱ ὃ εἵποντο. Νέων δὲ 

. 2 2 ᾿ 
καὶ παρὰ ᾿Αριστάρχου ἄλλοι ἔπειϑον ἀποτρέπεσθαι" οἱ δὶ 
3 ε ’ + ΑΞ Ἁ a7 ¢ e 
οὐχ ὑπήκουον. Enel δὲ ὁσον τριάκοντα σταδίους προεὶη- " 
3 - - 
λύϑευαν, ἀπαντᾷ Σεύϑης. Καὶ ὃ Ξενοφῶν ἰδὼν αὐτόν, 
’ 2. 
προςελάσαι ἐκέλευσεν, ὅπως ὅτι πλείστων ἀκουόντων εἴποι 
2 - Π 3 ὰ we ¢ 
αὐτῷ, ἃ ἐδόκει συμφέρειν. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ προςῆλϑεν, εἶπεν 0 
- « ot ᾿ 
Ξενοφῶν" ““Πμεῖς πορευόμεθα, ὅπου μέλλει τὸ στράτευμα 
ele a e > ΩΝ δὲ 2 ’ Ἁ “Ὁ 4 « ~ 0 
ἕξειν τροφὴν " ἐκεῖ δὲ ἀκούοντες καὶ συῦ καὶ τῶν τοῦ Auxe- 
-ῳ ς ’ “ΓΝ ’ ~ τ τ εν» 
γικοῦ, αἱρησόμεϑα, ἃ ἂν κράτιστα δοκῇ εἶναι. Πν οὖν ἡμῖν 
ε ’ - ~ ’ a € 4 ~ - 
ἡγήσῃ, ὅπου πλεῖστα ἐστιν ἐπιτήδεια, ὑπὸ σοῦ νομιοῦμεν 
ἐξενίσϑαι." Καὶ ὁ Σεύϑης εἶπεν" “ ‘Aida οἷδα κώμας ποὶ- 
32 [ 
λὰς αϑρόας, καὶ πάντα ἐχούσας τὰ ἐπιτήδεια, ἀπεχούσας 
€ - ° - 
ἡμῶν ὅσον διελθόντες ἂν ἡδέως ἀριστῴητε." “““Πγοῦ tol # 
3 »ν» c = - 3)». er) . 3 > 2? e - , 
vuy, ἔφη Ο zevoguy. Has δὲ αφίκοντο εἰς αὑτὰς τῆς δε- 
Ans, συνῆλϑον οὗ στρατιῶται, καὶ εἶπε Σεύϑης τοιάδε" 

>... Φ . , ’ ~ . 
“kyo, ὦ ἄνδρες, δέομαι ὑμῶν στρατεύεσθαι σὺν ἐμοί 

Ἁ « μῷ Cc w td a ¢ [2 
καὶ ὑπισχνοῦμαι ὑμῖν [τοῦ μηνὸς] δώσειν Κυζικηνόν, λοχα- 

- ‘ ~ , 
γοῖς δὲ καὶ στρατηγοῖς τὰ νομιζόμενα " ἔξω δὲ τούτων, τὸν ὃ 
bed 4 ὁ ~ 8 δ ’ e 4, »κ"ν “ μ 
ἄξιον τιμήσω" dita δὲ καὶ nota, ὡςπὲρ καὶ νῦν, ἐκ τῆς χω" 

[ > 3 
ρας λαμβάνοντες ἕξετε ὁπόσα δὲ ἂν ἁλίσκηται, ἀξιωσω 

t » bed ’ Cc w 4 ᾿ 
αὑτὸς ἔχειν, ἵνα ταῦτα δίατιϑέμενος ὑμῖν τὸν μισϑὸν πο’ 


Keg. y’.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABAZIZ. _ 193 


οἰζω. Kat τὰ μὲν φεύγοντα καὶ ἀποδιδράσκοντα ἡμεῖς. 
ἱκανοὶ ἐσομεϑιι διώκειν καὶ μαστεύειν᾽ ἢν δέ τις ἀνϑίστη- 
ται, σὺν ὑμῖν πειρασόμεϑα χειροῦσϑαι. Ἐπήρετο Zevo- 
gay’ “Πόσον δὲ ἀπὸ ϑαλάττης ἀξιώσεις συμέπευϑαΐ σοι 

δ τὸ στράτευμα ;᾽". Ὃ δ᾽ ἀπεκρίνατο" “" Οὐδαμῆ πλεῖον ἑπτὰ 
ἡμερῶν, μεῖον δὲ πολλαχῆ." 

Meta ταῦτα ἐδίδοτο λέγειν τῷ βουλομένῳ" καὶ ἔλεγον 
πολλοὶ κατὰ ταὐτά, ὅτι παντὸς ἀξια λέγοι Σεύϑης᾽ χειμὼν 
γὰρ εἴη, καὶ οὔτε οἴκαδε ἀποπλεῖν τῷ βουλομένῳ δυνατὸν 

10 εἴη, διαγενέσθαι τε ἐν φιλίᾳ οὐχ οἷόν τ᾽ εἴη, εἰ δέοι ὠνου-- 
μένους Liv’ ἐν δὲ τῇ πολεμίᾳ διατρίβειν καὶ τρέφεσϑαι 
ἀσφαλέστερον μετὰ Σεύϑου, ἢ μόνους, ὄντων ἀγαϑὼν το- 
σούτων" εἰ δὲ μισϑὸν προςλήψοιντο, εὕρημα ἐδόκει εἶναι. 
᾿Επὶ τούτοις εἶπε Ξενοφῶν" “Εἴ τις ἀντιλέγει, λεγέτω εἰ 

16 δὲ μή, ἐπιψηφιζέτω ταῦτα. Ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐδεὶς ἀντέλεγεν, 
ἐπεψήφισε, καὶ ἔδοξε ταῦτα. Εὐϑὺς δὲ Σεύϑῃ εἶπεν, ὅτι 
συστρατεύσοιντο αὐτῷ. 

Meta ταῦτα of μὲν ἄλλοι κατὰ τάξεις ἐσκήνησαν᾽ στρα- 
τηγοὺς δὲ καὶ λοχαγοὺς ἐπὶ δεῖπνον Σεύϑης ἐκάλεσε, πλη- 

2 σίον κώμην ἔχων. ᾿Επεὶ δ᾽ ἐπὶ ϑύραις ἤσαν, ὡς ἐπὶ δεῖπνον 
παριόντες, ἦν τις ᾿Ηρακλείδης ΜΜαρωνείτης " οὗτος προριὼν 
it ἑκάστῳ, οὕςτινας ᾧετο ἔχειν τι δοῦναι Σεύϑη, πρῶτον 
μὲν πρὸς Παριανούς τινας (ot παρῆσαν φιλίαν Siangatoue- 
yos πρὸς Μήδοκον, τὸν Odguuay βασιλέα, καὶ δῶρα ἀγον- 

% τὲς αὐτῷ τε καὶ τῇ γυναικί,) ἔλεγεν, “ὅτι Mijdoxos μὲν ἄνω 
εἴη δώδεκα ἡμερῶν ἀπὸ ϑαλάττης odov’ Σεύϑης δέ, ἐπει- 
δὴ τὸ στράτευμα τοῦτο εἴληφεν, ἄρχων ἔσοιτο ἐπὶ ϑιαλάττῃ. 
Γείτων οὖν ὧν, ἱκανώτατος ἔσται ὑμᾶς καὶ εὖ καὶ κακῶς 
ποιεῖν" ἢν οὖν σωφρονῆτε, τούτῳ δώσετε, ὅ τι ἄγετε" καὶ 

30 ἄμεινον ὑμῖν διακείσεται, ἢ ἐὰν Μηηδόκῳ τῷ πρόφω οἰκοῦντι 
δῶτε." Tovrove μὲν οὕτως ἔπειϑεν. Αὖϑις δὲ Τιμασίωνο 
τῷ Δαρδανεῖ προςελϑών, ἐπεὶ ἤκουεν αὐτῷ εἶναι καὶ ἐκπώ- 
ματα καὶ τάπιδας βαρβαρικάς, ἔλεγεν, “ὅτε νομίζοιτο, ὁπότε 


17 


194 EENOSAQNTOZ [Bb 2. 


ἐπὶ δεῖπνον καλέσαι Σεύϑης, δωρεῖσθαι αὐτῷ τοὺς κληϑέν- 
tag’ οὗτος δ᾽ ἣν μέγας ἐνθάδε γένηται, ἱκανὸς ἔσται σε 
καὶ οἴκαδε καταγαγεῖν, καὶ ἐνθάδε πλούσιον ποιῆσαι." 
Τοιαῦτα προὐμνᾶτο, ἑκάστῳ προςιών. Προςελϑὼν δὲ καὶ 
Ξενοφῶντι, ἔλεγε “Σὺ καὶ πόλεως μεγίστης εἶ, καὶ παρὰ 
Σεύϑῃ τὸ σὸν ὄνομα μέγιστόν ἐστε" καὶ ἐν τῇδε τῇ χώρᾳ 
ἴσως ἀξιώσεις καὶ τείχη λαμβάνειν, ὥςπερ καὶ ἄλλοι τῶν 
. ὑμετέρων ἔλαβον, καὶ χώραν" ἄξιον οὖν σοι καὶ μεγαλοπρε- 
’ by - U ” ’ "Ὁ “ 3 
πέστατα τιμῆσαι Σεύϑην. Evvove δὲ σοι ὧν παραινῶ" ev 
3 ° o ε; n , ? , ’ ’ 
οἶδα yag, ot ovum ἂν μείξω τούτων δωρήσῃ, τοσούτῳ μείζω i 
ee U 2 3 39 3 ᾿ ~ a) " 
ὑπὸ τούτου ἀγαϑὰ πείση. ᾿Ακούων ταῦτα ὃ Ξενοφῶν, 
ἡπόρει" οὗ γὰρ διαβεβήκει ἔγων ἐκ Παρίου εἰ μὴ παῖδα καὶ 


ὅσον ἐφόδιον. 
2 ° ~ ~ Cd 
Ἐπεὶ δὲ εἰςῆλϑον ἐπὶ τὸ δεῖπνον τῶν te Θρᾳκῶν οἱ xga- 
τιστοι τῶν [τότε] παρόντων, καὶ οὗ στρατηγοί, καὶ of λοχα- ib 
- ¢ ’ 4 Μ“ ’ “- ϑυ a 8 
yor τῶν ᾿Ελληνων, καὶ εἴ τις πρεσβεία nagny ano πόλεως, τὸ 
ὃ ~ e 3 9 ’ 4 λ ἊΣ 2» δὲ ΐ οὗ > 
einvoy μὲν ny καϑημένοις κυκλῳ ἔπειτα δὲ τρίποδες sisn- 

- [4 2 3 - e 
γέχϑησαν πᾶσιν" οὗτοι δ᾽ σαν κρεῶν μεστοὶ νενεμημένων, 
καὶ ἄρτοι ζυμῖται μεγάλοι προςπεπερονημένοι σαν πρὸς 

~ ’ ’ ) ς , 8 , ’ Lan 
τοῖς κρέασι. Matta δὲ ai τράπεζαι κατὰ τοὺς ξένους asi Ὁ 
τ od ~ , 
érl9evto* νόμος yao ny. Kal πρῶτος τοῦτο ἐποίει Σευ- 
᾿ e > ὦ » ’ 
ϑης" ἀνελόμενος τοὺς παρακειμένους αὐτῷ ἄρτους, διέχλα 
a 0 Q 2 ε Σ 3.ϑ ϑν. [2 6 ry ἢ e 
κατὰ μικρόν, καὶ διεῤῥίπτει, οἷς αὐτῷ ἐδόκει" καὶ ta κρέα 
ε ’ @ ’ ? led ’ a ε 
ὠςαύτως, οσον μόνον γεύσασθαι Exutw καταλιπὼν. Kat ob 
; ? : 2 
ἄλλοι δὲ κατὰ ταὐτὰ ἐποίουν, καϑ΄ οὗς at τράπεζαι ἔχειντο. 3 
3 e ’ 3 ’ »” - ow ¢ a e ᾽ 
Ἀρκὰς δὲ τις, ρύστας ὄνομα, φαγεῖν δεινός, τὸ μὲν διαῤ- 
€ ~ w id & , 9 4 ~ @ 
ῥιπτεῖν εἴα χαίρειν, λαβὼν δὲ εἰς τὴν χεῖρα ὅσον τριχοΐνικον 
ἄρτον, καὶ κρέα ϑέμενος ἐπὶ τὰ γόνατα, ἐδείπνει. Κέρατα 
δὲ οἴνου περιέφερον, καὶ πάντες ἐδέχοντο᾽ ὃ δ᾽ ᾿Αρύστας, 
4 ? 2 ‘4 4 ’ ες » ’ [4 Ϊ δὼ 40 
ἐπεὶ παρ αὑτὸν φέρων τὸ κέρας ὁ οἶνοχοος ἤκεν, εἶπεν, ἰδὼν» 
“ὦ ᾿ - > ,ς 
τὸν Ξενοφῶντα οὐκέτι δειπνοῦντα, “᾿Εκείνῳ," ἔφη, ‘ dog 
2 bed 9 4 
σχολάζει γὰρ ἤδη, ἐγὼ δ᾽ ovnw.” ᾿Ακούσας ὃ Σεύϑης τὴν 
9 ε ᾿ 
φωνήν, ἠρώτα τὸν οἰνοχόον, τί λέγοι. ἋὋ δὲ οἰνοχοος 


Keg. γ..} KYrPOr ANABASIS. 195 


2 9 -Ὕν ’ 
εἶπεν " ἑλληνίζειν γὰρ ἠπίστατο. ᾿Ενταῦϑα μὲν δὴ γέλως 
ἐγένετο. 
> [eee 4 δὲ 3. » ε , zs > nad 3 ὃ ξ e 
Entei δὲ προύχωρεν ὃ πότος, εἰςῆλϑεν ἀνὴρ Θρᾳξ, ἵππον 
ἔχων λευκόν" καὶ λαβὼν χέρας μευτόν, sine’ “Προπίνω 
τ ’ . - “" 2 [4 
ὅ σοι, ὦ Σεύϑη, καὶ τὸν ἵππον τοῦτον δωροῦμαι, ἐφ᾽ οὗ καὶ 
° ? “ 2 
διώκων, ὃν ἂν ἐθέλης, αἵρήσεις, καὶ ἀποχωρῶν ov μὴ δείσης 
τὸν πολέμιον. Ἄλλος, παῖδα εἰςαγαγών, οἴτως ἐδωρήσατο 
προπίνων, καὶ ἄλλος ἱμάτια ty γυναικί. Καὶ Τιμασίων 
ΠῚ ao ? 2 Od Q ¢ 3 
προπένων ἐδωρήσατο φιαλὴν τὸ ἀργυρᾶν καὶ ταπιδα αξίαν 
e , 2 ~ 3 
10 δέκα μνῶν. Ινήσιππος δὲ τις ᾿Αϑηναῖος ἀναστὰς εἶπεν, 
« ty) > « PY o tf 4 a ,ἤ é 
Ott ἀρχαῖος εἴη vouog κάλλιστος, τοὺς μὲν ἔχοντας διδύναι 
τῷ βασιλεῖ τιμῆς ἕνεκα" τοῖς δὲ μὴ ἔχουσι διδόναι τὸν βα- 
’ 3 ~ ~ 
σιλέα" ἵνα καγώ,᾽ ἔφη, “ σοὶ ἔχον δωρεῖσϑαι καὶ tear.” 
€ . =~ « 2 » a φ é 4 e ? 
O δὲ Ξενοφῶν ἠπορεῖτο, ὁ τι ποιήσοι" καὶ γὰρ ἐτύγχανεν, 
€ 0 ~ ’ , ’ [2 
15 ὡς τιμώμενος, ἐν τῷ πλησιωαιτάτῳ δίφρῳ Σεύϑῃ καϑῆημενος. 
ε ε ᾿ > « ’ >? » 
O δὲ Ηρακλείδης ἐκέλευσεν αὑτῷ τὸ κέρας ὀρέξαι τὸν oivo- 
’ ε 4 ~- “ »; a ε 4 rd 
χόον. Ὃ δὲ Ξενοφῶν, δὴ γὰρ ὑποπεπωκὼς ἐτύγχανεν, 
> +» ’ ν ᾿ - ὃ Jae 
ἀνέστη, ϑαῤῥαλέως δεξάμενος τὸ κέρας, καὶ εἶπεν" “ Ἐγὼ 
τ ‘ 4 
δὲ σοι, ὦ Σεύϑη, δίδωμι ἐμαυτὸν καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς τούτους 
Jer 
30 ἑταίρους, φίλους εἶναι πιστούς" καὶ οὐδένα ἄκοντα, ἀλλὰ 
πάντας μᾶλλον ἔτι ἐμοῦ σοὶ βουλομένους φίλους εἶναι. Καὶ 
Jer Lad . 3 eee 
γὺν πάρειαιν οὐδέν σε προςαιτοῦντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ προϊέμενοι 
8 ~ ε ‘ lad a 4 ’ ὃ 3 
καὶ πονεῖν ὑπὲρ σοὺ καὶ προκινδυνεύειν ἐθέλοντες " μεϑ 
[4 ° a 3 
ὧν, ὧν οἱ ϑεοὶ ϑέλωσι, πολλὴν χώραν τὴν μὲν ἀπολήψῃ, 
’ τ . ‘ , ‘ ‘ aon 
% natgway ovvay, τὴν δὲ κτησῃ " πολλοὺς δὲ ἵππους, πολ- 
a , “« 3 2 5 
λοὺς δὲ ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας καλὰς κτήσῃ, οὗς ov ληΐζεσϑαι 
3 > 3 ’ [ἢ ioe 
δεήσει, υλλ΄ αὐτοὶ φέροντες παρέσονται πρὸς σὲ Suga.” 
9 , 
Καὶ ὃ Σεύϑης ἀναστὰς συνεξέπιε καὶ συγκατεσκεδάσατο 
9 9 “ 8 ’ 4 bad > » ’ ef 
μετ΄ αὐτοῦ τὸ κέρας. Mera ταῦτα εἰςῆλθον xégaul τε, οἵοις 
3 - 2 of. 
80 σημαίνουσιν αὐλοῦντες, καὶ σάλπιγξιν ὠὡμοβοΐναις, ῥυϑμούς 
>? ε ? 9 
ts καὶ οἷον μαγᾶδι σαλπίζοντες. Καὶ αὐτὸς Σεύϑης ava- 
4 2 9 ¢ ᾽ Ἁ t,, @ ° 
στὰς avéxgays τε πολεμικὸν, καὶ ἐξήλατο, woneg βέλος φυ- 
᾽ ’ - > 8 4 ἃ 
λαττόμενος, μάλα ἐλαφρῶς. Eisnscay δὲ καὶ γελωτοποιοί. 


7 


196 ZENO®SNNTOS [B.6. Ζ΄ 


‘No δ᾽ qv ἥλιος ἐπὶ δυσμαῖς, ἀνέστησαν οὗ Ἕλληνες, καὶ 
εἶπον, ὅτι wea Ἰδη νυκτοφύλακας καϑιστάναι, καὶ σύνϑημα 
παραδιδόναι. Καὶ Σεύϑην ἐκέλευον παραγγεῖλαι, ὑπως 
εἰς τὰ ᾿Ελληνικὰ στρατόπεδα μηδεὶς τῶν Θρᾳκὼν εἴςεισι 


ὸ ° ᾿ “ C ww ἢ c w 3) 
νυχτός ᾿ “ οἵ τε γὰρ πολέμιοι Θρᾷκες ὑμῖν, καὶ ἡμῖν οἵ φίλοι. ὁ 


Ὡς δ᾽ ἐξήεσαν, συνανέστη ὃ Σεύϑης, οὐδὲν τι μεϑύονει ἐοι- 
κώς. ξελϑὼν δ᾽ εἶπεν, αὐτοὺς τοὺς στρατηγοὺς ἀποκα- 
λέσας" “Ὦ ἄνδρες, of πολέμιοι ἡμῶν οὐκ ἴσασί πω τὴν 
ὑμετέραν συμμαχίαν" ἣν οὖν ἔλϑωμεν ἐπ᾽ οαἰὐτοὺς πρὶν φυ- 
λάξασϑαι, ὥςτε μὴ ληφϑῆναι, ἢ παρασκευάσασθαι, ὧρτε " 
ἀμύνασϑαι, μάλιστα ἂν λάβοιμεν χρήματα καὶ ἀνθρώπους." 
Συνεπήνουν ταῦτα οἵ στρατηγοί, καὶ ἡγεῖσϑαι ἐκέλευον. 
Ὃ δ᾽ sine’ “ Παρασκευασάμενοι ἀναμενεῖτε" ἐγὼ δ᾽, ὑπύ- 
ταν καιρὸς ἢ, ἥξω παρ᾽ ὑμᾶς " καὶ τοὺς πελταστὰς καὶ ὑμᾶς 
ἀναλαβών, ἡγήσομαι σὺν τοῖς Fors.” Καὶ ὃ Ξενοφὼν " 
eine’ “Σκέψαι τοίνυν, εἴπερ νυκτὸς πορευσόμεϑα, εἰ ὁ 
“Ἑλληνικὸς νόμος κάλλιον ἔχει" psd” ἡμέραν μὲν γὰρ ἐν ταῖς 
πορείαις ἡῤεῖται τοῦ στρατεύματος, ὁποῖον ἀεὶ πρὸς τὴν 
χώραν συμφέρει, ἐάν τε ὁπλιτικόν, ἐάν τε πελταστικόν, ἐάν 


΄ é ’ ~ « . - 
τε ἱππικόν" γύχτωρ δὲ νόμος τοῖς “Ελλησίν ἐστιν ἡγεῖσϑαι ™ 


τὸ βραδύτατον" οὕτω γὰρ ἥκιστα διασπᾶται τὰ στρατεύ-- 
ματα, καὶ ἥκιστα λανθάνουσιν ἀποδιδράσκοντες ἀλλήλους " 
οἱ δὲ διασπασϑέντες πολλάκις καὶ περιπίπτουσιν ἀλλήλοις, 
καὶ ἀγνοοῦντες κακῶς ποιοῦσι καὶ πάσχουσιν." Ἐἶπεν ovr 
Σεύϑης" “᾿Ορϑὼῶς τε λέγετε, καὶ [ἐγὼ] τῷ νόμῳ τῷ ὑὕμε-- 
τέρῳ πείσομαι. Καὶ ὑμῖν μὲν ἡγεμόνας δώσω, ᾿ τῶν πρε-- 
σβυτάτων τοὺς ἐμπειροτάτους τῆς χώρας, αὐτὸς δ᾽ ἐφέψομαι 
τελευταῖος, τοὺς ἵππους ἔχων" ταχὺ γὰρ πρῶτος, ἂν δέη, 
παρέσομαι. Σύνϑημα δὲ [ποιοῦμαι], εἶπεν, “᾿Αϑηναίαν 
κατὰ τὴν συγγένειαν. Ταῦτ᾽ εἰπόντες ἀνεπαύοντο. 

“νίκα δ᾽ ny ἀμφὲ μέσας νύκτας, παρῆν Σεύϑης, ἔχων 
τοὺς ἱππίας τεϑωρακισμένους, καὶ τοὺς πελταστὰς σὺν τοῖς 
ὅπλοις. Kat ἐπεὶ παρέδωκε τοὺς ἡγεμόνας, of μὲν ὁπλῖται 


4 


ma 


Keg. γ΄. KYrPor ANABAIZ. 197 


€ Ψ ς 1 N oe ε . ε ~ > 
HYOUrTO, οἱ δὲ πελτασταὶ εἵποντο, ot δὲ ἱππεῖς ὠπισϑοφυ- 
’ 3... ες, 3 ε . 7 ° 
λώκουν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἡμέρα nv, ὃ Σεύϑης παρήλαυνεν εἰς τὸ 
’ Ἣ ’ . ε,. ‘ ’ : , 3 
προυϑεν, καὶ ἐπηνεσε τὸν Βλληνιχὸν γνομον" πολλάκις γὰρ 
3 ’ 2 > 
ἔφη νύχτωρ αὐτός, καὶ σὺν ὀλίγοις πορευόμενος, ἀποσπα-- 
-ὉὉ ~ , 3 - ~ - ’ « 
δ σϑῆναι UVY τοῖς ἵπποις ἀπὸ τῶν πεζῶν" γνὺῦν δέ, ὡςπερ δεῖ, 
.9 o o : a ὡς ’ ’ ε9 "AL « ~ ἢ 
αϑροοι πᾶντες ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ φαινόμεϑα. ὑμεῖς μὲν 
. 3 - > > 
περιμένετε αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναπαύεσϑε" ἐγὼ δὲ σκεψάμενός τι 
ΓΙ ~ ? > 9 
ἥξω. Ταῦτ εἰπὼν ἤλαυνε δι᾿ ὄρους ὁδόν τινα λαβών. 
9. 3 3 U ’ ᾿ -« ς - 
ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἀφίκετο εἰς χιόνα πολλήν, ἐσκέψατο ἐν τὴ ὁδῷ, εἰ 
> » 3 a a ’ «- ’ aA e Vex \ 
10 εἴη ἴχνη ἀνϑρωπὼν ἡ προσω ἡγούμενα, ἡ ἐναντία. Ene 
. 3 - ‘ ¢ , , 
δὲ ατριβῆ ἑώρα τὴν ὅδόν, ἧκε ταχὺ παλιν, καὶ ἔλεγε" "“ Κα- 
- 3 oe » a) , ’ ᾿ ry ? ’ 
dws, w ἀνδρες, ἔσται, ἐὰν Seog ϑέλῃ " τοὺς γὰρ ἀανϑρωπυυς 
’ ἃ ’ 2 2," ἢ ς» »νη ὦ 
λησομεν ἐπιπεσοντεςς. AAA έγω μὲν ἡγησομαι τοῖς πποις, 
« ᾿ 8 [2 ~ Ἂ 
ὅπως, ἄν τινα ἴδωμεν, μὴ διαφυγὼν σημήνῃ τοῖς πολεμίοις 
~ 3 ὡ - ’ “- 
15 ὑμεῖς δ᾽ ἕπεσϑε᾽ κἂν λειφϑῆτε, τῷ στίβῳ τῶν ἵππων ἕπε- 
2 a [ [1] ’ [2 
ads’ ὑπερβάντες δὲ τὰ ὄρη ἥξομεν εἰς [τὰς] κώμας πολλάς 
3 Φ 
τε καὶ εὐδαίμονας.᾽" 
. 3 ’ € U UU 3 ~ » 
“Ἡνίκα δὲ ἣν μέσον ἡμέρας, ἤδη τὸ ἣν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄκροις, 
zt ’ Q ς 
καὶ κατιδὼν τὰς κώμας, ἧκεν ἐλαύνων πρὸς τοὺς ὁπλίτας, 
3 ~ ᾿ [ 
40 καὶ ἔλεγεν" “ Αφήσω ἠδη καταϑεῖν τοὺς μὲν ἱππέας εἰς 
Γ 4 > ¢ 9 3 ᾿ 
τὸ πεδίον, τοὺς δὲ πελταστὰς ἐπὶ τὰς κωμας. AMA ἕπεσϑε 
ε nan e ΄ « » «ες - 2 “ξ 99 
ὡς ἂν δυνησϑε ταχιστα, ὁπως, av tig ὑφιστηται, ἀλέξησϑ. 
© -_ “ ᾿ > a a ’ 
᾿Αχούσας ταῦτα ὃ Ξενοφῶν, κατέβη ano tov ἵππου. Kae 
t i ~ 99 y 3) 
ὃς ἤρετο" “ηἴ καταβαίνεις, ἐπεὶ σπεύδειν δεῖ, “Οἰδα, 
9 re φ 3 ε ~~" we 
385 ἔφη, “ ὅτι οὐκ ἐμοῦ μόνου δέη" oF δ᾽ ὁπλῖται ϑᾶττον δρα- 
- a 7 Ἂ . » ‘ c "» 9) 
μοῦνται καὶ ηἡδιον, av καὶ ἐγὼ πεζὸς ἡγῶμαι. 
e 0 »” 4 ’ 9 3 Cd 3᾿ ς 
Mera ταῦτα wmytro, καὶ Τιμασίων met αὑτοῦ, ἔχων ιπ- 
᾽ ε [2 bad δος [2 = “- δὲ . 
πέας ὡς τετταράκοντα τῶν Likyvwy. Zevopwwr 0é παρηγ- 
’ 33 "ν ~ ld 2 
γύησε τοὺς εἰς τριάκοντα ἔτη παριέναι ἀπὸ τῶν λόχων εὕ-- 
o 4Ἁ 2.8 a > A Se ’ »” e ’ 
80 ζωνους. Kat αὐτὸς μὲν ἐτροχαξζε τουτοὺς ἔχων Κλεανὼρ 
α΄ Lad € ν᾿ 3 e 3 ~ 0 
δὲ ἡγεῖτο τῶν ἄλλων ᾿λλήνων. πεὶ δ᾽ ἐν ταῖς κωμαις 
3 ’ » ε o ε ᾿ λ ΄ ΄. 
ἤσαν, Σεύϑης, ἔχων ὁσον τριάκοντα ἱππέας, προςζελᾶασὰας 8 
3 ~ e ὰ e bod 
ne’ “ Tade δή, ὦ Zevopar, ἃ σὺ ἔλεγες " ἔχονται ob ar 


175 


198 . ZENO®NNTOS [Βιδ. Ζ. 


ϑρωποι᾿ ἀλλὰ γὰρ οἱ ἱππεῖς ἔρημοι οἴχονταί μοι, ἄλλος 
ἄλλῃ διώκων" καὶ δέδοικα, μὴ συστάντες ἀϑρόοι που κακόν 
τι ἐργάσωνται οἱ πολέμιοι. Δεῖ δὲ καὶ ἐν ταῖς κώμαις κα- 
ταμένειν τινὰς ἡμῶν μεσταὶ γάρ εἶσιν ἀνϑρώπων».᾽ “AT 
ἐγὼ μέν," ἔφη ὁ Ξενοφῶν, “ σὺν οἷς ἔχω, τὰ ἄκρα καταλή- & 
ψομαι σὺ δὲ Κλεάνορα κέλευε διὰ τοῦ πεδίου παρατεῖναι 
τὴν φάλαγγα παρὰ τὰς κώμας. Ἐπεὶ δὲ ταῦτα ἐποίη- 
σαν, συνηλίσϑησαν ἀνδράποδα μὲν ὡς χίλια, βδες δὲ 
διρχίλιοι, καὶ ἄλλα πρόβατα μύρια. Kal τότε μὲν αὐτοῦ 
ηὐλίσϑησαν. : 


Κεφάλαιον δ΄. 


Τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ κατακαύσας ὃ Σεύϑης τὰς κώμας nar- 
τελῶς, καὶ οὐδεμίαν οἰκίαν λιπών, ὅπως φόβον ἐνϑείη καὶ 
~ » λ ὃ ᾿ς ° n ΠῚ 9 3 ’ fe 
τοῖς ἀλλοις, ola πείσονται, ay un πεέϑωνται, ἀπηει Mal. 
Καὶ τὴν μὲν λείαν ἀπέπεμψε διατίϑεσθαι ᾿Ἡρακλείδη ἐἰς 

ry € a ’ ~ , Φ a δὲ 16 
Πέρινϑον, ὁπὼς μισῆος γένοιτο τοῖς στρατειωταις " αὕτὸς Ub 
ν ; ‘ ΡῚ [2 
καὶ οἱ Ἕλληνες ἐστρατοπεδεύοντο ἀνὰ τὸ Θυνῶν πεδίον. 0 
δ᾽ ἐκλιπόντες, ἔφευγον εἰς τὰ δρη. 
3 8 4 - a 
Hy δὲ χιὼν πολλή, καὶ ψῦχος οὕτως, ὥςτε to ὕδωρ, 9 
J = Lt 3 
ἐφέροντο ἐπὶ δεῖπνον, ἐπήγνυτο, καὶ ὁ οἶνος [Ὁ] ἐν τοῖς αγ- 
OJ e od cw , . 
γείοις, καὶ τῶν “Ἑλλήνων πολλῶν καὶ Gives ἀπεκαίΐοντο και 9 
3 - ᾿ [4 [μὲ 3 
ὦτα. Kai tore δῆλον ἐγένετο, οὐ ἕνεκα οὗ Θρᾷκες τας 
2 Ἁ ~ ~ bad 4 ~ > ‘ 
αλωπεκίδας ἐπὶ ταῖς κεφαλαῖς φοροῦσι καὶ τοῖς wol, καὶ 
© 3 ~ ’ ~ 
«χιτῶνας οὐ μόνον περὲ τοῖς στέρνοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὲ τοῖς μῆ" 
ιοοῖς ᾿ καὶ ζειρὰς μέχρι τῶν ποδὼν ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππω» ἔχουσιν, 
ἀλλ οὐ χλαμύδας. ᾿Αφιεὶς δὲ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων ὃ Σεύϑης εἰς ἢ 
e oo e > ‘ e > ν 4 L 
τὰ ὃρη, ἔλεγεν, οτι, εἰ μη καταβήσονται οἰκήσοντες καὶ πε 
σονται, ὅτι κατακαύσει καὶ τούτων τὰς κώμας καὶ τὸν Or 
4 5 ~ « - > ’ ᾿ ) 
τον, καὶ ἀπολοῦνται τῷ dium. Ex τουτοῦυ κατέβαινον κα 


-yuvainss καὶ παῖδες καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι" of δὲ γεώτεροι ἐν 


Ke. δ΄. ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIS. 199 


ταῖς ὑπὸ τὸ Ὅρος κώμαις ηὐλίζοντο.ς Καὶ ὃ Σεύϑης κατα- 
padow, ἐκέλευσε τὸν Ξενοφῶντα τῶν ὁπλιτῶν τοὺ; γεωτά- 
Tous λαβόντα συνεπισπέσϑαι. Καὶ ἀναστάντες τῆς νυκτὸς 
ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ παρῆσαν εἰς τὰς κωμαρ" καὶ οἵ μὲν πλεῖστοι 

5 ἐξέφυγον" πλησίον γὰρ nv τὸ ὄρος" ὅσους δὲ ἴω ‘KATH 
κόντισεν ἀφειδῶς Σεύϑης. 

ῬἩπιοϑένης δὲ ἣν τις λύνϑιος, παιδεραστής, ὃς ἰδὼν 
καλὸν παῖδα ἡβάυκοντα ἄρτι, πέλτην ἔχοντα, μέλλοντα ἀπο- 
ϑνήσκειν, προςδραμὼν ξενοφῶντα ἱκέτευε βοηϑῆσαι παιδὶ 

10 καλῷ. Καὶ o¢ προςελϑὼν τῷ Σεύϑῃ δεῖται, μὴ ἀποκτεῖναι 
τὸν παῖδα" καὶ τοῦ ᾿Επισϑένους διηγεῖται τὸν τρόπον, καὶ 
ὅτι λόχον ποτὲ συνελέξατο, σκοπὼν οὐδὲν ἄλλο, ἢ εἴ τινες 
εἶεν καλοί καὶ μετὰ τούτων ἦν ἀνὴρ ἀγαϑός. Ὃ δὲ Σεύ- 
Ong ἤσετο᾽ “CH καὶ ἐθέλοις ἄν, ὦ ᾿Επίσϑενες, ὑπὲρ τού- 

1s tov ἀποϑανεῖν;" Ὃ δὲ εἶπεν, ἀνατείνας τὸν τράχηλον" 
““ παῖε, εἰ κελεύει ὃ παῖς, καὶ μέλλει χάριν εἰδέναι." Ἐπή- 
ρέτο ὃ Σεύϑης τὸν παῖδα, εἰ παίσειεν αὐτὸν ἀντὶ ἐκείνου. 
Οὐκ εἴα ὁ παῖς, ἀλλ᾽ ἱκέτευε μηδὲ ἕτερον κατακαΐνειν. * Ky- 
ταῦϑα δὴ ὁ ᾿Επισθϑένης, περιλαβὼν τὸν παῖδα, εἶπεν" 

30 “Ὥρα σοι, ὦ Σεύϑη, περὶ τοῦδε μοι διαμάχεσθαι" οὐ γὰρ 
μεϑήσω τὸν παῖδα." Ὃ δὲ Σειύϑης γελῶν, ταῦτα μὲν “εἴα " 
ἔδοξε δ᾽ αὐτῷ αὐτὸῦ αὐλυσϑῆναι, ἵνα μὴ ἐκ τούτων τῶν κω-- 
μῶν οἷ ἐπὶ τοῦ ὄρους τρέφοιντος Καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν ἐν τῷ πε- 
δίῳ ὑποκαταβὰς ἐσκήνου" Ξενοφῶν δέ, ἔχων τοὺς ἐπιλέ- 

35 xtous, ἐν τῇ ὑπὸ τὸ ὅρος ἀνωτάτω κώμῃ" καὶ οἷ ἄλλοι Ἵλλη-- 
veg ἐν τοῖς ὀρεινοῖς καλουμένοις Θρᾳξὶ πλησίον κατεσκήνησαν. 

Ἔκ τούτου ἡμέραι οὐ πολλαὶ διετρίβοντο, καὶ οἱ ἐκ τοῦ 
ὅρους Θρᾷκες, καταβαίνοντες πρὸς τὸν Σιύϑην, περὶ δμή- 
pay “καὶ ὑπονδὼν διεπράττοντο. Καὶ Ξενοφῶν ἐλϑὼν ἔλεγε 

δοτῷ Σεύϑῃ, ὅτι, ἐν πονηροῖς τόποις σχηνῷεν, καὶ πλησίον 
εἶεν οἵ πολέμιοι" ἥδιον δ᾽ ἂν ἔξω αὐλίζεσθαι ἔφη ἐν ἐχυροῖς 
[uv] χωρίοις μᾶλλον, ἢ ἐν τοῖς στεγνοῖς, ὥςτε ἀπολέσϑαι. 
“O δὲ ϑαῤῥεῖν ἐκέλευε, «αἱ ἔδειξεν ὁμήρους παρόντας αὐτῷ. 


200 EZENO®RNTOS [Βι6. 2’. 


*Edéovto δὲ καὶ tov Ξενοφῶντος καταβαίνοντές tives τῶν ἐκ 

.-»ν - ’ 4 , ε 2 ς ° 
τοῦ ὄρους, συμπρᾶξαν σφίσε tas σπονδας. Ὁ δ᾽ ὡμολόγει, 
καὶ θαῤῥεῖν ἐκέλευε, καὶ ἠγγυᾶτο μηδὲν αὐτοὺς κακὸν πεί- 
σεσϑαι πειϑομένους Σεύϑη. Ol δ᾽ ἄρα ταῦτα ἔλεγον xa- 
τασχοπῆς ἕνεχα. | 6 

Ταῦτα μὲν τῆς ἡμέρας ἐγένετο" εἰς δὲ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν νύκτα 
ἐπιτίϑενται ἐλθόντες ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους of Ovrot. Kai ἡγεμὼν 

. 3B ε ’ , ~ +» a ᾿ 3 . 3 We 
μὲν nv ὁ δεσπότης ἑκαστῆς τῆς οἰκίας " χαλεπὸν yag ny al- 
hog τὰς οἰκίας σκότους ὄντος ἀνευρίσκειν ἐν ταῖς κώμαις" 
καὶ γὰρ ai οἰκίαι κύκλῳ περιεσταύρωντο μεγάλοις σταυροῖς 10 

Lond μ ee b a 3 ° ἢ 4 
τῶν προβάτων ἕνεκα. ἐπεὶ ὃ ἐγένοντο κατα τας ϑύυρας 
ἑκάστου τοῦ οἰκήματος, οἱ μὲν εἰςηκόντιζον, οἷ δὲ τοῖς σκυ- 

΄ » a » € 3 ᾽ “ ’ 
ταλοις ἔβαλλον, a ἔχειν ἔφασαν, ὡς ἀποχόψοντες τῶν δορα- 
των τὰς λόγχας " οἷ δὲ ἐνεπίμπρασαν" καὶ Ξενοφῶντα ovo- 

‘ - a ' 2 a n > « 
faote καλοῦντες, ἐξιόντα ἐκέλευον ἀποϑνήσκειν, ἢ autor lb 
ἔφασαν κατακαυϑήσεσϑαι αὐτόν. 

Καὶ ἤδη τε διὰ τοῦ ὀρόφου ἐφαίνετο πῦρ, καὶ ἐντεϑωρα- 
κισμένοι οἵ περὸ ξενοφῶντα ἔνδον ἦσαν, ἀσπίδας καὶ μα- 
χαΐρας καὶ κράνη ἔχοντες" καὶ Σιλανὸς Maxéotios, ἐτὼν 
[ἤδη ὡς] ὀκτωκαίδεκα ὦ ives τῇ σάλπιγγε" καὶ εὖ-" 

19n ὡς] ὀκτωκαίδεκα ὧν, σημαΐνει τῇ σαλπιγγε" καὶ 
Sug ἐκπηδῶσιν ἐυσπασμένοι τὰ ξίφη καὶ οἵ ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων 
σκηνωμάτων. Οἱ δὲ Θρᾷκες φεύγουσιν, ὥςπερ δὴ τρόπος 
$ > ww >” ’ 4 ’ Ε ‘ > « 
ἣν αὐτοῖς, ὄπισϑεν neoiBadhouevor tug πέλτας" καὶ αὐτὸν 
ὑπεραλλομένων τοὺς σταυροὺς ἐλήφϑησάν τινες κρεμασϑὲν- 
τες, ἐνεχομένων τῶν πελτὼν τοῖς σταυροῖς" οἱ δὲ καὶ ἀπὲ- Ὁ 
Savor, διαμαρτόντες τῶν ἐξόδων" οἱ δ᾽ Ἕλληνες ἐδίωκον ἔξω 
τῆς κώμης. Tov τὸ Θυνῶν ὑποστραφέντες τινὲς ἐν τῷ 
σκότει, τοὺς παρατρέχοντας παρ᾽ οἰκίαν καιομένην ἡκόντιζον 
εἰς τὸ φῶς ἐκ τοῦ σκότους" καὶ ἔτρωσαν ᾿ἹἹερώνυμόν τι 
᾿Ευοδέα tov λοχαγόν, καὶ Θεαγένην [δὲ] Aoxgoy τὸν λοχα- 
yov' ἀπέθανε δὲ οὐδείς" κατεκαύϑη μέντοι καὶ ἐσθής τι 
yoy καὶ σκεύη. Σεύϑης δὲ ἧκε βοηϑήσων σὺν ἑπτὰ in- 

6 ὖ eo 8 e 2 4 0 e 
πεῦσι τοῖς πρώτοις, καὶ τὸν σαλπιγχτὴν ἔχων τὸν Θράχιον 


Keg. ε΄.} ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIZ. 201 


»” a e ΩΣ 
καὶ ἐπείπερ ἤσϑετο, ὅσον πὲρ χρόνον ἐβοήϑει, τοσοῦτον καὶ 
᾿ ° 2 ww, € ~ 
τὸ κέρας ἐφθέγγετο αὐτῷ " were καὶ τοῦτο φόβον συμπα- 
~ ~ 22. 2 3 ) - 
ρεῖχε τοῖς πολεμίοις. ᾿πεὶ δ᾽ ηλϑεν, ἐδεξιοῦτό te καὶ ἔλε- 
γεν, ὅτε οἴοιτο τεϑνεώτας πολλοὺς εὑρήσειν. 
δ ‘Lx τούτου ὃ Ξενοφῶν δεῖται τοὺς ὁμήρους τε αὐτῷ πα-- 
ἣν Ἃ Ἃ . of > ’ ἊΝ > 
ραδοῦναι, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ ogos, εἰ βούλεται, συστρατεύεσϑαι" εἶ 
ΝΜ > ° 2 S : 
δὲ μή, αὐτὸν ἐᾶσαι. 74 οὖν ὑστεραίᾳ παραδίδωσιν ὃ Σεύ- 
Ong τοὺς ὁμήρους, πρεσβυτέρους avdgas, τοὺς κρατίστους, 
- > ~ 3 ᾿ “- 
ὡς ἔφασαν, τῶν ὀρεινῶν᾽ καὶ αὐτὸς ἔρχεται σὺν τῇ δυνά- 
3 
0 μει. “δὴ δ᾽ εἶχε καὶ τριπλασίαν δύναμιν ὃ Σεύϑης" ἐκ 
~ 3 ~ 2 
γὰρ τῶν ᾿Οδρυσῶν, ἀκούοντες, ἃ πράττοι ὃ Σεύϑης, πολλοὶ 
κατέβαινον συστρατευσόμειοι. Οἱ δὲ Θυνοί, ἐπεὶ εἶδον 
> 8 ww 4 a ς Π ‘ a a 
ἀπὸ τοῦ “gous πολλοὺς μὲν οπλίτας, πολλοὺς δὲ πελταστας, 
4 eee U a e »ν . 
πολλοὺς δὲ ἱππέας, καταβάντες ἱκέτευον σπείσασθαι" καὶ 
᾽ ε , ? Ἢ δ ‘ ’ , 
16 πάντα apoduyovy ποιήσειν, καὶ ta πιστὰ λαμβάνειν ἐκέ-. 
λευον. Ὃ δὲ “Σεύϑης, καλέσας τὸν Ξενοφῶντα, ἐπεδείκνυεν, 
a ° . δ 3 a 2» > «ὦ ~ ’ 
a λέγοιεν" καὶ οὐκ av ἔφη σπείσασϑαι, εἰ Ξενιφὼν Bov- 
3 - ° x 3 2 e 
λοιτο τιμωρήσασϑαι artcous τῆς ἐπιϑέσεως. Ὃ δ᾽ εἶπεν 
3 3 - ts 
‘CAML ἔγωγε ἱκανὴν νομίζω καὶ νῦν δίκην ἔχειν, εἰ οὗτοι 


}} συμβουλεύειν μέντοι ἔφη 


~ > 3 ° 
2 δοῦλοι ἔσονται ἀνε ἐλευϑέρων 
9 - 4 4 ε e t e t 
αὐτῷ, τὸ λοιπὸν ὁμήρους λαμβάνειν τοὺς δυνατωτάτους κα-- 
~ : e ° ᾿ - 3 eo 
κόν TL ποιεῖν, τοὺς δὲ γέροντας vixos gay. Ov μὲν οὐν ταῦ-- 


τῇ πάντες δὴ προςωμολόγουν. 


. Κεφάλαιον ε΄ 


Ὑπερβαάλλουσι δὲ πρὸς tovs ὑπὲρ Βυζαντίου Θρᾷκας, εἷς 

% τὸ Δέλτα καλούμενον (αὕτη δ᾽ ἦν οὐκέτε ἀρχὴ Μαισάδου, 
ἀλλὰ Ἰήρους τοῦ ᾿Οδρυσοῦ, ἀρχαίον τινός)" καὶ ὃ ᾿Πρακλεῖ- 
δης ἐνταῦϑα ἔχων τὴν τιμὴν τῆς λείας παρῆν, καὶ Σεύϑης, 
ἐξαγαγὼν ζεύγη ἡμιονικὰ τρία, οὐ γὰρ ἣν πλείω, τὰ δὲ ἄλλα 
βοεικά, καλέσας Ξενοφῶντα ἐκέλευσε λαβεῖν, τὰ δ᾽ ἄλλα δια- 


202 ZFENO®NNTOS [Δι6. 2’. 


νεῖμαι τοῖς στρατηγοῖς καὶ λοχαγοῖς. Ξενοφῶν δὲ τάδ᾽ εἷ- 
nev’ ““ Ἐμοὶ μὲν τυΐνυν ἀρκεῖ καὶ αὖϑις λαβεῖν " τούτοις 
δὲ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς δωροῦ, of σὺν ἐμοὶ ἠκολούϑησαν, καὶ 
λοχαγοῖς." Καὶ τῶν ζευγῶν λαμβάνει ἕν μὲν Τιμασίων ὃ 
Δαρδανεύς, ἕν δὲ Κλεάνωρ ὃ ᾿Ορχομένιος, ἕν δὲ Φρυνίσκος 
ὃ ᾿ἀχαιός" τὰ δὲ βοεικὰ ζεύγη τοῖς λοχαγοῖς κατεμερίσϑη. 
Tov δὲ μισϑὸν ἀποδίδωσιν, ἐξεληλυϑότος ἤδη τοῦ μηνός, 
εἴχοσι μόνον ἡμερῶν᾽ ὃ γὰρ “Πρακλείδης ἔλεγεν, ὅτι ov 
πλεῖον ἐμπολήσαι. Ὃ οὖν Ξενοφῶν ἀχϑεσϑεὶς εἶπεν ἐπο- 
μόσας" “Δοκεῖς μοι, ὦ “Πρακλείδην οὐχ ὡς δεῖ κήδεσϑαι 9 
Σιύϑου" εἰ γὰρ ἐκήδου, ἧκες ἂν πλήρη φέρων τὸν μισϑόν, 

καὶ προςδανεισάμενος, εἰ μή γ᾽ ἄλλως ἐδύνω, καὶ ἀποδόμε- 


8 “κε » 9 
voo τὰ éxvrou ἱματια. 

EvtevGer ὃ “Πρακλείδης ἡχϑέσθη τε, καὶ ἔδεισε, μὴ ἐκ 
τῆς Σεύϑον φιλίας ἐκβληϑείη" καὶ ὅ τι ἐδύνατο ἀπὸ ταύτης "Ὁ 
τῆς ἡμέρας Ξενοφῶντα διέβαλλε πρὸς Σεύϑην. OF μὲν δὴ 
στρατιῶται ξενοφῶντι ἐνεκάλουν, ὅτε οὐκ εἶχον coy μισϑόν᾽ 

, 1 oo” > ~~ « , ee ἢ , 
Σευϑὴς δὲ ἤχϑετο αὑτῷ, Ote ἐντόνως τοῖς στρατιωταιῖς ἀπή- 

i 9 N , a 39 4 ¢ ε ΠῚ 
τει τὸν μισϑον. Καὶ τέως μὲν ast ἐμέμνητο, ὡς, ἐπειδαν 
ἐπὶ ϑάλατταν ἀπέλϑῃ, παραδώσοι αὐτῷ Βισάνϑην καὶ 

o a ’ ~ Ξ > a a ’ - ᾽’ 3 
Γάνον καὶ Néov τεῖχος ano δὲ τούτου τοῦ χρόνου οὐδε- 

a » ’ r) « 4 a cy, , 4 ἈΝ 
νὸς ἔτι τούτων ἐμέμνητο. Ὃ μὲν γὰρ ᾿ΠΙρακλείδης καὶ τοῦτο 
διαβεβλήκει, ὡς οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς εἴη, τείχη παραδιδόναι ἀνδρὶ 
δύναμιν ἔχοντι. 

> ’ ες . »» " > ’ ’ . “ὦ δ 25 

Lx τούτου ὁ μὲν Ξενοφῶν ἐβουλεύετο, τί χρὴ ποιεῖν περὶ 
τοῦ ἔτι ἄνω στρατεύεσυϑαι" ὃ δ᾽ Ἡρακλείδης, εἰςαγαγὼν 
τοὺς ἄλλους σιρατηγοὺς πρὸς Σεύϑην, λέγειν τε ἐκέλευεν 

‘ [4 Και Ἢ n 
αὑτούς, ὅτι οὐδὲν ἂν ἧττον σφεῖς ἀγάγοιεν τὴν στρατιών, ἢ 

we ~ φ Se « ~ 2 ~ 4 ὀλὶ y 
Ξενοφῶν, τὸν τε μισϑὸν ὑπιυχνεῖτο αὐτοῖς ἐντὸς dliyo 
ἡμερῶν ἔχπλεων παρέσεσϑαι δυοῖν μηνοῖν" συστρατεύε Ἦ 
σϑαΐ τε ἐκέλευε. Καὶ ὃ Τιμασίων εἶπεν" ““᾿Εγὼ μὲν tol- 
γυν, οὐδ᾽ av πέντε μηνῶν μισϑὸς μέλλῃ εἶναι, στρατευσαίς 


e 
Keg. ιε΄. ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASI2. 203 


μὴν ay ἄνευ Ξενοφῶντος." Kai ὃ Φρυνίσκος καὶ Κλεάνωρ 
συνωμολόγουν Τιμασίωνι. 
᾿Εντεῦϑεν Σεύϑης ἐλοιδόρει τὸν “Ηρακλείδην, ὅτι οὗ πα- 
ρεκάλει καὶ ξενυφῶντα. “Ex δὲ τούτου παρακαλοῦσιν av- 
δ τὸν μόνον. Ὃ δὲ γνοὺς τοῦ Ἡρακλείδου τὴν πανουργίαν, 
ὅτε βούλοιτο αὐτὸν διαβάλλειν πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους στρατη- 
yous, παρέρχεται λαβὼν τούς τε στρατηγοὺς πώντας καὶ 
τοὺς λοχαγούς. Καὶ ἐπεὶ πάντες ἐπείσϑησαν, συνεστρα- 
τεύοντο, καὶ ἀφικνοῦνται, ἐν δεξιᾷ ἔχοντες τὸν Πόντον, διὰ 
10 τῶν Meluvopaywy καλουμέλων Θρᾳκῶν, εἰς τὸν Σαλμυδησ- 
σόν. Ἔνϑα τῶν εἰς τὸν Πόντων πλεουσῶν νηῶν πολλαὶ 
ὀκέλλουσι καὶ ἐκπίπτουσι" τέναγος γάρ ἐστιν ἐπὶ πάμπολυ 
τῆς ϑαλάττης. Καὶ οἵ Θρᾷκες ob κατὰ ταῦτα οἰκοῦντες, 
στήλας δρισάώμενοι, τὰ καϑ᾽ αὑτοὺς ἕκαστοι ἐχπίπτοντα ληΐ- 
18 ζονται᾽ τέως δ᾽ ἐλέγοντο, πρὶν δρίσασϑαι, ἅρπαζοντες πολ- 
hot ὕπ᾽ ἀλλήλων ἀποϑνήσκειν. ᾿Ενταῦϑα εὑρίσκοντο πολ- 
λαὶ μὲν κλῖναι, πολλὰ δὲ κιβώτια, πολλαὶ δὲ βίδλοι, καὶ 
τἄλλα πολλά, ὅσα ἐν ξυλίνοις τεύχεσι ναύκληροι ἄγουσιν. 
Ἐντεῦϑεν ταῦτα καταστρεψάμενοι, ἀπήεσαν παλιν. Ἔνϑα 
80 δὴ Σεύϑης εἶχε στράτευμα ἤδη πλέον τοῦ ᾿Ελληνικοῦ Ex te 
γὰρ Ὀδρυσῶν πολὺ ἔτι πλείους καταβεβήκεσαν, καὶ οἷ ast 
πειϑόμενοι συνεστρατεύοντο. Κατηυλίσϑησαν δὲ ἐν τῷ πε- 
δίῳ ὑπὲρ Σηλυβρίας, ὅσον πεντήκοντα σταδίους ἀπέχοντες 
τῆς ϑαλάττης. Καὶ μισϑὸς μὲν οὐδείς πω ἐφαίνετο" πρὸς 
86 δὲ τὸν Ξενοφῶντα οἵ te στρατιῶται παγχαλεπῶς εἶχον, ὃ 
τε Σεύϑης οὐκέτι οἰκείως διέκειτο, add ὁπότε συγγενέσϑαι 
αὐτῷ βουλόμενος ἔλϑοιν πολλαὶ ἤδη ἀσχολίαι ἐφαίΐνοντο. 


204 ZENO®NNTOZ [ Bb. 3. 


[Κεφάλαιον ς΄". 


‘Ev [δὲ] τούτῳ τῷ χρόνῳ, σχεδὸν ἤδη δύο μηνῶν ὄντων, 
ἀφικνοῦνται Χαρμῖνός τε ὃ Δάκων καὶ Πολύνεικος παρὰ 
Θίμβρωνος " καὶ λέγουσιν, ὅτε “ακεδαιμονίοις δοκεῖ, στρα- 
τεύεσϑαι [ὡς] ἐπὶ Τισσαφέρνην, καὶ Θίμβρων ἐκλεέπλευκεν 
ὡς πολεμήσων" καὶ δεῖται ταύτης τῆς οτρατιᾶς, καὶ λέγει, 6 
ὅτε δαρεικὸς ἑκάστῳ ἔσται μιυϑὺὸς τοῦ μηνός, καὶ τοῖς λο- 
χαγοῖς διμοιρία, καὶ τοῖς σιρατηγοῖς τετραμοιρια. Ἐπεὶ 
δ᾽ ἦλθον οἱ Δακεδαιμόνιοι, εὐθδὺς ὁ “Ηρακλείδης, πυϑόμε- 
γος, ὅτι ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα ἥκουσι, λέγει τῷ Σεύϑη, ὅτι καλ- 
λιστον γεγένηται" “Οἱ μὲν γὰρ «Τακεδαιμόνιοε δέονται 10 
τοῦ στρατεύματος, σὺ δὲ οὐκέτι Dén* ἀποδιδυὺς δὲ τὸ στρά- 
τευμα αὐτοῖς χαριεῖ, σὲ δὲ οὐκέτι ἀπαιτήσονται τὸν μισϑύν, 
ἀλλ᾽ ἀπαλλάξονται ἐκ τῆς χώρας." 

᾿Αχούσας ταῦτα ὁ Σεύϑης, κελεύει παράγειν" καὶ ἐπεὶ 
εἶπον, ὅτι ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα ἥκουσι, λέγει, ὅτε τὸ στράτευμα I 
ἀποδίδωσι, φίλος τε καὶ σύμμαχος βούλεται εἶναι" καλεῖ τι 
αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ ξενίᾳ. Καὶ ἐξένιζε μεγαλοπρεπῶς. Ξενοφῶντα 
δὲ οὐ καλεῖ, οὐδὲ τῶν ἄλλων στρατηγῶν οὐδένα. ‘Egutur- 
των δὲ τῶν “ακεδαιμονίων, τίς ἀνὴρ εἴη Ξενοφῶν, ἀπεκρί- 
γατο, “ ὅτι τὰ μὲν ἄλλα εἴη οὐ κακός, φιλοστρατιώτης δέ᾽ καὶ ἢ 
διὰ τοῦτο χεῖρόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ." Καὶ οἱ εἶπον" ‘Ah’ ὦ) δη- 
μαγωγεῖ ὃ ἀνὴρ τοὺς ardoas;” Kat ὃ “Πρακλείδης, 
“πάνυ μὲν οὖν," ἔφη. ““᾿Αρ᾽ οὖν," ἔφασαν, “μὴ καὶ 
ἡμῖν ἐναντιώσεται περὶ τῆς ἀπαγωγῆς; “CAML? ἣν ὑμεῖς," 
ἔφη ὁ “Πρακλείδης, “συλλέξαντες αὐτοὺς ὑπόσχησϑε zor 3 
μισϑόν, ὀλίγον ἐκείνῳ προσχόντες ἀποδραμοῦνται σὺν 
ὑμῖν." ““ Πῶς ἂν οὖν," ἔφασαν, “ ἡμῖν συλλεγεῖεν ;" “Α4ὖ- 
ριον ὑμᾶς," ἔφη ὃ ᾿Πρακλείδης, “πρωΐ ἄξομεν πρὸς αὖ- 
τούς" καὶ οἷδα," ἔφη, ‘or, ἐπειδὰν ὑμᾶς ἴδωσιν, ἄσμενοι 


συνδραμοῦνται." Αὕτη μὲν [οὖν] ἢ ἡμέρα οὕτως ἔληξε. ᾿ 


Key. ¢’.] ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASTS. 205 


Τῇ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ ἄγουσιν ἐπὶ τὸ στράτευμα τοὺς Aaxevag 
Σεύϑης τὸ καὶ Ἡρακλείδης, καὶ συλλέγεται ἢ στρατιά" τὼ 
δὲ Aaxowe ἐλεγέτην, “ ὅτι “Δακεδαιμονίοις δοκεῖ πολεμεῖν 

Τισσαφέρνει, τῷ ὑμᾶς ἀδικήσαντι" ἢν οὖν inte σὺν ἡμῖν, 
δ τόν τε ἐχθρὸν τιμωρήσεσϑε, καὶ δαρεικὸν ἕχαστος οἴσει τοῦ 

μηνὸς ὑμῶν" λοχαγὸς δὲ τὸ διπλοῦν " στρατηγὸς δὲ τὸ το- 

teaniovy.” Kai οὗ στρατιῶται ἀσμενοὶ τὸ ἤκουσαν, καὶ 
εὐθὺς ανίσταταί τις τῶν ᾿Αρκάδων, τοῦ Ξενοφῶντος xatn- 
γορήσων. Παρῆν δὲ καὶ Σεύϑης, βουλόμενος εἰδέναι, τί 
: πραχϑησεταν᾽ καὶ ἐν ἐπηκόῳ εἱστήκει, ἔχων [τὸν] ἑρμηνέα " 
συνίει δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς Ἑλληνιστὶ τὰ πλεῖστα. Ἔνϑα δὴ λέ- 
yet ὃ ᾿άρκάς" “᾿Αλλ᾽ ἡμεῖς μέν, ὦ “ακεδιχεμόνιοι, καὶ πά- 
os ὧν ἦμεν παρ᾽ ὑμῖν, εἰ μὴ Ξενοφῶν δεῦρο ἡμᾶς πείσας 
ἀπήγαγεν" ἔνϑα δὴ ἡμεῖς μὲν τὸν δεινὸν χειμῶνα στρατευό- 
WW μενοι καὶ νύχτα καὶ ἡμέραν οὐδὲν πεπάμεϑα᾽ δ᾽ δὲ τοὺς 
ἡμετέρους πόνους ἔχει" καὶ Σεύϑης ἰδίᾳ μὲν ἐκεῖνον πε- 
πλούτικεν, ἡμᾶς δὲ ἀποστερεῖ τὸν μισϑόν" ὥςτε," ὃ γε πρῶ- 
τος λέγων, “ ἐγὼ μέν," [ἔφη,] “ εἰ τοῦτον ἴδοιμι καταλευ-- 
σϑέντα, καὶ δύντα δίκην, ὧν ἡμᾶς περιεῖλκε, καὶ τὸν μισϑὸν 
80 ὧν μοι δοκῶ ἔχειν, καὶ οὐδὲν [ἀν] ἔτι τοῖς πεπονημένοις 
ἄχϑεσϑαι.᾽᾽ Meta τοῦτον ἄλλος ἀνέστη ὁμοίως, καὶ ἄλλος. 

Ἔκ δὲ τούτων Ζενοφῶν ἔλεξεν ὧδε ‘ 

“Alle πάντα μὲν ἄρα ἄνθρωπον ὄντα προςδοκᾶν δεῖ, 
ὁπότε γε καὶ ἐγὼ νῦν [μὲν] ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν αἰτίας ἔχω, ἐν ᾧ πλεί- 
6 στὴν προϑυμίαν ἐμαυτῷ γε δοκῶ συνειδέναι περὸ ὑμᾶς πα- 
ρεσχημένος. ᾿Απειραπόμην μὲν γε ἤδη οἴκαδε ὡρμημένος, 
οὐ μὰ τὸν Δία, οὔ τοι πυνθανόμενος ὑμᾶς εὖ πράττειν, 
ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἀκούων ἐν ἀπόροις εἶναι, ὡς ὠφελήσων, εἴ τι 
δυναίμην. Ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἤλϑον, Σεύϑου τουτουὶ πολλοὺς ἀγγέ- 
ἄθλους πρὸς ἐμὲ πέμποντος, καὶ πολλὰ ὑπισχνουμένου μοι, εἰ 
πείσαιμι ὑμᾶς πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλϑεῖν, τοῦτο μὲν οὐκ ἐπεχείρησα 
ποιεῖν, ὡς αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασϑε, nyov δ᾽, ὅϑεν ᾧμην τά- 
χιστ᾽ av ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν διαβῆναι. Ταῦτα γὰρ καὶ 


18 


206 ZENO®NNTOZ [ Bub. Ζ΄. 


βέλτεστα ἐνόμιζον ὑμῖν εἶναι, καὶ ὑμᾶς ἤδειν βομλομένους. 
᾿Επεὶ δὲ ᾿ἀρίσταρχος, ἐλϑὼν σὺν τριήρεσιν, ἐχώλυσε διαπλεῖν 
ἡμᾶς, ἐκ τούτου, ὅπερ εἰκὸς δήπου ἦν, συνέλεξα ὑμᾶς, ὅπως 
βουλευσαίμεϑα, ὅ τι χρὴ ποιεῖν. Οὐκοῦν ὑμεῖς ἀκούοντες 
μὲν ᾿Δριστάρχου ἐπιταττοντος ὑμῖν εἰς Χεῤῥόνησον πορεύ- § 
εσϑαι, ἀχούοντες δὲ Σεύϑου πείϑοντος ἑαυτῷ συστρατεύ- 
εσϑαι, πάντες μὲν ἐλέγετε σὺν Σεύϑη ἰέναι, πάντες δ᾽ ἐψη- 

9 - ° 3 e 3g “ Pee 3 a 
φίσασϑε ταῦτας, Ti ovv ἐγὼ ἐνταῦϑα ηδέκησα, ἀγαγὼν 
«ν “ » toad CC w 2@° >. e o 
ὑμᾶς, ἔνϑα πᾶσιν υμῖν ἐδόχει; Enel ye μὴν pevdecdat 
ἤρξατο Σεύϑης περὶ τοῦ μισϑοῦ, εἰ μὲν ἐπαινῶ αὑτόν, δικαΐ- 0 
ὡς ἂν με καὶ αἰτιῷσϑε καὶ μισοῖτε᾽ εἰ δὲ πρόσϑεν αὐτῷ πά»- 
των μάλιστα φίλος ὧν, νῦν πάντων διαφορωτατός tips, πῶς ἄν 
ἔτι δικαίως, αἱρούμενος ὑμᾶς ἀντὶ Σεύϑου, vp’ ὑμῶν» αἰτίαν 
ἔχοιμι περὶ ὧν πρὸς τοῦτον διαφέρομαι ; ᾿Αλλ᾽ εἴποιτε ἄν, 
Ld Me a a ε ᾿ » e ’ ’ 1 
ὅτι ἔξεστι καὶ τὰ ὑμέτερα ἔχοντα παρὰ Σεύϑου τεχνάζειν. 
Οὐκοῦν δῆλον τοῦτό γε, ὅτι, εἴπερ ἐμοὶ ἐτέλει τι Σεύϑης, 
οὐχ οὕτως ἐτέλει δήπου, ὡς ὧν τε ἐμοὶ δοίη στεροῖτο, καὶ 
ἄλλα ὑμῖν ἀποτίσειεν ; ᾿4λλ᾽ οἷμαι, εἰ ἐδίδου, ἐπὶ τούτῳ 
nA 2eF o ‘ ‘ - + 23 ς« w ® - 
αν ἐδίδου, ὁπως ἐμοὶ δοὺς μεῖον, μὴ ἀποδοίη υμῖν τὸ πλεῖον. 
Εἰ τοίνυν οὕτως ἔχειν οἴεσϑε, ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν αὐτίκα pale pa- 20 
ταίαν ταύτην THY πρᾶξιν ἀμφοτέροις ἡμῖν ποιῆσαι, ἐὰν πρατ- 
INTE αὐτὸν τὰ χρήματα. 4 λον γάρ, ὅτι Σεύϑης, εἰ ἔχω τι 
παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ, ἀπαιτήσει με, καὶ ἀπαιτήσει μέντοι δικαίως, 
ἐὰν μὴ βεβαιῶ τὴν πρᾶξιν αὐτῷ, ἐφ᾽ n ἐδωροδόκουν. ᾿Αλλὰ 
πολλοῦ μοι δοκῶ δεῖν τὰ ὑμέτερα ἔχειν᾽ ὀμνύω γὰρ ὑμῖν Ὁ 
ϑεοὺς ἅπαντας καὶ πάσας, μηδὲ ἃ ἐμοὶ ἰδίᾳ ὑπέσχετο Zev- 
Ong ἔχειν" πάρεστι δὲ αὐτός, καὶ ἀκούων σύνοιδέ μοι, εἰ 
ἐπιορκῶ. Ἵνα δὲ μᾶλλον ϑαυμάσητε, συνεπόμνυμι, μηδὲ ἅ 

ς » + » 3 ’ ‘ δου 
οὗ ἀλλοι στρατηγοὶ ἔλαβον εἰληφέναι, μὴ τοίνυν μηδ oad 

» - ᾿ - 7 $ 
τῶν λοχαγὼν ἔνιοι. Kai τί δὴ ταῦτα ἐποίουν; ᾿Ὥμην, ὦ ὃ. 
ἄνδρες, ὅσῳ μᾶλλον συμφέροιμι τούτῳ τὴν τότε πενίαν, το- 

’ Cad 2? 8 ΠῚ ’ € ° 
σούτῳ μᾶλλον αὐτὸν φίλον ποιήσεσθαι, ὁπότε δυνασθϑ εἴη. 
"Eye δὲ ἅμα τε αὐτὸν ὁρῶ εὖ πράττοντα, καὶ γιγνώσκω δὴ 


- 


Key. ς΄. KTPOPr ANABASIS. 207 


αὐτοῦ τὴν γνώμην. Εἴποι δή τις ἄν" “Οὔκουν αἰσχύνῃ 
οὕτω μωρῶς ἐξαπατώμενος ; Nat μὰ dia ἠυχυνόμην μὲν-- 
τοι, εἰ ὑπὸ πολεμίου ye ὄντος ἐξηπατήϑην᾽" φίλῳ δ᾽ ὄντι 
ἐξαπατῶν αἴσχιόν μοι δοκεῖ εἶναι ἢ ἐξαπατᾶσϑαι. ᾿Επεί, εἴ 
δ. ye πρὸς φίλους ἐστὶ φυλακή, πᾶσαν οἷδα ὑμᾶς φυλαξαμέ- 
γους, ὡς μὴ παρασχεῖν τούτῳ πρόφασιν δικαίαν, μὴ ἀποδι- 
δόναι ὑμῖν, ἃ ὑπέσχετο" οὔτε γὰρ ἠδικήσαμεν «τοῦτον οὐ- 
δέν, οὔτε κατεβλακεύσαμεν τὰ τούτου, οὐδὲ μὴ κατεδειλιά- 
σαμεν οὐδέν, ἐφ᾽ ὃ τι ἡμᾶς οὗτος παρεκάλεσεν. “᾿Αλλά, 
10 φαίητε av, ‘ides τὰ ἐνέχυρα τότε λαβεῖν, ὡς μηδέ, εἰ. ἐβού.- 
λετο, ἐδύνατο ἄν ταῦτα ἐξαπατᾶν. Πρὸς ταῦτα δὲ ἀκού- 
Gare, ἃ ἐγὼ οὐκ ἂν ποτε εἶπον τούτου ἐνανπέον, εἰ μή μοι 
παντάπασιν ἀγνώμονες ἐδόκεῖτε εἶναι, ἢ λίαν εἰς ἐμὲ ἀχά- 
ρίστοι. ᾿Αναμνήσϑητε γάρ, ἐν ποίοις τισὶν ὄντες πράγμα- 
18 σιν ἐτυγχάνετε, ἐξ ὧν ὑμᾶς ἐγὼ ἀνήγαγον πρὸς Σεύϑην: 
Οὐκ εἰς μὲν Πέρινϑον, εἰ προςίητε τῇ πόλει, ᾿Αρίσταρχος 
ὑμᾶς ὃ Λακεδαιμόνιος οὐκ εἴα εἰςιέναι, ἀποκλείσας τὰς πύ- 
das’ ὑπαίϑριοι δὲ ἔξω ἐστρατοπεδεύετε᾽ μέσος δὲ χειμὼν 
nv’ ἀγορᾷ δὲ ἐχρῆσϑε, ἀπάνια μὲν ὁρῶντες τὰ ὠνια, σπάνια 
30 δὲ ἔχοντες, ὅτων. ὠνήσεσϑε. ᾿Αγάγκη δὲ ἣν μένειν ἐπὶ Θρᾷ- 
xns (τριήρεις γὰρ ἐφορμοῦσαι ἐκώλυον διαπλεῖν)" εἰ δὲ μέ- 
vos τις, ἐν πολεμίᾳ χώρᾳ εἶναι, ἔνϑα πολλοὲ μὲν ἱππεῖς 
ἐναντίοι ἤσαν, πολλοὶ δὲ πελτασταί. ὩΠμῖν δὲ ὁπλιτικὸν 
μὲν ἣν, ᾧ, ἀϑρόοι μὲν ἰόντες ἐπὶ τὰς κώμας, ἔσως ἂν ἐδυ- 
% γάμεϑα σῖτον λαμβάνειν οὐδὲν τι ἄφϑονον" ὅτω δὲ διώ- 
xovtes ay ἢ ἀνδράποδα ἢ πῤόβατα κατελαμβάνομεν, οὐκ ἦν 
ἡμῖν" οὔτε γὰρ ἱππικὸν οὔτε πελταστικὸν ἔτι ἐγὼ συνεστη-- 
κὸς κατέλαβον παρ᾽ ὑμῖν. Εἰ οὖν, ἐν τοιαύτῃ ἀνάκγκῃ ὃν- 
τῶν ὑμῶν, μηδ᾽ δντιναοῦν μισϑὸν προρφαιτήσας, Σεύϑην 
0 σύμμαχον ὑμὶν προςέλαβον, ἔχοντα [καὶ] ἱππέας καὶ πελ- 
ταστάς, ὧν ὑμεῖς προςεδεῖσϑε, [7] κακῶς ἂν ἐδόκουν ὑμῖν 
βιβουλεῦσϑαι πρὸ ὑμῶν; Τούτων γὰρ δήπου κοινωνή- 
σαντες, καὶ σῖτον ἀφϑονώτερον ἐν ταῖς κώμαις εὑρίσκετο, 


208 ΞΕΝΟΦΏΝΤΟΣ [Δι6. Σ΄. 


διὰ τὸ ἀναγκάζεσθαι τοὺς Θρᾷκας κατὰ σπουδὴν μᾶλλον 
φεύγειν" καὶ προβάτων καὶ ἀνδραπόδων μᾶλλον μετέαχετε. 
Καὶ πολέμιον οὐκέτι οὐδένα ἑωρῶμεν, ἐπειδὴ τὸ ἱππικὸν 
ἡμῖν προςεγένετο" τέως δὲ θαρσαλέως ἡμῖν ἐφείποντο οἱ 
πολέμιοι καὶ ἱππικῷ καὶ πελταστικῷ, κωλύοντες μηδαμῆ δ 
κατ᾽ ὀλίγους ἀποσκεδαννυμένους τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἀφϑονώτερα 
ἡμᾶς πορίξεσϑαι. Εἰ δὲ δὴ ὃ συμπαρέχων ὑμῖν ταύτην τὴν 
ἀσφάλειαν, μὴ πάνυ πολὺν μισϑὸν προςετέλει τῆς ἀσφαλείας, 
τοῦτο δὴ τὸ πάϑημα τὸ σχέτλιον; καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐδαμῆ 
οἴεσϑε χρῆναι ζῶντα ἐμὲ ἂν εἶναι; Nouv δὲ δὴ πῶς ἀπέρ- 0 
χεσϑε; Ov διαχειμάσαντες μὲν ἐν ἀφϑόνοις τοῖς ἐπιτηδείοις, 
περιττὸν δ᾽ ἔχοντες τοῦτο, εἴ τι ἐλάβετε παρὰ Σεύϑον; τὰ 
γὰρ τῶν πολεμίων ἐδαπανᾶτε᾽ καὶ ταῦτα πράττοντες, οὔτε 
ἄνδρας ἐπείδετε ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἀποθανόντας, οὔτε ζῶντας ἀπε- 
βάλετε. Εἰ δὲ τι καλὸν πρὸς τοὺς ἐν τῇ toig βαρβάρους ® 
ἐπέπρακτο ὑμῖν, οὐ καὶ ἐκεῖνο σῶν ἔχετε, καὶ πρὸς ἐκείνοις 
νῦν ἄλλην εὔκλειαν προςειλήφατε, καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῇ Εὐρώπη 
Θρᾷκας, ἐφ᾽ ος ἐστρατεύεσϑε, κρατήσαντες; Ἐγὼ piv 
ὑμᾶς φημὲ δικαίως ἄν, ὧν ἐμοὶ yalsnalvete, τούτων τοῖς 
, ϑεοῖς χάριν εἰδέναι, ὡς ἀγαθῶν. Καὶ τὰ, μὲν δὴ ὑμέτερα Ὁ 
τοιαῦτα. “Aysts δὲ πρὸς τῶν ϑεῶν, καὶ τὰ ἐμὰ σκέψασϑε 
ὡς ἔχε. Ἐγὼ μὲν γάρ, ὅτε πρότερον ἀπῇρα οἴκαδε, ἔχων 
μὲν ἔπαινον πολὺν πρὸς ὑμῶν ἀπεπορευόμην, ἔχων δὲ δι᾿ 
ὑμᾶς καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων εὔκλειαν " ἐπιστευόμην 
δὲ ὑπὸ Aaxedaipoviny’ οὐ γὰρ ἄν pe ἔπεμπον πάλιν πρὸς ὃ 
ὑμᾶς. Νῦν δ᾽ ἀπέρχομαι, πρὸς μὲν «ακεδαιμονίους tg 
ὑμῶν διαβεβλημένος, Σεύϑῃ δὲ ἀπηχϑημένος ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, 
ὃν ἤλπιζον, εὖ ποιήσας ws’ ὑμῶν, ἀποστροφὴν καὶ ἐμοὶ 
καλὴν καὶ παισῖν, εἰ γένοιντο, καταϑήσεσϑαι. “Ὑμεῖς 
δ᾽, ὑπὲρ ὧν ἐγὼ ἀπηχϑημαΐῖ te πλεῖστα, καὶ ταῦτα πολὺ Ἀ 
φπρείιτοσιν ἐμαυτοῦ, πραγματευόμενός te οὐδὲ νῦν new πέ- 
παυμαι ὃ τι δύναμαι ἀγαϑὸν ὑμῖν, τοιαύτην γνώμην ἔχετε 
περὲ ἐμοῦ. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ἔχετε μέν με, οὔτε φεύγοντα λαβόντες, 


Κεφ. ¢’.] ᾿ ΚΥΡΟΥ͂ ANABASIZ. 209 


” 3 U . an 4 φ a , @ 
oure ἀποδιδρασκοντα" ἢν δὲ ποιήσητε, ἅ λέγετε, ἔστε, ὅτι 
3» ’ » a 4 a a ε - 
ἄνδρα xataxexavotes ἔσεσθε, πολλὰ μὲν δὴ πρὸ ὑμὼν 
ἀγρυπνήσαντα, πολλὰ δὲ σὺν ὑμῖν πονήσαντα καὶ κινδυνεύ- 
σαντα, καὶ ἐν τῷ μέρει καὶ παρὰ τὸ μέρος" ϑεῶν δὲ ἵλεων 


ὄντων καὶ τρόπαια βαρβάρων πολλὰ δὴ σὺν ὑμῖν στησάμε- 
@ ° [ ιν ° Q ᾿ ᾿ 
γον" πὼς O& ys tov λλήνων μηδενὶ πολέμιοι γένοισϑε, 
πᾶν ὅσον ἐγὼ ἐδυνάμην, πρὸς ὑμᾶς διατεινάμενον. Καὶ 
γὰρ οὖν νῦν ὑμῖν ἔξεστιν ἀνεπιλήπτως πορεύεσϑαι, ὅποι ἂν 
ἕλησθε, καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ ϑάλατιαν. Ὑμεῖς δέ, ὅτε 
10 πολλὴ ὑμῖν εὐπορία φαίνεται, καὶ πλεῖτε, ἔνϑα δὴ ἐπιϑυ- 
μεῖτε πάλαι, δέονται δὲ ὑμῶν οἱ [τὸ] μέγιστον δυνάμενοι, 
μισϑὸς δὲ φαΐνεται, ἡγεμόνες δὲ ἥκουσι “ακεδαιμόνιοι, of 
κράτιστοι γνομιζόμενοι εἶναι, νῦν δὴ καιρὸς δοκεῖ ὑμῖν εἶναι, 
ὡς τάχιστα ἐμὲ κατακανεῖν; Οὐ μήν, ὅτε γε ἐν τοῖς ἀπό- 
13 pols ἦμεν, ὦ πάντων μνημονικώτατοι' ἀλλὰ καὶ πατέρα 
ἐμὲ ἐκαλεῖτε, καὶ ἀεὶ ὡς εὐεργέτου μεμνῆσϑαι ὑπισχνεῖσϑε. 
Οὐ μέντοι ἀγνώμονες οὐδ᾽ οὗτοί εἰσιν, of νῦν ἥκοντες ἐφ᾽ 
ς« »"᾽ J « Q v es , ~ ’ 
ὑμᾶς" wcte, wo ἐγὼ οἶμαι, οὐδὲ τουτοις δοκεῖτε βελτίονες 
εἶναι, τοιοῦτοι ὄντες περὶ ἐμέ." Ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἐπαύσατο. 
8 Χαρμῖνος δέ, ὁ Λακεδαιμόνιος, ἀναστὰς εἶπεν οὕτωσί" 
7412” ἐμοὶ μέντοι, ὦ ἄνδρες, οὐ δικαίως γε δοκεῖτε τῷ ἀν- 
Set τούτῳ χαλεπαίνειν " ἔχω γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς αὐτῷ μαρτυρῆ- 
σαι" Σεύϑης γάρ, ἐρωτῶντος ἐμοῦ καὶ Πολυνείχου περὶ 
“ - > 8 ,» , Per » , 
Ξενοφῶντος, τίς avng εἴη, ἀλλο μὲν οὐδὲν size μέμψασϑαι, 
% ἄγαν δὲ φιλοστρατιώτην ἔφη αὐτὸν εἶναι" διὸ καὶ χεῖρον 
αὐτῷ εἶναι πρὸς ἡμῶν τὲ τῶν «Δακεδαιμονίων, καὶ πρὸς av- 
tov.” ᾿Αναστὰς ἐπὶ τούτῳ Εὐρύλοχος [6] Aovuararns “Ag- 
κὰς elms’ “Δοκεῖ yé pot, ἄνδρες Aaxedaimortor, τοῦτο 
ὑμᾶς πρῶτον ἡμῶν στρατηγῆσαι, παρὰ Σεύϑου ἡμῖν τὸν 
ἢ μισϑὸν ἀναπρᾶξαι ἢ ἑκόντος ἢ ἄκοντος, καὶ μὴ πρότερον 
¢ » 9 »ν 9) , 4 2 ~ wv 3 i) 
ἡμᾶς ἀπαγαγεῖν." Πολυκράτης δὲ ᾿᾿ϑηναῖος εἶπεν ἀναστὰς 
cain = ect in ’ τιν 4,.,, 3» 66 
ὑπὲρ Ξενοφῶντος" ‘Ogw γε μήν, ὦ avdges,” ἔφη, “ καὶ 
Ἡρακλείδην ἐνταῦϑα παρόντα, ὃ παραλαβὼν τὰ χρήματα, 
18" 


210 ΞΕΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ [8:8. Σ΄. 


ἃ ἡμεῖς ἐπονήσαμεν, ταῦτα ἀποδόμενος, οὔτε Σεύϑη ἀπέ- 
δωκεν, οὔτε ἡμῖν τὰ γιγνόμενα, ἀλλ᾽ αὐτὸς κλέψας πέπαται. 
Ἣν οὖν σωφρονῶμεν, ὁξόμεϑα αὐτοῦ" οὐ γὰρ δὴ οὗτός γε," 
ἔφη, ““ Θρᾷξ ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ Ἕλλην ὧν Ἕλληνας ἀδικεῖ." 


Ταῦτα ἀκούσας ὃ Ἡρακλείδης μάλα ἐξεπλάγη" καὶ προς- 
ελϑὼν τῷ Σεύϑῃ λέγει" “Ἡμεῖς, nv σωφρονῶμεν, ἄπι- 
μὲν ἐγτεῦϑεν ἐκ τῆς τούτων ἐπικρατείας." Καὶ ἀναβᾶντες 
ἐπὶ τοὺς ἵππους, ἀχοντο ἀπελαύνοντες εἰς τὸ ἑαυτῶν στρα- 
τόπεδον. Καὶ ἐντεῦϑεν Σεύϑης πέμπει ᾿Αβροζέλμην τὸν 
ἑαυτοῦ ἑρμηνέα πρὸς Ξενοφῶντα, καὶ κελεύει αὐτὸν κατα- 10 
μεῖναι παρ᾽ ‘inure, ἔχοντα χιλίους δπλίτας" καὶ ὑπισχνεῖται 

> ~ 2 ’ ᾿ ‘ \ ’ . ν»ν 
αὐτῷ ἀποδώσειν ta τὲ χωρία ta ἐπὶ θαλάττῃ, καὶ τὰ ἀλλα, 

[2 € ἢ Q 3 ae? ᾿ e μὴ 

ἃ ὑπέσχετο. Καὶ ἐν ἀποῤῥήτῳ ποιησάμενος, λέγει, ὅτι 
ἀκήκοε Πολυνείκου, ὡς, εἰ ὑποχείριος ἔσται “ακεδαιμονί- 
ots, σαφῶς ἀποθϑανοῖτο ὑπὸ Θίμβρωνος. ᾿Ἐπέστελλον δὲ" 
ταῖτα καὶ [ot] ἄλλοι πολλοὶ [ξένοι] τῷ Ξενοφῶντι, ὡς διαβε- 
βλημένος εἴη, καὶ φυλάττεσϑαι δέοι. Ὃ δ᾽ ἀκούων ταῦτα, 
δύο ἱερεῖα λαβών, ἔϑυε τῷ Ait τῷ Βασιλεῖ, πότερά οἵ λώϊον 
καὶ ἄμεινον εἴη μένειν παρὰ Σεύϑῃ, ἐφ᾽ οἷς SevOng λέγει, 
nan 3 ° 4 - ’ 3 ~ a > « > e 

ἢ ἀπιέναι σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι. ᾿Αναιρεῖ δὲ αὐτῶ ἀπιέναι. ἢ 


Κεφάλαιον ζ΄. 


᾿Ἐντεῦϑεν Σεύϑης μὲν ἀπεστρατοπεδέύσατο προσωτέρω" 
of δὲ Ἕλληνες ἐσκήνησαν εἰς κώμας, ὅϑεν ἔμελλον πλεῖστα 
ἐπισιτισάμενοι ἐπὶ ϑάλατταν ἥξειν. Αἱ δὲ κῶμαι αὗται 
ἦσαν δεδομέναι ὑπὸ Σεύϑου Μηδοσάδῃ. ρῶν οὖν ὃ Mtr 
δοσάδης δαπανώμενα τὰ ἐν ταῖς κώμαις ὑπὸ τῶν Ἑλλήνων, 
χαλεπῶς ἔφερε" καὶ λαβὼν ἄνδρα ᾿Οδρύσην, δυνατώτατον 
τῶν ἄνωθεν καταβεβηκότων, καὶ ἱππέας ὅσον τριάκοντα, 
ἔρχεται καὶ προκαλεῖται Ξενοφῶντα ἐκ τοῦ “Ἑλληνικοῦ στρα- 
τεύματος" καὶ ὅς, λαβών τινας τῶν λοχαγῶν καὶ ἄλλου, 


Keo. ζ΄.) KTPOT ANABASIS. 219 


{τινὰς] τῶν ἐπιτηδείων, προςέρχεται. “Evda δὴ λέγει ὃ 
ἈΠηδοσάδης" “᾿Αδικεῖτε, ὦ Ξενοφῶν, τὰς ἡμετέρας κώμας 
πορϑοῦντεςς. Προλέγομεν οὖν ὑμῖν, ἐγώ τε ὑπὲρ TevIov, 
καὶ ὅδε ὃ ἀνήρ, παρὰ Μηδόκου ἥκων τοῦ ἄνω βασιλέως 
8 ἀπιέναι ἐκ τῆς χώρας " εἰ δὲ μή, οὐκ ἐπετρέψομεν ὑμῖν, ἀλλ 
ἐὰν ποιῆτε κακῶς τὴν ἡμετέραν χώραν, ὡς πολεμίους ἀλεξη.- 
σόμεϑα." | 
Ὃ δὲ Esvopey, ἀκούσας ταῦτα, εἶπεν" “Aa σοὶ μὲν 
τοιαῦτα λέγοντι καὶ ἀποκρίνασϑαι χαλεπόν" :sowe δὲ ἕνεχα 
10 τοῦ νεανίσκου λέξω, ἵν᾿ εἰδῇ, οἷοί τε ὑμεῖς ἐστε, “καὶ οἷοι 
ἡμεῖς. Ἡμεῖς μὲν γάρ," ἔφη, “ πρὸν φίλοι γενέσθαι ὑμῖν, 
͵, ἐπορευόμεϑα διὰ ταύτης τῆς χώρας, ὅποι ἐβουλόμεϑα, ἣν 
μὲν ἐθέλοιμεν πορϑοῦντες, ἣν δ᾽ ἐθέλοιμεν κατακαΐοντες. 
Καὶ σύ, oxote πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἔλθοις πρεσβεύων, ᾿ηὐλέζου παρ᾽ 
ιὸ ἡμῖν, οὐδένα φοβούμενος τῶν πολεμίων. “Tusic δὲ οὐκ ἦτε 
εἰς τήνδε τὴν χώραν, ἢ, εἴ ποτε ἔλϑοιτε, ὡς ἐν ᾿ρειττόνων 
χώρᾳ ηὐλίξεσϑε ἐγκεχαλινομένοις τοῖς ἵπποις. ᾿Επεὶ δὲ 
ἡμῖν φίλοι ἐγόνεσϑε, καὶ δι᾿ ἡμᾶς σὺν ϑεοῖς ἔχδτε τήνδε τὴν 
χώραν, νῦν «δὴ ἐξελαύνετε ἡμᾶς ἐκ [ταύτης] τῆς χώρας, 77 
% nag ἡμῶν ἑκόντων κατὰ κράτος παρελάβετε᾽ ὡς γὰρ αὐτὸς 
οἶσϑα, oF πολέμιο. οὐκ ἦσαν ἱκανοὶ ἡμῶς ἐξελαύνειν. Καὶ 
οὐχ ὅπως δῶρα δοὺς καὶ εὖ ποιήσας, av? ὧν εὖ ἔπαϑες, 
ἀξιοῖς ἡμᾶς ἀποπέμψασϑαι, ἀλλ ἀποπορευομένους ἡμᾶς 
οὐδ᾽ ἐναυλισϑῆναι, ὅσον δύνασαι, ἐπιτρέπεις. Kot ταῦτα 
25 λέγων οὔτε ϑεοὺς αἰσχύνῃ οὔτε τόνδε τὸν ἄνδρα, ὃς νῦν μὲν 
σε δρᾷ πλουτοῦντα, πρὶν δὲ ἡμῖν φίλον γενέσϑαι, ἀπὸ λη- 
atelas τὸν βίον ἔχοντα, ὡς αὐτὸς ἔφησϑα. ᾿Ατὰρ th καὶ 
πρὸς ἐμὲ λέγεις ταῦτα ;᾽" ἔφη" “ov γὰρ ἐγὼ Ba ἄρχω, ἀλλὰ 
“ακεδαιμόνιοι, οἷς ὑμεῖς παρεδώκατε τὸ στράτευμα ἀπαγαγεῖν, 
80 οὐδὲν ἐμὲ παρακαλέσαντες, ὦ ϑαυμαστότατοι, ὅπως, ὥςπερ 
ἀπηχϑανόμην αὐτοῖς, ὅτε πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἦγον, οὕτω καὶ χαρι- 
oaluny νῦν ἀποδιδούς." 


Ἐπεὶ δὲ ταῦτα ἤκουσεν ὃ ᾿δρύσης, εἶπεν" .“ Ἐγὼ μέν, 


212 ZENO®NNTOZ [Δι6. ζ΄. 


ὦ Mydcomdss, κατὰ τῆς γῆς καταδύομαι ὑπὸ τῆς αἰσχύνης, 
ἀχούων ταῦτα. Καὶ εἰ μὲν πρόσϑεν ἠπιστάμην, οὐδ᾽ ὧν 
συνηκολούϑηςά σοι" καὶ νῦν ἄπειμι" οὐ γὰρ ἂν Μηδοχός 
pe ὃ βασιλεὺς éneuvoin, εἰ ἐξελαύνοιμε τοὺς εὐεργέτας." 
Ταῦτ εἰτὼν ἀναβὰς ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον ἀπήλαννε, καὶ σὺν. αὐτῷ 5 
οἱ ἀλλοι ἱππεῖς, πλὴν τεττάρων, ἢ πέντε. Ὃ δὲ Μηδοσά- 
δης, ἐλύπει γὰρ αὐτὸν ἡ χώρα πορϑουμένη, ἐκέλευε τὸν Ξε- 
γοφῶντα καλέσαι τὼ “ακεδαιμονίω. Ὃ δ᾽ ἀπολαβὼν τοὺς 
ἐπιτηδειοτάτους, προςῆλϑε τῷ Χαρμίνῳ καὶ τῷ Iolvvreixe, 
καὶ ἔλεξεν, ὅτε καλεῖ αὐτοὺς Μηδοσάδης, προερῶν ἅπερ Ν 
αὐτῷ, ἀπιέναι ἐκ τῆς χώρας. “ Οἶμαι ἂν οὖν, ἔφη, “ ὑμᾶς 
ἀπολαβεῖν τῇ στρατιᾷ τὸν ὀφειλόμενον μισϑόν, εἰ εἴποιτε, 
ὅτι δεδέηται ὑμῶν ἡ στρατιὰ συναναπρᾶξαι τὸν μισϑὺὸν ἢ 
παρὰ ἑκόντος ἢ παρὰ ἄκοντος Σεύϑου " καὶ ὅτι τούτων Tr- 
χόντες, προϑύμως [μὲν] ἂν συνέπεσϑαι ὑμῖν φασί" καὶ ὅτι 
δίκαια ὑμῖν δοκοῦσι λέγειν" καὶ ὅτι ὑπέσχεσϑε αὐτοῖς τότε 
ἀπιέναι, ὅταν τὰ δίκαια ἔχωσιν of στρατιῶται." "Axovoay- 
τες οἱ “άκωνες ταῦτα, ἔφασαν ἐρεῖν, καὶ ἄλλα, Onoia ἂν δύ- 
γωνται χρατιστα ᾿ καὶ εὐθὺς -ἐπορεύοντο ἔχοντες πάντας τοὺς 
ἐπικαιρίους. ᾿Ελϑόντων δὲ ἔλεξε Χαρμῖνος" “ Ei μὲν σύ τι Ὁ 
ἔχεις, ὦ Μηδόσαδες, πρὸς ἡμᾶς λέγειν " εἰ δὲ μή, ἡμεῖς πρὸς 
σὲ ἔχομεν. Ὃ δὲ Μηδοσάδης μάλα ὑφειμένως " “AML ἐγὼ 
μέν," ἔφη, “λέγω, καὶ Σεύϑης τὰ αὐτά, ὅτι ἀξιοῦμεν, τοὺς 
φίλους ἡμῖν γεγενημένους μὴ κακὼς πάσχειν Up ὑμὼν" ὃ τι 
γὰρ ἂν τούτους κακῶς ποιῆτε, ἡμᾶς ἤδη ποιεῖτε" ἡμέτεροι Ὁ 
γάρ εἰσιν." “Ἡμεῖς τοίνυν," ἔφασαν of Aaxemes, “ ἀπίοιμεν 
ἄν, ὁπότε τὸν μισϑὸν ἔχοιεν οἱ ταῦτα ὑμῖν sete pant 
εἰ δὲ μή, ἐρχόμεϑα aid καὶ νῦν βοηϑήσοντες τούτοις, καὶ τι- 
μωρησόμενοι ἄνδρας, οἵ τούτους παρὰ τοὺς ὅρκους ἠδίκησαν᾽ 
ἣν δὲ καὶ ὑμεῖς τοιοῦτοι ἦτε, ἐνθένδε ἀρξόμεθα τὰ δίκαια Ὁ 
λαμβάνειν." Ὃ δὲ Ξενοφῶν εἶπεν" ““᾿Εϑέλοιτε δ᾽ ἄν, ὦ 
MnSooades, τούτοις ἐπιτρέψαι, ἐπειδὴ φατὲ φίλους εἶναι 
ὑμῖν, ἐν ὧν τῇ χώρᾳ ἐσμέν, ὁπότερα ἂν ψηφίσωνται, εἴϑ᾽ 


Keg. ¢’.] KTPOT ANABAZIS. 213: 


ὑμᾶς xpocyxery ἐκ τῆς χώρας ἀπιέναι, iF ἡμᾶς; Ὃ δὲ 
ταῦτα μὲν οὐκ ἔφη ἐκέλευε δὲ μάλιστα μὲν αὐτὼ ἐλϑεῖν τὼ 
“Μάκωνε παρὰ Σεύϑην περὶ τοῦ μισϑοῦ, καὶ οἴεσθαι av 
Σιύϑην πεῖσαι᾽ εἰ δὲ μή, Ξενοφῶντα σὺν αὐτῷ πέμπειν, καὶ 
δ συμπράξειν ὑπισχνεῖτο ἐδεῖτο δὲ τὰς κώμας μὴ κάειν. 
"EvtevSev πέμπουσι τὸν ξενοφῶντα, καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ, of 
ἐδόκουν ἐπιτηδειότατοι εἶναι. Ὃ δ᾽ ἐλϑὼν λέγει πρὸς τὸν 
Σεύϑην" 
“« Οὐδὲν ἀπαιτήσων, ὦ Σεύίϑη, πάρειμι, ἀλλὰ διδάξων, 
10 ὡς ὧν δύνωμαι, ὡς οὗ δικαίως μοι ἡχϑέσθης, ὅτι ὑπὲρ τῶν 
στρατιωτῶν ἀπήτουν σε, ἃ ὑπέσχον αὐτοῖς προϑύμως" σοὶ 
γὰρ ἔγωγε οὐχ ἧττον ἐνόμιζον εἶναι συμφέρον ἀποδοῦναι, ἢ 
ἐκείνοις ἀπολαβεῖν. Πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ οἶδα μετὰ ταὺς ϑεοὺς 
εἰς τὸ φανερόν σε τούτους καταστήσαντας, ἐπεὶ γε σασιλεα 
16 σε ἐποίησαν πολλῆς χώρας καὶ πολλῶν ἀνθρώπων * ὧςτε 
οὐχ οἷόν τε ἐστὶ λανϑάνειν, οὔτε ἢν τι καλόν, οὔτε ἢν τι αἰ- 
᾿σχρὸν ποιήσῃς. “Τοιούτῳ δ᾽ ὄντι ἀνδρὶ μέγα μέν μοι ἐδόκει εἷ- 
vol, μὴ oon ἀχαρίστως ἀποπέμψασϑαι ἄνδρας εὐεργέτας, 
μέγα δ, εὖ ἀκούειν oxo ἑξακιςχιλίων ἀνθρώπων" τὸ δὲ μέγι- 
30 στον, μηδαμῶς ἄπιστον σαυτὸν καταστῆσαι, ὃ τι λέγοις. Ὁρῶ 
γάρ, τῶν μὲν ἀπίστων ματαίους καὶ ἀδυνάτους καὶ ἀτίμους τοὺς 
λόγους πλανωμένους" ot δ᾽ ἂν φανεροὶ ὦσιν ἀλήϑειαν 
ἀσκοῦντες, τούτων οἵ λόγοι, ἢν τι δέωνται, οὐδὲν μεῖον δύ- 
γανται ἀνύσασϑαι, ἢ ἄλλων Ἶ βία" ἢν τε τινὰ σα φρονενειν 
35 βούλωνται, γιγνώσκω τὰς τούτων ἀπειλὰς οὐχ ἧττον σω- 
φρονιξούσας, qallew τὰς ἤδη κολάσεις" ἦν τέ τῷ τι ὑπι-- 
σχνῶνται of τοιοῦτοι ἄνδρες, οὐδὲν μεῖον ὁ ππθατεόνται, Ω 
[οἷ] ἄλλοι παραχρῆμα διδόντες. “Ἵναμνήσϑητι δὲ καὶ σύ, 
εἴ προτελέσας ἡμῖν συμμάχους ἡμᾶς ἔλαβες. Οἷἶσϑ᾽, ὅτι 
3 οὐδέν “ ἀλλὰ πιστευϑεὶς ἀληϑεύσειν, ἃ ἔλεγες, ἐπῇρας το- 
τούτους ἀνϑρώπους ὀὐστοστεευσαθ te! τε καὶ συγκατεργά- 
σασϑαΐ σοι ἀρχήν, οὐ τριάκοντα μόνον ἀξίαν ταλάντων, ὅσα 
᾿ οἴονται δεῖν οὗτοι νῦν ἀπολαβεῖν, ἀλλὰ πολλαπλασίων. οὐ- 


214 ZENOGNNTOS [Διδ. Ζ. 


κοῦν τοῦτο μὲν πρώτον, τὸ πισεεξεσϑαί σε, τὸ ταὶ τὴν βο- 
σιλεῖτν σοι πατεργασάμενον, τούτων τῶν χφημάτων ὑπὸ σοῦ 
πιπράσκεται. ἴδοι δή, ἀναμνήσθητι, πῶς μέγεε ἡχον τόιε 
καταπράξασθαι, ὃ νῦν καταστρεψάμενος ἔχεις. Eye μὲ 
οἶδ᾽, ὅτι εὔξω ἄν, τὰ νῦν πεπραγμέγα polloy σοι χκαταπρα- ὃ 
χϑῆναι, ἢ πολλαπλάσια τούτων τῶν χρημάτων χγενέσϑαι. 
*Epor τοίνυν μεῖζον βλάβος καὶ αἴσχιον δοκεῖ εἶναι, τὸ ταῦτα 
γῦν μὴ κατασχεῖν, ἢ τότε μὴ λαβεῖν, ὅσω περ χαλεπώτερον 
ἐκ πλουσίον πένητα χενέαϑωι, ἢ [τὴν} ἀρχὴν μὴ πλουτῆσαι" 
καὶ ὅσῳ λυπηρφότερον ἐκ βασιλέως ἰδιώτην φανῆναι, ἢ ἀρχὴν ν 
μὴ βασιλεῦσαι. Οὐκοῦν ἐπίστασαι μέν, ὅτι οἱ νῦν σοι ὑπή- 
κοοι γενόμενοι ov φιλίᾳ τῇ σῇ ἐπείσθησαν ὑπὸ σοῦ ἄρχεσϑαι, 
ἀλλ ἀνάγκῃ καὶ ὅτι ἐπιχειροῖεν ἂν πάλιν ἐλεύϑεροι χγίγνε- 
σϑαι, εἰ μή τις αὐτοὺς φόβος κατέχοι. Ποτέρως οὖν οἴει, pal- 
Lov ὧν φοβεῖσθαί τὸ αὐτούς, καὶ φρονεῖν τὰ πρὸς σέ, εἰ ὁρῳίνυ 
σοι τοὺς στρατιώτας οὕτω διακειμένους, ὡς νῦν τὸ μένοντας 
ἄν, εἰ σὺ κελεύοις, avdist ἂν ταχὺ ἐλϑόντας, εἰ δέοι, ἀλ- 
λους te, τούτων περὴ σοῦ ἀκούοντας πολλὰ ayada, ταχὺ ὧν 
σοι, ὁπότε βούλοιο, παραγενέσϑαι" ἢ εἰ καταδοξασειαν, 
μήτε ὧν ἄλλους σοι ἐλϑεῖν, δι᾿ ἀπιστίαν ἐκ τῶν νῦν γεγενη- 9 
μένων, τούτους τε αὐτοῖς εὐνουστέρους εἶναι ἢ Gol; ᾿Αλλὰ 
μὴν οὐδὲν πλήϑει ye ἡμῶν λειῳϑέντες ὑπεῖξαν σοι, alle 
προστατῶν ἀπορίᾳ. Οὐκοῦν νῦν καὶ τοῦτο κίνδνκος, μὴ 
λάβωσι προστάτας τινὰς αὐτῶν τούτων, οὗ νομίζουσιν ὑπὸ 
σοῦ ἀδικεΐαϑαι, ἢ καὶ τούτων κράώττονας τοὺς “ακχεδαιμο- 
νίους, ἐὰν of μὲν στρατιῶται ὑπισχνῶνταε πραϑυμότερον 
αὐτοῖς συστρατεύεασϑαι, ἐὰν τὰ παρὰ σοῦ ἀναπράξωσιν, ὦ 
δὲ “Μακεδαιμόνιοι, διὰ τὸ δεῖσϑαι τῆς στρατιᾶς, συναινέσω- 
σιν αὐτοῖς ταῦτα. Ὅτι γε μὴν οἱ ὑπὸ σοὶ Θρᾷκες yeropt 
γοι πολὺ av προϑυμότερον ἔοιεν ἐπὶ σε ἢ αὺν aol, οὐκ adi? 
λον " σοῦ μὲν γὰρ κρατοῦντος, δουλεία ὑπάρχει αὑτοῖς " κρα- 
τουμένου δὲ σοῦ, ἐλευϑερία. Es δὲ καὶ τῆς χώρας προνοεῖ- 
αϑαι ἤδη τι dei ὡς σῆς οὔσης, ποτέρως ay oles analy κα- 


Ἐφ. ζ΄. ΧΥΡΟΥ͂ ἈΝΑΒΑ͂ΣΙΣ. 215 


wey αὐτὴν εἶναι μᾶλλον, εἰ οὗτοι οἱ στρατιῶται, ἀπολαβύν-- 
τες ἃ ἐγκαλοῦσιν, εἰρήνην καταλιπόντες οἴχοιντο, ἢ εἰ οὗτοϊ 
τε μένοιεν ὡς ἐν πολεμίᾳ, σύ τε ἄλλους πειρῷο πλείονας τού- 
των ἔγων ἀντιστρατοπεδεύεσϑαι, δεομένους τῶν ἐπιτηδείων; 
9 v a ᾽ n ~ 3 2 ° 4 

" doyugioy δὲ ποτέρως ἂν πλεῖον ἀναλωϑεΐη, εἰ τούτοις τὸ 
2 ’ 2 n > - ἢ 3 bod 
ὀφειλόμενον ἀποδοϑείη, ἢ εἰ ταῦτα te οὀφείλοιτο, ἄλλους τε 
κρείττονας τούτων δέοι σε μισϑοῦσϑαι; ᾿4λλὰ γὰρ “Πρα- 
κλείδῃ, ὡς πρὸς ἐμὲ ἐδήλου, πάμπολυν τοῦτο δοκεῖ τὸ ἀργύ- 
ley εἶναι. ἯΙ μὴν πολύ γέ ἐστιν ἔλαττον νῦν σοι καὶ λαβεῖν 

) τοῦτο καὶ ἀποδοῦναι, 7, πρὶν ἡμᾶς ἐλϑεῖν πρὺς σέ, τὸ δέ- 

U4 ’ 9 e > 4 ε © ® 
κατὸν τούτου μέρος. Ov γὰρ ἀριϑμὸς ἐστιν o ορίξων to 
πολὺ καὶ τὸ ὀλίγον, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ δύναμις τοῦ τε. ἀποδιδόντος καὶ 
tov λαμβάνοντος. Σοὶ δὲ νῦν ἢ κατ᾽ ἐνιαυτὸν πρόςοδος 
πλείων ἐστίν, ἡ ἔμπροσϑεν τὰ παρόντα πάντα, ἃ ἐκέκτησο. 
3 e , τ ’ ~ e ’ » , 

; ᾿Εγὼ μέν, ὦ ΖΣεύϑη, ταῦτα ὡς φίλου ὄντος σου προενοούμην, 
ὅπως σύ τε ἄξιος Soxoing εἶναι, ὧν οἱ ϑεοί ἔδωκαν ἀγα- 
Sav, ἐγώ τὸ μὴ διαφϑαρείην ἐν τῇ στρατιᾷ. Εὖ γὰρ tod, 
ry) ~ » Ὁ , ’ t » “ 
ote νῦν ovr ay ἐχϑρὸν βουλόμενος ἐγὼ κακῶς ποιῆσαι δυνη- 
ϑείην σὺν ταύτη τῇ στρατιᾷ, οὔτ᾽ ἄν, εἰ σοὶ πάλιν Bovdol- 

0 μὴν βοηϑῆσαι; ἱκανὸς ὧν γενοίμην. Οὕτω γὰρ πρὸς ἐμὲ ἢ 
στρατιὰ διάκειται. Καίτοι αὐτόν σε μάρτυρα σὺν τοῖς 9ε- 
οἷς εἰδόσι ποιοῦμαι, ὅτι οὔτε ἔχω παρὰ σοῦ ἐπὶ τοῖς στρα- 
τιώταις οὐδὲν, οὔτε ἤτησα πώποτε εἷς τὸ ἴδιον τὰ ἐκείνων, 
οὔτε ἃ ὑπέσχου μοι ἀπήτησα. Ὄμνυμι δὲ σοι, μηδ᾽ ἀποδι- 

δ δόντος δέξασϑαι ἄν, εἰ μὴ καὶ οἵ στρατιῶται ἔμελλον τὰ 
ἑαυτῶν συναπολαμβάνειν. Αἰσχρὸν γὰρ ἦν τὰ μὲν ἐμὰ δια- 
πεπρᾶχϑαι, τὰ δὲ ἐκείνων περιϊδεῖν ἐμὲ κακῶς ἔχοντα, ἀλ-- 
og te καὶ τιμώμενον ὕπ᾽ ἐκείνων. Καΐτοι Ἡρακλείδῃ γε 
λῆρος πάντα δοκεῖ εἶναι πρὸς τὸ ἀργύριον ἔχειν ἐκ παντὸς 

Ὁ τρόπου" ἐγὼ δέ, ὦ Σεύϑη, οὐδὲν νομίζω γε ἀνδρί, ἄλλως 
τε καὶ ἄρχοντι, κάλλιον εἶναι κτῆμα, οὐδὲ λαμπρότερον, 
ἀρετῆς καὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ γενναιότητος. Ὃ γὰρ ταῦτα 
ἔχων πλουτεῖ μὲν ὄντων φίλων πολλῶν, πλουτεῖ δὲ καὶ ἄλ- 


216 ΞΈΝΟΦΩΝΤΟΣ (Bib. 7΄ 


λων βουλομένων» γενέσϑαι᾽ καὶ εὖ μὲν πράττων ἔχει τοὺς 
συνησϑησομένους, ἐὰν δὲ τι σφαλῇ, οὗ σπανίζει τῶν βοηϑη- 
σόντων. ᾿Αλλὰ γὰρ εἰ μήτε ἐκ τῶν ἐμῶν ἔργων κατέμαϑες, 
ὅτι σοι ἐκ τῆς ψυχῆς φίλος ἦν, μήτε ἐκ τῶν ἐμῶν λόγων 
δύνασαι τοῦτο γνῶναι, ἀλλὰ τοὺς τῶν στρατιωτῶν λόγους 5 
πάντας κατανόησον" παρφῆσϑα γάρ, καὶ ἤκχουες, ἃ ἔλεγον 
of ψέγειν ἐμὲ βουλόμενοι. Κατηγόρουν μὲν γάρ μου πρὸς 
«Μακεδαιμονίους, ὡς σὲ περὶ πλείονος ποιοίμην, ἢ «4ακεδαι- 
μονίους" αὐτοὶ δ᾽ ἐνεκάλονν ἐμοί, ὡς μᾶλλον μέλει μοι, 
ὅπως τὰ σὰ καλῶς ἔχοι, ἢ ὅπως τὰ ἑαυτῶν" ἔφασαν δὲ καὶ 10 
δῶρα ἔχειν παρὰ σοῦ. Καΐτοι τὰ δῶρα ταῦτα πότερον οἴει, 
αὐτοὺς καχόνοιάν τινὰ ἐνιδόντας μοι πρὸς σὲ αἰτιᾶσϑαὶ με 
ἔχειν παρὰ σοῦ, ἢ προθυμίαν πολλὴν περὶ σὲ κατανοήσαν- 
τας; Ἐγὼ μὲν οἶμαι πάντας ἀνθρώπους νομίζειν, εὔνοιαν 
δεῖν ἀποκεῖσθαι τοὐτῳ, παρ᾽ οὗ ἄν τις δῶρα λαμβάνη. Σὺ κ 
δέ, πρὶν μὲν ὑπηρετῆσαί ti σοι, ἐμὲ ἐδέξω ἡδέως καὶ ὃμ- 
μασι καὶ φωνῇ καὶ ξενίοις, καὶ ὅσα ἔσοιτο ὑπισχνοῦμενος 
οὐκ ἀνεπίμπλασο" ἐπεὶ δὲ κατέπραξες, ἃ ἐβούλου, καὶ γε- 
γένησαι, ὅσον ἐγὼ ἐδυνάμην, μέγιστος, νῦν οὕτω με ἄτιμον 
ὄντα ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις τολμᾷς περιορᾶν; ᾿Δλλὰ μήν, ὅτι 
σοι δόξει ἀποδοῦναι, πιστεύω καὶ τὸν χρόνον διδάξειν σε, 
καὶ αὐτόν γέ σε οὐκ ἀνέξεσθαι τοὺς σοὶ προεμένους εὔεργε- 
σίαν δρῶντά σοι ἐγκαλοῦντας. Δέομαι οὖν σου, ὅταν ἀπο- 
διδῷς, προϑυμεῖσϑαν ἐμὲ παρὰ τοῖς στρατιώταις τοιοῦτον 
ποιῆσαι, οἷόν meg καὶ παρέλαβες.) #5 
᾿Ακούσας ταῦτα ὃ Σεύϑης κατηράσατο τῷ αἰτίῳ τοῦ μὴ 
πάλαι ἀποδεδόσϑαι τὸν μισϑόν᾽ καὶ πάντες “Ἡρακλείδην 
τούτον ὑπώπτευσαν εἶναι" “" Ἐγὼ yee,” ἔφη, “ οὔτε διε- 
»γοήϑην πώποτε ἀποστερῆσαι, ἀποδώσω τε. Ἐντεῦϑεν 
πάλιν εἶπεν ὃ Ξενοφῶν" ““ Ἐπεὶ τοίνυν ἀποδιδόναι βούλει, ™ 
νῦν ἐγώ cou δέομαι δι᾿ ἐμοῦ ἀποδιδόναι, xot μὴ περιϊδεῖν 
μὲ διὰ σὲ ἀνομοίως ἔχοντα ἐν τῇ στρατιᾷ νῦν τε, κσὶ ὅτι 
πρὸς σὲ ἀφικόμην. ‘O δ᾽ εἶπεν" “᾿Αλλὰ οὔτε τοῖς 


ep. ζ΄. KYPOPr ANABASIZ. 217 


’ 3’ > 4 3 , . 2» ’ 3 
στρατιώταις ἔσῃ δι ἐμὲ ατιμοτερος" ἂν τε μένης παρ ἐμοΐ, 
[ ᾿ ε ’ 3 ’ ’ 2 , 
χιλίους porous οπλίτας ἔχων, ἐγὼ σοι τὰ τε χωρία ἀποδώσω 
καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα, ἃ ὑπεσχόμην." Ὃ δὲ πάλιν εἶπε" 
ει ad a »” @ 3 2» . 3. eo Φ «ἡ 99 
Ταῦτα μὲν ἔχειν οὕτως οὐχ οἷον te’ ἀπόπεμπε δὲ ἡμᾶς. 

2 y 
“ Kai μήν," ἔφη ὁ Σεύϑης, “ καὶ ἀσφαλεστερόν yé σοι οἷδα 
3 Zz ὲ 
ὃν παρ ἐμοὶ μὲνειν, ἢ ἀπιέναι." ὼὋ δὲ πάλιν εἶπεν 
> 
Alla τὴν μὲν σὴν πρόνοιαν ἐπαινῶ ἐμοὶ δὲ μένειν οὐχ 
4» a 3 A 4 ld 3 , » CY Ἁ - 
οἷόν τε ὁπου ὃ ἂν ἐγὼ evtimotegos wi, νομιξε, καὶ σοὶ τοῦ-- 
2 , “ r 3 ’ 
to ἀγαϑὸν ἔσεσθαι." Ἐντεῦϑεν λέγει Σεύϑης" “4ργύ.- 
e 3 3 “ . 
ριον μὲν οὐκ ἔχω, ἀλλ ἢ μικρόν τι, καὶ τοῦτό σοι δίδωμι 
lad ? e 
talavtoy* βοῦς δ᾽ ἑξακοσίους καὶ πρόβατα εἰς tetenxiozt- 
3 o ld - 0 
λια καὶ ἀνδράποδα εἰς εἴκοσι καὶ ἑκατόν. Ταῦτα λαβών, 
Q 4 Und > Φ « ’ ’ » ᾽ 
καὶ τοὺς τῶν ἀδικησάντων σε ὁμήρους προςλαβων, ἀπιϑι. 
~ τ ~ 
Τελάσας ὃ Ξενοφῶν εἶπεν" “"Hy οὖν μὴ ἐξικνῆται ταῦτα 
> e ¢ ’ ’ 3» τ,» δ 
εἰς τὸν μισϑον, τίνος talavtoy φήσω ἔχειν; Ag ovx, 
e 4 ’ e 2 ’ , ” 
ἐπειδὴ καὶ enixivduvoy pol ἐστιν, aniovta γε ἄμεινον φυ- 
2 
λάττεσϑαι τοὺς πέτρους; Ἴϊκουες δὲ τὰς ἀπειλάς." Tore 
4 3 « 
μὲν δὴ αὐτοῦ ἔμειναν. 
“- 3 ε ° 3 ’ ’ > w~w ae ’ a ἢ 
Τὴ δ᾽ υστεραΐᾳ ἀπέδωκέ te αὐτοῖς, ἃ ὑπέσχετο, καὶ τοὺς 
᾿ὶ ταῦτα ἐλάσοντας συνέπεμψεν. Ot δὲ στρατιῶται τέως μὲν 
ε “-- - ΕΣ 4 ᾿ > ἢ 4 Ca) 
ἔλεγον, ὡς Ξενοφῶν οἴχοιτο πρὸς Σευϑὴν οἰκήσων, καὶ ἃ 
ε ’ 23ϑ,.). » 3 ’ Ξ > 4 ἢ > .«ι ee 3 
ὑπέσχετο αὐτῷ ἀποληψόμενος᾽ ἐπεὶ δὲ αὐτὸν ἤκοντα εἶδον, 
, lad 3 ~ 
qodnoay te καὶ προςέϑεον. Ξενοφῶν δ᾽, ἐπεὶ εἶδε Xagui- 
ῳ 3 
γον καὶ Πολύνεικον. “ Ταῦτα," ἔφη, “ καὶ σέσωσται δι 
ες » “Ὁ ~ cy ’ > a © © wy. € “ 4 
ὑμὰς τῇ στρατιᾷ, καὶ παραδίδωμι αὐτὰ ἐγὼ υμῖν" υμεῖς δὲ 
᾽ « - 4 3 
διαϑέμενοι διάδοτε τῇ στρατιᾷ." Οἱ μὲν ovy παραλα- 
[4 ε . 
Borteg καὶ λαφυροπώλας καταστήσαντες, ἐπώλουν, καὶ πολ-- 
‘ τ 9.» a - ᾿ 3 , 2 , . τ 
Any εἶχον αἰτίαν. Ξενοφῶν δὲ οὐ προςήει, ἀλλὰ φανερὸς ἣν 
> ld . > o Ἂν 3 > ὦ - 
οἴκαδε παρασχευαζόμενος" ov yao mo ψῆφος αὑτῷ ἐπῆκτο 
3 γ΄ oo e 3 a ᾽ 
᾿ϑήνῃσι περὶ φυγῆς. Προςελϑόντες δὲ αὐτῷ οἱ ἐπιτήδειοι 
é “ , δέ e 23 “« YY n 3 ° 
ν τῷ στρατεύματι, ἐδέοντο μὴ ἀπελϑεῖν, πρὲν ἂν anayayot 
τὸ στράτευμα, καὶ Θίμβρωνι παραδοΐ. 
0 μ ? Μ ζν ao ο He 


1. = 


218 - XENO®RNTOL [Bib 2. 


Κεφάλαιον η΄. 


᾿Εντεῦϑεν διέπλευσαν εἰς “Μάμψακον " καὶ ἀπαντᾷ τῷ 
Ξενοφῶντι Εὐκλείδης, μάντις, Φλιάσιος, Kieayogov υἷος, 
τοῦ τὰ ἐνύπνια ἐν Μυκείῳ γεγραφότος. Οὗτος συνήδεϊο 
τῷ Ξενοφῶντι, Ors ἐσίσωστο" καὶ ἠρώτα αὐτόν, πόσον χρυ- 
σίον ἔχοι. Ὃ δ᾽ αὐτῷ ἐπομόσας εἶπεν, ἢ μὴν ἔσεσϑαι μηδ᾽ " 
ἐφόδιον ἱκανὸν οἴχαδε ἀπιέναι, εἰ μὴ ἀπόδοιτο τὸν ἵππον, 
καὶ ἃ ἀμφὶ αὐτὸν εἶχεν. Ὃ δ᾽ αὐτῷ οὐκ ἐπίστευεν. ‘Ent 
δ᾽ ἔπεμψαν “αμψακηνοὶ ξένια τῷ Ξενοφῶντι, καὶ ϑύων τῷ 
᾿Απόλλωνι παρεστήσατο τὸν Εὐκλείδην, ἰδὼν τὰ ἱερεῖα ὁ 
Εὐκλείδης εἶπεν, ὅτε πείϑοιτο αὐτῷ, μὴ εἶναι χρήματα. ") 
“᾿Αλλ oida,” ἔφη, “ ὅτι, κἂν μέλλῃ ποτὲ γενήσεσϑαι, φαΐ- 
γεταί τι ἐμπόδιον, ἐὰν μηδὲν ἄλλο, σὺ σαυτῷ." ΣΣυνωμοϊό- 
ye ταῦτα ὃ Ξενοφῶν. Ὃ δ᾽ εἶπεν" ““᾿Εμπόδιος γάρ σοι 
ὃ Ζεὺς ὃ Μειλίχιός ἐστι "᾽ καὶ ἐπήρετο, εἰ ἤδη ποτὲ ϑύσειεν, 
“ ὥςπερ ofxot,” ἔφη, “ εἰώϑειν ἐγὼ ὑμῖν ϑύεσϑαι καὶ ὁλο- " 
καυτεῖν." Ὃ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη, ἐξ ὅτον ἀπεδήμησε, τεϑυκέναι τοῦ- 
τῳ τῷ ϑεῷ. Συνεβούλευσεν οὖν αὐτῷ ϑύεσϑαι καὶ ἃ sede, 
καὶ ἔφη συνοίσειν ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον. Τὴ δ᾽ ὑστεραίᾳ ὁ Ξέενο- 
φῶν προελϑὼν εἰς ᾿Οφρύνιον ἐθύετο, καὶ ὡλοκαύτει χοίρους 
τῷ πατρίῳ νόμῳ καὶ ἐκαλλιέρει. Καὶ ταύτῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ® 
ἀφικνεῖται Βίτων καὶ ἅμα Εὐκλείδης, χρήματα δώσοντες τῷ 
στρατεύματι" καὶ ξενοῦνταί te τῷ Ξενοφῶντι, καὶ ἵππον, 
ὃν ἐν Ααμψάκῳ ἀπέδοτο πεντήκοντα δαρεικῶν, ὑποπτεύον- 
τες αὐτὸν δι᾽ ἔνδειαν πεπρακέναι, ὅτι ἤκουον αὐτὸν ἥἤδεσϑαι 
τῷ ἵππῳ, λυσάμενοι ἀπέδοσαν, καὶ τὴν τιμὴν οὐκ ἤϑελον ᾿ 
ἀπολαβεῖν. 

᾿Εντεῦϑεν ἐπορεύοντο διὰ τῆς Τρωάδος, καὶ ὑὕπερβαντες 
τὴν Ἴδην, εἰς "Ἄντανδρον ἀφικνοῦνται ἠρῶτον " εἶτα παγὼ 


a 


ϑάλατταν πορευόμενοι τῆς sAvdies, εἰς Θήβης πεδίον. “Br 
τεῦϑεν δ ᾿Ατραμυττίου καὶ Kegtoviov nag ᾿Αταρνέα #6 ™ 


Keg. η΄.] KPO? ANABASIZ. 219 


. 


΄ 


Kaixouv πεδίον ἐλθόντες, Πέργαμον καταλαμβάνουσι τῆς 
Μυσίας. 

᾿Ενταῦϑα δὲ ξενοῦται Ξενοφῶν παρ᾽ “Ἑλλάδι, τῇ Γογγύλου 
τοῦ ᾿Ερετριέως γυναικί, καὶ Γοργίωνος καὶ Γογγύλου μητρί. 
Αὕτη δ᾽ αὐτῷ φράζει, ὅτι ᾿Ασιδάτης ἐστὶν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ, ἀνὴρ 
Πέρσης" τοῦτον ἔφη αὐτόν, εἰ ἔλϑοι τῆς νυκτὸς σὺν τρια- 
κοσέίοις ἀνδράσι, λαβεῖν ἂν καὶ αὐτὸν καὶ γυναῖκα καὶ παῖ- 
δας καὶ τὰ χρήματα᾽ εἶναι δὲ πολλά. Ταῦτα δὲ καϑηγη- 
σομένους ἔπεμψε τόν τε αὑτῆς ἀνεψιὸν καὶ Ζιαφναγόραν, ὃν 
περὶ πλείστου ἐποιεῖτο. "Εχων οὖν ὁ Ξενοφῶν τούτους παρ᾽ 
ἑαυτῷ, ἐθύετο. Καὶ "Ayaotiag ὃ Ἠλεῖος μάντις παρὼν εἷ- 
πεν, ὅτι κάλλιστα εἶεν τὰ ἱερὰ αὐτῷ, καὶ οἵ ὃ ἀνὴρ ὧν ἁλώ- 
σιμος εἴη. Δειπνήσας οὖν ἐπορεύετο, τούς te λοχαγοὺς 
τοὺς μάλιστα φίλους λαβὼν καὶ πιστοὺς γεγενημένους δια- 
παντός, ὅπως εὖ ποιήσαι αὐτούς. Συνεξέρχονται δὲ αὐτῷ 
καὶ ἄλλοι βιασάμενοι, εἰς ἑξακοσίους" of δὲ λοχαγοὶ ἀπή-- 
λαυνον, ἵνα μὴ μεταδοῖεν τὸ μέρος, ὡς ἑτοίμων δὴ χρημά- 
των. 

Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀφίκοντο περὶ τὰς μέσας νύκτας, τὰ μὲν πέριξ 
ὄντα ἀνδράποδα τῆς τύρσιος καὶ χρήματα πλεῖστα ἀπέδρα 
αὐτοὺς παραμελοῦντας, ὡς τὸν ᾿Ασιδάτην αὐτὸν λάβοιεν καὶ 
τὰ ἐκείνου. Πυργομαχοῦντες δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὐκ ἐδύναντο λαβεῖν 
τὴν τύρσιν, ὑψηλὴ γάρ ἦν, καὶ μεγάλη, καὶ προμαχεῶνας 
καὶ ἄνδρας πολλοὺς καὶ μαχίμους ἔχουσα, διορύττειν ἐπεχεΐ- 
ρησαν τὸν πύργον. Ὃ δὲ τοῖχος ἣν ἐπὶ ὀχτὼ πλίνϑων 
γηΐνων τὸ εὖρος. “ἅμα δὲ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ διωρώρυκτο᾽ καὶ ὡς 
τὸ πρῶτον διεφάνη, ἐπάταξεν ἔνδοϑεν βουπόρῳ τις ὀβελίσκῳ 
διαμπερὲς τὸν μηρὸν τοῦ ἐγγυτάτω" τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν ἐκτοξεύ-: 
οντες ἐποίουν μηδὲ παριέναι ἔτι ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι. Κεκραγό- 


9 3 ne ~ 3 , Φ 
δὴ των δ᾽ αὐτῶν καὶ πυρσενόντων, ἐχβοηϑοῦσιν, παβέλιος μὲν 


ἔχων τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν, ἐκ Κομανίας δὲ ὁπλῖται φρουροί, 
e ~ +¢ , ΝΥ 4 ’ ° € 
καὶ ἱππεῖς ὕρκανιοι, καὶ ovtoe βασιλέως μισϑοφοροι, ὡς 
2 ° \ » 4 > 3 ’ Ἑ » 
Ογδοηκοντα, καὶ ἄλλοι πελτασταὶ εἰς oxtaxoaiovg’ adios 


220 ZENOSLNTOS [Βιθ. Ζ', 


3. 4a 3 - 
δ᾽ ἐκ Παρϑενίου, ἄλλοι δ᾽ ἐξ Απολλωνίας καὶ ἐκ τῶν πλη- 
σέον χωρίων καὶ ἱππεῖς. 

- 3 ~~ ε ? ~ 
‘Evtavda δὴ wea ny, πῶς ἔσται ἡ ἄφοδος, σκοπεῖν" καὶ 
’ [) 3 ’ ry 4 ” y.% 23 
AaBortes, vsor noav Bors καὶ πρόβατα, ἡλαυνον, καὶ ta ay- 
᾽ so , 
δράποδα ἐντὸς πλαισίου ποιησάμενοι " οὐ τοῖς χρήμασιν 5 
ε ’ , - 3 4 4 e > c¢ » ? 
οὕτω προςέχοντες τὸν νοῦν, adda μὴ φυγὴ sin ἡ ἀφοδος, εἰ 
3 es ° 
καταλιπόντες τὰ χρήματα ἀπίοειν, καὶ οἵ te πολέμιοι ϑρα- 
/ ~ ? ° «~ 3 e 
σύτεροι εἶεν, καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται ἀϑυμότεροι " νῦν δὲ ἀπῃε- 
“" Jur ’ 
cay ὡς περὶ τῶν χρημάτων μαχούμενοι. Lined δέ tga 
᾿ o > 8 8 φ e Φ 
1γγύλος ὀλίγους μὲν τοὺς Ἵλληνας, πολλοὺς δὲ τοὺς ἐπικε- 10 
° ’ 3 - 9 8 bad 
μένους, ἐξέρχεται καὶ αὐτὸς βίᾳ τῆς μητρός, τὴν δαυτου 
δύναμιν ἔχων, βουλόμενος συμμετασχεῖν τοῦ ἔργου " συνε- 
a “- ε « 
βοήϑει δὲ καὶ Προκλῆς ἐξ “ἁλισάρνης καὶ Τευϑρανίας, 0 
3 ‘ ~ » 
ἀπὸ ΖΔαμαράτου. Οἱ δὲ περὶ Ξενοφῶντα, ἐπεὶ πάνυ ἤδη 
° “- - ¢ 
ἐπιέζοντο ὑπὸ τῶν τοξευμάτων καὶ σφενδονῶν, πορευόμενοι 1! 
’ © 4 © 3» 4 “«- t o ’ 
κύκλῳ, ὁπως τὰ οπλαὰ ἔχοιεν πρὸ των τοξευμάτων, μολις δια- 
βαίνουσι τὸν Kaixov ποταμόν, τετρωμένοι ἐγγὺς οὗ ἡμίσεις. 
3... - -. 3 ε 
ἰνταῦϑα καὶ Ayaotas Στυμφάλιος, 6 λοχαγός, τιτρώσκεται, 
4 ’ ’ ld “ 
τὸν παντὰ χρόνον μαχόύμενος πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους. Καὶ 
v 3 [2 ε 7 
διασώζονται, avdganoda ws διακόσια ἔχοντες, καὶ πρόβατα Ἡ 
ὅσον ϑύματα. 
; ~ ε [2 «Ἡ Γ Φ 
Ti, δὲ ὑστεραίᾳ ϑυσάμενος ὃ Zevopay, ἐξάγει γύχτοωρ 
- , ° ry εἰ ° - e 
πᾶν τὸ στράτευμα, OTLIG OTL μακροτατην ἔλθοι τὴς Avdtas, 
[τ] a [ - > 3 Ὁ 
wets μὴ διὰ τὸ ἐγγὺς εἶναι φοβεῖσθαι, αλλ᾽ ἀφυλακτεῖν. 
e 23 ’ 3 3 3 ᾿ 
Ο ὃ Audatng, ἀκούσας, ὅτι πάλιν ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν τεϑυμένος εἴη 9 
Ξενοφῶν, καὶ παντὶ τῷ στρατεύματι ἥξοι, ἐξχαυλίξεται εἰς 
4 € »"Ὁ LJ e in ’ 3, ° ¢ 
κώμας uno to Παρϑένιον πολισμα ἐχούσας. Evtavda ob 
on ek , > 2 
περὶ Ξενοφῶντα συντυγχάνουσιν αὐτῷ, καὶ λαμβάνουσιν av- 
[4 ~ ~ 7 
τον, καὶ γυναῖκα, καὶ παῖδας, καὶ τοὺς ἵππους, καὶ πάντα 
ν oo» . . “ ὃ , ¢ 8 >,» es ’ 
τὰ οντα " καὶ ovrw τὰ προτέρα ἱερὰ ἀπέβη. Ἔπειτα πάλιν Ὁ 
3 με ᾿ Seen ~ 
ἀφικνοῦνται εἰς Πέργαμον. Evtavda τὸν ϑεὸν οὐκ ἡτιά- 
ε bad e 
Gato ὁ Ξενοφῶν " συνέπραττον γὰρ καὶ οὗ Δάκωνες, καὶ of 


a 


Keg. η΄. KTPO? ANABASIZ. 221 


λοχαγοΐ, καὶ of ἄλλοι στρατηγοί, καὶ of στρατιῶται, ὥςτε 
ἐξαίρετα λαμβάνειν, καὶ ἵππους, καὶ ζεύγη, καὶ τἀλλα " ὡςτε 
ἱχανὸν εἶναι καὶ ἄλλον ἠδη εὖ ποιεῖν. 

Ἔκ τούτου Θίμβρων παραγενόμενος παρέλαβε τὸ στρά- 

δτευμα, καὶ συμμίξας τῷ ἄλλῳ ᾿Ελληνικῷ ἐπολέμει πρὸς Τισ-- 
σαφέρνην καὶ Φαρνάβαζον. 

“Agzovtes δὲ οἷδε τῆς βασιλέως χώρας, ὅσην ἐπήλθομεν, 
«Δυδίας, ᾿Αρτίμας᾽" Φρυγίας, ᾿ἀρτακάμας" Avxaoviag καὶ 
Καππαδοκίας, Μιϑριδάτης" Κιλικίας, Συέννεσις" Φοινἔ- 

10 χης καὶ ᾿Αραθίας, Δέρνης᾽" “Συρίας καὶ ᾿Ασσυρίας, Βέλεσυς " 
Βαβυλῶνος, Ρωπάρας" Μηδίας, ᾿Αρβάκας" Φασιανῶν καὶ 
᾿Ευπεριτῶν, Τηρίθαζος. Καρδοῦχοι δὲ καὶ Χάλυβες, καὶ 
Χαλδαῖοι, καὶ Μάκρωνες, καὶ Κόλχοι, καὶ ἹΜοσύνοικοι, καὶ 
Κοῖται, καὶ Τιβαρηνοῖ, αὐτόνομοι. Παφλαγονίας, Κορύ- 

das’ Βιϑυνῶν, Φαρνάβαζος " τῶν ἐν Εὐρώπῃ Θρᾳκῶν, 
Σευύϑης. 

᾿Αφριϑμὸς συμπάσης τῆς ὁδοῦ τῆς ἀναβάσεως καὶ κατα- 
βώσεως, σταϑμοὶ διακύώσιοι δεκαπέντε, παρασάγγαι χίλιοι 
ἑκατὸν πεντήκοντα πέντε, στάδια τριςμύρια τετρακιςχίλια 

30 ἑξαχόσια πεντήκοντα. Χρόνου πλῆϑος τῆς ἀναβάσεως καὶ 
καταβάσεως, ἐνιαυτὸς καὶ τρεῖς μῆνες. 


195 


NOTES. 


ctiens in the Notes.—F. for Fisk's Greek Grammar, 9d ed. — 
. fer Compendium of Grecian Antiquities, by the Editor.] 


BOOK FIRST. 


CHIAPTER I. 
Page. 


Casts (compounded of ἀνὰ and βαίνω, to go up) literally 1] 
the ascent. It was not uncommon for the Greeks, when 
g of a journey to any celebrated city, to use the verb ἀναδαύνω, 
iplying its superiority over other places in size and opulence, to 
situation. But this form of expression was more particularly 
en they would speak of going from the sea-coast to the inte- 
a country, as in the present case. Ionia, Lydia, Caria, and 
maritime provinces of Asia Minor, were called lower Asia, 
ie interior was called upper Asia. This distinction may have 
from the general course of the rivers in that country, which 
vards the west, and empty into the Azgean sea. Cyrus was 
over all the provinces which border on this sea, and hence, 
e had collected his troops together, his march up towards 
n, to meet his brother in the field, is called ᾿Ανώδασις. 

re “ Anabasis” is a book of travels as well as a book of military 
and exploits, the student should constantly consult the map 
anyixg this work, and trace the progress of the army. 


\APEIOTY.] See F. Rule XVII. This Darius wes the seo. 
g of Persia of that name, called also Nothus or ‘ illegitimate.” 
ἰῴώφερο!.}] Cyrus the younger. The history of the elder 
or Cyrus the Great, King of Persia, is given by Xenophon 
Cyropedia.” 


Page. 
l 


224 ~ NOTES. [Boox 1, 


5. wages iviyxzan, happened to be present. F. Rule XXXII, 
Obs. 2. ‘ 

6. sacgdway, a satrap. This was the Persian title for a prince 
or governor of a province. It is said to be derived from Chatrapa 


“Jord of the umbrella, or shade of state.” Bearing an umbrella, as 


a distinction cf dignity, is still a custom in many countries of the 
East, and has beeu so in Persia from the earliest times, where this 
sort of shade is held over the chief or king whether he be sitting or 
walking. 

7. Kaerewdrov.] The plain of Castdlus, in Lydia, was the place 
where the troops of Cyrus’ province were accustomed to assemble: 
so for each province of the Persian empire certain champaign situs 
tions were designated for the assembly of its forces on the approach of 


8. Tircagigony.] This is the same Tissaphernes who commanded 
the forces of Artaxerxes at the battle of Cunaxa. In addition to his 
faithless conduct towards Cyrus himself, he endeavoured, but in vain, 
to cut off the retreat of the Greeks, and was guilty of the grossest 
treachery to the Grecian generals, who had placed themselves under 
his direction. But he met with a fate worthy of his baseness. Be- 
ing touted several times by Agesilaus, who was seut with some Lace- 
dsemonian forces into Asia, after the retreat of the Ten Thousand, 
Artaxerxes became incensed against him, and ordered him to be 
beheaded. | 

9. éwaivas.] The Grecian infantry consisted of three sorts of 
soldiers, namely, the éwAs7ras, or heavy-armed, who wore corselets, and 
carried long spears and swords; the ψελοί, or Hight-armed, who made 
use of missive weapons, such as arrows, darts, and slings, and who 
were not calculated for close fight ; and the wsAcaerai, or largetectt, 
who seem to have held a middle rank between the light and the heavy 
armed. Their bucklers were lighter than the one, and their darts 
shorter than the other, so that upon an emergency they might fight 
at a distance or in close quarters. Their name is taken from the 
widen, which they wore, a short buckler or target in the shape of 4 
half-moon. See Antiq. Part 8. Chap. 2. 

10. Παῤῥάσιον) The Parrhasii were a people of Arcadia (is 
Peloponnesus), on the Laconian frontier. 


(Cuar. I.] NOTES. 928 


14. ἱξαιτησαμίνη, having begged off for herself or fer her own 
sake. For the force of the middle voice, see F. p. 59. 

16. ὅσως μήσοςι ἔτι, how never for the future. 

17. éwi, with the dative, frequently means in the power of. 

18. ὑπῆρχε, favored, espoused the cause of. Parysatis preserved 
her partiality fur Cyrus to the last, and punished, in the most cruel 
manner, those who had been instrumental in his death. 

20, “Ὅσοις δὲ τῶν «αρὰ βασιλέως, literally, whoever of those from 
the king: οἱ παρὰ σοῦ is cn elliptical expression, meaning your mes- 
sengers: 80 οἱ wack βασιλίως, the king’s courtiers or delegates. 

1. οὕτω διαφιθείς, 80 favorubly disposed. 

8. εὐνοϊκῶς ἴχοιν.)] Adverbs are often put with the verb ἔχειν, 
and they both together have the same sense as the adjectives cor- 
responding to those adverbs, with the verb sivas, to be: thus ἔχων 
εὐνοίκως is the same a8 εἶνα; εὐνοῖχός, to be friendly disposed to: 
strictly there is an ellipsis of σέ iti this case, as, ἔχε: σὶ καλῶς, literally, 
he has himself well. . 

δ. ὅτι ἀπαρασκινότατον, os unprepared as possible. The particles 
ὡς, ὅσως, ὅτι are often joined to supeilatives, to which they give 
additional force. The expressior is of course elliptical, Formerly 
ses was written as two words ὅ τι (the pronoun what); and εὐδαίμων 
ὅτι μάλιστα, as happy as possible, if fully expressed, would be edcws 
εὐδαίμων, ὡς 3 ot μάλιστα εὐδαιμόν iors, thus or as happy, as what 
is most happy. The origin of the phrase was however soon over- 
looked, and des was used not as a neuter pronoun, but asa particle, 
- just like ὡς with which it corresponds in meaning in other respects. 
The ellipsis in the phrase under consideration may thus be supplied, 
deo λάζοι βασιλέα οὕτως ἀπαράσκευον, ὡς ὅ οι ἀσαρασκινότατον icc, 
that he might take the king as unprepared as what is most unprepared. 
So Thucydides, ὅτι ἐγγύτατα, as near as possible; ὅς; iv βραχυτάνψ, 
as near as possible. 

6. συλλογήν, a levy of soldiers. 

8. Πιλοποννησίου,. The Lacedemonians at this time were the 
first state in Greece, and favored the colonies in Asia Minor. 

8. ὅτι wAsiorovs.] See note on Sth line. 

9. &s.] For the elegant use of this particle with the genitive ab- 
solute, see Vigerus de Idiotismis Greecis, Cap. viii. Sec. 10. Also 
F. Rule XX XIII, Obs. 4. 


226 NOTES. [Boox L 


10. Ke) ydg.] Tee, for, never stands at the beginning of a 
sentence, but instead of it καὶ γάρ is used. There is, of course, 
something to be supplied, which γώρ connects with what follows, 
but this is passed over by the speaker in the vivacity of his discourse. 
Here something like the following may be supplied, xa). .... γάρ, 
and .. he ordered these measures to be taken... fur, &c. Matthiz, 
Sec. 615. Vigerus, (Hermanr..) Lond. 1824, p. 496. 

10. σὸ ἀρχαῖον.) See F. p. 155, “ Frequently the neuter article,” 
&e. 

12. Μιλήτῳ.] Miletus was the chief city of Ionia, situated on 
the sea-coast. ᾿ 

11. Καὶ αὕτη αὖ ἄλλη πρόφασις ἦν, and this again was another 
pretext, 

18. «οὔ abpsigus.) See F. Rule XXX. 

23. σολιμοῦντα, by waging war, the participle used for the Latin 
Gerund. See Vigerus, p. 332, and F. Rule XXXII, Obs. 5. 

23. adeiv..... δαπανᾶν, thul he was expending his means upon 
his forces, where ἀμφί is equivalent to sis. 

24. αὐτῶν. See F. Rule XVIII, 3. 

24, καὶ γάρ. .. .. ἔχων, and he was not displeased at their quar- 
relling, for Cyrus sent to the king the tributes arising from the cities 
which Tissaphernes happened to have; that is, that though wrested 
from Tissaphernes, they were still supposed to be held by him, as given 
him by the king. ὧν fords. See F. Rule VI, Exc. 1. ; and for 
ἐσύγχανιν ἔχων, See F. Rule XXXII, Obs. 2. | 

28. xacavrimigas, opposite to. To supply the ellipsis, σῇ xa 
ἡ tect the country which is opposite to, ὅς. . 

28. Kaiagyes.] Xenophon merely states here that Clearchus 
was a banished man, without mentioning the cause of his banishment. 
For this he has been accusea of a want of candor, since it was for 
‘the crimes of tyranny, robbery, and murder. However, in drawing 
up his character (Book II, Chap. 6.) he fully exposes his violent pas- 
sion for war. a 

80. δαρεικούς.) The Persian daric was a gold coin, worth about 
three dollurs, and took its name from having on one side the head of 
Tarius. 

2. lxedeas, voluntarily, of their own accord, See F. Rule 1], 

Obs. 8. 


Cuar. 11.] NOTES. | 297 
8. φριφόμενον ἐλάνθανιν.} See F. Rule XXXII, Obs. 2. 


5. καὶ φσιζόμενος bes τῶν elec: ἀνςιστασιωτῶν, and being harassed 
by an opposite faction at home. 

6. sis.) This preposition when joined with an accusative of num- 
ber generally means about: as εἰς διρχιλίους, about two thousand. 

6. Eivess.] The original meaning of ξένος is an enemy. In the 
primitive ages there was but little intercourse among mankind, vast 
numbers lived ly plunder, physical furce chiefly obtained, and every 
stranger was looked upon as an enemy. Hence Gives came to signify 
a stranger, a foreigner ; and afterwards, in a more settled and civil. 
ized state of society, a guest or friend. But how came it to sipnify 
a mercenary or hired soldier, as in this place? In the early periods 
of Grecian history, every soldier served at his own expense, and it 
was considered a great disgrace to receive pay for military service. 
" But in process of time, the Greeks enlisted foreign soldiers into their 
armies, and paid them. Hence the changes in the signification of the 
word ξένος, meaning, first, an enemy; then, a stranger or foreigner 
and guest or friend, then, a foreign soldier ; and lastly, any merce- 
nary or hired soldier. 

7. wigsysvncipsves ἄν." Αν gives the sense of likelihood to the event. 

10. καταλῦσαι, (τὸν πόλεμον understood,) to put an end to the 
war. 

14. TIsseidas.]  Pisidia was a mountainous country in the inte- 
rior of Asia Minor, bounded N. by Phrygia, S. by Lycia and Pam- 
phylia. 

15. wedypara σαριχόντων, giving trouble, that is by invading 
and laying waste. ‘For ὡς with gen. abs. see F. Rule XXXIII, 
Obs. 4. 


a 


CHAPTER II. 


. 21, ἄνω. That is, from the sea-coast into upper Asia. 

24. ἰγφαῦϑα signifies here, in this place, that is, in his own domin- 
ions, rather than ¢hither, that is, in Pisidia, according to the interpre- 
tation of Zeunius. 

26. νυναλλαγίντι, having been reconciled, or having come to an 
agreement. See ᾿Αρίστισσος in the fourth line. Aristippus did not 
come himself, but sent Menon. 


298 NOTES. [Boox. 1 


28. eet ξινικοῦ, the mercenary troops, στρατεύμαφος being undet- 
stood. See F. Rule XVIII, Obs. 11. 

4. ταρῆσαν.] Some editions have weesgsvar, the Attic form of 
third person plural, of the pluperfect middle, of the verb εἶμι, to go. 
See Port Royal Greek Grammar, p. 223. 

8. γυμνήτας, light-armed soldiers, the same as the ψελοί, 

13. Σάρδεις.) Sardis was the capital of “Lydia, and the seat of 
the kings. 

14. Τισσαφίρονης.1 Diodorus relates that Alcibiades first betrayed 
the design of Cyrus to Pharnabazus, and was therefore put to death. 

16. ὡς, used with the accusative, by the Attics, for πρὸς βασιλία. 

16. §.] To supply the ellipsis, ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ἐν 5 ἐδύνατο σοριύεσέαι 
φάχιστα, in the wayin which he was able to go the quickest. See 
Bos. Ellips. under ὁδός. . 

20. wagacsdyyas.) As was stated in the first edition, the: para- 
sang, or Persian mile, is equal to about three and three-quarters, or 
nearer three and a half, English miles, as it is undoubtedly the same 
measure as the farsang, which is in present use throughout Persis, 
and which is known to be about this length. But by a reference to 
some parts of the ground travelled over by the Ten Thousand, the 
geography of which is very well known, and from the known average 
length of the daily marches of many modern armies, it appears that 
the parasang of Xenophon is equal to about three Roman, or two 
and three-quarters English miles. For instance, the distance between 
Tarsus and the river Pyramus at Mopsuhestia * is known by the 
measurement of modern travellers to be forty-five Roman miles: in 
the Anabasis (p. 12, line 26,) it is given at fifteen parasangs. So 
also Tarsus is known to be almost seventy-five Roman miles from 
Tyana,;+ and in the Anabasis it is laid down at twenty-five para- 
sangs. It thus appears that the parasang of Xenophon is equal to 
three Roman miles; that is, to about two English miles and three- 
quarters. 

Major Rennell, in his ‘ Illustrations of the History of the Expe- 
dition,” has taken great pains to ascertain the mean daily march of 
ancient and modern armies, and has collected together many statistical 
statements bearing upon the subject. The result is, “Ἢ somewhat 


ce Sc Ἕὃ-ς-ς- ς..ς..,...-.. -΄-΄-“-΄.-.ϑ...ῦὖϑν.ρὖϑ........ «..» 


Cuar. 11.] NOTES. 229 


above fourteen British miles by the road.” The average length of 4 
the daily marches of the Greeks from Sardis to Cotydra, is about 
fifteen English miles. This may seem a short distance ; but it must 
be borne in mind that the situation of Jarge armies on their march is 
very different from that of ordinary travellers walking at their ease. 
The former, besides being partially laden, are often very much retarded 
in their movements by the difficulty of procuring food for themselves, 
and provender for their horses in sufficient quantities, especially when 
going through such barren regions, as are found in certain parts of , 
Asia. It is true that Bonaparte and Alexander scmetimeg made 
forced marches of a much greater length; but the former marched 
across countries well stocked and inhabited, where he made every thing 
contribute to accelerate his progress; while the latter seemed to care 
little for either man or beast as long as his thirst for dominion contin- 
ued. In marching from Ecbatana to Rages in eleven days, at the 
rate of nineteen miles per day, Arrian says (Lib. III), “ Although 
many of his soldiers fainted on the road, and many of his horses 
died, through excessive weariness, Alexander still resolved to pro- 
ceed at the same rate.” See Rennell’s “ Illustrations,’’ 4to. Lond. 
1816. | 

20. rrabpevs, stations, or day’s marches, which had no determinate 
length, but varied according to the nature of the country travelled 
over. . 

22. Ye wAridea.] The “λίδθρον was a measure of 100 feet. 

24. πόλιν οἰκουμίνην, an inhabited city. On the line of Cyrus's 
march, many ruined and deserted towns were met with, and therefore 
Xenophon generally mentions it, when they meet with an inhabited 
and populous city. The city Colosse here mentioned is celebrated 
on account of St. Paul’s Epistles to its inhabitants. Though a 
flourishing city in the time of Xenophon, it was destroyed four’ 
centuries after, and two years after the date of Paul’s Epistles, by an 
earthquake, so that no traces of it now remain. 

30. βασίλεια.1] This is the neuter plural of the adjective, meaning 
the royal palace. {t is here put in the plural to include all the aecom- 
paniments of royalty. 

30. παράδεισος ἢ This is a Persian word, and originally meant 
a pleasure-garden, and afterwards, cs in this place,a park. It was 
the custom among the Persian kings to have these parks, which were 


20 


230 NOTES. [Boor [. 


well watered, surrounded by walls and planted with trees; and is 
them wild beasts were kept, for the purpose of affording exercise ani 
amusement, in hunting, to the king and his courtiers. 

2. μεγάλον βασιλίως.1] ‘ This is the title given by all the Greek 
authors to the King of Persia, which is preserved to the successors of 
Mahomet, in that of the Grand Seignior.” Spelman. See F. 
Rule XVIL 

7. Μαρσύαν.) The historical or fabulous accounts of persons and 
places will not always be given, as it is presumed that every reader of 
the “ Anabasis”’ will own a Classical dictionary, which should be con- 
tinually consulted. 

8. wtpl σοφίας. ἢἡ The usual signification of σοφία is wisdom ; it 
also signifies philusophy, science, and also, as in this place, the liberal 
arts, music, and poetry. 

19. μύριοι καὶ yids.) According to some editions there is 8 
discrepancy between the aggregate amount of troops here stated, and 
the sum of all the numbers brought by each general, as mentioned 
before. Schneider has left Menon's forces out of the calculation, — 
and makes the whole number 12,300. Weiske reads Πασίων us 
ἡστακοσίους drdeus, Pasion, seven hundred men, which we much 
prefer, as it makes the sum of the particulars equal to the number of 
the troops stated to be reviewed by Cyrus. If we consider the 
‘yopvivas and the reteras as light-armed troops, the catalogue will be 
thus: 


ὍὉσλῖταω.  Teacaresi. 
Xenias, . . . . « « had 4000 
Proxenus, . . . -« « “* £1500 500 
Sophzenetus, the Stymphalian, “ 1000 
Socrates, . 2. 2. . 6 . # 500 


Pasion, (according to Weiske) “ 700 
Menon, . . .... * #£1000 500 
Clearchus,. . . « « .ς “ 1000 1000° 
Sosias, . «© «© « «© 0 * 800 
Sophzenetus, the Arcadian, . “ 1000 

11000 2000 





® Two hundred of which were es¥iens 


4 


Cur. If.] NOTES. 231 


22. Tliacas.] In going from Celeemee to Peltz, and thence to 
the Forum of the Ceramians or Kramians, Cyrus appears to have 
gone entirely out of the general direction of his route, as will be seen 
by the map. But as he was making preparations for. his expedition, 
his object probably was to take the steres and provisions that he had 
collected at different places. rom the Forum of the Kramians he 
may be considered as atti his. undeviating route towards 
Babylon. 

23. Adxass.] This was an Arcadian festival (Xenias being an 
Arcadian), and was celebrated by horse and foot racing. It was 
instituted in honor of Pan, and resembled the Roman Lupercalia. 
The reward of victory was generally a suit of brazen armour. 
Here the rewards were erdsyyidss xeveas, golden flesh-brushes ov - 
scrapers, (for we can find no better terms,) used for seraping or 
rubbing the skin, at the time of bathing, or after the exercises of the 
gymnasia. 

892. διῆγι.}] Probably αὐσούς is understood; he led them along, 
that is, encouraged them by talking of his hopes. Yor the use of the 
participle, see F. Rule XXXII, Obs. 5. If χρόνον be supplied, the 
sense would be, he protracted the time. 

82, δῆλος. See F. Rule II, Obs. 8. 

33. σρός, in accordance with, or characterisite af. 

$3. ἔχοντα, agreeing with ἐκεῖνον understood, instead of tyeveos 
to agree with Κύρου. See F. Rule IV, latter part of Obs. 1. 

10, Σάτυρον.) The satyr Silénus. For the tradition in connexion 
with this, see Class. Dict., article Silénus. 

16. abreis.] Governed by ἦν understood. See F. Rule XX, 5 

17. συνφτάξα, δὶ ἵκαστον τοὺς ἱαυτοῦ, and that each general should 
draw up his own troops. 

18. ἰσὶ crerdpus, four deep. 

21. xae’ ἴλας καὶ κατὰ τάξεις, by troops and companies. The 
word 7a» (turma in Latin) was applied particularly to a troop of cav- 
alry ; while τάξις was generally applied te a company of infantry. 

23, ἁρμαμάξης.}] This was a covered chariot, used chiefly by 
women. 

24. κνημῖδας. See Antiq.. Part 8, Chap. 3. 

25. inxtxabaguivas.) Weiske, with his usual acuteness, thinks 
that the true reading is, eds xynusdag bexsxadugubras καὶ σὰς ἀσαῖδας 


232 NOTES. | [Boo L 


ἐκκεκαλυμμίνας, having their greaves well burnished and their shields 
uncovered ; bechuse the former, being naturally much tarnished by 
their journey, would require polishing, while to display the brightness 
of the latter, it would be ‘necessary only to throw aside the part of 
their dress which protected them. 

26. φάλαγγος.] See Antig. Part 8. Chap. δ. 

28. «ροξαλίσθαι τὰ ὅπλα, to present their pikes, or rather, (dere 
including all offensive weapons,) tu hold their arms in front, in the 
manner of attack. See Antiq. Part 8. Chap. 3. 

28. ἱπσιχωρῆσαι, to advance, as if to battle. 

SQ. ἐσάλαεγξι.) See F. Rule III, Obs. 1. 

81]. ἀσὸ τοῦ ἀὐςομάςον, of themselves, by a sudden or simultant- 
ous movement. 

1. of ix τῆς ἀγορᾶς, the sutilers, those who kept refreshment snd 
provisions for the scldiers. 

12. τὴν ταχίστην ὁδόν.) See the route on the map. 

14. pire σῶν ἄλλων.) That is, with all his army, excepting the 
detachment sent to escort the queen. 

17. ἐν g.] That is, ἐν 5 χρόνῳ. 

18. φοινικιστήν.) It was the custom in Persia, for the king end 
men of high rank, to wear purple, and be who had attained an ele- 
vated station, was called φοινικιστής. These two words, φωνικιστὴν 
βασίλειον, may be translated, a royal courtier. 

20. % δὲ sésCoay.] There are several passes leading into Cilicia, 
from Cappadocia on one side, and Syria on the other: but the two 
through which Cyrus and Xenophon march, are the chief. The one 
through which the army is now about to go is properly called the 
Cilician pass, leading over mount Taurus in Cappadocia, into Cilicia. 
It is situated a few miles south of the city Tyana.* The entrance 
was just broad enough for a chariot to pass; very steep, and inacces- 
sible to an army if there had been any opposition.” 

26. εἴσω cay ὁρίων, within the mountains, that is, on the side 
towards Tarsus, where was the palace of the king; though Menos 
was on the other side with respect to the situation of Cyrus. 

80. οὗ ἰφύλαστον, where the Cilicians used to keep watch. 
The imperfect expresses a continuance of action or habit, for this 
was the station usually guarded for the defence of the country. 





* Called by Xenophon Adva, Dana. 


Cuar. IIL] NOTES. 233 


Sls σεδίον.} This extensive plain lies between the rivers Cydnus 9 
and Pyramus, in the former of which Alexander bathed, when very 
warm, and nearly lost his life in consequence. See Quintus Curt. 
Lib. III. Cap. 4. 

92. ἴμολεων.)] This adjective is declined in the Attic form, like 
εὔγεως. See Ε΄ p. 46. 

22. σήσαμον καὶ μελίνην)] The sesame is ἃ odie pmant, 
found in the Levant, whieh is used as fued, and from which an oil is 
extracted. It resembles the bean in the manner of its growth, The 
difference between μελίνη, panic, and χίγχροι, millet, is, that the 
former bears its grain in ears, the latter in bunches. They both 
make bad bread. 

l. ἐκ Surdrens sis ϑάλασσαν.) Quintus Curtius, in speaking 
of this ridge of mountains, says that it is of a semicircular shape, 
each end terminating at the sea. See map. 

18. λόχο.} See Antiq. Part 8. Chap. 5. 


CHAPTER ΠῚ. 


2. σοῦ wetew, farther. Schneider thinks that the text is here 
corrupt, and that it should be +3 πρόσω. Yet from the number 
of passages in which σοῦ weéew is found, it cannot but be regarded as 
genuine. The ellipsis may be supplied by διὰ cod σόσον «ρόσω, 
through any place farther. | 

δ. itséZere, (imperfect,) was for compelling, began to compel. 

δ. ἴδαλλον.) σοῖς Aides is here understood ; but they continued 
to attack him with stones. 

7. φοῦ μὴ κατακσιερωδῆνα.} After verbs which contain a denial 
(as ἱξέφνγι), the negative μὴ is added to the infinitive. 

12. yarswsss φίρω τοῖς σαροῦσι σράγμασιν.) The dative is often 
put after neuter verbs, where the cause or occasion is expressed with 
iwi understood : — that Iam distressed at the present state of things. 

16. Jacobs bas omitted a phrase after inei, which, it is believed, is 
found in all the other editions. It is ἀλλ᾽ οὐ δὺ sabndvrdlaca, 
neither did I lavish it upon my pleasures. When ἀλλὰ is followed 





be an flowed through Tazsus. 


7 


234 NOTES. [Boos i 


Q by οὐ δέ, it means moreover, furthermore ; and greatly increases the 
force of the negative particle. See Vigerus, p. 472. 

19. ἀφαιρεῖσία..) This verb governs two accusatives.- See Με, 
this, Art. 412. F. Rule XXV. 

24, ἦναι.) Schneider, on the authority of Porson, substituted 
δίναι, to go. 

10 2 ἂν sivas.) See F. Rule XLVII, Obs. 2. 

4. ἀλίξασθα.. This is in the first aor. mid. infin. by syncope 
for ἀλιξήσασθα,, from the verb ἀλιεξέω, though it might be formed 
regularly from ἀλίξω, which is seldom used. 

4. 'Ὥς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος... 2. σὴν γνώμην ἵχεφσε, literally, Have on 
opinion of me, therefure, as going, that is, Know then that I shall ge, 
&c. The particle ὡς is elegantly construed with participles in the 
genitive, instead of ὅσ, with the finite verb. 

10. φούφοις ἀφορῶν, being perplexed at these things, not knowing 
how to manage them. The verb ἀπορεῖν is found with both the geni- 
tive and dative, but with different significations: ἀσορεῖν «ιν is, “ not 
to know what course to take in any matter; ” ἀπορεῖν φινος is, “to be 
deprived of any thing.” 

17. φὰ wiv, x. «. A.,, ὦ is evident that Cyrus stands in a similar 
relation towards us, that we do towards him; that is, “we are each 
independent of the other.” This speech of Clearchus is one of 
much shrewdness ; since he tells the soldiers that they are at liberty 
to do as they please, and at the same time puts many difficulties it 
their way, should they conclude to abandon Cyrus. He therefore . 
governs them, without their susvecting it. 

22. τὸ μὲν μίγισεον, in the first place, or, more especially, becaus, 
δε. 

23. πάντα.) Kara is here to be supplied. F. Rule ΧΙΠΠ, 
Obs. 1. 

27. pivousy.] The present tense used for the future. 

27. abvrev, here. The ellipsis is iw’ αὐτοῦ céwen, in this place, 
See Bos. Ellipses Greece. 

27. ὡς acGarieraca.] See note on page 2, line 5. 

81, Ὁ di ἀνήρ, this man, by way of eminence, referring to Cyrus. 

82. ἐχθρός, πολίμιος.)] The difference between these two words 
is, that the former means a private enemy, and implies matice, and ὃ 
desire for revenge, while the latter signifies a public enemy, or 68 


Cuar. ITI.) NOTES. 235 


enemy én war, where the parties are excited by no individual malevo- 10 
lence. 

1. wopfe..... αὐτοῦ καϑησόαι, to be encamped far from him. Ja 

4. ἐκ τοῦ κὐτομάτου, voluntarily, according ta their inclinations. 

5. tyxtassere.| This word exemplifies the peculiar beauty which 
the preposition ἐν, in composition, possesses; namely, that of dimin- 
ishing the force of the word with which it is compounded. In this 
respect it corresponds to the Latin sub; as subfuscus, brownish, some~ 
what brown; subfrigidus, cool, somewhat cold. So in Greek, 
ἔγχλωρος, greenish; ἴμπεκρος, bitterish. And in this place the 
soldiers are suid not to be xiasuere, openly directed, but ἐγπκίλευσφοι, 
secretly instructed, privately advised. See Vigerus, p. 611. 

6. ἄνευ σῆς . .... γνώμης, Contrary to the wish. 

19. μηδεὶς ὑμῶν λιγίτω, let πο one of you nominate me, &c. 

21. os.) The form of expression is here changed, otherwise 
φεσόμα, would be σωσόμενον, to correspond with σερασηγήσονφαις 
Ὥς here means that, and is put for ὅτι, with the ellipsis rig Asyiew 
to be supplied. 

22. ἔρχεσθαι, to obey. 

25. ὥςπιρ wadsy [πὸν} στόλον Ἐύρον μὴ «οιουμίνον, as tf Cyrus 
would not make his journey back again, that is, by sea, and would 
therefore want ships. ‘ How fvolish then,’ says Clearchus, ‘ would it 
be fur us to ask of him the only means of conveying back his army.” 

27. λυμαινόμιδα, to frustrate, to bring ruin upon; from Adon 
plague, ruin. 

27. chy weaker, the enterprise. The difference between πρᾶξις, and 
ἔργον is, that the former means an action in progress, the latter, an 
action completed. 

28. τὰ ἄκρα ἡμῖν weexaradrapBdry, to seize upon shese heights 
Sor us. 

81. φριήρεσι, is governed by σύν, understood. 

82. οὐχ οἷόν τι ἴσται, it will not be possible. Ofes, implying 
ability, is very frequently thus used, with cessvres understood; as 
οὖκ tees τοιοῦτος, οἷος φοιεῖν, he is not such an one as to do it, that is, 
he is not able to do it. 

6. συναναξάνφων, who went up with him. These relate to the 19 
three hundred Greeks, who attended Cyrus to court, under the com- 
mand of Xenias. 


436 NOTES. [Boos L 


12 9. weds φι,λ΄αν.} Χώραν or γῆν is to be supplied. 

14. σὰ δόξαντα τῇ σετραςιᾷ, the resolutions of the army. 

21. σροραιτοῦσ,} [Πρόρ, im composition, generally iucrcases the 
signification of the simple word, as in this place: wpesasrssy meas 
to ask earnestly, to importune, and here, perhaps, to ask fur more. 

23. εὖ.) This is in the genitive, by the Attic attraction: one 
and a half of that which they received before ; that is, half as much 
more. F. Rule VI, Exc. 1, Obs. 1. 

24. φεῦ μηνὸς σῷ oegarsiey] -Here is a double ellipsis; λὼὰ is 
undesstoed before μηνός, and izdory before σσρασιώφῃ- 


CHAPTER IV. 


12 5. ‘Hytire.} There were two fleets united: Pythagoras had the 
command of the vessels from Peloponnesus, and Tamos of those from 
Ephesus; in all seventy vessels. Cyrus intended with these to 
attack the fortress: at the pass situated on the shores of the gulf of 
Issus: but the enemy retired and left it open to him. 

10. Semeur, lay at anchor, from δρμεω, and not from spasm, Ὁ) 
some of the ¢ommentators have supposed. 

11. of wag’ "ACpoxiue ..... ἀσοσεάνεες, who were with Abroce- 

‘ gas, having deserted him, &c. 

15. πύλαι. This pass, called the Gates of Cilicia and Syria, is 
also known by the names of the Syrian Straight and the Marilim 
Pass, from its being formed by the near approach of mount Amanus 
to the sea. It consisted of a narrow strip of land, extending from the 
cliffs of the mountains to the water. Across this were built the for- 
tifications, two parallel walls (δύο sim) about five hundred yards 
apart, the inner next to Cilicia, and the outer next to Syria. Be 
tween these flowed the river Carsus. 

φὸ φιῖχος wee τῆς Κιλικίας. 





Ξ wevapss Κάρσοι. δ3 
ΠῚ & 





σὸ σεῦχοι wed «ἧς Σορίαρ. 


Cuar. IV.) NOTES. 237 


‘*The space between the two fortified lmes facing the opposite 
quarters for such they must be considered) being no more than three 
stadia along the coast, proves that there must have been a considerable 
space between the rocky face of the mountains and the sea; and that 
nothing like a defile or very narrow space was intended. For, when 
Xenophon says that the pass was narrow (σεινή), he could only mean 
in reference to a front formed for an attack, since there was width 
enough for a fortress, and that fortress large enough to contain a cqn- 
siderable force.” JRennell. 

20. στάδιο..1] The σσάδιος, or στάδιον, of the Greeks was about 
equal to an English furlong. See Antiq. Appendix. 

20. οὐκ ἦν] Supply the ellipsis, δυνατόν. 

22. Hriaces.] This word (compounded of ἥλιος, the sun, and 
Baivw, to go,) literally means, reaching to the sun, or sun-extending, 
a beautiful epithet. 

94, deus ὁπλίσας kweliCdossey, that he might land his heavy- 
armed infantry. 

25. εἴσω καὶ ἴξω, within, that is, towards Cilicia; and without, 
towards Syria. | 

2. éaxedss.} See Antiq. Part 9. Chap. 1. 

5. Qiroriyentlyess, being piqued, thinking themsevwes dishonored. 

18. iwserdodwoay is the third plur. pres. imper. of ἰσίσταμαι, to 
know. . 

14. aweddpaxacy.| The difference between this word and dse- 
σιφιύγασιν, is this: a person is said ἀσοδρώναι, when he has absconded 
and is out uf knowledge, or in a place unknown; but he is said éae- 
φιύγειν, when he has absconded and is out of power, or cannot be 
taken. The context clearly shows this distinction. 

19. κακῶς vow.) See F. Rule XXV, Obs. 2. 

19. τὰ χρήματα ἀποσυλῶ, that I plundered them of their pro- 
perty. From evan, plunder, booty. 

19. ἰόντων.) Some copies read dy after ἰόντων. Stephanus, 
Hutchinson, and Weiske retain it; Zeunius, Porson, and Schneider 
reject it. Porson says of it, “Nullis nisi zqué mendosis exemplis 
defendi potest.” This word is the Attic form of the third pers. plur. 
impcrative, for ἔσωσαν. . 

23. «τῆς πρόσϑθιν.) See F. Rule II, Obs. 10. 

29. «λήρη is from πλήρης, in the accusative singular, contracted, 


14 


298 NOTES. Boor I 


14 29. ad's εἱ Sdgen} ΜΝ is evident, from the united testimeny of many 
ancient: historians, that the Syrians abstained from the eating ef βιὰ 
and pigeons, considering them saered. See Class. Dict. under Semis 
rémis and Dercdto. ‘‘ The river is filed with an incredible number of 
fine carp, some of which are two feet in.length. As they ure furbid- 
den to be caught or molested, they muktiply exeeedingly ; i bemg re 
garded as a sacrilege of the most unperdonable kind, for any one te 
‘use them as food. There*is every reason to believe, that this absti- 
nence is a relic of the ancient superstition of the country, which taught 
men to worship Dagon or Venus, under the furm ef a fish, and, con- 
sequently, to abstuin from eating their god.” Buckingham’s Travels 
in Mesopotamia, Vol. I, Chap. 3. 

52. sis ζώνην δτδυμίνα..) Tt was a custom with the: kings of Per- 
sia to allot different cities to their queens, to supply them: with dif 

" rent articles of dress. These villages seem to have been given ἰ0 
Parysatis, to supply her with girdles. Some copies read ζωήν, and it 
would then be translated, éo supply her table. 

15 3. eas] “Esroug is here to be supplied, which the seasons of the 
ycar produced. : 

7. gxtiro, was situated. 

8. Θέψακος.)] The different writers upon the: geography of Asa 
Minor, Forster, Williams, Lake, Rennell, and others, do not agree 
upon the exact position of Thapsacus, and many other places met- 
tioned by Xenophon. But it would be altogether out of place to in- 
troduce topographical discussions here. As a whole we prefer Major 
Rennell’s “‘ HMiustrations,” and have therefore followed him. See map. 

14. «ἀλα;, all along before. . 

17. καὶ ταῦτα, and that toon Supply the ellipsis 3daus, and Ηὶ 
gare this money to those gcing not to battle, Ke. 

20. μνᾶ:.} For the value of this coin, see Antiq. Appendix. 

20. μωσθὸν ἐντελῆ, full pay. 

S2. αὕτιοι εἶναι, to be the cause of, to have influence by your 6 
ame. 

858. χάριν εἴσιται, will acknowledge the favor. The verb is from 
εἴδω, to see or know. 

16 1. af wag καὶ ἄλλος, that is, ἐπίστασιν understood, if any other ons 
knows, he certainly does. 

2. dv δ᾽ ἀσοψηφίσωνταιι, bul if they should determine not, that isy 
not to cross the Euphrates 


Cuar. V.] NOTES. 239 


Ν 


2. ἄπιμεν. The present-of ‘the verb εἶν hes the saat of 16 
the future. See F. p. 116, Obs. 1. 

2. σοὔμπταλων, for σὴ ἔμταλιν" ἄσεμιν εἰς τοὔμπαλιν, we will go 
6ack, To supply the ellipsis, ἄσημεν εἰς φὸ μέρος τῆς ὁδοῦ ὃ ἐσεὶ ἔμ» 
wads, we will go to the part of the way which ts behind. 

5. Κύρου.) See F. Rule XVIII, 8. 

94, ἐκισιείσαντο, procured provisions for themselves. Th. σῆτοι. 


CHAPTER V. 


26. ἐρήμον,, in the midst of adesert. This 1s the southern part 
οἵ Mesopotamia. Ammianus says that this region is excessively 
sandy and barren, having no water excepting that which is sait and 
stagnant, and psoducing nothing but dragen-root, wormwoud, and a 
few other herbs of this <class. ‘‘ The aspect of the country was 
dull and uninteresting, as there was neither mountain, valley, nor even 
plain ; the whole beiag an unequal surface, like the high and long 
waves of a deep sea, when subsiding from a tempest into a calm, and 
not a tree any where in sight to relieve the monotony of the scene.” 
Buckingham’s ‘Travels. 

1. dans, shrubbery, brush. 17 

3. ὄνοι ἄγριο...) The swiftness of wild asses, and their fondness for ᾿ 
desert places, have been confirmed by all naturalists. See also Hosea, 
vii. 9. Job, xxiv. 5. Jeremiah, ii. 24. Isaiah, xxxii. 14, where 
it is predicted that Jerusalem will become a desert and “a joy of 
wild asses.” 

8. crgeedei.) This word, when not attended with the qualifying 
adjective με γεέλαι» usually signifies sparrows. But σερουθοὶ αἱ μεγά- 

4. ὠσίδες, bustards, which are small birds, and are remarkable for 
having but three claws. As food they are condemned by some, and 
lauded by others, among whom is our author. The theme is, proba- 
bly, eds, the ear, as they have this organ larger than any other bird of 
their size. Their sense of hearing is so acute that sportsmen find it 
difticult to approach them. 

4. Sognddss, roe-bucks, or rather gazelles. 

8. ταὐτὸν ἱποίουν, they did the same, that is, they ran on before and 
then halted. 


17 


240 NOTES. Boox 1 


8. διαστάντες, standing at intervals, or at different places. 

9. δηρῷεν.) The Attics change su into ην in the present optative 
of the three sorts of circumflex verbs, and, in deelining the tense, [0]- 
low the analogy of verbs in με. 

9. διαδεχόμενο..}) One of the significations of 3rd, in composition, 
is, distribution, or succession. ‘The force of this phrase, διαδεχόμενι 
γοῖς tween, is, succeeding each other by relays of horses. 

12. σολὺ γὰρ ἀπίεπα ἀποφιεύγουσα) Following this reading 
τολὺ must be rendered ‘far’, ‘ata great distance’: ἀσίέστα, from 
adweewda ‘to tear one’s self away from’, has ἑαυφσὸν understood: 
and the whole literally rendered is, ‘‘for it went at a great distance 
flying,” that is, “ by means of flying.”’ For this use of the participle 
see F. Rule XXXII, Obs. 5. But there are different readings of the 
passage: Weiske reads read γὰρ ἀπσίπτα ἀσοφεύγουσα, “ for the most 
part it flies (that is, uses its wings) in making its escipe:” where 
awiaea is formed from éwewrde, the obsolete present for épieranss, 
‘to fly away.’ Schneider reads dwiwrare φεύγουσα τ Dindorf, ἀσι- 
eware φιύγουσα, which we prefer, as it has the middle form of de» 
eweée, and drops the preposition é#é in composition, which rather 
encumbers the sense. Sturzius (Lex. Xen.) says, ‘Sane durus 
esi prepositionis éa6 concursus,”” . 

14. ἄν τις ταχὺ ἀνιστῇ, if any one starts them suddenly. 

15. καὶ ταχὺ ἀπογορεύουσι, and shortly become tired. This verbis 
compounded of ἀπὸ, which, in composition, means opposition, separa- 
tion, or negation, and ἀγορεύω (from ἀγορά, the forum, where the & 
semblies of the people were held), to speak or harangue. Hence the 
compound verb means, fo reply, to forbid, also to give up speaking, — 
then fo resign, in general, — then ¢o resign, or to give up through lass- 
tude, to become weary or dejected. It is a most useful exercise fot 
the scholar to trace the changes which a word undergoes, from its pr- 
mary meaning, through all its metaphorical significations, originating 
from the different manners, customs, institutions, habits of thought 
and association of the same people in different periods of their history: 

23, TIvaas.] These Pyle are the narrow passes which afford 8 
entrance into Babylonia, from Mesopotamia. ᾿Ξ 

25. λιμοῦ.) As Cyrus kept always near the Euphrates, we 1 
where hear of his army suffering for want of water. 


Cuar. ν.] NOTES. “421 


27. ὅνους ἀλίται.Ἶ The labor in mills was often performed by 17 
asses. Hence ὄνος came to signify ἃ méll-stone, and property the up- 
goer mill-stone, being often joined with the adjective £Airas, grinding 3 
ἀλίσης ὄνος, a grinding or millstone. 

97. weevrvess, fushioning, shajiny. 

29. ἔξων, (the imperf. of ξάω, contract.) get their Kiving or supe 
port life. For the use of the participle dvrayepdZovets, see F. Rule 
KX XII, Obs. 5. 

80. ὀαρδαρικῷ.} Σεραφιύματιε is here understood. 

81. civ κασίβην.}ἢ The Attic corn-medimnus (pidieves csrngss), 
which was equal to about 3150 cubic inches, or 94 pints, contained 48 
cheenices, 90 that the chentr was about equal to a quart; hence the 
capithe (xawién) equals two quarts or half a gallon. The Attic 
drachma, equal to six oboli, was worth about 16 cents; therefore the - 
sighus (eiydes), according to Xenophon, was worth ubout 18 cents. 

81. ἀλεύρων ἃ ἀλφίτων. The former of these words signifies 
growed wheot, or flour ; the latter, barley meal. * 

85. ἐσθίοντες... .. διεγίγνονσν, continued to feed upon, or always 
fed upon. 

1. ἦν. This is put for fear, with evwds to be supplied, as the ne- 18 
tainative. 

8. harsAivas.) Τὰν dey understood ; te continue his journey. 

8, στινοχωρίεις xal πηλοῦ, the narrowness of the road and the 
med. 

6. σεῦ δαρξαρικοῦ.) The genitive is frequently used in this man- 
ner, with vis, or the preposition ix understood, when reference is made 
to a part and not to the whole. We should say, ‘take some of the 
army.’ See F. Rule X1X. Συνικ,(ζειν, lo kelp them to extricate. 

10. μέρος τε τῆς εὐταξίας, a specimen of their excellent discipline. 

1]. xdvdus,)] The κάνδος was ἃ sort of military cloak with sleeves, 
worn by the Persians. 

11]. ἔτυχεν ἱσεηκώς, happened to stand. See F. Rule XXXII 
Obs. 2. 

13, σολυσιλεῖς, costly, magnificent. The primitive is eiAss, an 
end, or σιλίω, to finish. 

14. ἀναξυρίδας.) These were long loose trowsers, which were com- 
mon to all the people of the Fast. 


17. τὸ di σύμπαν, upon ἐν "tia altogether, in every respect. 


242 NOTES. ᾿Π [Boox L 


18 19. ὅσοι μή, unless where. 

21. péxiclas.} The pronoun dre is here understood, mstead of 
the accusative ; as the subject of the infinitive is the same as that of 
the participle νομείφων. See F. Rule IV, Exe. 

23. ἦν.) The verb εἰμὶ is often used in this elliptical sense, mean- 
ing power or possibility ; as ὧν συνειδεῖν, it was to perceive, that is, any 
one might perceive. 

24. πλήθει χώρας, from the extent of its territory ; wishu ἀνέμ- 
war, from the number of tts inhabitants. 

25. τῷ ducwdebas.| See F. Rule XXX. 

80. σχέδιαις, with rafts. This word is an adjective, meaning, svd- 
den, hastily done, from σχεδόν, adv, near; and it agrees with sao, 
understood ; σχεδίαις ναυσί, with boats or rafts made for the occasion. 

30. Artigas, skins, of which the tents of the soldiers were usually 
made, and with which, after being stuffed in the manner here described, 
rivers were often crossed. The Euphrates, according to Buckingham, 
is even now continually crossed, by men and boys, upon goat-skins 
tightly filled with air. They extend themselves upon this buoyant 
substance, clasp their arms around one end of it, throw their legs ovet 
the sides of the other end, and, by the propelling motion of their feet, 
cross the river with considerable rapidity. 

31. συνῆγον καὶ συνίσπων, drew them together and stitched them 
Συνίσπων from συσφάω. 

31. ἐπίμαλασαν χόρσου.] See F. Rule XXIII. 

88, βαλάνου.) The Persians made a very agreeable wine from 
dates, the fruit of the palm tree. Béaares is the fruit, and going 
the tree. é 

19 8. ᾿Αᾳμφιλιξάνσων τι, disputing about something. 

10. σοῖς περὶ αὐφόν, friends, companions. 

11. προρήλαυνε, wos marching with the army. 

24. ἄγων.) ‘Eavred στράτευμα, understood, 

24. thee τὰ ὅπλα, ordered arms, that is, made his soldiers st 
to their arms, to be prepared for any emergency. 

26. Sei, avrod..... καταλευσθῆναι, that, while he himself narrowly 
escaped being stoned to death, he (that is, Proxenus) should speak, δῶ 

Q0 4. ἐν ἑαυσῷ ἱγένεσο, he came to himself, that is, was convinced of bis 
rashness. 

5. xacad χώραν, lo their places. 


Caar. VL] NOTES. 945 


CHAPTER VI. 


6. ἴχνα.] A diminutive noun, the theme of which is Zicves. 20 

7. σείβος, (from στείξω, to tread,) signifies the path or the print 
of the feet upon the sand. 

10. τὰ πολέμωι, in military science ; xarv& is understood. Asyé- 
petvos, ranked. 

14. xwAdous σοῦ καίειν ἱπιόνσας, literally, would prevent them 
going about, from burning, that is, would prevent them from going 
about, and laying waste the country by fire. See F. Rules XXIII 
and XXX. 

27. iwed.] ‘* We often find a council of seven mentioned by the 
writers, who treat of the affairs of Persia ; which council seem to have 
been instituted in memory of the seven Persian noblemen, who put the 
Magi to death, of whom Darius Hystaspes, afterwards king of Persia, 
was one.”” Spelman. 

4. ἐξήγγειλε τὴν κρίσιν, he gave an account of the trial. 21 

5. ἄρχειν τοῦ λέγου, to δοκῶ or.open the consultation. 

9. eevrevi.] See F. p. 57, Obs. after odros. 

9. yde.] This conjunction may be considered as declarative, giv- 
ing additional force to the sentence with which it is connected, and 
may be rendered truly, verily. But it is always, strictly speaking, 
causal, and connects something understood with its own sentence. 
Here we might supply, I have taken this course For, &c. 

10. keel δὲ σαχϑείς, afterwards, being commanded, ὅς. Cyrus 
intends, by the clause ὡς ἔφη αὐφός, to accuse Orontes out of his own 
mouth, since, although a subject of Cyrus, he acted in obedience to 
the bing. 

18. xaxws.] See F. Rule XXV, Obs. 2. 

18. ἐδύνω. Second person sing. imperf. of δύναμεαι. 

19. ἔγνως σὴν σιαυτοῦ δύναμιν, conscious of thy own power, meane 
ing to imply his want of power. : 

20. ia) τὸν τῆς ᾿Αρτέμιδος δωμόν.}] The altar of Diana at Ephe- 
sus is, probably, alluded to here. It was usual for criminals to fly to 
the altars of the deities for protection, and, these places being esteemed 
sacred, no one could forcibly drag the suppliant from his place of re- 
fuge. To add force and solemnity to an oath also, it was customary 
to swear with one hand ia} σὸν Caper. 


244 NOTES. [ Boox ἃ 


QE 21. ἔφηνδα.}] This is the imperfect, for ἔφης, by the Holic dis- 
lect which adds Su. ‘Fhe Ionic sometimes removes the augment, by 
apherésis, making φῆσϑα. 

27. γάρ.] See note on line 9. 7 must own i, vor, Sc. 

S. σὺ κατὰ rousoy ives, a2 far as recardshim. But to be more 
critical, σὸ is im the accusative and connected with sivas, and they to- 
gether, used as a substantive, are governed by xara understood: τὸ 
slvas, as to being, as to our connexion, as far as we are connected with 
him, or as. far as.we may be in connerion with him. See Matthiz, 
Art. 539, and 282; p.. 40%. 

6. ircCovre σῆς ξώνης.)] It was customary among the Persians to 
Juy hold of the criminal’s girdle when he was condemned to death 
See F. Rule XIX. 

6. iw θανάτῳ, to prt him to death. 

8. weostxvvous, } The Persians used to salute their king, or any 
one of his court, by total prostration of the bedy, and kissing the 
feet. 

11. σκηπτούχων.) The sceptre was, as it now is, an ensign of 

~ great dignity. The sceptre-bearers were probably a life-guard around 
the person. of the king. 


22 


CHAPTER VII. 


I8. sis σὴν ἱτιοῦσαν ἵν, upon the following morning ; tw from tus. 
; 22. αὐσόμολοι, deserters; from αὐτὸς and poriw, going sponta 
neously. 

27. be. .. . «ἀπορῶν, not from a want of, not beg in need of 
ΤΕ. Rule ΧΥΠΙ, 6. 

29. “Owws.] ‘Phis exhortative particle is. frequently used in this 
elliptical manner, especially among the “Attics. The verb to be sup 
plied is cxersirs, or δρᾶτε, see to it, or look to it, that, &e. 

23 3. ὧν} See F. Rule VI. Exc. 1. 

5. Té....+ wanbos.] See F. Rule XLIT. 

6. ἐπίασιν.) Ionic for ἐσεῖσι, they come upon you, or are accud 
tomed to attack. 

6. τἄλλα.) Governed by xard, understood. Weiske has ὃ 
eomma after Bens, Schneider and Dindorf have not. If the comms 


nar. VII.) ‘NOTES. 245 


be retained, it will read thus: if you are able to withstand these, and 23 
methinks I am ashamed to make any other supposition, you will know 
what kind of men there are in this country of ours. ᾿Ἡ μῶν may be 
governed by χώρᾳ, or ἀνθοώπουρ" if by the latter, we should trans- 
late it, what these men of ours are. If there be no comma after 
δοκῶ, the passage may be rendered, and in other respects, methinks 

I am ashamed that you should know, &c. Observe the difference 
between ἀνθρώπους and ἀνδρῶν. The same distinction exists in Latin 
between homo and vir, 

9. ὑμῶν φὸν μὲν. «. . . βουλόμενον, whoever of you, indeed, may wish. 

10. φοῖς οἶκοι ζηλωσόν, envied by those at home. 

10. 3° oleae ποτήσειν, but, methinks, I shall effect. 

14. τοιούσῳ.)] Καιρῷ understood. e 

20. ὅσου, Attic for οὕφινος, from gers. The latter part of the 
preceding sentence is understood here: ob 3ivaveas οἰκεῖν of ἄνθρωοι, 
which ts uninhabitable by reason of the cold. 

21. σατρατεύουσιν, govern in the capacity of satraps. 

22. τούτων iyxgartis.) See F. Rule XIII. 

23. μὴ evs.) With infinitives after negative propositions or verbs, © © ~~~ _. 
these two negatives are equivalent to the Latin quin, or quominus ; 
as, οὐδὲν ἐλλείψω «τὸ μὴ eb «υϑίσδαι, Soph. “I will leave nothing 
undone but that I may ascertain,’’ ἅς, But where the opt., subj., or 
indic. follows, μὴ οὐ are equivalent to ne non; as Ssre ob φοῦτο 
δίδοικα, μὴ οὖκ ἔχω, “so that I have no fears of this, that I shall not 
have,” or “lest I should not have,’’ &c. Matthiz, art. 608. 

24. ay εὖ γίνηται, if the event prove favorable. 

23. B8i wes, somewhat in this manner. 

88. Ofu.] The Attics, in some verbs, terminate the second per- 
son singular of the pres. ind. pass. in ω " as Bovau, elu, fu. See 
F. p. 88. 

5. &ewls is here, by metonymy, put for ὡσαιδοφόροι. 24. 

7. δριπανηφόρα.) See Antiq. Part. 8. Chap 2. 

8. lxacdy καὶ εἴκοσι μυριάδι..1] As μυριὰς signifies a myriad, or 
ten thousand, the army of the king consisted of twelve hundred 
thousand ; but this probably does not mean fighting men, but includes 
all the followers of the army. 

25. deyvial.] See Antiq. — Appendix. 

21* 


#46 NOTES. [Boor L 


24 30. wrcia.] For the difference between this word and sass, see 
Antiq. Part 8. Chap. 1. 

32. wap” αὐτὸν cir Ἐῤῥράτην, on the side towards the river 
Euphrates, This τάφρος ρυκσὴ was a temporary trench dug by 
Artaxerxes for the protection of his camp, and wholly distinct from 
the δώρνχες, canals, which were opened between the Euphrates and 
Tigris for purposes of agriculture and navigation. This trench 
hewever was left unfinished for the last twenty feet towards the 
Euphrates, end through this narrow pass (πάροδος στιν) Cyrus 
marched. . 

Q5 1. deve) ἐρόματος, instead of a firtification or rampart. 

12. δίκα τάλαντα.] From ths it appears that fen talents 
three thousand darics were equal. : 

18. τὸ δὲ werd, the greater part of the army. 


CHAPTER VIII. 


21. ἀμφὶ ἀγορὰν πλήθουσαν, about the full-market time, vhich 
was the third hour, or nine o’clock in the morning. It is not unusual 
to find in the classics the time of day denoted ty the employment of it. 

22. ὁ σταθμός, the place for encampment. 

23. ἀνὰ πράςος, at full speed. 

26 11. παραμηριδίοις.) See Antiq. Part. 8. Chap. 2. 

12, ψιλήν.) This word does not here mean, bare of. every thing, 
but destitute in relation to what goes before. ‘The Greeks had helmets 
upon ‘heir heads, but Cyrus’ head was destitute of the helmet: ‘ht 
is, he only wore the tiara, or turban, according to Plutarch, wh 
says, that in this battle the tiara of Cyrus fell from his head. 

14, Ψιλαῖς σαῖς κιφαλαῖς, with only the tiara upon their heads 
Weiske ard Wyttenbach think that this sentence, from λέγεσαι Ὁ 
διακινδυνεύειν, is spurious. For, in the first place, it is at variance 
with what has been said before of the equipage of Cyrus’ six hundred 
horse; and, secondly, Xenophon would not have used the word 
λέγεται, in reference to a fact which he might have seen with his ov? 
eyes. Some would wish to insert σαλαιούς, instead of ἄλλο 
thereby confining this custom to the ancient Persians: others, τον 
Adu. 


Cuar, VIIL] NOTES. 241 


19. dag] ‘The time denoted by this word is about the middle of 26 
the afternoon, or three o'clock. ᾿ 

20. συχνῷ.) The word συχνὸς means dense, crowded, and hence, 
much, abundant : χρόνῳ δὲ οὗ συχνῷ, and in mot a long time. 

22 dereawes, began to glitter. 

25. γιῤῥοφόροι, buckler-bearers, so called from the Persian shield 
γίῤῥον, which was made of osiers and covered with hide. : 

28. κατὰ ἔθνη, according to their nations, or each natiun by itself. 

28. πλαισίῳ.) The difference between στ λαΐσιον and σπλινϑίον, is, 
that the former is an oblong, the latter a square, to denote which 
Xenophon uses wAaiosy ἰσόπλευρον, and not σλωνδίον. See Arriani 
Tactica, p. 69. Also, compare Book 3. Chap. 4. 

29. διαλείποντα συχνόν, separated at a considerable distance, where 
συχνὸν is used adverbially or with κατὰ understood, 

82. ὑπὸ «τοῖς δίφροις, under the seats of the charioteers. 

82. ὡς διικόττιν.) See F. Rule XXIX. Obs. 8. 

1. ἐλώνσων. _ This. is the future participle, Attie form, for ira. Q7 
σόντων, from ἐλαύνω, fut. ἐλάσω, dropping the ¢, and contracting, jas 

"It is used with ds, in the genitive absolute. See F. Rule XXXII. 
Obs. 6. 

4. ὡς ἀνυσεόν, as much as possible. 

4. ἰν ἴσῳ. Supply Bipars, with an equaWle pace. 

5. iv σούτῳ. Χρόνῳ is here understood: at this time. 

6. vy Κλιάρχῳ iBsa.] The battle of Cunaxa, as Major Rennell 
well observes, appears to have been Jost through the error of Clearchus 
in not following the counsel, or rather in not obeymy the orders of 
Cyrus, to bring up his men against the centre of the enemy, in which 
the king was posted ; “ for,” savs he, “if we break that, our work is 
done.” Theking had such a superiority of numbers, that when he 
stood in the centre of his own army, he was beyond the left wing of 
that of Cyrus; and Clearchus, fearing to be surrounded, could not 
be prevailed upon to withdraw his right wing from the river. As the 
king, therefore, found that no one opposed him in front, he wheeled to 
the /eft in order to surround Cyrus’ army. It was then that Cyrus 
advanced to a:tack the king, and broke and dispersed the strong 
bedy of choice cavalry which attended him; but in the pursuit he 
himself was left almost unattended,.and in.a rash and. furious attack on 
the king was slain by an obscure individual. 


27 


248 NOTES. [Boox I 


It may therefore be inferred that hed Clearchus brought his forces 
to the centre of the king’s army, the event would have been totally 
different. No one can doubt but that victory would have attended the 
steps of the Greeks; and a victory in the centre would either have 
placed the king in the power of Cyrus, or driven him out of the 
field. But then we should have been without the “ Anabasis,” the 
choicest piece of ancient military history, and fairly worth the history 
of all the Persian dynasties since that period. 

17, by σῷ αὐτῷ, in the same place. 

18. ἐκ τῶν ἔτι προριόνφων, from the soldiers as they came up. 

21. bwtrAdeas, having ridden up. 

22. iwirieas,) having stopped for the purpose of hearing bin. 
Bornemann renders it animum ad Xenuphontem advertens. 

29. δίχομαι, (τὸν οἰωνὸν understood,) I receive the omen: οἵ sup- 
ply σὸν Δία σωτῆρα καὶ νίκην. 

82. ἱπαιάνιξον)] The Greeks used to sing two peeans ; one, be 
fore the battle, to Mars ; and the other after the battle, to Apollo. 

33. ἐξικύμαινι.) The metaphor contained in this word is very 
beautiful. ‘The theme is xia, a wave; for as the wave lifts its 
head above the level expanse of the waters, so here, a part of the 
army, undulates or fluctuates from the rest, in its eagerness to εἴν 
gage in battle. 

2. "Everly ] This is an epithet of Mars, derived from ‘Evy, 
Bellona, the goddess of war. After the pzean was sung it wes usval, 
before going into battle, to invoke the aid of Mars, under this appe- 
lation. 

8. Λέγουσι δί eixts.] The question has been asked, why does 
Xenophon, who was present at the battle, relate a circumstance on 
the authority of others? To this it may be answered here, that he 
could not be present at different parts of the army at the same time, 
and that what he now speaks of, occurred elsewhere than where he had 
‘his station. 

5. εὐξευμα.} Supply weds or εἷς αὐφούς, before an arrow reached 
them, that is, before they came within bow-shot. 

8. Τὰ δὲ ἄρματα ἰφέρετο σὰ pir, and the chariots were borne along, 
some, ἄς. 

10. baud σροΐδοιεν Sievarrs, when they saw them coming at « de 
tance, they divided, or opened their ranks. 


vw. IX.] NOTES. 249 


). fers δὲ Seis, literally, there was one who, that is, some 23 
+ zarsanpen, was seizel, was caught: tawraytis, being 

sk with astonishment (obrepentinum adventum hostinm; Lex. 

-) Schneider remarks, Perse enim curribus falcatis insisten- 
vugnabant, Greci eos vitabunt laxatis ordinibus; pauci impru 

es correptt a curribus et dejecti fuerunt. 

1. οὐδὲν peiveos οὐδέ.) This repetition of negatives, in Greek, 

8 great additional force to the negation. 

5. σὸ καθ᾽ αὑτούς, the part opsite to themselves. 

7. οὐδ᾽ ὡς ἰξήχθη, neither was he thus excited> ὧς for οὗ- 


B. συνεσαφαμείνην, conglobated around him. 
5. picov.] Mises understood. 


3. ὡς εἰς κύκλωσιν] This was done in order to surrownd the 
y of Cyrus. 
, obx ἠνίσχετο, could not contain himself, from ἀνέχομαι. Q29 


. ἐνταῦθα μαχόμενοι. This appears to be in the nominative ab- 
te, for the genitive, more ditico. ΝΣ 


CHAPTER IX. 


2. ἐσιλεύφησιν.) The primitive meaning of this verb is, to con- 
e, to bring to anend ; hence, when it signifies to die, the ellipsis, 
3έίον, is to be supplied. 

5. δοκούντων ἐν πείρᾳ γιενίσθαι, who were reputed to be on intimate 
Φ with Cyrus: δοκούντων, according to Schneider and the Lex. 
“9 is here redundant. 

8. bei σαῖς... « « . ϑύραις, at the court. 

9. σωφροσύνην, modesty, as opposed t> αἰσχρόν, indelicate, impure. 
» Gav ἑαυτοῦ ὑποδειστίρων», thaw those who were inferior to him. 30 
» "Exgsver.] "Ανθρωσποι is here to be supplied. 

1. οὐκ ἴτρισιν, he did not cownrdly fly from. 

3. rides, at last, used adverbially with xara understood. 

9. ὅτ, wig) wasiorev ποιοῖτο, that he esteemed it of the highest 
wrtance, 

0. τῳ. The article ts often put by the Attics, for the indefinite 
ioun vis. Ses Matthie, Art. 266. 


30 


91 


950 NOTES. [Boox I. 


24. wagh ras σαονδιίς, contrary to the treaty. Lwrovdes, is a vertal 
noun, from σαένδω, to pour out, and properly signifies dibatiuns of 
wine poured upon the lead of the victim at the time of sacrifice. But 
as these libations were made at the ratification of treaties, the word is 
frequently put for the treaty itself, 

27. «ροίσθαι, tu give up or betray ; recond aor. mid. of προΐνμι. 

82. χαὶ εὐχὴν δί cits αὐτοῦ ἰξίφιρον, and some report an express 
wish of his. 

1. ἀλιξόμενοςἢ See F. Rule XXXII, Obs. 6. 

2. τῶν ip’ ἡμῶν, of the men in our age, those of our time. 

5. καταγιλᾶν.)] Supply cay νόμων, to hold the laws in derision, οἵ 
αὐτοῦ refecring to Cyrus. 

7. ποδῶν. Among the Persians criminals were punished by being 
deprived of some of their limbs, and in this situation were exposed in 
the public streets. For the government of this gen. see F. Rule 
XXIII and XXVII. 

9. ἔχοντι 3 σι πτροχωροίη, carrying with. him whatever he pleased. 
ΣΙροχωρίω primarily means to advance ferward, hence to sw- 
ceed, hence to be advantageous to, as it might here be rendered 
The sense of the passage is, that “in the province of Cyrus 
any one could travel with safety, and carry with him whatever might 
be necessary either for his support on his journey, or for purposes of 
trade, without any fear of being molested by robbers.”’ 

20. Eis ys μήν.) ‘This is an elliptical expression for zac oi ths γι 
μὴν δικαιοσύνην ἧκον, as to that which pertains to justice. 

21. wigh παντὸς iwouize..... ποιεῖν, he esteemed it of the greatest 
importance to render, &c. Observe the transition from the singulat, 
in σις», to the plural in σούφους, which is frequent with our author. 

22. Kai γὰρ οὖν. The particles of the Greek language consti 


᾿ tute one of its peculiar beauties. But it is often impossible to give 


their full force, and exhibit the ideas which each conveys, in a trans 
tion. Tae καὶ may be rendered, for besides ; after the first καὶ some- 
thing is understood, besides WHAT 1 HAVE MENTIONED, ὅς. ; the parti- 
cle τε, after ἄλλα corresponds to καί, before σερατεύμαςσ. The verb 
διιχιεἰρίξιτο is in the middie voice, und airy would seem to be redund- 
ant. But in reality it gives the middle verb more force ; he manoged 
to his great advantage. Townsend makes the verb in the passive and 
πολλὰ the nominative to it, But is it not connected with ixgarate 


Cuar. IX.) NOTES. 251 


by sal? For besides what I have said, therefore, he both wisely con- 31 
ducted, with great advantage to himself, many other departments of 

his government, and possessed an army deserving the name. *AdAg- 
βινῷ, true, real, one that could discharge all the duties incumbent upon 

it, and answer the purposes for which it was organized. 

24. rAexayoi.] See Antig. Part 8, Chap. 4. 

80. δεινόν, vigilant, energetic, possessing the cualities of ἃ governor 
or steward in an extraordinary degree. 

31. ix vou δικαίου, justly, that is, on principles of justice. 

$1. παφασκιιάζοντα, improving or cullivating the country. 

S3. ἀφιίλισο.}] Supply ταύτην τὴν χώραν. 

7. Καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸ σοῦσο, for in relation to any particular thing: 32 
tara is to be supplied. 

8. ὡς συνεργοὺς ἔχοι, that he might have them as coadjutors. 

11. διὰ σολλά.] Αἴσια is to be supplied : διὰ werrd alesa, upon 
nany accounts. 

11. εἷς γε ἀνὴρ dv, for one man, for a single individual. 

12. 3uddev.] The imperfect tense of verbs in gs is very little 
ised ; but, in its stead, the imperfect of the circumflexed verbs from 
vhich they are derived is generally found; as from διδόω, διδῶ,» 
mp. dour, devs, ἐδίδου, for ἰδίδων, ἐδίδως», Wide. F. bottom 
f p. 107. 

13. ὁρῴη. See F. p. 103, Obs. 3. 

15. sis wéatuev.] That is, coats of mail, rich swords, &c.; εἰς 
ιαλλωπισμόν, such as golden chains, bracelets, tunics, &c. 

17. ποσμῆσα..)} -Bornemann and Dindorf read κοσμηδῆνα,, which 
8 preferable. 

20. σὸ δὲ «ἢ ἐπιμελεῖᾳ περιεῖναι τῶν Φίλων, but that he should sure 
ass hiz ‘friends both in xeal, &c. 

25. retrev.] ‘O φίρων ton, the bearer of the present says, or some 
imilar phrase, may here be inserted. 

33. ὡς μὴ..... ἄγωσιν] A very refined ideas that even the 
orses which carried his friends might not suffer from hunger. 

1. Εἰ δὲ δή ποτε πορεύοισο, whenever he went abroad. 33 

2. ἱσαουδαιολογεῖσο, he used to talk with them earnestly. Hutch- 
nson says, gravibus de rebus sermonem habebat, which would be 
endered, “he used to talk with them on business o: affairs of state.” 
Zut we think the sense is, that he held close and familiar conver- 


252 NOTES. {Boos L 
sntions with his friends, that tae spectators might perceive who wert 


the most honored. 

6. δούλον, subject. 

7. καὶ evres δί, and this maz atso, referring to Orontes, and not to 
the king, as Hutchinson understands it. For Orontes found that the 
very person, whom he thought the most loyal to hin, was far more 
faithful to Cyrus. 

13. τὸ... αὐφῷ γενόμενον, what happened to him. 

16. σνντρώσιδει, literally, those who sat at his table, — his daily 
guests. 

\———. 


CHAPTER X. 


27. Dexaita, a Phoc@an, whose name was Aspasia. 

28. τὴν σοφήν, accomplished, witty. 

29. ἡ νιωφίρα.} That is, ἡ νεωτίρα παλλακίς. 

1. πρὸς τῶν Ελλήνων.) Τὸ στρασόπεδον, or σὸν σσαθμόέν, is here 
to be supplied, to the camp, or station, of the Greeks, or, as we stiould 
say, using the possessive case, to the Greeks’, tMat is, to the Greeks’ 
camp. So, in English, ‘ to the bookseller’s’, ‘to the printer's’. 

l. of iruyev..... ὅσλα ἔχοντις, who happened to be standing 
armed. | 

4. καὶ raveny.| Referring to Aspasia. 

5. tvrés αὐτῶν, within them, that is, within their camps. 

6. διίσχον.) See F. Rule XVIII, 18. 

7. οἱ μὲν refer to the Greeks ; οἱ 3i, to the Persians, 

8. ual’ ἰαυτού;, opposite to themselves. 

8. ὧς “ἄντας νικῶνσις.] Stephens thinks the reading shoul] be 
waven, but waveas seems to be perfectly proper: as if they had (0. 
quered all the enemy: οἱ ἤδη wdvets νικῶντες, as if they all were tit 
victors, thac is, as if their own troops had gained the victory in every 
part of the field. 

12. τὸ καϑ᾽ taveeds.] Supply μέρος or σεράφτευρια. 

12. οἴχοινφο διώκοντες, were marching in jrursuit. 

18. συστοαφίνεις, having faced abuut. The Greeks had purseed 
one wing of the enemy for some distance, when Artaxerxes, baving 
plundered the camp of Cyrus, turned atout in order to fall on thé? 
rear (προριὼν ὄτισθιν). 


Cuar. X.] NOTES. 253 


19. cavry.] Supply μερίδι, in that part. See Bos. “ Ellipsis 
Nominum,” vader ῥεέρες. 

19. ὦ; ταύτῃ προρόντις καὶ δεξόμενοι.) Larcher, Wyttenbach, Bor- 
nemaan, and Dinrdorf, read weessivres agreeing with βασιλίως under 
stood, which would be in the gen. absolute. After διξόβρεενοε supply 
αὐτόν, and translate the whele ‘ that as the king came up ia this way 
they might receive him.” Zeuner goes so far as to say, ‘‘ wyessévess 
sine sensu est.” 

19. ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς « « «. « ἀναλαξών.) The king, in returning, did 
uot go in ἃ directiun tewards the Greeks, but went back the same way 
that he advanced before, namely, without the left wiag of the Greeks, 
leading back, ὥς. 

20. s#evyusv.] Xenophon here considers the Greek army as it 
stood at the commencement of. the battle; otherwise, it having faced 
about, what was the left wing had become the right. 

25. tseacrdvets.] See page 28, ne 9, where the motion. made to 
admit the passage of the cnariots through their columns, was the same 
as that made here, for the passage of Tissaphernes’ cavalry. 

28. ὡς μεῖον ἔχων ἀπηλλάγη, literally, as ke kad departed, having 
himself inferior. 

29. wads μὲν ove ἀναστρίφει, did not return back again, for he 
feared that it would not be safe, and therefore pushed his way through 
to the camp of the Greeks, where he found the king. 

2. "Eve (χρόνῳ understood), “4: the time when, while. 

5. σαραμειψάμενος, changing his position: φάλαγγα is woverned 
by κατίσφησιν, and not by παραμειψάμενος, as some have thought. 

8. ἐκ πλείονος, for a long distance, over a long space. 

10. sate γὰρ vis κώμης γήλοφος, for there was an eminence 
beyond the village. ᾿ 

10. if’ οὗ ἀνιστράφησαν, upon which they faced about. 

12. aces.) Supply «τοὺς “Ἕλληνας, as the accusative before yer 
γνώσκων" φὸ ποιούμενον, what was doing or being done. 

13, ἐπὶ siarns dvarsrapiver, with its wings extended, upon a 
spear, 

16. οὗ μέντοι Bes ἀδοόοι, ἀλλ᾽ ἄλλοι ἄλλοθεν, not indeed any longer 
én a body, but some one way and some another. 

22. ἀνὰ πράφος, with all their might, at full speed. 

24, ἀνεπαύοντο, rested upon their arms. 

22 


90 


254 NOTES. [Boox L 


28. προιληλακίναι, had pushed forward: παφσαληψόμενον σι, tn 
order to take possession of some port. F. Rule XXXII, Obs. 6. 

83. ἄλλων. This word, in its exceptive sense, refers to siris, 
4 ποτόν, they found all their other effects plundered, besides the 
provisions. 

6. ἧσαν δὲ καὶ dvdgiere, they had also been deprived of their din- 
ner: καφαλῦσαι, to halt, which has the sense of loosing down, of 
loosing to lay down, is used of soldiers laying aside their accoutre- 
ments, to take their meals, and of travellers alighting for lodgment 
or refreshment. The name for an inzis καφέάλυσις, both in ancient 
and modern Greek. 


BOOK SECOND. 


CHAPTER I. 
1. ἡδροίσθη Kigy, was collected together by Cyrus. 
2. ἀνόδῳ.)] This word is synonymous with ἀνάδασις. 


5. σῷ ἔμπροσθεν.) See F. Rule II, Obs. 10. 

6. “Awa.] This adverb, when joined with the dative of time, sig- 
nifies immediately with: a8 ἅμα «ῇ ἡμίρᾳ, immediately with the day, 
or at day break. “ 

9. εἰς σὸ πρόσθεν, forward. To supply the ellipsis, εἰς σὸν τόπον 
ὄντα πρόσθεν, to the place which is before. | 

11. Τευθρανίας.1] Teuthrania was a city of Mysia, in Asia Minor, 
of which Procles was governor. He was a descendant of Damaratus, 
one of the kings of Sparta. 

12. Tapes.) Tamos was of Memphis, and admiral to Cyrus, after 
whose death he sailed with his fleet to Egypt. 

15. καὶ λέγοι, and he would say, or and he says: supply "Agsaios. 

18. «υνθανόμενοι, on hearing the news. 

19, ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὥὄφειλε μὲν Κῦρος ζῆν, Truly Cyrus ought to have lived, 
or Would that Cyrus were still alive / When the verb épsiaw is used 
in this sense, expressing strong desire, the particle s%s is usually joined 
with it; though it is sometimes omitted, as in this case. 

5. +6 ἄρχειν, the government. 

9. σεριίροινε, Awaited their return. 

10. κόστοντες.) Observe that this participle is in the plural, to 
agree with the individuals implied in the collective noun, σεράφευβιαι. 
F. Rule II, Obs. 1. 

12. οὕς ἠνάγκαζον of “EAAnvs ἐκβάλλειν rods αὐτομολοῦντας, 
which the Greeks had compelled the deserters from the king to throw 
away. "Ex τῶν χερῶν is here understood, governed by ἐκβάλλων to 


40 


256 NOTES. EBoox. IL 


throw from their hands. Spelman renders ἐκβάλλων, “to pull out of 
the ground,” which is evidently incerrect. 

14. γέῤῥοις, wicker buchlers, — governed by ἐχιρῶνσο, above. 

15. φίρεσθι..) Schneider and Muretus omit this word. Hutchia- 
son would connect it with éuaZas only, having σῶν ὑποζυγόων under- 
stood, and implymg that the chariots were destitute ef the beasts of 
burden, and could not be drawn. But #tares, being connected with 
@uetas, by the conjunction, seems also te belong to φέρεσθα.. The 
sense therefore is, that the bucklers and the empty chariots were carried 
away from the field, for the purpose of fuel. 

21. ἐπιστήμων... «. τῶν ἀμφί, w. F X., skilled in every thing that 
appertains to militury tactics and the exercise of arms. 

25. εὑρίσκεσθαι. ..... Th... ++ ἀγαθόν, to obtain some ἔασον. 

28. σῶν νικώνφων».}] See F. Rule XVEF. 

32. σὰ ἱερά, the entrails of the victim sacrificed. The sentence, 
from ἐκάλεσε to ϑυοόμενος, is parenthetical. 

4. si, why, ts governed by χα τὰ understood. 

5. σείσας, by means of persuasion: αἰ ἔσται σοῖς σερατιώτκιῃ 
what will the soldiers receive, or what profit wilt it be to them? 

11. εἰ wupineos ὑμῖν, if he should deliver them up to you. 

20. ὦ vtavioxs. Some editions read Bsvepey, instead of Osiey- 
wes,in the thirteenth line, thereby making our author one of the pat- 
ties in this dialogue. But the weight of authority is im favor of 
Θεόπομποξ- 

25, #120 τ,» Governed by sara or εἰς understood. 

27. "Ev τούτῳ. ‘Fhat is, ἐν τούτῳ χρόνῳ. 

90. ἄσμενος.) See F. Rule II, Obs. 8. 

81. καὶ tyesis, as we also are ; that is, Ἕλληνες spin 

853. συμβουλευόμεθά σοι, we ask your advice, the verb being in the 
middle voice. 

2. ofc.) This isthe future of φέρω, from the obsolete οὔν. 

2. χρόνον ἀναλεγόμενον.) There is a peculiar force in this expre® 
sion; "Ἔσωτα χρόνον may be translated posterity, and ἀναλιγόμιν»» 
vecapitulating, scrutinizing. The sense is, Consider what will 1 
dound most to your honor with posterity, when they shall con 0 
these actiuns and exploits of ours. 

4. συμβουλενομίνοις « «..... αὐτοῖς, to them consulting him. 


Yaar. IL] NOTES. 257 


7. φαῦφα ὑφήγετο; artfully introduced these remarks. 40 
9. ὑσεσερίψας, having adroitly evaded a direct answer. 





CHAPTER If. 


12. φὰ ἱερά, the sacrifices. 41] 

13. Καὶ εἰκότως ἄρα οὐκ iviynre, And for a very good reason in- 
leed they were not fuvorable. 

16. ofev.] ‘This adjective is elegantly used in this elliptical man- 
ier, having the signification of possibility, with φοιοῦφος understood: 
3 οὗ μένειν οἷον, it is not possible to remain, for ob φοιοῦσον οἷον petvess, 
"HE CaSE is not such as to permit us to remain. 

17. παρά, to; on page 40, line 10, it means contrary to. 

19. ἀπίοντας δειφνιῖν, that we all retiring should sup, &c. The 
iccusative is not unfrequently used in this manner, before the infinitive, 
or the imperative. 

20. σημήνῃ.) See F. Rule III, Obs. 1. 

20. ὡς avawaiscla:, as if it were the signal for retiring to 
rest. 

21. ἀνατίθεσθε ix) τὰ ὑποξύγια, put the baggage upon the 
tumpter horses. 

22. σῷ τρίτῳ. That is, iwi R σῷ τρίτῳ enpsiy, at the third 
ignal. 

23. wets τοῦ ποταμοῦ, next to the river. 

23. σὰ δὲ 3xrra.] “Orda is here put for éwAiras, the heavy-armed 
'700))S. 

25. καὶ es λοιφόν.] Supply the eel καὶ εἷς σὸ λοιπὸν wed χρό» 
wv, and for the future. 

25. ὁ piv.) Referring to Katagyes. 

26. οἷα δι.) Supply φρονεῖν. 

28. ἐξ ᾿Εφίσον.) Supply σόλεως. 

28. μέχρι τῆς μάχης, as far as the battle-ground, which was Cu- 
naxa So awe τῆς μάχης, from the battle ground. 

29, παρασάγγαι.) Hence it appears that 535 parasangs equal 
16,050 stadia, or 1 parasang equals 80 stadia. “1 the whole number 
of marches in the history of the Expedition and Retreat, together with 

22° 


ν 


4] 


42 


43 


258 NOTES. [Boox IL 


the number of perasangs, as summed up by Xenophon, in Beoks II, 


V, and VII, be noted, that is, 93 marches equal te 535 parasangs, 
from Sardis to the field of battle at Cunaxa, and. 122 marehes, giving 
620 parasangs from thence to Cotyora, there will be an ayyregate of 
215 marches and 1155 parasangs. And accordingly, vy this state- 
ment, the mean march of the Greeks, taken throughout the whole 
Expedition and Retreat, is equal to 5.36 parasangs, or seekoned iz 
British miles, as nearly 15 as possible.” Rennell. See also note on 
page 4, line 20. 

11. ὥμοσαν.] This is the third person plur. first aor. of ὄμνυμι. 

14. σφάξαντι,.1] Among all tle nations of antiquity it was the 
custora to sanction and strengthen every important preceeding, par- 
ticularly leagues and treaties, by sacrifices. The Scythians used to 
dip the points of their spears into the blood of the immolated victim, 
as a confirmation of their oaths of fidelity. See Antiq. Part 5, 
Chap. 5. 

15. sis ἀσφίδα, into a shield. The shields or bucklers of the 
Greeks had a prominence in the middle of that side which was pre- 
sented to the enemy, called ὀμῷαλό;, a boss, for the purpose of glanc- 
ing off missive weapons; consequently there was a corresponding coD- 
cavity on the inner side. 

20. “Ἢν. This is governed by xara understood; xaf ἥν ii, 
the way by which. 

2]. ἀπολοίμειϑα.1 See ἀσόλλυμι.- 

26. Ilogtvrios.] This neuter adjective has the force of obligation, 
being similar to the Latin gerund. See F. Rule XXXIV. 

80. ebxtr:.] This adverb may qualify some verb or verbal undet- 
stood, as οὐκ Irs φοξητίον, μή, &c. “we need no longer fear that the 
king will be able.” 

S. Ἦν 33. .... ξυναμένη, this plan of the general was calculated 
for nothing else,” &c. 

δ. bv διξιᾷ ἔχοντες σὸν ἥλιον. They were therefore marching to 
the north. 

17. ἀσειφηπόσας, worn down with fatigue. 

21. κατισκήνωσιν, they pitched their tents: from κατὰ and mt 
vdeo, which is from σκηνή. 

41. dws τοῦ σερατιύματος. Schneider, Weiske, and Dindot, 
read ὑπὸ «οὖ βασιλικοῦ σεραφιύμαφοι. 


Cuap. Π1.] NOTES. 259 


24. ὡς ἰσύγχανον ἵκαστοι, where they happened to be, that is, with- 
out any regularity or method. 

26. τῶν «“ολιμίων.) This genitive is net governed by ἐγγύσασα, 
but by of, used partitively : those of the enemy who were nearest. 

4. ὃς ἂν τὸν afivra.....penvos, whoever shall discover the one that 
has let louse, &. Bornemann thinks that Clearehus here had in his 
mind the fable of 2-sop, which relates the exploits of the ass in a iion’s 
skin. Whether this be the allusion or not, the satire upon the tumult 
of the soldiers is admirable, and must have been far more effective in 
quieting them than any commands. For if the noise proceeded from 
fear, the soldiers saw at once the perfect absence of fear in their gene- 
rals, and were calined; but if from revelry, the comparison shamed 
them into silence. : 


CHAPTER III. 


19. ἐκάλεσε, sent for, and not ixiasves, ordered, as some editions 
have it. 

27. idl ὃ σολμήσων . ..... λίγων, neither is there any one s0 bold as 
to speak, -- a truly Spartan reply. 

3. ἡγιμόνας, guides, persons to conduet the army. 

4. avreise}] That is, αὐτοῖς μόνο:ς. 


δ. ἐοῦσι καὶ ἀπιοῦσιν, with those going and returning, that is, with. 


those who were the bearers of despatches between Artaxerxes and the 
Greeks. 

12. μὴ ἀσοδόξη ἡμῖν, lest ἐξ should not seem advisable to us. 

19. ὠσισθοφυλάκιι, took charge of the rear. 

20. αὐλῶσι, canals, aguecucts, from αὐγιών. There were many of 
these canals between the Euphrates and Tigris, constructed for the 
purpose of watering the intervening country. “In their way to the 
provision villages, on the short march of the second day, they crossed 
canals over which it was necessary to make temporary bridges, 
Whether these were canals drawn from the larger ones, for the pur- 
pose of irrigation, such as Xenophon saw near St/ace, or whether they 
-were the same which they had crossed in their way downwards, and 
must have re-crossed in their march northward ; or, lastly, whether 


44 


46 


47 


260 NOTES. [Boor IL 


they were not drawn immediately from a branch of the Tigris, for the 
purpose of irrigation, cannot be known.” Rennell. 

23. dv..... καταμαϑεῖν, literally, ἐξ was to see, that is, one 
could see. ὡς ἱσιστάτει, how he discharged the duties of a com- 
mander. 

25. σιταγμίνων.) That is, those appointed to superintend the 
passages of the ditches ard canals, and remove all obstructions. 

26. σὸν ἰπ:τήδεον.)] The primary significations of this word are, 
jit, suitable, deserving. Here it has the last meaning, in reference 
to the verb which follows, ἔσαισεν * ἐσισήδειον, deserving punishment. 
The meaning is, and if any of those to whom this work was intrud- 
ed, appeared to be lazy, Clearchus selected him, who was worthy of 
nunishment, and chastised him. 

28. πρὸς αὐτόν.) The preposition weés seems sometimes to be 
used with the accusative, denoting the instrument. Here πρὸς αὐτὸν 
answers to ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, by him. Some think the text should be x94 
φοῦτο, to this work, Bornemann reads weds αὐτοῦ. 

82. dex.) From this it appears that the summer, the season for 
watering the country, had passed. 

5. ἔψησόν, prepared by boiling. / 

6. cies.) An elliptical phrase for σοιαῦφαι μὲν οἵας. 

7. ἀσίκεινφο, are reserved for. 

9. ἠλίκσρου.) The color of amber is very near that of gold. 

10. σραγήμαφςα.)] Supply &s* παρὰ πόφον, inter bibendum. 

11. κιφαλαλγίς, causing the headache, heady; from κεφαλή, tt 
head, and ἄλγος, pain: ἡδύ, supply τὸ σράγημα, used as a dessert. 

11. ἐγκίφαλον, the pith of the top of the palm tree. 

15. ὅλος ἐξηναίνετο, was wholly withered up: from ἐξαναίνω. 

22. κἀμήχανα, and insuperable, inexplicable, for καὶ ἀμήχανα. 

23. εὕρημα ἱποιησάμην.)] The word εὕρημα (from εὑρίσκω, (0 
find,) means any thing found, a discovery; hence, an unexpected 
gain, a profit, or advantage ; εὕρημα iwoimcduny, I considered it as 6 
happy circumstance. 

27. ὅτι, that; ὅτι, because. 

Ll. ἐν δωνῷ, in difficulty. 

12. ἠἡσχύνθημιν, we should deem it shameful, or we should consider 
ἃ as offering an indignity both to the gods and to men. 


Cuar. IV.] NOTES. 261 


13. σαρέχοντις ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς εὖ sroniv, having suffered ourselves to 41 
be benefited by his, or, to have received favors frum him. 

24. μενόντων. Attic for μενέτωσαν. 

27. σώζειν, to conduct them safely. 

SO. § μήν] These particles contain a strong affirmation, and 
generally precede an oath. Ἡμᾶς, understood, is the accusative 
before wagiges, 


CHAPTER IV. 


᾿ 23, περὶ waveas ἄν «οιήσατο, would esteem it of the ee con- 48 
sequence. 

26. ὅσως οὖκ ἱπιθήσετα, ἡμῖν, but that he will atlack us. 

2. χκαφαγιλάσαντις, having held him in derision. It is said of 49 
those who, having offered violence to others, depart with impunity. 

᾿ οὐδ᾽ ὁπόθεν. 1 That is, οὐδ᾽ οὐδεὸς σ΄αρίξε; ὁ τόϑεν. 

ἀφισεήξει, will withdraw ; from ἀφιστάχω, same as ἀφίσεηριι, 

10. ὄνσες.] That is, dress Φίλοι. 

19. ϑεοὺς ἐσιορκῆσαι, to offenr. the gods — perjury. 

22. ἦγι δί) These words relate to Orontas, 

C2. ἐκ σοῦ αὐτοῦ.) That is, ix σοῦ αὐτοῦ σόπου. 

8. weds 76 Mndias..... φεῖχος.} “ At the ond of the third march 50 
from the villages, the Greeks came to the Wall of Media, built ef burnt 
bricks, laid in bitumen, and said to be twenty feet thick, and 160 feet 
in height. This wall appears to have stretched across ‘he narrow 
isthmus, between the Tigris and Euphrates, terminating on the former 
a little above the site of Bagdad, and im the latter not far from the 
outlet of the Nahr-Malka canal. Its length was about 24 Britiea 
miles, and its use was, to protect the lower and more fruitful parts of 
Mesopotamia, from the inroads of the Medes" or the Assyrians of 
Ninevah.” Rennell. 

5. «λίνθοις ἐπ ταῖς, of burnt bricks. 

13. ἐσὶ τὰς μελίνας.}] Suppiy κατασίμοντα. 'Esi, for, for the 
benefit of, as the panic requires much moisture. 

15. Σ,τάμη.)] The modern city upon this place is Bagdad. 

23, καὶ ravra.| When καὶ cade are used in this manser they 


50 


51 


52 


262 NOTES. [Boox IL 


may be rendered, although, especially, purticularly. Here, atthough is 
the best translation. There is of course some word to be supplied, 
as ἐσοιοῦν, and HE DID these things coming from Aricus. There is 
a similar phraseology in our language, — and thaé too. “ Fe did not 
inquire for Menon, and tkat too, coming as he did from Arizeus.” 

1. Νιανίσκος.}) Some suppose that this is Xenophon, who mod- 
estly calls himself a youth. 

15. διιλόντες.) Before Bornemann’s edition of Schneider ap- 
peared, the texts commonly had διελθόνφες, though the commentators 
observed that οὐ should be inserted before it. Weiske even inserted οὐ 
without the authority of any manuscript; for otherwise there would 
be no sense in the passage. The part of the country near Babylon, 
between the Euphrates and Tigris was called 6 νῆσος, the island, a8 


_ rivers and the canals surrounded it on all sides. The Greeks were 


on this νῆσος, and the Persians feared Jest (according to Weiske) they 
would not pass the bridge, but keep on the island which was so wel 
defended. But Bornemann happily conjectured that it should be 
διελόνσες instead of διελθόνφες, and thereby was under no necessity of 
inserting ob. Besides the sense is even better. ‘ The Persians fearing 
lest the Greeks, tearing down the bridge, would remain on the island,” 
&e. 

19. ἀποστροφή, a refuge, a place of retreat. 

27. διαβαινόντων.) Genitive absolute, αὐτῶν being understood. F. 
R. X XXIII, Obs. 4. 

5. εἰς dve.} According to Vigerus, two by two, or two deep. 

6. HArAore καὶ ἄλλοτε ἐφιστάμενος, now and then ordering them bo 
halt. 

7. «ὸ ἡγούμενον, the first part, the van ; μέρος is to be supplied. 

20. σχεδίαις διφϑερίναις.ἢ To this day the Tigris is crossed in the 
same manner. 

22. Ζάβατον.) This river is now called the Greater Zab. 

25. σνγγινίσϑαι Τι σσαφίονε.}] The history of the conference 
between the Grecian generals and Tissaphernes, which led to the 
massacre of the former, by Clearchus’ falling into the snare so att: 
fully laid for him, is related very c::cumstantially and clearly by Xeno 
phon. By that it appears that the credulity of Clearchus was beyond 
all example ; and is the more remarkable, in that he was himself 30 
deeply impressed with the idea of mutual jealousies and suspicions, that 


Cuar. V.] NOTES. 263 


he sought an explanation. But Clearchus had, in his turn, been guilty 
of treachery and murder, at Byzantium, much in the same way ; and, 
like other murderers, was perhaps bereft of his judgment and pres- 
ence of mind, and thus drew down a just punishment upon himself. 


CHAPTER V. 


8. ἤδη, heretofore: οἷδα ἤδη, have known, which refers to past 
time. Observe that ἀνθρώπους, persons, and not ἄνδρας is used. 

10. φθάσαι, to anticipate, to be beforehand with any one. F. Rule 
XXXII, Obs, 2. 

17. rev... 4. ϑεῶν σόλεμον, the divine wrath. This sentence contains 
a sublime description of the omniscience and omnipotence of the 
Deity. 

22. wag’ οἷς ἡμεῖς σὴν φιλίαν συνθέμενοι κατιδίμεθα, with whom we, 
having formed an alliance, have entrusted our friendship. 

51. ἔφεδρον.) The allusion here to the public games is very beau- 
tiful. It was customary for those who entered the lists, as wrestlers, 
in the Olympic games, to draw lots for their antagonists. A num- 
ber of pellets were put into an urn, upon every two of which was in- 
scribed the same letter, and those who drew tle same letter wrestled 
together. But if the number of wrestlers was odd, he who drew the 
odd pellet wrestled last of all with him who had the mastery, and was 
therefore called ἔφεδρος (from ia} and ἕξω), as coming after the rest. 
So Artaxerxes is here called σὸν μέγιστον ἔφεδρον, the most powerful 
champion ; and Clearchus says, “If we overcome all our other ene- 
mies, we have still to contend with tue μέγισεον ἔφεδρον. 

7. ᾿Αλλὰ μήν. The force of these particles is, “ but besides what I 
have already advanced, I have yet more to remark ;”’ or, as we should 
say, but this is not all, for, &c. 

16. vy.] Attic for ei. 

21. +8.) The article joined to the infinitive, which, together, are 

“used asa noun. See Matthia, Art. 589. F. Rule XXX. 

22. δεινὸς λίγειν, powerful in speaking, eloquent. 

80. ἀντάχουσον, hear me in reply, 

5. φαμιύεσθαι, to select at our pleasure. 

16. ἀνάγκῃ ἱχομένων, of those pressed by want. 


264 NOTES. (Boor It. 


55 19. ἐξόν.) The Attics frequently use the neuter participles ἐξόν, 
ἰνόν, waeéy, absolutely, for the impersonal verb. Thus ἐξόν, when it & 
lawful, or, as it means in this place, when it isin our power. F. Rule 
XXXII, Obs. 3. 

25. tel τῇ xtQary.) The sense is, that, although, according to 
the customs of Persia, the king alone be permitted lo wear an upright 
turban upon his head, another may easily preserve an upright heart 
towards you who so much favor him. 

29. οὑκοῦν.) This particle means both therefore mot, and there- 
Jore, and receives the accent on the syllable in which the 
principal meaning is contained: when it signifies therefore not, 
ev is accented, as οὔκουν. when therefore, the latter syllable οὐκ, as 
οὐκοῦν. It is ulso used interrogatively in the sense of therefore not, 
QS οὐκοῦν ἄξ,οΐ εἶσε τὰ ἴσχατα wads»; do not those therefore deserve” 
to suffer the severest punishment ? 

29. roevrav.....tragyvévrwy.] A parenthetical clause in the 
genitive absolute, since there are so many inducements for us to cul- 
tivate friendship. 

56 6. φιλικῶς οἰόμενος διωκεῖσϑαι cy TireaGigvs.} Weiske suggests 
a difficulty in this sentence, arising from the participle eiagesves, as if 
Clearchus did not know his own mind. Bornemann would read Tie - 
σαφίρνην αὐτῷ, thinking that Tissaphernes was friendly disposed o- 
wards him. But if διακεῖσθαι be used in a passive sense, the difficulty 
would be removed : literally, thinking that i was well disposed by 
Tissaphernes, that is, that ἘΣ ΘῊΣ possessed a friendly feeling 
towards the Greeks. 

57 15. "Easi d ἔστησαν sis ἱπήποον, When they had placed themselves 
in a place where they could be heard. 

26. vopessiv, that you would consider ; Attic for vegeious. 

28. ὧς. Some commentators think that this should be ὧν, the 
adverb, thus. But may it not connect αἰσχύνεσθε with ἀπολωλίκπατι" 

do you not stand in fear of both gods and men, THAT you have jnut t 
death, that is, Because you have jrut to death, δια, Larcher and 
Schneider reject ὡς altogether. Dindorf remarks that “all the com 
mentators do not perceive that Cleanor is intent only upon heaping 
up proofs of the treachery of Arizus and Tissapbernes, neglecting the 
elegancies of composition, and sty 


Cuar. VI.] NOTES. 265 


CHAPTER VI. 


8. Οἱ μέν.) ‘The treacherous massacre of the Greek generals 
and other officers, together with the sudden hostility at the Zabatus, 
might have effected the entire destruction of their army, had they not 
been accustomed to encamp apart from the Persians, at the distance 
of a parasang ; which cautious measure appears to have been adopted 
from the beginning. This gave the Greeks time to stand to their 
ars, before the Persians could attack them ; and as villany seldom 
sees its way clear enough to accomplish its utmost designs, the Per- 
sians do not seem to have taken such advantages, as the occasion of- 
fered. Had they kept the main body of their cavalry ready to attack 
the Grecian camp, at the instant of the massacre, instead of sending 
a detachment only, to scour the plain and cut off stragglers, irrepara- 
ble mischief might have been done.” Rennell. 

13, «αρίμενιν, he remained firmly at home. 

15. ὡς ἰδύνατο.}] Weiske would render this, exerting his greatest 
influence. But such a translation would require ws ἐδύνατο μά- 


λιστα. Xenophon seems to touch but lightly this unjust act of Cle- | 


archus. ὥς ἐδύνασο may be translated as he was able, that is, by 
what means he could. 

16. ᾿Εφόρων.} See Antiq. Part 4. Chap. 5. 

19. ᾿Ισδμοῦ.1 That is, the Isthmus of Corinth. 

22. ἔπεισι.) Xenophon does not mean to say that Clearchus per- 
suaded Cyrus to undertake a war against his-brother ; but the word 
trucos refers to what follows, δίδωσι δὲ αὐτῷ Κῦρος μυρίους δαρεικούᾳ. 

26. ἔφερε καὶ ἤγεν, he plundered and laid waste. 

4. ἰξόν.) See F. Rule XXXIII, Obs. 3: πολεμῶν, see F. Rule 
XXXII, Obs. 5. 

δ. μείονα ταῦτα ποιεῖν, to diminish these very riches. 

10. ἀρχικός, skilled as a general. 

10. ὡς Suvaedy..... εἶχεν, as far as one could be, from such a dis 
position as he (Clearchus) possessed. 

12. %u.}] Some editions read ἔχοι, in the optative, which, as con- 
nected with ὅσως, would seem to be better. 

17. Ses, at times. For as he sometimes punished in anger, he 


23 


59 


59 


60 


61 


8 


΄ 


266 NOTES. _ [Boor IL 


would, of course, at times, experience regret, when his passion hac 
aubsided. 

17. γνώμῃ, with deliberation. 

22. ἀπροφασίστως, promptly, without hesitation. 

24. ¢é στυγνόν, sternness; φαιδρόν, mildness. 

26. ἐῤῥωμίνον, firmness. 

SS. ὑπὸὺ σοῦ δεῖσθαι, compelled by necessity. 

3. χρησίμους, x. σ. 2.) That is, “ Whoever could desert him in 
peace, always did so. But if, from any circumstances, they were 
compelled to folluw his standard, there were many things which tended 
to make them good soldiers while they were with him.” 

11, %8wxs.] Proxenus paid tuition-money to the philosopher Gor. 
gias, as his instructer, who is said to have received a hundred mina 
(about sixteen hundred dollars) from each pupil. 

16. σφόδρα ἴνδηλον αὖ καὶ τοῦτο εἶχεν, on the other hand he made 
this disposition strikingly evident, namely, that, &c. 

28. siperaxsigiory, one that can be easily imposed upon. 

9. μόνος ᾧττο sidivas ῥᾷσσον ὅν, he supposed himself the only perm, 
who knew it to be an easy thing. 

28. ἀγίνειος, a youth without a beard. 

1. αἰκισθεὶς ἱἰνιαυτόν, having suffered torture for a whcle year. 
Weiske is of the opinion that Menon might have died from a severe 
disease, or that the protracted punishment here spoken of, might have 
been neglect and contempt from the king. But the word aixtis 
according to authorities produced by Schneider, was generally, if ot 
always, applied to the death of malefactors who were deprived of their 
hands and feet, or who suffered death by torture of any kind. 


BOOK THIRD. 


CHAPTER I. 


17. ἀϑύμως ἴχοντις.1 Instead of ἄϑυμοι ὄντες. Adverbs are 63 
often put with the verb ἔχεν in the same sense as the adjectives core 
responding to those adverbs, with the verb sivas. as χαλῶς ἔχει», for 
καλόν ἶστι. Matthie, Art. 612. 

18. ὀλίγοι δὲ wig ἀνίκαυσαν, few lighted up any id in the hope 
of getting victuals to cook. 

18. ivi. .... σὰ ὅπλα, to their quarters, where their arms were. 

4. Esvopav.] The modesty of Xenophon, in speaking of himself, 64 
is here particularly observable. 

6. Lives ὧν ἀρχαῖος, having been formerly a guest. 

8. ὃν αὐτὸς ifm χριίστω ἱαντῷ νομίζειν τῆς πατρίδος, who, in his 
oprinion, he said, would be of greater service to him, than his country. 

“Ὃν refers to Cyrus, and ἑαυτῷ to Proxenus. 

9. ἀνακοινοῦται, communicates with, consulls with. 

22. ἰτέον] A neuter adjective, from sis, fo go, and implies ne- 
cessity, like the Latin gerund, . F. Rule XXXIV. 

23. deov.] Imperfect of ἔρομαι. 

29. ἡ στρατεία, the expedition; λήξῃ from λήγω. 

2. Φοξούμενοι δὲ σὴν ὁδόν, terrified at the length of the way. 65 

9. σῇ μίν, in some respects ; πῇ δί, in other respects. 

19. imi, in the power of. 

21. ὑξριζορεένους ἀποθανεῖν, to die in a most ignominious man- 
ner. 

83. οὐδεὶς oddiv.] A double negation,'to give additional strength 
to the remark. 

1. εἰ ὑφησόμιεθα, if we become remiss. 66 


67 


268 NOTES. [Boox III. 


7. “Ag οὐκ ἄν ba) «ἂν ἴλθοι; will he not resort to every expedient? 

12. ἡμᾶς... ... οἰκτείρων, to deplore our condition. 

13. αὐσῶν is governed by χώραν. j 

15. σὰ..... φῶν orgaringey, the circumstances of the soldiers. 

17. ὅσου δὶ ὠνησόμεθα, with which we might make purchases. “Orw 
is the genitive of price, and ἔχοντας governs ¢) understood, the ante- 
cedent of srev. 

24. kywveliras.] The judges who awarded the prizes to the con 
querors at the public games, were called ἀγωνοθέφαι. 

25. Οὗσοι, these men, that is, the Persians; αὐφοὺς refers to the 
gods. 

31. of δὲ &dess.] There appears to be a peculiar, though latent 
beauty in these words, which seem to refer to the phrase σὺν τοῖς 
Ssois, in the line above. The idea is, We, having the favor of the 
gods, are more likely to have our lives preserved, whereas mere men 
(ci δὲ ἄνδρες, men of themselves, without divine protection,) are more 
exposed to wounds and death. 

33. ᾿Αλλ᾽ ows γάρ. In this sentence γὰρ connects something 
understood 5 — But IT 18 NOT NECESSARY FOR ME TO SaY¥ ANY THING 
MORE, fur probably, &c. 

11, βοιωφσιάξων, speaking coarsely like a Beotian. 

12. si dvvesro.] That is, si δύναισο «είδειν. 

14. μιταξὺ ὑπολαβών, (λέγοντα understood, ) while he was speaking. 
MiraZi is joined with participles in any case, having the siyrnification 
of inter and the gerunds in dum. See F. Rule XXXII, Obs. 7. 

16. "Ev σαὐτῷ... ... σούφοις, in the same place with these, that is, 
in company with them: ταὐφῷ for τῷ αὐτῷ. 

17. piya φρονήσας iwi τούτῳ, vaunting greatly at this circum 
stance. 

28. εἷς σαὐσὸ ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς, in the same rank with ourselves. 

29. ὡς ποιούτῳ χρῆσθαι to treat him as such, that is, as one only 
fit for carrying the baggage. 

2. ὦτα τιτρυπημίνον" See F. Rule XLII. Apollonides was ὃ 
Lydian by birth, and had been a servant in Boeotia, where he had 
learned their dialect. Proxenus brought him into Asia, and gave him 
his liberty. 

5. ὑφοστρατηγόν.)] This word seems to be synonymous with es- 
ξίκρχος. 


Cuar. IL] NOTES. 269 


6. εἰς 8 πρόσθεν] That is, sis σὸ πρόσθεν χωρίον, before the camp, G8 
where the soldiers were quartered. 

22. μέγιστον ἔχεφσε καιρόν, you have before you the most important 
Crisis. 

81. σοῦ wanbovs, than the multitude. 

82. προξουλεύειν, to be superior in counsel. 

8. ais... συνελόνσι εἰπεῖν, tu speak briefly: supply λόγῳ. 69 

6. "Easudev.] The order is, ᾿Εν σειδὰν δὲ χασασφτήσησθε revs 
ἄρχοντας, ὅσου; δεῖ, οἶμαι, ὑμᾶς wavy ἄν by xawy ποιῆσαι, ἣν, 
He Te Ao 

12. ὡς μὴ σοῦτο μόνον ivvowvras, 80 that they would not dwell upon 
this alone. 

17. ἐπισοσολύ. For iat φσὸ woav. 

18. οἱ ἐναντίοι οὐ δέχονται, those opposing them cannot sustain their 
altack. τούτους governed by δέχονται. 

27. wagaxadsiv.] That is, σαρακαλεῖν ἀγαθοὺς ἄνδρας sivas. 

3. συγκαλοῦμεν.)] Porson considers this the future Attic. 70 

5. xugvg.] See Antiq. Part 8. Chap. 6. 


CHAPTER II. 


19. ix τῶν «΄αρόνφων.. . « « « ἐλθεῖν, to emerge out of our present 
difficulties. ; 

21. ἀλλά, certainly, at least. See Vig. Chap. 8. Sec. 1. 

29. ἐσὶ rovres, in addition to these things, morcover. 

2. Δία Hiner.) The Grecian deities had each his peculiar title 7] 
and province. Jupiter was considered as the guardian of the rites of 
hospitality and the procector of strangers. Hence he was addressed 
under the appellation of Rives. See Antiq. Part 5. Chap. 5. 

22. σοὺς erearnyovs.] The accusative for the nominative, for 
ὁρῶντας εἷα οἱ σερατηγοὶ «επόνθασιν. 

27. «φάρονυταί cis.) The Greeks were peculiarly a superstitious 
people and observant of every outward sign. Sneezing in a par- 
ticular manner was enough to dissuade one from any business, or 
encourage him to undertake it. See Antiq. Part 5. Chap. 13. 

28. μιᾷ ὁρμῇ, simultaneously. 


23 * 


270 NOTES. [Boox IL 


71 80. eiavis.] This word is very general in its application, being 
used in reference to all kinds of omens. 

31. Sieur σωτήρια.) Θύματα is understood ; — to offer sacrifices 
Sor safity received ; literally, to offer safety-sacrifices. 

72 1. ἀνατεινάτω chy χεῖρα.) It was the custom of the Greeks, in 
all their public assemblies, to signify their wishes by holding up their 
hands. See Antig. Part 3. Chap. 10. 

15 wapaAntsi στόλῳ.) Supply σύν. The battle of Marathon is 
here alluded to, in which, according to Nepos, the Persians had a 
huadied thousand foot and ten thousand horse. Xenophon cou!d'not 
have made a happier allusion, to. inspire the Greeks with confidence 
and courage. 

19. οὐκ εἶχον ixavds.] Herodotus says that six thousand four 
hundred Persians were k:lled in the battle. 

23. τούσων.] That is, of the men with whom you have now to 
fight. 

7 8. of Ἰζυρεῖοι, the Persians on the side of Cyrus. 

21. be) τῆς γῆς βιξηκόσες, treading firmly on the ground. 

23. ‘Ev) μόνῳ, in one respect only. . 

80. σερὶ σὰς ἰἱαυτῶν Ψυχὰς καὶ τὰ σώματα, at the peril of life and 
limb ; meaning, probably, that they would be put to death by mutila- 
tion and torture, to which severe death all traitors were subject. 

83. μηδὲ cevre ies ἔχοντας, not any longer having this; that is, 
φοῦφο ἀργύριον. 

38. αὐφςούς, that we ourselves. 

4 5. καὶ μεγάλως ἡγεισθε ἰξαπατηθῆναι διαξάντες, and you think 
that you have been greatly deceived in crossing the river. That 

_ is, -— “that the Persians, ininducing you to cross, have greatly de- 
ceived you.” . 

3. ποσαμοὺς ἄσορον)] χρῆμα understood. The same ellipsis is 
found in Latin ; ériste lapus stabulis. 

7. Ei δὲ μήδ᾽ of σοταμοὶ διοίσουσιν] Some of the Latin commet- 
tators have rendered this passage, — but if the rivers would not perm 
usto pass. But the verb διαφίρω means to differ, and from tke pre- 
ceding sentences it would secm to mean so here. Xenophon therefore 
says, “ For although all rivers, at a great distance from their source) 
may be impassable, yet, if we follow them up we shall be able to cross 
without going up to our knees. But even if there were no difference 


Corar. ITT. ] NOTES. 271 


between the width of rivers at their sources and their outlets, and 74 
therefore we be unable to pass, still there would be no cause for dejec- 
tion, for we can settle here.’ He then states the inducements or 
settling in the king’s territories. The reader will perceive the con- 
summate art with which this speech is wrought up. 

16. avrev wov, somewhere in this reyton. 

18. σοῦ... 2. ἰκαίμψειν, of sending, that is, ‘that he would will. 
ingly give many hostages as a security that he would,.without fraud, 
conduct them out of the country.” 

21. ᾿Αλλά.] The force of this is—-but 1 Do ΝΟΥ THINK ΣῈ EX- 
YEDIENT ΤῸ Do 80, fur fear, δες, 

24. μή.} It will be observed that this negative particle is here 
repeated. 

24, λωτοφάγο..) Homer (Odyss. /, 83.) says, that those who eat 
of the Jutus, never think of returning home. The fruit is said to be 
very delicious. 

28. ἰξόν.)] See note, page 55, line 19. 

1. phe... σ“τρατηγῇ, muy not affect our march. 715 

8. Αὗται γὰρ αὖ, for these equally. 

5. τὰ σερισσά, the things which are not necessary. 

8. Kearovpivuy..... drs πάντα ἀλλόφρια, for you know indeed 
that every thing belonging to the conquered passes into the hands 
of others. 

24. *Aaad.] See note, page 74, line 21. 

27. ravry.] ὁδῷ understood. 

27. ἰδιώτης, a private soldier. 

8. πλαίσιον.} This was an oblong figure, approaching a square. γῇ 
See note on page 26, line 28. 

15. Λακιδαιμόνιοςρ.) Clirisophus takes the highest post of honor, 
as the Lacedemonians, at that time, were possessed of the sovereignty 
of Greece. 


CHAPTER III. 


20. Swistpwees, sent asa spy. Some copies read ὅσια τοί, sus- 77 
pected. 


77 


78 


79 


272 NOTES. [Boox IIL 


21. wierswe ivexa.] That is, he was with Mithridates, in order 
to serve the cause of Tissaphernes, and report to him whatever might 
be said. 

22. «πόλιμον ἀκήρυχτον, war unpreceded by a declaration, or “in 
which no intercourse of criers or heralds is permitted between the par- 


ties.” It was always cystomary, before going to war, to announce 
hostile intentions by means of heralds, κήρυκες. The Greeks seem 
therefore determined to despense with this ceremony, having 
sucu a perfidious enemy to deal with, with whom no treaties could 
be made. 

27. διαβάντες σὸν Ζάβαςον.)] Major Rennell remarks, that “it 
appears extraordinary that Xenophon should be silent respecting the 
mode of passing the Zabatus. It was performed under the eye of the 
enemy, who did not attempt to molest the Greeks, although in full 
day-light: for no kind of obstruction or difficulty is mentioned.” 

8. χκαφικίκλεινσο, had retired under cover of the heavy-armed 
soldiers. 

13. ix πολλοῦ. That is, ἐκ σολλοῦ διαστήμασι. 

25. καὶ αὐτὸ σὸ ἴργον αὐτοῖς μαρτυροίη, and that the action itsdf 
was witness for them. 

5. ἐκ τόξου ῥύματος, by bow-shot. 

5. “Hysis.] Some editions read ἡμῖν, to be governed by δεῖ, But 
the reading of our text presents no difficulties: construe, εἰ μὲν οὖν 
ἡμεῖς μίλλομεν. 

11. χειροᾳληθίσι «οἷς λίθοις, stones as large as the fist. 

13. wiwavras] From σάω or rdéopas, to possess. 

14. σούτων.)] That is, σφενδονῶν, for these slings; ἀναὶ being 
understood. = 

14. φῷ μὲν αὐτῶν, to one part of them. 

16. σφινδονᾶν ἀντεταγμένῳ ἐβίλοντι, to him who is willing to be en 
rolled as a slinger. 

25. "ἔδοξε ταῦτα. “The first deficiency felt was that of cavalry 
and slingers, to repel those of the enemy, who taught them this 
want, during the first very short march, which indeed presented a very 
unpromising aspect. But the Greeks surmounted every difficulty: 
they halted during the whole of the succeeding day, and employed it 
1m equipping and mounting fifty horsemen, on the best of the horses 


Cuar. IV.] NOTES 273 


that were found among the baggage, and also in forming a 79 
body of two hundred slingers, out of the Rhodians, and others in 
the army.” 


CHAPTER IV. 


4. ArmBsBnxie:.] An example of a definite tense, indicating the 80 
precise point of time, αὐ the very moment they had crossed over. 

15. κατειλήφει.) Supply “Eaanves. 

16. ἰσήμηνι.] That is, ὁ σαλφιγκτὴς ἰσήμηνε. F. Rule III, 
Obs. 1. 

17. οἱ δέ} Referring to the Persians. 

22. ἠκίσανφο. It will be perceived that the Greeks mangled the 
bodies of the dead only. 

2. ἥλιος δὴ νιφίλην σροκαλύψας ἠφάνισε. Although this reading 81 
is found in many of the manuscripts, it is hardly possible to translate 
it and make sense. Stephanus, Hutchinson, Weiske and Dindorf 
read ἥλιον δὲ νεφίλη σροκαλύψασα, ἠφάνισε, a clrud having passed be- 
fore the sun, obscured it, which i* intelligible. But then another dif. 
ficulty presents itself. Did Xenophon relate this as a matter of fact, 
or as a fabulous tradition of the inhabitants of the city? Undoubted- 
ly the latter; for long before this time the Greeks knew enough of 
astronomy to know the cause of an eclipse, that it was produced by 
the intervention of the moon between the sun and the earth. Again: 
why should the inhabitants have been struck with such consternation, 
as to luse all their energy and suffer their city to be taken, at the 
mere passing of a cloud over the disk of the sun, since this is almost 
an every-day occurrence? From considerations like these it has been 
conjectured that the true reading of this passage is, ἥλιον δὲ σελήνη 
προκαλύψασα, ἠφάνισε. 

4. idaw.] Second aor., in a passive sense, of ἁλίσχω.Ό The 
regular second aur. is ἥλων, but the Attic idawy is more generally 
used. 

9. σεῖχος, a castle or fortification. 

11. λίθου... 2. πεογχυλιάφου, marble firured by petrified shells. 

- 18. ἰωβροντήσονι.) There seem to be many fabulous traditions 
connected with the cities in this region. At one place an eclipse of 


274 NOTES. {Boox TIL 


81 the sun, at another, thunder and lightning, drive the superstitious in- 
habitants from their homes. ἡ 

22. ου;. To supply the ellipsis, and preserve the English order, 
ἔχων τούτους ἱπαίας, ἔχων οὖς τε αὐσὸς ἦλθεν. 

32. οὐδὲ γάρ, x. «. λ.] That.is, the enemy were so thick, that 
every arrow took effect. 

SZ 12. μεῖον ἔχονσες, having been worsted. 

17. wAaiosy ἰσόπλευρον, a square. From this it appears that the 
«λαίσιον was a generic term. When used without any qualifying 
adjective it would seem to mean an oblong, or rectangle. 

28. siswibsroy. | That is, σὺ σλαΐσιον siswibsror, the square was 
exposed to attack. 

29. ἀνὰ ixariy.] ᾿Ανὰ signifies equal division or distribution: 
ἀνὰ ἱκατὸν, into a hundred men each. 

' $8. Sers μὴ ἐνοχλεῖν τοῖς κίρασι, 80 that no confusion might take 
place in the wings, or soas not to be in the way of the flanks. 

83. rics δὶ «αρῆγον ἔξωθεν τῶν κεράτων, then again they marched, 
but altogether detached from the wings. 

83 1. σὸ μέσον ἀνιξισίμαλασαν «..... κατ᾽ ἀνωμοσία,, they filled 
up the vacancy, left by the expansion of the wings, that is, in siz 
bodies of 100 men each when the vacancy was small; in twelve 
bodies of 50 each when larger; and when very large, in twenty-four 
bedies of 25 each. ‘The text of this whole passage relative to the 
change in the military disposition of the Greeks, is pronounced by 
nearly all the commentators to be corrupt, and military men acknowl- 
edge that they do not understand it. But that the new disposi- 
tion was such as to remedy the circumstances of the old, is evident 
from the whole context. The square presented too extended a front, 
and therefore they changed it for an oblong. But the evil which 
Xenophon lays most stress on, was the difficulty of filling up prompt- 
ly the openings of the rear, made by the separation of the wings, 
on occasion of forming the square anew, after coming out of a defile. 
If the six hundred men formed the rear face of the oblong, one can- 
not well comprehend how the companies under the mew disposition 
could extricate themselves froma defile, with more celerity than the 
troops which composed the rear face of the square under the old one. 
But the number (600) was too small to form a rear face, and it may 


Cuar. IV.] NOTES. 275 


therefore be presumed that there is an error in the number of the new 83 
companies, and that, instead of six, there were enough to form a 
rear face of sufficient depth to the oblong. 

17. ὑτὸ μασσίγων, under the lash. It was usual for the Persian 
generals to flagellate their soldiers to make them do their duty in 
battle. 

24. wots τὸ ἄλλο στράσιυμα.)] That is, when these archers and 
slingers returned, down the hill, to the main body, they were again 
assaulted with stones and arrows. 

3. "Evravée.] ‘In the villages on the mountains they stayed 84 
three days, both on account of the wounded, and because they found 
great plenty of provisions laid up for the satrap of the country. 
This position must have been situated immediatcly over the present 
town of Zaco.” 

28. ἰκήρυξι.) Thatis, ὁ κήρυξ ἱκήρυξι. 

8. τῇ δὲ σετάρτῃ.} It was late on the fourth day’s march from the 85 
Zaco hills (making the 14th from the Zabatus) when the Greeks found 
a large body of the enemy in possession of certain heights, which com- 
manded the road, in their front, they having passed the Greeks in the 
night. Tissaphernes, at the same time, appeared in sight with the 
main body, threatening their rear. Much general gallantry and ex- 
ertion were employed in dispossessing the encmy, by a detachment 
led by Xenophon in person. They finally passed the eminence, 
which appears tohave been another projection from the greater 
mountains, and descended into the plains beyond it. This plain was 
situated immediately below the place where the steep and lofty moun- 
tains of the Carduchians terminate on the banks of the Tigris, effec- 
tually barring the passage upwards, and thus preventing their 
tracing it till it became fordabie. Here then they were totally 
at a stand ; the river was found too deep to be furded, and the enemy 
appeared in front on the opposite bark, without doubt fully prepared 
for this exigency which they had foreseen. 

23. οἱ ὑσὶρ τῆς ὅδοῦ, those who beset our way. 

28. ἀπὸ vod στόματος, from the front. 

28. μακράν.) Thisis for κατὰ μακρὰν dds. 


276 NOTES. {Boor IIL 


CHAPTER VIL 


᾿ 87 9. Καὶ οἱ wiv... . . βοηϑείας, then Chirisophus with his men cams 
back from relieving their companions. The situation of things is this: 
Chirisophus with his men came down first from the hill and encamped 
in the plain; while there, Tissaphernes suddenly appears, and cuts 
off some of the Greeks who were out on a foraging expedition. Chiri- 
sophus then marches fo the relief of the foragers, and when he sees 
the Persians setting fire to the villages he returns again to his own 
camp on the plain. 

921. bel τὰς σκηνὰς ἀφῆλθον)] As it has been said before, that the 
Greeks burned their tents, this sentence must mean, when they re- 
turned into the nouses of the villages, or into their quarters, as they 
were now quaitered at these ee 

24. wevapis, the river Tigris 

“17. κατὰ σιτρακιςχιλίους, by four thousands, or four thousand 
at a time. 

33. Tevross.] That is, τούφοις δεσμοῖξ. 

88 9. wigay «ολλοὶ iwesis.] From this it appears that part of the 
enemy’s cavalry were on the other side of the Tigris. 

11. sig redpewnds ἢ πρὸς Βαβυλῶνα, by a way different from that 
which leads into Babylon. 

18. ca μέν.) Supply μέρη" and with eas, ὅδοῦ is to be supplied; 
the parts of the road. 

24. Kagdovxous.] - “On an examination of the prisoners, the 
Greek generals found that it was practicable to pass over the moun- 
tains into the territory of the Carduchians. This nation, favored by 
the natural strength of the country, had preserved their independence 
in despite of the power of the great King. They are the ancestors 
of the modern Kourns, who have extended themselves along the 
ridges and valleys of mount Taurus, from Asia Minor to the neigh- 
Lourhood of Ispahan, and who occupy the country named, from them- 
selves, Kovavistan.”” Rennell, 


BOOK FOURTH. 


CHAPTER I. 


15. xalierw oS τὸ σφενόν, where it is narrow. The question is, 90 
what does erss4y agree with? Probably with μέρος understood, mean- 
ing that there is a point where the distance between the two rivers is 
quite small. 

16. 5%: wosdvras.] The sense is, that they wish so to conduct their 
incursion into the country of the Carduchians, as to conceal their 
movements from the enemy, and still to get possession of’ the moun- 
tains first. 

17 καταλαβεῖν τὰ ἄκρα.] The Carduchian mountains presented, 
in effect, an asylum to the Greeks, who could in no other way have 
escaped, at last, the reiterated attacks of such an host of enemies, 
whose numbers also were augmenting instead of diminishing. But 
as a Persian army could not subsist, or their cavalry act, within the 
wide range of these mountains, the Greeks, by ascending them, got 
rid of their dreadful enemy. And although, in the mean time, they 
had to contend with an enemy much more brave and persevering, their 
numbers were fewer, and they might reasonably expect an earlier es- 
cape from them than from the Persians. Had they known that the 
Tigris was fordable under the Zaco hills, and had passed into Mesopo- 
tamia, they would still have been followed by the Persians: they would 
al.o have had the Euphrates, (a river yet more difficult to cross) in 
the line which they must have pursued. It therefore appears, accord. 
ing to our limited view of things, that nothing less than such a barrier 
as these mountains presented, could have saved the Greeks from 
eventual destruction from the attacks of the Persians. 


24 


90 


91 


92 


93 


278 NOTES. [Boox IV. 


18. φυλακήν] ‘*The Greeks decamped whilst enough of the 
night remained for them to traverse the plain, and to arrive at the 
foot of the mountains unobserved ; for on this concealment their ex- 
istence probably depended. They had the good fortune to arrive not 
only at the mountain foot unobserved, but even to escape the enemy's 
observation altogether, whilst it was in their power to annoy them in 
ascending 1t. From this it may be cuncluded, that the plain was of 
no great breadth in that part.”” Rennell. 

4. οὐδεὶς yae....-twieware, for there was no danger that any 
enemy would attack them in the rear, as they were going up the moun- 
tain. 

7. Iwura δὲ ὑφηγεῖσο, he then led his men on before. 

8. ἐφείσγετο. ..... στρατιύματος, and the different parts of the 
army, as they successively gained the summit of the mountain, fol- 
lowed after. 

8. ri ὑσιρβάλλον.)] For cé rod σεραφεύματος μέρος ὃ τὴν ἄκραν 
ὑσερβιβλήκει.. 

6. Δόξαν] This is the first aor. participle neuter, put absolutely 
for des ἴδοξε αὐσοῖς, it having seemed best to do these things. Ταῦτα is 
governed by ποεῖν understood. See F. Rule X XXIII, end of Obs. 
3. 

10. σῶν sierra, the charms; governed by ἐσιδυμήσας.ἢ 

22. sri πρᾶγμά τι sin, that there was some danger threatening. 

28. ὥςπερ εἴχειν, just as he was. 

91. Καὶ νῦν] Here is a transition from what is technically call- 
ed the oratio obligua, to the oratiorecta. The oratio obliqua 
is when what has been said or thought by another is quoted by 
the writer not as his own idea, and yet not in the words of the speak- 
er; but in the manner of narration. The oratio recta is when 
the direct words of the speaker are quoted. 

8. Tevra.] Supply διά. Διὰ σαῦσα, for these reasons. 

7. "Ertl γὰρ ἡμῖν πράγματα παρεῖχον, for when they (the enemy) 
were annoying μὲ. 


Cuar. IL] NOTES. ; 279 


CHAPTER II. 


6. αὗτοί.} Aiyovew understood, to which αὐφοὶ is the nominative, 94 
—— and THEY SAID they would march to their assistance. 

14, ἀμαξιαίους ..- « « Aibous, literally, wagon-stones, stones which are 
conveyed by wagons, meaning enormously large stones. 

25. robs μὲν. ..... φοὺς δί, Some, others. 

26. ὡς κατίχονσες «τὸ ἄκρον, suppusing that they were masters of 
the summit. 

18. Kai αὐτοὶ μὲν dv ἐπορεύθησαν, ἧπερ of ἄλλοι, the soidiers indeed OF 
could have ascended the same way which the others had taken. 

21. sedis.) In the Grecian φάλαγξ the front was longer than 
the sides, or there were more men in rank than in file. But the 
shape of the ὀρθία φάλαγξ was exactly the reverse, having a narrow 
front. So the Greeks here ascend the hill ὀρθίοις τοῖς λόχοις, in deep 
columns. 

25. Kal σοῦςον. «. « . .« κατεχόμενον, the Greeks had scarcely passed 
this hill, when they beheld another possessed by an enemy. 

80. ἐσὶ σολύ.] διάσσημα understood ; they were extended over a 
long space, that is, there was a long train of them. 

8. ὁ ὑσὶρ τῆς ἐπὶ τῷ πυρὶ κφταληφθιίσης φυλακῆς» which overlooked 96 
the guard which were taken at the fire. 

8. οἱ 3i.] The sense is, the Barbarians observing from the top of 
the hill, all the transactions in the rear of the Greek army, went ina 
body to attack it. 

14. ϑίσϑαι τὰ ὅπλα, consistere in armis et instructos. Schneider. 

19. ry μαστῷ.) This is the same summit as that mentioned in 
the sixth line of this page, which the Barbarians had left, and which 
Xenophon now possessed. 

21. ἐφ᾽ ᾧ, on condition that. 

23. ἄλλο στράφιυμα.] That is, the rear of the army which pro- 
tected the baggage. 

25. ἤἥρξαντο.] The Greeks with Xenophon. 

3. dv by λάκκοις. Bornemann reads Ssre ἐν λάκκοι. The wine QF 
was so abundant that they were obliged to keep it in plastered cisterns, 

10. σοὺς πρώτους, the van of the army. 

21. τρισήχη.} See Antiq. Appendix, 


260 NOTES. [Boox IV. 


Ὁ7 422. πρὸς cd κάτ. That is, weds σὸ μέρος xdew- This passage 
is not very clear, and if there were but simply a bow used, we are 
at a loss to discover its meaning ; for how could the arrow be disct.arg- 
ed by putting the left foot against the bow, and then drawing the 
string? The attitude, in the first place, would be extremely difficult, 
and, in the next place, the arrow could not be aimed hiyh enough 
to take any effect. Besides, what is meant by ¢é μέρος dace, the 
lower part of the bow ? But if we suppose that the bow was inserted 
ina piece of wvod, so as to form what is called ‘a cross-bow,” 
the whole difficulty is solved. Then the σὸ μέρος κάφω is the part 
where the bow is inserted in the “gun” or “ cross-piece.” The 
archer places his left foot against this part, and draws the νευρὰν with 
his preatest strength towards the handle of the gun, where it is fast- 
tened. Then, placing the arrow in the groove made in this cross- 
piece, he discharges it by remitting the fastening of the string. 


CHAPTER III. 


93 119. viffe.] See Antiq. Part. 8. Chap, 9. 

26. si δὲ 4.] This is an elegantly elliptical phrase, where the 
ellipsis refers to the sense of the whole remark. It cannot be ren- 
dered, but if not, that is, “‘if he did not carry his arms in the water 
the current swept him down ;” for the sense is exactly the reverse. 
Therefore it may be translated, “but if on the contrary,” that is, ὧν 
ἔχει Sara ty cy dacs, “but if, on the contrary, he should carry his 
arms in the water.” So (Matthew ix. 17,) Οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν sive 
γίον εἶς ἀσκοὺς waraiols’ εἰ δὲ μήγε ῥήγνυνται oi ἀσκοί, “ Neither do 
men put new wine into old bottles, οἶδα the bottles burst.” That is, 
εἰ δὲ μήγε, “if, on the contrary, they do put new wine into old bot- 
tles ν᾿" or, but if ποῖ, that is, “if they do not observe this rule, but put 
new wine into old bottles,” &c. The phrase εἰ δὲ asx may generally 
be rendered “ otherwise.” 

990 227. νιυσούμενοι. Participle mid. of viw, to swim. 
100 13. ἀνετιταρήισαν, marcked, side by side, on the opposite. bank; 
avery expressive word compounded of ἀντί, σαρά, and shes, 0 
go: pluperf. mid. 


Cuar. IV.] NOTES. 281 


15. ἴδθινεο τὰ ὅπλα, they stood at their arms. 100 

16. σειφανωσάμενος.) The Laceczemonian soldiers, when the 
enemy were in sight, and they were about to engage in battle, 
used to sacrifice a goat to Diana, and deck their heads with 
garlands. 

17. wagiyysaat.] That is, wagnyysaas σσεφανοῦσθα, καὶ ἀπο» 
δύεσθαι. 

18. ὀρθίους. See note, page 95, line 21. 

4. un ἀσολείφισθα,, that they would not be left behind. 101 

6. σπρορηκούσας ὄχθας ἐπὶ «τὸν τοταμόν, the banks extending along 
the side of the river. 

7. τοὺς ἄνω πολεμίους.) The infantry of the enemy that were 
stationed upon an eminence; meutioned on page 98, line 14. 

17. ἀκμὴν διέβαινε, were in the very act of passing. . 

19. xar’ ἰνωμοτίας, into companies of twenty-five men. 

20. wap’ aowidas, to the left, as the shield was borne on the left 
arm: wae’ dewilas παραγαγόνσας τὴν ἱνωμοτίαν inl φάλαγγοι, 
to extend eachcompany of twenty-five to the left in the form of 
the phalanz, This was done in order to present a long line to 
the enemy. 

25. ὄχλον.) The ὄχλος of an army comprises all those who do 
not bear arms, such as the cooks, sutlers, boys, women, &e. 

5. ial δόφν, to the right, as their spears were carried in their right 102 
hands. ‘Ea’ ἀσαίδα and is) δόρυ were the common words of com- 
mand. ᾿ 

28. Of δὲ swavegcavets.) The soldiers sent by Chirisophus, 

p. 101, line 27. 


CHAPTER IV. 


12. ἀνίβαλλιν.) The Greeks and Romans had no stirrups; 103 
but those of wealth and rank were lifted upon their horses by a pere 
son called ἀναβολεύς. In the middle ages, the Pope used to make 
the generalissimo of the army perform this menial duty. 
2. διαιθριάξιιν, to clear up. Theme aiéne, the air; hence aibgd- 104 
(uv, to expose to the open air, to be ina pure air, also to become 
24¢ 


259 NOTES: [Boor IV. 


404 clear. Xenophon nine lines before had given two reasons why the 
soldiers should quarter then.selves in the villages, namely, because 
no enemy appeared (οὐ γὰρ leper), and on account of the quantily 
Of snow (διὰ τὸ «λῆδος τῆς χιόδνο;). Now also he assigns two mo- 
tives for their encamping together in a body, namely, the appearance 
of the fires of the enemy (“ολλὰ «υρά), and the prospect of clear 
weather (idéxs: διαιθριάξειν)δ. Some commentators have thought 
that the verb διαιδριάζειν here means “to encamp in the open 
air.” 

5. conwl0ycar, made stiff, benumbed. 
7. ἀλεεινόν, warm as α shelter, w,a@yu« being understood. 

105 15. ef σάλειγγ.} The soldiurs were probably scattered upon 
the hills, and in the enemy’s camp in search of booty. 


CHAPTER V. 


27. Ὁ Σὲ eegircs.] YraSpes is understood. 

106 15. ἰβουλεμέασαν, were affected with insatiable hunger. The dit 
ease of βουλιμία is thus described by Galen. “It is ἃ disorder in 
which the patient is continually craving for victuais, loses the use of 
his limbs, falls down, and turns pale. His extremities become cold, 
his stomach oppressed, and his pulse scarcely sensible.” 

26. Περσιστί, in the Persian language. 

29. κωμάρχην, the goternor of the village, or mayor, to use ἃ 
modera term. 

107 9. Ὅσοι δὲ ὑποδεδεμένοι ἐκοιρεῶνφο, whoever slept with their shoes on. 

19, καρξάτιναι.) See Antiq. Part. 10. Chap. 15. 

25. διαφερόμενοι, yuarrelling. 

(, ὅλον... στράτιυμα. That is, the whole of the army except 
that part which was with Chirisophus, in the village. 

20. ixiasvesy, requested. 

26. iv ταῖς κώμαις. That is, in those villages where the Greeks 
were quartered. 

82. οἶνος κρίϑινος, literally, barley wine. Diodorus Siculus (xiv. 
28.) says that Osiris, the Egyptian Bacchus, was the inventor of 
malt liquor, as a relief to those countries where the vine did not 
succeed. 


Caar. VI] NOTES. 485 


88. αἱ πριϑαὶ ἰσοχειλεῖ,.) The meaning of this probably is, that 108 
the Greeks, having come into the villages, found the goblets of 
porter full to the brim, in which some grains of the barley were 
still floating. 

4. συμμαθόνςι, to him a became accustomed to it. 109 

10. οἶνον.) Xenophon here seems to be speaking’ of wine from 
the grape. 

11. καφορωρυγμενοι.) Attic for παφωρυγμρείνος. 

19. οὐκ ἦν δ᾽ ὅπου οὗ, and there was πο place where there was not. 

22, φιλοφρονούμενος, from kindness, or out of politeness: wgewsssb 
wy, to drink to any one's health. 

29. ξηροῦ xsrov.] Owing to the sexton of the year they could 
not procure yreen plants, of which garlands were generally made. 

See F. Rule XX XVIL 

31. dsxtg ivscis, as if they were deaf, in consequence of their ig- 
norance of the Greek language. 

11. ϑυμοειδίσφεροι, more mettlesome, spirited. 110 





CHAPTER VI. 


23. ἦν. Used impersonally, ἐξ was now. 
10. κατὰ xiens, longo agmine. In this disposition of the troops 11] 
ἃ very narrow front was presented to the enemy. 
11. φάλαγγος.] The meaning is, to bring up the colurtins in the 
rear, to the front, in the form of the phalanz, so that a broad front 
might be presented. 
29. ὁρώμενον wrior, Hig? ἱξήκοντα στάδια, extends to the eye more 
than εἰσίν stadia. 
5. ἡ τραχεῖα. That is, ἡ τραχεῖα sibs. 112 
10. χρῆσϑαι, that we shall have the advantage of finding. The 
verb χράομαι must be rendered variously, according to the sense of 
the passage in which it is found. It means here fo light upon, 
to find; but then there is'an idea of profit or advantage in it, which 
cannot be expressed in English without circumlocution. 
13. ὁμοίων.) The citizens of Sparta were divided into two great 
oo the “Oem, who had the privilege of votitig, and could be 


284 NOTES. [ Boox IV, 


112 elected to any office; and the Ὕ σομείονοι, who could only vote ‘at 
elections. “Ojos, may be translated the Peers, persons of elevated 
and equal rank. See Antiq. Part. 4. Chap. 2. 

18. ἐχιδείξασθα, σὴν wasdsiav, to give us a specimen of your edu- 
cation. . 

22. σὰ δημόσια.)] Supply χρήματα. Aristophanes, in his Come- 
dies, is continually ridiculing the cupidity and fraud of the Athenian 
magistrates. Chirisophus seems to give Xenophon as good as he 
sends; the latter however does not return the retort, but gravely 
proceeds to business. 

29. xawwer.} There were many of the Barbarians who followed 
the Grecian army, at a distance, for the purpose of stealing what they 
could find. . 

113 20. [Πρὶν δὲ ὁμοῦ sivas σοὺς πολλοὺς ἀλλήλοις. Schneider places 
ἃ comma after σολλού;, and none after ἀλλήλοις. This is better. 
The sense is, before the main body of each army had engaged with 
each other, the two parties on the heights had joined battle. 


CHAPTER VII. 


114 17. cis ὑσερεχούσης wirgas, the overhanging rock. 

17. οὕφω διαφίθιτιαι, is thus dealt with, pointing at them at the 
same time. 

26. ἀνθ᾽ ὧν, against which or behind which. 

116 1, “ Abed ἄν," tpn, “ σὸ δίον εἴη," this is the very thing, said he 
that would benefit us. 

10. swe τὰ δίνδρα, under cover of the trees. 

15. μηχανᾶταί x1, devised something of this sort. 

81. ἰαυτὰς ἐσικατιῤῥία'τουν, threw themselves down upon them. 

116 8. εἰς χεῖρας ἤισαν, they came to close quarters, or fought hand 
in hand. 

9. τειρύγων.) The lower parts of the lorica, or coats of mail of 
the Greeks, were called wriguyss, which extended a little over the 
thighs. Instead of these wings, the Chalybians seem to have had 
thick cords twisted, Antiq. Part. 8. Chapt. 3. 

82. atduy καὶ φϑείρειν, to burn and lay waste. 

117 15. Θάλαττεα.) On the shores of the Euxine sea, which the 


Cuar. VIIL] NOTES. 285 


Greeks now beheld, were many cities inhabited by their countrymen. 117 
TYence, and from the thoughts of the superior facilities it would af- 
ford them for returning to their own country, their extreme exu.tation 
in beholding it. 
20. ὅτου δὴ παρεγγνήσαντος, some one suggesting t.: 
27. τοὺς δακευλίους, the rings which he saw on their fingers. 


CHAPTER VIil. 


δ. εἰς ὃν ἰνίβαλλιεν ὁ δρίζων, into which that river, which bounded 118 
the two nations, emptied. 

12. οὕσως, thus, that is, by casting stones into the river, and 
standing upon them, so as to get nearer to the Greeks. | 

21. ἀνεισετάχαφα.}ἢ The lonians and Dorians form the third 
person plur. of the perf. passive from the third person singular, by 
inserting « before ras, in which case the original aspirated consonant 
enters before the a For examole: Séere, σίδθαμμαι, cibawras, 
φιθάσαται, τἰθαφαται" τ-- 80 from ἀντιφάσσω, ἀντιτίσαγμαι, dveiei- 
φαχται, ἀνειτισάκασαι, ἀνειτισάχασαι. The Attic writers some- 
times use this form. See Matthiz, Art. 198. 

15. bed worrods.] “iwd werrcds ctreypive, — mea sententia 119 
phalanx dicitur altior quam Jatior, ut iw’ ὀλήγων ese. latior quam al- 
tior.”’ Bornemann. 

20. εἰ di wn, but if in some part. 

11. εὔχεσθαι, to make their vows; that is, to promise sacrifices to 190 
the gods in case they were victorious. 

27. ἤμουν. From ἐμέω. 

28. κάτω διεχώρε; αὐτοῖς, alvi dejectio accedebat ipsis. 

29. ἐδηδοκότες.1 Perf. participle Attic of ἴδω. 

3). ἀσοθνήσκουσιν.) Observe that this is the dat. of the partici. 
ple, governed by ἐῴκεσων. 

12. Ziwa.) The various presents which it was customary for 121 
hosts and guests to give to each other as a proof of the sincerity of 
their friendship, were called by the general name of fine. 


16. ἀγῶνα.) For an account of the Grecian games, see Antiq. 
Part. 6. Chap. 6. 


121 


286 NOTES. [Boox IV, 


19. δρόμου... .« .« ἰπιμεληθῆναι, to take charge of the race-cours. 

28. αἰχμαλώτων. It would seem very repugnant to the habits 
and feelings of the Greeks, that their captives, who were slaves, 
should mingle with their masters in the exercises of the games, 
Besides, how could they so soon learn the various exercises, which 
the Lacedzemonians and Athenians made a distinct part of education? 
Weiske and Schneider conjecture that the true reading is, Aass- 
δαιμονίων. 

28. δόλιχον] The measure of the δόλιχος does not appear 
to have been fixed. | Generally it was about seven stadia, or 
the simple course, called σσάδιος, or στάδιον, Was run over seven times 


and back. 
82. κατὰ τοῦ πρανοῦρ ἰλάσανται, having run down a ἀκοῦσαν. 


BOOK FIFTH. 


CHAPTER I. 


12. ixeadsis.] From fxetivw, to stretch out, sail away. 123 
10. σὺν προνομαῖς, with regular foraging parties: di» ἡμᾶς under- 194 
stood before λαμβάνειν. 
16. εἰδῶμεν, that we may know. 
18. ἀσπειροτέρων, of those of less experience. 
33. χατάγειβεν, that we may bring into port. 
33. wndédsa.] See Antiq. Part. 9. Chap. 838. This was done 
to prevent either the owners or the soldiers from sailing away with the 
ships clandestinely. . 
5. ναῦλον συνθίσθαι, to make an agreement with them for the 195 δ 
Sreight. 
13. ἐσεψήφισε μὲν οὐδίν, did not put the question to vote. 


CHAPTER IL. 


5. des ἱκσιπσσωχόσις is σῶν οἷκιῶν, because having been driven 126 
JSrom their houses. 

24, καὶ yde.] The sense requires that this clause, as far as wseresm- 
«sivas, should be considered as in a parenthesis. So also the next 
cl-use from ἦν γὰρ to χαράδραν. : 

<7. οἱ 3i.] That is, οἱ δὲ σολίμιοι- 

80. Ὃ Σ᾽ ἐλέών, the messenger ; ὁ ἄγγελος being understood. 

8. bs ἁλόντος ἄν σοῦ χωρίου, as if he would take the city. 197 


988 NOTES. [Boos ¥ 


127 10. συνεχώρησε, gave his consent. 

20. διηγκυλισμίνους, ready to throw their javelins. Hesychius 
says, Διηγκυλίσϑα, od ivsigas σοὺς δακεύλους «ἢ ἀγκύλῳ σοῦ ἀκοντίου, 
to insert the fingers into the thong of the javelin. 

24. φούτων ἐπιμεληθῆναι, to take care that all these things were 
done. 

25. of ἀξιοῦντες τούτων μὴ χείρους sivas, who thought themselves not 
inferior in merit to these; where σούτων refers to λοχαγοὶ and bwehs 
χαγοί. 

27. μηνοιιδής, cregeent-skaped, so that each wing faced the others. 

27. διὰ τὸ χωρίον, (εἶναι σοιοῦφον understood,) on account of the 
ground, or the nature of the ground being such, that is, circular and 
sloping inwards. 

128 14. dxtasoes.] That is, ὁ Ἐζενοφῶν ἰκίλιυσε. 

16. ixxierevras.] Supply σοὺς werspious* οἱ εἴσω ὠδούμενοι refers 
to the Greeks. 

26. «τοὺς dxvesiovs.} Some copies τεδὰ ἐφ᾽ dgwayds, for plunder, 
which must be incorrect. For at this time, while they were in the 
midst ofa strong city of a warlike people, with the soldiers of the ene- 
my pressing them on all sides, the Greeks appear, from the context, 
to be thinking how they could best retreat. And, if they wished to 
send out companies for booty, they would not send the ἀχοείουρ and 
dwiriras. The sense is, that, desirous of retreating, they sent all the 
useless part of the army and most of the heavy-armed, through the 
gates, that the slingers and archers might remain to cover the retreat. 

27. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν σὸ wARbOS, the greater part of the heavy-armed. 

129 5. droud#.] . These words are connected in Jacobs’ edition; but 
they are oftener written separate: — ὅσον δὴ ivdavros, some one in- 
deed having set fire to it. 

10. xara σὸ στόμα. Amaseus renders this, “in ipsis vise fauct 
bus,” in front ; Weiske, “e regione,’’ on the opposite side. But may 
not σσόμαι refer to the gates of the city, as the houses near those 
would be most likely to incommode the Greeks. 

26. ἄλλῳ καὶ ἄλλῃ, here and there. 


Cuar. IV.] NOTES. 289 


CHAPTER III. 


20. σὴν δικάτην.) Frequent mention is made in history of tithes 
dedicated to the heathen gods. 

25. ϑησαυφόν.)] It was the custom of most of the ancient nations 
to deposit their treasures in the temples of the gods. 

4. igvyev.] According to Laértius, Kenophon was banished iw) 
λαχωνισμὼν on a charge of being a partisan of the Lacedemonians. 

5. ZxsaAacvve:.] Here Xenophon is said to have written his histo- 
rical works. 

8. ὅπου ἀνεῖλεν ὁ D105, where the god had directed by the oracle. 

18 σοῖς σκηνοῦσιν.)] ‘Those who, on the festive day, assembled at 
the feast, dwelt under tents. 

80. ieri.] There seems to be something understood here, such as 
the participle φυτιεύοντα, producing: ὅσα ier) σρωκτὰ ὡραῖα, such as 
produce fruits which, in their season, may be eaten raw. 

89]. μεγάλῳ.] The temple of Diana, at Ephesus, was four hun- 
dred and twenty-five feet long, two hundred and twenty broad, and 
had one hundred and twenty-seven columns. 

82. ὡς κυααρίσσινον χρνεῷ bres, as fur as a statue of cypress can ré- 
semble one of gold. Hutchinson thinks that the statue of Diana, at 
Ephesus, was not of solid gold, but merely gilded. 

2. TON.] Some verb is understood, as 387 or χρή. But this el- 
liptical form of the accusative before the infinitive, was frequently used 
for the imperative mode. 

6. THI ΘΕΩΙ MEAHZEL Tae Gonprss Witt TAKE VEN- 
GEANCE ΟΝ HIM. It will be observed that the sola, instead of being 
subscript, is postscript in capitals. 


CHAPTER IV. 


20. διασωθῆναι. « « « « εἰς τὴν Ἔλλάλα, to go safely into Greece. 
29. τί ἡμῶν διήσισθε χρήσασθαι, in what respect do you wish to 
employ us. 


131 


132 


3. ἐκ σοῦ ix) ϑάσιρα, on the other side of this. Supply μέρη, with 199 


which 9άσερα agrees, 
25 


290 NOTES. - [Βοοκ V, 


133 12. ἀνὰ ἱκατόν, by hundreds. When the preposition dvs is 
used with the accusative of a numeral adjective, it generally implies 
distribution. 

15. ἵμαροσθεν, towards the end; sawhy, at the handle. 

18. πρώζξυλον, a crest-like tuft of hair. 

23. ἐτιμαχώφαφον, very easy to be taken. 

134 11. ὅτι. . .... γγίνησαι, that the advantages may be as great as 
the disadvantages. 

18. τῷ boos, in reality. 

26. ὑπολειπομένους δὲ μιπρὸν φοῦ oripaces, being but a short dit 
tance from the front. 

29. of δ᾽ dara.) That is, of ératras. 

135 985. #8 χωρίον.) By this we are to understand 4 μηφρόσολις. 

12. φυλάτεονσα.] Some editors would prefer φυλάσσουσι. Pom- 
ponius Mela, in his Geography, remarks that the Mosyneeci elect 
their kings by suffrage, and keep them in chains under a most vigi- 
lant guard, and punish them for their faults by withholding their daily 
food. 

15. νἱνημένων, accumulated ; from νηΐῳ. 

20. Kdgua..... σὰ rraria, obx ἴχοντα διαφυὴν οὐδεμίαν, literally, 
flat nuts without any cleft; ἃ sort of chestnuts. 

1396 5: ἰστιγμίνους ἀνθίμιον, marked with painted flowers. The word 
ἐσφτιγμίνους seems to imply that the colors were impmnnted in the 
flesh. 


CHAPTER V. 


20. σιδηρεία,.1 Chalybia was famed for its mines, in the age of 
Homer. 
23. ὀνηθηναΐ σι, might reap some advantage, that is, might secure 
to themselves some booty. 
138 18. οὐχ, des, not from wantonness, 
139 1. σὰ havea davarvavess, paying their own expenses. 
8. ἀλλ᾽ ἐφ᾽ ἡμῖν 5, bul that it may be in our power. 
10. eév Παφλαγόνα, the Paphlagonian, meaning the king of the 
province. 


Cuar. VL]. NOTES 8.1 


CHAPTER VI. 


8. weosdsiv, to need still more, to need in addition. 

δ. “Ἑλληνας 2. 0 - συμξουλεύμν.} “Ελλησε is governed by εὔνους, 
and rovry refers to the clause σῷ εὔνους φε slvxs καὶ σὰ βίλσιστα 
συμβουλεύειν. The sense is, that they would first openly show them- 
selves to be Greeks by this, namely, by their being well disposed to- 
wards Greeks, and giving them the best possible advice. Stephens re- 
fers the dative “EAAmes to ὄντας, instead of εὔνους ° either construction 
is admissible. 

14. ἱιρφὰ συμβουλή.) In allusion to the proverb ἑερὸν χρῆμα 
συμβουλή. 

15. μοὶ «“αρεῖνα..}1] The idea is, α favorable opportunity now pre- 
sents itself to me to show the truth of the saying, that “ counsel is 
holy.” 

33. μεῖξον φρονεῖ, was too high-minded, too haughty. 


140 


29. ἥστους.) Xenophon means to convey the idea, that if they 14] 


are together they will be superior to all opposing force, but if 
divided, they may fall before their enemy, and become slaves. 


5. οὐκ ἄν. .... «αρισκενάσθη.} By some of the Latin commen- 142 


tators this is rendered as past time; but Weiske, much better, would 
prefer the future potential, — where so great a force could not again 
be collected. It was, indeed, a design worthy of Xenophon, and the 
execution of it would have been worthy of the glory of the Grecian 
arms, that such a noble body of troops, preserved amid so many 
perils in a toilsome expedition against the Persian king, and 


such as could scarcely be collected together again, should settle at last. 


on the fertile shores of the Euxine, to extend the name and the em- 
pire of Greece. 

5. προσταςεῦσαι, to use his influence. - - 

8. προρίχειν pers, tu give your thoughis to a gettlement here. 

11. ἀσὸ vougenvias, from the beginning of the month, or, literally, 
Jrom the beginning of the moon, as the Greeks reckoned their months 
from the new moon. See “Antig. Part 7. 

11. Κυζικηνόν.) See Antiq. Appendix. 

17. διὰ od insider εἶναι, from having originated there. 


143 


293 NOTES. [Boor V. 


144 7. τὸ piv μίγιστον, which is all-important. 
11. ᾿Εξήνεγκχε γὰρ τὸν λόγον, for he has spread a report, 
23. avaravcasbasr..... χρῆναι, that they ought also to give over 
the thought, namely, of settling somewhere here. 
145 7. τῆς psobepopas.] That is, ra χρήμαςα τῆς μισθοφορῖε- 


CHAPTER VII. 


26. καὶ κύκλοι συνίσταντο, and they stood together in groups. 
146 41. ἀγαράν.) This is used synonymously with ἐκκλησίαν. 

17. ἵνέεν δὲ δύεται, ἀνίσχει δ᾽ ivesvdcy.] Schueider thinks that 
these words are spurious and ought to be expunged. 

23. ᾿Αλλὰ γάρ. This, as has been remarked before, is an ellip- 
tical phrase. To supply the ellipsis, ἀλλὰ ἔσειν ὅπως «τις ὧν ἡμᾶς 
ἰξαπατῆσαι, γάρ, but IT 18 POSSIBLE FOR ANY ONE TO DECKIVE YOU, 
that is) ANY ONE MAY DECEIVE you IN THE ouTsET; for I could 
embark you ina culm. 

27. Tew δ᾽, but grant it, but I put the case. 

28. καὶ δὴ xai, andl besides also. 

147 1. ᾿Αλλὰ γάρ. “ But 1 will say nothing more, for methinks I have 
said enough in reply to the calumnies.”” 

9. ἢ ἄλλον ἐξεπατῆσαι ταῦτα, or that another deceives him upon 
these subjects. 

12. ὃ εἰ ἔσεισι, καὶ ἴσται οἷον ὑτοδείκνυσιν, which thing, if it spread 
abroad, and become of such magnitude as.it has shown ttself capable 
af becoming. : 

148 14 οὕτω ἀνηγμένοι, not having yet set sail from the port. The 
verb is compounded of ἀνά, up, and ἄγω, to raise: and takes the sig- 
Nification from raising up or weighing the anchor. It may be τεῦ» 
dered not having weighed anchor. Κασάγεσθαι, on the contsary, is, 
to be brought into port. 

9. σφιῖς λέγιιν.] Schneider reads σφᾶς λέγων, preferring however 
to exclude the words altogether. It seems to mean, that they wok 
upon themselves to say. 

149 6. Kal rovrous ci Yexeizs;] Supply sueus dnd what do you 
think that these feared? 


Cuar. VIL] NOTES. 495 


16. by οὐδεμιᾷ χώρᾳ, in no authorily. 149 
25. tuwedtavre, have effected this. 
31. *Aaa’ ἡμεῖς.) ‘The sense is —“ But there is no need to send 
ambassadors to the Cerasuntiaas, for we have desired,”” &c. 150 
7. σὰ μίγιστα.] This appears to allude principally to the mur- 
der of the heralds, which was the most grievous violation of the rights 
of nations, and of the ordinances of religion. 
19. καθαρμός.) In what manner the purification was τ πτερὰ 
it cannot be decided, as there were many different ceremonies of pu- 
rification, See Aatig. Part 5. Chap. 6. 


CHAPTER VIII. 


22. ens φυλακῆς. The Phoenician vessels were called yabass, 
and their cargoes γανλικὰ χρήμασα. Τὸ μείωμα may be rendered, 

a defalcation. The sense of the passage then is this: Philesius 
and Xanthicles were each fined twenly ming, being the amount of 
their defulcations as guards over the effects taken from the vessels. 

26. ἐκίλευσιν elesiy σὸν wearer, αρῶτον Ai€avra, he ordered him 
who first made the accusation to say first. 

5. οἷς φασὶν bad «τῆς ϑδριω; κόπον οὖκ ἰγγίγνισθαι, who are said 15] 
not to feel fatigue in consequence of their viciousness. 

1. tx τίνος ᾿ αἰτίου understood. 

8. wigi παιδικῶν, about objects of affection. 

14. κάμνοντα, a sick person. 

22. χοσοῦτον ἐγίγνωσκον, I knew him so far as this only. 

20. ‘Owsca γε βούλιτα..Ἶ The verb Bevasras probably agrees 
with ἀνὴρ understood, referring to the sick soldiers. While the by- -, 
standers exclaim that the soldier is alive, the one whu is about to 
bury him replies, — “ Well; it may be so, — just as he pleases, — 
but 1 won't carry him any farther.” 

32. εἷός, ἐοικέναι, to act like one who knew, &c. 

1. ὅσοις σώζισθαι μὲν ἤρκει δ ὑμᾶς, who ought to be satisfied that 153 
they are preserved by your instrumentality. 

15. κατέμαθον ἀναστὰς μόγι,», I perceived that I could δοαγοεῖῳ 
ee . 

25* 


294 NOTES. [Book V. 


152 19. ὑγρόσητα, fleribility. 

20. dmougyér ὄν, as being the cause. 

27. Ei δὶ iw) φοῖς wertpios iviverre, ci μέγα ἄν οὔτις ἴσκιο», 
ὅτου δίκην ἄν ἠξίουν λαμβάνιιν, Bul if they had come into the power of 
the enemy, what so cruel treatment could they recetve, for which they 
would deem it expedient to call the offender to justice ? 

153 4. wewetds.] It wax the office of the pilot's mate to sit at the 
prow of the ship, tu keep a look out. 

15. »ιμάχετι, he contended. 

18. χαλεπούς, fierce, mad. 

19. ddfaes.} Tonic for διδεῖσι, from δίδηρε, to bind. 

29. καὶ ἀνιμίμνησκον, and gave evidence that they were mindful 
of his kindnesses. 

29. xal περιεγένετο, Ost καλῶς ἔχειν.)  Brodeus, Amaseus, 
Stephanus, Muretus, Morus, Weiske, D’Ablancourt, and Schneider, 
all render this passage differently, so that there is a wide field for se- 
lection. Brodzus says, “ εἰ huc ad ultimum res evasit, ut pulchré se 
haberent omnia,” and the event was such that all things went well. 
But the preposition xsgi, in composition, often s'gnifies superiority. 
The verb, therefore, instead of being used impersonally, may have 
ἘΞινοφῶν for its nominative. The sense then may be, — and Xenophon 
vose superior to his accusers, so as to be in fuvor with all, 


BOOK SIXTH. 


CHAPTER I. 


14, στιθάσιν.] The σειδάδις were couches made of brush-wood, 154 
and covered with leaves and straw. 

8. Σ,τάλεαν.) This martial song commemorated the warlike vire 155 
tues of Sitalces, king of Thrace, in hoacr of whom it was composed. 

6. xaeraiar.} This was a Thessalian pantomime dance, a de- 
scription of which is here given. 

8. συκνὰ μιφσαστριφόρμενος, often looking round at the same 
time. 

26. δεινὰ ἱποιοῦνφο, deemed it wonderful. 

1. αὐσούς This refers to the weietsus sent by the Paphlago- 160 
nians. 

10. μεδίμνους. See Antiq. Appendix. 

19. sisgss αὐτούς.) Supply ἔννοια, the thought occurred to them. 

24. Arrev ὧν ὑσειρίζειν, that there would be less delay. 

26. ix τῆς νικώσης.1 Thatis, ix τῆς νικώσηρ γνώμηεγ from the 
prevailing opinion, according to the majority. 

80. «τῇ μέν, partly, in one respect. This is generally followed by 
«ῇ 2%, but this is implied in ὁπότε Σ᾽ αὖ, in the second line of the 
next page. 

82, weds τοὺς φίλους, to his friends, in Greece and Athens, and 
also to Athens as a city. 

6. παραστησάμενος δύο ἱερεῖα, Raving led two victims to the altar. 157 

8. ix Διλφῶν.) There seems to be something understood here, 
such as τῶν ϑεῶν. It will be perceived, by reference to page 64, 
that on Xenophon’s going to Delphi, to consult the oracle 


157 


158 


159 


160 


296 NOTES. [Boox VI. 


whether he should undertake the expedition, and to inquire to what 
god he should offer sacrifices, Apollo alone replied to him. The 
sense of the passage is, ‘to whom (Jupiter), above all the other gods, 
ke was commanded by Apollo, at Delphi, to offer sacrifices. 

11. συσφαθησόμενος, about to be introduced. 

12. διξιόν.)] It was an old superstition, among the ‘Greeks, to 
look upon all appearances on the right hand, particularly that of 
an eagle, as an omen of success. 

26. τὸ piveos ἰμὲ προκριϑῆναι, that I indeed should be preferred. 

4. μὴ λίαν ἄν ταχὺ σωφρονισθείην, lest I should very soon be taught 
betler. 

11. werd μᾶλλον] These words rather quatify λέγονσες than 
ἰξανίσταντο. Sume copies read πλείους, instead of μᾶλλον, which 
wou.d qualify i%evieravre. If the present reading be retained, the 
sentence might be translated, they rose up exclauning much mure 
wehemently: if “λείους be substituted, they rose up in much 
greater numbers, exclai:ning, &c. 

18. beady ἑώρα πλείονας ἐνδίον, when he saw that it was necessary 
to speak more openly or plainly. 

29. καὶ κᾶλα ἐμοῦ αὐφὸν σιγάζοντος, although I strongly enjoin 
silence upon him. Chirisophus means to insinuate that Xenophon 
was not in favor with the Lacedzemonians. 

2. ἀναξόμενοι.) See note, page 148, line 4. 


CHAPTER II. 


7. ᾿Ἰασονίαν. For the account of Jason’s expedition, see Anthon’s 
Lempriere. 

12. τῇ ᾿Αχερουσιάδι Χιῤῥονήσῳ, the Peninsula Acherusia. There 
is a large cave near this peninsula, which was said to be the passage 
down to the realms of Pluto, and from which Hercules dragged up 
Cerberus, as here related. . 

27. KuSixnvevs.] See Antiq. Appendix. 

2. weouldrerre, they proposed to send: imperfect. 

8. εἰσὶ δ᾽ οἷ καὶ Ἐινοφῶντα. Supply π«ροὐδάλονσ 

4, leyuges ἀσιμάχονε., declined altogether. 


Crap. IIT] NOTES. 297 


19. ἕνα ᾿Αδϑηναῖον.)] Xenophon, whom they considered as really 
exercising the chief command over the army, although Chiriscphus 
had been nained their leader. 

890. συνέστησαν, united themselves together. 

31. ἐκ τῆς νικώσης.}] See note, page 156, line 26. 

6. ὅπω; οὖν μηδεὸς μετάσχιοι, thut no one therefore misht share this 
with them. 

10. αὐτῷ. Some refer this to Neo, others, and among them 
Zeunius and Hutchinson, to Xenophon. 

11. τῆς στρατιᾶς.) By this we are to understand that part of 
the army with which he was connected. 


CHAPTER III. 


1. “Ὃν μὲν οὖν.] From these two reeapitulatory lines, some an. 
cient editor endeavoured to make it appear that this must be the com- 
mencement of a new book. But the recapitulation embraces so lit- 
tle compared with the exordiuins of most of the other books, that 
the argument for makinz this .he commencement of 2 new Louk 
is rather weak. Besides, most of the manuscripts are against such 
a division. 

7. λάχος. For the short time that the Arcadians and Achaians 
were separated from the rest of the army, as they had elected ten 
generals, the λάχος consisted of the tenth part of four thousand five 
hundred. 

8. σύνδυο, two together, two at a time. 

8. Συνιζάλοντο δὲ καὶ λόφον, They had agreed upon a hill, — they 
had fired among themselves, upon a hill. 

12. διαφυγόντες.) The better reading is διαφεύγοντες, the present 
part. The Thracians, as fast as they escaped, assembled together 

‘in a body. . 

15. εἰς τὸ συνκείμενον, to an appointed place, toa place of ren- 
dezvous: χωρίον understood. 

18. φρίπονται αὐτούς. Supply of Θρᾷκες. 

22. οἱ μὲν σὺν “ράγμασιν, οἱ δ᾽ anv «ραγμάσων, some with diffte 
culty, and some without any difficulty. 


160 


161 


I 


3 


298 : NOTES. [Boox VL 


162 29. of 3] Thatis, οἱ δὲ Θρᾷκι,. But felons, in the next line, 
refers to the Greeks. 

163 11. φῶν κίν, referring to the Grecks; φῶν δέ, to the Thracians, 

3. φελευτῶνσες.)] See F. Rule 11, Cbs. 8. 

7. iv τούτῳ ἴσχετο, in this situation things remain. That is, as 
the Thracians do not like the terms of the proposal of their giving 
hostages, there is no agreement about a treaty. 

27. Soov..... dsxvewesticbas.| Xenophon here would not seem to 
speak with reference to any particular time for supper, but would have 
the soldiers march as far as they could before supper. 

104 959. κοινῇ τῆς σωτηρίας ἔχισθα..ὺ That is, to depend for our safety 
only upon our urion. With a genitive ἔχομαι is not unfrequently 
found, having tle signification of to cleave to, to pursue. 

10. παρασκινασαμένους tay yreueny, having adopted this resolu- 
tion. 

“1. ἔλαθον. . . «. γινόμενοι, found themselves unawares, that is, 
they reached the hill where the Arcadians had been, before they were 
aware of it. 

1635 12 εἰς σὸ αὐςό.1 That is, εἰς τὸ αὐσὸ χωρίον. 

20. πυϑορίνου; τὰ wag’ ἡμῖν, having learned our situation. 


CHAPTER IV. 


25. weds τῷ λιμίνι, near the harbour. 

29. φριήρι..)})ὺ Arrian says, that the distance from Byzantium to 
Heraclea, which is beyond Calpe, is eight hundred stadia: and ace 
cording to Herodotus, seven hundred stcdia were a day's row fora 
trireme galley. 

166 7. εἴκοσιν ὀργυιῶν, twenty fathoms, equal to one hundred and 
twenty feet: ὁ δὲ αὐχήν, the isthmus. 

9. σὸ δ᾽ ivrss ] That is, the space between the main land and 
the extreme point of the promontory. 

14. νκυπηγήσιμα, suitable for ship-building. 

24. us δὲ τὸ πόλισμα ἄν γενόμεενον.) It would seem that the word 
χωρίον should be supplied after +é, and th&t the clause is equivalent to 


Cuar. V.] NOTES. 299 


εἰς δὶ σὸ χοιρίον, ὃ ἄν σόλισμα γίνοιτο, info a place which might easily 
become a city, or into a place well adapted for the building of a city. 

29. of μὲν καὶ ἄνδρας ἄγοντες, of δὲ καὶ προρανηλωκότε; χρήματα. 
This clause Spelman translates, “ some even bring soldiers with them 
who had spcgt their fortunes :” thus translating ἄνδρας, “ soldiers,” 
and making the article οἱ the relative of But of «dv oad of δὲ are 
evidently opposed to each other. Bornemann thinks that ἄνδρας has 
surreptitiously crept into the text, aod should be ejected. It would 
then read, some bringing their fortunes, and others having spent their 
all before they came. If we read ἄνδρες for ἄνδρας the sense will be 
good, — some men bringing, &c. 

8. τῆς sis σαὺτὸ συνόδου, of the union OF THE ARMY af the same 
PLACE, that is, at Cualpe. 

6. σὰ ἱιρὰ ἐγίνεσ..} The verb ἐγένεσο may be rendered, were 
Savorable ; καλὰ or χρησφὰ to be supplied. 

19. καὶ κατὰ χώραν ἀπιίναι, (τὸ στράσιυμα understood), and 
that the army should march away in the same order it preserved 
before. 

82. ebx ἰγίγνετο.] See note on line 6 of this page. 

82. καὶ Bsvopov.....6in.) Xenophon here seems to give the 
direction of the sacrifice to another, fearing lest the soldiers might 
suspect him of deception, from a wish that the army should remain 
at Calpe, and settle there. The verb προθυμεῖσθαι may be rendered, 
to give earnest attention: sf τι ἐν σούτῳ εἴη, if there might be any 
thing favorable in this sacrifice. 

6. ὡς ἡγιμόνος ἰσομίνου, promising himself as their leader. 

19. webs λοισοὺς ἄνδρας, the men who had escaped the slaughter. 


CHAPTER V. 


166 


167 


168 


169 


20. xa) why οὐρὰν cov κίρατος womedutvn πασὰ τοὺς πρώφτονς φι- 170 


Φας νικρούς, having made the extreme part of the army halt opposite 
' first dead which appeared. For while the extreme rear of the 
1y were burying the dead, the van were prepared to defend them 
n the enemy. 


‘7. συνινιγπόνσες αὐσούς, having collected them together in one 


800 NOTES. [Boox VI. 


171 9. ἐσιτάξασθαι τῇ φάλαγγι, to place behind the main body. 

13. σήν.) That is, κατὰ τήν ὁδόν. 

18. σὴν μέν] That is, τὴν μὲν τάξιν. 

19. ἰσίτρεψεν ἰφίπσεσθαι, commanded to follow. 

26. ivi τὸ ἡγούμενον.) Supply μέρος, to the front line. 

29. ὅτι βουλῆς οὐκ ἄξιον sin, sie. «2. vawos, literally, that it was 
not worth while to consider whether this ravine should be passed: 
meaning that it was undcubtedly inexpedient to pass it. 

33. ἰδιλούσιον] This refers rather to xivdurvey than to μέ, and may 
be rendered unnecessary. 

83. δόξης. ....«.. εἰς ἀνδρειότητα, that glory which is consequent 
upon bravery. This short address of Xenophon to his solJiers is 
most energetic and eloquent, and is equally worthy of him as an 
orator and a general. 

172 17. οὐδινὶ καλῷ ἔοικε, becomes no honorable man. 

10. Kai φούτους.}) The order is, Kal of drs οὐδ᾽ ὑμεῖς ἐλαίζισι 
φούσους, ἰαστόντων μὲν ἡμῶν (yen. ubs.), dasha: ἡμᾶς. 

19. ¢é «ιδίον) This refers to the plain they had already pase 
ed, which could not be repassed if the enemy’s horse were not 
conquered. 

22. «ὅσον σι νάπος ὁ [Πόντος ; what a gulf is the Euxine sea? com- 
pared to which this is nothing. 

834, ἢ εἰ...... ἰξεμεηρύονφο, than if they filed off. 

174 8. véwos.] The horse of the enemy, knowing well the ground, 
and taking advantage of the night, fled to this valley; which they 
would not otherwise have done, as the place was much more difficult 
for cavalry than infantry. 


CHAPTER VI. 


26. κασῇγον, came into harbour, σὰ α«λοῖα sis τὸν λιμίνα UD 
derstood. 
175 1. Κἀν cotry.] Supply χρόνῳ. Key for καὶ iv. 
13. ἀφαιρεῖται, takes hin away, that is, takes from Dexippus the 
man whom he was carrying to Cleander. 
16. σὸν προδόφην.) The article has great force here, as if they 


Cuar. VI.] NOTES. sol 


had said, the noted traitor, the one who secretly sailed away with the 175 


fifty-oar gulley. 

33. Kai dpsis...+. gt] The sense is, And you shall not de- 
liver me up, bound, to Cleander. 

3. σώζοισθί vs, and may you return safe. 

19. χιλεύσας.] This, as well as ἀφελόμενος, agrees with ἐγώ. 

29. Τούτον οὖν φοιοῦτον ὄντα ἀφειλόμην, such therefore is the chare 
acter of the fellow from whom I rescued the man; ἀφωλόμην gove 
erning two accusatives. 

30. Ei δὲ σὺ ἦγες, But if you had been carrying him away. 
This is a very artful and happy compliment to Cleander. 

9. εἰ καὶ ois, although you think. 

16. φοιοῦτος.] Cleander appears to judge rather hastily of the 
man’s character, taking his own statement in his own case, without 
proof. 

8. vias.) This is the Doric form of the infinitive, for vise. 

4. μὰ τὼ Sud.) Σιὸρ was'the. old Doric for Osés. Zee, being 
in the dual number, means, the two divinities: μὰ va Σιώ, by the two 
dimnities, meaning Castor and Pollux; which form of swearing was 
prevalent among the Lacedemonians, 

23. dabipsres, having exposed for sale 


TS GEE EE, ee 


176 


177 


178 


179 


BOOK SEVENTH. : 


CHAPTER I. 


1890 1}- Sea dies, whai ought to be done. 

1981 ἰ5: εἰ δ' μή. See note, page 98, line 26. 

24. Ὁ 8.1 That is, Ὁ δ᾽ ᾿Αναξίβιος. 

27. ὅς, auras αὑτὸν αἰσιάσεται,, that he should attribute the blame 
to himself. There seems to be a designed ambiguity in the expres- 
sion, which Anaxibius would wish to have the soldiers interpret, — 
¥ you do not receive the promised pay, blame yourselves, not me. 

28. ἄρδην, entirely, wholly. 

182 9: Kouviexos.] Zeunius thinks that this was a Lacedeemonian, who 
was carrying on a war with the Thracians. 

28. ἴξω.) The sententious brevity of this sentence is admira- 
ble, and seems to correspond with the hurry of the moment which it 
describes. Some copies read tésov after ἔξω. 

28. καθεῖλκον τὰς φριήρεις. See Antiq. Part. 9. Chap. 1. 

183 6. °Aaa’ εὖ.1 By ordering the soldiers to stand to their arms, it 
was his design to overawe any who might be straygling through the 
city, in quest of plunder. 

11. sis ὀκτώ, eight deep. 

184 30. καϑημένων, remaining in quiet expectation. 

32, στρατηγιῶν, ambitious to be a general. 

185 1. Avaca. That portion of Thrace which extends from Byran- 
tium to Salmydessus, is called the Delta, from its triangular shape, 
See Map. 

186 54. *Ews) δὲ σολλῶν bids αὐσῷ, literally, but when there wanted 
many to him, that is, “when he needed many more provisions, ia 
order to distribute even one day’s allowance to each soldier.” 


Cuar. IIL] NOTES. $08 


CHAPTER II. 


11. Xsdénv.] Seuthes was king of Thrace. Sce page 180, 
line 19. 

18, ἀποδιδόμενοι, disposing of, selling. 

26. ὅσον οὗ “αριίη Hon εἰς ᾿Ελλής ποντον, that he would instantly be 
wn the Hellespont; that he was that instant about to be in; that 
he was all but in. To supply the ellipsis and translate it literally, 
that he was now as fur aS HE COULD BE PRZSENT ard not be 
present. 

12. Πέρινθον.) Perinthus was a city of Thrace, near Byzantium. 

23. οἷόν vs sin.) οἷος is used in the sense of ready; a8, οἷός 
εἶμ, bate warpides κινδιυνεύεμν " --- αὐἰδ; οἷός τε λίγειν, able to 
speak; in the neuter, possible; οἷόν ci docs, it is ἐπι» 
possible. 

- 28. ἐρήμοι..) That is, which were not atlended by any guards. 

33. "Id νῦν, come now: ἀφήγησαι, imperative, and addressed to 
Μηδοσάδης, who reports to Σεύδης Xenophon’s answer. 

6. Οὐκ ἔφησθα οἷόν τ᾿ sivas, you said that what I proposed could 
not be cffected. 

25. καὶ ἰκαθιζόμην ἰνδίφριος, as I was sitting on the same seat 
with him at table. The Thracians used to sit at table, and not re- 
cline after the manner of the Greeks. The word ixirns is very ex- 
pressive of his destitute situation, being generally applied to those 
persons who were obliged to leave their native country for sore 
misfortune or crime, and went to a foreigu power as suppliants for 
protection. 


CHAPTER III. 


19. σὴν μὲν weds ᾿Αρίσταρχον ἐδὸν ἰᾶσαι!, not to goto Aristarchus 3 
literally, eo neglect or let alune the way to Aristarchus. 

3. σεῦτο δουλιύσισθι.) That is, whether you will obey Aristar- 
chus, or go to Seuthes. 

23. ἱξενίσόκι 1 From ξινίξω. 


186 


187 


188 
189 


190 


191 
192 


$04 NOTES. _[Boox VII. 


192 50. τὰ νομιφόμενα, what is customary; that is, double to the Ax 
χαγοΐ, quadruple to the σφραφηγοί. 

193 2. μασειύειν, to search out, discover. 

13. εὕρημα. See note, page 46, line 23. 

194 26. φαγεῖν δεινός, an enormous eater. 

27. εἴα χαίρειν] This elegant phrase may be translated, did not 
attend to. So Eschines ἐάσομεν χαίρειν, missos faciemus, we will 
bid good bye to. 

27. φριχοίνικον.) The voracity of this man is indeed apparent 
from this word, since one χοίνιξ was a common day’s allowance. 

195 28. συγκαφισκιδάσατο.}] It was acustom among the Thracians 
for those who, at a feast, had drunk sufficient themselves, to pour out 
the rest from the cup upon thuse they had pledged in drinking. Xen- 
ophon, probably, is particular to observe this custom, in honor of his 
host, who afterwards pours out μετ᾽ αὐφοῦ, with him 


CHAPTER IV. 


19S 1. ἔρημοι, alone, without a leader and apart from the rest of the 
troops. es 

13. οἵα «εἴσονται, what they would suffer: see σ άσχω. 

24. Zueds.] These were ioose garments extending nearly to the 
feet. They may be translated cassocks, or trowsers. It is probable 
that they were drawn over the inner clothing, as an additional defence 
from the cold. 

25. τῶν αἰχμαλώτων. For τινὰς τῶν αἰχμαλώτων. 

199 46. iv τοῖς. «.«.. Θραᾳξί, among those Thracians who are called 
the mountain Thracians. 
200 12. of δὲ τοῖς σκυτάλοις ἴβαλλον, others attacked them with clubs. 

13. ἔφασαν.) The captured Thynians seem to be understood. 

19. ivayv..... ὀκεωκαίδικα. Schneider observes that Xenophon 
seems to have remarked on the age of the youth, because the strength 
of a full grown man would appear to be requisite for blowing the 
trumpet. 

201 9. ἐὀρεινῶν.] See note, page 199, line 26. 

10. σριτλασίαν. That is, three times the number he had when 

the Greeks first came to his assistance. 


Cuar. VII.) NOTES. 808 


CHAPTER V. 


26. te: ἄνω, still farther up, that is, at a greater distance from 202 
the sea. 

28. οὐδὲν. ..... ἧσσον, «. .. ἤ, quite as wellas: esis refers to 
the yerierals, whom Heraclides had summuned to Seuthes. 

12. ὀκίλλουσι καὶ ἱκπίπσφουσι, strike upon the rocks and are 203 
wrecked. 


CHAPTER VI. 


14. κελεύω wagdyur, ordered ‘that they should be brought in, 204 
that is, the Lacedzemonian ambassadors. 

17. tal ξενίᾳ.) Ὑρακσίζῃ understood, to an hospitable banquet. 

15. σὰ ὑμίτιρα ἔχοντα tage Σεύθου τεχνάζειν, that I, having your 206 
pay which I have received from Seuthes,am artfully decciving you. 

21. ἡμῖν.) That is, to Xenophon and Seuthes. 

21. ily wedernes αὑτὸν τὰ χρήμαςα, if you exact the money 
from him. 

25. WorAAW . 0.00 δεῖν. ..... ἔχειν, to be very far from having. 

27. συνισφηκός.}] Not drawn up together, but regularly organized 907 
and equipped. 

29. ὁντιναοῦν. These words are sometimes separated, Syria οἷν. 

4, καὶ ἐν τῷ pigs καὶ wage φὸ μέρος, both in his official station and 209 
out of his official station, as an officer and as a man. 

14. Οὐ μήν.)] That is, Οὐ μὴν καιρὸς ἰδόκει ὑμῖν slvas, π. oe de 





CHAPTER VIL. 


15. ἦτι. This is a form of the pluperfect mid. for fret. 211 
82. φούφοις ἐπισρέψαι, to submit the question to these people. 212 
2. ovx ἔφη, said that he would not, that is, “ that he would not 213 
leave it to the decision of the people in whose country they were.”” 
24. σωφρονίζειν, to produce reformation in any one. 
| 26* 


806 NOTES. [Boox VII. - 


Q214 33. οὐκοῦν..... wiwedenseat, in the first place, therefore, the 
confidence of men, which has procured for you your kirgdom, is 
bartered away by you for this sum of money, that is, for this sum 
which you qwe us, and have refused to pay. 

Q15 13. ἡ καφ᾽ ἐνιαυφὸν wessedes, your annual income. 

Q15 1]. δῶρα.) Govetned by ἔχειν two lines below. 

24. φοιοῦτον «οἰῆσκι, to make me in as hizh standing. 

217 15. %Ag vdx.] The sense of this passage is, Since indeed, my 
situation is dangerous, would it not be better that I, by going away, 
should get clear of the stones with which I am threatened 3 

27. λαφυροπώλας, persons who sell, in small parcels, plunder 
which they obtain in great quantities. 

19. ob γάρ wa ψῆφος αὐτῷ ivixre, for the vote was nol yet passed 
epon him. See the Life of Xenophon. 





CHAPTER VIII 


218 8. σὰ ἰνύσνια, the dresms, which was probably the well-known 
name of the picture. 

8S. Avxtiy.] The Lyceum. 

14, ὁ Ζιὺς ὁ Μελίχιος, Milichian Jupiter, or Jupiter the 
Placable. This was the name by which Jupiter was addressed when 
sacrifices were offered to him after the completion of avy great un- 
dertaking, that he might look with placability upon any faults that 
had been committed, or any duties neglected. 

15. éAcxavrsiv.] To offer an holocaust, was to lay the whole vic- 
tim upon the altar, to be burnt. 

999 18. *Ayacias.] whose bravery is recorded in Book IV. Chap. 7, 
and Book V. Chap. 2, and who had fought unharmed till the pres- 
ent occasion. 


nnn 


ee . 3 2044 058 277 | 





This book should be returned to 


the Library on or before the last date 
stamped below. 


A fine of five cents a day is incurred 


by retaining it beyond the specified 
time. 





Please return promptly. 


i ——————— 


WIDENER- { 
| AY 9 8 2003 


ὩΣ \ 
ANOELIED 
BN DELLE | 


t 
i ——_ ἀοεοενίον